diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551-8.txt | 12797 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551-8.zip | bin | 242769 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551-h.zip | bin | 343666 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551-h/42551-h.htm | 15437 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 72555 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551-h/images/line_dot.png | bin | 421 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551-h/images/txt_Illus.png | bin | 922 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551-h/images/txt_hakluyt.png | bin | 3902 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551-h/images/txt_situation.png | bin | 1599 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551.txt | 12797 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/42551.zip | bin | 242703 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/readme.htm | 13 |
12 files changed, 0 insertions, 41044 deletions
diff --git a/old/42551-8.txt b/old/42551-8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index aa90779..0000000 --- a/old/42551-8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12797 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The History of the Great and Mighty Kingdom -of China, Volume II, by Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - - -Title: The History of the Great and Mighty Kingdom of China, Volume II - and the Situation Thereof. - -Author: Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza - -Editor: George T. Staunton - -Translator: R. Parke - -Other: The Hakluyt Society - -Release Date: April 16, 2013 [EBook #42551] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KINGDOM OF CHINA, VOL II *** - - - - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper, Tom Cosmas and -the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - - -Transcriber's Notes: - -Italic text displayed as _Text_. -All small caps text was converted to Mixed Case text. - - - - - WORKS ISSUED BY - - The Hakluyt Society. - - - -----+------ - - - MENDOZA'S HISTORIE OF THE - - KINGDOME OF CHINA. - - - VOL. II. - - - NO. XV - - - - - THE HISTORY - - OF THE - - GREAT AND MIGHTY - - KINGDOM OF CHINA - - AND - - The Situation Thereof - - COMPILED BY THE PADRE - - JUAN GONZALEZ DE MENDOZA - - AND NOW REPRINTED FROM THE EARLY TRANSLATION OF R. PARKE. - - EDITED BY - - SIR GEORGE T. STAUNTON, Bart. - - With an Introduction - - BY - R. H. MAJOR, ESQ. - - VOL. II. - - BURT FRANKLIN, PUBLISHER - NEW YORK, NEW YORK - - - - - ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED BY THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY - - REPRINTED BY PERMISSION - - - Published by LENOX HILL Pub. & Dist. Co. (Burt Franklin) - 235 East 44th St., New York, N.Y. 10017 - Originally Published: 1854 - Reprinted: 1970 - Printed in the U.S.A. - - S.B.N.: 8337-23626 - Library of Congress Card Catalog No.: 73-141353 - Burt Franklin: The Hakluyt Society First Series 15 - - - - - THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY. - - - SIR RODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON, G.C.St.S., F.R.S., - Corr. Mem. Inst. Fr., Hon. Mem. Imp. Acad. Sc. - St. Petersburgh, &c., &c., President. - - The EARL OF ELLESMERE. } Vice-Presidents. Capt. C. R. - DRINKWATER BETHUNE, R.N., C.B. } - Rear-Admiral Sir - FRANCIS BEAUFORT, K.C.B., F.R.S. - Captain BECHER, R.N. - CHARLES T. BEKE, Esq., Phil. D., F.A.S. - WILLIAM DESBOROUGH COOLEY, Esq. - BOLTON CORNEY, Esq., M.R.S.L. - The Right Rev. LORD BISHOP OF ST DAVID'S. - Rt. Hon. Sir DAVID DUNDAS. - Sir HENRY ELLIS, K.H., F.R.S. - JOHN FORSTER, Esq. - R. W. GREY, Esq. - JOHN HOLMES, Esq. - JOHN WINTER JONES, Esq. - Sir CHARLES LEMON, Bart., M.P., F.R.S. - P. LEVESQUE, Esq., F.A.S. - Sir JOHN RICHARDSON, M.D. - The EARL SOMERS. - Sir GEORGE STAUNTON, Bart. F.R.S. - - R. H. MAJOR, Esq., F.R.G.S., Honorary Secretary. - - - - - THE SECOND PART - OF THE - HISTORIE - OF THE - MIGHTIE KINGDOME OF CHINA, - THAT IS DIUIDED INTO THREE PARTS. - - -_The first containeth such thinges as the fathers, frier Martin de -Herrada, prouinciall of the order of Saint Augustine, in the Ilands -Philipinas, and his companion fryer Geronimo Martin, and other souldiers -that went with them, did see and had intelligence of in that kingdom._ - -_The second containeth the miraculous voiage that was made by frier -Pedro de Alfaro, of the order of S. Francis, and his companions, vnto -the said kingdome._ - -_The third containeth a briefe declaration by the said frier, and of -frier Martin Ignacio, that went out of Spaine vnto China, and returned -into Spaine againe by the Orientall India, after that he had compassed -the world. Wherein is contained many notable things that hee did see and -had intelligence of in the voiage._ - - - - -THE ARGUMENT OF THE FIRST PART. - - -Wherein is declared the cause that moued frier Martin de Herrada and -frier Geronimo Martin, and such souldiers as went in their companie, for -to passe from the Ilands Philipinas, vnto the kingdome of China, in the -yeare 1577; and of the entrie they made therein, and what they did see -there for the space of foure monethes and sixteene daies that they -remained: and of what they vnderstood, and of al things that happened -vnto them, till they returned againe vnto the ilands from whence they -went: all the which are notable and strange. - - - - - HISTORIE - OF THE - MIGHTIE KINGDOME OF CHINA, - - SECOND PART. - - - - -CHAP. I. - - _The Spanyards departe from Mexico vnto the Ilandes - Phillipinas, where they had intelligence of the - mightie kingdome of China._ - - -Gouerning in the kingdom of Mexico, Don Luys de Velasco, who was -viceroye, and lieftenant in that place for the Catholike king Don Philip -king of Spaine, was commanded by his maiestie to prepare a great armie -in the South Sea, and to leuie souldiers necessarie for the same, and to -send them to discouer the ilands of the west, those which that famous -captaine Magallanes did giue notice of when he did compasse the world in -the ship called the Victorie. - -The viceroy with great care and diligence did performe the kinges -commandement. This fleete and armie being prepared readie (which was not -without great cost), hee caused them to depart out of the port at -Christmas time in the yeare of 1564; and sent, for general of the same -fleet and for gouernour of that countrie which they should discouer, the -worthie Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, who afterwarde died in the said Ilande -with the title of Adelantado, a yeare after that the fathers Fryer -Martin de Herrada and Fryer Geronimo Marin and their companies did enter -into China. - -So after that our Spaniardes hadde discouered the sayde ilandes, and -some of them populared to the vse of his maiestie, but in especiall that -of Manilla, which is fiue hundred leagues in circuit; in the which is -situated the citie of Luson, and is also called Manilla, and as the -metropolitane of all the iland, whereas the gouernours haue ordeined -their place of abiding euer since the first discouery. They haue also -founded in that citie a cathedrall church, and erected a bishopricke. - -And for bishops of the same, his maiestie did ordaine the most reuerend -fryer Don Domingo de Salazar, of the order of preachers, in whom was -comprehended some holinesse, good life, and learning, as was requisite -and necessarie for that prouince: and was consecrated in Madrid the -yeare of 1579. - -At this present there be three monasteries of religious men in that -iland, the one of the order of S. Austen, and were the first that by the -commandement of his maiestie did enter into this iland, preaching the -law of the gospell, which was great profit vnto those soules, yet great -trauaile vnto them, and cost many of them their liues in dooing it: the -other monasterie is of barefoote fryers of the order of S. Francis, of -the prouince of S. Joseph, who haue beene great examples, with great -profit vnto them of those portes. The third are of the order of S. -Dominicke or preachers, who haue done their dutie in all things so well -as the other. These three orders were alonely in those ilands for -certaine yeares, till now of late time haue gone thither Jesuites, which -haue bin a great aide and helpe vnto their religion. - -When these Spaniardes were come vnto these ilands, they had strightwaies -notice of the mightie kingdome of China, as well by the relation of them -of the ilands (who tolde vnto them the maruels thereof), as also within -a fewe daies after they did see and vnderstand, by ships that came into -those ports with marchants, that brought marchandise and other things of -great curiositie from that kingdome, and did particularly declare the -mightinesse and riches thereof: all which haue been declared vnto you in -the first three bookes of this historie. This beeing knowen vnto the -religious people of S. Austin, who at that time were alone in those -ilands, but in especiall vnto the prouinciall, Frier Martin de Herrada, -a man of great valour and wel learned in all sciences, who seeing y^e -great capacitie or towardnesse which the Chinos had more than those of -the Ilandes in all things, but in especiall of their gallantnesse, -discretion, and wit, he straightwaies had a great desire to go thether -with his fellow to preach the gospell vnto those people, of so good a -capacitie to receiue the same: who with a pretended purpose to put it in -vse and effect, he began with great care and studie to learne that -language, the which he learned in a few daies, and did make thereof a -dictionarie. Then afterwards, they did giue great entertainment and -presents vnto the merchants that came from China, for to procure them to -carie them thether, and many other things, the which did shew their -holie zeale; yea, they did offer themselues to bee slaues vnto the -marchants, thinking by y^t meanes to enter in to preach: but yet none of -these diligences did take effect, till such time as the diuine maiestie -did discover a better way, as shalbe declared vnto you in this chapter -following. - - - - -CHAP. II. - - _A rouer of this kingdome of China called Limahon, - doth make himselfe strong at the sea, and doth - ouercome an other rouer of the same countrie called - Vintoquiam._ - - -[Sidenote: Where Limahon was borne.] - -The Spaniards did enioy their new habitation of Manilla in great -quietnesse, voide of all care of any accident that might disquiet them, -or any strange treasons of enimies for to offend them; for that those -Ilandes were in great quietnes, and in obedience vnto the Christian king -Don Phillip, and in continuall traficke with the Chinos, which seemed -vnto them a sufficient securitie for the continuance of the quietnesse -they liued in. And againe, for that they vnderstoode that they had a law -amongst them (as hath bin told you in this historie), y^t it was -forbidden to make any wars out of their owne countrie. But being in this -security and quietnes, vnlooked for, they were beset with a mightie and -great armada or fleete of ships, by the rouer Limahon, of whose vocation -there are continually on y^t coast, the one by reason y^t the country is -full of people, wheras of necessitie must be many idle persons; and the -other and principall occasion, by reason of the great tyranny y^t the -gouernors doo vse vnto the subjects. This Limahon came vpon them with -intent to do them harme, as you shal vnderstand. This rouer was borne in -the citie of Trucheo, in the prouince of Cuytan, which the Portingals do -call Catin. He was of mean parentage, and brought vp in his youth in -liberty and vice: hee was by nature warlike and euill inclined. He would -learne no occupation, but all giuen to robbe in the high waies, and -became so expert that many came vnto him and followed that trade. He -made himself captain ouer them which were more then two thousand, and -were so strong y^t they were feared in all that prouince where as they -were. This being knowen vnto the king and to his councell, they did -straight way command the viceroy of the prouince where as the rouer was, -that with all the haste possible he should gather together all the -garrisons of his frontyers, to apprehende and take him, and if it were -possible to carrye him aliue vnto the citie of Taybin, if not his head. -The viceroy incontinent did gather together people necessarie and in -great haste to followe him. - -[Sidenote: One rouer robbed another.] - -The which being knowen vnto Limahon the rouer, who saw that, with the -people he had, he was not able to make resistance against so great a -number as they were, and the eminent danger that was therein, he called -together his companies, and went from thence vnto a port of the sea, -that was a few leagues from that place; and did it so quickly and in -such secret, that before the people that dwelt therein could make any -defence (for that they were not accustomed to any such assaultes, but -liued in great quietnesse), they were lordes of the port and of all such -ships as were there: into the which they imbarked themselues -straightwaies, wayed anker and departed to the sea, whereas they thought -to bee in more securitie than on the lande (as it was true). Then hee -seeing himselfe lorde of all those seas, beganne to robbe and spoyle all -shippes that he could take, as well strangers as of the naturall people: -by which meanes, in a small time, hee was prouided of mariners and other -things which before hee lacked, requisite for that new occupation. He -sacked, robbed, and spoyled all the townes that were vpon the coast, and -did verie much harme. So he finding himselfe verie strong with fortie -shippes well armed, of those he had out of the port, and other that he -had taken at the sea, with much people such as were without shame, their -handes imbrued with robberie and killing of men, hee imagined with -himselfe to attempt greater matters, and did put it in execution: he -assaulted great townes, and did a thousand cruelties: in such sort, that -on all that coast whereas hee was knowen, he was much feared, yea and in -other places farther off, his fame was so published abroad. So he -following this trade and exercise, he chanced to meete with an other -rouer as himselfe, called Vintoquian, likewise naturally borne in China, -who was in a port voide of any care or mistrust, whereas Limahon finding -opportunitie, with greater courage did fight with the shippes of the -other: and although they were threescore ships great and small, and good -souldiers therein, hee did ouercome them, and tooke fiue and fiftie of -their ships. So that Vintoquian escaped with five ships. Then Limahon, -seeing himselfe with a fleete of nintie fiue shippes well armed, and -with many stout people in them, knowing that if they were taken, they -should be all executed to death: they therefore setting all feare a -part, gaue themselues to attempt new inuentions of euill, not onely in -robbing of great cities, but also in destroying of them. - - - - -CHAP. III. - - _The kinge of China doth arme a fleete of shippes - against the rouer Lymahon, who withdraweth himselfe to - Touzuacaotican, whereas he hath notice of the - Philippinas._ - - -[Sidenote: One hundred and thirtie great ships of warre with fortie -thousand men.] - -The complayntes increased euerie day more and more vnto the king and his -counsell, of the euils doone vnto the Chinos by this rouer Lymahon. For -the which commandement was giuen straightwaies vnto the uiceroy of that -prouince (whereas he vsed to execute his euill), that with great -expedition he might be taken (for to cut off this inconuenience), who in -few dayes did set foorth to sea, one hundred and thirtie great shippes -well appointed, with fortie thousand men in them, and one made generall -ouer them all, a gentle man called Omoncon, for to go seeke and followe -this rouer, with expresse commandement to apprehende or kill him, -although to the executing of the same he put both shippes and men in -danger. - -[Sidenote: They do more esteeme honor than losse of ships or men.] - -Of all this prouision, Lymahon had aduertisement by some secrete -friends, who seeing that his enemies were many, and he not able to -counteruaile them, neither in shippes nor men, determined not to abide -the comming, but to retire and depart from that coast: so in flying he -came vnto an ilande in secrete called Touznacaotican, which was fortie -leagues from the firme land, and is in the right way of nauigation to -the Ilands Philippinas. - -In this iland was Lymahon retyred with his armie a certaine time, and -durst not returne to the firme land, for that he knew that the kinges -fleete did lie vpon the coast to defende the same. And although he did -send foorth some ships a robbing, yet did they not doo any thing of -importance, but rather came flying away from the mightie power of the -kinges. From this ilande they did goe foorth with some of their ships, -robbing and spoyling al such as they met with marchandice and other -things that they carried from one ilande to an other, and from the iland -vnto the firme, and comming from thence amongst them all, they caused to -take two ships of China which came from Manilla, and were bound to their -owne countrie. And hauing them in their power they searched them vnder -hatches, and found that they had rich things of golde, and Spanish -ryalles, which they had in truck of their marchandice the which they -carried to the ilandes. They informed themselues in all points of the -state and fertilitie of that countrie, but in particular of the -Spaniardes, and how many there were of them in the citie of Manilla, who -were not at that present aboue seuentie persons, for that the rest were -separated in the discouering and populing of other ilands newly found; -and vnderstanding that these few did liue without any suspition of -enimies, and had neuer a fort nor bulwarke, and the ordinance which they -had (although it was very good), yet was it not in order to defend -themselues nor offend their enemies, hee determined to goe thither with -all his fleete and people, for to destroy and kill them, and to make -himselfe lorde of the saide ilande of Manilla and other adiacent there -nigh the same. And there he thought himselfe to be in securitie from the -power of the king, which went seeking of him. And so, as he was -determined, he put it in vre[1] with as much expedition as was possible. - -[1] "Use", supposed to be contracted from the Latin word "usura", usage. - - - - -CHAP. IV. - - _This rouer Limahon goeth to the Ilands Philippinas, - and commeth to the citie of Manilla._ - - -This rouer Limahon determining to goe and to take the Ilands -Philippinas, and to make himselfe lord and king ouer them all, but first -to kill the Spaniardes, which hee thought easely to be done, for that -there was so few. And there he pretended to liue in securitie, without -feare that before he had of the kings great fleete, for that it was so -farre distant from the firme lande. So with this determination hee -departed from those ilandes whereas he was retyred, and went to sea, and -sayling towardes the Ilandes Philippinas they passed in sight of the -Ilandes of the Illocos, which had a towne called Fernandina,[2] which -was newe founded by the captaine John de Salzedo, who at that instant -was in the same for lieutenant to the gouernour. Foure leagues from the -same they met with a small galley, which the said John de Salzedo had -sent for victuals. There was in her but 25 souldiers besides y^e rouers, -so that with the one and the other they were but a fewe in number; for -that as they thought they did trauaile in places of great securitie, and -without any suspition to meete enemies. So soone as Limahon had -discouered the galley, hee cast about towardes her, and with great ease -did take her, and did burne and kill all that was in her, and pardoned -one of them. - -[2] The Illocos, Ilocos, Ylocos, or Hilocos, here erroneously called -"islands", is the name of a province on the west side of the Island of -Luzon. - -This being done, he did prosecute his voyage according vnto his -determination, and passed alongest, but not in such secret but that hee -was discouered by the dwellers of the towne of Fernandina, who gaue -notice thereof vnto the lieutenant of the gouernor aforesaide, as a -woonder to see so many shippes together, and a thing neuer seene before -at those ilands. Likewise it caused admiration vnto him, and made him to -thinke and to imagine with great care what it might bee; hee sawe that -they did beare with the citie of Manilla, and thought with himselfe, -that so great a fleete as that was could not goe to the place which they -bare in with, for any goodnesse towardes the dwellers therein, who were -voide of all care, and a small number of people as aforesaid. Wherewith -hee determined with himselfe with so great speede as it was possible, to -ioyne togither such Spaniards as were there, which were to y^e number of -fiftie foure, and to depart and procure (although they did put -themselues in danger of inconuenience) to get the forehande of them, to -aduertise them of Manilla, and to ayde and helpe them to put their -artilerie in order, and all other thinges necessarie for their defence. - -This determination the captayne did put in vse verie speedily, which was -the occasion that the citie and all those that were in it was not -destroyed and slayne: yet they could not eschue all the harme, for that -the shippes that carried them were small, and a few rouers and not very -expert, for that the suddennesse of their departure would not afforde -better choice, as also they went from one place to an other procuring of -victuals: all which was the occasion that they did not come thither in -such time as they desired, and as was conuenient. - -This Lymahon was well prouided of prouision and al other thinges -necessarie, and hauing the wind fayre, he was alwaies in the fore front, -and came in the sight of Manilla vppon Saint Andros Eue, in the yeare -1574, whereas he came to an anker that night with all his whole fleete. -And he seeing that the end of his pretence consisted in expedition -before that they should be seene of those of the citie, or discouered by -them on the coasts: the nightes at that time being very darke, which was -a great helpe vnto them, he chose foure hundred of his best souldiers, -such as hee was fully perswaded of their valour and stout courage, and -put them in small vessels, and charged those that went with them for -captaines, to make such expedition that they might come vnto the citie -before it was day; and the first thing that they did was to set fire on -the citie, and not to let escape one man liuing therein, promising them -that at the break of the day he would be with them to giue them aide and -succour if neede did require, which they did. But for that nothing is -done without the will and permission of God, it went not with Limahon -and his foure hundred souldiers according as he did make reckoning; for -that all that night the winde was of the shoore, and the more the night -came on, the more the wind encreased, which was such a contradiction -vnto their expectation, that they could not by night disembarke -themselues, although they did procure by all meanes possible by policie -and force for to do it. Which of certaintie and without all doubt, if -this had not beene (at great ease), they had brought to a conclusion -their euill pretence, with the spoyle and losse of the citie and all -that dwelt therein: for their pretence was for to destroy and beat it -downe, as it might well appeare by the commandement hee gaue vnto his -captaines. - - - - -CHAP. V. - - _Limahon doth send 400 souldiers before for to burne - the citie of Manilla, and they were resisted by other - men._ - - -For all the contradiction of the winde this same night, the foure -hundred Chinos did put themselues within a league of the citie, vpon S. -Andrewes day, at eight of the clocke in the morning, whereas they left -their boates and went a land, and in great haste beganne to march -forwardes in battaile a raye deuided in two partes, with two hundred -hargabuses afore, and immediatly after them other two hundred pickemen: -and by reason that they were manie and the countrie verie plaine, they -were straightwayes discouered by some of the citie, who entered in with -a great noyse, crying, Arme, arme, arme, the enemies come! The which -aduice did little profite, for that there was none that would beleeue -them: but beleeued that it was some false larum doone by the people of -the countrie for to mocke them. But in conclusion the enemies were come -vnto the house of the generall of the fielde, who was called Martin de -Goyti, which was the first house in all the citie that wayes which the -enemies came. And before that the Spaniardes and souldiers that were -within the towne could bee fully perswaded the rumour to be true, the -enemies had set fire vpon his house, and slewe him and all that were -within, that none escaped but onely the goodwife of the house, whom they -left naked and verie sore wounded, beleeuing that she had beene dead: -but afterwards shee recouered and was healed of her woundes. In the -meane time that they were occupied in their first crueltie, they of the -citie were fully resolued of the trueth, although all of them, with this -successe unlooked for, were as people amased and from themselues; yet in -the end they sounded to armour, and did provide to saue their liues. -Some souldiers went foorth vppon the sandes, but in ill order as the -time did permitte, and slewe all the Chinos that they did meete, and -none escaped: which was the occasion that the rest did ioyne themselues -together, and put themselues in order to make some resistance against -their enemies, who with great furie entred into the citie, burning and -destroying all before them, and crying victorie. - -[Sidenote: A good praise of others.] - -This is the proper resistance of the Spaniardes when they doo finde -themselues in such like perilles: and this was doone with such great -courage, that it was sufficient to stay the furie of those which vnto -that time had the victorie: and to make them to retyre, although there -was great difference in number betwixt the one and the other. - -The Chinos in retyring lost some of their souldiers, but vnto the -Spaniardes no great harme, and in this their defence did notable actes. -This being considered of the Chinos, and that their boates were farre -off, for that time would not giue them place to bring them any nearer, -they did resolue themselues to leaue assault in the state that it was -in, and put themselues in couert, and there to refresh themselues of the -trauaile past, and afterwarde to returne with their generall Captaine -Lymahon, to prosecute their intent, which they thought to bee -comprehended with great ease. So when they came vnto their boates, to -avoyde any danger that might happen, they embarked themselues and -returned vnto their fleete whereas they left them. And not long after -they were departed, they might see them rowe with great furie towardes -their shippes, and when they came vnto their captaine Limahon, they did -aduertise him in particular of all that had happened, and how that by -reason of the contrarie winde, they could not come thether in time as he -had commanded them, and according vnto their desire, which was the -occasion that they could not bring to passe their pretence, and that by -reason of his absence they had referred it till a better occasion did -serue. Their captaine did comfort them, and gaue them great thankes, -for that which they had done, promising them in short time to bring to -effect their euill intent; and straightway commanded to weigh anker, and -to enter into a port called Cabile, which is but two leagues from the -citie of Manilla. Thither they of the citie might plainely see them to -enter. - - - - -CHAP. VI. - - _The gouernour of Manilla purposeth himselfe to abide - the assault of the Chinos, to whom they gaue the - repulse: then Limahon returned and planted himselfe - vppon the plaine nigh the riuer Pagansinan._ - - -At this time, by the order of his majestie, was elected for gouernour of -these Ilandes Philippinas, Guido de Labacares, after the death of Miguel -Lopez de Legaspi, who understanding the great fleete and power of -Lymahon the rover, and the small resistance and defence that was in the -citie of Manilla, with as much speede as was possible he did call -together all their captaynes and dwellers therein: and with a generall -consent they did determine to make some defence for to resist them as -well as they could (for the time that the enemie did remaine in the port -aforesaide): for to the contrarie the Spaniardes should loose great -credite, if that they should forsake and leaue the towne, so long as -their liues did indure. For in no other place in all the ilandes there -about, they could haue any securitie. With this determination they put -this worke in execution, and spared no person, of what qualitie and -degree so euer he was, but that his hande was to helpe all that was -possible, the which indured two dayes and two nightes, for so long the -rouer kept his shippes and came not abrode: for these woorthie -souldiers vnderstoode, that remayning with their liues their labour and -trauaile would soone be eased. - -In which time of their continuall labour, they made a fort with pipes -and bordes filled with sande and other necessaries thereto belonging, -such as the time would permit them: they put in carriages foure -excellent peeces of artilerie that were in the citie. All the which -being put in order, they gathered together all the people of the citie -into that little fort, which they made by the prouidence of God our -Lorde, as you may beleeue, for that it was not his pleasure that so many -soules as were in those ilands, baptised and sealed with the light and -knowledge of his holy faith, should returne againe to be ouercome with -the deuill: out of whose power hee brought them by his infinite goodness -and mercie: neither would hee that the friendship should be lost that -these ilands had with the mightie kingdome of China. By which meanes we -may coniecture that the diuine power had ordained the remedie of -saluation for all that countrie. The night before the enemie did giue -assault vnto the citie, came thether the captayne John de Salzedo, -lieutenant vnto the gouernour of the townes of Fernandina, who, as -aforesayde, came with purpose to ayde and helpe the Spaniardes that were -then in Manilla. Whose comming, without all doubt, with his companions, -was the principall remedie, as well vnto the citie, as vnto all those -that were within it: for considering that they were but fewe, and the -great paines they tooke in making the last resistance, and the labor and -trauaile they had in the ordayning of the fort for their defence, with -other necessaries, against that which was to come, ioyning therewith the -feare that was amongst them of the assalt past: surely they had neede of -such a succour as this was: and surely by the opinion of all men, it was -a myracle of God, doone to bring them thether. So with the comming of -this captaine with his people, they all recouered newe courage, with -great hope valiantly to resist their enemies: for the which incontinent -they did put all thinges in good order, for that the rouer the morning -following, before the breake of the day (which was the second day after -hee gaue the first assalt), was with all his fleete right against the -port, and did put a lande sixe hundreth souldiers, who at that instant -did set vppon the citie, the which at their pleasure they did sacke and -burne (for that it was left alone without people, as aforesayde by the -order and commaundement of the gouernour, which for their more securitie -were retyred into the fort). - -So hauing fired the citie, they did assalt the fort with great crueltie, -as men fleshed with the last slaughter, thinking that their resistance -was but small. But it fell not out as they did beleeue, for that all -those that were within were of so valiant courage, that who so euer of -their enemies that were so bolde as to enter into their fort, did paye -for their boldnesse with the losse of their liues. Which being seene by -the Chinos they did retire, hauing continued in the fight almost all the -day, with the losse of two hundreth men, that were slaine in the assalt, -and many other hurt; and of the Spaniardes were slaine but onely two, -the one was the Ancient bearer, called Samho[3] Hortiz, and the other -was the bayliefe of the citie, called Francisco de Leon. All which being -considered by Lymahon the rouer, who being politike and wise, and saw -that it was losse of time and men, to goe forwardes with his pretence -against the valiauntnesse of the Spaniardes (which was cleane contrarie -vnto that which had proued vnto that day), he thought it the best way to -embarke himselfe and to set sayle, and goe vnto the porte of Cabite from -whence he came. But first hee gathered together all his dead people, and -after did burie them at the ilande aforesaid, where as he stayed two -dayes for the same purpose. - -[3] Misspelt for Sancho. - -That being doone, he straightwayes departed from thence and returned the -same way that he came, till he ariued in a mightie riuer, fortie leagues -from the citie of Manilla, that is called Pangasinan, the which place -or soyle did like him verie well, and where he thought he might be sure -from them, who by the commaundement of the king went for to seeke him. - -There hee determined to remayne, and to make him selfe lorde ouer all -that countrie, the which hee did with little trauaile, and built -himselfe a fort one league within the ryuer, where as he remayned -certayne dayes, receauing tribute of the inhabitants there abouts, as -though he were their true and naturall lorde: and at times went foorth -with his ships, robbing and spoyling all that he met vpon the coast. And -spred abroade that hee had taken to him selfe the Ilandes Philippinas, -and howe that all the Spaniardes that were in them, were eyther slaine -or fledde away: wherewith hee put all cities and townes bordering there -aboutes in great feare, and also how that he had setled himselfe upon -this mightie riuer Pangasinan, whereas they did receiue him for their -lord, and so they did obey him, and paide him tribute. - - - - -CHAP. VII. - - _The generall of the fielde, called Salzedo, doth set - vppon Limahon, he doth burne his fleete, and besiege - his fort three moneths, from whence this rouer dooth - escape with great industrie._ - - -The gouernour vnderstanding by the ilanders, and of those that dwelt in -the citie of Manilla, of the fame that the rouer Limahon did publish -abroad in all places where as he went, howe that he had ouerthrowen and -slaine the Spaniardes; and being of them well considered, that if in -time they did not preuent the same, it might be the occasion of some -great euill, that afterwardes they should not so easely remedie as -presently they might: and those which were their friendes and subiectes -in all those ilandes, giuing credite vnto that which the rouer -declared, might be an occasion that they should rebell against them, by -reason that the naturall people were many and they but a few: for that -vnto that time they had sustained themselues onely by the fame to be -inuincible. With this consideration they entred into counsell, and did -determine to ioyne together all the people they could, and being in good -order, to follow and seeke the rouer, for that they vnderstood of -necessitie he must abide and repayre himself in some place nigh there -aboutes, for that he durst not goe vnto China for feare that he had of -the kings fleete; and fearing that they should vse such policies as hee -hath vsed, they might come on him unwares, and destroy him as he had -done others. And seeming vnto them (that although they could not destroy -him altogether) yet at the least they should be reuenged of the harme -that they had receiued, and thereby to giue to vnderstand that the fame -that he hath giuen out of himselfe was a lie, and should be an occasion -for to remaine in their old securitie, and also had in better estimation -and opinion of the dwellers there abouts, as also to cause great -friendship with the King of China, for that it is against a traytor and -one that hath offended him. - -This determination they put in vre and effect according as the time -would permit: in which time they had certaine newes howe that the rouer -was in the river of Pagansinan, and there did pretende to remaine. These -newes were very ioyfull vnto the Spaniardes. Then the gouernours -commanded to be called together all people bordering there abouts, and -to come vnto the citie where as hee was. Likewise at that time he did -giue aduice vnto such as were lordes and gouernours of the ilandes -called Pintados,[4] commanding them to come thither, with such shippes -and people as they could spare, as well Spaniardes as the naturall -people of the countrie. All this was accomplished and done with great -speede; the people of the countrie came thither with great good will, -but in especiall those of the ilandes of the Pintados. After the death -of Martin de Goyti, who was slaine in the first assault of the Chinos as -aforesayde in the citie of Manilla, the governour did ordaine in his -roome for generall of the field, in the name of his maiestie, John de -Salzedo, who with all this people, and with those that were in the -citie, went foorth (leauing the gouvernor no more ayde then that which -was sufficient for the defence of the citie and the fort that they had -new made, which was verie strong), and carried in his company two -hundred and fifty Spanish souldiers, and two thousand five hundred -Indians their friends. All which went with great good will and courage -to be revenged on the iniurie receiued, or to die in the quarrell. All -which people were embarked in small ships and two foygattes[5] that came -from the ilandes there borderers, for that the shortnes of time would -not permit them to prouide bigger shipping, neyther should they haue -found them as they would, for at such time as the inhabitants therabouts -did see the rouer in assalt against the citie, they did set fire on a -small galley and other bigge ships that were in the same port, and did -rise against the Spaniards, beleeuing that it had not been possible for -them to escape so great and mightie a power: although since the first -entrie of the Spaniardes in those ilandes they were verie subiect. The -generall of the fielde with the people aforesaide, did depart from -Manilla the three and twentieth day of March anno 1575, and arrived at -the mouth of the river Pagansinan vpon tenable[6] Wednesday in the -morning next following, without being discouered of any, for that it was -doone with great aduice, as a thing that did import verie much. Then -straightwaies at that instant the generall did put a lande all his -people and foure peeces of artilerie, leauing the mouth of the riuer -shutte vp with his shipping, inchayning the one to the other, in such -sort that none could enter in, neyther yet goe foorth to give anie -aduice vnto the rouer of his ariuall: hee commaunded some to goe and -discouer the fleete of the enimie, and the place whereas hee was -fortified, and charged them verie much to doo it in such secrete sort -that they were not espied, for therein consisted all their whole worke. -The captaines did as they were commanded, and found the rouer voyde of -all care or suspition to receiue there any harme, as he found them in -the citie of Manilla when he did assault them. - -[4] More correctly, the Islands of Painted Men. Martinière, in his -"Dictionnaire géographique, historique, et critique," thus speaks of -these Pintados in his article "Philippines":--"Ceux qu'on appelle -Bisayas et Pintados dans la Province de Camerinos, comme aussi à Leyte, -Samar, Panay, et autres lieux, viennent vraisemblablement de Macassar, -où l'on dit quil y a plusieurs peuples qui se peignent le corps comme -ces Pintados." - -[5] Misspelt for frigattes. - -[6] Ash Wednesday: the Wednesday _to be kept_ holy. - -This securitie that hee thought himselfe in did proceede from the newes -that hee had from his friendes at the China, that although they did -prouide to sende against him, yet could they not so quickly haue any -knowledge where hee was, neyther finde out the place of his abiding: and -againe, hee knewe that the Spaniards of the Phillippinas remained -without shippes, for that they had burnt them as you haue heard, and -that they had more need to repayre themselues of their ill intreatie the -yeare past, then to seeke any reuengement of their iniuries receiued. - -The generall of the fielde being fully satisfied of his negligence and -voide of care, and giuen to vnderstande of the secretest way that was to -goe vnto the fort whereas the rouer was, he commaunded the captayne -Gabriell de Ribera that straightwayes he should depart by lande, and -that vppon a suddaine, he should strike alarum vpon the enimie, with the -greatest tumult that was possible. Likewise he commanded the captaynes -Pedro de Caues[7] and Lorenso Chacon, that either of them with fortie -souldiers should goe vp the riuer in small shippes and light, and to -measure the time in such sort, that as well those that went by lande, as -those that went by water, should at one instant come vppon the fort, and -to give alarum both together, the better to goe thorough with their -pretence: and he himselfe did remaine with all the rest of the people to -watch occasion and time for to ayde and succour them if neede required. -This their purpose came so well to passe, that both the one and the -other came to good effect: for those that went by water did set fire on -all the fleete of the enemie, and those that went by lande at that -instant had taken and set fire on a trench made of tymber, that Lymahon -had caused to be made for the defence of his people and the fort: and -with that furie they slewe more then one hundreth Chinos, and tooke -prisoners seuentie women which they founde in the same trench; but when -that Lymahon vnderstoode the rumour, he tooke himselfe straightwayes to -his fort, which he had made for to defend himselfe from the kinges -navie, if they should happen to finde him out: and there to saue his -life vpon that extremitie, he commaunded some of his souldiers to goe -foorth and to skirmish with the Spaniardes, who were verie wearie with -the trauaile of all that day, and with the anguish of the great heate, -with the burning of the ships and the trench, which was intollerable, -for that they all burned together. - -[7] Chabes in original. - -The captaines seeing this, and that their people were out of order, -neither could they bring them into any, for that they were also weary -(although the generall of the field did succour them in time, the which -did profite them much), yet did they sound a retraite, and did withdraw -themselues with the losse of fiue Spaniards and thirtie of the Indians -their friends, and neuer a one more hurt. Then the next day following -the generall of the fielde did bring his souldiers into a square battle, -and began to march towards the fort, with courage to assalt it if -occasion did serve thereunto: he did pitch his campe within two hundreth -paces of the fort, and founde that the enimie did all that night -fortifie himselfe verie well, and in such sort that it was perilous to -assalt him, for that he had placed vpon his fort three peeces of -artilerie, and many bases,[8] besides other ingins of fire worke. Seeing -this, and that his peeces of artilerie that hee brought were very small -for to batter, and little store of munition, for that they had spent all -at the assalt which the rouer did giue them at Manilla, the generall of -the fielde and the captaines concluded amongst themselues, that seeing -the enimie had no ships to escape by water, neither had hee any great -store of victuals, for that all was burnt in the ships, it was the best -and most surest way to besiege the fort, and to remaine there in quiet -vntill that hunger did constraine them either to yeeld or come to some -conclusion, which rather they will then to perish with hunger. - -This determination was liked well of them all, although it fell out -cleane contrarie vnto their expectation; for that in the space of three -monethes that siege indured, this Limahon did so much that within the -fort he made certaine small barkes, and trimmed them in the best manner -he coulde, wherewith in one night hee and all his people escaped, as -shall bee tolde you: a thing that seemed impossible, and caused great -admiration amongst the Spaniards, and more for that his departure was -such that he was not discouered, neither by them on the water nor on the -lande. What happened in these three monethes, I doo not here declare, -although some attempts were notable, for that my intent is to declare -what was the occasion that those religious men and their consorts did -enter into the kingdome of China, and to declare of that which they said -they had seene: for the which I haue made relation of the comming of -Limahon, and of all the rest which you haue heard. - -[8] In the original Spanish _versete_. A "base" was the smallest piece -of ordnance made. - - - - -CHAP. VIII. - - _Omoncon, captain of the king of China, commeth to - seeke Limahon, and doth meete with Spaniards._ - - -In the meane time that the siege indured at the fort, as you haue -vnderstood, there went and came certaine vessels which brought victuals -and other necessaries from the cittie of Manilla, which was but fortie -leagues from the mouth of that riuer of Pagansinan, as hath beene tolde -you. It happened vppon a day that a shippe of Myguel de Loarcha, wherein -was frier Martin de Herrada, provinciall of the Augustine friers, who -was come vnto the riuer Pagansinan for to see the generall of the -fielde, and in the same shippe returned vnto Manilla to hold Capitulo, -or court, in the saide ilande and port of Buliano. Seuen leagues after -they were out of the mouth of Pagansinan, they met with a shippe of -Sangleyes, who made for the port, and thinking them to bee enimies, they -bore with them (hauing another shippe that followed them for their -defence), and had no more in them but the saide prouinciall and fiue -Spanyards, besides the mariners. This shippe of Sangley, seeing that hee -did beare with them, would haue fledde, but the winde woulde not permit -him, for that it was to him contrarie; which was the occasion that the -two shippes wherein the Spanyards were, for that they did both saile and -rowe, in a small time came within cannon shot. In one of the shippes -there was a Chino called Sinsay, one who had beene many times at Manilla -with merchandise, and was a verie friend and knowne of the Spanyards, -and vnderstoode their language; who knowing that shippe to be of China, -and not to be a rouer, did request our people not to shoote, neither to -doo them any harme, vntill such time as they were informed what they -were in that same shippe. - -[Sidenote: The captaine generall of the king of China.] - -This Sinsay went straight wayes into the fore shippes, and demanded what -they were, and from whence they came: and being well informed, he -vnderstoode that he was one of the ships of warre that was sent out by -the king of China, to seeke the rouer Limahon, who leauing the rest of -the fleet behinde, came forth to seeke in those ilands to see if he -coulde discouer him to be any of them: and the better to be informed -thereof, they were bounde into the port of Buliano, from whence they -came with their two shippes: from whome they woulde haue fledde, -thinking they had beene some of the rouers shippes. Being fully -perswaded the one of the other, they ioyned together with great peace -and friendshippe: the Spanyards straightwayes entred into their boate -and went vnto the shippe of the Chinos, and carried with them the -aforesaid Sinsay for to be their interpreter, and to speake vnto the -Chinos. In the saide shippe came a man of great authoritie who was -called Omoncon, who brought a commission from their king, and shewed it -vnto the Spanyards and vnto the father prouinciall: in the which the -king and his councell did pardon all those souldiers that were with -Limahon, if that forthwith they would leaue him and returne vnto the -kings part; and likewise did promise great gifts and fauour vnto him -that did either take or kill the aforesaid rouer. Then did Sinsay -declare vnto him of the comming of the rouer vnto the ilands, and all -that happened in the siege of the cittie, as aforesaide: and howe they -had him besieged in the riuer of Pagansinan, from whence it was not -possible for him to escape. - -The captain Omoncon reioyced very much of these newes, and made many -signes of great content, and did embrace the Spanyards many times, and -gaue other tokens whereby he did manifest the great pleasure he -receiued, and woulde therewith straightwaies depart vnto the rest of the -fleet. And for that they looked euery day for the death or imprisonment -of the rouer, the better to informe himselfe, hee determined (for it -was so nigh hand) to go and see the generall of the fielde in -Pagansinan, and carry with him Sinsay, one that was knowne both of the -one and the other: by whose meanes they might treate of such things that -best accomplished the confirmation of the peace and friendship betwixt -the Chinos and the Spaniards, as also of the death or imprisonment of -Limahon. With this resolution the one departed vnto Pagansinan, whereas -they arriued the same day, and the others vnto Manilla, whether they -went for victuals. - - - - -CHAP. IX. - - _Omoncon is well received of the generall of the - field, and lodged in Manilla with the gouernor, - whereas they doo conclude the going of the fathers of - Saint Augustine to China._ - - -When that the generall of the field vnderstood wherfore the comming of -Omoncon was, hee did entertaine him with great curtesie; and after that -hee had giuen him to vnderstand in what extremitie he had brought the -rouer (which was a thing impossible for him to escape, except it were -with wings), hee did counsell him, that for the time till hee brought -his purpose to effect (which could not be long) that he would go vnto -Manilla, which was not farre from thence, and there to recreate and -sport himselfe with the gouernor and other Spaniards that were there, -for that hee alone was sufficient to accomplish his pretence, without -the comming thither of the kings fleete, neither for to remoue out of -the port whereas they were in securitie. And for his going thither he -should haue a shippe of his the which did row, and was for to bring -victuals and other prouision; and he shoulde go in the company of the -captaine Pedro de Chaues that was bound vnto Manilla, and promised him -that within few dayes he would giue him the rouer aliue or deade, which -vnto the iudgement of all men coulde not bee long. - -[Sidenote: Omoncon promiseth to carry the friers vnto China.] - -Omoncon, considering that this offer might come well to passe, did put -it straight wayes in vre, and did imbarke himselfe in the company of y^e -captain, and sent his ship wherein he came alone by sea, because it was -big and drew much water: the which was constrained to turne backe againe -into the part from whence he went, by reason of stormie windes and -wether, and was no impediment in the other with ores, for that hee went -alongst the shoare and was shrowded with the land from the force of the -wind, so that in few dayes they arriued in the port of the cittie of -Manilla, whereas they were well receiued and feasted of the gouernor. -Omoncon remained ther certaine dayes, after the which, he seeing that -the siege did long endure, and that his staying might cause suspition of -his death; and againe, that the whole fleete did tarrie his comming to -his intelligence of the rouer, being fully perswaded and certaine that -hee coulde not escape the Spaniards hand, they had him in such a -straight, and that they would without all doubt sende him vnto the king -aliue or dead (as they promised him), hee was determined to returne vnto -China with the good newes that he had vnderstood, with a determinate -intent, to returne againe and carrie the rouer after that they had him -prisoner. With this resolution, in the end of certaine dayes, he went -vnto the gouernor, certifying him of his pretence, whereby he might giue -him license to put it in execution. The gouernor did like wel of his -pretence, and did promise him the same the which the generall of the -fielde did offer vnto him: and which was, so soone as the rouer should -be taken prisoner or slaine, to sende him vnto the king without any -delay, or else to put him whereas he should be foorth comming, and to -giue them aduertisement to send for him, or come himself: and did offer -him, more, that for his voyage he should be prouided forthwith of all -things necessarie, without lacking of anything. Omoncon did give him -great thankes for the same, and in recompence therof did promise vnto -the gouernor, for that he understoode and had intelligence of the -fathers of S. Augustine, that his honor, and his antecessor and the -Adelantado Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, had desired many times to send vnto -the kingdome of China some religious men, to intreat of the preaching of -the gospel, and to see the wonders of that kingdome, and howe that they -neuer coulde put this their desire in execution; for that those Chinos -which came thither, although they did offer them whatsoeuer they would -demand, fearing the punishment that should be executed on them according -vnto the lawes of the kingdome: he did promise him that he would carrie -them with him vnto China, such religious men as his honour would -command, and some souldiers such as would go with them: hoping with the -good newes that hee carried, to runne in no daunger of the law, neither -the vizroy of Aucheo to thinke euill thereof; and for a more securitie -that they should not be euill intreated, hee woulde leaue with him -pledges to their content. - -[Sidenote: A good pretence.] - -[Sidenote: The friers names that went to China.] - -The gouernor reioyced verie much at this his offer, for that it was the -thing that he and all those of the ilands most desired of long time -since, and did straightwayes accept his offer; saying that he did -clearely discharge him of his pledges, for that he was fully satisfied -of his valor and worthines, and that hee would not doo the thing that -should not be decent vnto his person and office. The gouernor being -verie ioyful of these newes, did therewith sende for the prouinciall of -the Augustine friers, who was elected but fewe dayes past: his name was -frier Alonso de Alvarado, a man of a sincere life, and one of them that -was sent by the emperor in the discouerie of the newe Guinea, vnto whome -hee declared the offer that the captaine Omoncon had made vnto him: -whereat he reioyced so much, that being an old man, hee would himself -haue gone thither: to which the gouernor would not consent in respect of -his age, and other particularities, but entred in counsel who were best -to go, and to finde one that were fitte to execute that which they had -pretended (which was, as wee haue saide, to bring in and plant in that -kingdome the holie Catholike faith): they determined that there shoulde -go but two religious men, by reason that at that time there was but a -fewe of them, and two souldiers in their companie. The religious men -shoulde bee frier Martin de Herrada of Pamplona, who left off the -dignitie of prouinciall, and was a man of great learning and of a holy -life: and for the same effect had learned the China tongue, and manie -times for to put his desire in execution did offer himselfe to bee slaue -vnto the merchants of China, onely for to carrie him thither: and in -companie with him should go frier Hieronimo Martin, who also was verie -well learned, and of the cittie of Mexico. The souldiers that were -appointed to beare them companie, were called Pedro Sarmiento, chiefe -sargeant of the cittie of Manilla, of Vilorado; and Miguel de Loarcha, -both principall men and good Christians, as was conuenient for that -which they tooke in hand. These fathers did carrie them for this -purpose, that if they did remaine there with the king preaching of the -gospell, then they shoulde returne with the newes thereof to giue the -gouernour to vnderstande of all that they had seene and happened vnto -them; and likewise vnto the king of Spaine, if neede did so require. - -[Sidenote: A token that fine cloth is esteemed.] - -This offer of the captaine Omoncon, and the appointment which was made -by the gouernour and the prouinciall, was knowne throughout al the -citie; and after that they had made great reioycings and feasts for the -same, it was approued of all men, that those that were named were -principall persons, as aforesaid, and were fully certified that there -should nothing be neglected of that they did commaunde them: neither let -passe any occasion, for that it was that which they did all desire, but -in particular for the seruice and honor of God, and for the benefite and -profite that shoulde redowne vnto them all by the mutuall contractation -betwixt the one nation and the other: and also giue the king to -vnderstande of so good newes as this is. The gouernor did straightwayes -call those persons that were named and appointed to come before the -captain Omoncon, and tolde them what was determined: the which they did -accept with great ioy, and gaue great thankes; and the gouernor in token -of gratitude, did giue vnto the captaine Omoncon, in the presence of -them all, a gallant chaine of golde, and a rich robe of crimson in -graine: a thing that hee esteemed verie much, and much more esteemed in -China, for that it is a thing that they haue not there. Besides this, -they did ordaine a reasonable present for to sende vnto the gouernor of -Chincheo, he that dispatched Omoncon by the commandement of the king to -go and seek the rouer: also another present for the vizroy of the -prouince of Ochian, who was at that present in the citie of Aucheo. - -And for that Sinsay shoulde not finde himselfe agreeued (who was a -merchant well knowne amongst them, and perhappes might bee the occasion -of some euill and disturbance of their pretence), they gaue vnto him -also another chaine of golde, as well for this, as also for that hee was -euer a sure and perfite friend vnto the Spaniards. Then straightwayes by -the commaundement of the gouernor, there were brought togither all such -Chinos as were captiue and taken from Limahon out of the fort aforesaide -at Pagansinan, and gaue them vnto Omoncon to carrie them free with him; -and gaue likewise commaundement that the generall of the fielde, and all -such captaines and souldiers that were at the siege of the forte, -shoulde giue vnto him all such as did there remaine; binding himselfe to -pay vnto the souldiers, to whome they did appertaine, all whatsoeuer -they should be valued to be worth: all the which being done, he -commanded to bee put in a redinesse all that was necessarie for the -voyage, and that in ample manner, the which was doone in a short time. - - - - -CHAP. X. - - _Omoncon departeth with certificate, in what - perplexitie he left Limahon the rouer, and doth carrie - with him the fathers of S. Augustine._ - - -The twelfth day of June, in the yeare of our Lord 1575, being Sunday in -the morning, the aforesaid gouernor and all that were in the cittie did -ioyne and go together vnto the monasterie of saint Augustine, where was -deuout prayers made vnto the Holy Ghost, and after they had all of them -requested of God so to direct the voyage, that it might be to the honor -and glorie of his diuine majestie, and to the saluation of the soules of -that kingdome, whome Lucyfer had so long possessed, Omoncon and Sinsay -did take their leaue of the gouernour, and of the rest, giuing them -thankes for their good entertainment that they made them, and did -promise them, in recompence thereof, to bee alwayes their assured -friends, as shall appeare by his works, and to carry them, whome he did -request of his owne good will, with securitie as vnto himselfe, and that -he would first suffer wrong himselfe, before any should be done vnto -those whom he had on his charge. The gouernor and all the rest did -thankfully accept his new offer, giuing him to vnderstand that they were -fully perswaded that his word and deede should be all one, and therewith -they tooke their leaue of them, and of the religious men with the two -souldiers their companions, not lacking teares to be shed on both parts. - -Then did they al imbarke themselues in a ship of the ilands which was -made readie for the same effect, and went out of the port in the company -of another shippe with merchants of China that were at Manilla, into the -which Sinsay put himselfe with all their victuals, for to carry it -vntill they came vnto the port of Buliano, whereas was the great shippe -of Omoncon, wherin they should make their voyage; which was that which -was forced to returne backe againe by reason of foule wether: they -aryued at the same port the Sunday following, for that the winde was -somewhat contrarie, and had lost the shippe that carried their victuals, -but after founde her at an anker in the port, for that she was the -bigger shippe and sailed better: they founde also in her two Spanish -souldiers, whom the generall of the fielde had sent from Pagansinan, for -that, from the place whereas he was, he did see the saide ship to enter -into the port, with commandement for to carrie them vnto him. This did -cause vnto the religious men and souldiers a suspition that the generall -of the fielde woulde procure to stay them vntill such time as he did see -the ende of the siege of the fort, which euerie day was looked when they -would yeelde, for that they shoulde carry with them Limahon the rouer -aliue or dead. Uppon the which almost euery one gaue his iudgement, that -it were better to depart without obeying his commandement, neither to -take their leave of him, but to prosecute their voyage so much desired, -for they thought euerie houre of their staying to bee a whole yeare: -fearing that euerie thing would be an impediment to disturbe their -intent and purpose: but better persuading themselues, knowing the good -condition and great Christianitie of the generall of the fielde, whom -frier Martin had alwayes in place of his sonne, for that he was the -neuew vnto the Adelantado Legaspi, the first gouernor and discouerer of -the said Philippinas, whom he brought with him from Mexico, being but a -child: they were agreed to go vnto him, and shewe their obedience, and -to take their leaue of him and of all the rest of their friends that -were in the camp. So with this determination they put their shippe into -the river Pagansinan, which was but seuen leagues from the saide port. -They had not sailed three leagues but a contrary winde so charged them, -that they were constrained to returne into the port from whence they -came, and there concluded amongst themselues to send Pedro Sarmiento in -the barke wherein came the two souldiers aforesaid; for that it was -little and went with oares, they might with lesse daunger enter into the -riuer of Pagansinan, rowing vnder the shoore: and that hee in the name -of them all should conferre with the generall of the field, and so take -his leaue of him and of all the rest of their friends, whome they did -request that they would not forget them in their prayers, to commend -them vnto God to bee their aider and helper in this their pretence, so -much desired of them all: and gave him great charge to bring with him -the interpreter that they should carrie with them, which was a boy of -China that was baptised in Manilla, and could speake Spanish very well; -he was named Gernando.[9] This Pedro Sarmiento came thither, and did -accomplish all that was commended vnto him verie faithfully: but the -generall of the field was not therewith satisfied, neither the captaines -and souldiers that were with him, for that the father friers were very -wel beloued of them, for they deserued it: so they determined to send -for them, and to request them to come thither and see them, being so -nigh as they were. They being vnderstood by the friers (not without the -suspition aforesaid), and seeing that they could not excuse to go vnto -them to accomplish their commandement and gentle request, they departed -out of Buliano with a faire wind, for that the storme was done, although -the sea was a little troubled; and therewith they ariued at Pagansinan -whereas they were well receiued of the generall of the fielde, and of -all the rest with great ioy and pleasure. Their suspition fell out -cleane contrarie as they thought, for that the generall of the fielde -would not stay them, but did dispatch them with all speede possible, and -did deliuer vnto them at the instant all such captiues as the gouernor -had commanded, and the souldiers that had them did with a verie good -will deliuer them, seeing to what intent it did extende, and also the -interpreter, with all other thinges that was necessarie and requisite -for the voyage; and writ a letter vnto Omoncon, who remained in Buliano, -that hee would fauour and cherish them as he did not thinke to the -contrarie: and did ratifie that which the gouernour had promised him, -for to sende the rouer aliue or deade, after they had ended their siege -by one meanes or other. He also requested of frier Martin de Herrada -that he would carrie with him one Nicholas de Cuenca, a souldier of his -company, for to buy for him certaine things in China, who did accept the -same with a verie good wil, and promised to intreat him as one of his -owne, and haue him in as great regard: and therewith they departed and -went vnto the port of Buliano from whence they came, taking their leaue -of the generall of the field and of all the rest of the campe, with no -lesse teares then when they departed from Manilla. He sent to beare them -company til they came vnto the port, the sergeant maior, who carried -with him a letter vnto the captaine Omoncon, and a present of victuals -and other things; and other two letters, the one for the gouernor of -Chincheo, and the other for the vizroy of the prouince of Ochian, -wherein he doth giue them to vnderstand how that he hath burnt al the -fleete of Limahon, and slaine many of his companions, and howe that he -hath besieged him so straightly that it is not possible for him to -escape, neither indure long without yeelding of himselfe; and then -either aliue or dead he would send him, as the gouernor of Manilla had -writ and promised. These two letters were accompanied with two presents, -wherein was a basen and an ewre of siluer, and certaine robes of Spanish -cloth, the which the Chinos doo esteeme very much, as also other things -of great valew that they have not in their country, and craving pardon -because he did not send more. The occasion was for that he was in that -place, and all his goods in the cittie of Manilla. The same day with a -faire winde they came vnto the port Buliano, whereas they found Omoncon -abiding their comming, and receiued all such things as the sergeant -maior did carrie him in the name of the generall of the field, and -rendered vnto him great thanks, and made a new promise to accomplish -that offer made vnto the gouernor. - -[9] Misprint for "Fernando." - - - - -CHAP. XI. - - _The Spaniards do depart with the captain Omoncon from - the port of Buliano, and ariue at the firme lande of - China._ - - -[Sidenote: They departed towards China.] - -[Sidenote: Their compasses diuided into 12 partes.] - -The desire was so much of this father frier Martin de Herrada to be in -China, as well for to preach in it the holy gospel, as also for to see -the wonders that haue beene reported to be in that countrie, that -although he was dispatched by the gouernor and generall of the fielde, -yet he thought that their voyage would be interrupted: and therefore to -see himselfe free from this feare and suspition, so soon as he came vnto -the port of Buliano to the captaine Omoncon, hee requested him with -great vehemencie, that he would straightwayes set saile, for that the -winde serued well for their purpose. Then Omoncon, who desired no other -thing, but thought euery houre that he tarried to be a whole yeare, -commanded forthwith the mariners to make all thinges in a redinesse to -set saile, and to bring home all their ankers, and ride apicke, redie to -depart after midnight: the which was done as hee had commanded. So vppon -a Sunday at the break of day, being 25. of June, they took a Spaniard -souldier into their companie, who was called John de Triana, and vsed -him in their seruice, for that hee was a mariner. So at the same time, -after they had praied vnto God to direct their voyage, they set saile -with a prosperous winde. There was with the friers, souldiers, and men -of seruice, twentie persons, besides the Chinos that were captiues, and -the people of the captaine Omoncon. They were not so soone off from the -coste, but the winde abated and they remained becalmed certaine dayes: -but afterwards they had a lustie gale, that carried them forwards. The -Chinos doo gouerne their ships by a compasse deuided into twelue partes, -and doo vse no sea cardes, but a briefe description of Ruter,[10] -wherewith they doo nauigate or saile: and commonly for the most part -they neuer go out of the sight of land. They maruelled very much when -that it was told them, that comming from Mexico vnto Philippinas, they -were three monethes at the sea and neuer sawe land. So it pleased God, -that although it was verie calme and little winde stirring, that we made -but little way, yet, upon the Sunday following, which was the thirde of -July, we had sight of the land of China: so that we found all our voyage -from the port of Buliano, from whence we departed, vnto the firme land, -to be one hundred and fortie leagues; and twenty leagues before they -came in the sight thereof, they had sounding at three score and tenne, -and fourscore fathome, and so waxed lesse and lesse vntill they came to -the lande, which is the best and surest token they haue to be nigh the -land. In all the time of their voyage, the captain Omoncon with his -companie shewed such great curtesie and friendship to our men, as though -they had been the owners of the saide ship: and at such time as they did -imbarke themselues, he gaue his own cabin y^t was in the sterne to y^e -friers, and vnto Pedro Sarmiento and to Miguel de Loarcha, he gaue -another cabin that was very good, and commanded his company in the ship -that they should respect them more then himselfe; the which was in such -sort, that on a day, at the beginning of their voyage, the fathers -founde them making of sacrifice vnto their idols, and told them that all -which they did was a kinde of mockage, and that they shoulde worshipe -but onely one God: and willed them to doe so no more. Who, onely in -respect of them, did leaue it off, and not vse it after in all the -voyage: whereas before they did vse it euerie day manie times. - -[10] More commonly spelt Rutter or Ruttier, a direction book. The word -is derived from "Routier," a road book. - -[Sidenote: They leaue the worshiping of one idol to worship another.] - -Besides this, they would worshippe the images that the friers did carrie -with them, and kneele vpon their knees with great shew of deuotion; who -nowe hauing sight of the firme lande in so short time, and passed that -small gulfe so quietly, which was wont to bee verie perilous and full of -stormes, they did attribute it vnto the orations of the friers, their -companions and souldiers. The like curtesie was shewed vnto them by -Sinsay, who was the seconde person in the shippe, and hee that did best -vnderstande that nauigation and voyage. So, as they drewe nearer the -land, they might discouer from the sea a verie gallant and well towred -cittie, that was called Tituhul, whereas the king hath continually in -garrison tenne thousande souldiers, and is vnder the gouernement of the -prouince of Chincheo. - -So the next day following wee came vnto a watch towre, which was -situated vppon a rocke at the entrie into a bay, who had discouered our -shippe, and knew the standart or flagge to bee the kings: and made a -signe vnto seuen shippes which were on the other side of the point, -which was part of a company ordeined for to keepe and defende the cost, -which were more then foure hundred. Straightwayes the captaine of the -seuen shippes came foorth to knowe what we were, and what chanced shalbe -told you in this chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XII. - - _The captaine Omoncon is come to the prouince of - Chincheo, but before he doth come vnto an anker, he - dooth passe some trouble with another captaine of the - sea._ - - -This captaine Omoncon, when he saw that the ships did make towards him, -hee cast about his shippe and passed alongst by the watch towre, making -his way towards the towne, where he was a natural subiect and nigh at -hand, being but two leagues from the point: which being perceiued by the -generall of that bay which was in a redinesse, who imagined by his -working that it should be some shippe of euill demeanor and their -enimies, without any delation hee issued forth from behind the point -with three ships, that did row with oares verie swift: and gaue them -chase, cutting them off from their pretence: and when he came nigh vnto -them, hee shot at them to make them to amaine: the which Omoncon would -not doo, for that hee supposed (as afterwards hee did confesse) that hee -should be some man of little estimation, and not the generall of the -coste. But as he drew nigher vnto him, hee did know him by the flagge he -bare on the sterne in the foist[11] wherein he was himselfe with his -souldiers, and straightwayes caused to amaine[12] his sailes, and tarried -for him. The generall did the like, and stayed behinde, sending a boate -for to bring the captaine vnto him, and to declare what he was and from -whence he came. Omoncon did forthwith imbarke himself into his boate -without any resistance, but rather with feare that hee should be -punished for that hee did flie from him. The generall, when hee saw him, -did straightwayes know him (and in that the fathers did vnderstand by -signes), hee was verie glad of his comming, and gaue him good -entertainment. - -[11] A small craft: from Fusta--_Span._ - -[12] To let fall or lower at once: from Amainar--_Span._ - -This generall was a goodly man of person, and was verie well apparelled, -and did sit in a chaire in the sterne of his ship, the which was all -couered to keepe away the sunne: hee commanded the Captaine Omoncon to -sit downe by him vpon the hatches, without chaire or any other thing, -who did obey him, although first hee did refuse it with great modestie, -as not woorthie to haue that honour, which was not esteemed a little. -After that he was set, he gaue him to vnderstand in effect of all his -voyage and successe, and in what extremitie he left Limahon, and also -howe that hee carried with him the friers and other Spaniards, which -went to carrie the newes, and to intreate of peace with the vizroy of -Aucheo: vnto whome, and vnto the gouernor of Chincheo, hee carried -presents, sent from the gouernor and generall of the fielde of the -Ilands Philippinas. When the generall had heard this relation, he -commanded the boate to returne and to bring them before him, that hee -might see what manner of men they were of person and the vse of -apparell, and likewise to satisfie himselfe of other desires that came -into his mind by that which Omoncon had saide of them. The fathers and -their companions did obey the commandement, and did imbarke themselues -in the boate (although it were with some feare), and came vnto the -shippe, whereas the generall receiued them with great curtesie after his -fashion, and shewed them a good countenance, and tokens that he very -much reioyced to see them and the vse of their apparell they ware. But -after awhile hee commanded that they shoulde bee put vnder hatches, -which was the occasion to augment the feare they conceiued when they -were sent for: and the more when they saw that they were commanded to be -shut vp in a cabin with the interpreter that they brought with them. - -[Sidenote: They call the Spaniards Castillas.] - -This being done, they were in great care howe they might vnderstand the -generals pretence; and at a close doore that was before the cabin -whereas they were, uppon a sudden they might see that all those that -were in the shippe did arme themselues in great haste, and the Captaine -Omoncon amongst them: then they heard bases and harqubus shot, with a -great noise of people, which did verie much alter them: in such sort -that they looked euery moment when they should come and cut of their -heads. Whilst that our people were in this agonie and great feare, -Omoncon considered of them and of the charge that he had to bring them -thither: therewith he sent one of his seruants to giue them to -vnderstand of all that they had heard and seene, wherewith they did -quiet themselues, and put away al the feare that they had conceiued with -their suddain putting downe in the cabine, and the shooting off of those -peeces. The which the better to giue you to vnderstand, I will first -declare vnto you the occasion (and then after the rest). Limahon had not -so soone taken his course towards the ilands, but straightwaies it was -knowne in the kingdome of China: and the vizroy of Ochian, by the order -that he had from the roiall counsell, did command all gouernors of such -cities that were nigh vnto the coast, to dispatch away shipping for to -go follow and seeke him, with aduertisement that hee who did accomplish -this diligence with the first, should be very wel rewarded and esteemed, -for that they feared that if the rouer should ioine with y^e Castillas -(for so they do cal the Spaniards in that country, of whom they haue had -great notice), might thereby grow some great harme and inconuienence, -which afterwards could not be well remedied: which was the occasion that -they made the more haste, for that if it were possible to take him, or -else to spoile his shipping before that he should come vnto the said -ilands. In accomplishing of this commandement, the gouernor of Chincheo -did prouide shipping, and did sende the captaine Omoncon with them: but -yet he could not prouide them of souldiers and other necessaries till -certaine daies after that he was gone foorth: so he went till hee came -and met with the Spaniards, nigh vnto Buliano (as aforesaid). - -About the same time the general of the bay that was there to defend the -cost, did dispatch another ship for to enquire and know where the rouer -was, and to bring relation therof, that straightwayes they might go and -assalt him with all the whole armie. This ship was the fathers of -Sinsay, he that was friend vnto the Castillas, who came in companie with -the friers from the ilands (as it is said), and he went in the said ship -for pilot; who, although hee went out of the port with great speede, yet -with greater hast hee returned againe without mastes or yardes, for that -they lost them in a great storme and torment that tooke them in the -gulfe, whereas they thought to haue beene lost. - -At the same time that the friers departed from Buliano to Pagansinan, -being requested to come thither by the master of the field (as -aforesaid), there was in the same port a ship of China, that came vnto -the ilands to traficke; and being well informed of all things, as well -in what extremity the Spaniards had the rouer, as also of y^e going of -Omoncon, and how that he carried vnto the firme lande the aforesaide -friers and their companions. The said shippe departed in a morning very -secretly, ten dayes before that Omoncon did make saile, and came to the -firme land the saide ten daies before, and gaue notice thereof vnto the -gouernor of all that they had vnderstood, as wel by relation as by -sight; and how that ther came with Omoncon and the Spaniards, Sinsay, -who was he that in al things touching Limahon was the dooer, and that -whatsoeuer shall happen good in this relation, they ought to giue the -praise and thanks vnto him, and not vnto Omoncon. This he spake for the -good affection he had vnto Sinsay by way of friendship, for that he was -of the same profession, a merchant. - -The gouernour of the bay being verie desirous to haue the rewarde and -thankes of the king, with occasion to say that the sonne of him whom he -sent to follow and seeke Limahon was the chiefe and principall meanes of -that good successe. Straight wayes, so soone as hee heard the newes of -the shippe that ariued there tenne dayes before (as aforesaide), he -commaunded sixe shippes to goe foorth of the baye to the sea, with order -and commission to bring the ship to an anker in the sayd bay, and not to -suffer him to go into any other place: and otherwise they could not, at -least wayes, they would bring with them Sinsay, for that they would send -him post vnto the uiceroy, for to declare vnto him all that had passed -particularly. These sixe ships came verie nigh vnto that wherein was the -generall aforesaid, at such time as our Spaniardes were with the -generall, and they neuer could perceiue it, for that there were many in -the baye, some going and some comming; but when that hee had discouered -them, then he caused our people to be put vnder hatches because they -should not be seene, and commanded those that were in the shippe to arme -themselues for their defence if need required. - -In the meane time that they made resistance with this ship, one of the -sixe ships did borde that shippe wherein came Omoncon, pretending to -take her, and beleeued to doo it with great ease. But it happened vnto -them cleane contrarie, for that the souldiers that were within did -defende their ship valiantly. Sinsay, with a very good will, would haue -suffered the ship wherein his father came to haue carried away the -other, if the souldiers of Omoncon would haue consented therunto. They -did not only misse of their purpose, but also many of them were hurt in -the attempting to enter the ship: the saide ship did fall aborde there -whereas was their captaine Omoncon, who at that instant did call our -Spaniardes in his shippe, out of the generalles shippe whereas they -were; which was doone with such speede, that it was accomplished before -any of the other ships could come vnto them, although they did procure -it. Then did Omoncon arme himselfe to the warre, for to defend himselfe, -his ship, and all that were therein, or to die there. The fryers and -their companions, when they vnderstoode the cause of their strife and -fighting, partly by suspition in that they had seene, as by that which -Omoncon did sende them worde, did offer themselues vnto him, promising -him to die with him if neede did so require, and requested him to -appoint them what they should do, and they would accomplish it with a -very good will. At this time all the ships were about that of Omoncon, -who was not idle, but put foorth his artilerie for their defence, asking -powder of the Spaniardes, for that they had little left: the generall -did not depart from the shippe from the time that the Spaniardes went -vnto him, neither did hee remooue out of his chayre, although all the -rest that were in the ship were armed. - -At this time the captayne of the sixe shippes of Chincheo did put -himselfe in a boate and came towardes the shippe of Omoncon for to haue -commoned with him; but he would not suffer them to come nigh, but shot -at them, and caused them to depart against their willes, and called them -all to naught from the poope of his shippe, with manie reprochfull -woordes, saying that they came to steale the honour that hee with so -great trauayle and perill had gotten. Then the generall, seeing that hee -could not goe through with his purpose, hee determined to leaue him, and -therewith to cast about with his shippes, and returned into the port of -the baye from whence they came. This brought in his shippe a sonne of -Sinsay, to giue occasion vnto his father for to come vnto him, and -likewise his owne father, whome they did straightwayes put in prison, -and his wife and mother: which is a thing commonly vsed in that -countrie, the children to pay for their parentes, and to the contrarie, -the parents for the children. - -Sinsay, who feared the same, woulde not goe vnto his owne house till -such time as he did carrie commandement from the uiceroy, for to deliuer -out of prison those that were put there without desert: the which was -granted by the uiceroy, with other fauours and great honour, as shall -bee declared vnto you. - - - - -CHAP. XIII. - - _Omoncon doth disembarke himselfe with our Spaniardes - in the port of Tansuso, and are verie well receiued by - the justice, and made verie much of by the order of - the Insuanto of that prouince._ - - -Within a little while after that the captayne of the sixe shippes -departed for Chincheo, Omoncon and his companie ariued at the port of -Tansuso,[13] hard by, vpon Wednesday, in the euening, being the fift day -of July. This Tansuso is a gallant and fresh towne, of foure thousand -householders, and hath continually a thousand souldiers in garrison; and -compassed about with a great and strong wall; and the gates fortified -with plates of yron; the foundations of all the houses are of lime and -stone, and the walles of lime and yearth, and some of bricke: their -houses within very fairely wrought, with great courts, their streetes -faire and brode, all paued. Before that Omoncon did come vnto an anker, -they sawe all the souldiers and the people of the towne were gathered -together vpon the rockes that were ioyning vnto the port, all armed -readie vnto the battaile, amongst whom there was a principall captaine, -and three more of his companions, that were sent him by the gouernor of -Chincheo, whom they do call in their language Insuanto, who had -vnderstanding of the comming of Omoncon and his companie by the ship -(aforesaid) he sent them thither before, that in his name should -entertain them and cherish them all that was possible. When the ship -entred into the port, Omoncon did salute the towne with certain peeces -of artilery, and discharged all his argubushes sixe times about, and -therewithal tooke in their saile and let anker fall. Then straightwaies -the captaine whom the Insuanto had sent came abord the ship, who had -expresse commission not to leaue the company of our people after that -they were disembarked till such time as they came whereas he was, but to -beare them companie, and to prouide them of all thinges necessarie: the -which he did accomplish. - -[13] Ganhai. - -[Sidenote: Ensignes to knowe the iustices.] - -All these captaines and ministers of the king doo weare certaine -ensignes for to be knowen from the common people, who are not permitted -to weare any such; and they can not goe abroad in publike without the -same, neyther will they if they might, for that by them they are obeyed -and reuerenced, as well in the streetes as in any other place where they -come: all such generally be called Loytias, which is as much to say in -our language (gentlemen): the particular ensignes which they doo vse, -bee broade wastes or girdles, embossed after diuerse manners; some of -golde and siluer, some of the shell of a Turtuga or turtell, and of a -sweete wood, and other some of iuerie; the higher estates hath them -embrodered with pearles and precious stones, and their bunnets with two -long eares, and their buskins made of satten and vnshorne ueluet, as we -haue declared more at large in the first three bookes. - -[Sidenote: The first landing of the fryers.] - -Then after, so soone as they were come to an anker in the port, the -iustice did send them a license in writing for to come foorth of the -shippe, as a thing necessarie, for that without it the waiters or -guardes of the water side will not suffer them to put foote a land. This -licence was written vpon a borde whited, and firmed by the iustice, -whose charge it is to giue the licence. Then when they came a shoore, -there were the souldiers that were appointed by the Insuanto in a -readinesse to beare them companie, and did direct and leade them vnto -the kinges houses of the sayde citie: the like hath euerie citie almost -throughout all the kingdome, and there they did lodge them. These -houses are very great, and very wel wrought and gallant, with faire -courtes belowe, and galleries aboue: they had in them stanges[14] or -pondes of water, full of fish of sundrie sortes. - -[14] Evidently from Etang, _Fr._, a pond. - -The Insuanto had giuen order vnto the iustice of Tansuso, wherein he had -ordained what hee should giue them to eate, and all other things that -should be done particularly by it selfe, without lacking of any thing, -and appointed the captaine, that hee with his souldiers should not -depart from them not a iot, but alwayes to beare them company -whethersoeuer they went, and not to depart till he had farther order -from him: in accomplishing whereof they remayned with them that night in -the kings house. The iustice of the citie when that he had lodged them, -went himselfe in person to the waters side, and caused all their stuffe -to be vnladen out of the ship, and caused it to be carried with great -care and diligence vnto the fryers whereas they were. - -The people of the citie did presse very much to see these strangers, so -that with the press, as also with the great heate, they were -marueilously afflicted: which being perceiued by the iustice, he gaue -order that they might bee eased of that trouble, and caused sergeants to -keepe the doore, and their yeomen to make resistance against the people. -Yet, notwithstanding, though they did not trouble them so much, they -ranged about the house and clymed vpon the walles to procure to see -them, as a rare thing, for that they came from countries so farre off, -and apparelled verie different from that they do vse or otherwise haue -seene. So when that the night was come, the iustice of the citie did -make them a banket according vnto the fashion of the countrie: and it -was in this manner following. - -[Sidenote: The vse of their bankets.] - -[Sidenote: Wine of a palme tree.] - -They were carried into a hall that was verye curiously wrought, wherein -were many torches and waxe candles light, and in the middest therof was -set for euerie one of the guests a table by himselfe, as is the vse and -fashion of that countrie (which more at large shalbe declared), euerie -table had his couering of damaske or satten very well made, the tables -were gallantly painted, without any table clothes, neither do they vse -any, for they haue no neede of them, for that they do eate all their -victualles with two little stickes made of golde and siluer, and of a -marueilous odoriferous woode, and of the length of little forkes as they -doo vse in Italy; with the which they doo feede themselues so clenly, -that although their victuals be neuer so small, yet do they let nothing -fall, neither foule their hands nor faces: they were set downe at these -tables in verie good order and in gallant chayres, in such sort that -although they were euerie one at his table by himselfe, yet they might -see and talke one with an other; they were serued with diuerse sortes of -cates, and very well dressed both of flesh and fish, as gamons of bacon, -capons, geese, whole hennes, and peeces of beefe, and at the last many -little baskets full of sweete meates made of sugar and marchpanes, all -wrought very curiously. They gaue them wine of an indifferent colour and -taste, made of the palme tree (whereof there is no other vsed in all -that countrie), our Spaniardes did vse it, as that which was made of -grapes. All the time that the supper indured, there was in the hall -great store of musicke of diuers instruments, whereon they played with -great consort, some one time and some another. The instruments which -they commonly do vse are hoybuckes,[15] cornets, trompets, lutes, such as -be vsed in Spaine, although in the fashion ther is some difference. -There was at this banket (which indured a great while), the captaine -that was ordained for their garde, and the captaine Omoncon and Sinsay. -When supper was done, they were carried into very faire chambers, wheras -were faire beddes, where they slept and eased themselues. - -[15] Hautboys? - -The next day following, in the morning, was brought vnto them their -ordinarie victualles, and that in abundance, as well of flesh as of -fish, fruits and wine, to be dressed vnto their owne content, and -according vnto their manner: they would take nothing for the same, for -so they were commanded by the Insuantes. This was brought vnto them -euerie day so long as they were there, and in the way when as they went -vnto Chincheo. The same day ariued a captaine of fortie ships in the -same port, and as soone as hee was a shore, hee went straightwayes vnto -the pallace for to see the strangers: who being aduertised of his -comming, came foorth and receiued him at the pallace gate, where as was -vsed betwixt them great courtesie. The captaine came with great -maiestie, with his guarde of souldiers and mase bearers before him, with -great musicke of hoybuckes, trumpets and drommes, and two whiffelers[16] -or typp staues that made roome, putting the people aside: also there -came with him two executors of iustice, or hangmen, hauing each of them -in their handes a set made of canes, which is an instrument wherewith -they doo whippe and punish offenders, and is so cruell that who soeuer -doth receiue sixtie strokes with the same, although he be a verie stout -man and strong hearted, yet it will kill him, for that hee is not able -to abide it. They doo beate them vppon the thighes and calues of the -legges, causing the offender or patient to lye downe vppon his breast or -stomacke, and commande their heades and legges to be holden. The iudges, -captaines, and loytias haue ordinarily these officers before them, for -to beate such as will not goe out of the way when as they doo passe the -streetes, and such as will not alight from their horse, or come out of -their close chayres when they doo meete with them. - -[16] One who plays on a whiffle or fife. - -When this captayne came vnto the pallace gate whereas the father fryers -and their companions did receiue him, he was brought on the shoulders of -eight men verie richly apparelled, and he in a chayre wrought of iuorie -and golde, who stayed not till they came into the inner chamber, -whereas he did a light from the chayre, and went straight vnder a cloth -of estate, that was there ordinarily for the same purpose, and a table -before him: there hee sate downe, and straightwaies arose vp, and -standing he did receiue the strange guests, who did curtesie vnto him -according vnto their fashion, which is to ioyne their handes together, -and to stoope with them and their heads downe to the grounde: he -gratified them againe with bowing his heade a little, and that with -great grauitie. Within a little while after, he spake vnto them with -great maiestie, bidding them welcome into his kingdome, being glad of -their comming, saying that himselfe was come to see and cherish them, -for that they should receiue no discontent, as y^e proofe shal shew. -These speeches being finished, there was brought foorth certain peeces -of blacke silke of twelue vares[17] long a peece. And his officers did -put on the fryers shoulders each of them two, which was for either -shoulder one, and was brought about their bodies and girt therewith; and -the like was done in order vnto the Spanish souldiers, and vnto Omoncon -and Sinsay, and to their interpreter. But vnto Omoncon and Sinsay was -giuen vnto either of them a branch or nosegay made of siluer, which was -set vpon their heads, which is accustomable honor that is done vnto such -as haue done some great enterprise, or such like. - -[17] Yards, from Vara, _Span._ - -After that this ceremonie was done, they played vpon the instrumentes -afore sayde, which came with the captayne. In the meane time of their -musicke, there was brought foorth great store of conserues, marchpanes, -and thinges made of sugar, and excellent good wine; and so being on foot -standing, hee caused them to eate, and he himselfe from the chayre -whereas he sate did giue them to drinke euerie one in order, without -rising vp, which is a ceremonie and token of great fauour and of loue. - -This being done, hee arose from the chayre vnder the cloth of state, and -went and sate downe in that which was brought on mens backes, and with -declining of his head a little he departed out of the hall and out of -the house, and went vnto his owne house, whereas by the counsell of -Omoncon and Sinsay within an houre after they shoulde goe and visite -him, the which they did: hee receiued them marueilously well and with -great courtesie, who maruelled at his great maiestie and authoritie, for -that Omoncon and Sinsay, when they did talke with him, were vpon their -knees, and so did al the rest: yet that which they did see afterwardes -done vnto the Insuanto and viceroy was much more. - -He gaue them againe in his owne house a gallant banket, of diuerse -sortes of conserues and fruits, and excellent wine of the palme tree, -and did talke and reason with them in good sort, and was more familiar -than at his first visitation, demanding of them many thinges in -particular, and beholding their apparayle and garmentes, with showe of -great content and reioycing. - - - - -CHAP. XIV. - - _The Spaniardes depart from Tansuso to visite the - governour of Chincheo, who awaited their comming: - where they sawe notable thinges by the way._ - - -After that the fathers with their companions had remayned two dayes in -the port of Tansuso, whereas they were marueilously well entertayned and -feasted at the commaundement giuen by the Insuanto, as you haue heard, -the third day they departed in the morning towardes Chincheo, whether -they were commaunded to be carried with great speede and good -intertainement. - -At their going foorth of the towne they were accompanied with a great -number of souldiers, both hargubushes and pikes, and before them a great -noyse of trompets, drommes, and hoybuckes, till such time as they came -vnto the riuers side, whereas was a brygandine prouided and made readie -in all pointes to carrie them vp the riuer: all the streetes alongest -whereas they went, there followed them so much people that it was -innumerable, and all to see them. So when they were embarked, and which -was done with great speede to auoyd the presse of the people, there came -vnto them the captaine of the fortie ships, of whom wee made mention in -the chapter past, with three brygandines, one wherein he was himselfe, -and was marueilously well trimmed, and in the other two were souldiers -that did beare him companie. As soone as he came vnto them, hee straight -wayes entred into the brygandine whereas the religious men were with -three Spaniardes, and brought with him great store of conserues, and -made them a gallant banket, the which did indure so long as he was with -them, which was the space of rowing two long leagues, in which time -their pleasure was such that they thought it but a quarter of a league. -From thence he departed from them and returned, but left many thinges -behinde him for their comfort in their iourney, and made great offers, -with an outwarde showe that it was a griefe vnto him to depart from out -of their companie. - -All alongest the ryuers whereas they went was seated with villages, -verie gallant and fresh, both on the one side and on the other. Some of -them did content our people verie much, who asked the names howe they -were called, and the captaynes answered them and sayde, that those were -villages that did not deserue the honour of a name; but when you doo -come there whereas the king is, you shall see cities that it shall be a -woorthie thing to knowe their names; the which townes haue three and -foure thousande souldiers, such as in Europe are esteemed for reasonable -cities. - -At the end of the two leagues, there whereas the captaine did leaue the -companie of our Spaniardes in the riuer, they came vnto a great baye, -whereas was at an anker a fleete of more than a hundreth and fifte -shippes, men of warre, whose generall was this captaine whom we haue -spoken of, that did beare the fryers and the rest companie. At such time -as the fleete did discouer them they began to salute them, as well with -great peeces of artillerie as with hargubushes and other kinde of -pastimes, which commonly they do vse at such times: and that is doone by -the commandement of their generall. - -At such times as they had made an ende of shooting and other pastimes, -then did he take his leaue of them with the ceremonie aforesaide, and -went out of the brygandine whereas the fryers were and went into his -owne, which carryed him vnto the admiral, wherein he imbarked himself. -Our Spaniardes, after his departure, did trauaile vp the riuer more than -three leagues, hauing continually, both on the one side and on the -other, verie many and faire townes, and full of people. In the ende of -the three leagues they went a lande halfe a league from the towne of -Tangoa,[18] whereas straightwayes all such things as they carried with -them were taken vpon mens backs, and carried it vnto the towne before -them, whereas they were tarrying their comming, for to giue them great -entertaynment. At their going a shore, they founde prepared for the two -religious men little chayres to carrie them vppon mens backes, and for -the souldiers and the rest of their companions was ordayned horse. The -fathers did refuse to be carried, and would haue gone a foot, for that -the way was but short and pleasant, full of greene trees; and, againe, -for humilitie, refusing to be carried in so rich chaires, and vppon mens -backes of so good a vocation as they seemed to be. But Omoncon and the -other captaine would not consent thereunto, saying, that it was the -order giuen by the Insuanto, and that they could not by any meanes -breake, but performe in all points, or else to be cruelly punished for -the same--I meane such captaines as had the charge for to garde and -beare them companie--and that no excuse could serue them; and, againe, -that it was conuenient so to be done, for y^t from that time the Chinos -should respect them and vnderstande that they were principal persons, -for y^t they were carried vpon mens backes as they do their loytias. - -[18] Tong-gan. - -The fathers obeyed their reasons, and entred into the chayres, and were -carried with eight men a peece, and the other their companions with -foure men a peece, according vnto the order giuen by the gouernor. Those -that carried the chaires, did it with so good a will, y^t there was -striuing who should first lay hands to them. This towne of Tangoa hath -three thousand souldiers, and is called in their language Coan: at the -entring in, it hath many gardens and orchards, and a streete, where -through they carried the Spaniards vnto their lodging, they affirmed it -to be halfe a league long; and all the streete whereas they went it was -full of bordes and stalles, where on was laide all kinde of merchandise, -very curious, and things to be eaten, as fresh fish and salt fish of -diuers sortes, and great abundance of foule and flesh of al sorts, -fruits and greene herbs, in such quantitie that it was sufficient to -serue such a citie as Siuell is. The presse of people was so much in the -streets, that although there were many typstaues, and souldiers that did -make way wheras they went, yet could they not passe but with great -difficultie. So they were brought vnto the kings house, which was very -great, marueilously wel wrought with stone and brick, and many halles, -parlers, and chambers; but none aboue, but all belowe. So soone as they -were afoote, there was brought from the captaine or iustice of the -towne, whom they doo call Ticoan, a message, bidding them welcome, and -therewith a present, which was great store of capons, hens, teales, -ducks, geese, flesh of four or fiue sorts, fresh fish, wine, and fruits -of diuers sorts, and of so great quantitie that it was sufficient for -two hundreth men. All the which they would haue giuen for a little coole -aire, by reason that it was than very hoat wether; and againe the great -number of people y^t came thether to see them did augment it the more. - -So in the euening the two Spanish souldiers went forth into the streets -to walk abrode, and left the two fryers within their lodging, vnto whom -afterwardes they did giue intelligence of all things that they had -seene, which did cause great admiration: the wall of the towne was very -brode, and wrought with lyme and stone, full of loope holes and watch -towers. And as they passed through the streetes there came foorth of a -house a very honest man as it seemed, who was very well apparelled, and -stayed them, for that in the same house there were certaine dames, -principall personages, that did see them a farre off, and not content -therewith, they did request them with great curtesie for to enter into -the house that they might the better see them: the which they did -straightwaies accomplish, and entring in they were brought into a court, -whereas was set chayres for them to sit downe, and the ladies were there -a little from them beholding them with great honestie and grauitie. Then -a little after they sent them a banket, with marchpanes and sweet meates -made of sugar, which they did eate without any curiositie, and dronke -after the same. The banket being done, they made signes and tokens vnto -them that they receiued great content with their sight, and that they -might depart when y^t their pleasure was; the which they did after y^t -that they had made great curtesies, with thank e for their friendship -receiued of both parts. - -So after they had taken their leaue they went to see a house of pleasure -y^t was hard by y^e town wall, wrought vpon the water, with verie faire -galleries and open lodges for to banket in, made of masons worke, and -therein many tables finely painted, and round about it sesterns of -water wherein was store of fish, and ioyning vnto them tables of very -faire alabaster, all of one stone, and the least of them was of eight -spannes long: and rounde about them were brookes of running water, that -gaue a pleasant sounde in the meane time they were banketting, and nigh -thereunto many gardynes full of all sortes of flowers. And a little from -that place they sawe a bridge all of masons worke, and the stones verie -well wrought and of a mightie biggnesse; they measured some of them that -were twentie and two and twentie foote long and fiue foote brode, and -seemed vnto them that it was a thing impossible to be layde there by -mans handes. Of this bignesse, yea and bigger, they did see layde vppon -manie other bridges, in the discourse of their voyage going to Chincheo -and Aucheo. In this towne they tarried and rested themselues all that -night, marueiling verie much at that which they had seen. The next day -in the morning, when they were vp and readie, they found in the house -all thinges in a readinesse and in verie good order for their departure, -as well their little chayres[19] and horse, as for men to carrie their -stuffe and apparell, which did not a little make them to marueile, how -that euerie one of them with a waster[20] vpon their shoulders, did -diuide their burden in two partes, sixe roues before and sixe roues -behinde, and did trauaile with the same with so great ease and swiftnes -that the horse could not indure with them. They went vnto the Ticoan his -house, he who sent them the present ouer night, to giue him thankes for -his courtesie, and to take their leaue of him. They found him with great -maiestie, but yet gaue them great and good entertainment, and craued -pardon at their hands, if that he did not giue them the entertainement -and courtesie as they deserued. He did likewise put vpon each of them -two peeces of silke, in the same order as the gouernour of Tansuso did. -So when they had surrendred vnto him thankes, they tooke their leaue and -departed from Chincheo, whereas was the Insuanto or gouernor, by whose -order was showed vnto them all the courtesie as you haue hearde. - -[19] A chariot. In "The Squyer of Low Degree," (see Ellis's "Specimens -of Early English Poetry"), occur the lines: - - "To morrow ye shall on hunting fare, - And ride my daughter in a _chare_." - -[20] A waster is more properly a cudgel: it is here evidently used for a -pole. - - - - -CHAP. XV. - - _The Spaniardes doo prosecute their iourney to - Chincheo, and seeth many notable thinges by the way._ - - -From this towne of Tangoa vnto Chincheo, is thirteene leagues, and so -plaine way that it giueth great content to trauaile it. In all the waye, -they could not see one spanne of ground but was tilled and occupied. The -like they doo saye is of all the grounde that is in the whole kingdome: -it is full of people, and the townes one so neere to another, that -almost you can not iudge them to be maine townes, but one; for that -there was but a quarter of a league distant one towne from another, and -it was tolde vnto them, that in all the prouinces of the kingdome, it is -populared in the same order. All their ground they till is watered, -which is the occasion of the fruitefulnesse thereof, so that they doo -gather fruite all the yeare long, and our Spaniardes did see in all -places whereas they came, that they were gathering of rice, some newe -sprung up, some with eares, and some rype. They doo plough and till -their ground with kine, bufalos, and bulles, which are verie tame, and -although they be great, yet be their hornes but of a spanne long, and -turning backwards to the tayle, in such sort that they can not do any -hurt or harme with them; they do gouerne them with a corde, that is made -fast to a ring that is in their nose, and in like sort do they gouerne -the bufanos.[21] They doo feede them commonly in the fieldes of rice, for -that they have no other grasinges, and all the time that they are -feeding, a boy doth ride on euerie one of them to disturbe them, that -they doo no harme therein, but to eate the weedes and grasse that doo -grow in the rice. In this prouince, and all the rest of the fifteene in -that kingdome, they gather much wheate, and excellent good barley, -peese, borona,[22] millo,[23] frysoles,[24] lantesas,[25] chiches,[26] and -other kindes of graines and seedes, whereof is great abundance, and good -cheape. But the chiefest thing that they do gather, and a victuall that -is most vsed amongest them and the borderers there aboutes is rice. - -[21] Misspelt for buffaloes. - -[22] A sort of grain, resembling maize or Indian corn. - -[23] Millet. - -[24] Kidney beans. - -[25] Lentils. - -[26] Dwarf peas. - -All the hie waies are couered with the shadowe of verie faire orchardes, -which do garnish it verie much, and they are planted in verie good -order; and amongest them there are shoppes, whereas is solde all manner -of fruites, to the comfort of all such as doo trauaile by the way, which -is an infinite number, some on foote, some on horsebacke, and others in -little chayres. Their waters by the hie waies are verie good and light, -although the wether, at that time, was verie hoat, especially at noone -time; yet was the water of their welles and fountaynes verie coole. The -same day, when they had trauayled halfe way, they saw a farre off -comming marching towardes them in verye good order, a squadron of -souldiers, which, at the first, caused them to maruaile, and to be a -fraide, till such time as they drewe nigher; it was tolde vnto them, -that it was the Captayne of the Garde vnto the Insuanto, or Gouernour of -Chincheo, who came by his order to receive them, with foure hundred -souldiers, verie well armed with pickes and hargubushes, and well -apparelled. So soone as the captaine came vnto them, he was mounted on a -bay horse, but of small stature, as they, for the most part, bee in all -that prouince, hee alighted, and came vnto the fathers and his -companions (who likewise did alight from their little chayres), and did -salute the one the other with great courtesie. And the captayne tolde -them, how that the gouernour did sende him with those souldiers for to -receive him, and to beare him companie, and howe that hee was in the -citie tarrying their comming, with great desire to see them; and -commaunded that, with all speede possible, they should shorten the way. - -[Sidenote: A thing to keepe away the sunne.] - -[Sidenote: The people of the countrie weare no weapons, but the -souldiers.] - -The captaine came verie well apparelled, with a chayne of golde about -his necke; a man of a good audacitie and vnderstanding. Harde vnto his -stirryp hee had a page that went with him, and carried a great tira sol, -made of silke, that did shadowe him all over. The bunnett that this -captaine did weare, was like vnto them that before they had seene others -weare; hee had before him great musicke of trompets and hoybuckes, -whereon they played in great concorde. This captaine, with his foure -hundreth souldiers, did continually garde them, till they came vnto the -citie of Chincheo, and never departed from them a iot; the which was -done more for pompe, and to showe their maiestie, then of necessitie; -for that although the people are infinite and without number, yet do -they weare no weapons, for that they are commanded by the lawe of the -countrie to the contrarie, vpon paine of death, of what state or degree -soever he be; but onely the souldiers, such as are in euery towne for -the garde thereof, and the garrisons that the king hath continually -readie to come foorth, when that any occasion shall serue. - -In this hie way continually, there went and came manye packe horses, -laden with marchandice and other thinges; but the most parts of them -were mules. The hie wayes are verie brode, that twentie men may ride -together on a ranke, and one not hinder an other, and are all paued with -great stones, and they say that the wayes throughout all the other -prouinces be in the same order, and was done by a king of that countrie, -who spent vpon the same a great part of his treasure. And it seemeth to -be true, for that our Spaniards trauelling in that countrie, ouer high -and mightie mountaines, yet did they finde the waies plaine, in such -sort as hath been told you. - - - - -CHAP. XVI. - - _Our Spaniardes arived at the citie of Chincheo, - whereas they were received and lodged, and what they - sawe in that citie._ - - -[Sidenote: Chincheo hath seuentie thousand housholds.] - -[Sidenote: A thousand ships in one riuer.] - -Vpon a Saterday, being the eleuenth of July, came our Spaniards vnto the -citie of Chincheo, four houres before it was night. This citie is of the -common sorte in that kingdome, and may haue seuentie thousande -householdes. It is of great traficke, and well prouided of all things, -for that the sea is but two leagues from it: it hath a mightie riuer -running alongest by it, downe into the sea, by which is brought by water -and carried downe all kinde of marchandice. There is a bridge ouer the -sayde riuer, which is supposed to bee the fayrest that is in all the -worlde; it hath a drawe bridge to serue in time of warres, or for any -other necessitie: the bridge is eight hundreth paces long, and all -wrought with stones of two and twentie foote long, and five foote -broade, a thing greatly to bee marueiled at. At the entrie thereof, -there were manie armed souldiers readie to fight, who, when they came -within hargubush-shoote, did salute them in verie good order. There was -nigh vnto the sayde bridge, in the riuer, riding at an anker, more than -a thousande shippes of all sortes, and so great a number of boates and -barkes, that all the riuer was couered, and euerie one full of people, -that had entred into them for to see the Castillas, for so they did call -the Spaniardes in that countrie, for the streetes in the suburbes nor in -the citie could not hold them, the number was so great; yet their -streets are as broade as our ordinarie streetes in anye citie in all -Spaine. - -[Sidenote: They haue no vse of castles.] - -[Sidenote: Earth quake in this countrey.] - -This citie is compassed with a strong wall, made of stone, and is seuen -fadam hie, and foure fadam broade, and vpon the gates many towers, -wherein is placed their artilerie, which is all their strength, for that -they doo not vse in their kingdome strong castels as they doo in Europe. -The houses of the citie are all built after one sorte and fashion, but -faire, and not verie hie, by reason of the earth quakes, which are -ordinarily in that countrie. - -[Sidenote: Rich marchandice.] - -[Sidenote: Triumphant arches.] - -All the streetes (but especially that wherein they passed at their -comming thether), have, on the one side and on the other, sheddes, vnder -the which are shoppes, full of riche marchandice, and of great value, -and verie curious. They have, in equal distance the one from the other, -many triumphant arches, which doo set out the streetes verie much, and -is vsed in euerie principall streete thoroughout all the kingdome, in -the which they have excellent market-places, whereas is to bee bought -all things that you will desire to be eaten, as well of fish as of -fleshe, fruites, herbes, comfits, conserues, and all thinges so good -cheape, that it is almost bought for nothing. - -Their victualles are verie good, and of great substance; their hogges -flesh, whereon they doo feede much, is so holsome and good as the mutton -in Spaine. The fruites that wee did see, some were like vnto them we -haue in Spaine and others neuer the like seene by vs afore, but of an -excellent taste and sauour. But in especiall one kinde of fruite, which -is bigger than a muske million, but of the same fashion, but of -maruellous, excellent, and precious victuall, and pleasant to be eaten; -a kinde of plummes, that is of a gallant taste, and neuer hurteth anie -bodie, although they eate neuer so manie, a thing prooued by our -Spaniardes manie times. The streete that they came in at was so full of -people, that if a graine of wheate had beene throwne amongst them, it -would scarce haue fallen to the grounde, and although they were carried -in little chayres, vpon men's backes, and the captaine (of whom we -speake of) before them making way, yet were they a great while before -they could passe the streete, and be brought vnto a great house, which -was a couent, wherein dwelt religious men of that countrie: thether they -were brought and lodged, beeing verie wearie of the presse of people, -that did trouble them verie much, with desire to take their ease. - - - - -CHAP. XVII. - - _The gouernor of Chincheo doth call the Spaniards - before him, and sheweth vnto them the ceremonies that - they must vse to have audience._ - - -The same day that they came into the cittie (as aforesaide), was a good -while before night, with more desire to take rest, and ease themselues -of their iourney, and of the trauell they had in the streets, by reason -of the great number of people that came to see them, then to make any -visitation that night; but the Insuanto, or gouernor of the cittie, did -send, and commanded that forthwith they shoulde go vnto his house, for -that hee had great desire to see them, the which they did more for -necessitie of the time, then for any good will. They went forth from -their lodging on foote, whether it was for that the gouernor's house was -neere hande, or else per-adventure at his commandment, which they could -not well understande, but did as the captaine that guarded them did -commande. In the midst of the streete, wheras was no lesse number of -people then in the other wherby they entred into the citie, they met -with a loytia that came to entertain them with great maiestie, and had -carried before him manie banners, mase bearers, and tipstaves, and -others which carried settes or whips, which they did traile after them, -made fast vnto long stickes, which were the executioners, the which doo -go alwayes making of way, parting the people before the loytias, as you -haue hearde. The maiestie and company wherewith he came was so great, -that they verely did beleeue him to be the Insuanto: but being -certified, they vnderstoode that it was one of his counsailers that came -from the gouernor's home to his own house, which was in the same street -whereas hee met with them. This counsailor was carried in a chaire of -ivory, garnished with gold and with curtines of cloth of gold, and on -them the king's arms, which are certaine serpents knotted togither (as -hath beane tolde you). But when he came right against the Spaniards, -without any staying, he made a signe with his head, and commanded that -they should returne backe againe vnto his house, which was hard by; the -captains did straightways obey his commandment, and returned with them. -The counsailor entred into his house, which was verie faire; he had in -it a faire court, and therein a gallant fountaine and a garden. After -him entred the Spaniards all alone, the rest remained without in the -street at the loytia's commandment. He entertained them with verie good -words of semblance, and said in conclusion that they were welcome into -that kingdome, with many other wordes of curtesie: vnto the which they -answered with the same curtesie, with signes and by their interpreter -that they carried with them. This loytia commaunded a banquet to bee -brought foorth, and wine to drinke. He began first both to eate and -drinke. Then hee commanded to call in the captaine, vnto whome was -giuen the charge to beare them companie, and did chide with him verie -sharpely and seuerely, because he did carrie them on foote (they coulde -not vnderstande whether it were doone for a policie or of a trueth, -although the effectes wherewith hee did chide seemed of a trueth); hee -straightwayes commanded two rich chayres to bee brought foorth for to -carrie the fathers, and to giue vnto their companions horses; the which -being done he willed them to go and visite the gouernor, who did tary -their comming, and that another time at more leasure he would see and -visite them. - -They followed their way all alongst the streete, which seemed vnto them -to be more fairer then the other wherein they entered, and of more -fairer houses and triumphant arkes; and also the shoppes that were on -the one side and on the other, to bee better furnished with richer -thinges then the others, in so ample sort, that what therewith, as also -the great number of people which they sawe, they were so amased, that -they were as people from themselues, thinking it to be a dreame. To -conclude, after they had gone a good while in that streete, delighting -their eies with newe thinges neuer seene of them before, they came into -a great place whereas were many souldiers in good order with their -hargabushes, pickes, and other armour in a redinesse, apparelled all in -a liuerie of silke with their ancients displayed. At the end of this -place was there a very faire and sumpteous pallace, the gate was wrought -of mason's worke of stone, very great and full of figures or personages, -and aboue it a great window with an iron grate al guilt; they were -carried within the gates, the souldiers and the people, which were -without number, remained without and coulde not be auoyded but with -great difficultie. When they were within the first court, there came -forth a man very well apparelled and of authoritie, and made signes with -his hande unto them that brought the Spaniards, that they should carrie -them into a hal that was vpon the right hand, the which was -straightwayes done. The hall was very great and faire, and at the end -ther of there was an altar, whereon was many idols, and all did differ -the one from the other in their fashion; the altar was rich and very -curiously trimmed with burning lampes; the aultar cloth was of cloth of -gold and the fruntlet of the same. - -After a while that they had beene there whereas the idols were, there -came a seruant from the gouernor, and said vnto them in his behalfe, -that they should sende vnto him the interpreter, for that hee woulde -talke with him, and tell him some things that they ought to obserue if -they would haue any audience of him; they straightwayes commanded him to -go. And the gouernor said vnto him that hee should aduise the fathers -and the rest of his companions, that if they would talke and treate of -such businesse as they came for, that it must be done with the same -ceremonie and respect as the nobles of that prouince do vse to talke -with him, which is vppon their knees (as afterwards they did see manie -times vsed); if not that they shoulde depart vnto the house whereas they -were lodged, and there to tarrie the order that shoulde bee sent from -the vizroy of Aucheo. The Spaniards, when they hearde this message, -there was amongst them diuers iudgementes and opinions, striuing amongst -themselues a good while; but yet in conclusion, the religious fathers -whome the gouernour of the ilandes had ordeined and sent as principalles -in this matter, and whose iudgemente they shoulde followe, saide that -they ought to accept the condition, seeing that by no other meanes they -coulde not come vnto that they pretended, and not to leaue it off for -matters of small importance, for that therein they make no offence vnto -God, and it may bee a meane vnto the conuerting of that mightie -kingdome, whome the divell maketh reckoning to bee his owne, and not -nowe to leaue it off, but rather to procure all meanes that may be, as -they had began to do; and seeing that it is no offence vnto God, as -aforesaide, neither sent as ambassadors from the king of Spaine, I doo -not know to the contrarie, but that we may consent vnto the will of the -Insuant, and in especiall being a thing so commonly vsed in that -countrie. This opinion and iudgement was followed, although the -souldiers that were with them were of a contrarie opinion. So they sent -answere vnto the gouernor with the said interpreter, that they will -observe their accustomed ceremonies and will do all that he will -commande them according vnto the custome of the countrie: otherwise they -could not be permitted to intreat of such things, wherefore they came -thither from farre countries and with so great travell. - - - - -CHAP. XVIII. - - _The Spaniards haue a louing and fauorable audience of - the gouernor of Chincheo, to whom they do giue the - letters they brought from the Ilands Philippinas._ - - -[Sidenote: Great maiestie.] - -When that the Insuanto understood that the Spaniards woulde enter with -the reuerence accustomed, and in such order as was declared vnto them, -hee straightwaies commanded that they should come into the hall whereas -he was, which was a thing to be seene, as well for the bignes as for the -riches that was in it, the which I do let passe because I would not be -tedious. The Spaniards were carried foorth out of that hall whereas they -were first, and after that they had passed the court whereas they came -in, they entred into another hall as bigge as the first, whereas were -many souldiers with their weapons in their hands, in verie good order -and richly apparelled, and next vnto them were many tipstaves and -sergeants, with different ensignes or badges, all apparelled with long -robes of silke, garded and embroidered with gold, and euery one of them -had a helme on his heade, some of siluer and other some of tynne guilt -ouer, which was a gallant thing to see; all had long haire and dyed -yealow, which hong downe behind their eares vpon their backes; they were -placed in very good order, and made a lane that the Spaniards might -passe thorough: then they came into a gallerie, which was ioyning vnto a -chamber where the gouernor was, and there they heard such a noise of -instruments of diuerse sorts, which indured a good while, and was of so -great melodie that it seemed vnto them that they neuer before heard the -like, which caused vnto them great admiration to see so great maiestie -amongst gentiles. When the musicke was ended they entered into the hall -aforesaid, and had not gone many steps, when as they met with the -counsailer that met with them in the streete aforesaid, and with him -other two of his companions, all on foote and bare headed before the -gouernor, and their ensignes of maiestie left off: which is generally -vsed in all the kingdome, the inferior to make anie shewe when that hee -is before his superior. Then they made signes vnto them for to kneele -downe, for that the Insuanto was nigh at hande in a rich tower, vnder a -canopie of great riches, and did represent so great maiestie as the king -himselfe: he did entertaine them with tokens of great loue and -humanitie, and tolde them by their interpreter that they were verie well -welcome, and that he did greatly reioyce to see them, with many other -words of great favour. This gouernor was a man of goodly person, well -fauored, and of a merrie countenance, more then any that they had seene -in all that countrie. He caused to be put upon the shoulders of the -fathers and of the souldiers that were with him, euery one of them, two -peeces of silke, which was crossed about them like skarfes, and likewise -to either of them a branch of siluer: the like curtesie he did vnto the -captaine Omoncon and vnto Sinsay, and commanded to give vnto all their -seruants euery one of them a mantle of cotton painted. This ceremonie is -vsed in that kingdome vnto al captaines and other men that haue done -some valiant exploit (as we haue tolde you before). This being doone, -the fathers did giue vnto him the letters which they carryed from the -gouernor and generall of the fielde, and a note of the present that was -sent him, crauing pardon for that it was so smal, but time and -oportunitie would not serue as then to sende vnto him a thing of greater -price and valor; certifying him, that if the friendship which they -pretended did go forwards, and come to be established, that then all -things should be amended and amplified. He answered vnto their profers -with words of great fauor, and made signes vnto them to arise and to go -and take their rests there whereas they were lodged; the which they did, -and founde all thinges in verie good order and well furnished, as well -of beddes as all other necessaries, which was done by the commandement -of the gouernour. Before they departed out of the pallace, the captaine -of the guard did carrie them vnto his lodging, which was within the -court, and there he made them a banquet with conserues, and fruits in -abundance: the which being doone, hee and other gentlemen of the pallace -did beare them companie vntill they came to their lodgings, which they -greatly desired, for that they were wery of their iourney, and also with -the trouble of the great presse of people that pressed on them in the -streets and otherwise for to see them: the which captaine of the guard -did appoint a company of souldiers for to gard them both night and day, -the which was done more for maiesty then for necessitie or securitie of -their persons. They had a steward appointed to prouide them and all -their company of all thinges necessarie, and that in abundance, and not -to take of them any thing, which was giuen by particular commandement by -the gouernour. - - - - -CHAP. XIX. - - _The Spaniards are visited by the principals of - Chincheo; the gouernor did send for Pedro de Sarmiento - and Myguel de Coarcha, and giueth them particular - audience, and doth wel informe himselfe of all things - touching Limahon the rouer._ - - -[Sidenote: He offered 500 shippes of warre.] - -[Sidenote: Note the Spaniards insolencie.] - -The next day following, which was Sunday the twelfth of July, many of -the gentlemen of the cittie did go vnto the Spaniards to visite them, -vsing many ceremonies according to their custome with fauorable words, -promising to performe it in deeds, when and as neede did so require; and -such as could not go themselues did send their seruants, bidding them -welcome and to knowe of their good healthes, and howe they did like of -their citties and country. The Spaniards did make answere, and gratified -them all, as well those that came in person as the other that sent their -seruants; in the which visitation they spent all the whole day, hauing -great admyration to see the good behauiour, nurture, and gallant -demeanure of those gentlemen, and the great discreation they had in the -demanding of anie thing they would knowe, as also in their answers made -to our requests. The next day the Insuanto sent a commandement wherein -he willed two fathers to remaine in their lodgings and take their ease, -but the two souldiers, Pedro Sarmiento and Miguel de Loarcha, should -come and speake with him, and that they should bring with them their -interpreter, for that hee had one there with him who was a Chino, and -vnderstood the language of the Philippinas, but so badly that they -coulde not by his interpretation talke of any matter of importance. So -when they came thither, they were brought whereas hee was, but with -lesse ceremony then on the first day, but yet they found him with the -like maiestie as before. He asked of them how the fathers did, and they -themselues, and if they were refreshed of the travell in the iourney, -and howe they did like of the countrie, and other things which did -demonstrate great affabilitie. Being by them satisfied of his demands, -he requested them to declare vnto him the whole circumstance of the -comming of Limahon the rouer vnto the ilands, and how the Spaniards -dealt with him; that although hee had beene informed particularly in all -thinges by the captaine Omoncon and Sinsay, yet he was in a ielousie -that they tolde him not the trueth. Hee was nothing deceiued in that hee -suspected, for after that our souldiers had made a true relation of the -comming of the rouer vnto Manilla, and of all the rest as you have heard -in the discourse thereof in this booke, he found that they differed very -much the one from the other, for that they did attribute it wholly vnto -themselves to get honor and benefite: but the Insuanto, like a wise man, -straightwayes vnderstood their pretence. But when that he perceiued that -Limahon was neither dead nor prisoner, but only besieged, he offered -vnto them that if they would returne againe vnto Pagansinan vpon him -whereas he was, hee would giue vnto them fiue hundred ships of warre, -with people sufficient to serue both by sea and lande, and more if they -would request. They answered him, that all such cost and labour were but -in vaine, for that the generall of the fielde who hath him in siege, -with the people and ships that he hath, are sufficient to ende that -enterprise, and to send him hither alive or deade, and that long before -that their fleete should come thither. And besides this, their ilands -were poore of victuals, and could not sustaine so great an armie many -dayes. Being satisfied with these reasons, he gaue place that the -interpreter which they brought should come in where as they were, for -hee remained at the doore without, for that he would be fully certified -to auoid the suspitious doubt he had before he come in presence, yet he -did help them very much. So when their interpreter was come in, the -Spaniards seeing good occasion and opportunitie for to declare that -which passed the day before betwixt them and the fathers, touching the -speaking vnto him on their knees: and seeing as it seemed vnto them that -he was at that time in a good mind for to heare them, they did vtter -vnto him all the whole contention; after that they had declared many -reasons of great consideration, to giue them to vnderstand that it was -not conuenient to do it, but especially to religious men, who were there -as principals ouer the rest, vnto whom the king of Spaine (their lord) -himselfe both stand on foote, when as they do intreat of any matter, -although it be but of small importance; for that they are priests and -ministers of God, whom he doth worship and reuerence. - -The Insuanto with a merry countenance did answere them, that vnto that -time he vnderstood no more of them then in that he was informed by the -captaine Omoncon, and did not acknowledge them to be any other but -Castillas; without knowing wherefore they came, nor from whom, for lacke -of the letters sent from their gouernor and generall of the fielde the -first time that he spake with them; neither had he any knowledge of the -custome of their countrie, yet, notwithstanding that which hath passed -heere, without any exception of person, if they would take it in good -part, in that which is to come shall be amended: and from that day -forwards, at al times whensoeuer it were their pleasure to come of -themselues, or at such time as they were sent for, for to talke with him -as they doo vse in Castilla or Spaine, vnto such of their dignitie and -vocation, the which he granted with a very good will; although hee [did] -not grant vnto any that preheminence, no not vnto a vizroy, except he -were an ambassador sent from some king. With this resolution, and with -many other good wordes they tooke their leaue of him, and went ioyfull -and content vnto their lodgings, wheras they found the friers wearie -with entertaining of such as did visite them, and with great desire to -see them, to knowe wherefore the Insuanto did send for them, with whome -they had beene so long time. But after that they vnderstoode the effect -of the whole, and how that the gouernor did permit that they should -talke with him after their owne fashion, they were maruellously glad -thereof, and had a very good hope to conclude their pretence, wherefore -they went, and praised God for the good successe of that which they -pretended. - - - - -CHAP. XX. - - _The gouernor doth banquet the Spaniards, and - afterwards make all thinges in a redinesse for to go - vnto Aucheo, whereas the vizroy tarieth their - comming._ - - -The next day following the gouernor called a gentleman of his house vnto -him, and commanded him to go and visite the Spaniards, and to informe -himselfe of them if that they lacked any thing, as well in their -victuals as in their lodgings, and to know if they did require any thing -particular to themselues to aduise him therof, and he would furnish them -forthwith for the loue that hee bare vnto them, for their good -contractation, and for the great seruice that they had done vnto the -king in the businesse of Limahon. And also that he should in his name -inuite them for the next day folowing to dine with him in his house. -This gentleman went vnto them and accomplished his message, and the -Spaniards answered, kissing his hande for the great care hee had of -them, saying that they were furnished in all thinges aboundantly (as in -trueth they were), and how they were maruellously well lodged, cheered, -and lacked nothing, and that the great care hee had of them was -agreeable vnto the hope they had of his good presence and gentlenesse, -accepting the inuiting for the next day, the which was giuen them, and -accomplished in this forme following. - -The next day when they went vnto the pallace, which was at dinner time, -they were caried into a hall that was below in the second court, whereas -were many chaires of velvet and tables that were painted with their -frontals before; they had no table clothes on them, for that they doo -not vse any in that countrie, as hath beene told you in the first part -of this historie, neither is it needfull for their manner of feeding. In -the first chaires they caused the friers to sit downe, euery one at a -table by himselfe, and each of them other sixe tables, placed in order, -compassing rounde like a circle; then were the Spanish souldiers set in -the same manner, and each of them had fiue tables, and next vnto them -the captaine of the guard belonging vnto the gouernor, and two other -captaines, and euerie one of them had three tables; for that it is the -custome of that countrie to make a difference in the qualitie of the -guests by the number of the tables. All these were placed in circle or -compasse (as aforesaide) that they might see one another. In the midest -betwixt them there was a round compasse whereas was represented a -comedie with much pastime, and indured all the dinner time, and a good -while after. There was also great store of verie good and excellent -musicke, accompanied with gallant voyces, also iesters, with puppets and -other thinges of great pastime, to drive the time away. - -On the first table was set, to euery one of the guestes, little baskets -wrought with golde and siluer wyre, full of sweete meates made of sugar, -as marchpanes, castels, pitchers, pots, dishes, dogges, bulles, -elephants, and other things verie curious, and all guilt: besides this -there were many dishes full of flesh, as capons, hennes, geese, teales, -gamons of bacon, peeces of beef, and other sortes of flesh wherewith all -the tables were replenished, sauing that whereat they did sit to dine, -which was replenished with victuals that was dressed (for all the other -was rawe), and was of so great aboundance that there was at times more -than fiftie dishes, and they were serued with great curiositie. They had -wine of diuers sorts, and of that which they doo make in that countrie -of the palme tree, but of so great excellencie, that they founde no -lacke of that which was made of grapes. The dinner endured foure houres, -and according vnto the aboundance and diuersitie they had in victuals, -it might have indured eight houres, for it was in so good order that it -might haue beene giuen vnto any prince in the world. - -Their seruants and slaues that they brought with them at the same time, -did dine in another hal nigh vnto the same, with so great abundance as -their masters. When dinner was done, the gouernor commanded the people -to come vnto him, with whom he did talke and comon with great friendship -and good conuersation, and would not consent that they shoulde kneele -downe, neither to bee bare headed. So after that hee had made vnto them -tokens of friendshippe, and detained them a while in demaunding of many -thinges, lastly he told them that there was an order come from the -vizroy of Aucheo, that they shuld go thither with great speede, so that -it did require that they shoulde depart the next day following, for the -which they were veri glad and ioyfull, for that they had great desire -the one to see the other; and againe with him they might treate and -comon touching their comming into that countrie, and for what intent, -and for all other things needful, for that he was a man fit for their -purpose, and one wellbeloved of the king. So hee tooke his leaue of vs -with great friendship and curtesie, who did surrender the same after our -custome, putting of our cappes, and making reuerence, for the which hee -made shewe that it greatly contented him. - -At their going foorth out of the hall they found the captaine that did -dine with them, and with him many other gentlemen that tarried their -comming for to beare them company vnto their lodging; going before them -many seruants, that did carie the raw meate that was vpon the other -tables ouer and aboue that which they did eate on, the which was done -for great maiestie, and a ceremony verie much vsed in that kingdom, so -many times as they do make any banquet. - -So when they came vnto their lodging they founde that the Insuanto had -sent them a very good present, in the which was for euery one of them -four peeces of silke, and counting chestes with other thinges, and -certaine painted mantels for the seruants and slaues. So after they had -taken their leaue of the captaines and gentlemen that did beare them -companie home, they beganne with great ioy to put all thinges in order -for their iourney the next day following. - - - - -CHAP. XXI. - - _The Spaniards departe from the citie of Chincheo, and - commeth to that of Aucheo, whereas the vizroy did - tarrie their comming._ - - -The next day in the morning, before that the Spaniards were stirring, -there was within the house all thinges necessary for their iourney, as -well of little chaires as of horses and men for to carrie them and their -stuffe, the which they did with so good a will (as aforesaid) that they -did fall out and striue amongst themselues who should be the first that -should receiue their burthen. So all things being in good order they -departed, hauing in their companie the same captaine and souldiers, that -vnto that time had beene their guard, vntil they came vnto the cittie of -Aucheo whereas the vizroy was. This iourney was vnto them ioyfull, as -well for to entreate of matters touching their comming, and to be -resolued what they shuld do, as also to depart out of Chincheo whereas -they passed much trouble, by reason of the great number of people that -came for to see them, who neuer would be satisfied, and y^t was in such -extremity that some dayes at tenne of the clocke in the night the -streetes round about their lodging were full of people, and onely to see -them, which caused great trouble and heate with their rumor and presse -amongst them. This day, by reason they vnderstood that they should -depart, the prease and multitude of the people was so great, that -although they had tip staues before them to beate the people away and to -make roome, yet was it almost night before they could get out of the -citie, so that they were constrained to remaine in a towne there hard by -all night, where as by the commandement of the gouernour they were verie -well lodged, and their supper made readie in verie good order, as it was -in seauen dayes together, till such time as they came vnto Aucheo, -without taking for the same, or for anie other thing necessarie for -their sustentation, anie price or value. There went continuallie before -them a post with a prouision from the gouernour, written in a great -borde wherein was declared who they were and from whence they came, and -commanding that there should bee prouided for them all things necessarie -in abundance, vppon the king's cost, which was the occasion that so much -people came for to see them, that in the high waies they were many times -disturbed; so with great trouble, the thirde day they came vnto a citie -which was called Megoa,[27] which was sometimes the head gouernement, the -which was of fortie thousand housholds, but a great part thereof was -dispeopled; the occasion thereof they told vs (and was), that about -thirtie yeares past the Iaponese, who brought for their guides three -Chinos, who doo nowe dwell in Manilla and are become Christians, and -came vpon that cittie (to reuenge themselues of an iniurie that was done -vnto them), the which they put in execution with so great secrecie and -policie, that they made themselues lords of the citie without any -daunger or hurt vnto themselues; for that fiftie Iapones, men fit for -that purpose, did apparell themselues in Chinos apparell without being -knowne, and came vnto a gate of the cittie, whereas the souldiers that -had the charge thereof were voide of all suspition of any enimies that -woulde come, which was the occasion that their armor and weapon was not -all in a redinesse. And within a little while after that followed two -thousand, that did disembarke themselues in a secreat and vnknowne -place, and came in verie secret order because they would not be -discouered, and did beset that gate of the cittie whereas their -companions were which they sent before; who so soone as they saw them -nigh at hande, drewe out their weapons the which they caried hid vnder -their apparell, and set vpon the souldiers (that were voide of feare and -vnarmed) with so great furie and force that they being amazed were -easilie slaine, so that they were lords of the gate, whereas they left -verie good guard, and followed their victorie and made themselues lordes -of the cittie without any daunger vnto their persons, and did possesse -the same certaine dayes, and did sacke the same in spite of them all, -with great harme and losse vnto the inhabitants thereof, vntill such -time as the vizroy of Aucheo did leuie an armie togither of three score -and tenne thousande men, and went vpon them with courage for to be -reuenged on the iniurie receiued with the death of all the Iapones; but -they seeing that they coulde not defend themselues against so manie, in -one night they left the cittie and went vnto their shippes, whereas they -had left them in verie good order, and carried with them the spoile of -the cittie, leauing it beaten downe and dispopulared the greater part -thereof, in which sort the Spaniards founde it, and the iniurie receiued -so fresh in their minds as though it had beene doone the day before. - -[27] Hing-hoa. - -In this citie they were lodged in the king's house, the which was of -verie great and faire buildings; there was giuen them to dine and suppe -in very good order, and with aboundance. So soon as they came thither, -the friers remained in their lodgings, but Pedro Sarmiento and Miguel -de Loarcha went to visite the gouernor, vsing the Spanish curtesie with -him, and he receiued them with great ioy and curtesie. After they had -taken their leaue and returned vnto their lodgings, the gouernor sent to -visite them El Tyu, who is the auncientest of his counsaile, who was -with them a good while verie friendly, and offered his seruice in all -thinges that were needfull, and so departed to his house maruellously -well accompanied. - -The gouernor sent vnto the two souldiers that went to visite him, ech of -them two peeces of silke. - -At their departure from this cittie, trauelling towards Aucheo, they -passed ouer a mightie great ryuer, by a bridge all made of stone, the -goodliest and greateste that euer they had seene, whose greatness did -cause wonderful admiration, so that they stayed and did measure it from -one end to another, that it might be put amongst the wonders of that -country, which they tooke a note of. They found that it was one thousand -and three hundred foote long, and that the least stone wherewith it was -built was of seuenteene foote, and many of two and twentie foote long -and eight foote broad, and seemed vnto them a thing impossible to be -brought thither by man's art, for that all round about so farre as they -could see was plaine ground without any mountaines; by which they iudged -them to be brought from farre. When they were passed that bridge, they -trauelled al the rest of the day till night vpon a causie that was very -broad and plaine, and on both sides many victualling houses, and the -fieldes sowed with rice, wheate, and other seeds; and so full of people -as in the streetes of a good towne or cittie. - -So when they came into the suburbes of the citie of Aucheo, they founde -order and commandement from the vizroy what should be done, as more at -large shalbe declared vnto you in the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XXII. - - _The entrie of the Spaniards into the cittie of - Aucheo, and how the vizroy did entertaine and receiue - them._ - - -After they had travelled more then halfe a league in the suburbs of the -cittie of Aucheo, they met with a post that came from the vizroy, who -brought order that they should remaine in a house that was appointed for -them in the said suburbs, and there to be lodged for that night, for -that it was late and they could not come vnto the house appointed in the -cittie for them, or else peraduenture to giue content vnto many that had -great desire to see those strangers, for that they must passe thorough -the cittie, and better to bee seene in the day then in the night. So -soone as they were alighted, there came a gentleman to visite them, sent -from the vizroy to bidde them welcome, and to know howe they did with -their iourney, and also to see that they were well prouided for that -night of all things necessarie, and that in aboundance. After all the -which being done, he told them that the viceroy did verie much reioyce -of their comming; and for that it was late, and the cittie farre off, it -was his pleasure that they shoulde bee lodged that night in the suburbes -vntill the next day, then will he giue order that they may enter into -the cittie with the authoritie conuenient vnto their persons. After this -gentleman came other captaines to visite them, and brought with them -great store of conserues, wine, and fruit; which is a common custome -amongst them when that they go in the like visitation, and it is carried -by their seruants in little baskets very curiously wrought, or else in -barrels made of earth all guilt. Within two houres after their comming -thither, there came another messenger from the vizroy, with many men -laden with capons, hens, geese, teales, gamons of bacon, and conserues -of diuers sorts, and of great abundance, sufficient for one hundreth men -to sup that night and for their dinner the next day. - -The next day in the morning very early, there came much people vnto -their lodging, sent by the vizroy, and brought with them two rich -chaires for to carrie the fathers in, and the curtines tied up that they -might the better be seene, and for their companions verie good horses, -sadled after the fashion which they doo vse. They forthwith made haste -for to depart, and although they made great speed, yet were they a good -houre and a halfe before they coulde come vnto the gates of the citie, -and seemed vnto them that they had trauelled two leagues in the -suburbes; the which was so well peopled, so faire houses, and many -shoppes full of merchandise, that if it had not beene told them, they -would not haue beleeued it to be the suburbes but the cittie it selfe. - -Before they came vnto the gates, they passed a mightie riuer three -times, ouer bridges that were great and verie faire, and the riuer so -deepe that great shippes came vp the same, but their mastes stooping -downe to passe vnder the bridges. This cittie is the richest and the -best prouided that is in all the kingdome; it is the heade cittie of all -the prouince, verie rich and fertill, and manie townes belonging vnto -it, and but eight leagues from the sea, and hath mightie riuers wherein -great shippes come vp to it as aforesaide. At the enterie of the citie -they founde many gentlemen that were there at the gate tarrying their -comming, who after they had saluted the one the other after their -fashions, without anie staying they trauelled forwards on, thorough a -great and broad street that went directlie vnto the vizroy his pallace; -vpon both sides of the streete, from the gate forwards, was placed one -by another full of souldiers with their officers and ancient, euerie one -with his weapon in his hands, as pickes, hargabuses, swords and target, -all apparelled in one liverie of silke, and a bunch of fethers vppon -their crestes. They all stoode still and kept their places, and would -not consent that any should crosse the way in the streete, whereas they -went accompanied with the gentlemen. - -They had no leasure to tell the souldiers; but they sawe that from the -gate vntil they came vnto the vizroye's pallace on both sides, which was -a good way, to be full of them, and all richly apparelled and of one -colour. The people that were at the windowes and in the streete, betwixt -the houses and the soldiers, were so great a number that it seemed to -bee doomes day, and that all the people in the worlde were there ioyned -together in that streete. - -So when they came vnto the pallace, which was two houres after day, the -gentlemen that were their guides did cause the Spaniardes to enter into -a roome which was hard by, till such time as the gate was open, for that -it is open but once a day, and so continue no longer time then the -audience endureth, which is done by the uiceroy once euerie day, and -that is but a small time. But first before he doth enter into audience, -there is shot off foure peeces of artilerie, with a great noyse of -trompettes, drommes, and waites; and there is no day that passeth -without audience, as our people did see by experience so long as they -were there, and were likewise informed of others. The houre being come, -and the ceremony doone as aforesaide, the gates were opened, and there -was in the court many souldiers apparelled in the same liuerie that -those were of in the streete. - -From the middest amongst them came forth a gentleman, who was, as it was -told them, the captaine of the garde of the viceroy, who came with great -grauitie and authoritie towards the place whereas our people were, and -after they had saluted the one the other, he made signes vnto them that -they should go towardes the gates of the pallace. When they were within -the first court, the which was great and wrought with mightie pillers, -there was a great number of souldiers, and many sergeants that entred -into an other great covrt, and mounted vp a paire of stayres that was on -the one side, whereas all the people were with great silence, sauing the -captaine of the garde, who went with our people till they came to the -gates of the hall whereas was the viceroy, at which gate he staied with -his head discouered, and made signes vnto ours that they should doo the -like, and to tarrie there till such time as hee had aduised the viceroy -of their comming, and he to command them to enter. - - - - -CHAP. XXIII. - - _The Spaniardes haue audience of the viceroy of - Aucheo, and are visited of some of the principall - officers, who declare vnto them certaine thinges of - that citie._ - - -Then straightwayes came foorth of the hall a man apparelled in a long -robe, of good personage, and asked of the Spaniards if they would speake -with the viceroy, and they answered, yea: then asked he again from whom -they came and by whom they were sent; they answered y^t they were sent -by the gouernor of Philippinas, who was seruant vnto the mightiest king -in all Christendome. When he had this answere he returned againe into -the hall, and within a little while after he came forth and bad them -come in, but gaue them to vnderstand that in entring into the hall -wheras the viceroy was y^t they should kneele downe, and talke with him -in that order till he commanded to the contrarie; if they would vse this -ceremony that then they should come in, if not that they shold returne -back againe. They who were certified thereof by the gouernor of Chincheo -did not stand therein, but saide y^t they would observe the order giuen -vnto them. Therewith he went in, who seemed to be the master of -ceremonies, making a signe that they should follow after him and doo -that which he willed them to do. - -At the entring in at the doore they stayed a little, and then kneeled -downe right oueragainst there whereas the uiceroye sate in a chaire -verie high like vnto a throne, with a table before him, and was in so -darke a place that almost they coulde not see his face verie well. On -the one side of him there were some like unto heraldes of armes, with -sceptres in their handes, and on the other side two men of a gallant -comlinesse armed with corselets made of skales of golde downe to the -cafe of their legges, with bowes in their handes of golde, and quiuers -at their backes of the same. Both the one and the other were vpon their -knees. There was vpon the table before him paper and all thinges -necessarie to write, which is an ordinarie vse amongest them at all -times when there is anye publike audience, and on the one side of the -borde a lion made of blacke woode, which was (as after they vnderstoode) -the armes of that prouince. So straightwayes he made signes unto them to -drawe neare, which they did, and kneeled downe a little from the table -which was whereas the master of ceremonies did will them. In this sort -they beganne to talke with him by their interpreter, and tolde them the -occasion of their comming into that citie and kingdome, and from whom -and vnto whome they were sent. But hee made signes vnto them that they -should arise, the which they did with a verye good will, and did -perseuer in their intent. But the uiceroye did cut them off before they -coulde make an ende, and asked if they had brought any letter from their -king vnto the king his lorde, whome they would goe to see and talke -with? but when they answered no, hee straightwayes took his leaue of -them, saying that they were welcome, and that they should depart vnto -their lodginges and to take their ease, for that afterwardes they should -haue occasion to declare their minds vnto him, and hee would giue them -their answere, for that the king was farre of, and it requireth a long -time to come whereas he is, but he would write vnto him, and according -vnto his commandement he would make them answere. And therwith he tooke -the letter, and the memoriall of the present, and commanded in his -presence to put about the neckes of the friers, in manner of a scarfe, -to eyther of them sixe peeces of silke, and vnto the souldiers their -companions, and vnto Omoncon and Sinsay, each of them foure peeces, and -to euerye one of their seruantes two a peece, and to giue vnto the two -fryers and the souldiers, Omoncon and Sinsay, euerie one of them two -branches of siluer, which is a thing vsed in that countrie vnto them -that haue doone some woorthie deede, as hath beene tolde you before. - -So with the silke about their neckes, and with the branches in their -hands, they returned out of the hall and downe the staires the way they -came, and so through the court into the streetes, from whence they saw -them shut the court gate with so great a noyse as when they did open it. -From thence, at the request of Omoncon and Sinsay, they went vnto the -house of Totoc, who is the captaine generall of all the men of warre, -and vnto the house of Cagnitoc, who is the chiefe standard bearer: their -houses were nigh the one the other, very faire and great. They found -them with as great maiestie as the viceroy, and in the same order, with -a table before them, and had on ech side of them armed souldiers -kneeling on their knees. Yet did they not vse our men with the curtesie -that the viceroy vsed, to cause them to stand vp, which was the occasion -that straightwayes they made a showe that they would depart and be gone, -complayning of Omoncon and Sinsay for that they did carrie them thether, -and tolde them with anger that the gouernour of Manilla did intreate -them in a different sort, who was there resident for the mightiest -prince in all the worlde, and they but easie marchants; neither was -their going thether to be equalled vnto the benefite that they came -thether for. This discontent the which they receiued, was the occasion -that they would not go to make any more visitations, although the sayde -Omoncon and Sinsay, for their owne interest, would haue carried them to -the houses of other officers and gentlemen of the court. But they made -signes vnto those that were their guides to direct their way vnto their -lodgings, for that they would goe to eate somewhat and to take their -ease, the which was ordayned in a great house of the kinges, there -whereas ordinarily the iudges doo sit to heare matters of iustice. - -[Sidenote: A citie of three hundred thousand housholds.] - -[Sidenote: A citie bigger then the other, and requireth three daies to -go from one gate to an other.] - -[Sidenote: Seuentie leagues compasse.] - -So at their comming thether they founde all their stuffe in good order, -and their dinner marueilous well prouided, and the whole house hanged -and trimmed as though it had beene for the kings owne person, with many -wayting men and souldiers, those which did gard them both day and night, -and hanging at the doore two tables or bordes (commanded by the -viceroy), wheron was written who they were that were there lodged, and -from whence they came, and wherefore, and that none whosoeuer should be -so hardie as to offer them any wrong or disturbance, vpon paine to be -for the same offence seuerely punished. In this house they were more in -quiet than in anie other place whereas they had been, neyther did the -people giue them so much trouble, by reason of the great care which the -iudges had in putting order for the same, by the commandement of the -viceroy; yet was it the greatest towne and most populed of all that -prouince (although in other prouinces there be that be much bigger), and -is affirmed that the citie of Taybin or Suntiem (there whereas the king -and his court is resident) hath three hundreth thousande housholds, and -yet there is a bigger citie in the kingdome, called Lanchin, which -requireth three dayes to go from one gate to an other, and is in -compasse more then seuentie leagues, the which is not far distant from -Canton, that which the Portingalles hath great notice of. But of -certaine there is very much spoken of the mightinesse of this citie, and -I my selfe haue heard reported and affirmed to bee of a trueth, by men -of authoritie that haue beene in the citie of Canton, religious fryers -of the order of Iesus or Iesuites, to whom ought to be giuen credite. - -[Sidenote: The wall of the citie is fiue fadam high and foure broad.] - -This citie of Aucheo hath a verie faire and strong wall made of stone, -which is fiue fadam high and foure fadam brode, the which was measured -many times by our people, for that they had a gate out of their lodging -that did open to the same. This wall is all couered ouer with tiles to -defende the rayne water fro hurting of it, which could not to the -contrarie but receiue damage, for that there is no lyme vsed in the -whole wall. They haue not one castle in all this citie, neyther is there -any vsed in all that kingdome; for all their force and strength is in -their gates, the which be made very strong, with a double wall within -verie broade, betwixt the which are continually many souldiers, such as -do keepe watch and ward both day and night. - -[Sidenote: The citie double mooted.] - -Upon these gates they haue much ordinance, but verie ill wrought (I -meane such as were seene by our men); yet they do say that in other -places they haue excellent good and verie curiously wrought. The whole -wall is full of bartilmentes, and thereon written the names of such -souldiers as are bound to repayre thether in the time of necessitie. At -euerie hundreth paces they haue lodginges, the which are very huge and -great: there whereas in the time of necessitie doo remaine and dwell -their captaynes, so long as their troubles doo indure. All the wall is -fortified with two great mots or ditches, the one within and the other -without, the which they doo fill at all times when they please by -sluces, which they haue from the riuer for the same purpose, and doo -serue of water almost all the houses in the citie, whereas they haue -their stanges for the most part full of fish. This mightie citie is -situated in a great plaine, and compassed round about with mightie -rockes and mountaines, which is the occasion that it is not so -healthfull; and the inhabitants saye, that it is by reason of the -mountaines, and many times it is ouerflowen in the winter by spring -tides from the riuer. And in that yeare that this doth happen, it doth -destroy and ruinate a great part of the city, as it was at that time -when our people did see it, for y^t in the winter before they were -troubled with these great tides, which did them much harme. - -Now to returne to our purpose, you shall vnderstand that in the kinges -house aforesaide, our people remained all the time that they were in -this citie, wheras they were made much of, and visited by the principall -of the same, but in especiall of the viceroy, who the verie same day did -send to inuite them for the next day following, who made vnto them a -famous banket, as you shall vnderstand in this chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XXIV. - - _The viceroy doth banket our people in his owne house - two daies, one after the other._ - - -[Sidenote: A strange ceremonie.] - -The next day after that our people came into the citie, the uiceroy did -sende to inuite them to dinner to his owne house, whereas he made them a -great banket in the forme following. At their comming vnto the pallace -there came foorth a great number of gentlemen, seruantes vnto the -viceroy, to bid them welcome, with great store of musicke and tokens of -mirth. Being entred into the first court, they brought them into a -mightie hall that was marueilously well trimmed, wherein was a great -number of tables, set in such order as they were in the banket that was -made them by the gouernour of Chincheo (as hath beene tolde you), -although in the number and furniture did far excell the other. But -before they did sit down, there came vnto them two captaines, principall -men, vnto whom the viceroy had committed the charge of the banket, to -doo all things in his name, for that it is a custome in that kingdome, -that noble men must not be present in their bankets they make. So the -charge was giuen vnto them to make them be mery, and to bid his guests -welcome. When they came vnto them they vsed great curtesie, and passed -away the time in gallant discourses, till it was time to go to dinner, -and that they began to bring in their victuals. Then before they did sit -downe, the captaines did take ech of them a cup in his hande, in maner -of a sorlue,[28] as they do vse, and being full of wine they went -together whereas they might discouer the heauen, and offered it vnto the -sunne and vnto the saints of heauen, adding thereunto many words of -prayers: but principally they did request that the comming of their newe -guestes might be profitable vnto them all, and that the friendship which -they did pretende to establish, might be for good both vnto the one and -to the other. This their oration and prayer being done, they did spill -out the wine, making a great courtesie; then were they straightwayes -filled againe, and making reuerence vnto their guestes euerie one by -himselfe, they set the cuppes downe vpon the tables whereas the fathers -should dine, whereas they were set euerie one by himselfe. This being -doone, the first seruice was set vppon the bordes, and the captaines -were set at other tables, which were not so many in number, nor so well -furnished nor dressed as the other: the dinner was famous and of manie -diuersities of meates, exceeding verie much that which was made them by -the gouernor of Aucheo. - -[28] We have not met with this word elsewhere, the Spanish word is -_salva_, occasionally, and probably here, used for _salvilla_, a saucer. - -The time which the banket indured (which was verie late) there was great -store of musicke of diuers instrumentes, as of vials, gitterns, and -rebuckes, and with them many iesters, did make them merry at their -dinner. The which being done, the saide captaines did beare their guests -companie out of the pallace, whereas they did anew inuite them to dinner -for the next day in the same hall: they obeying their request did come, -wheras was made vnto them a banket more famous than the first. - -[Sidenote: Comedies vsed amongest them.] - -[Sidenote: Tomblers.] - -[Sidenote: The argument of their comedie.] - -This day at the banket was present the Totoc, hee whome they visited the -first day, came in his owne house, and founde with so great maiestie. -Likewise there dyned with them the captaynes that were at the first -banket. In this seconde banket they had, as the day before, verie much -musicke, and a comedie that indured long, with manie pretie and merrie -iestes: there was also a tombler, who did his feates verie artificially, -as well in vauting in the ayre as vppon a staffe that two men did hold -on their shoulders. Before the comedie did beginne, was tolde them by -their interpreter the signification thereof, that the better they might -content themselues in the conceiuing, whose argument was, that in times -past, there was in that countrie manie mightie and valiant men. But -amongest them all, there was in particular three brethren that bid -exceede all the rest that euer were in mightinesse and valiantnesse. The -one of them was a whiteman, the other was ruddish or hie coloured, and -the third blacke. The ruddish being more ingenious, and of better -industrie, did procure to make his white brother king, the which -iudgement was agreeable vnto the rest. Then they altogether did take -away the kingdome from him that did at that time raigne, who was called -Laupicono, an effeminate man and verie vicious. This they did represent -verie gallantly, with garmentes verie meete for those personages. - -The banket and play beeing finished, according as they did the day -before, the captaynes did beare them companie till they were out of the -pallace, and from thence they went vnto their lodgings, with their -ordinarie companie appointed by the viceroy, which was that captaine -that we haue spoken of, with his souldiers, who neither night nor day -dooth not depart from their garde. - - - - -CHAP. XXV. - - _The Spaniards do carie their present vnto the - viceroy, who, hauing receiued it at the hands of - Omoncon, doth seale it and sende it vnto the king: our - men bee forbidden to goe foorth of their houses to see - any thing in the citie: and it doth intreat of other - particular things._ - - -The same night our men did common amongst themselues, to see if it were -good presently to giue order to put in vre the thing they came for: -seeing that they might treat therof with the uiceroy, he being a man -that shewed vnto them so much fauour and good will. So in conclusion -they were all resolued, that straightwayes the next daye in the morning, -shoulde goe vnto him Michaell de Loarcha and Peter Sarmiento, and carrie -vnto him the present which they brought, and to haue with them to beare -them company Omoncon and Sinsay; and being presented, to request that -hee would appoint a day when they might goe and talke with him about -principall matters. - -This accorde they put in execution according vnto their determination, -and the two souldiers went and carried the present as it was agreed. So -they came vnto the pallace, and hauing tarried till such time as they -opened the gates of the audience (which was with the ceremony spoken of -in the 22. chapter), it was tolde vnto the viceroy that the Castillos -were there and had brought a present, who incontinent saide that as then -he could not talke with them; but that the captaine Omoncon and Sinsay -should enter in with the present, and that they should returne vnto -their lodginges, for that he had a care to call them when that -opportunitie did serue, to intreat of all things to their pleasure. They -did as they were commaunded, and those who carried the present in, did -afterwarde giue our people to vnderstand all that had passed with them; -saying that in opening the present, there was a note thereof taken -before a notarie, and straightwayes commanded to bee put in againe, -where it was taken out before the sayde notarie and other witnesses; the -which being done he sealed it vp, and sent it vnto the citie of Taybin -vnto the king and his counsell, and therewith that which the gouernour -of Chincheo did sende him, as shall be tolde you: for that they haue a -rigorous lawe in that kingdome, that dooth prohibite all such as haue -any office of gouernement to receiue any present, of what qualitie so -euer it be, without lycence of the king or of his counsell, vpon paine -to be depriued of bearing anie office all the dayes of their liues, and -to bee banished and condemned to weare red bonnets (as wee haue declared -the effect thereof). - -This is conformable vnto that which the gouernor of Chincheo did, in the -presence of our people, at such time as they went to take their leaue of -him for to goe vnto Aucheo, which was, that in their presence they -commanded to take foorth all that they brought him in present; and -shewing it vnto them peece by peece, he asked if it were that which they -had brought, and they aunswered that it was the same (although it was -with troubled mindes), beleeuing that it was to checke them because it -was so small in respect of their mightinesse: he asked them if there -lacked any thing? they answered, No: then straightwayes he commanded to -put it againe where as it was taken out in their presence, and before a -notarie and witnesses: the which being doone, was mailed and sealed and -so sent vnto the viceroy of Aucheo in their companie, and saide that hee -could not receiue it without the licence aforesaid. - -So our souldiers seeing that they could not be suffered to enter in -with the present, they tooke it for a great discourtesie and disfauour, -and therewith departed vnto their lodging, to giue the fathers to -vnderstande thereof, who liked not well thereof; but yet they concluded -amongest themselues to suffer for a while, and to commit vnto God the -direction thereof, as it best may be for his holy seruice. - -The next day following, the viceroy did send to visite them, and to aske -of them a sword, a hargubush, and a flaske; for that he would cause -others to be made by them; the which they did send, and afterwards -vnderstood that they had counterfeited the same, although not in so -perfect manner. - -[Sidenote: All things good cheape.] - -Then after a time, our people seeing that their beeing in that citie -seemed to be long and like to be longer, they did procure to driue away -the time in the best manner they could, and went abroad into the citie -and did buy eyther of them that which they thought best. Whereof they -found great abundance, and of so small price that they bought it almost -for nothing. - -They bought many bookes that did intreat of diuerse matters, which they -brought with them to the ilands (as appeareth more at large in the -chapter for the same). - -[Sidenote: 111 idols in one chappell.] - -The next day they went to see the gates of the citie, and all such -curious thinges as were to be seene so farre as they could learne or -vnderstande, which were many. But amongst them all they sawe a sumptuous -temple of their idolles, in whose chiefe chappell they counted one -hundred and eleuen idols, besides a great number more that were in other -particular chappels; all were of carued worke, verie well proportioned -and gilted, but in especiall three of them that were placed in the -middest of all the rest, the one had three heads proceeding out of one -bodie, the one looking on the other in full face. The second was the -forme of a woman, with a childe in her armes; the third, of a man -apparelled after the forme and fashion that the Christians doo paint -the Apostles. Of all the rest, some had foure armes, and some had sixe, -and other eight, and other some marueilous deformed monsters. Before -them they had burning lamps, and many sweete parfumes and smelles, but -in especiall before the three aboue specified. - -But when that the viceroy did vnderstande that our people did go viewing -the citie gates and temples (and perceiueth that they that gaue him the -notice did suspect it that it was to some ill intent), therewith he -straightwayes commanded that they should not goe foorth out of their -lodging without his licence: and likewise commanded the captaine that -was their garde not to consent thereunto as he had done, and likewise -that none should carrie them any thing for to sell, for he that did it -should be punished with whipping. Yet notwithstanding, they had euerie -day verie sufficient necessaries for their personages, in such ample -wise that there did alwayes remaine, and not lacke. - -In this closenesse and keeping in they suffered many dayes with much -sadnesse, and oppressed with melancholick humors, to see that their -purpose wherefore they went thether seemed to be long, and euerie day -was worse and worse. Yet notwithstanding they did passe it ouer in the -best wise they could, in committing it with heartie zeale vnto God, for -whose honor and glorie they did attempt that voyage, and prayed vnto him -for to mooue their hearts to consent that the religious fathers might -remeine in that countrie for to learne the language (as they had begun -many daies before), by which meanes their soules might be saued, and -clearely deliuered from the tyrannie of the diuell, who of truth had -them in possession. So after many dayes that they had remained in that -close estate as aforesaide, they determined for to goe and talke with -the viceroy, and to bee fully resolued either to tarry or returne from -whence they came. They straightwayes did put it in vre, and what ensued -thereof you shall vnderstande in the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XXVI. - - _The Spaniardes talke with the viceroy, and not being - svffered, they do write to him a letter, and he doth - answere it by word of mouth, with other particular - matters._ - - -It hath been declared vnto you, that the same day y^t the Spaniardes did -talke with the viceroy, he asked them if they had brought any letter for -their king, they answered, No: he told them that he would write vnto the -court, and hauing answere, they should be fully satisfied of their -pretence and demaund. - -But they seeing that his answere was long a comming, and great delaye -made therein, and that they had them as halfe prisoners, they determined -to go and speake with the viceroy to be fully satisfied of his -determinate will and pretence, and to haue some order eyther to goe vnto -the court, or to remaine in that citie, or else to returne vnto the -ilands, and there to tarrie the time till it pleased God to open a gate -in that kingdome, wherein might enter his holy gospell. - -With this then pretended purpose, they did perswade with their captaine -to permit them so much libertie as for to go and speake with the -viceroy, who for that hee bare them loue and good will did consent -therevnto. So they went, but when they came thether they that kept the -gates would not consent y^t they should enter, which was the occasion -that they returned vnto their lodgings verie sad and sorrowfull, and -almost without any hope to bring their matter to passe, for the which -they went thether; for that it seemed vnto them, although they did -plainely declare vnto them their pretence, yet did they worke in such -order for to cause them to depart. In this order they remained in the -citie certaine daies, and for to conclude either to stay there or depart -the kingdome they were resolute; and determined to write a letter vnto -the viceroy, and therein to giue him to vnderstand particularly that -their comming thether into y^e countrie was to intreat that betwixt them -and the Castillos there should be peace and friendship, and being -concluded that their souldiers should with that newes depart vnto the -islandes from whence they came, to giue the gouernor to vnderstand -therof, and they to remaine in that countrie preaching y^e holy gospell. -They could finde none that would write this letter for them, although -they would haue payed them very well for their paines. Till in the end, -by great request and prayings, the captaine Omoncon did write it for -them, and straightwaies departed vnto the citie of Ampin that was not -farre off, making an excuse for to go and see the visitor of the -prouince, whom they doo call Sadin: he would very faine haue carried -with him two of our people, y^t he might haue seene them, but none would -go with him. This iourney which Omoncon made, hee did it to put away the -suspition they might conceiue that he did write the letter, if that -peraduenture the viceroy would take it in ill part. - -[Sidenote: People in great subiection.] - -Their letter being written, they found great difficulty in the sending -the same, for that there was none that would carrie it, neyther would -they consent that our men should enter into the pallace to deliuer it. -But in conclusion, what with requestes and giftes, they perswaded their -captayne of their gard to carrie it, who did deliuer the same vnto the -viceroye, in name of the Castillos, saying that hee tooke it of them to -bring it vnto him, for that they did certifie him that it was a thing -that did import verie much. Hauing read the letter, hee answered that he -would giue the king to vnderstande thereof, as he saide at the first -time. And in that touching the fryers remayning in that countrie to -preach, at that time he could make them no answere, for that in such -matters it was first requisite to haue the good will of the royall -counsell. Yet would hee make answere vnto the letter they brought from -the gouernour of Manilla, and that they might depart, and returne againe -at such time as they brought Limahon, prisoner or dead; the which being -done, then shall the friendshippe be concluded which they doo pretende, -and to remaine and preach at their will. With this answere they remained -without all hope to remayne there, and did incontinent prepare -themselues for to depart from Manilla, and bought manie bookes to carie -with them, wherein was comprehended all the secrets of that kingdome; by -reason whereof they might giue large notice vnto the royall maiestie of -King Phillip. The which being vnderstoode by the viceroy, who had set -spies to watch their doings, did sende them worde that they should not -trouble themselues in the buying of bookes, for that hee would giue them -freely all such bookes as they would desire to haue: the which -afterwardes he did not accomplish: whether it was for forgetfulnesse or -other occasion, as wee haue more at large declared vnto you, we know -not: yet did the uiceroy send and demanded to see some of those bookes -that the fryers had bought; who after that he had seene them, did -returne them againe, and requested of them some writing of their owne -handes, who did accomplish his request, and sent them written in Spanish -and in their own language, the Lords Prayer, the Aue Maria, and the Ten -Commandements, who according vnto the relation of him that did carrie -the same, saide, that after hee had reade it, he made showes that he -receiued great content therewith, and said that all which was there -written was good. - -In the time that they stayed in this citie, amongst all other things -that they vnderstoode to driue away the time was one, it was giuen them -to vnderstande that in one of the prisons, there was a Portingale -prisoner, who was taken in a shippe of the Iapones with others of his -nation, who were all dead in the prison, and none left aliue but he -alone. Our people being verie desirous for to see him, and to learne of -him some secrets of that countrie, for that he had beene there a great -while, they did procure to talke with him, asking licence of the supreme -iudge and lieutenant vnto the viceroy, who did not onely refuse to grant -it them, but did make diligent inquirie who they were that did giue them -to vnderstande thereof, for to punish them, which without all doubt -should be executed with sharpe and seuere punishment. Yet our people -would neuer tell them of whom they had it, although it was demanded of -them diuerse times, and with great intreatie. They had so great desire -to know it, that they did vse all meanes possible as it appeared in the -boldnesse of their demandes. - - - - -CHAP. XXVII. - - _There came newes vnto Aucheo that there was a rouer - vpon the coast of Chincheo, which did much harme, and - had sacked a towne. The viceroy doth suspect him to be - Limahon, and how that our people, with Omoncon and - Sinsay, had not declared vnto him the truth._ - - -[Sidenote: Suspition of euill.] - -The Spaniards remained in the citie of Aucheo twentie days, in the order -as hath been told you, without any hope that the religious fathers -should remaine in that countrie for to preach the holy gospell, which -was the principall occasion of their going into that kingdome. Upon a -suddaine there came newes vnto the citie that the rouer Limahon was vpon -the coast of Chincheo, vsing his olde accustomed cruelties, and how that -he had spoiled and robbed a towne vpon the sea coast. This newes was -throughout all the citie, and appeared to be true, touching the effect -of the dead: yet false touching the person, for that the rouer was -called Taocay, an enimie and contrarie vnto Limahon, but a friend vnto -Vintoquian, of whom we haue spoken of. But thereupon the viceroy and -all them of the citie were conformable in the suspition that they had -receiued, which was, that our people were come into that kingdome vpon -some euill pretence, and to see the secrets thereof, to some euil end, -which was the occasion y^t from that time forwards they shewed them not -so good countenance as they did before. - -These newes was not so soone come, but straightwayes the viceroy did -send for Omoncon (who was then returned from his visiting) and Sinsay, -vnto whom he had done courtesie, and giuen them the title of loytias and -captaynes, and he did reprehende them verie sharpely for that they had -brought ouer people thether, and sayde that they had tolde him a lye in -saying that Limahon was besieged in such sort that hee coulde not -escape, neither had the Castillos burnt his shippes, and howe that all -was but a made matter amongest themselues, and howe that the captaines -which they brought, and sayde that they had taken from Limahon, they had -robbed from other places, with other wordes in the same order, and said -that the Spaniardes were spyes that came to discouer the secretes and -strength of the kingdome, and how that they had brought them thether by -force of giftes that they had giuen them. - -They answered him with great humilitie in saying that in all that which -they had sayd they did speake the trueth, and that it should appeare at -such time as the newes of the rouer should be better knowen, the which, -if it shall appeare to be contrary, they were there readie for to suffer -whatsoeuer punishment y^t shold be giuen them. The viceroy being -somewhat satisfied with this their iustification, bad them to depart, -remitting all things vnto time for the true declaration thereof. Then -Omoncon and Sinsay came straightwayes to giue y^e Spaniards to -vnderstand of all that had passed with the viceroy, and what they -vnderstoode of him, which caused in them so great feare, y^t for the -time which it endured (which was till such time as they vnderstoode the -truth as aforesaide) they paied very well for their feasts and bankets -the which they had made them. All this happened in the time that Omoncon -and Sinsay were at variance, and spake many iniurious words the one of -y^e other, discouering their intents and deuises, whereby it plainely -appeared that in al y^t which they had tolde vnto the viceroy, they -lied, but in especiall Omoncon. Sinsay did dissemble, for hee sayde and -tolde vnto all people, that by his order and industrie our people did -fire the shippes of Lymahon, and beseiged him, with other speeches in -the like sort; yet twentie dayes before his comming thether, all was -ended and doone, as appeared. The occasion of their enimitie and falling -out, was for that the viceroy had giuen vnto Omoncon a title and charge -of more honor then vnto Sinsay, hauing made betwixt them a consort that -the reward or dignitie should be equally deuided betwixt them, and that -the one should speake of the other the best they could, because the -viceroy should do them friendship. This condition and consort (as -appeareth) was euill performed, by Omoncon being addicted vnto selfe -loue, and seemed vnto him that Sinsay did not deserue so much as he did, -for that hee was a base man, and of the sea, and he of the more -nobilitie, and had the office of a captaine. All this which I haue said, -was the occasion y^t the truth came to light betwixt them, and to cause -the viceroye to suspect, that as they lyed in this, they might also -fable in the burning of the ships and besieging of Limahon. - - - - -CHAP. XXVIII. - - _The gouernours of the prouince do assemble together, - to intreat of the Spaniardes business, and are - resolved that they should returne vnto the ilandes. - They do see many curious thinges before their - departure._ - - -With this griefe and care remained the Spaniards certaine daies, kept -close in their lodgings, and were not visited so often as they were when -they first came thether, which did augment verie much their feare, till -such time as they vnderstoode that the viceroy, eyther of his owne good -will or else by some particular order from the king and his counsell, -had called together all the gouernours of that prouince of Aucheo to -intreat of matters touching Limahon, as also in particular why and -wherefore the Spaniardes came thether, and to resolue themselues wholly -in all things requisite for the same. So when that they were all come -together, which was in a short time, and amongst them the gouernor of -Chincheo, who by an other name was called Insuanto, they had particular -meetings together with the uiceroye, in the which they were all agreed -to haue a generall meeting, whereunto should bee called the Castillos, -and to demande of them in publike audience the cause of their comming -(although notwithstanding they had giuen to vnderstand thereof vnto the -Insuanto and vizroy), and being hearde, to giue them their answere -according as they had determined: for the which vppon a day appointed -they met all togither (but not the vizroy) in the house of the Cagontoc, -and commanded to come before them the Castillas, who did accomplish -their request with a great good will, for that they vnderstoode that -they were called to entreat of their matter, either to tarry or depart. -So when they came thither, they were commanded to enter into a mighty -hall, whereas they were all set in verie rich chaires, with great -grauitie and maiestie. The Insuanto seemed to bee the chiefest among -them, but whether it was for that hee was the principallest next vnto -the vizroy (or as it was tolde them), for that it was he that sent -Omoncon in the chase of the rouer Limahon, they knew not; but so soone -as they were entred into the hall, they were commanded to drawe nigh -there whereas they were all placed, without bidding them to sit downe, -neither did they vse any particular circumstances or curtesie. - -The Insuanto tooke vpon him the charge, and demanded of the Spaniards -(by meanes of the interpreter) what was the occasion of their comming -into that country, and to declare their pretence, for that they would -giue vnto them the resolute will of the vizroy, at whose commandment -they were called and there assembled togither. The Spaniards answered -vnto their request, and said that their comming thither was to treat -with them peace and friendship, by the order of the gouernor of y^e -Philippinas, who had his authority from the king of Spaine, with a -particular charge euer since the said islands were discouered, who in -all thinges that possible hath beene, haue shewed themselues, not onely -in words but in deedes, as vnto this day the gouernor dooth accomplish -the same, in ransoming all such Chinos as they can finde, or come vnto -their powers, and send them home free into their countrie with giftes, -and not in this only, but in other matters, which is not vnknowne vnto -them: and more, that which lastly had happened in the destruction of the -fleete, and the besieging of the rouer Limahon, with which newes they -came thither to intreate and conclude betweene them and the Castillas a -perpetuall friendship: this was the principall occasion of their -comming, the which if they coulde bring it to passe (as a thing that did -accomplish both the one and the other), they would with y^e same newes -send word with the souldiers (who came with them for the same effect) -vnto the gouernor of Manilla, who sent vs thither for that he might -send the good successe thereof to the king of Spaine, and there to -remaine in such place as they woulde appoint them to studie the learning -of the language, and to preach and declare to them y^e holy gospell, -which was the right way vnto the salvation of their soule. Unto all the -which they gaue attentiue eare, although with little desire to see the -experience, as appeared; for that the chiefest matter in effect they did -let passe, and asked of them in what order they left the rouer Limahon, -and whether hee might escape or not, and other questions touching the -same matter, which endured a good while without touching of anie other -matter in effect. The Spaniards answered as they thought, and supposed -that at that time it could not be, but that he was either taken prisoner -or slaine. - -Then did the Insuanto conclude his speech in saying vnto them, that they -should returne vnto their owne country to the ilands; and at such time -as they did bring Limahon, they woulde conclude all things touching the -friendship they requested, as also for the preaching of the gospell. - -So with this last resolution they tooke their leaue and went vnto their -lodging, with pretence not to speake more of that matter, for that they -sawe it booted out: after they had giuen their censure: and againe, as -they vnderstood it was by speciall order from the king and his -counsaile; and therewith they beganne to put all thinges in good for -their departure, the which they greatly desired, for that they saw -little fruite to proceede of their great labour and trauell, as also to -see themselues cleare of that manner of prison in the which they were, -not to go forth of their lodgings without express licence. - -So from that day forwards they did procure with all haste for to depart, -and gaue the vizroy to vnderstande thereof; who answered them and saide, -that they should comfort themselues and receiue ioy and pleasure, and -that he would dispatch them so soone as the visitor of that prouince -was come to Aucheo, which would be within tenne dayes, for that hee had -written vnto him that he should not dispatch them vntil his comming, for -that he would see them. - -From that day forwards hee commaunded that sometimes they should let -them go forth abrode to recreate themselues, and that they should shew -vnto them some particular pleasure or friendship. So one of them was -carried to see the mustering of their men of warre, which they haue in a -common custome throughout all the kingdome to doo at the first day of -the newe moone, and is sure a thing to be seene: and they doo it in the -field which is ioyning vnto the wals of the citie, in this manner -following. - -[Sidenote: The vse of their mustering.] - -[Sidenote: Souldiers are punished.] - -There were ioyned togither litle more or less then 20 thousand -souldiers, pickemen and hargabus shot, who were so expert, that at the -sounde of the drum or trumpet, they straightwayes put themselues in -battle aray, and at another sound in a squadron, and at another the shot -doo deuide themselues from the rest, and discharge their peeces with -very gallant and good order, and with a trice put themselues againe into -their places or standings: this being doone, the picke men came foorth -and gaue the assalt altogether with so good order and consort, that it -seemed vnto the Spaniards that they did excel al the warlike orders vsed -in all the world: and if it were so that their stomacks and hardinesse -were equall vnto their dexteritie and number of people, it were an easie -thing for them to conquer the dominion of all the world. If it so chance -that any souldier should lacke in his office, and not repaire to his -place appointed, he is straightwayes punished very cruelly, which is the -occasion that euerie one of them hath a care vnto his charge. - -[Sidenote: Their mustering is one throughout the whole kingdome.] - -This their muster endured foure houres, and it was certified vnto the -Spaniards that the same day and houre it is done in all cities and -townes throughout all the whole kingdome, although they are without -suspection of enimies. - -Fiue and twentie dayes after that the Insuanto had giuen the resolute -answere vnto the Spaniards, came the visitor thither: and the whole -citie went forth to receiue him, who entred in with so great maiestie, -that if they had not knowne who hee was, they could not haue beene -perswaded but that he had beene the king. - -So the next day following the Spaniards went to visite him, for dueties -sake, as also for that he had a desire to see them. They found him in -his lodging, where he began to make visitation of the cittie. - -In their courtes were an infinite number of people, which came thither -with petitions and complaintes, but in the halles within, there was none -but his seruants and sergeants. When that any came for to present his -petition, the porter that was at the entrie made a great noise, in -manner of an o. est.,[29] for that it was a good way from the place -whereas the visitor did sit; then commeth forth straight wayes one of -his pages, and taketh the petition and carrieth it vnto him. At this -time it was told him how that the Castillas were there: hee commaunded -that they should enter, and talked with them a few words, but with great -curtesie, and all was touching the imprisonment of Limahon, without -making any mention of their departure or tarrying. So after a while that -he had beholded them and their apparel, hee tooke his leaue of them, -saying, that by reason of the great businesse he had in that visitation, -he could not shewe them any curtesie, neither to vnderstande of them -what their request and desire was; but gaue them great thankes for their -curtesie shewed, in that they woulde come to visite him. Hee was set in -the same visitation after the same manner and order as they founde the -gouernor of Chincheo, and the vizroy, with a table before him, with -paper, ynke, and other thinges readie to write, the which, according as -it was giuen them to vnderstand, is a common vse in all y^e kingdome, -vsed with all iudges, whether it be for sentence of death, or other -matters of iustice, as hath beene told you many times before. - -[29] These words, "in manner of an o. est," are supplied by the -translator, and would seem to be intended for the crier's exclamation of -"Oyez." - -Three dayes after the visitor was come thither, the Insuanto departed -for his owne house, with order that with all speede possible he should -ordaine shippes wherin the Castillas should returne vnto the -Philippinas. - -[Sidenote: Superstition.] - -Likewise the same day, all those that were there assembled by the order -of the vizroy departed vnto their owne houses. And the Spaniards were -commanded for to stay vntill the full of the moone, which should bee the -twentieth of August, and that day they shoulde take their leaue of them: -for on that day amongst them it is holden for good to beginne any thing -whatsoeuer. Wherein they do vse great superstition, and doo make many -banquets, as vppon new yeares day, as hath beene tolde diffusedly. - -The day before y^e departure of y^e Spaniards, there came some in -behalfe of the vizroy to inuite them, and made them banquet in the order -and fashion as at first: although this (for that it was at their -departure) was more sumptuous, wherein was represented a comedie which -was very excellent and good, whose argument was first declared vnto them -as followeth. - -There was a young man newly married, and there chanced difference -betwixt him and his wife; hee determined to go vnto certaine warres, the -which was ordained in a countrie not farre from that whereas he dwelled: -whose acts and deeds was therein so valorous, that the king did shewe -him great fauour, and being fully certified of his worthinesse, he sent -him for chief captaine of the most importunate enterprises that might -bee offered, who did accomplish his charge with conclusion thereof with -great content and satisfaction to the king and his counsailers: for the -which he made him his captaine generall, and in his absence did commit -vnto his charge his whole campe, with the same authoritie that he had -himselfe. - -The warres being doone, and hee hauing a desire to returne vnto his owne -countrie and house, there was giuen vnto him three cart loads of golde, -and many iewels of an inestimable price, with the which hee entered into -his owne countrie with great honour and riches, wheras they receiued him -with great honour. - -All the which they did represent so naturally, and with so good apparell -and personages, that it seemed a thing to passe in act. There was not in -this banket the vizroy, but those captaines which were there the first -time: and another captaine, vnto whome was giuen the charge to bring the -Spaniards vnto Manilla, who was called Chantalay, a principall captaine -of that prouince. - -[Sidenote: To keepe away the sun.] - -So when the banquet was ended, they were carried with great company from -the hall whereas the banquet was made, vnto the house of the Cogontoc, -who was the kings tresuror and dwelt there hard by, of whom they were -maruellously wel receiued, with louing words and great curtesie: in -saying that he hoped very shortly to see them againe, at such time as -they shall returne with Limahon, and that as then their friendship -should be fully concluded, and would intreat with them in particular of -other matters. This being doone, he gaue vnto them a present for to -carrie vnto the gouernor of Manilla, in recompence of that which was -sent vnto the vizroy: the present was fortie peeces of silke and twentie -peeces of burato,[30] a litter chaire and guilt, and two quitasoles of -silke,[31] and a horse. Likewise he sent the like present vnto the -generall of the fielde, and to either of them a letter in particular: -these things were put in chestes, which were very faire and guilt. -Besides this, hee gaue other fortie peeces of silke of all colours, for -to bee parted amongest the captaines and other officers that were at -the siege of Limahon, with three hundred blacke mantles, and as many -quitasoles, to be parted amongst the souldiers. Besides all these, hee -gaue vnto the friers ech of them eight peeces of silke, and vnto the -souldiers their companions foure peeces of ech of them, and to euery one -his horse and a quitasol of silke; their horse were verie good to -trauell by the way. This being done the Cogontoc tooke his leaue of -them, and willed them to go and take leaue and licence of the vizroy and -the visitor, that they might depart, for that all thinges were in a -redinesse for their voyage: the which commandement they did -straightwayes accomplish, being very well content and satisfied of the -great fauours and curtesies the which they receiued, both of the one and -the other: likewise of the Totoc, who is captaine generall, whome they -also did visite and tooke their leaue. These visitations and leaue -taking being doone, they returned vnto their lodging with great desire -for to take their ease, whereas they remained til the next day -following, wherin they departed vnto the port of Tansuso, after they had -remained in Aucheo seuen and forty daies. - -[30] A light kind of silk stuff used for veils by the ladies in Spain. - -[31] Parasols. - - - - -CHAP. XXIX. - - _The Spaniards departe from Aucheo, and come vnto - Chincheo, wheras the Insuanto was: he commanded them - to depart vnto the port of Tansuso, whither he went - himself for to dispatch them: at whose departure he - sheweth great fauor and maketh them great feastes._ - - -The Spaniards departed from the citie of Aucheo vpon a Tewsday, being -the 23 of August, in the sight of all the people of the citie, who came -foorth to see them with so great presse and thronge, as they did when -they first came thither into the countrie: they were al carried in -litter chayres, yea their verie slaues, for that it was so commaunded by -the vizroy; the friers were carried by eight men a peece, and the -souldiers by foure men a peece, and all their seruants and slaues were -caried by two men a peece. Looke so many men as was to carrie them, -there went so many more to help them when they waxed weary, besides -foure and twentie that carried their stuffe. There went alwayes before -them a harbinger for to prouide their lodgings, and with him went a -paimaster, whose charge was to ordain and prouide men for to cary their -litter chaires, and to giue them for their trauell that which is -accustomed, and to pay all costs and charges spent by the Spaniard. -After that they departed from Aucheo they made of two daies iourney one, -which was the occasion that they came to Chincheo in foure daies. At -their entring into the citie they found a seruant of the Insuanto, with -order and commandement that they shuld proceed forwards on their -iourney, and not to stay in the citie, but to go vnto the port of -Tansuso, whither he wil come the next day following. They obayed his -commandement, and made so much haste that in two dayes they came vnto -the village of Tangoa, wheras they had bin before, and particular -mention made thereof. In the same village they were lodged, wel -entertained, and had great good cheere: from thence they went in one day -to Tansuso, which was the first port wheras they did disembarke -themselues, when as they came from the ilands vnto that firme land: the -iustice of the town did lodge them in the same house whereas they were -first lodged, and did prouide for them of all things necessary and -needfull, and that in aboundance, til the comming of the Insuanto, which -was within foure dayes after; for that he could not come any sooner -(although his desire was) for that it was very foule weather. - -The next day after his comming thither, which was the thirde of -September, he sent and commanded the Spaniards that they should embarke -themselues, for that it was that day the coniunction of the moone -(although at that time the ships were not fully in a redines). They -obayed his commandement, and the Insuanto himself went to the water -side, in whose presence came thither certain religious men of their -maner, and after their fashion they made sacrifice with certain orations -and praiers, in the which they craued of the heauens to giue good and -faire weather, and a sure voyage and fauorable seas vnto al those that -saile in those shippes. - -This ceremony being done (which is a thing very much vsed in that -countrie) the Spaniards went vnto the Insuanto, who was there with great -company and maiestie: hee entertained them very friendly and with -cheerful wordes, making an outward shew that hee bare them great loue, -and that their departure was vnto him a great griefe. Then hee requested -them to giue him a remembrance of such thinges as was necessarie and -needful for their prouision for the sea, for that hee woulde giue order -for the prouiding of the same; the which he did, and was with so great -aboundance, that they had for the voyage and remained a great deale to -spare. Hee then commaunded to bee brought thither cates to eat, and -drink, and gaue it them with his owne hands, as well the one as the -other; hee himselfe did eate and drinke with them, which is the greatest -fauour that can be shewed amongst them. - -The banquet being ended, he commaunded them in his presence to go abord -their shippes, because that was a luckie day, and also to accomplish -that which the vizroy had commaunded, which was that they should not -depart from thence vntil they had first seene them imbarked. The -Spaniards obeyed the commandement, and tooke their leaue of the Insuanto -with great curtesie and reuerence, and with outward shewes that they -remained indebted for the great curtesie and good will that they had -receiued: and therewith they departed to the waters side, towards the -boat which was tarrying for them. - -[Sidenote: Strange sacrifices.] - -As they passed by the religious men (that before we spake of) they saw a -great table set, and vppon it a whole oxe with his throte cut, and hard -by the same a hogge and a goate, and other thinges to bee eaten: the -which they had ordained for to make sacrifice, which they do vse in the -like affaires. - -They being imbarked in the boate, they were carried aborde the Admirall, -which was the shippe appointed for them to go in: then presently they -beganne to stirre the shippe from one place unto another, with certain -boates and cables which they had there readie for the same purpose. The -shippe did not so soone begin to moue, but the religious men a shore did -beginne their sacrifice, the which did indure vntill night, ending their -feastes and triumphes in putting forth of the cittie and vppon their -gates, many cressets and lights. The souldiers shot off all their -hargabushes, and the ships that were in the port shot off all their -artilerie, and on the shore a great noise of droms and bels: all the -which being ended and done, the Spaniards went a shore againe vnto their -lodging; but first the Insuanto was departed vnto his owne house, with -all the company that hee brought with him. - -The next day the sayd Insuanto did inuite them vnto a banket, which was -as famous as any which had bene made them vnto that time. He was at the -banquet himselfe, and the captaine generall of all that prouince. There -was aboundance of meates, and many pretie deuises to passe away the -time, which made the banquet to indure more then foure houres; the which -being done, there was brought forth the present which the Insuanto did -sende vnto the gouernor of Manilla, in returne of that which was sent to -him. The present was fourteene peeces of silke for the gouernor of -Manilla, and tenne peeces for the generall of the field: hee also -commanded to be giuen vnto the friers each of them foure peeces, and -vnto their seruants and slaues certaine painted mantels, and therewith -he tooke his leaue of them very friendly, and gaue vnto them letters, -the which hee had wrote vnto the gouernor, and vnto the general of the -field, answere vnto those the which they had wrote vnto him, and said -that all things necessarie for their departure was in a redinesse, with -victuals for ten monethes put a bord their ships, so that when as winde -and wether did serue they might depart. Also that if in their voyage it -should so fall out, that any of the Chinos that went in their shippes -shoulde do vnto them any euill, either abrode or at the ilands, that the -gouernor therof should punish them at his pleasure, and how that the -vizroy will thinke well thereof: in conclusion he saide vnto them, that -hee hoped to see them there againe verie shortly, and to returne againe -with Limahon, and then hee woulde supplie the wantes which now they -lacked. The Spaniards did kisse his hands, and said, that they had -receiued in curtesie more then they deserued, and that in all thinges -there did abound and not lacke, that they remained greatly indebted vnto -him for their friendship, and would giue their king notice thereof, that -whensoeuer occasion shoulde bee offered, to repay them with the like: -and therewith the Insuanto departed to his owne house, leauing in the -companie of the Spaniards fiue captaines, those which should go with -them in their company to sea, and also Omoncon and Sinsay, who were that -day in the banquet, with the habite and ensigne of loytias, for that the -day before it was giuen vnto them by the Insuanto. - -Upon Wednesday, which was the fourteenth of September, the wind came -faire, wherewith they hoised vp their sailes and went to sea; at their -departure there was at the waters side the Insuanto and the iustice of -Chincheo to see them saile, the which Insuanto had conceiued so great -loue and friendship of the Castillas, that when he sawe them depart he -shedde great aboundance of teares, as was affirmed by diuers Chinos that -saw it; to which the Spaniards gaue credit vnto, for that they knew him -to be a maruellous louing person, and humaine, of a good condition, and -of a gallant personage, and did exceede all other that they had seene in -all the time of their being in that prouince. - - - - -CHAP. XXX. - - _The Spaniardes departe from the port of Tansuso - towardes the Ilandes Philippinas, and euery day they - doo harbor themselues in ilands by the way; declaring - what they saw in them._ - - -Being departed out of the port as aforesaide, the Spaniards deuided -themselues into two shippes, to wit, the two friers and Michael de -Loarcha, Omoncon and three other captaines in one shipp. And Peter -Sarmiento, Nicholas de Quenca, and Iohn de Triana, Sinsay, and all their -souldiers, in another ship, with eight other ships of warre, which went -with them for their safegard: they sailed forwards, directing their -course towards a small iland that was not farre off, with determination -there to take water for their ships, for that it had in it many riuers -of very sweete water. Within a smal space they ariued there, and it had -a very faire and sure port, wherein might ride in securitie a great nauy -of ships. All Thursday they were there recreating and sporting -themselues, for that it was a pleasant ilande, and full of fresh riuers. -Uppon Friday, being the sixteenth of September, the day being somewhat -spent, they made saile and tooke port foure leagues from that place, in -another ilande called Laulo, for to put themselues in a newe course -different and contrary vnto that which they brought when as they came -vnto that kingdome, for that the Chinos had by experience prooued, that -in those monethes the windes were more fauourable then in other -monethes, and for the most part north and northeast windes. Al that -night they remained in that iland, and the next day following they -sailed vnto another iland which was called Chautubo, not farre distant -from that of Laulo. This ilande was full of little townes, one of them -was called Gautin, which had fiue sortes of towers made of lime and -stone, verie thicke and strongly wrought: they were all foure square, -and sixe fatham high, and were made of purpose for to receiue into them -al the people of those little townes, to defend themselues from rouers -and theues that daylie come on that coast. These fortes were made with -battlements, as we do vse, with space betwixt them: and for that the -forme and fashion of their building did like them verie well, they were -desirous to see if that within them there were anie curious matter to -bee seene; wherewith they bent their artilerie towards them, and went a -shore. But when they which had the garde and keeping off did see their -comming, they did shut the gates, and woulde not consent that they -shoulde satisfie their desire, for any intreating or promises that they -could make. - -[Sidenote: Mine[32] kine and horse.] - -[32] Query misspelt for _maine_, from the old French word -_maint_,--many. - -They verie much noted, that although this ilande were rocke and sandie, -yet was it tilled and sowed full of rice, wheate, and other seedes and -graine. There was in it great store of kine and horse, and they -vnderstoode that they were gouerned, not by one particular man, to whom -they were subject, neither by any other amongst themselues, nor of -China, but in common: yet notwithstanding they liued in great peace and -quietnesse, for that euerie one did content himselfe with his owne. -Uppon Sunday, in the afternoone, they departed from this ilande, and -sailed their course all that night, and the next morning they ariued at -another iland called Corchu, which was twentie leagues from the port of -Tansuso, from whence they departed. The Spaniards seeing what leasure -they tooke in this their voyage, they requested the captaines to -commaunde the marriners that they shoulde not enter into so many portes -or harbors, for that they had no certaintie of the weather, and not to -detract the time, but to take opportunitie before that contrarie weather -do come: for to saile in that order it seemed more for recreation then -to achiue or obtaine a voyage. The captaines answered, and requested -them to haue patience, for that in making their iournies as they did, -they doo accomplish and follow the order set downe by the vizroy and -Insuanto, who did expressely commaunde them with great charge for to -direct their nauigation by those ilands with great deliberation and -consideration, because they might in safetie and health ariue at -Manilla. - -[Sidenote: The Chinos are fearefull of the sea.] - -The same day the north winde beganne to blowe verie strongly: in such -sort, that they thought it not good to go forth of that harbor (as well -for that aforesaid, to be commanded to the contrarie), as also for that -the Chinos are very fearefull of the sea, and men that are not -accustomed to ingulfe themselues too farre, neither to passe anie -stormes. - -Neere vnto this iland there was another somewhat bigger, which is called -Aucon, wholly dispeopled and without anie dwellers, yet a better -countrie and more profitable for to sowe and reape then that of Corchu. -The Spaniards being at an anker there, vnderstood by the Chinos that in -times past it was very well inhabited, vnto the which ariued a great -fleete belonging to the king of China, and by a great storme were all -cast away vpon the same: the which losse and destruction being -vnderstood by another general that had the guard of that cost, -suspecting that the dwellers thereof had done that slaughter, he came to -the shore and slew many of the inhabitants, and caried all the rest in -their ships vnto the firme lande, who afterwards would neuer returne -thither againe, although they gaue them licence after that they -vnderstoode the truth of that successe: so that vnto that time it -remained dispeopled and full of wilde swine, of the broode that remained -there at such time as they were slaine and caried away as you haue -heard. - -This iland and the rest adioyning thereunto (which are very many) haue -very excellent and sure ports and hauens, with great store of fish. -These ilands[33] endured vntill they came vnto a little gulfe, which is -fiue and fortie leagues ouer, and is sailed in one day, and at the ende -thereof is the port of Cabite, which before we haue spoken off, and is -neere vnto Manilla. - -[33] The names of the various islands mentioned in this chapter are not -now recognizable. - -So when that winde and weather serued their turne, they departed from -the ilande of Aucon, and sailed til they came vnto another ilande called -Plon, whereas they vnderstoode by a shippe that was there a fishing, -howe that the rouer Limahon was escaped, wheras he was besieged at -Pagansinan: the manner and forme of the policie hee vsed therein shalbe -tolde you in the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XXXI. - - _They haue newes how that the rouer Limahon was - escaped, and howe that he was in an ilande there hard - by: some gaue iudgement to go and set vpon him, but - they resolued themselues to the contrarie, and follow - the voyage to Manilla._ - - -Being at an anker in the iland of Plon, tarrying for a wind to followe -their voyage, with great desire to come thither whereas they might -vnderstande what had happened vnto Limahon, at the same time entred into -the saide harbor a shippe with fishermen; they beleeuing that hee had -beene one of the ilands,[34] they went vnto him and asked of whence they -were, and from whence they came, and what newes they coulde say of -Limahon (who was knowne vnto them all, either by some harme that they -had receiued, or else by report of others that had receiued hurt). These -fishermen gaue them particular and whole relation, by the which they -vnderstoode that Limahon was fledde and not perceiued by the Spaniards: -he escaped in certaine barkes, the which he caused to be made very -secretlie within his forte, of such timber and bords as remained of his -shippes that were burnt, the which was brought in by night by his -souldiers, on that side of the fort which was next vnto the riuer, and -were not discouered by the Castillas, which were put there with all care -and diligence to keepe the mouth, that no succour might come in to helpe -them. And towards the land there whereas he might escape, they were -without all suspection (they were so strong), and did not mistrust that -any such thing shoulde bee put in vre, as afterwards did fal out, the -which was executed with so great policie and craft, that when they came -to vnderstande it, the rouer was cleane gone and in sauegard, caulking -his barkes at the iland of Tocaotican, the better for to escape and saue -himselfe, and they saide that it was but eight dayes past that hee -fledde. - -[34] Islanders. - -With this newes they all receiued great alteration, but in especiall -Omoncon and Sinsay, who returned vnto the Spaniards and saide, that the -escaping of the rouer is not without some misterie, and that it coulde -not bee done without the will and knowledge of the Spaniards, and that -the rouer had giuen vnto the generall of the fielde some great gifts for -to let him go, for that otherwise it were a thing impossible for him to -escape, being besieged as hee was, although the Spaniards had slept: the -Spaniards did giue their discharge in such prouable maner, that the -captaines of China were satisfied of the false opinion they had -receiued, as afterwards they were fully perswaded when they came to the -cittie of Manilla, and heard the generall of the fielde and other -captaines and souldiers that were at the siege. This iland of -Tocaotican whereas the rouer was mending and caulking of his barkes, was -distant from the iland of Plon, whereas the Spaniards were, onely twelue -leagues, and being by sea it seemed to be lesse, for that very plainely -you might see the one ilande from the other. The which with the great -cholor that Omoncon and Sinsay had for the escaping of the rouer, as -also with the feare they receiued in that which might happen vnto them -by reason hereof at their returne vnto China, which at the least might -bee to take away (to their great shame) the titles of loytias, which was -giuen them in that respect, did cause their stomakes and mindes to rise, -and to seeke occasion to go and fight with him, for that it seemed vnto -them they should get victorie with great ease, for that hee was -vnprouided and wearied with the long time of his siege. Being in this -determination there came vnto them the captaine that was appointed -generall ouer them, and saide that the vizroy of Aucheo and the gouernor -of Chincheo had sent them onely to carrie those Spaniards vnto Manilla, -and to bring with him aliue or deade the rouer Limahon, if they woulde -giue him vnto them, and that hee woulde not digresse from this order by -no manner of meanes, neither could they, if that they were so disposed, -for that the shippes were pestered with the horses: and againe, their -people they had brought with them, was more for to saile and gouerne -their shippes then for the fight. Moreouer the fight would be verie -dangerous, for that it was euident that the rouer and his companions -would rather be al slaine then to yeelde themselues in any respect, and -for to put such an enterprise in effect, it were requisite to haue both -ships and men, and not to go so vnprouided and pestred as they were. All -which reasons being considered, they were all conformable vnto the -opinion of the generall, and determined that so soone as winde and -weather did serue, to set saile and to passe the gulfe for to go vnto -Manilla, whither as they were bound, and not to come vnto the ilande of -Tocaotican whereas the rouer was. - -So after they had remained three weekes in that harbour detained with a -mightie north winde, that neuer calmed night nor day in all that time, -the eleuenth day of October, two houres before day, they set saile and -went to sea. By reason of this great wind, there was not one shippe of -all those that were in the port of Plon coulde go foorth to giue any -notice vnto the rouer of the going of the Spaniards, neither of the -captaines of China. Sixteene leagues from the port, sailing towards the -south, they discouered a mightie iland, verie high land, which was -called Tangarruan, and was of three score leagues about, all inhabited -with people like vnto those of the Ilands Philippinas: they passed hard -by it in the night, with a stiffe norwest winde, which was the occasion -that the shippe wherein the friers went was constrained to go to sea; -and the other nine, which were in their companie for their safegarde, -shrowded themselues hard vnder the iland; by reason whereof they were so -farre separated the one from the other, that in the morning they coulde -not see them. They were in great danger, because that night there was a -great storme of winde, in the which they lost the rudder of their -shippe, and almost without any hope to escape the fury thereof. - -Being in this extremitie, they commended themselues with contrite hearts -vnto almightie God, and put their shippe before the sea, vntill such -time as they had supplied their rudder, the which they did, although -with great trauell and labour: then straightwayes it was the will of God -that this contrary wind was somewhat calmed and his furie abated, and a -prosperous wind fauoured them, so that vppon Sunday, in the morning, -being the seuenteenth day of October, they discouered the iland of -Manilla, of them greatly desired, yet could they not reach vnto it -vntill Saint Simon and Judes day: by reason that they returned backe -vnto the riuer of Pagansinan to seeke the other nine shippes, for that -it was concluded amongst them, that if it should so fall out, they to be -separated in any storme, that they should come vnto that riuer, and to -meete togither as they did. - -So they departed from thence vnto the port of Buliano, and not entring -therin, the captaine Omoncon did set a man on shore, one that could -speake the language of that iland, and gaue him charge to informe -himselfe of all that had happened with the rouer Limahon, for at that -time he could not beleeue that which had beene told him. Untill such -time as he returned, the shippes being without at the sea, did play -vnder fore sailes, who did declare vnto them the verie same thing, the -which was tolde them at the ilande of Plon, without faultring any point: -the which caused Omoncon and Sinsay to receiue much more griefe then -they did when they heard the first newes, for as then they were -doubtfull of the truth. The Spanyards as then suspected that they would -haue returned vnto the firme land, and not haue gone vnto Manilla, but -to haue left them there all alone vpon that iland. But it fell not out -as they suspected: for although that Omoncon and Sinsay did make an -outward shew to doo it, and sayde that they would sende the Spaniards in -a shippe, for that as then they were out of all danger, and in sight of -Manilla: yet was the generall of a contrarie opinion, and sayd, that for -no manner of occasion that might happen, hee would not differ one point -from the order which was giuen vnto him; and therewith they sayled -towards the iland that they so long desired to see, and came thither the -twentie eight day of October, as aforesaid. - -[Sidenote: From the Philippinas to the China is two hundred leagues.] - -So that from the port of Tansuso, which is the first part of China till -they came vnto the iland of Manilla, they were fiue and fortie dayes, -and is not in all full two hundred leagues, which may bee made with -reasonable wether in tenne dayes at the most. - - - - -CHAP. XXXII. - - _The captaines Chinos ariued with the Spaniardes at - the citie of Manilla; the gouernor and those of the - citie doo receiue them with great ioy and triumphes, - and after they had remained there certaine dayes, they - returned vnto the firme land, being instructed and - satisfied of many things touching our holy Catholike - faith, with great desire to receiue the same._ - - -After that it was knowen vnto the gouernor of the citie of Manilla and -vnto the generall of the fielde, as also vnto the rest of the captaines -and souldiers, of the ariuall of the Spaniardes, whom they with great -care desired to heare of; as well for the particular loue they beare -vnto them, as also for to vnderstand and heare the newes from that -mightie kingdome of China, to be declared by witnesses of so great faith -and credite, they altogether went foorth to receiue them with great ioye -and pleasure, and likewise all such captaynes and souldiers as came in -their companie. - -They were straightwaies conueighed vnto their lodginges to rest -themselues of their long iourney which they had by sea, for it was -requisite and needefull: for the which afterwardes there was great -feastes and bankets, which was made by the gouernor, the generall of the -field, and other particular persons, vnto the Chinos, in recompence of -that which was done vnto the Spaniards in their countrie. - -All which feastes did giue them little content when as they did remember -the flying and escape of the rouer; but in especiall Omoncon and Sinsay, -who continually and euery moment did call vpon the generall of their -fleete to make haste and to shorten the time that they might depart from -the firme land, where giuing notice vnto the gouernor of Chincheo of the -estate of Limahon, he might giue order that before he had reedified and -repayred himselfe they might take him (which is a thing most desired in -all that kingdome). The generall was verie glad and reioyced of their -good intertainment, and answered vnto Omoncon and Sinsay, saying that by -reason of the great storme and foule weather past, their ships had great -neede of reparation, and likewise the mariners to ease themselues, the -which being done he would with all his heart depart. - -The generall of the fielde was verie sorrowfull and much greeued for -that the rouer Limahon was so escaped, and the more when he vnderstoode -that he was suspected that hee did consent vnto his departure: for which -occasion, if that the captaynes had not beene verie much wearied with -the long siege, and euill weather which happened in that time, without -all doubt he would haue followed him, and neuer to haue left him till he -had taken or slaine him. - -Although they were fully perswaded that Limahon was so terrified with -the great perill and danger in the which he was, and againe with so -small number of people, that rather hee would desire to put himselfe in -securitie then to offende or doo any harme, neyther to put himselfe in -any place whereas hee might receiue damage of any of them to whom hee -had doone so open wrong (who were so much desirous to be reuenged), who -for to preuent all that might happen (as after we vnderstoode), hauing -made readie his barkes and boates which he ordayned in his fort, and put -in them victualles for their iourney, he departed with his small number -of people vnto an ilande farre off and unknowen, there whereas he -vnderstoode that none would goe to seeke him, and there hee remayned a -time whereas he fell sicke of a melancholike infirmitie, which grewe by -an imagination that hee had to remember in what state he was at that -time, and howe he had seene himselfe at other times feared throughout al -the kingdome of China, which was an imagination sufficient for to bring -him to his ende: his companions were dispersed abroad, so that we neuer -heard more of them. - -Now returning to our purpose, after that the China captaines had -recreated them selues with the feastes and sportes that was made vnto -them, and taken recreation many dayes, and tarryed, hoping that the -weather would proue fayrer to prepare themselues to depart. In the same -time they did intreat of many thinges in particular touching Christian -religion, whereof with great care they did informe themselues of our -religious men, and tolde them some secret things that were unknowen vnto -them of their countrie, for that they were strangers. - -So when as time and weather did serue, they did take their leaue, with -many signes and tokens of griefe for to depart and leaue the -conuersation of so good companions, and did promise vnto them to procure -all that was possible that the friendshippe begunne betwixt them and the -Chinos should continue and perseuer, for that it was a thing that did -content them all. - -Their generall himself did take this particular charge vnto himselfe, -with a determinate purpose for to declare in effect to the gouernour of -Aucheo (whose private seruant he was) the good meaning of the Castillos; -and what principall people they were, and the ceremonies they vsed, with -the which hee was marueilously in love. Likewise hee would giue him to -vnderstande of the flying of the rouer Limahon, how and in what manner -and order it was, and how that the generall of the field and the other -captaines were in no fault thereof. This he would do, in respect that if -it should so fall out that Omoncon and Sinsay, for their owne credite, -should declare any thing against the Spaniardes that was not true, that -they might not be beleeued. - -[Sidenote: The Papists and the Infidels ceremonies much alike.] - -Besides all this he tolde the gouernour certaine thinges in secret, how -they might with great ease purchase the friendship they pretended. And -amongest them all, one was, that hee should make a supplication vnto the -Catholike king in requesting him to write a letter vnto their king, and -sende him embassador, and such as shoulde giue vnto them the light of -the Catholike and Christian faith, with the which diligence there was no -doubt that not onely the friendshippe betwixt the kinges and their -subiectes shoulde bee established, but also the king and all his -kingdome would receiue the Catholike faith, for that there are manye -ceremonies vsed amongest them which doo much resemble those of our -Christian religion; and againe in their liuing morally, they doo obserue -in manie thinges the Tenne Commandements of Gods lawe, of the which in -particular he did informe himselfe: so that the greatest difficultie was -in the entring in of the preaching of the holy gospell, and beeing by -this meanes ouer come, in a short time all the whole kingdome would -turne Christians. And considering that in their worshipping, as they doo -worship all thinges in the seconde essence, with great facilitie they -would change their adoration and giue it vnto the first, as most -worthie, and vnto whom it is their duties. The generall did adde more -thereunto, and saide that he was so much affectioned vnto the faith of -the Christians, that if it were not that he should be banished and loose -his countrie, house and landes, without all doubt he would haue beene -baptised: the which he could not doo without loosing of all, for that -they haue a law in their countrie, the which is obserued and kept -inuiolably, by the which it is forbidden that none whatsoeuer can -receiue any strange religion differing from theirs vpon paine of death, -without the consent of the king and his counsell. - -This law was made to take away nouelties, and to liue all in one -vniformitie of religion, with one manner of rites and ceremonies. - -This only was the occasion that certaine marchants of China, being -affectioned vnto the law of the gospell, were baptised at the -Philippinas, and there do dwell at this day in the citie of Manilla -amongest the Spaniardes, and are become verie good Christians. So with -these offers, and with promises to be great friendes vnto the -Spaniardes, the generall departed from Manilla to goe vnto the firme -lande, and with him the other captaynes Omoncon and Sinsay, with great -hope that verie shortly they should be all of one faith. So the one -tooke their leaue of the other with reasons of great affection and -tokens of great loue, signifying that in any thing that should be -offered they should finde them friendly. - -They being departed, the Spaniardes remayned verie carefull in praying -vnto the diuine maiestie, desiring of Him to direct all thinges in this -their request, that it might be to his holy seruice, and also to inspire -the Catholike maiestie of King Phillip their lorde for to sende his -embassador vnto the king of China, offering his friendship, and to -admonish him to receiue the faith of Christ, the which according vnto -the report of the Austen fryers that entred into that countrie (of whom -we haue made mention manie times in this booke with their companions), -and also the generall of China tolde them that there was no other means -but only that for to bring their purpose to effect. - -This counsell with all the speede possible they put in vre, and sent -vnto his maiestie one of purpose, and in the name of all them of those -ilandes to request him, and to declare how much it did import. They sent -vnto him this relation, with manie particular persons, for to mooue his -most Christian minde for to sende an embassador, as in effect hee did, -in that sort as hath beene tolde you in the last chapter of the thirde -booke of this historie, whereas it is declared in particular, and in -what estate it doth remaine vnto this day. God for his mercies sake -direct all thinges, that it may be to his seruice and glorie, and the -saluation of so many soules. - - -THE END OF THE FIRST BOOKE OF THE SECOND PART. - - - - - THE SECOND BOOKE - OF THE - SECOND PART - OF THE - HISTORIE - OF THE - MIGHTIE KINGDOME OF CHINA, - - IN THE WHICH IS CONTAINED THE VOYAGE THAT WAS INTO THAT KINGDOME IN - THE YEAR 1576, BY THE FATHERS FRYER PETER DE ALFARO, COSTODIO IN - THE ILANDES PHILIPPINAS, OF THE ORDER OF SAINT FRANCIS, OF THE - PROUINCE OF S. JOSEPH, AND OTHER THREE RELIGIOUS MEN - OF THE SAME ORDER, AND THEIR MIRACULOUS ENTRING - INTO THAT KINGDOME, AND WHAT HAPPENED VNTO - THEM FOR THE SPACE OF SEUEN MONTHES THAT - THEY THERE REMAINED, AND WHAT THEY - DID SEE AND VNDERSTAND OF: ALL - THE WHICH ARE NOTABLE - AND VERIE RARE. - - - - -CHAP. I. - - _The fryers of Saint Francis came vnto the Ilandes - Philippinas, and procured to passe vnto the firme - lande of the kingdome of China, with zeale to preach - the holy gospell._ - - -The day of the visitation of our Ladie, in the yeare 1578, there came -out of Spaine to the citie of Manilla, in the Ilandes Philippinas, the -father Fryer Peter de Alfaro, who went for Costodio of that prouince, -and fourteene more other religious persons of the same order in his -companie, and were sent by the king of Spaine and his royall counsel of -the Indias, for to be ayders and helpers of the Austen fryers, who -vntill that time had beene there alone in those ilandes, occupied in the -conuerting of the people in that countrie, and were the first ministers -of the gospell, preaching the same with great zeale, vnto the profite of -their soules: of the which people those fryers had baptised (when the -others ariued) more then one hundred thousande, and the rest prepared -and cathecised to receive the like. Because that at the first occasion -that might be giuen, they might enter into the kingdome of China to -preach the holy gospell. The which Fryers, when that they had been there -the space of one yeare occupying themselues in the same exercise in -preaching and conuerting the people of that countrie, in the same time -they were giuen to vnderstande by the relation of the selfe same Austen -fryers, as also by many marchants of China which came vnto them with -marchandice, of things to be wondred at of that mightie kingdome, and of -the infinite number of soules which the diuell had deceiued and brought -vnto his seruice with false idolatrie. The which being by them well -vnderstood, they did burne with great zeale and desire of their -saluation, and to goe and preach the gospell, although it were to put -their persons in whatsoeuer hazarde or danger. - -So with this their great desire, they did many and diuerse times -communicate with the gouernor that was there at that time for his -maiestie, who was called the Doctor Francisco de Sandi, desiring his -fauour and licence for to goe vnto China in the companie of certaine -marchants of that countrie, that were at that present in the port with -their ships, offering themselues to get their good will, although it -were to offer themselues to be slaues or otherwise whatsoeuer. And -seeing that at all such times when as they did intreat of that matter, -they found him but luke warme, and that he did (as it were) but to -detract the time, and feed them with hope: then they calling to minde -that the chiefest intent and cause of their comming out of Spayne, was -to enter into that kingdome, caused a newe desire to grow in them, what -with the contractation they had with the sayde Chinos, as well in -conuersation as in talke, and finding them to be a people of great -abilitie and discretion, and of verie good iudgements, the which did -greatly content their desire, they did perswade themselues that it was -an easie matter to make them to vnderstande the things appertaining vnto -God. So that they determined to put other remedies in practise, because -that which they required with the good will of the gouernor, seemed to -be a large and long matter. So it happened that vpon a time intreating -of this matter, and hauing requested of God with great instance for to -direct them the readie way which was best for his seruice, and for the -profite of those soules, there came to the Ilandes Philippinas a Chino, -who, according as they did vnderstand, was one of the priests and -religious men of that kingdome (of the which priests there are a great -number in euerie towne): this priest went diuerse times vnto the -monasterie of the Fryers, and did common with them of the creation of -the worlde and other things, which did open the way that they might -declare vnto him thinges appertayning vnto God, vnto the which he did -hearken with great good will. And after that hee had declared vnto them -in particular the mightinesse and secretes of this mightie kingdome of -China (whose conuersion they so greatly desired), he very inquisitiuely -asked of them matters touching the Christian faith, of whome within a -fewe dayes after he desired to be baptised, for that he would be a -Christian, being instructed before in many matters touching our -Catholike faith. - -Our religious men did accomplish his desire, the which was an incredible -ioy vnto all the dwellers of the citie, and a content vnto himselfe. - -[Sidenote: The Spaniards rise at their midnight mattens and whip -themselues.] - -So after that he was made a Christian hee remayned in the monasterie -amongest the other, but yet would he neuer eate any other thing but -colde herbes: and he seeing that all the religious men did arise vp at -midnight to mattens and discipline themselues, spending the greatest -part of the night in prayer before the holy sacrament, hee did not faile -one point, but did imitate them in all their dooings, with outwarde -showes of a verie good will. All the which did incyte the Fryer Costodio -and all the rest of his companions to put in execution their great -desire they had, according as it hath beene tolde you. Whereupon he went -once againe vnto the gouernour to intreat him by faire meanes that which -before they had comoned with him of, and that he would procure some -order or meanes, that those religious men might go to the kingdome of -China to preach the lawe of God, offering himselfe to be one of them, -with protestation that if he would not giue them leaue, they would -procure to go without it, with that authoritie the which hee had of God -and of his superiors, for to teach and instruct these poore infidels -their neighbors: and this should be done with the first opportunitie -they might finde or haue. - -But neither this, nor yet the example of that good Chino, which was newe -christened, was sufficient to perswade the gouernor to consent vnto -their request; but perseuering in his first opinion, he answered and -said, that it was too timely, and that the friendship which they had -with the Chinos as yet was very small, and how that the fathers of S. -Austen had manie times attempted the entrie into that kingdome, and yet -neuer could obtaine their desire. And howe that the Chinos that did -carrie them did deceiue them, and left them in certaine ilands, till -such time as they heard farther newes of the rouer Limahon, and of the -returne of the captaine Omoncon, who did carrie them with the good newes -of the straight siege in the which they had the rouer: and yet for all -that they commanded them to returne from Aucheo, without giuing them -anie licence to remaine in the countrie to preach the holy gospell; and -nowe to attempt the same, was but to giue occasion vnto the Chinos -euerie day to mocke and make a iest of the Spaniardes, and willed them -to staye till such time as it were the will of God to giue way vnto the -same, which could not be long. - -This Fryer Costodio vnderstanding the answere of the gouernour, -perseuering still in his first opinion, and did not goe about to seeke -any meanes to accomplish their desire for the entring into the firme -lande, hee straightwayes beganne secretly to procure by all meanes -possible to attempt and accomplish that iourney, although it were -without the order and consent of the gouernour (when that it might not -be doone otherwise), the which incontinent they beganne to put in vre, -for that the Fryer Costodio and Fryer Steuen Ortiz (who was a religious -man, that for the great desire he had did learne the China tongue, and -at that time did speake it resonablie), they both together did giue to -vnderstande of their desire and pretence vnto a deuout souldier of their -religion, and one that they made great account of, who was called Iohn -Dias Pardo, who often times had made manifest vnto them and saide, that -he had a great desire to do some especiall seruice vnto God, although it -were to hazarde his life in the same, who at that instant did accomplish -his desire, and did promise them to beare them companie vnto the death. - -So with this conformitie they went straightwayes altogether to speake -with a captaine of China that was in the same port, in a shippe of his -owne, who many times did repayre vnto their conuent, to aske of them -thinges appertayning vnto God, and the heauens, with showe of a very -good vnderstanding, who vnto their iudgement did consent and accept all -with great pleasure and delight. - -Unto this captayne they did giue to vnderstande the effect of all their -desire, requesting him of his ayde and helpe in the prosecuting of the -same. Who straightwayes did offer himselfe to accomplish their request -and to carrie them vnto China, so as they woulde then giue him some -thing for to bestowe amongest his marriners. The souldier Iohn Diaz -Pardo did promise to giue them all that they would aske, and gaue them -in earnest certayne ryalles of plate. And for that all thinges shoulde -bee doone in good order, and in such sort that the gouernour nor any -other shoulde haue any suspition or knowledge, it was ordayned amongest -them that the captaine of China should with all speede dispatch himselfe -and depart to the port of Bindoro, which is twentie leagues from the -citie of Manilla, and there to tarrie for them, and to carrie in his -companie the Chino that was new baptised as aforesaid. - -The captaine made haste, dispatched himselfe, and departed vnto the port -appointed, and within a fewe dayes after the father Costodio and his -company, with the souldier his friend, did followe them. But when they -came thether they found the captaine Chino in an other mind, in such -sort that neyther gifts nor faire intreatie was sufficient to perswad -him to performe that which he had promised in Manilla, but returned vnto -them their earnest before receiued, affirming that for any thing in al -the world he would not carrie them, for that he knewe very well, if hee -should so doo, it would cost him his life and goods. - -The newe baptised religious Chino seeing that, wept bitterly, with -discontentment to see how the diuell had changed the minde of the -captaine, for that in that kingdome the holie gospell should not be -preached. The father Costodio did resolue himselue to returne vnto -Manilla, and there to abide a better oportunitie, as in effect they did, -whereas they remayned certaine dayes, till such time it happened as -followeth. - -Upon a day the gouernour sent and called vnto him the father Costodio, -and requested of him that he would let him haue some Fryer for to sende -vnto the riuer of Cagayan, whether not long before he had sent certaine -Spaniards for to inhabite. - -The Fryer Costodio promised him one, and that he should go with him in -companie till he came to the prouince of Illocos whether he went, and -that from thence he would dispatch him vnto the riuer of Cagayan, -according vnto his worships commandement, requesting of him to haue in -his companie, to keepe watch and warde in that iourney, the ensigne -Francisco de Duennas, and Iohn Diaz Pardo the souldier, his friend as -aforesaide, with pretence to depart from thence vnto China, as in effect -they did, as shall be tolde you. The gouernor being very willing for to -pleasure him, did grant his request. So with great speede he departed, -and carried with him the foresaide souldiers, and for companion a -religious man called frier Austin de Tordesillas (he who afterwards did -put in memorie all thinges that passed with them in China), out of the -which hath beene taken this small relation.[35] So when they came vnto -the Illocos, they found fryer Iohn Baptista and fryer Sebastian, of S. -Francis, of his owne order, occupied in the teaching and instructing the -people of that prouince, which was the fourth day of Iune. - -[35] The friar Augustin de Tordesillas was one of the founders of the -province of St. Gregory in Luzon. His narrative seems never to have been -printed elsewhere. See Sbaralea's _Supplement_ to Waddington, and N. -Antonio's _Bibliotheca Hispana Nova_. - -The next day following they called a counsell, where it was concluded -that all those that were there present would venture themselues for to -go vnto China, to conuert those gentiles, or else to die in the -quarrell. And the better to bring their purpose to passe, they thought -it good to speake vnto an other souldier that was there with them, -called Pedro de Villa Roel, not telling vnto him their pretence, because -they would not be discouered (but asked him in this manner) if he would -beare him companie, and the other two souldiers, who altogether went -about a business of great honour and seruice of God, and the benefite -and sauing of manye soules; and that he would declare vnto them whether -he would go or not, without asking whether nor from what place, for that -as then they could not giue him to vnderstand, till time did serue. His -answere was, that straightwaies he would beare them companie, and would -neuer leaue them to death. - -So foorthwith they altogether with singular ioy went to the ship wherin -the father Costodio and his companion, with the other two souldiers, -came in from Manilla to that place with a reasonable frigat, although -with but fewe marriners, and they not verie expert. So being altogether -in the shippe, with all such thinges as they could get together in that -small time for their prouision in that iourney, they made all thinges in -a readinesse to set sayle the same day, which was the twelfth day of the -said moneth of Iune. So after they had sayde masse and commended -themselues vnto God, requesting Him to direct their voyage that it might -be to His glorie and seruice, they set sayle vppon a Fryday, in the -morning, with intent to goe foorth of that port; but they could not by -no meanes possible, for that the sea went verie loftie vpon the barre, -and contending with the sea for to get foorth they were in great danger -to haue beene cast away, which was the occasion that with great sorrow -they returned into the port, whereas they remayned all day. - - - - -CHAP. II. - - _The fryers and their companions depart from the port - of Illocos, after they had committed vnto God the - direction of their voyage. They passe great daungers - and troubles, and do ouercome them all with the - confidence they haue in God, and came vnto the - kingdome of China miraculously._ - - -[Early in the morning of the following day (being the festival of St. -Antony of Padua), they said mass and returned to the frigate to take -their departure; but the sea was still so boisterous and rough that it -took the ship on her broad-side, and she leaked very much, until at -length it pleased God that she drove on the shore, where, striking on -the sand several times, it was a most evident miracle that she did not -go to pieces, and that all in her were not drowned. It was their firm -belief that God had done this through the intercession of the blessed -St. Anthony, whose day it was, and to whom they had with sincere -devotion commended themselves. They then put back from the river which -they had left, and this they accomplished, but with great exertion and -danger, insomuch that the Father Stephen Ortiz became so terrified, that -no persuasion could induce him to continue the voyage which they had -started upon: He replied that he would not further tempt God, since the -signs which they had seen were sufficient to show that it was not His -holy will that they should prosecute that journey at that time, the -which proved a trouble and stumblingblock to all the rest. The Father -Costodio concealed his vexation and put a good face on the matter, -telling them all to keep up their courage, for that great difficulties -attended every good work at the commencement, but that these easily -yielded to perseverance and patience, as experience had often shown. In -this manner he talked with them until the day of the Trinity, when, -after the priests had said mass and confessed the laymen, and -administered the sacrament to them, they all returned with good will to -go on board, except the above-mentioned Father Ortiz, who remained at -home in his old obstinacy, and with him the Chinese who had been -baptized, the latter having fallen very ill, which caused great grief to -all.][36] - -[36] The commencement of the chapter, here inserted between brackets, is -not given in Parke's translation. - -So the next day, after they had committed themselues to God with great -deuotion, they embarked themselues and made sayle, and by the will of -God they went out of the harbour, although with great danger; and they -carryed with them an other barke a sterne their ship, in the which they -did determine for to set a lande such Indians as they carried with them -from the Esquipazon,[37] to helpe them out of the harbour: the which they -did not for feare they should be drowned. So when they were out of that -riuer, they sayled towards the little iland that was but one league from -that place, and there they put the Indians a shore, and with them a -young man, a Spaniard, that they brought from Manilla to serue them. So -those which should go on that voyage remayned there the same night, who -were the frier Costodio; frier Peter de Alfaro, borne in Siuel; frier -Iohn Baptista, borne in Pesaro in Italy; fryer Sebastian de San -Francisco, of the citie of Boecia;[38] and frier Augustin de Tordesillas, -of the same towne whereof he hath his name; all these foure were -priestes of the masse. - -[37] This word (thus given by Parke with a capital letter) means the -equipment or rigging of a vessel, evidently put for the vessel itself. - -[38] Misspelt for Baeza, in the province of Jaen, in Andalusia. - -The fryer Costodio would with a very good will haue carried more of -them, but he durst not for two causes; the one for that hee would not -haue beene discouered, and the other (which was the principal occasion), -because he would not leaue that prouince of the Illocos without such as -shold instruct them, whereas were many baptized: for which respect he -left some behind him, which afterwarde hee would have beene very glad -that they had beene in his companie. There were three Spaniards -souldiers that did beare them companie, the one was called the ancient -Francisco de Duennas, of Velez Malaga--the other John Diaz Pardo, of -Saint Lucas de Barameda, the third Pedro de Villa Roel of the citie of -Mexico. Besides these they had a boy of China who could speak the -Spanish tongue, and was one of them that were taken at the siege of -Limahon the rouer, and other foure Indians of Manilla. - -[Sidenote: They were in great perill.] - -They departed from this little islande upon a Munday, the first quarter -in the morning which was the fifteene day of the said moneth of June, -and sayled that way so nigh as they could gesse to be the way vnto -China, without pilot or any other certaintie, more than that which God -did shewe and put into their minds with their great desire, which seemed -vnto them to comprehende and bring it to passe. This day the winde was -contrarie and against them, which was the occasions that they sayled but -little. Towardes the evening, the winde changed and blewe at the north -(the which winde vppon that coast is very dangerous), which made them -greatly afrayde; yet was that feare driven away by an other feare much -greater than that, which was that they should be discovered, and that -they should be pursued by the commandemente of the governour of Manilla, -for which occasion whereas they should have throwed themselves under the -land, they wrought contrary and cast about vnto the sea in great danger -to have beene cast away; but it was the will of God that when as night -came, the winde did calme (which commonly falleth out to the contrary), -but the sea remayned very rough and loftie, that they thought verily to -have beene drowned with the furie thereof, for it tossed the frigetta in -such sort, that it seemed a whole legion of diuels had taken holde on -both sides of the shippe, forcing the one against the other that it -rowled in such sort that many times the halfe decke was in the water, so -that the mariners could not stand upon their feete, but were driven to -sustaine themselves by the ropes and cables. But the religious men -trusting in God, whose zeale had caused them this great trouble, did -pray and desire him with many tears, that hee would deliver them out of -the same daunger, and not to give place vnto the diuell for to disturbe -them of their voyage and enterprise. - -[Sidenote: The Fryers vsed certaine coniurations for that S. Antonie was -a sleepe.] - -These their orations and prayers did so much prevaile, with certaine -coniurations which they made against the diuels, (who they thought they -did see visibly), that after midnight the north winde ceased and began -to blowe at the north east, with the which the sea began to waxe calme; -so that they might make their way to be east north east, for that they -had intelligence that that course was the shortest cut to the firme -land. This winde which was so favourable vnto them, did increase so much -in two hours that the sea waxed loftie and caused them to forget the -sorrowe past, and constrained them (for that the shippe was but small) -to cut their mast ouer borde, and to put themselves vnto the courtesie -of the sea with little hope to escape the danger. But our Lorde whose -zeale did moove them to attempt that iourney, did direct their voyage in -such sort, that the next day following it came to be calme in such sort -that they might set up a newe mast, in the place of that which was cut -ouer borde in the storme, and therewith to nauigate forwardes with their -begunne voyage. So upon the Fryday following at the break of the day -they sawe lande, and thinking that it had beene the firme land of China -they gave thanks unto God, and rejoiced, in such sort that they had -cleane forgotten the troubles of the stormes and foule weather passed, -so they made towards it and came thither about noone, but when they were -a shore, they found that it was but a small island and situated foure -leagues from the firme land; and for that it was so nigh, a farre off it -seemed to be all one thing. But when they came unto this ilande they did -discover many ships which were so many in number that it seemed all the -sea to be covered with them. The friers, with the great desire they had -for to knowe in what port they were, they comanded to gouerne their ship -towards whereas they were, who when they saw them, and could not know -them by the strangenes of their ship and sailes, they did fly from them -all that ever they could. The which our men perceiving and could not -imagine the cause thereof, they were very much agrieued and sorrowful, -and the more for that they could not learne nor vnderstand where they -were. But seeing nigh vnto them to the lewarde three ships, they made -towards them, and when they were somewhat nigh they put themselves as -the others did. In this sort they spent all the rest of the day in going -from one port to an other vnto those ships, for to informe themselves -where they were; but all this diligence prevailed them nothing at all -till it was almost sunne set. They entred with their frigat into a gut -vnder the shore, whereas fell from a high rocke which was more than one -hundredth fatham by estimation, a stream of water which was as bigge as -the bodies of two men together. - -In this gut there was three other ships, and they came to an anker in -the middest amongest them, the which beeing done they asked of them what -countrie that was, but they answered nothing, nor made any semblance, -but looked the one upon the other; and in beholding of the Spaniards -they gave great laughters. In this gut they remained all that night, -almost amased to see how those people were, as though they were -enchanted; and they without any light of their desire, which was to -knowe where they were. So the next day folowing (which was Saterday), -very early in the morning they set sayle, and went amongst a great sort -of islandes, always bearing vnto them, which they thought to be the -firme lande, being greatly amarueiled to see the infinite number of -shippes both great and small that they sawe; some were a fishing, and -some under sayle, and other some ryding at an anker. The same day about -noon there happened unto them a strange and miraculous thing, and it -was, that passing through a straight that was but a quarter of a league -of bredth, which was betwixt the firme lande and a small islande, in the -which was continually four score ships of warre set there for watch and -warde; they passed through the thickest of them and were never seene, -for if they hadde, without all doubt they had sonke them or slain them. -Their order and commission is so straight given them by their generalles -of the sea, in the which they are commanded, that whatsoever kinde of -people of strange nations that they do meete upon the coast, for to kill -them or sinke them, except they do bring licence from some governor of -such cities as be upon the coast; for that such as doo meane to have -traficke doo sende to demand the same, leaving their ships a great way -at sea. - -This lawe for to watch and warde was made and ordayned (as they do say), -in respect of the Japones who did enter into certain of their portes, -dissembling themselues to be Chinos; being apparelled as they were, and -speaking their language, they did vnto them great and strange hurtes and -damages, as is declared in the booke before this. So when they were -passed this straight, they sayled almost sixe leagues forwardes into a -verie fayre and great bay, following other shippes that went before -them; for that it seemed that they would enter into some port, and there -they might informe themselues where they were, which was the thing that -they most desired. When they had sayled about two leagues in this bay, -they overtook one of the three shippes, and asked of the people that -were within her (by the intrepreter they had with them), whether they -sayled, and what lande that was which they sawe before them. - -Then the principall that was in that ship, did put himself into his boat -the which hee had at sterne, and came vnto the ship where the Spaniards -were, the better to vnderstande what they did demand; for they before by -reason that they were somewhat farre off the one from the other, could -not vnderstande the Spaniards demand but by signes. So when that he -vnderstoode their request, he answered them that it was the country of -China, and how that he came laden with salt from the citie of Chincheo, -and went to make sale thereof vnto the citie of Canton, which was so -nigh hand that they might ariue there before night. But when that he was -entred into the Spanish ship and saw the friers and the rest that were -in their companie, and saw that their apparell and speech was strange -vnto him, he asked of them what they were and from whence they came, and -whether they went? (and when that he vnderstood that they were -Castillos, and of the islands Philippinas, and came from the said -islands and were bound vnto China, with intent to preach the holy -gospell), he asked them whose licence they had to conduct them vnto the -firme lande? But when he vnderstood that they had none, hee asked them -howe they passed and escaped the fleete of ships that was in the -straight aforesayde? The Spaniards answered, that they found no -impediment nor let. So he being greatlie amazed as well of the one as of -the other, entered into his owne boate, and with great furie departed -from their shippe and went into his owne; but at his departure the -Spaniards did request him that he would conduct them vnto the citie, who -gave them to vnderstande by signes that he woulde, although he feared -the rigorous punishment that in that kingdom is executed vppon all such -as doo bring into the same any man of a strange nation (as hath been -tolde you in the first part of this historie.) So hee fearing that if -hee shoulde enter with him into the port, the fault would be imputed -unto him, therefore at such time as hee came within halfe a league of -the riuer's mouth, he cast about his shippe and sailed to sea, and went -so farre that in a short time the Spaniards had lost the sight of them; -who when they saw that they had no guide, they followed the course of -another shippe that they had discovered before the other did cast about -to sea, for which occasion the other two ships that we spake off before -were departed. So a little before the sunne set, they discouered the -mouth and entrie of a great and mightie brode riuer, out of the which -came two great streames or armes, and in them many ships entering in and -going forth; and considering how they had the winde which serued them -well they entered into the same. But when they had sailed forwards a -quarter of a league, they discouered so great a multitude of barkes that -it seemed vnto them a grove, or some inhabited place, and as we drew -nigh vnto them, they not knowing our shippe, all began to flie and run -away with so great noise, as though they should haue beene all set on -fire or smoke in that place. The Spaniards seeing that they were the -occasion of this feare amongst them, they withdrew themselves into the -middest of the riuer, whereas they strooke saile and came to an anker, -and there they did ride all that night, and it was in such a place that -none of al the other barks and boats came nigh them by a great way. - -The next day following, which was Sunday, the one-and-twentieth day of -June, they weighed anker, and went vnder their foresaile vp that arme of -the riuer, the which within a little while they had sailed did ioine -with the other arme aforesaide, and was in that place of so great -widenesse that it seemed to bee a sea; there sailed in and out many -shippes, barkes, and boates, of whom the Spaniards demaunded how farre -the port was off from that place, but they answered nothing at all, but -with great laughter and wonder to see the Spaniards and their kind of -attyre, they departed. But when they had sailed two leagues up the -riuer, they discouered a high towre and very faire, vnder the which were -at an anker a great number of shippes; thither they sailed right on. So -when as they came right ouer against the towre, they saw on shore a -great mighty crane, to discharge merchandize withal, whereat lay many -ships; but when they came to the point, fearing that some ordinance -would be shot at them, they strook all their sailes, according vnto the -vse and custom in the ports of Spain. They, after a while that they had -remained in that sort, and saw that neither the towre nor the ships did -make any motion towards them, they turned and hoised up again their -sailes and went wheras al the ships were, and when they came amongst -them they let fall their anker; wheras they did ride, looking when they -would come to demand of them anything. - - - - -CHAP. III. - - _The fryers and their companions came vnto the cittie - of Canton, they went on shore, and praised God for - that it had pleased Him to let them see their desire - fulfilled. There comes a iustice to visite them, and - hath with them great communication._ - - -The Spaniards seeing that they were there at an anker a good while, and -that there was none that came vnto them to demand any question, they -hoisted out their boate, and went in it on shore, wheras they al kneeled -downe upon their knees, and with great deuotion did say _Te Deum -laudamus_, giuing thankes to God for that he had so myraculously brought -them into the kingdome of China, of them so much desired, without any -pilot or other humane industrie; the which being doone, they began to -walke along by the crane aforesaid, nigh unto the which were certaine -houses wheras were kept ropes and tackling belonging vnto the shippes; -so they proceeded forwards with intent to seek the gates of the citie, -the which after they had gone the space of foure hargabus shot, they -found the gate, which was verie great and sumptuous of a strong and -gallant edifice. The people of the country seeing them at their comming -a shore how they did kneele downe, and how that their manner of attire -was different from the people of the same, and not knowing from whence -they did come, did cause in them great admiration, and to ioyne togither -a great troope of people, and followed them with great desire to see the -end of their enterprize. - -This great multitude of people was the occasion that they entered in at -the gates of the cittie without being discouered of the guards and posts -that were put there for that purpose, neither were they disturbed of the -entry by reason of the great throng of people and strangenesse of the -matter. So after they had gone a while in the streete, the people -increasing more and more to see them, they staied in the porch of a -great house there, where as the iustices of the sea, or water bailies, -do keepe their courts of audience; and in the meane time that they -remained there, which was a pretty while, the guardes of the gate -understood that amongst the presse and throng of the people, did enter -certaine strangers, contrary to the precept given them vpon great -penalties; they straightway, with great fear that their ouersight should -be discouered, ran and laid hands vpon the Spaniards, and carried them -backe againe and put them out of the gate of the citie, without doing -any evil or harme vnto their persons, and willed them to stay there in -that place till such time as they had given the gouernor of the cittie -to vnderstand thereof, and he to send them licence that they may enter -in againe. So after a good while that they had remained there wheras the -guards had set them, there came vnto them a man who was a Chino, called -Canguin, and could speake Portugal, who knowing them to be Christians by -their faces and attire, did aske them in the Portugal toong, what they -sought? the Spaniards answered him, that their comming into that kingdom -was for to shew and declare to them the way to heaven, and to give them -to vnderstand and know the true God, the creator of heaven and earth, -and that they would very faine talke with the gouernor to entreat -therof. This Chino by and by brought to them a man that could speak very -good Portuges, who as after they did vnderstand, both he, his wife and -children were christened; and although they were borne in China, yet did -they dwel thre years with Portugals that were inhabited in Machao, which -is twenty leagues from that cittie of Canton. This did demande the same -question of them that the other did, and wherefore they came into that -countrie? They answered him the same as they did the other; hee replied, -and asked them who was the pilot that brought them thither? they -answered, the will of God; they not knowing howe, nor from whence: but -after they had sailed at the sea certaine dayes, they came vnto that -place that according as it was given them to vnderstande, is the cittie -of Canton, of the which they have heard declared many straunge thinges. -The Chino asked how the guardes of the sea, and shippes that were in the -straight aforesaid, did let them passe? they answered that they saw no -guards nor any other that did trouble them their passage. This last -answere did cause the christian Chino greatly to admire, who being moued -with a good zeale, said vnto them, that they should returne againe vnto -the shippe, and not to come forth untill such time as he had giuen -aduice of their comming vnto the mandelines of the sea, which be -certaine iudges appointed to giue aduice of all such matters to the -governor, that he may command what is to be done therein. - -So the Spaniards returned vnto the shippe, wheras they remained a good -while, and passed great heate, for that it dooth exceede in that port. -So after a while, they sawe come vnto a house which was neere vnto the -gate of the cittie, a man of great authoritie, who was brought in a -litter chaire, and much people came with him; he stayed at that house, -and from thence sent to call vnto him the religious men and all the rest -that came in their company; before them all came one that carried a -table, all whited, and thereon was written certain great letters, with -blacke ynke, the which (as after they understood) was the licence that -the gouernor of the cittie gaue them for to come a shoore, without the -which there is no stranger permitted. The fathers did straightwayes obey -it, and came forth of their shippe with more companie than they desired, -of such as came to see them, who were so many in number, that although -the sergeants and officers of the iudge that sent for them, did beate -them for to make way, yet was it a good while before they coulde come -vnto the house wheras the iudge was, although the way was but short. So -when they approched nigh, one of the sergeants bad them kneele down -before the iudge, the which they did with great humilitie without any -replication. Hee was set in a verie rich chaire with so great maiestie -that they were greatly astonyed to see it, and the more when that they -understood by the christian Chino that he was not the gouernor, neither -of the supreme iudges; hee was apparelled in a robe of silke, close from -aboue down to the foot, with the sleeues very wide, and a girdle -imbossed, and on his head a bonnet full of brooches, such as bishops doo -use on their mytres. Before him was set a table, whereon was paper and -inke, and on the one side and on the other, two rankes of men, as though -they were to guard him, yet without weapons. They had al of them in -their hands, long canes of foure fingers brode, with the which (as after -they did vnderstand), they do beat such as are offenders, vpon the -calues of their legges, with great crueltie, as hath been told you in -the first books of this historie. All these had vppon their heads a -manner of helmet, made of blacke leather, and on them great plumes of -pecocks' feathers, with brooches made of mettal, a thing vsed to be -worne in that countrie of such as are executioners or ministers of -iustice. - -[Sidenote: Marke the Friers confession of images.] - -The iudge had the interpreter to aske them of what nation they were, and -what they sought in that countrie, and who was their guide to bring them -into that port: the which being vnderstood by the religious men, -answered that they were Spaniards, and subject vnto the king Philip of -Spaine, and came thether to preach the holy gospel, and to teach them to -know the true God, creator of the heauen and earth, and to leaue off the -worshiping of their idols (who haue no more power of themselues, then -that which is giuen them by him that doth make them): the which worship -is knowne and receiued by his holie law, and declared by the mouth of -his only begotton Sonne, and confirmed with diuine tokens from heaven, -in whose guarde doth consist the saluation of all soules. And to the -last, touching who was their guide vnto that kingdome: they answered, -That it was God, vnto whose will all creature are subiect, as vnto the -true creator: all the which (as afterward it did appeare) the -interpreter did not truely interpret of the interpretation of the -Spaniards: vnderstanding, that if hee should truely interpret what they -saide, the iudge would forthwith sende them away, which would be the -occasion that he shuld get nothing of them. So that he made his -interpretation as at best seemed for his purpose, fearing (as after he -did confesse) that if he shuld declare the truth of that which the -Spaniards had said, it would haue beene verie odious to the iudge, and -afterward both vnto them and to himselfe might be the occasion of some -great euill: but to conclude, he answered and told the iudge that they -were certaine religious men, who liued in common a sharpe and asper -life, much after the manner of those of that kingdome: and that going -from the Iland of Luzon vnto the Ilands of the Illocos, in a great -storme and tempest that chanced them, the ship wherin they were was cast -away, and al their people cast away, sauing they, who escaped by vsing -great diligence, and put themselues in that small ship, which came in -company with another greater shippe, without pilot or mariner, for that -they were almost all drowned; and setting saile in the best manner they -could or knewe, being holpen and constrained by necessity, they let -their ship saile, and go whither as fortune did cary them. So after many -dangers and stormes at the sea, according to the will of the heauens -they came vnto this port, whose name as yet they knew not. The iudge -asked them where they had that Chino that they brought in their company -for an interpreter. They answered that he was in Luzon, and captiue vnto -a Spaniard: they tooke him and set him free, and hee vnderstanding that -they were bound vnto the firme land of China, which was his naturall -countrie, he requested them to carrie him thither; the which they did -with a very good will, for that they had neede of him to vtter their -desire, if neede did so require. All the which the other interpreter -fearing, that if he should tel vnto the iudge how that he was captiue -vnto the Christians, hee would bee offended, and therefore hee did -falsifie the same and saide, that comming vnto an iland to take in fresh -water, they found the boy there, where he was captiue eight yeares -before, and came thither forced with a great storme, in the which was -drowned a merchants shippe that was bound to Luzon, and he alone escaped -by swimming; and so hee came aborde the shippe in the which were the -fathers, not knowing whither they went. All these vntruthes he did -inuent for to dissemble and go forwards with his knavish pretence, and -would not declare the true intent of the friers: the which he had -decreed with himselfe how to doo before the iudge did sende to call -them. Moreouer, the iudge did aske them what they brought in their small -shippe; they answered that they brought nothing but one chest and two -little fardels of bookes, and an ornament for to say masse. This did the -interpreter declare truely vnto the iudge, for that experience might be -made thereof. So the iudge forthwith commanded that it should be brought -before him, the which being done, he caused it to be vndone, and he -perused euery thing by it selfe, the which being strange vnto him, for -that he neuer saw the like, he made signes vnto them that he receiued -great contentment in the seeing of them, but specially of the images -they brought: but that which did best please him was an ara or -sopra-altar, of a blacke stone, the which did shine so bright that they -might see themselues therein, as well as in a glasse. These friers did -bring the same with them out of the kingdom of Mexico, whereas you haue -great aboundance, but specially in the prouince of Mechuacan. So after -that hee had seene all, and sawe that it was drie, without any signe or -token that it had beene in the sea, hee called to remembrance the wordes -of the interpreter in the name of the fathers, touching the storme -wherein their shippe was cast away, and howe that they escaped by -swimming, and put themselues in that small shippe in the which they -came: and considering of the same, it seemed vnto him that they did -fable in that which they had saide: so that he did replie and asked if -it were true that which they had before declared, and howe it shoulde -bee that their bookes and other things were not wet at the sea, which -was an euident token and plainely to be vnderstood that they had fabled -and told lies, and so he belieued they did in all the rest. The -interpreter, fearing least by that argument his falshod would be -discouered, he fel in talke a while with the friers, asking and -answering things very different to that which the iudge had commanded -him. Then he with a strange and sharpe boldnes answered to the -difficulty proponed by the iudge, and said, That as all merchants at -such time as their shippes are readie to sinke and to be lost, they doo -procure first to saue such thinges as are of most estimation, forgetting -all the rest: euen so these religious men did procure with great care -and diligence to saue those books and that ornament, which is all their -treasure, and yet for all their diligences done they lost a great number -mo. All these fables and lies, after many dayes, the religious fathers -came to haue the knowledge of. - -The iudge did aske them if they brought any armor or weapons in their -shippe? they answered that they were no men to bring them, neither -according vnto their profession, they could not wear nor use them, for -that they were religious, and professed other matters contrary vnto the -vse of armor or weapon, promising and auowing unto God perpetual -povertie and chastitie, and vnto their superior prelates obedience all -the dayes of their liues. The iudge returned and asked them if they had -any monie, and where withall they did eate and apparell themselues, and -bought those bookes and ornaments? they answered, that all that which -they had was giuen them by secular christians for God's sake whome they -did serue, for that they should pray for them, and for the saluation of -their soules. - -The iudge, when he heard this, was greatly astonied, for that the -interpreter did declare the truth, and made signes that he recieued -griefe and had pittie on them, although he gaue not full credite to that -which he heard, but said that he would go aborde their shippe, to see if -they did say the truth, in not bringing anie armor or weapon, neither -silver nor merchandize. This did hee straightwayes put in ure, and -commaunded them that brought him in the litter chaire vpon their -shoulders to go thitherward. All those people did beare him companie, as -also a great number that were there ioyned togither to heare the -examination of those strangers, and also the Spaniards he commanded to -go next vnto him. - -So that when he was in their shippe, set in his chaire, his ministers -began to search the shippe in all places, both aboue and below, and -could finde nothing but a little rice, which was left of that which they -brought with them: they gaue the iudge to vnderstand thereof, who -looking vpon the Spaniards, said that all they that were in the shippe -might heare him. These do speak the truth, and they doo seeme vnto me to -bee good people, and without any superstition, and without all doubte -they doo come and will be after the manner of our religious men, -according as is to be seene in the vniformitie of their apparell, as -also in their heads and beardes. Then he beganne to demaunde of them -certaine thinges, more of curiositie then of suspection; who answered -him, casting up their eies vnto heauen, (for that their talke was -thereof), and they saw that the iudge did greatly reioyce and had -pleasure therein, for that it seemed that they had the heauens for their -God, as they haue, by reason they did so much looke upwards. After this -the iudge came foorth of the shippe, but the religious men remained -behind at his commandment with his companions; and likewise hee -commaunded certaine of those officers that came with him, to remaine -about their ship at the water's side, for their guard, more for that -none should doo to them any harme, then for any euil suspition they had -of them. - -Al that day that the Spaniards were in their ship the countrie men came -downe to the water side to see them, and that in so great number that -they did woonder to see them; and on the other side they were greatly -reioyced to see so many soules there ioyned togither, hoping that when -it should bee the will and pleasure of God to giue them oportunitie, to -baptise them all. - -The next day following, in the morning, they sawe another mandelin or -judge, comming towards their shippe, accompanied with much people, and -with little less maiestie than the other had, who entered into their -shippe and commaunded to search both aboue and belowe, to see whether -they brought any armour, weapon, or any other kinde of merchandize; and -seeing that they could finde nothing else but their bookes and their -ornament aforesaide, he commaunded it to be brought before him, who did -peruse the same peece by peece with great admiration, and shewed great -contentment that hee received to see their bookes and images, although -that which did most content him was to see the ara of blacke stone, as -was said before. Then hee commanded one of the fathers for to reade in -one of the said bookes, and for to write, the which was done before him -with so great facilitie, that the judge receiued great contentment to -see it. Then hee asked them if that with the said letters they could -write any other language that were different vnto theirs. The fathers -answered yea, that they coulde write any language; and for a plainer -proofe they wrote on a piece of paper, certaine reasons in the iudges -language, the which did cause him greatly to maruell, and said (turning -his face to some of them that came with him), these men are not -barbarous, nor of any euill condition, so farre as I can see. - -With this he departed out of their shippe, and went to giue the -gouernour (who sent him), to vnderstand of that he had seene and coulde -vnderstande of the Spaniards in this his visitation, who straightwayes -did sende them a licence vpon a table, that they shoulde come on shore, -and be suffered to enter into the cittie freely at their will. - - - - -CHAP. IV. - - _The Spaniards go forth of their ship, and go into the - citie unto the christened Chinos house, and are - carried before another superior judge in common - audience, and manie other passe with them._ - - -So soone as they had their licence, they went forth of their ship and -entred in at the gate of the cittie, although with great trouble by -reason of the great number of people that came to see them, as a thing -neuer seen before. Then they went to the christened Chinos house (hee -that serued for their interpreter), who made very much of them, and -giuing them to vnderstand that hee had made a true report of all that -they had commanded him, and did offer himselfe to do so much with the -justices, that he would procure to get licence of the gouernor for them -to remain in the countrie, and to giue them a house wherein to remaine -and dwel; and did admonish them that at that time they should not deale -for to make the Chinos christians, vntil such time as they were better -knowne, and coulde speake the language, and then should they doo it with -a great deale more ease. All these promises, with the falsifying of that -the Spaniards spake before to the iudges, was to content the friers (as -in discourse of time they did vnderstande), and onely to get monie from -them, for that it seemed vnto him that it could not be but that they -shoulde have good stoore, for that they came from a rich countrie -whereas it was; and againe to come about businesse of so great -importance, about the which they shoulde remaine there a long time (as -aforesaide), as they afterwarde did more at large vnderstande. If that -interpreter had declared in fidelitie all that which they had spoken, -without al doubt they woulde not have suffered them to have come on -shoare, else have put them in some prison for that they came on land -without licence; and to have shewed them the most fauour they woulde -haue caused them to returne from whence they came; whereas the guardes -of the straight (of whom we have spoken of before), woulde either in -secrete or publike sinke them at the sea, for that they were all greatly -in hatred against them; the reason was that the Aytao, who is (as is -declared in the first booke of this historie), the president of the -counsell of warre, had vnderstanding howe that they passed thorough the -fleete and were not seene, which was a thing that they all wondred at. - -This Aytao did forthwith make secret information of the same, and found -it to be true, whereuppon hee did iudge the captaines to perpetuall -prison where they were well whipped, and did secrest[39] all their goods; -for the which all their kinsfolkes and the rest of the guards had great -indignation against the Spaniards, and would with great ease have beene -reuenged on them, but that they did feare the punishment that should bee -doone on them after that it should be knowne. In the which they doo -execute their iustice in this kingdom more then in any place in all the -world. - -[39] Sequester. - -In the house of this christened Chino they dined that day, as they did -many more afterwarde, but every night they returned to their fregat to -bed, for that they durst not leave their things alone, neither to lie -out of their shippe, for that one of the iudges had so commanded. - - - - -CHAP. V. - - _The Spaniards are called before a iudge, who doth - examine them, and offer them great favour; he dooth - write vnto the vizroy, giuing credit vnto the persons - who sendeth commission vnto a iudge called Aytao, for - to examine their cause. The chiefe captaine of Machao - dooth accuse them in saying that they were spies, and - doth intreate of other strange matters._ - - -Vpon Saint John baptist day they were called before a iudge, who (as -after this did vnderstand), was a superiour vnto the other past; but -when they came whereas he was in place of audience, his ministers did -straight wayes commande them to kneele downe at such time as they came -in sight of the iudge, which was vnto the religious men no small -torment. He demanded of them the same that the others did, and they -answered in briefe, that they came to preach the holy gospell, and -requested him to giue them licence to execute the same, and to remain in -that cittie of Canton for to learne the China tongue, whereby they might -giue them to vnderstande and knowe the trueth of the heauen. The -interpreter did falsifie their wordes as hee had doone vnto the other -iudges, and said no more but for so much that fortune and foul weather -had driuen them into that port, they would liue amongst them, although -it were to serue them as slaves; for that if they woulde returne vnto -the ilande of Luzon, or by another name called Manilla, they could not -for that they knewe not the way, neither had they anie pilot to conduct -them. - -The iudge had pittie on them, and commanded that such thinges as they -had in their shippe should be brought on land, for that he woulde see -them; amongst the which, the thing which caused him most to maruell at -was when hee sawe the images, and ara (or alter stone), of blacke -jasper stone (of the which we have made large mention.) Hee requested -of the Spaniards that they woulde giue them two images, which when they -had given them they made shew to esteeme greatly of the present, for -that they were things that they have not amongst them. He talked with -them very friendly, and caused them to arise from the ground whereas -they did kneele, and to shewe them the more fauour he caused to be giuen -them to drinke, in his presence, a certaine beurage which they do vse -made of certaine hearbs, and vse it for a comfortable thing for the -heart, and is commonly vsed amongst them although they are not dry, and -amongst the Chinos is a shew of particular fauour. - -[Sidenote: The Chinos most vpright in all their iudgements and in -execution of iustice.] - -This iudge did more vnderstande the intent of the Spaniards than any of -the other past, for their interpreter had tolde unto him that they -woulde remaine in the countrie for to cure sicke persons and to bury the -dead, the which they could do excellent well. When the iudge heard these -wordes hee gaue with his hande a great stroke vppon the table that was -before him, and said with showes of great wonder unto other inferior -judges that were with him: Oh! what good people are these as it seemeth; -it would be vnto mee a great ioy, if that I coulde of mine owne -authoritie accomplish that which they do desire, but our lawes do forbid -the same and that with great rigour. All this did their interpreter tel -them afterward. At this time there entred into the place of audience -whereas they were, a man of China, one of the common sort, al imbrewed -with blood, crying out and making a great noise without any consort, who -prostrating himselfe upon the ground did complaine of other Chinos with -whom he had fallen out, and was beaten and buffeted in cruell sort. The -iudge when he saw him, did straight wayes command his officers to bring -the offenders before him, the which was done with a trice, and they -returned with the plaintife, bringing three other Chinos bound together -by the armes, and as it seemed they were men of base sort. The judge -incontinent made information wholly of all that passed, and condemned -them without writing any letter, in twenty sotes[40] or strokes a peece. -The officers forthwith took them with so great cruelty as though they -had bin diuels, and threwe them vpon the ground with their bellies -downwards to execute the sentence giuen by the iudge; and when they had -pulled off their hose, they began to whippe them vpon the calues of -their legges with a sot made of canes, in manner as hath beene told you -before. The religious people who were present all this while, and taking -pity on these condemned men fell downe at the feet of the iudge, and by -signes and tokens did craue of him for the love of God, that his -sentence might not be executed, who straightwayes commanded the -executioners to cease, condiscending vnto the petition of the friers, -and did pardon the offenders fifteene sottes or strokes of the twentie, -wherein they were condemned. - -[40] The translator seems to have made this word himself from the -Spanish, "azote", a scourge. - -The iudge did very much woonder at the pouertie of these religious men, -and at the sharpe and asper apparell that they weare: but the chiefest -thing that they did maruell at, was when that he vnderstoode howe they -had passed the fleete of ships that were put in the straight for to -defende and keepe the coast, and were neuer seene, which seemed vnto him -a thing impossible, except it were by permission of the heauen. - -So when this examination and talke was finished, he commanded them to -returne unto their shippe, promising them for to write vnto the vizroy -(who was thirtie leagues from that place), and to giue him to vnderstand -that they were men without any suspection, and that he might wel giue -them licence for to come to his presence: vpon which relation hee woulde -commaunde what shoulde bee doone, either to tarrie or to go vnto him. - -Within few dayes after they vnderstood that the iudge had accomplished -his promise, for that the vizroy had committed the matter vnto another -iudge called Aytao, whose office is for to examine and inquire the -causes of strangers: the wordes of the commission were as followeth. - -[Sidenote: The vizroies commission.] - -"I am written vnto from Canton, howe that there are come thither -certaine men apparelled very sharpe and asper, after the fashion of our -religious men in the wildernesse, who bringe no weapons, neither any -other thing that might seeme to pretend any euill intent: and for that -they are thy charge, examine them with care and diligence, and prouide -to doo therein that which shall be most requisite and conuenient: giuing -vs to vnderstand the large and true relation of that which shall -happen." - -[Sidenote: A sacred thing no doubt of it.] - -The verie same day of Saint Iohn, the Spaniards being verie merry and -vnmindfull of any thing, for that they had all that day receiued the -Sacrament: there came vnto them abord their shippe or frigat the -interpreters, and did euidently declare their euill purpose and intent, -(saying) that it was apparent what they had done for them, and in what -perill they did euery day put themselues in for their matters, and that -it was reason that they shoulde pay them for the same, and if not, they -would not helpe them any more, neither interpret or take paines in their -businesse: certifying them that if they did faile to satisfie them, that -they should not finde any that would doo it with so great good will and -diligence (as they should finde by experience); and how that they had -beene put in prison if they had not beene, for entring into that -kingdome without licence; and for that they enterpreted for them with -great curtesie and fauour, they had also been commaunded to returne back -againe from whence they came, which by their meanes was the cause that -the iudges did entreat them so friendly as they did. The father Costodio -when he vnderstoode their intente, and did evidently see that it was -wholly grounded vppon gaine; considering also the vrgent necessitie that -they had of them, and not satisfying them, it was difficult to find any -for to help them in that their necessitie, of two euils he chose the -best, and deliuered vnto them a pawne for their contentemente, one of -the two challices they brought with them, giuing them great charge to -vse and keep it as a sacred thing and dedicated for to consecrate the -blood of Christ. The principall interpreter did take it with great -content, and presently gaue it a newe master, in selling it vnto a gold -smith for as much as it was woorth, who did melt it, and made things -thereof according to his trade: yet they not being content therewith, -and that it seemed vnto them that those fathers could not but bring with -them much riches, they inquired of the China boy whom they brought to -bee their interpreter, with faire words to know if they had any golde or -siluer, or pretious stones, or any other thing of valure; but when they -vnderstoode that they brought none of those things but onely their -bookes and some other ornaments to say masse, they straightwayes -imagined in their mindes, and that with great care and diligence, to -procure some way to get from them the other challice which they had -seen; and the better to put it in execution, they repeated againe vnto -the friers that which before hath been told you, augmenting thereunto -many wordes and reasons, affirming that they had spent vpon them in -giuing them to eate twelue taes[41] more then the challice which they had -giuen them did weigh or amount to, which was twelue ducats of Spaine; -hauing before giuen them to vnderstand at such time as they did eate -they did it of almes and for God's sake, and with so great content, that -many times it happened when they saw the Spaniards would not eate any -dainty thing, but woulde feed and content themselues with base victuals, -he would say vnto them they shoulde eate without any grief or care, that -when it should so fall out that his subtance did fail him, hee woulde -then pawne one of his sonnes to buy victuals. - -[41] Tael, Tale, or Taes, is the Portuguese word for Leang, the Chinese -word for ounce, usually ounce of silver, and about one-third more than -an ounce avoirdupois. - -The father Costodio plainly seeing and vnderstanding that their intent -and purpose was wholly grounded for to get from him the other challice, -he answered that he had not for to giue them, and how that he had giuen -the other challice in pawn of that which they had spent in victuals, and -for their trauell that they had taken for them. The interpreter did -replie, saying, that if they had nothing, that they shoulde seeke it, -seeing that they ought it for their victuals which they had eaten; and -it was the vse of that countrie, that when any man did owe any thing, -and hath not for to pay the same, for to sell their children, or else to -become slaues vnto their creditor; they demanded the other challice that -remained, for that the other which they had giuen them did weigh but -sixteene taes, which was but a small matter in respect of their desert, -onely for their trauel in their enterpretations. This frier Costodio did -pacifie them in the best maner hee coulde, promising to pay both the one -and the other, hauing oportunitie for the same, and that they woulde -procure it with as great care as was possible, and requesting him for to -keepe the challice, that he had given him in pawne, in great veneration, -for that hee did esteeme it much more for the consecration and -dedication vnto the deuine Colto,[42] then for the value of that it -wayed, and more, promised him upon his worde to write vnto the Portugals -that were in Machao, signifying unto them their necessitie and to -demande their almes and charity, and looke whatsoever they did send -them, being little or much, should be giuen him. Then the interpreter, -who had his eyes fixed vppon gaine, saide, that they shoulde forthwith -write, and that hee woulde giue him a messenger for to carrie the -letter, and to bring answere of the same, as he had doone the like not -many dayes before. The father Costodio did write vnto the bishoppe that -was in Machao, giuing him to vnderstande of his comming and of his -companions vnto the cittie of Canton, and howe that his comming thither -was onelie to procure for to preach the holy gospel, and for to conuert -and turne to God those blinde idolaters. The which letter being receiued -by the bishop, he made answere, praysing their intent and purpose, -animating them with godly wordes of exhortation, and therewith did sende -and demand the copie of such authoritie as they brought from the holy -father touching that the which they pretended. This hee did for that all -the sayde countrie vnto the lande of Iapon was committed vnto him by the -holy father. - -[42] Worship. - -Unto this letter, the father Costodio answered, that hauing oportunitie, -he woulde obey his commandement, and shew vnto him the facultie he -brought, and also woulde him selfe in person go thether for to kisse his -handes, and to satisfie all the inhabitants of that towne, for that it -was giuen him to understande that they reported euill of them, and sayde -that they were vacabondes and lost men, and not true religious men, -neither sacerdotes nor priests; and how that they had requested certaine -Chinos, which at that time came vnto Machao, that at their returne -againe vnto Canton they should tell the iudges and aduertise them with -good aduisement, how that there were certaine Castillos come into their -cittie, whom they did certainely know not to be of their nation, but of -an other, and subiects vnto a different and strange king, whom they did -beleeue to come thether for some ill intent and purpose in counterfeit -attire, and came for spyes from the Castillos of Luzon, and that they -did beleeue that after them did come some armie to do hurt in some part -of that countrie, and that they should prevent it in time, for that if -so be that any thing should happen, the fault should not be imputed vnto -them. - -All this the Portingales did (as afterwards they did plainely -vnderstande) for feare that the Castillos should take from them their -contractation and gaine which they had in that city; by which occasion -their intente did so proceede forward, that they did certifie the -Chinos, that the chiefe captaine of Machao, who was put there by the -king of Portingale, had presented a petition vnto a citie that was -ioyning to Canton, aduertising the iudges of that before spoken of, and -protesting that if any harme or damage should come to that country in -admitting the Castillos, that it should not be imputed vnto them. - -But the iudge vnderstanding their euill intent, and that their -accusations were more vppon malice and enuie then of any trueth, he -answered vnto the same, that he was particularly informed of those -religious persons, against whom they did complaine, how that they were -men of whom they needed not to feare, and without any suspition; as it -did plainely appeare when they did visite their ship, wherein they came, -where they found nothing, but onely a fewe bookes and some other thinges -which did more signifie deuotion than to make any warre. This iudge -(notwithstanding the answere he made), for that afterwards the chiefe -captaine should not raise vp some inuention, tooke the originall -petition, and sent it with great securitie vnto the viceroy of the -prouince of Aucheo, that he might see and peruse it; who when that he -had easily perceiued it, and vnderstood the intent of him that presented -the same, and the innocencie of them that were therein complained of, he -sent and commanded the gouernor of Canton for to giue them good -intertainment, and not to permit any harme or hurt to be done vnto them, -and that he should send them vnto the city of Aucheo, for that he would -see them, for that it was tolde him that they seemed to be holy men, and -although that they had their apparell in the same forme, of the Austin -friers, (whome he had seene), yet their garments were of an other colour -and more asper. - -The chief captaine seeing that his intent fell not out well with the -iudges of China, he commanded to be proclaymed publicke in Machao that -none should write vnto them, nor communicate with them vpon paine of -banishment, and to pay two thousande ducats. All this was not sufficient -for to coole the mindes of some deuout persons of the religion of the -glorious Saint Francis, but were rather incyted to offer their fauour -and helpe seeing they had neede thereof; but in particular the bishop -did helpe tham alwaies with his almes, and also an honorable priest -called Andres Cotino, who making small account of the proclamation did -write vnto them diverse times, although secretly, and sent their letters -with almes and many exhortations to proceed forward with their holy -zeale and intent. Besides this they sent vnto them a Spaniard called -Pedro Quintero, who had dwelt there many years amongest the Portingals, -and hauing oportunitie they sent him many times with comfortable things -and letters, but not signed, for if happily they should be met with all, -they might denie them to be theirs. - -Now returning to our purpose, the interpreter, with desire to be payed -of that which hee saide he had spent and laide out, did bring the -messenger that he promised them to go vnto Machao to carrie their -letters vnto such religious men as they knewe; in the which he craued -their almes and helpe for to pay their interpreter, and praying them for -the love of God to sende them likewise so much as should redeeme their -challice (who at this time knew not how it was solde and broken). - -This messenger went with all diligence and secrecie, and returned with -the like, and brought with him that which they sent for and other -iunkets of great content, the which came in very good season, for that -one of the sayde friers, called frier Sebastian, of S. Francis, was very -sick of a strong ague, whereof in few daies after he died, very wel and -with a strange desire to suffer martyrdome for God's sake. When this -messenger came, there was come thither the Aytao who is iudge of the -strangers, and was without the citie, vnto whom was committed the -examination of the Spaniards, who after that he had concluded other -matters, commanded them to be brought afore him with great love and -gentlenesse, for so the viceroy of Aucheo had commanded him. - - - - -CHAP. VI. - - _The Spaniards seing themselues in great necessitie, - hauing not to maintaine themselues, they go into the - streets to ask almes: the gouernor vnderstanding - thereof commandeth to giue them a stipend out of the - king's treasure: the interpreter goeth forwardes with - his couetousness and deceit: they be carried before - the iudges of the citie, with whom they do intreat of - diuers matters: they do aduise the viceroy of al, who - commandeth to send them to Aucheo._ - - -Because they would not see themselues in the like danger with the -interpreter, as that which was past, they would not go any more to eate -at his house, but rather to giue an example vnto those of the citie, -they went foorth every day by two and two to aske almes; and although -they were infidels, yet they gaue them with great contentment and ioie, -because it was a rare thing in that kingdome to see them begge in the -streetes, by reason, as hath been tolde you, that they haue no poore -folk, neither are they permitted, if there be any, to aske in the -streetes nor in their temples. When that the gouernor vnderstoode -thereof, and how that they did it for pure necessitie, and had no other -waies to maintaine themselues, hee commanded to be giuen them euerie -day, a certaine stipend vpon the kinges cost, the which was with so -great abundance, that mainteining the souldiers that came with them, and -all the rest, yet had they to spare, for that their stipende was giuen -them in money, which was sixe mayesses[43] of siluer, whereof they had -to spare, for that all thinges in that countrie is so good cheape, as -hath been told you in many places. - -[43] Mace or mayes is the Portuguese word for Tsien, the tenth of an -ounce. These words mayes, tayes (see page 156), belong to the same class -as mandarin, bonze, joss-house, etc., all of which have been invented by -the Portuguese. - -Their interpreter, seeing the good newes that was brought from Machao -for the Spaniardes, by a bill that a certayne deuout man had sent him in -secret, whereupon would be giuen vnto him all that was needeful, with -protestation to pay all that should be giuen vnto them although it -should amount vnto a great summe (with the which hee wrote a letter vnto -the Fryer Costodio of great comfort, in strengthening him and all the -rest to perseuer in their intent which God had put in their mindes for -the saluation of those soules), the Interpreter (I say) beganne to -imagine, that for to profite himselfe it was conuenient for to delate -and detract the departure of the Spaniardes, and did exact vpon them -euery day, in the buying of their uictuals, the halfe of the money that -was giuen them. - -[Sidenote: A prophesie.] - -So vpon a day he came verie much out of order, and fayned that the aytao -had commanded that they should forthwith depart out of the kingdome; but -yet notwithstanding he would present a petition in their name, saying, -that for as much as time did not serue them to nauigate, neither was -their shippe in plight for to make their iourney, that it would please -them to get them a house whereas they might remaine three or four -monethes, in the which time they might prouide them of all thinges -necessarie for their voyage; and possible it may so fall out that in -this time, they seeing their manner of liuing to bee good, and to shew -good examples, they may let them to remaine in the countrie liberally -and to learne the language, and then beginne to preach and declare the -right way vnto heauen. All this he spake with great dissimulation for -to profite himselfe, for he knewe verie well that the aytao had willed -him to tell them, that they could not remaine in that countrie with the -pretence they had; for that there was a lawe ordained to the contrarie, -without expresse licence from the king, the which will last of all be -granted vnto the Spaniardes or Portingals, for that there is a prophesie -amongest them, spoken by the mouth of the diuell, and esteemed amongest -them for a very truth, for that other thinges which he spake when that -was spoken hath beene verified, in the which he doth pronounce that a -time shall come, that they shall be subiect vnto a nation whose men -shall haue great beardes and long noses, and sharpe broade eyes (as we -would say cats eyes), in the which they do differ from them. For it is a -great maruaile to finde a man amongst them with more then twentie heares -in his beard, little more or lesse, flat noses, and their eyes very -little, so that when they will mocke a man, or doo him any iniurie by -word, they will call him "cats eyes". - -Now for that the desire of the Spaniardes was nothing else but to -remaine in that countrie, for to bring to effect their good zeale, they -did gratifie the interpreter for the great fauour hee shewed them, and -did earnestly entreat him for to present the petition, thinking thereby -their desire should be vnderstood, and Gods cause iustified, so that -they first would enter into them by the way of preaching. He presented -the petition when that all the iudges were together, who had great pitie -and compassion ouer the Spaniardes, and willed that they should come -before them, for that they would see and vnderstande the roote and -foundation of their will. They obeyed their commandement with great ioy, -and when they were come into the hall, one of the iudges, who was -superior ouer all the rest, and a man of great authoritie, did aske of -them by way of the interpreter, what was their pretence in that they did -aske a house to dwell in, the Frier Costodio did answere, that he did -desire it for to learne the language well, by which meanes they might -the better learne them to know the true God, and to set them in the true -way to goe and glorie with him, because it was his office and his -profession. - -The interpreter tolde all this truely, the which fewe times before he -had done, as hath beene tolde you. Then the iudge, in name of all the -rest, sayde, that in that their demand they could not grant, neyther had -they any such authoritie to giue licence. - -This being spoken, the interpreter replyed, without tarrying to heare -what the Spaniardes would say, and said, that at least wayes they would -giue them licence to remaine there till such time as the Portingals did -come thether for to lade their marchandice, which would be within few -daies, with whom they would go, for that they were all of one law and -faith. The iudge did againe aske them if that the Portingals and -Spaniards were al one. The father Costodio answered, that in religion -and lawes there was no difference, but the one were subiects to one king -and the other to another, although they were kinsmen and that very nigh. -This last petition seemed to the iudge to be more reasonable and iust -than the first, and that they might grant it them with lesse -difficultie, although he answered them and said, that he could not grant -it vnto them, but he would write vnto the viceroy for to grant it them. -For that the Portugals would bee there at the farthest within foure or -fiue monethes, and that in the meane time he would giue them a prouision -that they may go freely abroad, and none to hurt nor harme them. - -So the next day following, which was the second of August, he did -accomplish his word and promise, and sent vnto the viceroy their -petition, and therewithall his iudgment and of all the rest that were -there with him, what they thought touching that matter. The answere -staid many daies after and came not, but in the ende there came a -commandement from the viceroy vnto the gouernor of Canton, in the which -hee willed that the Spaniards should be sent vnto Aucheo whereas he was, -and that there should be carried with them all such thinges as they -brought with them, which was their bookes and ornaments. - -The iudge did straightwaies send and gaue them to vnderstande of this -new order, because they should make themselues readie for to trauaile: -the which they did with great ioy and diligence, as you shall vnderstand -in the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. VII. - - _The Spaniardes take their iourney towardes Aucheo, - and declare what happened in the way thitherwarde._ - - -The next day following, which was the sixteenth day of August, the -Spaniards departed from Canton towards Aucheo to see the viceroy, with -great hope and confidence that he would giue them licence for that which -they pretended. But at their departure, they would have left there two -Indians for to keepe their ship or frigat; but the iudges that were -present said, that it was not needefull for them to haue any such care, -for that they would take the care vppon them to see all thinges in good -order. So presently they sent certaine writing in papers, and commaunded -them to bee glewed vppon the hatches of their shippe, in such sort that -they could not bee open but they must be perceiued. Then presently was -brought for the Spaniardes foure barkes, verie gallant and wide, with -verie fayre galleries and windowes; and beeing imbarked, they charged -them verie much to make all haste possible to accomplish the -commandement of the viceroy; and sent with them conuenient persons for -to be their guides, and to giue them all thinges necessarie for their -iourney. They traueiled continually in a mightie riuer against the -current, in the which they did see many thinges woorthie to be noted for -the space of foure daies that their iourney indured. - -There was alongest the riuer side manie cities and townes verie great, -which were so many in number that they could not make any memorie of -them, by reason that they passed manie of them by night, to obserue the -tides, and to auoid the heate, which was great vppon the water. Alongest -the riuer side (whereas it was not inhabited) was full of corne fieldes, -whereas they sawe them go to plough with many bufalos, much different -vnto the vse of Spaine; for that one alonely buffe did drawe the plough, -with one vpon his backe, who did gouerne and guide him with great ease -whether hee would they should go, with a corde made fast to a ring at -his nose, which serued in steede of a bridle. - -They sawe also flockes of geese, in the which were more then twentie -thousand; with whom they did weede, and tooke away the grasse which did -growe amongst the rice and other graine and seedes, driuing them in the -middest of their fieldes; and it seemed that they had the vse of reason, -considering how they did separate and make a distinction betwixt the -good seede and the bad, and the great care they had to feede and do no -harme, neither to plucke vp the good plant, which was a thing that they -wondred at aboue all the rest. All the countrie is verie populous, and -the townes one so neere an other, that it may better be sayde to be all -one towne and not manie, and might with more propertie be called the -citie of China, and not the kingdome of China. In all the whole countrie -there is not one foot of ground vnoccupied, by reason of the great -abundance of people that there is; and they permit amongest them no idle -people (as more at large it hath beene declared vnto you); and the -countrie beeing fertile, is the occasion that they have all thinges in -great abundance and at a lowe price. - -Now to returne to their voyage, the which they made verie well and with -great recreation, as well in the townes alongst the riuer side, as vpon -the riuer, whereas they were cherished with great care: in the end of -foure dayes, which was the twentieth day of August, they entred into the -suburbes of the citie of Aucheo, but so late that they were constrayned -to remaine there till the next day: whereas they found all thinges -necessarie and in good order, aswell for their bedding as for their -supper, to passe away the night. The next day, very early in the -morning, he that was their conduct and guide, made great haste for to -goe and see what the viceroy would command. - -They trauailed through a great and long streete, which seemed vnto them -to be more than a league, and thought that they had gone through the -citie. So when they had passed that street they came vnto the gate of -the citie, and there they vnderstoode that the rest which they had gone -and passed was the suburbes. The mightinesse of this citie, and the -great admiration they had, with the multitude of people, and a -wonderfull great bridge the which they passed, with many other thinges -of the which they made mention, we do let passe, for that it is declared -vnto you more at large in the relation giuen by the Augustin friers, in -the booke before this, at their entrie into the sayd citie. - -So when they came to the pallace of the viceroy, he was not stirring, -neither was the gate open, for as it hath beene tolde you, it is open -but once a day. Their guide seeing that it would be somewhat long before -that they would open it, he carried the Spaniardes into a court of an -other house, which was ioyning vnto that of the viceroy. - -In the meane while they were there, came all the iudges to sit in -audience, but when they vnderstoode of the comming of the strangers, -they commanded that they should be brought before them; who greatly -marueiled at the aspernesse of their apparell, and not at any other -thing, for that they had seene there before the Austin fryers. -Straightwayes the gate of the pallace was open with great noyse of -artilerie and musicall instruments, as trumpets, bagpipes, sackebuttes -and hoybukes, with such a noyse that it seemed the whole citie would -sincke. At the entrie in the first court, there were many souldiers -armed, and had hargubushes and lances, and in a very good order. In an -other court more within, which was very great, and railed round about -with timber, painted blacke and blew, which a far off seemed to be yron, -and was in height a mans stature; there they sawe also many other -souldiers, placed in the same order, and in liuerie as the others were, -but they seemed to be men of a gallanter disposition. When they came -into this court, there was brought vnto them a commandement from the -viceroy, in the which they were commanded to returne and come thether -againe in the after noone, for that he could not speake with them -before, by reason of certaine businesse he had with the lords of the -counsell, which could not be deferred. With this answere they departed -out of the pallace, and returned againe in the after noone, as they were -commanded, and into the same court aforesaide, out of the which they -were carried into a mightie great hall, very richly hanged and adorned; -at the ende thereof was three doores, that in the middest was great, but -the other two but small, the which did correspond vnto other three -doores that were in an other hall more within, wherein was the viceroy, -right over against the doore in the middest, in at the which there is -none permitted to enter nor go foorth. Hee was set in a marueilous rich -chayre wrought with iuorie and gold, vnder a canopie or cloth of state -all of cloth of gold, and in the middest was embrodered the kings armes, -which were (as we haue said) certaine serpents woond in a knot together. -He had also before him a table whereon were two candles burning, for -that it was somewhat late, and a standish with paper. Right before the -viceroy the wall was verie white, whereon was painted a fearce dragon, -who did throwe out fire at his mouth, nose, and eyes, a picture (as was -giuen them to vnderstand) that all the iudges of that countrie commonly -hath it painted before their tribunall seates whereas they sit in -iustice, and is there to the intent to signifie vnto the iustice, the -fearcenesse that he should haue sitting in that seat for to do iustice -vprightly without feare or respect to any. The order they haue in giving -audience is with the ceremonies in all points as it hath beene shewed -you in the relation of the fathers of S. Augustin. All people when they -talke with the viceroy are kneeling on their knees, although they be -iudges or loytias, as the fryers did see them many times. - -This day, they seeing the Spaniardes remained looking alwaies, when they -should be commanded to enter in, the viceroy gaue audience vnto the -scriueners or notaries, to certifie himselfe if they did their offices -well, and commanded fiftie of them at that present to be sotted or -beaten for that they were found culpable in their detayning of matters, -and others the like for that they had receiued giftes and bribes of -their clyents, the which is prohibited and forbidden vnder greeueous -penalties, for that the king doth giue vnto them all sufficient stipend -for their maintenance, for that they should not incroch nor demand any -thing of their clyentes. The sots or stripes which were giuen them were -with great crueltie, and executed with certaine canes, and in that order -as in other places it hath beene told you. The viceroyes gard were in -number more than two thousand men, placed all on a ranke, all apparelled -in one liuery of silke, and on their heads helmets of yron very bright -and glystering, and euerie one his plume of feathers. These souldiers -made a lane from the gate of the hall there whereas the viceroy was, -vnto the principal gate of the pallace wheras they did first enter. -Those which were in the hals and vpon the staires had swords girt vnto -them, and they in the courtes had lances, and betwixt euery one of them -a hargubusher. All this gard (as was giuen them to vnderstand) were -Tartaros and not Chinos: but the reason wherefore they could not learne, -although they did inquire it with diligence. - - - - -CHAP. VIII. - - _The Spaniards are brought before the viceroy: he - asketh of them certaine questions, and doth remit them - vnto the Timpintao his deputie, who receiueth them - well, and giueth them good speeches._ - - -At that present came forth a seruant of the viceroyes, a man of -authoritie, and made signe vnto the Spaniards to enter into the hall, -instructing them that at the first entry they should kneele downe on -their knees: the which they did presently: from that place vnto the seat -of the viceroy was more than a hundreth foot in length, yet did the -viceroy himself make signes with his hand that one of the religious men -should come nearer him, the which the father Costodio did, and kneeled -downe againe when he drew nigh vnto the table that was before him. The -viceroy did consider and beholde him a good while, and that with great -grauitie and maiestie, and then asked him of whence he was, and what he -came to seeke in that kingdome, into the which none might come vpon -paine of death, without expresse licence of some of the iudges alongst -the sea coast. The father Costodio answered, that he and the rest of his -companions were Spaniards, and that they were come into that kingdome -mooued with the zeale of God, for the saluation of their soules, and -for to preach the holy gospell, and show them the way vnto heauen. -Hauing declared the interpreter this (although they did not vnderstand -whether he did vse fidelitie in the declaration or not, but rather, by -that which the viceroy did forthwith demand, it is to be beleeued that -he did it with falshood as he had done many times before; for that -without replying vnto that which he had saide of the preaching of the -gospel, he asked them what marchandice they brought with them: the said -father answered, That they brought none, for that they were not men that -did deale in any marchandice, but in declaring of things appertaining to -heauen, and to direct their soules to that place. Hearing this answere -(or that which the interpreter would imagine to be better for his -purpose) the viceroy did bid them depart, and commanded them to returne -againe the next day and to bring with them their images, and the other -things wherof he was certified from Canton that were founde in their -frigat, for that he would see it all. They did accomplish his -commandement, and returned the next day in the morning, at such time as -it was tolde them that the pallace gates would be opened: the which was -done in the same maner and order as the day before, with the noyse of -musicke and artillerie as aforesaid. So when that the viceroy was giuen -to vnderstande how that the Castillos were come, he commanded that one -of them with alonely the interpreter should enter there wheras he was, -and to bring in such thinges as he had commanded to be brought, the -which was presently accomplished. Hee straightwaies began to looke vpon -the images euery one by it selfe, and the bookes: and made a stay -betwixt euerie one to consider well thereof, and made a showe of great -content he receiued in the sight of them. Although, aboue all the rest, -the ara of black iaspar did most content him, and caused a marueilous -strangenesse in the rest of the iudges that had seene it. All this while -was the father Costodio vpon his knees, and the interpreter by him, and -hee neuer asked of them any question, neyther did they say any thing. -They that did bring those thinges vnto them for to see them, seemed to -be principall and ancient men, who, when they gaue it him into his -handes, they did it kneeling. - -So after that he had seene them al at his pleasure, he commanded to put -them againe in the place that they were taken out, and made signe vnto -the father Costodio and to the interpreter that they should depart, and -to carry with them al those things which they had brought. One of the -ancient men that were with him, did go foorth with the Spaniards, and -told them when they came into the second hall, that the viceroye did -reioyce much to see them, and all those which they brought, and said -that they should repaire vnto the Timpintao, who was his deputy, and he -would dispatch al such matters as were asked of the viceroy by petition, -following the same till it was concluded, and that he would consult with -the viceroy, who would set down such orders as shold be obserued. They -straightwaies did put in execution this order, and comming vnto the -house of the deputie vnto the viceroy, the which was very great and -faire, they found that he had a garde very little lesse than that of the -viceroy, and almost with as much maiestie. So after they had remained in -the court a good while, abiding his commandement (to whom it was giuen -to vnderstand that the viceroy had sent them vnto him), he commanded -them to ascend into the place wheras he was, which was into a hall very -well dressed, in the which was almost al such things as they had seene -in the hall of the viceroy, and he himselfe in the same manner sate in a -rich chaire, with a table before him. He commanded to take out those -things which they brought in their chestes, and did behold them with -great consideration peece by peece, as the viceroy had done, and -reioysing much to see the images, he did demande of them with curiositie -the signification of some of them, but in especiall a crucifix, that -after that he had considered with great attention, he asked what man was -that which was vppon the crosse, and what those letters did signifie -that were tituled ouer his head. But when the father Costodio had -declared it vnto him, he beganne to laugh thereat, as though he had -heard some foolish fable. Hee came and feeled the habites of our -religious men, and made signes of great woonder to see the aspernesse -thereof. - -The father Costodio seeing his affabilitie, and as it seemed by outwarde -showe that he did very much pitie them, he requested to helpe and fauour -him with the viceroy, and that he would aske licence that they might -remaine and dwell in that countrie, in any place where his pleasure was -to appoint, for that they were men without any hurt, and would put all -their care and diligence to do workes of charitie, and to procure that -men might go to inioy the happie estate to the which they were borne. - -The interpreter dealt here in his office with as great fidelitie as at -other times, in saying that which the fathers did request of him, was -that he should be a meanes vnto the viceroy that he would let them to -remaine in that countrie two or three moneths, for that as then it was -an ill time to nauigate the sea, and that without great danger of their -liues they could not returne vnto the Ilands Philippinas. The iudge -answered that they should not feare, but remaine with content, for that -he would procure that there should be giuen them a house for those three -or foure moneths, with a commandement that none whatsoeuer should do -them any harme. The interpreter tolde them that the deputie to the -viceroy was very glad that they would remaine in that countrie, for that -they seemed vnto him men of good example and necessarie in their common -weale, and that they might freely learne the language (as they sayd) for -to shew and instruct them the way vnto heauen. The Spaniards hauing -heard this, it made them very much to maruaile, and from that time -forwards they had good hope to prosecute that which they did pretend. So -with this and with great spirituall and corporal ioy they tooke their -leaue of the iudge, and went vnto their lodging, wheras they gaue thanks -vnto God for the good directing of their busines, and did pray vnto him -to helpe them, that they might see a finall conclusion of their desire. -All this falsenes that the interpreter did vse, was by the diuine -permission (as afterwards they did gather), when that by himselfe they -were put out of all doubt, and did declare what he did pretend by the -way and order he tooke. For without all doubt, if that the iudges had -plainely vnderstood that they would haue there remained, they would not -haue suffered them to haue entred and seene the countrie. And the -viceroy being aduertised thereof, would haue caused them to depart in -that troublesome wether, whereas possibly they should haue beene all -drowned, for that the moneths of July, August, and September in that -countrie, are ordinarily full of stormes and tempestes. - - - - -CHAP. IX. - - _The Spaniards remained certaine daies in Aucheo: they - go to visite the beautie of that citie, but in - especiall the captaine generall of the sea, who was so - affectioned vnto the ara of blacke stone they brought, - that hee did with all care and diligence procure it of - gift._ - - -All the time that they remained in Aucheo, they did occupie themselues -in visiting of the principals of the court, amongst whom he that did -most reioice to see them was the captaine generall of the men of war of -that prouince, who after that he had intreated them very friendly and -louingly, he desired them that they would returne the next day to -uisite him, and to bring with them the ara of blacke stone, which they -had shewed vnto the viceroy, that he might see it, for that he had -praised it very much: and to bring also of their painted images. They -did obey his commandement, and came vnto him when that he was at dinner -with great maiestie. Then so soone as he had dined, he commanded that -they should enter into the hal there where he was. The interpreter when -he drew nigh vnto him did kneele down, and made signes vnto the -Spaniards to follow him and do the like; but the captaine commanded them -to arise and to couer their heads, and did very much behold the ara or -(altar stone), making a showe of great admiration to beholde it: hee -demanded of the fryers many things of great curiositie, and asked them -if they would sell him that stone, and he would giue them for it what -they would demande. The father Costodio answered, saying that they sold -nothing, and much lesse that, for that it was consecrated and dedicated -to the diuine colto (or sacrifice). The captaine replied and saide, that -if they would not sell it, that they should giue it him, and hee would -be gratefull vnto them in some other thing, that they should thinke well -of. - -The father Costodio answered, that by no manner of meanes he could not -do it, for that vpon the same they did celebrate and say masse, at such -time as they did sacrifice vnto the true God. At that instant the -captaine did put his handes vppon it to feele it, and the father -Costodio made signes vnto him to take away his handes, for that he -sinned greatly therein. Then he seeing that they would not giue it him, -he tooke his leaue, saying, that they should leaue it there with him, -for that hee would looke vpon it more at leasure, promising to returne -it them againe afterwardes. The father Costodio did consent thereunto, -but first he requested him not to touch it with his handes. - -So after that he had satisfied himselfe in the beholding of it, his -affection was then much more to remaine therewith: and for to -accomplish the same, not fayling of his word and promise that he had -made, hee deuised with himselfe a certaine slight and policie, and sent -for the father Costodio, who came vnto him with great content, thinking -verily that he would haue returned their ara. When he came vnto him, he -did intertaine him verie ioyfully, and said that he was vpon his iorney -to certaine warres by the commandement of the king, and that amongest -those seruants that he carried with him for his seruice, there were two -christened Chinos, which had beene captiues vnto the Portugales of the -citie of Machao, from whence they ran away, of whom he had had -vnderstanding in all thinges of the ceremonies of the Christians, and -that their comming thether was to baptise such as would receiue the -same: and hee being fully certified in many thinges touching the same, -he liked well thereof and gaue great content, and hoped to be one of -them that first should receiue the faith when the king should grant -licence for the same. - -All this (as it seemed) was that they should let him haue the ara, vnto -the which he was so affectioned, as aforesaid. But the father Costodio -vsed the matter in such sort that hee got it out of his fingers, which -was no small matter. Within a few dayes after, the captaine being readie -to imbarke himselfe for to make his iourney, he sent vnto the Spaniardes -that two of them should come vnto him, and that they should bring with -them the blacke stone, for there were certaine friendes of his that -would see it. - -The father Costodio did straightwayes accomplish his commandement, and -carried with him the ara (or altar stone), for that he durst not do -otherwise, yet they did beleeue that in giuing him some pretie or -curious thing, they should content him and quiet his mind: they carried -also with them the image of Marie Magdalen, made of feathers, which was -more woorthie than the ara (setting apart the consecration). So when -the religious fathers came wheras he was, he went foorth to meete them -more then tenne paces, with signification of great ioy: and carrying -them aside, he saide vnto them once againe, that the captiues had told -him so many things of their vertuous maner of liuing, and of other -things touching the heauen, that he had great affection vnto them, and -desired that they might remaine in the countrie for to baptise the -inhabitants therof, and that he wold be the first: but the cause -wherfore he did delay the time is for to eschew the paines that is -pronounced against all those that do receiue any law or strange -ceremonie without particular licence of the king. And for that he went -in hast to go and inhabite a certaine prouince, and that he was ready to -depart; in the which, so soone as it was possible, he would do so much -that al they should become Christians; and for as much as he tolde him -that the blacke stone (vnto the which he was affectioned) was -consecrated, that he would let him haue it to carry with him, that he -might put it in the first church that the baptised should edifie, being -made Christians: the which would be very shortly, for that he was -determined before many daies to send to Machao for two friers such as -were there, to be fully informed of them in thinges touching the -Christian faith. Then the father Costodio sayde, if that which he had -spoken came from his heart, that hee would foorthwith depart and goe -with him and all his companie. - -The captaine answered that as then hee could not doo it, till such time -as the church was built, and licence had for the same of the king or -vizroy, the which at that time he coulde not demande, for the great hast -that he had to depart. The father Costodio replied and said, that his -church being built, he would promise him of his worde to sende it him, -and not to giue it to any other; and in pledge and token of the same, he -should carry with him the image of Marie Magdalene made of feathers. The -captaine receiued the same with great content: greatlie maruelling at -the subtill and fine worke wherewith it was wrought: and after did so -much, that almost perforce he remained also with the ara: and commanded -to bee brought foorth two rich peeces of damaske, and to giue them vnto -the father Costodio for to make an ornament in truck and ful -satisfaction for the same; but the father Costodio woulde not receiue -them, but was very much greeued to see howe that hee did remaine -therewith, and with the image of feathers. The captaine did contende -with him for to take the dameske, but hee would not. - -Afterward they vnderstood that the interpreter was bribed by a seruant -of the captaines, for to alter the friers words and to offer the -captayne the ara, and any thing els that hee would desire. For to the -contrary he durst not by any meanes to take it against the will of the -fathers. To conclude he did imbarke himselfe vpon his voyage, and caried -with him the ara and the image, with great ioy to himselfe: but vnto the -fathers and their companions discomfort and sorrow, for they had lost -the two thinges that they so much esteemed. The captayne at his -departure did vse great thinges and curtesie, taking his leaue of them -with signes, that signified he bare them great loue and good will, and -that it greeued him to depart, and could not carie them with him as they -requested. - -The interpreter did comfort the Spaniardes, and sayd that they should -not be sorrowful that the captaine had taken those two pieces; for that -he was a mightie prince, and that he would fauour and helpe them with -the vizroy, and that hee was certaine that he would accomplish that -which he promised, that is, to become a Christian, for that he did beare -great good will and affection vnto them: in the which the interpreter -did not lie, for that it was told them by the seruants of the captaine, -that were christened, as I told you before. - -The frier Costodio remained so sad and sorowfull for the carrying away -of the ara and Madlin of feathers, as though he had lost a great -treasure: and being desirous to recouer them againe, he did recommend -the same vnto S. Antonio de Padua, who, for thinges that were lost, they -knew by experience to bee the onely saint for aduocate, and did promise -(the better to obtaine their desire) for to celebrate vnto him certaine -masses, when they should come into place fit for the same. - -Straightwayes it so fell out that the chiefe and principall interpreter -did fall out with the other that did helpe him, about certaine profite -that was comming to him, and did threaten him that he would tell the -gouernor howe that they had giuen him much siluer for to conclude the -matter about the ara, for that the fathers had giuen it them more by -force then any good will. The interpreter fearing that hee shoulde bee -for the same greeuously punished, and finding himselfe culpable in the -things that the other threatned him for, he went vnto the captain, who -was imbarked and readie to depart, tarrying onely for wether, and tolde -him the falling out in all points as it passed, and of his threatnings: -who likewise fearing what might succeede or happen, if it shoulde come -to the vnderstanding of the aytao of the cittie of Canton, as could not -be by any meanes excused: hee called vnto him one of his seruants and -commanded him to take the ara and the image, and to carry them vnto the -fathers, who accomplished his commande, and they receiued them with -great comfort, and gaue great thankes vnto God for the same, and S. -Antonio de Padua: by whose intercession they beleeued that they were -restored. - - - - -CHAP. X. - - _The Timpintao dooth call the Spaniards before him, - and dispatcheth them for to go to Canton; they tooke - their leaue of him, and goeth from Aucheo: and at - their comming to Canton, they are commaunded to make - themselues readie to departe the kingdome._ - - -The next day following, which was the thirde day of September, the -timpintao did sende to call the Spaniards before him, who as we haue -said was deputie vnto the vizroy, and he gaue them certaine dispatches, -in saying, that there was in them all that they did aske, and gaue -commandement to the gouernor of Canton that he should not neglect, but -accomplish al things therin comprehended, so that they might depart when -they pleased. When hee tooke his leaue of them, hee did intreate them -verie curteously with words of great curtesie. The Spaniards departed -his presence with incredible ioy: beleeuing that he had agreed and -granted all that they did aske, and to remaine in the countrie to -preach, so that the next day following they made all thinges in a -redinesse to take their voyage, the which they finished in short time, -by reason of their great contentment they had with themselues, as also -for the good intertainement and good cheere they had by the way, which -was made and giuen them by the commandement of the timpintao. So when -they came vnto Canton, they went straightwayes to visite the gouernour, -and to giue him the dispatches which they brought, who after that he had -read the same, he bad them welcome, and saide that hee was very glad -that the vizroy had shewed them so much fauour, and that the same was -committed to his charge, for the execution of his commission, that they -should perswade themselues that hee would performe it according vnto his -commandement, without failing anie thing. And for to beginne the same, -hee shewed vnto them a house of the kings which should be for their -dwelling, which was in the suburbs halfe fallen downe, and there they -were lodged, with a commandement that they should not go foorth, neither -enter into the cittie without particular licence. Heere they remained -many dayes being deceiued of their purpose, and maruelled very much that -the gouernor would not giue them licence for to reedifie a monastery, -neither for to enter into the cittie for to giue order in that which -they beleeued was granted them by the vizroy, til such time as they -vnderstood what was done by their interpreters, and relation giuen by -the Chino boy which came with them from the Philippinas, who declared to -them the truth in all things: how that the interpreters had neuer told -the iudges how that they would remain in the countrie, neither made any -mention thereof, but that they came thither as lost men, and that their -request was to remaine in the country til it were faire wether, or the -comming of the Portugall shippes. And this was that which the vizroy and -his deputie had granted, and no other thing. But when the father -Costodio and his companions (who verely beleeuing that their desire -woulde take effect) vnderstoode the craft and wile of the interpreters, -and the great falshood that they had vsed, they were very sadde, and -beganne amongst themselues to remedie the same: so they determined to -seeke a new interpreter, one that should faithfulle and truely declare -their will vnto the gouernor. And although they did finde some that -could doo it, for that they did reasonably vnderstande the Portugall -tongue, yet there were none that woulde accept it, for any request or -giftes that they did promise them. - -The father Costodio seeing this, and that the time appointed did passe -away without doing of any thing, one day hee and the rest of his -companions did ioine togither, and entred in counsell to see what was -best to be done, according vnto the necessitie in the which they were -driuen. There was amongst them diuers opinions, for that of the father -Costodio and of another religious man was, that they woulde go vnto -Machao, which was not farre off, and there would administer the -sacraments, and preach the holy gospel vnto the christened Chinos, and -to learne the China language, and to tarrie there and abide the first -occasion that should bee offered, or else they themselues to procure it, -for, hauing the language, it were an easie thing to doo it: and they -should not haue neede of any interpreter, neither feare to be deceiued -as they had beene before. And besides this, they put the Portugals out -of all doubt of the false opinion that the captaine generall had -published abroade of them, and of other matters of like effect and -purpose. The other two religious men and souldiers were of a contrarie -opinion: which was, that they should returne vnto the Ilands -Philippinas, and not vnto Machao, and saide, that they had departed -without licence of the gouernor, and did aduenture themselues into the -harme and damage that might happen vnto them by that enterprise, and all -for to plant the faith of Christ in that kingdome. And now seeing that -by the iust iudgement of God wee cannot put it in execution, wee are -greatly bounde to returne againe vnto him, of whome we doubt not but -with ease to get our pardon for the error passed, representing the zeale -wee had to the honour of God, and the saluation of so manie soules, who -did incite vs to giue that great enterprise: with the which we shall -remaine blamelesse with them that had giuen wrong iudgement of vs, and -accomplish our bounden duetie and obedience which wee doo owe vnto the -gouernor. And in going vnto Machao wee shall runne in great danger to be -holden and iudged for traitors to the king: and the intent wherewith wee -went vnto China, euery one wil construe and interpret thereon at his -pleasure. - -The resolution of these contrary opinions, was by a common consent -delated certaine dayes, in the which they prayed vnto God to put into -their hearts that which was best for His deuine seruice. So in the end -the father Costodio, and the religious man, who was of his opinion, did -determine to go forwards with their pretence, and to go vnto Machao, as -aforesaid, and the rest to returne vnto the ilands with the first -oportunitie they might finde: but when it should come to effect, one of -the religious friers that shoulde haue gone vnto Manilla was deade of an -infirmitie that chanced him. They staid there longer then they did think -they should, by reason that the iudges of the cittie were occupied with -the examinations of students, the which is accustomed euery three -yeares, and is in that manner and order as hath beene tolde you in the -proper chapter for the same: the which examinations endured more then -fiue and fortie dayes, with great feastes and banquets, without medling -in any other particular businesse. - - - - -CHAP. XI. - - _The Father Costodio sendeth a messenger vnto Machao; - he writeth vnto the bishop and vnto a priest for to - bestow their almes on them for their departure. The - captaine generall doth vnderstand therof, and - commandeth them not to aid nor succour the Spaniards: - and other matters appertaining unto them._ - - -In the meane time of this their examination, the father Costodio did -sende a messenger vnto the bishop of Machao, declaring vnto him his -determination, and he also did write vnto the deuout priest, of whome we -haue made mention before, and craued of them their almes wherewith they -might make prouision for them that would depart for the Ilands -Philippinas, and how that he and his companyon would go and see his -lordship. This was not done so secretly, but it came vnto the -vnderstanding and knowledge of the captaine generall of the Portugals, -who with great choller went and demanded the letters of the priest, -those that were giuen him by the Chino: threatning him that if hee did -not, hee woulde punish him with great rigor, and banish him out of the -countrie as a suspected person. He answered him, that of truth he had -receiued certaine letters, but that at the very instant hee sent them -vnto the bishoppe vnto whom they were directed: about the which there -was great holde and keepe, vntill it came to effect that the captaine -did lay holde vppon the priest for to apprehende him: but when the -bishop vnderstood thereof, hee with all speede possible went to remedy -the danger that might insue, and to take him out of his power. - -The captaine seeing that hee could not perseuer with his intent and -purpose, he made many notifications vnto the bishop, requiring that he -would not permit that any letters shoulde bee receiued from those -religious Spaniards, for that he knew by very certaine relation that -they were spies, and no friers; and if so be that any damage should -happen vnto them, by their order, that hee woulde lay the whole fault -vppon him as a consenter and a helper. The bishoppe answered that he was -fully perswaded and certified that they were true religious men, and -seruants of God, and that he with a very good will would take vpon him -the burthen of any damage that should happen to the country by their -meanes, or vnto the king of Portugall. With this the captaine was -somewhat quieted, but not so much but that continually hee did not let -to imagine newe matters against the poore fathers, to haue occasion to -apprehend them, and imagined in his minde for to write a letter vnto the -interpreters, in the which hee did offer them great quantities of money, -if that they would do so much as giue order that the iudges woulde sende -the religious men and Spanish souldiers that were in Canton vnto the -cittie of Machao, aduertising them howe and which way they shoulde vse -the matter to put it in effect, and was, that he should tell the iudges, -that the first time when as they went to speake with the gouernor, -whereas they did aske and say that they would depart for the Ilands -Philippinas, that they did interpret it contrary, for that their demand -was for to go vnto Machao. - -The interpreters straightwayes (with the desire of gaine) did take the -charge vppon them, and did vse the matter in such sort that the iudges -did sende them vnto Machao, whether it were with or against their -willes. But God, who woulde not permit those his seruantes and -Christians to bee deceiued, remedied the same at such time as it should -haue beene put in execution, in the manner as you shall vnderstande in -the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XII. - - _A Portugall of the cittie of Macheo doth discouer the - euill intent of the captaine general: he giueth the - Spaniards warning thereof by a letter without seale, - by the which they remedie the danger that was so nigh - at hand: they are called before the Aytao of the - cittie, and he declareth vnto them such matters as - haue passed with him, and the licence that was - graunted for some of them to go vnto Machao, and the - other vnto Luzon._ - - -Being vnderstood by a Portugall, a good Christian of the towne of -Machao, of such things as the captaine generall did imagine against the -poore religious fathers that were in Canton, and their companions the -souldiers, of whose holy zeale he was fully certified, and being greeued -at the very soule that one Christian shoulde hurt and harme another: and -more in the disturbing of the saluation of soules, hee determined with -himselfe to giue them aduice therof with all speed that was possible, as -in effect hee did by sending them a letter without anie name: wherein he -gaue them to vnderstand that the captaine generall, by meanes of the -interpreters, did pretende that they should be sent thither wheras he -might apprehend them, and send them vnto the king of Portugall, or else -to doo some hurt vnto their person, with some false information, and -willed them to be wel aduised, and to keepe themselues from the deceit -ordained. - -The letter being seene, and wel aduised of all that was therein -contained, they determined to giue notice thereof vnto a Chino, a verie -friende of theirs, and perfite in the Portugall tongue: whome diuers -times they proued by experience, and founde him a very honest man, and -one that had doone them friendshippe: who promised them that before many -houres, he would bring al things to light, and to know whether that were -true or not. - -So with this desire he went there whereas the iudge did sit in audience, -and was there as one that knew nothing, vntill such time as he saw come -thither one of the interpreters with a petition in his hand, and -presented it vnto the supreme iudge, who was the Aytao, and which being -read by a scriuener, hee prouided that all things should be granted and -doone, that was therein contained. This petition the Chino aforesaid -saw; and after that the interpreter was departed with contentment, and -found that in the same petition he did request (in the name of the -Spaniards) of the iudge to giue them leaue for to go vnto Machao, which -was more for their purpose then to go vnto the Ilands Philippinas, which -was granted by the iudge, and lacking nothing but to seale or signe the -petition, but was delated vntil the euening, by reason of certaine -businesse that chanced at that present: but sure it was the ordinance of -God, for that if it had beene signed, they must needs of force haue -accomplished the same, without any replication. So with this certaintie -he went straightwayes vnto the Spaniards, to whom the interpreter had -told that by petition he had asked licence for them to go to the Ilands -Philippinas from whence they came; but the iudge woulde not graunt vnto -that, but for to go vnto Machao, which was neerer hand, who commanded -them to accomplish the same without any replication, vppon paine that -they should be carried thither perforce. - -The Spaniards asked councell of the Chino their friende, what meanes -might be taken to auoide the danger that the interpreter had begun to -bring them in, and was alredie gone to conclude the same. The Chino said -that he was fully perswaded that the Aytao loued them well, and that he -vnderstood hee did them great fauour and courtesie to graunt vnto the -petition the which the interpreter did present in their name. But -notwithstanding for so much as it was not signed, there was remedie to -bee had, if that they woulde present another which hee would giue them, -and go presently vnto the Aytao and present the same, and say when they -giue it him, that they woulde go vnto Luzon and not vnto Machao, and -that he himselfe would go with them for the good will he bare vnto them, -if it were not for the great paine that is put vppon all them whosoeuer -that shall speak for any stranger, without licence of the iustice, or is -called and ordained for the same. So they being fully perswaded in this -conclusion, with the petition made and all ready, there entred in at the -gate wheras they were, a seruant to the Aytao, who in the behalfe of his -master came to cal the Spaniards to come before him, for that he would -see and talke with them before their departure. They straightwayes went -forth in his company, and came vnto the gates of the cittie, after they -had gon a good wayes in the suburbs: and there they were staied till -such time as another came and brought their licence, written vpon a -table (in such sort as in other places it hath beene told you). So when -they had passed the gate, they passed thorough a long street, in the -which they saw so great riches, and of so great curiosity, that the -father Costodio with great admiration said, I haue beene in the -principallest citties of all Flanders and Italie, and in all them I haue -not seene so great curiositie and riches as in this streete alone: and -according vnto the report of them all, hee had great reason to maruell -thereat. So they comming vnto the end of this streete, and in sight of -another gate, they sawe that the souldiers which kept and garded the -same, did shut them in their presence with great hast, and let fall a -percullis of yron before the gate, and demanded to see their licence at -a window out of the saide percullis: and when they had it, although they -saw with them the seruant of the Aytao and the interpreter, yet would -they not open the gate vntill such time as it was acknowledged and newe -firmed by another iudge; the which being done, they presently did open -the gates and did conduct them vnto the house of one which is to be -compared to a iudge of the court, and called in their language Tequisi, -that he might go with them to the Aytao, for so it was commanded and -ordained. Unto this Tequisi they gaue their petition that they had made, -without giuing the interpreter to vnderstand therof, requesting him by -signes and some words which they had learned of the language that he -woulde giue it to the Aytao, and to procure that hee might accept and -grant that which by the same they did demand. But when they gaue it him, -it caused great alteration in the interpreter, for that they told the -iudge that he was a theefe and a traitor, and how that he had sold them -to the captaine general of Machao, and how that hee had presented a -petition in their name: howe that they would go thither, and not to the -iland of Luzon, where all their desire is to returne, and this hath he -done by gifts that the saide captaine general hath promised to giue him, -if that he do accomplish his desire. The Tequisi when he heard this, he -forthwith departed with vs from his owne house, towards the house of the -Aytao which was hard by, and as he went by the way he read their -petition, and sawe that it was different to that which the interpreter -had giuen before vnto the Aytao, he being present: whereat he made a -stay and began to consider of the same, as also of that which the -Spaniards had said vnto him at such time as they gaue him their -petition, for by the signes and tokens they made, as by their semblant -in speech, it seemed to him that they were marvellouslly indigned -against the interpreter; but he did not wel vnderstand them, for that -they could not plainly declare it in their language, till such time as -hee found the contrarietie that was in the petitions, and the turbation -of the interpreter, whom presently hee called vnto him, and asked him -what the matter was? Hee trembling for feare, answered and saide, that -hee vnderstood that the father Costodio (whome all the rest doo obey as -their head, and with whom he alonely did communicate), that it was his -pleasure, and gaue order to go vnto Machao, and that hee was certaine -that all the rest were of that opinion, wherein he thought he had done -well, and therefore he presented that petition in asking licence, -whereby they might doo it liberallie, with this discharge. And againe -the Spaniards seeing how he was terrified, and how that he requested -them so humblie they would not proceed any farther with their complaint, -wherewith the Tequisi was satisfied, who said vnto the Spaniards being -in the gallerie of the Aytao his house, that they shoulde tarry there, -and hee entred in with the petition in his hand. So within a while after -they were commanded to enter into the hall there whereas the iudges -were, and had seene the petition and had comoned about the same. And at -their entring into the hall whereas the Aytao was, there were signes -made vnto them that they should kneele downe, the which they did almost -twenty paces before they came to the table that was before him: hee had -in hande the petition that Tequisi had giuen vnto him, and although that -he had read it before, yet did he returne and looked againe vppon it, -and asked which were they that would go vnto Machao. The father Costodio -signified himselfe and frier Iohn Baptista his companion; and said, that -they, for that they were old and timorous of the sea, they would go -thither for that it was nearer hande, and howe that the rest that were -not of such yeares, neither so timorous, they woulde returne vnto the -iland of Luzon from whence they came, and there dwell with other of -their brethren and friends that were there. The interpreter, whose euill -conscience did accuse him for the euils which he had done, was so -timorous, that all men might see plainly his default, and without al -doubt the iustices are so right in executing the same, that if their -complaint had gone forwards, they would haue punished him and his -companion, and that very cruelly: but the religious friers woulde not -consent that the souldiers shoulde declare against them, although their -will was good, but thought it a sufficient punishment to see in what -affliction the poore men were in, and tooke pittie on them. - -The Aytao was desirous to see their images and book, which was the -chiefest occasion wherefore hee sent to call them; and when he saw them -he receiued great content, and called the father Costodio to come nigh -vnto him, and asked the signification of some of them, such as seemed -vnto him most strangest, and being satisfied thereof, hee commanded the -frier Costodio to reade on one of these bookes, hee harkening vnto it -with great attention, and as one amased to see those letters, and the -forme of them so farre different vnto theirs, which are all in manner of -caractes, as hath beene told you. So after that they had passed away the -time a while in this, hee saide, that those which woulde go vnto Machao -shoulde put themselues on the one side, and they that woulde go vnto -Luzon on the other: the which being doone hee tooke his leaue of them -verie louinglie, and saide that hee would giue them the licence which -they did aske at all times whensoeuer they woulde, and although hee -coulde not grant it them without first to consult with the vizroy of -Aucheo, yet he would doo it within tenne dayes, and then those which -woulde go vnto Macheo might presently depart, and those which would go -vnto Luzon, he would send them vnto Chincheo, that from thence the -gouernour shoulde cause them to be sent in the first passage that goeth -with merchandice. - -This Aytao was very peaceable and humaine, who hauing compassion on the -Spaniards, for that they seemed vnto him to be good men, he commanded to -bee giuen to them, ouer and aboue the kings alowance, a hogge, and rice, -and other kind of victuals. So herewith they went vnto their lodgings -with content, and also the interpreter, who thought that hee was newe -borne againe that day. - - - - -CHAP. XIII. - - _The Spaniards remaine certaine dayes in Canton, - whither came certaine Portugals from, Machao: at the - first they feared them, but afterwards they were - assured, by the contractation they had the one with - the other, that they were friendes: the vizroy of - Aucheo commeth to Canton, and dispatcheth the - Spaniards, and giueth them good prouision and - intertainment._ - - -After that the ten daies were past appointed by the Aytao, and some -more, and seeing that no more mention was made them, but as though they -had neuer seene them, they were very sorowfull, and in ielousie that the -captaine general of Machao aforesaide had knowledge howe that his craft -and subtiltie was discouered, and thereupon to begin and frame some -other: procuring for an instrument in the performing of the same, some -iudge or some other person of power and authoritie. So they being with -this care and discontent, there came vnto the cittie of Canton foure -Portugals to buy and sell merchandice, with a safe conduct which they -had for the same, which was the occasion that their sorow and trouble -increased, suspecting what might happen conformable to the aduise which -they had from thence: but for that they did comon and visit them many -times, with intent to discouer their minds the one vnto the other, they -presently did forget the euill suspection that they had of them, and not -onely that, but they did giue them great almes and charitie, helping and -aiding them in all things, as it was meete and reason amongst -Christians. So being void of their first care, they put all their -diligence and care in their departure: and seeing that there was no -mention made thereof, by reason that the iudges were occupied in -mustering the souldiers of that circuit in a great and mightie field, -whereas they were trained vp in military exercises, some shooting in -bowes, some with hargabushes, tossing the pike, running of horses, and -many other exercises more: and after that they had many different -proofes, as well of thinges past as at that present, they ordained -captaines, such as were aduanced aboue all the rest, and most worthy: -all which being finished, the Spaniards determined to put the Aytao in -remembrance of his promise; and the better that they might doo it, and -with most breuitie, they ordained a petition, and went with the same -vnto the house of the Aytao, therewith to aske licence to put it in vre. -The first iudge they met withall was the Tequisi aforesaid, who made -signes that they should come vnto him, and asked of them what they would -haue. The father Costodio answered, nothing but onely to present that -petition vnto the Aytao, to put him in minde of their departure: the -Tequisi did take the petition, promising them to giue it vnto him -presently, the which he did accomplish in a short space. So being read -by the Aytao, he made answere by the same petition, that he had a -particular care of them, and tarried onely for order from the vizroy, -which could not tarrie long: the receiuing whereof hee woulde aduertise -them; the which hee did accomplish in fewe dayes, which came with great -content vnto the Spaniards, for that he commanded that they should be -sent away in verie good order, and to giue them all that was needfull -for their iourney, and that in aboundance. The same day that this -commission came, there came also newes that the vizroy would come vnto -the cittie of Canton, and that within few dayes hee would bee there: the -which did so much trouble the Aytao and the rest of the iudges, that day -and night they neuer rested, but were occupied in the preparing al -things necessary to receiue him, which were so many and with so great -maiestie as though the king in person should come thither: with great -and mighty triumphall arkes, rich hangings, with other things, the which -I do not here make mention of, although they were very curious, because -I would not be tedious, for that I haue a great desire to conclude this -little historie: and if I should declare all that passed therin, it were -requisite for the same alone to make a great volume. - -Foure dayes after the comming of the vizroy, by his order there was -giuen both to the one and to the other a prouision, in the which he -commanded all iudges and gouernors to receiue the Spaniards into their -iurisdictions whereas they should passe, and not to permit any to do -them harme or iniury, but to giue them free passage with securitie till -such time as they should come to the place appointed in the said -prouision, which was vnto Machao and vnto Luzon: and iointly therewith -he commanded two captaines to beare them company til such time as they -had brought them out of all danger. And to giue vnto them that went vnto -Machao (which was three daies iourney) sufficient prouision requisite -for fiue dayes: and to them that went to Luzon their prouision for forty -dayes, although the voyage is to be made in fifteene dayes, and in -twentie dayes at the most. He also commanded them that had the charge to -carry them, that they shoulde haue a special care vnto their healthes, -in trauelling not too fast, but little and little. Likewise the Aytao -gaue order vnto the interpreters for to sell the frigat, in the which -the fathers came thither, and to giue vnto them the price that shoulde -bee made thereof, to bestow it at their pleasure: the which they did, -but kept still the halfe of that which they solde it for: and with many -other things more, which by the commandement of the vizroy was giuen -them for their iourney, and thought it well bestowed on them, for to see -themselues free of their lyings and crafts. At the departure of the -father Costodio, one of the souldiers mind was altred, who was called -Pedro de Villa Roel, and was very desirous to go with him vnto Machao, -the which hee did accomplish by apparelling himself in the habite of a -Portugal, because he had no licence to go otherwise. So all things being -in a redinesse for their iourney, they tooke their leaue the one of the -other, in shedding many teares with the griefe of minde. - -The father Costodio and his companions came safely and in health to -Machao in foure dayes, as himselfe did afterwards write thereof, and -were very well receiued of the bishop, and of all the rest: and within -fewe dayes after they gaue them a place for to build a monasterie, -wherein he and his companion might liue, and all such as should take the -habite of that order. They came thither the fifteenth of Nouember. - -And those which went vnto Luzon departed out of the cittie of Canton in -a great barke, of the which there are many in all that kingdome, very -well tilted and dressed, with many roomes and galeries and painted -windowes, as hath beene told you: in the which they were very much made -of by the patron of the said barke and of the passengers, which were -many, and went vnto diuers partes with merchandice: some thinges that -they saw by the way till they came vnto Chincheo, shal be told you in -the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XIV. - - _They that were determined to go vnto Luzon, doo - departe for the cittie of Chincheo: in which voyage - they see many riuers and townes: and other particular - things._ - - -The Spaniards depart out of the riuer of Canton, and after they had -sailed by sea the space of three leagues, they entred into another -mighty riuer, in the which they trauelled four daies. And sure the great -number of citties and townes that they saw alongst the riuers side is -incredible, and so nigh the one vnto the other, that they seemed to be -al one: so in the end of foure dayes they landed at one of the cities, -where came so much people to see those strangers, that it seemed al the -kingdome were there assembled together, and were so many in number, that -before they could get to the inne wheras they should be lodged, there -passed more then foure houres, and was in distance but a quarter of a -league: but when they came thither, they were verie faint with the great -thrust and throng of the people. They stayed in this cittie one day, and -the next day, very early in the morning, was brought vnto them horse, -for to trauel by land other two daies, the which was almost continually -in villages and townes; and the third day they were imbarked in a smal -barke, wherein they passed a riuer which had but litle water, the space -of two houres; then after they were shipped in a bigger barke, and -entred into another riuer, which seemed to be an arme of the sea, in the -which they sailed fiue dayes, and sawe sailing vp and downe the said -riuer so many barks and boats, that it made them to be greatly amased. -These riuers were as wel replenished of cities and townes, as the other -riuer whereof we haue spoken. Al which is a helpe to beleeue that which -hath been said of the mightinesse and the great number of people that -are in that mighty kingdom. Concluding this riuer they entred into -another, but not so broade as the last, but a swifter current, and beset -with mightie trees both on the one side and the other, and were so thick -that almost they could not see the sunne thorough them: and although the -country was very asper there alongst the riuers side, yet was there many -walled citties, and an infinite number of townes and vilages, in such -sort that the suburbs did almost ioyne the one vnto the other. So when -they were disembarked out of this riuer, they trauelled by land other -foure dayes, and greatly maruelled to see the great fertilitie of the -country, and many other things more, which they do passe ouer, for that -in the relation of the Augustine friers it hath beene declared vnto you. -In the ende of those foure daies they came to a cittie ten leagues from -Chincheo, and were lodged in the suburbs of the same, whether resorted -so much people to see them, that although they did shut the gates to -defend themselues from the prease, yet could they not be disturbed of -the entry, for that they broke the gates, and climed vp the wals and -windowes to see them. The host of the house whereas they were lodged, -when he saw that the people did spoile and destroy his house, he -requested the Spaniards to go forth into a greene fielde which was there -harde by, placed amongst a company of orchards, the which they did to -satisfie them, and also to satisfie the multitude of people that were -come thither only to see them. The noise of the people was so great, -that the gouernor feared there had bin some other matter, and commanded -a iudge to go and examine the cause and know the truth: but when that -hee was certified thereof, hee commaunded the Spaniards to come vnto his -house, for that hee was desirous and would see them. They presently did -accomplish his commandement, and went their way, and as they passed -thorough the streete, there were certaine representing a comedie, but so -soone as the people that were there did see the Spaniardes, they left -the players all alone and followed them. They entred into the gouernors -house, and found him with great maiestie of seruants and souldiers of -his gard: he entertayned them with great loue, and asked them who they -were, and from whence they came. The interpreter presently showed the -prouision they brought from the viceroy, which was, in summe, their -licence giuen by him for them to go vnto Chincheo, and that none should -disturbe them in their iourney, but to ayde and giue them all fauour -possible, and that which was needefull for their iourney. And when that -he had read the same, he saide that thereby he did vnderstand that which -he desired to know, and how that the viceroy did command all gouernors, -and him as one of them, they should offer to do all that lay in them: -the which he did accomplish, and shewed them great fauour and -friendship. - -The next day following, they departed out of this citie by land, being -giuen vnto them by the gouernor very good prouision for the way. The -same day they came vnto a towne that was very fresh, and fiue leagues -from the place they departed, they were determined to tarrie all that -night, fearing the passage through a citie which was but a league -before, suspecting that they should be as much troubled with the people -as they were in the other citie the day before. And although this was -but a small towne, yet was there so great a concourse of people that -came from the villages there abouts, that it caused them to depart the -next morning more early than they thought, and all the night they could -not sleepe, because of the great noyse of the people. - -So within a while after they departed from that towne, they came vnto -the citie aforesaide, the which for situation and gallant buildings, was -the fairest in all that province. Through the midst thereof ranne a -mightie riuer, ouer the which were many bridges very great and most -faire. Here were they so oppressed with much people that came to see -them, that they were detayned in the presse a good while before they -could enter into the citie: and after they were within they were -compassed about in such sort, that they could not goe to seeke to eate, -but were constrained to enter into a barke and go downe the riuer and -shroud themselues amongst a company of trees, and although they did vse -this policie, yet the number of people were so great that leapt into the -same barke that they were readie to sinke, till such time as they who -had entred the barke, to auoid that perill, returned and lept a shoore, -leauing them all alone with the barkemen and marriners that did rowe, -who went to seeke and bring them to eate, and they remained in the barke -all that night. - -So the next day in the morning, before the people could come to disturbe -them, they rowed towards the great and huge citie of Chincheo, and -entred into the same vppon a Sunday, in the morning, being the sixt day -of December. - -They remained still in the barke for their owne quietnesse and security, -and sent their interpreter with their prouision vnto the Gouernour, that -he might ordaine at his pleasure that which was therein commanded. The -Gouernour when he had receiued commission he said vnto the interpreter -that he should tell the Spaniards that he was very glad that they were -come thither in safetie and in good health, and that hee should receiue -great ioy to see them, and to shew them the courtesie that was commanded -him by the viceroy, in their prouision or commission. But by reason that -the great number of people that would come to see them, should not be -troublesome vnto them, he would passe ouer his content in seeing them, -and for their better comoditie they shall depart in the same barke -wherein they came, vnto the port of Aytim, whereat were certain ships -that were bound vnto Luzon, and that he would command they should be -receiued into the said ships, and to be carried with as much speede as -was possible: and for the accomplishing of the same hee kept the -commission of the viceroy, and gave an other commission vnto the -gouernor of the port, whether as hee sent them, in the which he -commanded to be accomplished all that he had promised. - -The Spaniards, although they would very gladly have seene the citie of -Chincheo and the mightinesse thereof, yet did they accomplish that which -the gouernor did command without anie reply, for that they considered -that it should come then better to passe. So they came vnto the said -port the next day folowing in the morning, whereas they did remaine in -the barke, doing as they did at Chincheo, and sent their interpreter -with the commission vnto the gouernor, who presently after he had read -the same, sent and commanded that the Spaniards should come a shore and -come and see him: who did accomplish the same, although with no lesse -trouble than in other places, by reason of the people that came to see -them. The gouernor intertained them with great loue and faire words, and -before they departed from him, he sent to call a captaine of one of the -ships that was there bound unto Luzon, and asked of him when he would -depart from that place, who answered within ten daies: then the gouernor -commanded that he should carrie them in his ship, and to giue them the -best intertainement that was possible, who promised him to accomplish -the same, and therwith he tooke his leaue of them, and sent them with -the said captaine, who offered them all the fauour and friendship that -was requisite. He presently carried them vnto his ship, who after he had -shewed them the whole commoditie therof, he made them a colation or -banket with great friendship. - -They remained in this port more than fifteene daies, wheras they -suffered very much colde, and seeing that the ship wherein they were -appointed to go was not redie, neither any order for them to depart in -many daies, considering the great desire they had to be amongst their -own nation and to take their ease, and hauing knowledge of another ship -that was ready and would depart, they altogither went vnto the gouernor -(who was set in audience), and said vnto him with a loud voice (as is -vsed in al that countrie), that the captaine whom he had commanded to -carrie them vnto Luzon, was not readie to depart, neither any signe that -he would in many daies, and that he would giue them licence, and command -a captaine of an other ship that was there readie to depart, and went -vnto the same Iland of Luzon, that he might carrie them, because they -were so ill at ease, and suffered so much colde that they felt great -griefe. - -When the gouernor heard this he was very angry, and with great choler he -commaunded one of his officers that was there with him, to go presently -and bring before him that captaine vnto whom he had committed the -carriage of the Spaniards: the which was accomplished, and that in so -short time that it caused great wonder: who when he came before the -gouernor had so great feare, that he knew not whether he was in heaven -or in earth. The gouernor straightwaies asked him what was the occasion -that he did not depart within the tenne daies as he had sayde? The -captaine answered, that they had had no wether, neither at that present, -wherewith they might nauigate. He asked him againe and saide, seeing -that the weather and time would not serue, how is it that there is an -other ship readie to depart. The captaine at this demand did faulter in -his speech, and answered friuolous wordes, wherefore the gouernor -commanded that he should be whipped in his presence for the lie which he -had tolde; and as they were pulling off his appareil for to execute the -commandement, the Spaniards hauing pitie and compassion of him, for that -he seemed to be an honest man, they fell all vpon their knees at the -gouernors feete, and requested him to pardon his offence, who did -presently consent therunto with a good will, and commanded to let him -alone; but he spake vnto him very sharpe wordes, such as, so farre -foorth as the Spaniardes could perceiue by the semblance both of the one -and of the other, that was as much griefe vnto him as though he had -beene whipped. Then presently he commanded to call the captaine of that -ship that was readie to depart, and deliuered vnto him the commission -that he had giuen vnto the other, with a great penaltie, and charged him -to carrie the Spaniards vnto the Ilande of Luzon, and charged him to -bring a testimoniall from thence, how that he had carried them in very -good order and saftie, and left them at the place that they desired. -This captaine vnderstanding what had passed with the other, and because -he would not see himselfe in the like perplexitie, did accept the -commandement, and thought the time long of his departure from thence, -and did promise them more than they did demand, and made hast to depart -out of the hauen because hee would not be called backe againe. - - - - -CHAP. XV. - - _The Spaniards depart from China and go to Luzon, they - do passe some stormes at the sea: the mariners do call - vpon the diuell, by lots: the religious men do - reprehend them: in the end they come to their desired - port, whereas they are received with much ioy._ - - -The second day of Januarie, departed out of the porte of Aytim, with a -prosperous wind, the shippe wherein was imbarked the Spaniardes, and two -other which were their safe conduct: but by reason it was winter, the -faire winde indured but a while, yet came they that day vnto the islande -of Amoy, which was sixe leagues from the firme lande, and there they -stayed one day. The next day following they went to sea, to prosecute -their voyage, whereas they were taken with so terrible and foule -weather, that the ship did driue they knew not whither, and many times -in daunger to be drowned. This storme indured four dayes, although more -stronger at one time than at an other: in the which storme was separated -the three ships, the one from the other, in such sort, that euery one -tooke his way, procuring to saue themselves, as commonly in such cases -is vsed, without hauing any care the one of the other; and God was so -pleased that the ship wherein the Spaniardes were, and one of the other -two, entered into a sure port, although with great trouble and with so -great a leake, that they could scarce keepe her aboue water; but in -especiall that which came in their safe conduct. And afterwarde they -understood that the other ship had taken port fiftie leagues from that -place, with the like perill and danger. In this port they remained -certaine dayes trimming their ships, and tarrying for a faire winde. So -they departed from thence the three and twentie day of Januarie, and to -their iudgementes with a settled and good winde, with the which they -sayled fiue dayes, in the end whereof they discouered the iland of -Luzon, with a singular ioy unto them all, for which the Spaniards gaue -thanks vnto God, by whose fauour they had escaped the storme past. - -But it so fell out, as they were going alongest the coast of the iland -for to enter into the port of Manilla, and being within fiue leagues of -the entrie thereof, vpon a soddaine there arose the north wind with so -great furie, and caused so great a sea, that they found themselues in a -great deale more daunger than in the other storme past, in such sort -that they sponed[44] before the winde with their foresayle halfe mast -hie, shaking it selfe to pieces, and in euerie minute of an houre readie -to be drowned. The Chinos, for that they are superstitious and witches, -beganne to inuocate and call vpon the diuell, for to bring them out of -that trouble (which is a thing commonly vsed amongest them, at all -times when they finde themselues in the like perplexitie); also they doo -request of him to showe them what they should doo to bring themselues -out of trouble. - -[44] Incorrectly written for "spoomed." To spoom a ship is to put her -right before the wind. - -But when the Spaniards vnderstoode their dealinges, they did disturbe -them that they shoulde not perseuer in their lottes and inuocations, and -beganne to coniure the diuells, which was the occasion that they would -not answere vnto the inuocation of the Chinos, who did call them after -diuerse manners (as hath been declared in the first part of this -historie); yet they heard a diuell say, that they should not blame them -because they did not answere vnto their demaunde, for they could not doo -it for that they were disturbed by the coniuration of those Spanish -fathers which they carried with them in their shippe. - -So presently, when the night was come, God was so pleased that the -storme ceased, and became, in fewe houres, very calme, although it -indured but a while; for, as they beganne to set sayle to nauigate -towardes the port, and almost at the point to enter into the same, a new -storme seised on them, and with so great force, that they were -constrayned to returne vnto the sea, for feare to be broken in pieces -vpon the shore. - -At this time they wanted both water and victualles, which was vnto them -a newe torment; and they were brought into so great extremitie, that for -ninetie and sixe persons that were in the shippe, there was not left -victuals for two dayes. - -The Chinos beganne a newe to inuocate the diuels by writing, which is a -way that they neuer let but doo answere them, as they did at this -instant, and were not disturbed by the coniurations of the fathers; yet, -notwithstanding they lyed in their answere, for that they saide, that -within three dayes they should be within the citie of Manilla, and after -it was more then four dayes. - -In conclusion, having by the fauour of Almightie God ouercome all their -trauayles by the sea, and the necessitie of the lacke of water and -victualles, they arriued at the desired port the second day of -Februarie, anno 1580; whereas they were receiued by the gouernour, and -of all the rest, with great ioy, in pardoning them the offence they had -committed in going without licence, and shewed vnto them particular -fauours, and were very sorrowfull that the father Costodio and his -companions remained in Machao, for that hee was wellbeloved of all, and -that with great desert, for his vnderstanding, learning, and holy life. -Who, within fewe dayes after, did write a letter vnto the rest of the -religious men in Manilla, aduertising them how that in a short time they -came vnto Machao in good health; and how that the bishoppe and the -captaine generall, with all the rest of the towne, were verie glad and -ioyfull of their comming, and fully resolued to the contrarie of the -false opinion that they had conceiued of them, and that he was in great -hope to see his desire accomplished, for that he was daily in place -whereas they did see and comon with the Chinos, whom, so soone as he can -speake the language, he doth pretend to instruct them in matters -touching the faith. Also he wrote, that he vnderstood by good originall -or information (although it was comitted in secret), that the kingdom or -province of Cochin China, which is four daies iourney from Machao, -whereas the Portingals hath contraction, and port for all their ships -that come from the Indias, hath sent vnto the bishop of Machao, and doth -demand of him priests for to baptise them, with such determination and -good will to be Christians, that in some portes they haue alreadie -timber cut downe for to edifie churches. This you may belieue, for that -the bishop himselfe hath tolde him, and in the latter end of his letter -was written as followeth: They have inuited me to this enterprise, and -(for to put my selfe therein) I would gladly haue with me many -companions, which is the treasure that we go to seeke. It is a firme -lande, there whereas God hath prepared a great haruest. They are -politike people, and more easie to be conuerted then the Chinos, for -that the diuell hath not put so manie disturbances against the gospel of -Christ as in China, although it doth ioyne vpon it; and once entering -the faith therein, with the fauour of God, their great and difficult -doings which now they haue among them, will be broken with great ease; -for they are not so many nor so great, whereby wee should be -discomforted to see them ouercome, and principally they being men of so -good wisedome and vnderstanding, as we haue seene by experience in the -time that we haue beene amongest them; and so full of mercie and pitie, -that although wee entred into the lande without licence, and for dooing -of the same wee ranne in great daunger of our owne liues, they did -intreat vs well, and gaue vs all that was needefull, and also did suffer -vs to preach, if we could the language; the which, with the fauour of -God, we will quickly learne, for that we are whereas continually we doo -common and talke with the Chinos; wee doo verie earnestly commit it vnto -our Lord to direct and guide the same, that his holy name may bee -exalted, and the soules of these blinde Gentiles may knowe and beleeue, -and beleeuing, may be saued. - -This was the substance of the letter, with the which it seemeth vnto me -great reason to conclude this second relation, and to begin the third, -the which I do beleeue will be pleasant to the reader, and is intituled, -_A Commentarie of the New World_; in the which is contayned many curious -matters, as you shall perceive after the reading thereof, and is -declared in substance and effect by the relation of the father, that did -passe and see them all, who was named fryer Martin Ignacio, a religious -man, of the order of S. Francis, who, after that he had compassed the -whole worlde, came hither to Rome with Martin Simion, bishop of the -Iland of Pepper, in the orientall or East Indias, with whom I haue had -communication diuers times, and is a Chalde borne, and of the citie of -Ninivie in Babylon, and made bishop by the patriarke of Babylon. - -THE END OF THIS BOOKE. - - - - - COMMENTARIE, - - OR - - SHORT DISCOURSE, - - OF ALL SUCH NOTABLE THINGES AS BE BETWIXT SPAINE TILL YOU COME VNTO - THE KINGDOME OF CHINA, AND FROM CHINA VNTO SPAINE, RETURNING BY - THE ORIENTALL OR EAST INDIAS, AFTER THAT THEY HAD ALMOST - COMPASSED THE WHOLE WORLD. WHEREIN IS CONTAYNED - ALL THE RITES, CEREMONIES, AND CUSTOMES OF - THE PEOPLE, THE RICHES, FERTILITIE, AND - STRENGTH OF MANY KINGDOMES: AND THE - DESCRIPTION OF THEM. - -_Made and set fourth by the Author of this Book, as well by that which -he hath seene; as also by true relation that he had of the religious and -barefoot Fryers of the order of Saint Francis, who trauailed the same -the yeare 1584._ - - - - -CHAP. I.[45] - -_A Commentarie of the New World._ - - -[45] Nearly the whole of this chapter is entirely different from the -original Spanish, and is translated by Parke from the French of Luc de -la Porte. The following is translated from the original Spanish of -Mendoza. - - "The itinerary of Father Martin Ignatius, guardian of the order - of the blessed S. Francis, who went to China with others of the - same order, and of the province of S. Joseph, by command of our - lord, King Philip, with his return by the East Indies and other - realms, making the circuit of the world; wherein are treated of - the most remarkable things that he heard and saw in the journey, - with the rites, ceremonies, and customs of the people, the - riches, fertility, and strength of many kingdoms through which he - passed, and the description drawn up according to the notice he - took of them. - - - "CHAP. I. - - _"Of the reason of his Majesty's commanding these friars to - proceed to the kingdom of China; of their embarkation and arrival - at the Canary Islands._ - - - "Our sovereign, King Philip, having been informed of the matters - relating to the great kingdom of China by certain friars of the - order of the blessed Doctor, S. Augustine, who came to his court; - and having seen the two accounts which they brought him from - thence, of the entry of the Augustine and Franciscan fathers (as - may be seen more largely in those accounts), and the letters of - his governors of the Philippine Islands, and of the provincials - of the Orders, in which they begged him, as has already been said - in the first account, to send his embassy to the sovereign of - that great kingdom, with friars and ministers for the conversion - of the natives of the islands already discovered, and of the many - others which were being discovered every day; and that, by the - king of China giving opportunity for the preaching of the Gospel, - they might be enabled easily to succour and assist the Augustine - fathers, who were the first who entered those islands; his - Majesty having sent forty friars of the said order of Augustine, - and many others of the order of the blessed S. Francis: and - moreover, the embassy (which they had begged of him with so much - earnestness), in order that there might be no want of ministers, - in the year eighty, he determined to send forty barefooted friars - of the province of S. Joseph, whose commissary was Miguel de - Talavera, with instructions and orders to proceed to New Spain, - thence to the Philippine Islands, and thence to the great kingdom - of China, in case there should be an opportunity of introducing - the Holy Gospel. According to the order of his Majesty, there - were to have been fifty of these friars; but from the prevalence - of the plague of universal catarrh in Spain, not more than - thirty-four could be assembled. These then were despatched and - set forward by the order of the royal council of the Indies, and - of Monsignor Sega, the Apostolic Nuncio. And arriving at Seville - without the requisite licence to depart for the Indies, his - Majesty's commercial officers, who were about to despatch the - fleet, would not allow them to embark for want of the document; - they had been told at Madrid that it would be sent without fail. - On account of this carelessness they found themselves in a most - unpleasant position; for the fleet was departing, setting its - sails, and leaving the bar of S. Lucar, and they could not go in - it for want of the licence; nor could they return to their - convents, because in Castile, whence they had come, they refused - to admit any one from Seville, which was infested by the plague. - The ships having got beyond the bar, there arose a sudden storm, - in which one of the largest vessels of the fleet was lost, and - another had its main-yard broken. The commander of the fleet, - seeing that the damage could not be remedied in a short time, - sailed in three days, leaving the ship which had its yard broken - to refit, with orders to follow immediately. During this time, - his Majesty's licence for the passage of the friars arrived at - Seville, with an order to the officers that, at all events, they - were to be furnished and despatched with the greatest possible - celerity. This order arrived at 10 o'clock at night; and the - friars were immediately informed that they were to embark in the - said ship, which was ready to sail, having procured another yard. - They appointed the day, immediately following which was Sunday, - at three o'clock in the morning, and twenty-eight friars - embarked, all preachers. God granted them such favourable weather - that they overtook, at the Canary islands, the fleet which had - sailed from S. Lucar some days before them. This course was - always southwest; and, although the distance is two hundred and - thirty leagues from S. Lucar to the islands, they reached them in - seven days. These islands are in nearly twenty-eight degrees - latitude, and are seven in number, all well provided with the - necessaries of life: there is much corn and wine, and various - kinds of pulse, with abundance of sugar, sheep, fowls, and - camels, and all at much less prices than in Spain. They are all - inhabited by Spaniards, who live comfortably. In one of them is a - bishop, with prebendaries, a cathedral church, and convents of - friars. In short, there is but little difference between these - islands and Spain." - -[Sidenote: Canarias.] - -Saint Lucas de Barrameda, and the citie of Cadiz, from whence ordinarily -goeth foorth all such fleetes and shippes that go vnto the occident, or -West Indias, are distant the one from the other onely fiue leagues, and -in thirtie seuen degrees of altitude; from whence vnto the ilandes -called the Canarias is two hundred and thirtie leagues, and alwayes doo -rut to the southwest, and is ordinarily sailed in eight or ten dayes. -The seas are rough, which causeth great waues; for which cause it is -called the gulfe of the Jeguas. - -[Sidenote: Fortunadas.] - -[Sidenote: The names of the Canarias.] - -These ilands, which in ancient time were called Fortunadas, are at this -day called by the Spaniards the Canarias, which is derived of _canes_, -or dogs; for that there was in them at such time as the Spaniardes did -discouer them, great quantitie of dogges, very bigge, fierce, and braue. -There are of them seuen ilands, which are called Gran Canaria, Tenerife, -Palma, Gomera, Yerro, Lancarote, and Forte Ventura; and are in altitude -twentie-eight degrees, lacking very little, and haue in them many -particular thinges, of which I will declare some of them in briefe. - -[Sidenote: Much snow.] - -[Sidenote: Great quantitie of brimstone.] - -In the Iland of Tenerife, at the farther part thereof, towards the -northwest, there is a mountain called El Pico de Tereyra, which, unto -the iudgement of them who haue seene it, is the highest in all the -worlde, and is plainely seene before you come to it three score leagues: -so that a ship going from Spaine vnto those ilandes, doth discouer that -mountaine first. None can ascende or go vp that mountaine but in the -moneths of July and August, for that all other moneths of the yeare -there is very much snow on it, although in all those ilandes it doth -neuer snowe, and to mount the height thereof is three daies worke; on -the top of the same there is a round and plaine place, and being thereon -at such time as it is faire weather, and the seas calme and in quiet, -you may see all the seuen ilands, and euerie one of them will seeme but -a small thing in respect; yet some of them are distant from that more -than fiftie leagues, and it hath as much more in compasse as that. In -the two monethes aforesaid, they do gather in the toppe thereof all the -brimstone that is brought from that iland vnto Spaine, which is much in -quantitie. This mountaine belongeth to the Duke of Maqueda, by -particular gift of the king. - -[Sidenote: The dropping from a tree doth serve the whole iland with -water.] - -In one of these seuen ilands aforesaid, called the Hierco,[46] there is a -continuall woonder, which in my iudgement is one of the greatest in all -the worlde, and worthie to be knowen amongest all men, whereby they may -exalt the mightie providence of God, and giue him thankes for the same. -This iland being the greatest amongest the seuen, is a countrie very -asper and vnfruitfull, and so drie that there is no water to be found in -all the iland, but on the sea side, and that in fewe places, but very -farre distant from the inhabitance of the ilande. But there naturall -necessitie is remedied by the diuine prouidence of heaven (as -aforesaide), and by a strange meanes, which is, there is a great and -mightie tree (vnknowen, and the like hath not beene seene in any part of -the whole world), whose leaues are narrowe and long, and are continually -greene like iuie, vpon the which tree is seene continually a small -cloud, which neuer augmenteth nor diminisheth, with the occasion that -the leaues continually, without ceasing, doth distill drops of water, -very cleere and fine, which doth fall into certaine sesternes, which the -inhabitantes of the townes haue made for the conseruation thereof, to -remedie their necessities, and to sustaine thereby not onely themselues, -but also their cattell and beastes, and is sufficient for them all: yet -doo they not knowe the originall and beginning of this continuall and -strange miracle.[47] - -[46] Misspelt for Hierro, the Spanish form for Ferro. - -[47] The following is a translation of what Leopold von Buch says of -this tree in his "Description Physique des Isles Canaries, traduite de -l'Allemand, par C. Boulanger." Par., 1836, 8vo., fo. 122. - - "There was formerly in the Island of Ferro a gigantic til - (_Laurus F[oe]tens_), whose pulpy leaves extended their thick - foliage to a great distance. Every day, two or three hours after - sunrise, the leaves of this tree began to condense the water, - which falling from leaf to leaf, like drops of rain, collected - together at the foot of the tree, in a very pure stream. The - inhabitants of the island, being altogether destitute of spring - water, used to go towards midday to draw this water, and return - to their homes in the evening with their pitchers full. The tree - being regarded as sacred passed for a wonder of the world: a - keeper appointed by the inhabitants had it in charge to collect - the water in cisterns, and presided at its distribution among all - those who came to draw. This remarkable tree was still existing - in 1689, and was situated to the east, above the little town of - Valverde. Father Galindo, who saw it, has given its description - in detail. It survived long after that period; but its leaves - were diminished, and it lost its beneficent properties. Necessity - compelled the inhabitants to find some other means of supplying - themselves with water, and the tree was forgotten. Meanwhile, - travellers going to the new continent of America, never forget - (whatever may be the number or variety of objects that strike - their imagination in those countries) to speak of the tree of the - Isle of Ferro. It has therefore preserved a great reputation in - Europe." - -[Sidenote: Opinions of this iland.] - -One hundreth leagues distant from these ilandes, towards the right hand, -there is an other thing of little lesse admiration then the other that -we haue spoken of, which is, that many times there is seen an iland, -which they cal S. Borandon. Many being lost at the sea haue chaunced -vpon the same iland, and do say that it is a very fresh and gallant -iland, with great abundance of trees and sustinence, and inhabited with -Christian people, yet can they not say of what nation or language. The -Spaniards many times haue gone with intent to seeke it, but neuer could -finde it, which is the occasion that there be diuers opinions touching -the same. Some doo say that it is an inchanted iland, and is seene but -certaine daies assigned or appointed: and others say that there is no -other let or impediment for the finding therof, but because it is so -little, and is continually couered with great cloudes, and that there -runneth from it riuers which haue so great a current that it maketh it -difficult to come vnto it. My opinion is (if it be any thing worth) that -being true, that which so many haue spoken of this iland, according vnto -the common opinion which they haue in all the seuen ilands of Canaria, -it can not be without some great mysterie: for he which can cause it to -be all in a cloud, and the swift current of the riuers to be an -impediment to the finding therof, can find remedie for the inhabitants -to come forth (if it be so for them that be without at the sea not to go -into it), yet can it not be for them within the iland, but at some time -there should haue some come foorth by chance, and haue bin seene of some -there abouts, and declared vnto them the secret of that mysterie: from -whence I do gather, that either this iland is imagined or inchaunted, or -else there is in it other some great mysterie, for the which to giue -credite vnto it, or to varie from the truth, it shal be wisdome not to -proceed any further, but to conclude in that which toucheth the Ilandes -of Canarias aforesaid.[48] - -[48] For a very interesting chapter on this imaginary island, see No. 23 -of the Appendix to Washington Irving's "Life and Voyages of Columbus." - -[Sidenote: Camelles.] - -The clyme and temperature of them all is excellent good, and hath -abundance of al necessary sustenance for mans life. There is gathered in -them verie much wheate and other seedes, and wine: there is also made -verie much sugar: there is nourished and brought vp great store of -cattel, and that verie good. But in especiall camelles, whereof there is -great store. Also all kinde of sustenance is better cheape there then in -Spaine. - -All these ilandes are inhabited with Spaniardes, whereas they doo liue -verie pleasantly, amongest whome, at this day, there be some that be -naturall of the Guanchas aforesaid, who be verie much Spaniarde like. -The principall of all these seuen ilandes is the Gran Canaria, in the -which is a bishoppe and a cathedrall church, and counsell of the -Inquisition and royall audience, from the which dependeth the -gouernement of all the other sixe ilands. - - - - -CHAP. II. - - _They do depart from the Ilands of Canaria for the - Ilande of Santo Domingo, otherwise called Hispaniola, - and do declare of certaine things in the way - thitherward._ - - -[Sidenote: The Iland called Desseado.] - -After that the fleetes or shippes had taken refreshing in the Ilandes of -Canarias aforesayde, they departed from thence, sayling by the same -rutter, vntill they come vnto an ilande called the Desseado, which is -fifteene degrees from the Equinoctiall, eyght hundreth and thirtie -leagues from the Canarias: all which is sayled without seeing any other -land: they are sayling of the same ordinarily eight and twentie and -thirtie dayes. - -[Sidenote: The Iland Dominica.] - -This Iland Desseado was called by that name by reason that the gulfe is -great, and so many daies sayling, that when they do see it, is that -after that they haue verie much desired the same, so that Desseado is as -much to say, as "desired." This iland hath nigh and about it many other -ilandes, one of the which is that which is called La Dominica, which is -peopled and inhabited by certaine Indians who are called Caribes, by -such as do nauigate that way, which are a kind of people that doo eate -humaine flesh: they are very expert archers, and very cruell: they do -anoint their arrowes with a deadly earth, and so ful of poison, that the -wound the which is made therewith can not be healed by any humaine -remedie. This ilande is in fifteene degrees. It is verie little and not -of much people, yet notwithstanding it hath beene the death of many -Spaniardes both men and women: such as haue come thither in shippes, not -knowing the daunger thereof, haue gone a shore for fresh water, or else -to wash their lynnen, and vppon a soddaine vnlooked for, haue beene be -set by the Indios, who haue slaine them, and after eaten them: and they -say that it is very sweete flesh and sauorie, so that it be not of a -fryer, for of fryers by no meanes they will eate, nor would not after -that happened vnto them as hereafter followeth. - -[Sidenote: They which did eate friers flesh did die madde.] - -There was a ship that was bound vnto the firme land, and did arriue at -that ilande, in the which went two religious fryers of the order of -Saint Francis, and hauing no care as aforesayde, but very desirous to be -a lande, they went a shore without any feare or suspition of any harme -that might happen vnto them; and being at a riuer side sporting -themselues with great recreation, by reason of the freshnesse thereof, -easing themselues of the long and painefull nauigation which they had -comming from the Ilandes of the Canarias vnto that place, when the -Caribes did see them, without any feare, vpon a soddaine they descended -from a mountayne, and did kill them all, without leauing any person -aliue. Many dayes they made great feastes and bankets, eating of those -bodies which they had slaine, some sodde and some roasted, as their -pleasure was. So on a day they would amongest them eate one of the -fathers, who was very faire and white; but all that did eate of him in a -little space did swell marueilously, and did die madde, with great -gaspings that it was woonderfull to see: so that from that time, they -remaine as warned neuer for to eate any more of the like flesh. - -Of these euils they haue committed an infinite number, and haue at this -day with them many Spaniardes both men and women, whose liues they -pardoned for to serue their vses or euilles, because they were verie -young, of the which they say that some haue fled away. They go naked -like vnto the Indians, and doo speake their language, and are almost -conuerted vnto their nature. This great inconuenience might be remedied, -if that it did please his maiestie to command some generall that were -bound vnto the firme land, or vnto the New Spaine, to make abode there a -fewe dayes, and to roote out and make cleane that ilande of so euill and -wicked people, which were a good deede, and they doo well deserue it, -and to giue libertie vnto the poore Christians that are there captiue, a -great companie of them. And it is saide of a truth that some of them be -of good calling. There can none goe a lande on this ilande, but -straightwayes they are discouered by such ordinarie spyes as they doo -put to watch. And if they do see that those which doo come a land are -many in number, and that they can not hurt them, they doo remaine in the -highest part of the mountayne, or else amongest the thickest of woods -and bushes, till such time as the shippes do depart, which is so soone -as they haue taken fresh water or fire wood. They are great traytors, -and when they see oportunitie they giue the assalt, in the manner as -hath beene tolde you, and doo very much harme. - -[Sidenote: Much kine, sugar, and ginger: wheat and gold.] - -Nigh vnto this Ilande Dominica, towardes the northwest, is the Ilande -of S. John de Puerto Rico, the which is in eighteene degrees: it is -fortie and sixe leagues long and fiue and twentie leagues brode, and in -compasse about an hundred and fiftie leagues. There is in it great store -of kyne, verie much sugar and ginger, and yeeldeth very much wheate. It -is a lande of verie much golde, and is not laboured nor taken out of the -earth for lacke of people; it hath verie good hauens and portes towardes -the south, and towardes the north onely one, the which is sure and good, -in respect whereof the Spaniardes did giue the name vnto the whole -ilande, Puerto Rico, taking the name of the port or hauen. In it there -is foure townes of Spaniardes, a bishoppe and a cathedrall church, and -he that is prelat at this day is the reuerend father Don fryer Diego de -Salamanca, of the order of S. Austin. - -[Sidenote: Of sixe hundreth thousand Indians there remaineth none.] - -When the Spaniardes went first vnto this ilande, according vnto the -report of the reuerende father de Las Casas, bishop of Chiapa, was in -the year 1509. This iland was so full of trees and fruite that they gaue -it the name of the Guertas;[49] and there were in it sixe hundredth -thousande Indios, of the which at this day there remaineth not one. - -[49] Orchards. - -From this ilande vnto the ilande of Santo Domingo, is foure score -leagues; I say, from one port vnto an other, and from poynt to point, -but twelue leagues. They doo ordinarilie go from one port to an other in -three dayes; but to returne they are more than a moneth, for because the -winde is contrarie. - - - - -CHAP. III. - - _Of the Iland of Santo Domingo, called Hispaniola, and - of their properties._ - - -[Sidenote: The Iland Hispaniola or Santo Domingo.] - -[Sidenote: Mightie riuers in Spain.] - -[Sidenote: A peece of virgin gold so bigge as a twopennie wheaten loaf.] - -[Sidenote: Cannafistola.] - -[Sidenote: Gold and pearles.] - -[Sidenote: Bread of a roote called Casaue.] - -The Iland Hispaniola, which by an other name is called Santo Domingo, by -reason that it was discouered as that day, it is in eighteene degrees, -and was the first that way discouered in the Indias, by the captaine -Christopher Colon, worthie of immortall memorie; it was inhabited in the -yeare of 1492. This iland is in compasse more than sixe hundredth -leagues; it is diuided into fiue kingdomes, the one of them is now -called the Vega, which, at the time that it was discouered was called -Neagua; it hath foure score leagues in compasse, and stretcheth all of -them from the north vnto the south; out of the which sea, as doth -testifie the reuerende of Ciapa in his booke, doth enter onely into the -kingdome, thirtie thousand riuers and running brookes, twelue of them as -great as Ebro, Duero, and Guadalquiuer in Spaine. The foresaide bishop -doth also speake of an other maruaile, which is, that the most part of -these riuers, those which do distil and run from the mountaines, which -is towardes the west, are very rich of gold, and some of it very fine, -as is that which is taken out of the mynes of Cibao, which is very well -knowen in that kingdome, and also in Spaine, by reason of the great -perfection thereof: out of the which myne hath been taken out a piece of -virgin golde, so bigge as a twopennie wheaten loafe, and did weigh three -thousand and sixe hundred castillianos,[50] the which was sonke and lost -in the sea, in carrying of it into Spaine, as doth testifie the -aforesaid reuerend bishop. In this Ilande there is greater quantitie of -cattell than in the other Ilande of Puerto Rico; and there is made much -sugar, and gathered much ginger and cannafistula, and also manie sortes -of fruits, such as is in Spaine, as others different of the countrie, -and that in abundance: there are also great store of hogs, whose fleshe -is as holesome and as sauorie as is mutton in Spaine, and is verie good -cheape: a heyfor is bought for eight ryalles of plate, and all other -thinges of that countrie after the rate, although that the marchandice -of Spaine is verie deere. It is a countrie of very much golde, if there -were people for to take it out: and manie pearles. In all this ilande -they gather no wheate, but in the bishopricke of Palensuela; although in -many other places the ground would yeeld it very well if they would sowe -it. But nature, which was woont to supplie necessities, dooth accomplish -the lacke of wheate to giue them in steede thereof a roote, which dooth -growe in that iland in great quantitie and abundance, and dooth serve -them for bread, as it did vnto the naturall people of that countrie, -when the Spaniards went thither. It is white, and is called casaue, the -which being grinded and brought into meale, they doo make bread thereof -for their sustinence, the which, although it is not so goode as that -which is made of wheat meale, yet may they passe therewith and sustaine -themselues. - -[50] The castellano, which is still used in Spain and its dependencies -as a weight for gold, is equivalent to 71 grains English. - -This countrie is verie hoat, by reason whereof their victuals are of -small substance. The principall citie of that iland is called Santo -Domingo, (for the reason abouesaid), in the which is an archbishop and a -royall audience, or chaunoerie. This citie is built on the sea side, and -hath to it a great riuer, the which dooth serue them for their port or -hauen, and is verie secure. There is in it three monasteries of -religious friers, and two of nunnes. - -[Sidenote: Of three millions of men not two hundred left.] - -[Sidenote: Tiburones.] - -In this ilande (as saith the reuerende bishop of Chiapa in his booke) -there were, when as the Spaniards came first thether, three millions of -men naturall Indians, of the which at this day there is not two hundred -left, and yet the most part of them be sonnes vnto Spaniardes, and -blacke mores borne of the Indians women. All their sugar milles and -other places are inhabited with negros, of the which there may be in -that ilande about twelue thousand. It is a holsome countrie vnto them -that dwell therein. The sea is ful of whales, and that in abundance, -which are seene by such as do come in their ships, and many times they -are in feare of them. But aboue all other, there is an infinite number -of great fishes called tiburones,[51] and are in great skuls:[52] they are -marueilously affected vnto humaine flesh, and wil folow a shippe fiue -hundred leagues, without leauing of it one day. Many times they haue -taken of the fishes, and do finde in their bellies all such filth as -hath beene throwne out of their shippe in many dayes sailing, and whole -sheepes heads with hornes and all. If they chance to finde a man in the -waters side he wil eat him all: if not, all that he doth fasten on he -doth sheare it cleane away, be it a legge or an arme, or half his body, -as many times it hath beene seene, and they doo it very quickly, for -that they haue many rowes of teeth in their heads, which be as sharpe as -rasers. - -[51] Sharks. - -[52] Schools. - - - - -CHAP. IV. - - _Of the way and the Ilandes that are betwixt this - Iland of Santo Domingo and the kingdome of Mexico._ - - -[Sidenote: The Ilande of Nauala.] - -[Sidenote: The Iland of Iamayca.] - -[Sidenote: Vracans.] - -[Sidenote: The Iland of Cuba and the Port Hauana.] - -The first ilande, that is after you are departed from Santo Domingo, is -that which ordinarily is called Nauala,[53] the which is one hundred and -twelue leagues from the cittie of Santo Domingo, and is seuenteene -degrees, and is but a small iland: and nigh vnto that is another, which -is called Jamayca, of fiftie leagues in longitude, and fourteene in -latitude: there was wont to be about them many vracanes,[54] which are -spowts of water, with many blustering winds. This word _vracan_, in the -Indian tongue of those ilands, is as much to say, as the ioyning of all -the foure principall winds togither, the one forcing against the other: -the which ordinarily dooth blow vppon this coste, in the monethes of -August, September, and October, by reason whereof such fleetes as are -bound vnto the Indies doo procure to passe that coast, before these -three monethes or after, for that by experience they haue lost many -ships in those times. From this iland they go vnto the ilande of Cuba, -which is in twenty degrees, in the which is the port of Hauana, which is -called the Cape of San Anton: they doo put two hundreth and fiue and -twentie leagues of longitude, and of latitude sixe and thirty; it is -inhabited with Spaniards, who conuerted all the rest vnto the faith of -Christ: there is in it a bishop, and monasteries of religious friers. - -[53] More properly Navaza. - -[54] Hurricanes. - -When that any ships do go vnto Noua Espania, they haue sight of them, -and likewise when they doo returne: all those which do come from the -Peru do enter into the foresaid port of the Hauana, which is a very good -port and sure, and there is to be had all kind of prouision necessary -and belonging vnto the fleetes and ships, some which the ilande dooth -yeeld it selfe, and other some brought from other places: but in -particular, there is great store of very good timber, as wel for the -repairing of ships as for other thinges, with the which they do -ordinarily balest their ships that come for Spaine. The kinges maiesty -hath in this a gouernor and a captaine, with very good souldiers for the -defence thereof, and of a fort which is in the same harbor, the best -that is in all the ilands. - -This iland of Cuba was discouered in the yeare 1511, and was in it -(being of the bignesse aforesaid) a great number of naturall people, -and now but a very fewe: it hath a riuer wherein is very much gold, -according vnto the opinion of the natural people, and was tolde by the -fathers vnto their children, the which was cast into that riuer by the -natural people, in this order following. - -[Sidenote: The Spaniards god is gold.] - -[Sidenote: The Indians throwe all their gold and iewels into the riuer.] - -There was a casique, called Hatuey, who, for feare that hee had of the -Spaniards, came from the Iland Hispaniola, vnto this iland with many of -his people, and brought al their riches, with much golde amongst them, -who by the relation of other Indians of Santo Domingo (wheras he had -been king), vnderstood that the Spanyardes were comming vnto that iland, -whereupon he gathered togither all his people, and many of that iland, -and made a parley vnto them, saying: It is said of a certeintie, that -the Christians doo come into this iland, and you doo well vnderstand by -experience, what they haue done by the people of the kingdome of Aytim -(which was the Ilande Hispaniola), the like will they doo here by vs; -but do you know wherfore they doo it? They answered and saide, because -they were of their owne nature cruel. The casique saide No, that they -did it not therefore; but because they had a God whom they did worship, -and because they will haue him from vs, they doo kil vs: and in saying -these words he tooke forth a basket with golde and iewels which he -brought thither in secret, and shewed it vnto them saying, This is their -God that I spake off; let vs make vnto them areytos, the which are -sports and dances, and possible we shall please them, and then wil they -command their people not to do vs any harme. For the accomplishing and -furnishing of the same, euery one of them brought that which they had in -their houses, and made therof a great mountaine of wheate, and danced -rounde about the same till they were werie: when the casique saide, I -haue thought with myselfe whilst we were dancing, that howsoeuer it be, -these that do come wil kil vs: for whether we do keep our treasure or -giue it vnto them, with couetousnes to seek more from vs, we shall die; -therefore let vs throw it into this riuer. The which they did with a -common consent and good will. - -[Sidenote: The Port of Saint Iohn de Lua.] - -[Sidenote: The Iland of Campeche.] - -[Sidenote: Honey and waxe.] - -[Sidenote: The citie of Vera Cruz.] - -From this point or cape of Sant Anton, they saile to the port of San -Juan de Lua, which is on the firme land of Mexico, two hundreth and -thirtie leagues from the said point: in all that bay there is great -fishing, but in especial of one kind of fish which is called _mero_, the -which are so easie to be taken, that in one day they may lade not -shippes but whole fleetes; and many times it happeneth that they bring -so many to their ships that they throw them again into the sea for lack -of salt to salt them with. They passe in sight of an iland, called -Campeche, the which is a gallant and fresh country, and nigh vnto the -kingdom of Mexico: in it is great store of victuals, but specially hony -and waxe, and is three hundreth leagues compasse; al the people of that -iland are conuerted unto the law of our Lord Jesus Christ. There is in -it a bishop and a cathedrall church, a gouernor for his maiestie, and -monasteries of friers. Within few dayes after they depart from this -ilande, and come unto the port of Saint John de Lua, in the which, by -reason that it hath many flats, it is requisite to be carefull for to -enter into it: his maiestie hath in it a fort which is good and strong. -Fiue leagues from this port is the cittie of the Vera Cruz, whereas is -the whole trade and traficke, and there is resident the king's officers: -it is a hot country by reason that it is in the nineteene degrees, but -well replenished of all kinde of victuals: it was wont to be -vnwholesome, but now they say it is not so much; they know not what -shoulde bee the occasion, whether it bee by the moouings of the heauens, -or by the good gouernement and discretion of them that do dwel in it. -This cittie is from the citie of Mexico, the which is metropolitan of al -that kingdom, and by whom al the rest is gouerned, seuentie leagues, al -the way inhabited and ful of townes, both of Indians, Spaniards, and so -great store of prouision that it seemeth to be the land of promision. -It is maruellous temperate, in such sort that almost throughout al the -whole yeare it is neither whot nor cold, neither dooth night exceede the -day, nor the day the night, but a very little, by reason that it is -almost under the equinoctiall line. The mightinesse of this kingdome, -and some particularities, you shall vnderstand of in the chapter -following. - - - - -CHAP. V. - - _Of the bignesse of the kingdome of Mexico, and of - some particular and notable things that are in it._ - - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Mexico.] - -[Sidenote: New Mexico.] - -This kingdome of Mexico is the firme land: on the one side it hath the -north sea, and on the other side the south sea: it is not possible to -declare the bredth and length thereof, for that vnto this day it is not -all discouered. Euery day they doo finde and discouer new countries, as -in the yeare of fourescore and three, you may perceiue by the entry -which was made by Antonio de Espeio, who, with his companions, did -discouer a countrie, in the which they found fifteene prouinces, al ful -of townes, which were full of houses of foure and fiue stories high, the -which they did name Nuevo Mexico, for that it doth resemble the Old -Mexico in many thinges. It is towards the north, and they do beleeue -that that way, by inhabited place, they may come vnto that country which -is called of the Labrador (of which shal be spoken more at large -hereafter). - -[Sidenote: Peru.] - -[Sidenote: Nombre de Dios.] - -[Sidenote: Acapulco.] - -[Sidenote: Panama.] - -[Sidenote: The Straites of Magellanes.] - -This kingdome towards the orient dooth ioyne vnto the country of Peru, -and so running by the north sea, and reacheth vnto Nombre de Dios, which -is a port of the saide kingdome, and from thence vnto Acapulco, which is -a port in the kingdome of Mexico: and in the south sea it reacheth vnto -Panama, a port of the said Peru; and in the same sea it extendeth nigh -vnto the Straights of Magellanes, and not farre from the river of Plata -and Brasill. - -To conclude, this kingdome is so great that vnto this day they cannot -find the end thereof: but euery day doth discouer new countries, whereas -all the Indians that they do finde are verie easie to bee reduced vnto -the Catholike faith, for that they are people very docible, ingenious, -and of a good vnderstanding. There is amongst them diuers languages, and -verie different climes; although all generally doo vnderstande the -Mexican tongue, which is most common. There are many prouinces inhabited -by Indians and Spaniards, that euery one of them is as bigge as a -reasonable kingdome; yet the greatest and most principall is that of -Mexico, whereas are many Indians and Spaniards, which doo exceed all the -rest in number: the names of them are Honduras, Guatimala, Campeche, -Chiapa, Guaiaca, Mechuacan, Nueua Galicia, Nueua Viscaya, Guadiana, and -others more, which I leaue out because I woulde not be tedious: in all -the which, they haue either a royall audience and gouernors, or other -justices, all Spaniards. - -The naturall people whereof, neuer since they were conuerted haue beene -found in any heresie, nor in any thing contrarie vnto the Romish faith. -All these prouinces are subject and doo acknowledge that of Mexico as -the principall: there whereas his maiestie hath his vizroy, an -inquisition, an archbishop, and a royall audience or court of Chancerie. - -[Sidenote: It rayneth almost euery day.] - -This cittie of Mexico is one of the best that is in all the whole world, -and is situated vpon water after the manner and fashion of Venice in -Italie: in all this kingdome almost you cannot know when it is winter, -or when it is summer, for that in al the whole yeare, there is smal -difference betwixt the daies and the nights, by reason of the -temperature of the countrie; the fieldes are greene almost all the -whole yeare, and trees beare fruit also almost all the whole yeare: for -when it is winter in Europa, then doo there fall dewes from heauen which -dooth cause all things to budde and floure; and in the summer it doth -ordinarily raine, but especially in the monethes of June, July, August, -and September, in the which monethes it is a maruel when it raineth not -euery day; and it is to bee wondred at, for that almost it neuer rayneth -but from noone forwards, and neuer passeth midnight, so that it neuer -troubleth them that doo trauell by the way, for that they may beginne -their iourney at midnight, and trauell vntill the next day at noone. It -raineth vnreasonably, and with so great furie and force, that the time -that it dooth indure, it is requisite to flie from the showers; for that -many times they are so hurtfull, that one sole shower taketh away the -life of a man. - -[Sidenote: The best horses in all the world.] - -[Sidenote: An infinite number of siluer mines.] - -Almost all the whole yeare in this kingdome they do sowe and gather as -wel wheate (wherof they haue great abundance) as maiz, which is the -ordinary sustentation of al the Indians, blacke moores and horse, of the -which they haue great abundance very gallant and good, both to the eye, -and indeed, as in any kingdom in al the whole world that is knowne vnto -this day. The brood of them was carried out of Spaine thither, when -first they did discouer that country, and for that effect were chosen -the best that could bee found: and for that they doo eate all the whole -yeare greene grasse and maiz, which is wheat of the Indians, is the -occasion that they do deserue to haue the praise aboue all other. In -fine, this kingdome is one of the fertilest of victuals of al that ever -we haue heard off, and of riches, for that there is in it an infinite -number of siluer mines, out of the which is taken great abundance, as it -is to be seene euery yeare when as the shippes doo come vnto Syuell. It -is vnder the Torrida Zona, yet notwithstanding it is of the temperature -as I haue said, contrarie vnto the opinion of ancient philosophers, who -said that it was not inhabited. But now to excuse them, it shal not be -from our purpose to declare the cause wherefore they were deceiued, and -is, that in the foure monethes aforesaide, wherein the sunne hath his -most force, it doth continually rayne, which is the occasion that the -country is so temperate: and besides this, God doth prouide that it is -visited with fresh windes, which come both out from the South and North -Sea, and is so ordinarie a thing, that it is a maruell to see it calme, -by reason whereof the whole kingdome is of that propertie; and although -the sunne be very strong and causeth great heate, yet putting himselfe -vnder any shadowe, although it bee but little, they straightwayes feele -a fresh and comfortable winde, by reason of the temperature of the -heauen in the manner aforesaid. - -The inhabitants of this kingdome throughout al the whole yeare, neede -not to augment nor diminish their apparell, neither their beddes. Also -the aire and clime is so holesome, that you may lie and sleepe in the -fieldes without any thing vppon you, as in any house, be it neuer so -well hanged and close. - -[Sidenote: An universitie in Mexico.] - -All that is discouered of this kingdome (except it be the lande of the -Chichimecos, which is a kind of Indians that liueth as the Alarbes[55] do -in Africa, without any house or towne)--all the rest, I say, are in -peace and quietnes baptised and doctrined, and furnished with many -monasteries of diuers orders of religious men, as of the order of S. -Dominicke, of S. Francis, of S. Austen, and of Iesuits, besides a great -number of priests that are reparted in al parts of that kingdome, so -that the one and the other are continually occupied in doctrining of the -naturall people and other Spaniards that are in that kingdome, of whome, -although they be but a few in respect of the Indians, yet do they -surmount in number more then fiftie thousand. In the principall citie of -this kingdome, which is that of Mexico as aforesaid, there is a -vniuersitie, and in it be many schooles, whereas is red any facultie, as -is in Salamanca, and that by men of great sufficiencie, whose trauell is -gratified with great rentes and honor. There bee also in it many great -hospitals as well of Spaniards as of Indians, wheras the sicke men are -cured with great charitie and comfort, for that euery one of them haue -great rents and reuenues. I do not intreat of the churches and -monasteries, both of friers and nunnes, which are in that cittie, nor of -other particular thinges, for that thereof there is written a large -historie, and my intent is to declare by way of a comentary that which -the said father Costodio and frier Martin Ignacio did comon with me by -word of mouth, and that I saw written and vnderstood of him at his -returne from trauelling almost the whole world, and of other things that -I my selfe haue experimented in certaine parts of it: so that this my -discourse may more properly be called an epitome or itinerario then a -historie. In this kingdome there are bred and brought vp more cattell -then in any other parts knowne in all the world, as wel for the good -climate and temperature of the heauen, as also for the fertility of the -country. The kine and sheepe many times bring foorth twise a yeare, and -the goates ordinarily thrise a yeare: so that because they haue many -fields in that countrie, and much people that doo giue themselues vnto -that kinde of gettings (as grasiers) is the occasion that there is so -great abundance, and solde for a small price; and manie times it -happeneth that the bringers vp of them doo kill tenne thousand head of -them onely to profite themselues with the skinnes, in sending of them -into Spaine, and leaue the flesh in the fieldes to feede the foules of -the ayre, without making any more account thereof. - -[55] Arabs? The word seems to have been misprinted in the original -Spanish. - -[Sidenote: A strange kind of tree.] - -There is great aboundance of many sorts of fruites, some of them very -different from those which are gathered in our Europa, and the most part -of them: but amongst all notable things which are to be considered off -in that kingdome (which are manie), one of them is a plant called -maguay, and an ordinarie thing in all those prouinces and townes, of the -which they make so many things for the seruice and vtilitie of them that -do dwel therin, that it is hard to be beleeued of them that haue not -seene it (although in al places you haue many witnesses to it). They -take out of this plant wine, which is that which the Indians doo drinke -ordinarily, and the negros: also excellent good vinegar, honie, a kinde -of thride or yarne, wherewith they doo make mantels to apparel the -naturals, and for to sow the same apparell: the leafe haue certaine -pricks whereof they do make needels wherewith they sow their apparel, -their shooes, and slippers. The leaues of that plaint, ouer and aboue -that they are medicinal, they do serue to couer there in the place of -tyles, and being dipped in the water, they make thereof a certaine thing -like hempe which serueth for many thinges, and make thereof repaue; and -the trunke of this plant is so bigge and strong, that it serueth for -ioystes and beames whereon they doo build their houses, which commonly -is couered with strawe, or else with brode leaues of trees, as is that -of this plant.[56] All this, although it seemeth much, yet in respect it -is nothing considering the great profite that is made of this plant: as -shalbe declared vnto you when we come to intreat of the Ilands -Philippinas, where as there is great aboundance of them, as I refer it -vnto the iudgment of the reader. - -[56] This is evidently a palm, and probably the mocaya, macauba, or -macaw-tree. - - - - -CHAP. VI. - - _This chapter doth prosecute in the things of the - kingdom of Mexico._ - - -[Sidenote: Properties of the Indians.] - -[Sidenote: Pictures made of fethers.] - -The Indians of this kingdome are maruellous ingenious, and doo see -nothing but they imitate the same, whereof commeth that they are very -good singers and plaiers vpon all sorts of instruments, yet their voices -doo heale[57] them nothing. They are very much affectioned vnto matters -touching ceremonies of the Church, and giuen vnto the diuine culto, and -therein they doo very much exceede the Spaniardes. In euery towne there -are singers appointed, which repaire euery day vnto the church to -celebrate the offices vnto our Lady, the which they do with great -consort and deuotion. Touching the dressing and adorning of a church -with flowers and other curiosities, they are maruellous politike: they -are reasonable good painters in some places: they make images of the -feathers of small birdes, which they call in their language Cinsones,[58] -which haue no feete, and feede of nothing else but of the dewe that -falleth from heauen, and is a thing greatly to be seene, and was wont in -Spaine to cause great admiration; but in especiall vnto such as were -famous painters, to see with what curiositie and subtiltie they did make -their pictures, in applying euery colour of the feathers in his place. -They are people of great charitie, but in especiall vnto the -ecclesiasticals, which is the occasion that one of them may trauell from -sea to sea (which is more then fiue hundred leagues) without the -spending of one riall of plate in victuals, or in any other thing, for -that the naturals doo giue it them with great good will and affection: -for the which in all their common places of resort, which is an inne for -strangers, they haue men appointed for to prouide for all -ecclesiasticall men that doo trauel, of all that they haue neede, and -likewise vnto the common people, for their money. They doo not onely -receiue great content with them, but they themselues doo go and request -them to come vnto their townes, at the entrie whereof they make them -great entertainement: they go all foorth of the towne both small and -great in procession, and manie times more than halfe a league, with the -sounde of trumpets, flutes, and hoybuckes. The principallest amongst -them go forth with bowes and nosegayes in their hands, of the which they -doo make a present vnto such religious as they doo receiue: and -sometimes they cast them more flowers then they woulde willingly they -shoulde. Generally, they doo reuerence all ecclesiasticals, but in -particular those of such religious houses, which in that kingdome were -the first that did conuert them and baptise them; and they do it in such -sort, that if the religious man will for any offence punish or whippe -any of them, they do it with such facilitie, as a master of a schoole -doth beate his schollers that he doth learne. - -[57] Misprinted for "help". - -[58] Probably humming-birds are meant. - -[Sidenote: Hernando Cortes.] - -This great reuerence and subjection was planted amongst them by the -worthy captaine Hernando Cortes, marques Del Valle, hee who in the name -of the Emperor Charles the fift of famous memorie, did get and made -conquest of that mightie kingdome. He who amongst other vertues that be -spoken of him (and doo indure vnto this day in the memory of the -naturall people of that countrie, and as I do beleeue his soule is -mounted many degrees in glory for the same), hee had one that surmounted -the other in excellency, which was, that he had great reuerence and -respect vnto priestes, but in especial vnto religious men, and his will -was that the same should bee vsed amongst the Indians: at all times when -hee did talke with any religious person, he did it with so great -humilitie and respect, as the seruant vnto his master. If he did at any -time meete with any of them in the streete, he being on foote, a good -space before hee came vnto them, hee woulde put off his cappe, and when -hee came vnto them he would kisse their handes: and if hee were on -horsebacke, he had the like prevention, and woulde alight and doo the -like. By whose example, the naturall people of that countrie doo remains -with the same custome, and is obserued and kept in all that countrie -vnto this day, and with so great devotion, that in what towne so euer -that any ecclesiasticall or religious man doth enter, the first that -doth see them before they enter therein, doo runne vnto the church and -ring the bell, which is a token knowne amongst them all that a religious -man is comming, so that foorthwith all the women go foorth in the -streete whereas they do passe, with their children in their armes, and -bringe them before the religious men, that they should blesse them, -although he be on horseback, and do passe a long thorow the towne. - -[Sidenote: Medicinall hearbes.] - -[Sidenote: They vse no compounds.] - -In all this countrie there is great aboundance of victuals and fruit, -that the mony being of so small estimation (by reason they haue so -much), a ryall of plate is no more woorth there then a quartillo in -Spain: you shall buy there a verie faire heafor for twelue rials of -plate, and fiftie thousand if you will at the same price, and a calfe -for sixe or eight rials of plate, a whole sheepe for foure rials, and -two hennes, such as you haue in Spaine for one riall, and of Guiny -hennes, otherwise called Turkey cockes,[59] and in Spanish Pavos, you -shall haue an hundred thousande (if you please) for a riall and a halfe -of plate a peece, and after this rate all other sortes of victuals -whatsoeuer you will buy, although they be neuer so good: wine and oyl is -very deare, for that it is brought out of Spaine, not for that the -countrie will not yeeld thereof, and that in great aboundance (as hath -beene seene by experience), but they wil not consent to it for diuers -respectes. There be thorough out all the whole kingdome many hearbes -that are medicinall, and the Indians very much experimented in them, and -do always cure with them, in such sort that almost there is no -infirmitie but they haue a remedy for the same, and do minister it, by -reason whereof they do liue very healthfull, and do die verie seldome, -but of leanenes, or when the radicall moistnesse is consumed. They vse -little lettings of bloode, and lesse of compounded purgations, for that -they haue amongst them other simples which they bring out of the fielde, -wherewith they do euacuate their humors, applying them vnto the pacient. -They bee for little trauell, and doo passe with little meate, and verie -seldome sleepe but on a matte vpon the ground, but the most part in the -fields in the open aire, which as wee haue saide hurteth not, neither -themselues nor yet the Spaniards. - -[59] The word "Guiny" has been inserted here by the translator; the -expression in Spanish is, "hens from the Indies, which in Spain are -called Pavos," meaning Turkeys. - -But now to speake in few words that which requireth a great discourse -and many words, and yet notwithstanding not expresse well that which -might be said of this mightie kingdome: I will conclude in comparing it -vnto the most greatest and richest of all that is now knowne in all the -world, except that of China, of the which in this historie hath beene -mentioned so many thinges, and shall be more spoken off, when as we -shall come to intreate of it; for that wee will intreate of the New -Mexico, as I haue promised in the fifth chapter, and because it is a new -thing, I do beleeue it wil be of great content. - - - - -CHAP. VII.[60] - - _Of the New Mexico, and the discouering thereof, and - what they do know of it._ - -[60] This and the three following chapters are supplied by Parke from -the French of De la Porte. - - -[Sidenote: New Mexico.] - -[Sidenote: The prouince of Tiguas] - -In the said chapter I said that in the yeare 1583 there was discouered -fifteene prouinces, the which the discouerers therof doo call the New -Mexico, vppon the firme lande of Nueua Espania, and I did promise to -giue notice of the discouering thereof, the which I will do with as much -breuitie as is possible, for that if I shoulde difusely declare all -that they did see and knowe, it were requisite to make of it a newe -historie: the substance thereof is, that in the yeare of our Lord 1581, -hauing notice there of a religious man, of the order of Saint Francis, -who was called frier Austen Ruyz, who dwelt in the valley of Saint -Bartholomew, by the relation of certaine Indians called Conchos, who did -communicate with others their neighbors called Pasaguates, who said that -towards the parts of the north (trauelling continually by lande) there -were certaine ilandes very great, and neuer knowne nor discouered by the -Spaniards, who being moved with great zeale of charitie for the -saluation of those soules, did aske licence of the Counte of Corunnia, -vizroy of the saide Nueua Espania, and of his owne superiors for to go -togither, and to procure to learne their language: and knowing it -necessarie to baptise and preach vnto them the holie evangelist, hauing -obtained the licence of the aforesaide persons, taking with him other -two companions of the same order, with eight other souldiers, who of -their owne good wil would beare them company, he departed to put in -execution his Christian zeale and intent: who after a few dayes that -they had trauelled, they came into a prouince which was called the -Tiguas, distant from the mines of Saint Bartholomew (from whence they -began their iourney) two hundred and fiftie leagues towardes the north, -in the which by a certaine occasion the naturall people thereof did kill -one of the friers companions: who, as also the souldiers that went with -him, seeing and perceiuing the successe,[61] and likewise fearing that -thereof might happen some other greater danger, they determined with a -common consent to returne vnto the mines from whence they departed, with -consideration that the company which went with him were very fewe to -make resistance against such successes as might happen, being so farre -distant from the dwellings of the Spaniards, and from their necessarie -succour. The two religious men which remained did not onely refuse their -determination, but rather seeing good occasion to put their good desire -in execution, and so much ripe mies[62] or dainties for the Lordes table, -and seeing they could not perswade the souldiers to proceed forwards in -the discouering thereof: they alone remained in the saide prouince with -their Indian boyes, and a Mestizo that they carried with them, thinking -that although they did remaine alone, yet were they there in securitie, -by reason of the great affabilitie and loue wherewith the naturall -people did intreat them. - -[61] This word is evidently coined from the Spanish word "suceso", an -event or occurrence. It is used in the same sense a few lines further -on. - -[62] We do not find this word. The literal translation is, "so great a -harvest ripe and ready to offer at the table of God." - -So when the eight souldiers came vnto the place that they desired, they -straightwayes sent the newes of al that happened vnto the cittie of -Mexico, vnto the vizroy, which is distant from the mines of Saint -Barbora one hundred and three score leagues. But the friers of S. -Francis were very much agreeued for the remaining there of their -brethren, and fearing least they should be slaine, for that they were -there alone, they began to moue the hearts and minds of other souldiers, -that were in the company of another religious frier of that order, -called Frier Bernardino Beltran, for to returne to the said prouince, to -deliuer the aforesaide two religious men out of danger, and from thence -to prosecute and go forwards with their enterprise begun. - -At this time there were at the said mines by a certaine occasion, an -inhabitant of the cittie of Mexico, called Antonio de Espeio, a very -rich man, of great courage and industrie, and verie zealous in the -seruice of the maiestie of King Philip: hee was naturally borne of -Cordoua, who, when that he vnderstood the great desire of the saide -friers, and howe much it did import, did offer himselfe to go on that -iournay, and to spend thereon part of his substance, besides the -venturing of his life. So licence being granted vnto him to prosecute -the same, by some that did represent the king's person, and was procured -by the saide friers, there was appointed and giuen him for captaine, -John de Ontiueros (who was chiefe bayley for his maiestie, in the townes -which are called the foure Cienegas, which are in the gouernement of the -new Biscay, seuenty leagues from the aforesaid mines of S. Barbora), and -he to go with him, and gather togither men and souldiers, such as he -could, for to accompany him, and helpe to follow their Christian intent. - -[Sidenote: The prouince of Conchos.] - -[Sidenote: Great store of conies, hares, and venison.] - -[Sidenote: Passaguates.] - -[Sidenote: Mines of siluer.] - -[Sidenote: Tobosos.] - -The saide Antonio de Espeio was so earnest in this matter, that in a few -dayes he had ioyned togither souldiers, and made prouision necessarie -for the iourney; and spent therein a great part of his substance, and -departed altogether from the valley of Saint Bartholomew the tenth of -Nouember, 1582, and carry with him (for whatsoeuer should happen) one -hundred and fifteene horses and mules, great stoare of weapons and -munition, with victuals, and certaine people of seruice in this iourney -necessarie. He directed his iourney towards the north; and at two dayes -iourney they came whereas were a great companie of Indians, of those -which he called Conchos: they were in raches[63] and in houses made of -straw, who, when they vnderstoode of their comming, by relation of long -time before, they went forth and entertained them with shewes of great -ioy. The feeding of these people, and of al the rest of that prouince, -the which is great, is of conyes flesh, hares, and venison, of the which -they haue great aboundance. They have great store of maiz, which is -wheat of the Indians, pompines and mellons, very good and in aboundance. -They haue many riuers full of fish, very good and of diuers sorts: they -go almost al naked; and the weapons that they doo vse are bowes and -arrowes; and liue vnder the gouernement and lordship of caciques as they -of Mexico: they found no idols amongst them, neither could they -vnderstande that they did worship any thing; for the which they did -easilie consent that the Spaniards should set vp crosses, and were very -well content therewith, after that they were informed by the Spaniards -the signification thereof; the which was done by interpreters that they -carried with them, and by whose meanes they vnderstood of other -inhabitances, whether as the said Conchos did conduct them, and did -beare them company more then foure and twenty leagues; all which way was -inhabited with people of their owne nation: and in al places whereas -they came, they were receiued with peace, by aduice that was giuen by -the caciques from one towne to another. So hauing passed the foure and -twenty leagues aforesaide, they came vnto another nation of Indians -called Passaguates, who liue after the manner and fashion of the other -aforesaid Conchos, their borderers, who did vnto them as the others did, -conducting them forwarde other foure dayes iourney, with aduice of the -caciques as afore. The Spaniards found in this iourney many mines of -siluer (according to the iudgement of them that vnderstand that -faculty), and of very rich mettall. One iourney from this they came to -another nation called the Tobosos, who, when they discouered the -Spaniards, they fled vnto the mountaines, and left their townes and -houses void: but more after they vnderstood that, certain yeares past, -there came vnto that place certaine souldiers for to seeke mines, and -carried with them captiue certaine of the natural people of that -country, for which occasion they remaine as scared and feareful. The -captain forthwith gaue order, that they should be called backe again, -with assurance that there should be no hurt done to them; and did so -much that many of them returned, of whom they made much on, and gaue -them giftes, declaring vnto them by the interpreter, that they came not -thither to do hurt to any; with the which they all returned and were in -quiet, and consented that they should set vp crosses, and declare the -mysterie of them, and they made shew that they were content therewith; -and did accompany them, as the other their borderers did, vntil they had -brought them into the inhabitance of another different nation, which was -distant from them twelue leagues. They vse bowes and arrowes, and do go -naked. - -[63] Rushes for thatching. See Halliwell's _Dictionary of Archaic and -Provincial Words_. - - - - -CHAP. VIII. - - _Here he doth prosecute the discouering of the New - Mexico._ - - -[Sidenote: Iumanos.] - -[Sidenote: Good salt.] - -The nation that the saide Tobosos did conduct them to is called Jumanos, -who, by another name are called by the Spaniards, Patara Bueyes; their -prouince is very [large] and full of townes, with much people: their -houses made of lime and stone, and their townes traced in very good -order: al the men and women haue their faces raced,[64] and their legs -and armes: they are corpulent people, and more decent then any that they -had seene vntil that time: they haue great store of prouision, and hunt -both of beasts and foules; great store of fish, by reason of mightie -riuers that commeth from the north, and some of them as big as -Guadalquiuer, the which doth enter into the North sea: they haue many -lakes of salt water which, in certaine times of the yeare, do congeale, -and they do make thereof good salt. They are warlike people, and made -shew thereof presently; for the first night that the Spaniards had -placed themselues, with their arrowes they slew fiue horse, and hurt as -many more, and would haue left not one aliue if they had not been -defended by the guarde. When they had done this mischiefe, they left the -town, and went to a mountain which was hard by; whether as presently in -the morning went their captaine with other fiue souldiers, well armed, -with an interpreter called Peter, a naturall Indian borne, and with -faire words and perswasions he quieted them and made peace, and caused -them to descend into their towne and houses; and perswaded them to giue -aduice vnto their neighbours, that they were men that would hurt no -bodie, neither came they thither to take away their goods; the which he -obtained easely by wisedome, and in giuing vnto the caciques certaine -glasse beades and hartes[65] which they carryed for that purpose, and -other trifles: so with this, and with the good intretement done vnto -them, there went many of them in the company of the Spaniardes many -dayes, alwayes trauelling alongst the riuer side aforesayde, whereas -were many townes of Indians of this nation, the which indured twelue -dayes iourney: in all the which, the caciques gaue aduice from one towne -to another, out of the which they came forth and entertained the -Spaniards without their bowes and arrowes, and brought with them -victuals and other prouision and giftes; but in especiall hides and -shamway skins, very well dressed, so that those of Flanders do nothing -exceed them. These people are all clothed; and they found that they had -some light of the holy faith, for that they made signe vnto God, looking -vp vnto heauen, and they do cal him in their language _Apalito_, and doo -acknowledge him for Lord, by whose mightie hand and mercie they confesse -to haue receiued life, and to be a natural man, and al temporall goods. -There came many of them with their wiues and children to the religious -frier (that came with the captaine and souldiers, of whom we haue spoken -off), for to crosse and blesse them; of whom being demanded, from whence -and of whom they had the knowledge of God: they answered, that of three -Christians and one negro that passed that way, and remained there -certain daies amongst them, who, according to the signes and tokens they -gaue them, should be Aluar Nunnez Cabesa de Vaca and Dorantes, and -Castillo Maldonado, and one negro, the which escaped out of the fleete -wherewith Panfilo de Naruaz entred into Florida; and after that they had -bin many dayes captiue and slaues, they escaped and came vnto these -townes, whereas God by them did shew many myracles in healing (by the -onely touching with their handes) many diseases and sicke persons, by -reason thereof they left great fame in all that countrie. All this -prouince remained in peace and quietnesse; by which demonstration they -did accompanie and served the Spaniardes certaine dayes, trauelling -alongest the riuer side aforesaide. - -[64] Streaked. See Minsheu's _Ductor in Linguas_. - -[65] Misspelt for "hats", De la Porte mentioning "chapeaux" among the -presents. - -Within few dayes after they came vnto a great inhabitation of Indians, -where they came foorth to receiue them, by newes that they had of their -neighbours, and brought with them many curious thinges made of feathers -of different colours, and many mantles made of cotton, barred with blewe -and white, like vnto them that are brought from China to truck for other -thinges. All of them, as well the men as women and children, were -clothed with shamway skins, very good and well dressed; yet could the -Spaniardes neuer vnderstande what nation they were, for lacke of an -interpreter that vnderstood their language. They dealt with them by -signes; and they shewed vnto them certaine stones of rich metall, and -being demaunded if they had of the same in their countrie: they answered -by the same signes, That fiue dayes iourney from thence, towardes the -northwest, there was great quantitie thereof; and howe that they would -conduct them thither and showe it vnto them, as afterwardes they did -performe, and did beare them companie two and twentie leagues, the which -was all inhabited with people of the same countrie. - -So following the saide riuer they came vnto an other inhabitance of much -more people than the other past, of whom they were well receiued, and -welcomed with many presents, especially of fish; for that they haue -great store by reason of certaine great lakes not farre from thence, -wherin is bred great abundance. They were amongest these people three -dayes; in the which, both day and night, they made before them many -dances, according vnto their fashion, with a particular signification of -great ioy. They knew not how this nation was called, for lacke of an -interpreter: but yet they vnderstoode that it extended very farre and -was very great. Amongest this nation they found an Indian, a Concho by -nation, who tolde and made signes that fifteen iourneys from thence, -towardes the northwest, there was a lake which was verie broad, and nigh -vnto it very great townes, and in them, houses of three and four stories -high; the people well apparelled, and the countrie full of victuals and -prouision, who did offer himselfe to bring them thether; whereat the -Spaniards reioyced, but left to giue the enterprise, only for that they -would accomplish their intent and begon voiage, which was to go to the -north to giue ayde vnto the two religious men aforesaide. The chief and -principall thing that they noted in this prouince was, that it was of a -good temperature, and a rich countrie, great store of hunt, both of foot -and wing, many rich metals, and other particular thinges of profite. - -From this prouince they folowed their iourney for the space of fifteene -daies without meeting any people: they trauelled amongst high and -mightie pine trees, like those of Spaine; at the end wherof, after they -had traueiled to their iudgments four score leagues, they came vnto a -small village of very few people, very poore, and their houses made of -strawe: they had great quantity of deere-skins, as well dressed as those -that are brought out of Flanders; great store of excellent white and -good salt. They gaue them good intertainment for the space of two daies -that they remained there; after the which they did beare them companie -twelue leagues, vnto certaine great habitations, always trauelling -alongst the riuer side towarde the north, as aforesaide, till such time -as they came vnto the countrie which is called the New Mexico. All -alongst this riuer side was planted full of white salow trees;[66] and in -some place it was foure leagues brode. Likewise there was many -walnut-trees and peare-trees, like vnto those in Spaine. - -[66] Willows. - -In the ende of two dayes trauaile amongest these trees, they came vnto -tenne townes, the which were situated alongst this riuer side on both -partes, besides others that appeared, but farther distant. It seemed -vnto them to haue much people, and as appeared to be more than tenne -thousande soules. - -[Sidenote: Houses of 4 stories high.] - -In this prouince they did receiue them courteously, and carried them -vnto their townes, whereas they gaue them great store of prouision and -hennes of the countrie, with many other things, and that with a great -good will. In these townes were houses of foure stories high, verie well -wrought and gallant chambers, and most of them had steuues or hote -houses for the winter. They are all apparelled with cotton and of deares -skinnes; the manner and apparell both of the men and of the women, is -much like vnto the Indians of the kingdome of Mexico. But that which did -cause them most for to woonder was, to see both men and women to weare -both bootes and shooes of very good lether, with three sooles of neates -leather: a thing which they haue not seene but onely there. The women go -without any thing vpon their heades; but their haire trimly kembed and -dressed. Euerie one of these townes had caciques, by whom they were -gouerned, as amongest the Indians in Mexico, with sergeantes and -officers to execute their commandement, who goe through the streetes of -the towne, and declare with a loude voice the will of the caciques, the -which is straightwayes put in vre. - -[Sidenote: They worship the diuell.] - -In this prouince the Spaniardes founde many idolles that they -worshipped; and in euery house they had a temple wherein they do worship -the diuell, whereas, ordinarily, they do carrie him to eat. Likewise, as -amongst Christians, in the high wayes they doo put crosses; so have they -chappelles, whereas they say, the diuell doth recreate and rest -himselfe, when as he trauelleth from one towne to another; the which -chappelles are maruellously well trimmed and painted. - -In all their tyllages and ploughed groundes, of the which they haue many -and very great, they haue on the one side of them, a portall or shedde -built vppon foure pillers, whereas the labourers do eate and passe away -the heate of the day, and are people verie much giuen to labour, and doo -continually occupie themselues therein: it is a countrie full of -mountaynes and woods of pine trees. Their weapons are strong bowes and -arrowes, with their heads or pointes made of flint stone, wherewith they -will pierce and passe a shirt of mayle or plate coate. They vse also -macans, the which is a staffe of half a yeard long, made of flint, and -verie smoth, wherewith they may cut a man a sunder in the midst; they -vse also bucklers and targets made of rawe hides. - - - - -CHAP. IX. - - _Still doth hee prosecute the New Mexico, and - declareth of such things as were there seene._ - - -So after they had beene four dayes in this prouince, they departed; and, -not farre distant from the same, they came vnto another, which was -called the prouince of the Tiguas, in the which they found sixteene -townes; in the one of the same, called Poala, they vnderstood that the -Indians had slaine the two friars, Francisco Lopez and Frier Augustine, -whome they went to seeke: and with them, three boyes and a Mestizo. But -when they of this towne and their neighbours vnderstoode, being pricked -in conscience, and fearing that the Spaniards came to plague them, and -to be reuenged for the death of the saide fathers, they durst not abide, -but left their houses voide and fled vnto the mountaines that were -nighest hande, from whence they could neuer cause them to descende, -neither by giftes nor policie. They founde in their houses great store -of victualles, and an infinite number of hennes of the countrie, diuers -sortes of metals, and some of them seemed to be very good: they could -not perfectly vnderstande the number of people that were in that -countrie, for that they were fled vnto the mountaines, as aforesaid. - -Being fully certified of the death of them that they went to seeke for, -they entred into counsell to determine whether they should returne vnto -New Biscaya, from whence they came, or to proceede forwarde; in the -which there were diuers opinions. But by reason that they vnderstoode -there, that towardes the port of the orient from that place, and not -farre distant from that prouince, there were very great townes and rich, -and finding themselues so nigh them, the captaine Antonio de Espero,[67] -with the consent of the religious fryer aforesaide, called Bernardino -Beltran, and the most part of his souldiers and companions, determined -to proceede forwardes in the discouerie thereof, till such time as they -did see to what end it would come, that they might the better giue -perfect and iust notice thereof unto his maiestie, as witnesses that had -seene it. - -[67] Misspelt for Espeio. - -So being in conformitie they determined, they remayning there sentenela, -or royall companie, the captaine, with other two companions with him, -should go forwardes in the demand of their desire, which foorthwith they -put in execution. So, at the end of two dayes of their trauaile, they -came vnto a prouince where they discouered aleuen townes [sic], and -much people in them, which, in their iudgement, did passe fortie -thousand soules. It was a countrie very well replenished and fertile, -whose confines are ioyned vnto the lands of the Cibola, whereas as is -great store of kyne, of whose skins they do apparell themselues and with -cotton; hauing the vse of gouernement amongest them as their neighbours -haue. There are signes and tokens of many rich mynes, and found in their -houses certaine metalles; these Indians do worship idols: they received -the Spaniardes with peace, and gaue them to eate. Seeing this, and the -disposition of the countrie, they returned vnto their sentenela from -whence they departed, to giue notice vnto their companions of all that -hath beene saide. - -So when they were come vnto their companions aforesaide, they had notice -and vnderstanding of an other prouince, called the Quires, which was vp -the riuer on the north, sixe leagues distant. So they departed -thitherwardes; and when they came within a league of the place, there -came foorth in peace a great companie of Indians, and requested that -they would goe with them vnto their townes; the which they did, and were -verie well entertayned, and had great cheare. In this prouince they sawe -but onely fiue townes, in the which there was a great number of people, -which, vnto their iudgement, did passe fifteene thousand soules; and doo -worship idolles as their neighbours doo. They found in one of these -townes a pye in a cage, as is the vse in Spaine; and tirasoles, as those -which are brought from China, and painted on them the sunne and the -moone, with many starres: and taking the altitude thereof, they founde -it to be in seuen and thirtie degrees and a halfe vnder the north poole. - -[Sidenote: Rich metals.] - -They departed from this prouince, and trauelling by the same course or -rutter, fourteene leagues from thence, they came to another prouince -called the Cunames, whereas they discouered other fiue townes: and that -which was the principal and biggest of them is called Cia, which was of -such huge bignesse that it had in it eight places: their houses be -plastered with lyme, and painted with diuerse colours, much better than -they had seene in any prouince past. It seemed that the people that were -there did passe in number twentie thousande soules. They gaue presentes -vnto the Spaniardes with many curious mantelles, and of victualles to -eate maruellously well dressed, and iudged the people to be more -curious, and of more estimation of themselues, than any that thitherto -they had seene, and of greater gouernement. They shewed vnto them rich -metalles, and the mountaines that were hard by whereas they did take it -out. Here they had notice of an other prouince which was towards the -northwest, and determined to go thither. - -So after they departed from thence, and had trauailed sixe leagues, they -came to the said prouince, which was called Ameias, in the which was -seuen great townes, and in them, according to their iudgment, thirtie -thousand soules: they said that one of these seuen townes was very great -and faire; the which they would not go to see, for that it was situated -behinde a mountaine, as also they feared some euil successe, if that -they should be deuided the one from the other. They are people after the -fashion of the other prouince their neighbours, with as much prouision, -and as well gouerned. Fifteene leagues from this prouince, trauelling -continually towards the northwest, they came to a great town, called -Acoma; it had in it more than sixe thousande soules. It was situated and -placed upon a high rock, the which was more than fiftie fadam in height, -and had no other entry but by a payre of staires, the which was made and -cut out of the same rocke, a thing the which did cause great admiration -vnto the Spaniardes: all the water that they had in this towne was in -cesternes. The principallest hereof came with peace for to see the -Spaniards, and brought them many mantles, and shamwayes very well -dressed, and great quantitie of prouision: they haue their corne-fields -two leagues from that place, and for to water them they take water out -of a small riuer there harde by. Upon the saide riuer side they sawe -many fields with roses, like vnto those that are in Spain. There are -many mountaines which shewe to haue mettals, although they went not vp -to see it, for that the Indians be many, and very warlike people. - -The Spaniards remained in this place three daies, in one of the which -the naturall people thereof did make vnto them a solemne dance, and came -foorth in the same with gallant apparell and with maruellous ingenious -pastimes, with the which they reioyced exceedingly. So four and twentie -leagues from this place, they came vnto a prouince called in their -naturall language Zuny, and the Spaniards do call it Cibola, there is in -it a great number of Indians. In the which was Francisco Vazquez -Coronado, and left there erected many crosses and many other signes and -tokens of Christendome, which continually did remaine standing. They -found there three christened Indians, which were left there at that -time, whose names were, Andres de Cuyoacon, Gasper de Mexico, and -Antonio de Guadalaiara, who had almost forgotten their own language, and -could speake very well that of this countrie: yet with a little vse -after they had talked with them they did easily vnderstand them. Of -these they vnderstood, that three score iourneyes from thence was there -a lake, very great, about the which was situated many excellent good -townes, and that the natural people thereof had very much gold, and it -seemed to be true for that they did all weare braslets and eareringes of -the same. The foresaide Francisco Vazquez Coronado hauing certaine -intelligence of the same, he departed from this prouince of Cibola, and -went that way: and hauing trauelled twelue iourneyes, his water did -faile him, so that he determined to returne backe againe as he did, with -pretence to returne an other time, when better oportunity should be had: -the which afterwards he did not put in execution, for that by death all -his determinations and pretences were cut off. - - - - -CHAP. X. - - _Still doth he prosecute the discouery of the New - Mexico._ - - -Vpon the newes of this great riches aforesaide, the sayde captaine -Antonio de Espeio determined to go thether, where were of his opinion -the most part of his companions: but the religious fryer was of the -contrarie opinion, and sayd that it was high time to returne vnto New -Bizcaya from whence they came, for to giue notice of all that they had -seene, the which they did put in execution within few daies after, the -most part of them, and left the captain with alonely nine companions -that would follow him. Who, after that hee had fully certified himselfe -of the riches aboue said, and of the great quantitie of good metals that -were there, he departed out of this prouince with his companions, and -trauelled towardes the northwest. - -So after that they had trauelled eight and twentie leagues, they came -into an other prouince, the which was very great, in the which to their -iudgment were more than fifty thousand soules: whose inhabitants, when -they vnderstood of their comming, they sent them a messenger, which -said, that if they would not be slaine of them, that they should not -approch any nearer vnto their townes. Unto the which the said captaine -answered, that they came not thether to do them any harme, as they -should well perceiue, and also did request them that they would not -disturbe them in the prosecuting of their pretence, and gaue vnto the -messenger certaine things such as they carryed with them, who did praise -so much the Spaniardes, that he did appease the troubled minds of the -Indians, in such sort, that they did of their owne good wil grant them -licence for to enter into their townes. The which they did with one -hundreth and fiftie Indians their friends, of the prouince of Cibola -aforesaide, and with the three Indians of Mexico of whom we made -mention. - -Before they came vnto the first towne by a league, there went foorth to -meete and receiue the Spaniards more than two thousande Indians laden -with victualles and prouision, vnto whome our captaine did giue thinges -of small price: yet it seemed vnto them to be of great estimation, more -than golde. So when they came nigher vnto the towne called Zaguato, -there came foorth to receiue them a great number of Indians, and -amongest them their Caciques, and made a great showe of mirth and ioy, -and threw vppon the ground much flower of maiz that their horse might -tread vpon it. With these feastes, ioy, and pleasure, they entred into -the towne, whereas they were very well receiued, lodged, and made much -of: the which the captaine did partly recompence, in giuing vnto all the -principallest amongest them, hattes, and glasse beades, and many other -thinges more, which they carried with them to serue the like -oportunitie. - -The Caciques did forthwith dispatch and send aduise vnto all those of -that prouince, giuing them to vnderstande of the comming of their new -guestes, and how that they were verie curteous men, and did no harme. -Which was occasion sufficient to cause them all to come laden with -presentes vnto the Spaniardes, and did request them for to goe vnto -their townes to sport and recreate themselues: the which they did, but -alwaies with great care and respect of what soeuer might happen. For the -which the captaine did vse a policie with them, which was, that he tolde -vnto the Caciques, that for so much as his horse were verie fierce and -furious, and that they had told them that they would kill them, -therefore for to shunne the damage and harme that might happen vnto the -Indians, it were requisite to make a fort with lyme and stone, to put -them in. The Caciques did giue such credite vnto his words, that in a -few houres they had ioyned together so much people, that they made a -fort according as the Spaniardes did request, and that with an -incredible breuitie. Besides this, when the captaine sayd that he would -depart, they brought vnto him a present of fortie thousand mantles of -cotton, some white, and some painted, and a great quantitie of hand -towels with tassels at the corners, and many other thinges, and amongst -them rich metals, which shewed to haue much siluer. Amongst these -Indians they had great notice and knowledge of the lake aforesaide, and -they were conformable vnto the other, in that touching the great riches -and abundance of gold. - -[Sidenote: Rich metals.] - -The captaine hauing great confidence in this people and of their good -dispositions, he determined after certaine daies that he had bin there, -to leaue fiue of his companions and the rest of the Indians his friends, -that they might returne vnto the prouince of Zuny with all their bagage: -and hee himselfe, with the other four that remained, would go more at -quiet to discouer certaine very rich mynes, of the which he had true -notice. So according vnto his determination he departed with the guides -he had, and hauing trauelled toward the northwest fiue and forty -leagues, he came vnto the sayde mynes, and tooke out of the same with -his owne hands rich metals, and very much siluer: the mynes had a great -and brode veine, it was vpon a rocke whereas they might go vp to it with -great ease, for that there was a way open to that effect: nigh thereunto -were certain townes of Indians amongst the mountaines, who shewed -friendship vnto them, and came foorth to receiue them with crosses in -their hands, and other signes and tokens of peace: nigh vnto the same -they saw two reasonable riuers, vppon whose bankes there were many vines -full of excellent good grapes, great walnut trees, and very much flaxe, -like vnto that of Spaine, and it was tolde them by signes, that on the -other side of the saide mountaines there was a riuer of 8 leagues brode. -But they could not vnderstand how nigh it was, yet did they make -demonstration that it did run his course towards the North Sea, and vpon -both sides thereof was situated many townes, and of so huge bignes, that -in comparison those wherein they were, were but suburbes in respect. - -So after the captaine had taken all this relation hee departed towardes -the prouince of Zuny, whither he had commanded his other companions to -goe, and at their comming thether in health, which was by an other -excellent way, he found therwith his other fiue companions: the father -fryer Bernardino with the souldiers that were determined to returne -backe againe (as aforesayde), for as yet they were not departed from -thence for certayne occasions. Unto whom the naturals of the countrie -had giuen good intertaynement and all thinges necessarie, and that in -abundance: and afterwardes did the like vnto the sayde captaine and vnto -them that came with him, and went foorth to receiue him with -demonstration of great ioy, and gaue them great store of prouision for -their iourney pretended, requesting him to returne againe with breuitie, -and to bring with him many Castillas (for so they doo call the -Spaniardes), and they would giue them all to eate: for the which (the -better to accomplish the same) they had sowed that yeare more wheate and -other graine, then they had done in any other yeare past. - -At this present the sayde religious fryer and the rest of the souldiers -did ratifie their first determination aforesaide, and concluded to -returne vnto the prouince from whence they came, with the pretence -before spoken of, and there ioyned with him in that iourney, Gregorio -Hernandez, who was standert bearer in that attempt. - -So when they were departed, the captain, who remained but with eight -souldiers, did fully resolue himselfe to prosecute his begun pretence, -and to take his course vp alongst the north riuer: which being put in -execution, and hauing trauelled about sixty leagues towards the prouince -of Quires aforesaid, twelue leagues from thence towards the orient they -came vnto a prouince called Gubates, whereas the Indians receiued them -with peace, and gaue them great store of prouision, and also notice that -not far from thence there were certayne rich mynes, the which they -founde, and tooke out of them glystering metals and very good, with the -which they returned to the towne from whence they departed. - -They iudged this prouince to haue nigh vpon fiue and twentie thousande -soules, all well apparelled with painted mantles of cotton, and -shamwayes skins very well dressed. There are many mountaynes and woodes -of pine cedar trees, and their houses of foure and fiue stories hie. -Heere had they notice of an other prouince that was but one daies -iourney from thence, which was called of the Tamos, in the which was -more than fortie thousand soules, but when they came thether the -inhabitants would not giue them any victuals, neyther permit them to -enter into their townes; for the which, to auoyde the danger wherin they -were, being but a few souldiers (as aforesaid) and some of them sicke, -they determined to depart thence towardes the countrie of Christians, -the which they put in execution the beginning of Iuly in the yere 1583, -and were conducted by an Indian that went with them, who carried them by -a contrarie way and different from that they came, downe alongest the -riuer side, which they called of the Vacas, by reason that there was -great store of kine all alongest the same. By the which they trauelled -one hundred and twentie leagues. From thence they came vnto the riuer of -the Conchos there whereas they first entred, and from thence vnto the -vale of S. Bartholomew, from whence they departed to begin this -discouerie. And when they came thether they vnderstood that many dayes -before were arriued there in health, frier Bernardino Beltran and his -companions, and were gone from thence vnto the village of Guadiana. In -this towne the captaine Antonio de Espeio made a certaine and true -information of all this aforesaide, the which presently he sent vnto the -Earle of Corunnia, viceroy of that kingdome: and he sent it vnto his -maiestie, and vnto the lords of the royall counsell of the Indians, that -therin they might ordaine that which seemed them best, the which they -haue done with great care. I beseech the Lord God, if it be his pleasure -that it may go forwardes in such order, that so many soules redeemed by -his precious bloud be not condemned: whose wits and vnderstanding do -farre exceed those of Mexico and Peru, as by the information of those -that haue delt with them appeareth, wherby we may presume that with -great facilitie they will imbrace the law of the gospell, and leaue the -idolatrie that the most part of them do vse, which God for his mercies -sake permit, so it may be for his glorie and exalting of the Catholike -faith. - -I haue bin tedious in this relation, more than a commentarie doth -require, but I haue doone it by reason it is a newe thing and little -abrode as yet, and it seemeth to mee not to giue discontent vnto the -reader. And now me thinketh it shall bee well that I doo returne vnto my -matter first begunne, and to proceede and go forwardes in the voyage and -description of the new worlde, returning vnto the citie of Mexico, there -where as I did digresse for to declare the discouerie of the Newe -Mexico. - - - - -CHAP. XI. - - _Departing from the citie of Mexico, they go vnto the - port of Acapulco in the South Sea, whereas they doo - imbarke themselues from the Ilandes Philippinas; they - passe by the Ilandes of Theeues, and do declare the - rites and condition of that people._ - - -From the citie of Mexico they go to imbarke themselues or take shipping -at the port of Acapulco, which is in the South Sea, and is eleuated from -the poole nineteen degrees, and ninetie leagues from the citie of -Mexico: in al which way there be many townes inhabited with Indians and -Spaniards. - -[Sidenote: The sea of Ladies.] - -Being departed from this port, they sayle towards the southwest, till -they come into twelue degrees and a halfe, to seeke prosperous wind to -serue their turne, which the mariners do cal Brizas, and are northerly -windes, which are there of such continuance and so fauourable that, -being in the moneths of Nouember, December, and Januarie, they haue no -neede to touch their sayles, which is the occasion that they do make -their voyages with so great ease. So that for that, and for the few -stormes that happened in that passage, they do cal it the Mar de Damas -(which is the sea of Ladies). They sayle alwayes towards the west, -following the sunne when as she departeth from our hemispherie. In this -South Sea they sayle fortie daies without seeing anie lande: at the end -whereof they came to the ilandes of Velas, which by another name are -called De los Ladrones; there are seuen or eight of them; they doo lye -north and south, and are inhabited with much people, in the order as you -shall vnderstand. - -These ilands are in 12 degrees, but there are different opinions of the -leagues that are betwixt the port of Acapulco and those ilands; for vnto -this day there is none that hath vnderstood the certaintie thereof, for -that their nauigation lieth from the east vnto the west, whose degrees -there haue bin none that euer could measure. Some say, this iourney hath -a thousande and seuen hundred leagues, others a thousand and eight -hundred; but the opinions of the first we vnderstand to be most -certaine. - -[Sidenote: White people as bigge as gyants.] - -All these ilands are inhabited with white people, of comely faces, like -vnto those of Europa, but not of their bodies, for that they are as -bigge as gyants, and of so great force and strength: for one of them -hath taken two Spaniardes, of a good stature, the one by one foot, and -the other by the other, with his handes, and hath lifted them both from -the grounde with so great ease, as though they had bin two children. -They go naked from top to toe, as well women as men; yet some of them -were woont to weare an aporne made of a deares skinne before them of -halfe a yeard long, for honesties sake, but they are but a fewe in -number, in respect of those that weare nothing before them. The weapons -which they do vse be slinges, and darts hardened in the fire, and are -with both the one and the other very expert throwers. - -They do maintaine themselues with fish which they do take on the coast; -and of wild beasts which they do kill in the mountaines, in ouertaking -of them by swiftnesse of foot. - -In these ilands there is one the strangest costume that euer hath bin -heard of or seene in all the whole world, which is, that vnto the young -men there is a time limited for them to marrie in (according vnto their -custome), in all which time they may freely enter into the houses of -such as are married, and be there with their wiues, without being -punished for the same, although their proper husbands should see them: -they doo carrie in their handes a staffe or rodde, and when they do -enter into the married mans house they do leaue it standing at the -doore, in such sort, that if any do come after they may plainly see it: -which is a token that, although it be her proper husband, he cannot -enter in till it be taken away. The which custome is obserued and kept -with so great rigour and force, that whosoeuer is against this lawe, all -the rest do kill him. - -[Sidenote: Without king or gouernor.] - -In all these ilands there is not as yet knowen neyther king nor lord, -whom the rest should obey; which is the occasion that euery one do liue -as he list and at his pleasure. These ilandes were woont to haue warre -the one with the other, when occasion did force them. As it happened at -such time as the Spaniardes were there in the port of the said iland, -there came abord their ships to the number of two hundred small barkes -or botes, in the which came many of the inhabitants thereof to sell, -vnto them of the ships, hens, and nuts called cocos, patatas, and other -thinges of that iland; and to buy other such things as our people did -carrie with them, but in especiall yron (vnto the which they are very -much affectionated), and vnto things of chrystall, and such like of -small estimation. But there grew a great contention amongest them, which -people of what ilande should first come vnto the shippes, and was in -such order that they fell vnto blowes, and wounded the one the other -maruellously, more liker beastes than men; of the which there were many -slaine in the presence of the Spaniards, and would neuer leave off their -contention a good while, till in the end, by way of peace, they -consented a conclusion amongest themselues, but with a great noyse, -which was, that those of one iland should go to the larbord of the ship, -and those of the other iland should go to the starbord; with the which -they were pacified, and did buy and sel at their pleasure. But at their -departure from our people, in recompence of their good intertainment, -they threw into the ship of their dartes hardened with fire, with the -which they did hurt many of them that were aboue hatches: yet went they -not away scotfree, for that our people with their hargabushes did paye -them in readie monie their bold attempt. - -[Sidenote: Iron more esteemed than siluer or gold.] - -These people do more esteeme yron than siluer or golde, and gaue for it -fruites, nnames,[68] patatas, fish, rise, ginger, hennes, and many -gallant mattes very well wrought, and all almost for nothing. - -[68] The Spanish word is "ñames", in all probability meant for "yams". - -These ilandes are verie fertile and healthfull, and very easie to bee -conquered unto the fayth of Christ, if that at such time as the ships -doo passe that way vnto Manilla, they would leaue there some religious -men, with souldiers to garde them till the next yeare, and might be -doone with small cost. It is not as yet known what ceremonies and rites -they do obserue; for that there is none that doo vnderstande their -language, neither hath any beene on those ilandes, but onely as they -haue passed by, which is the occasion that they cannot be vnderstood. -The language which they doo vse, to any mans iudgement, is easie to be -learned, for that their pronunciation is verie plaine; they call ginger -_asno_, and for to say Take away your hargabush, they say, _arrepeque_. -The pronunciation of their wordes is neither in the nose nor in the -throte. It is vnderstood that they be all Gentiles, by certaine signes -and tokens that our people haue seene them do, and that they doo worship -idols, and the diuell, vnto whom they do sacrifice such as they do take -in the warres of their borderers. It is thought that they doo descend of -the Tartares, by some particularities that is found amongst them, the -which do draw very nigh vnto some that they do vse. - -These ilandes are south and north with the land of Labrador, which is -nigh vnto the new found lande, and not farre distant from the ilande of -Japon. It is knowen for a trueth that they do deale with the Tartares, -and that they do buy yron for to sell it vnto them. The Spaniards did -giue name vnto these ilandes as they passed by, the ilandes of Ladrones -(which is of theeues), for that they are very bolde and subtile in their -stealinges, in the which facultie the Egyptians, that are in our Europa, -may go to schoole with them for the verie facultie thereof. I will -declare vnto you one thing that happened in the presence of many -Spaniardes, the which did cause them greatly to maruaile, which -is,--there was a marriner commanded by the captaine of the ship to keepe -the sterneborde side, and not to suffer any of them to enter therein; -and being as one amased to see so many canoas that came thether (the -which be small barkes or botes made all of one peece) one of them diued -downe vnder the water, till he came there whereas the marriner was -(vnmindfull of any such matter should happen) and vpon a soddaine, -without seeing the other, he snatched his sword out of his hand, and -went vnder the water againe therwith; the marriner made a noise, and -declared the knauerie that the ilander had done vnto him, whervpon there -were certaine souldiers that made their hargubushes ready to shoot at -him when he appeared from vnder the water. This ilander perceiuing it, -came foorth and swimmed aboue the water, shewing his handes, and made -signes that he had nothing in them, which was the occasion that they did -not shoot at him. - -So after a while that he had beene there resting of himselfe, he -returned and diued vnder the water againe, and swam so farre as he -thought that the bullet of the hargubush could not reach to hurt him, -and finding himselfe in securitie, he tooke the sword from betwixt his -legges whereas he did carrie it in secret, and beganne to florish with -the same, mocking our people whom he had so easily deceiued. - -This kind of stealing, and many others which they had done, and that -with great subtiltie, is the occasion that they beare the names of -theeues, and all the ilandes whereas they doo dwell doo beare the name -thereof, the which they will easily pardon, if they might ordinarily -finde where as they might execute their inclination. - - - - -CHAP. XII. - - _They departe from the Ilandes of the Ladrones, and - come vnto them of Luzon, or Philippinas by an other - name, and doo declare the particular thoughts of those - ilandes._ - - -[Sidenote: Archipelago.] - -[Sidenote: The Island of Luzon, and citie of Manilla.] - -[Sidenote: Great mountains of pepper, cloues, and ginger.] - -From this Iland of Ladrones nauigating towards the west, almost two -hundred leagues, till they came to a mouth called of the Holy Ghost, -they straightwaies doo enter into the Archipelago (which is an infinite -number of ilands), almost all inhabited with their own naturall people; -but many conquered by the Spaniardes, eyther by force of warre or -friendship. Four score leagues from this is the citie of Manilla, which -is vpon the Iland of Luzon, there whereas ordinarily dwelleth the -gouernor of all those ilandes, and the officers of his maiestie: therein -is a bishop and a cathedrall church. This citie standeth in fourteen -degrees and a quarter, and round about the same there are so many -ilandes, that vnto this day there is none that euer could number them: -they do extend all of them northwest and southwest, and north and south, -in so much that the one part stretcheth vnto the Straight of Sincapura -which is fiue and twentie leagues from Malaca, and the other part vnto -the Malucos, and other ilandes, whereas they gather a great number of -cloues, pepper, and ginger, of the which there are great mountaines -full. The first that discouered these ilands were Spaniards, which came -to them in the company of the famous Magellanes, and made no conquest of -them, for that they knew better to nauigate then to conquer; by reason -whereof, after they had discouered and passed the straight (which vnto -this day beareth the title of his name) and came vnto the Ilande of -Zubu, whereas they did baptise certaine of the inhabitance, and -afterwards in a banket, the same ilanders did kill him and other forty -of his companions, which was the occasion that Sebastian de Guetaria, a -naturall Biskin borne,[69] for to escape with his life, did put himselfe -in a shippe that remained of the voyage (which afterwards was named the -Victorie), and in her and with a few people that helped him, with the -fauour of God he came vnto Siuell, hauing compassed the whole world, -from the Orient vnto the Ponient, a thing which caused vnto all men -great admiration, but in particular vnto the Emperor Charles the Fift of -famous memorie, who after he had giuen many gifts and fauours vnto the -said Sebastian de Guetaria, hee gaue order that a new armie should be -made ready, and to returne againe in demande of the said ilands, and to -discouer that new world. - -[69] A native of Biscay. - -So when all things were in a readinesse for to depart on their voyage -(the which was done with great breuitie) they ordained for generall of -all that fleete one Villa Lobos, commanding him to go by the Nueua -Espania. This Villa Lobos arriued at the Ilands of Malucas, and at those -of Terrenate, and at other ilands ioyning vnto them, the which ilands -were laid to gage by the aforesaid emperor vnto the crowne of Portugal. - -In these ilands they had great wars by meanes of the Portugals, and -seeing themselues with little helpe and small resistance for to go -forwards with their conquests, they left it off, and went to the most -part of them with the aforesaide Portugals vnto the India of Portugall, -from whence afterwards they sent them as prisoners unto the said king of -Portugall, as offenders that had entred his ilands without his licence: -who did not onely leaue to do them any harme, but did intreate them very -well and sent them vnto their owne country of Spaine, and gaue them al -thinges necessary for their iourney, and that in aboundance. - -Then certaine yeares after, Don Philip king of Spaine being very willing -that the discouering shoulde go forwards, which the emperor his father -had so earnestly procured, sent and commanded Don Luys de Velasco, who -was his vizroy of the Nuoua Espania, that he would ordaine an army and -people for to returne and discouer the said ilands, and to sende in the -said fleete, for gouernor of all that should bee discouered, Miguel -Lopez de Legaspi, who did accomplish all that his maiestie had -commanded, and made the discouerie thereof in such order, as in the -first relation of the entrie of the fathers of the order of Saint Austen -into the China dooth more at large appeare. - -Of ancient time these ilands were subiect vnto the king of China, vntill -such time as hee did deliuer them vp of his owne free will, for such -reasons as were spoken off in the first part of this historie: and that -was the occasion that when the Spaniards came vnto them, they were -without lorde or heade, or anie other to whome they shoulde showe -duetie, but hee which had most power and people did most command: so -that this (and that there were so many of equal power) was the occasion -that ciuill warres continued, without any respect of nature, kinred, or -any other duety, but like vnto brute beastes, killing, spoiling, and -captiving one another, the which was a great helpe vnto the Spaniards -for to subiect that countrie with so great ease vnto the king, and -called them the Ilands Philippinas in respect of his name. They did vse -amongst them to make captiues and slaues such as they did take in -vnlawfull wars, and for trifling matters, the which God did remedie by -the going thither of the Spaniards: for you should haue a man with -fortie or fiftie other friends in his company, or seruants, that vpon a -sodaine would go and set vpon a small village of poore people and -vnprouided, and take and binde them all, and carrie them away for slaues -without any occasion or reason, and make them to serue them all the -dayes of their life, or else sell them to other ilands. And if it so -chanced that one did lende vnto another a basket or two of rice (the -which might bee woorth a ryall of plate), with condition to returne it -againe within ten dayes; if the debter did not pay it the same day, the -next day following he should pay it dooble, and afterward to double it -euery day so long as he did keepe it, which in conclusion the debt would -grow to be so great, that, to pay the same, he is forced to yeeld -himselfe for captiue and slaue. - -But vnto all such as were captiued in this order, or in such like, the -king of Spaine hath commanded to giue libertie; yet this iust -commandement is not in euery point fulfilled and accomplished, because -such as should execute the same haue interest therein. All these ilandes -were gentiles and idolaters, but now there is amongest them many -thousands baptised, vnto whom the king hath shewed great mercie, in -sending vnto them the remedie for their soules in so good time: for if -the Spaniards had stayed any more yeares, they had beene all Moores at -this day, for that there were come vnto the Ilande of Burneo some of -that sect that did teach them, and lacked little, for to worship that -false prophet Mahomet, whose false, peruerse, and corrupt memory, was -with the gospell of Christ easily rooted out. - -[Sidenote: The diuell was worshiped.] - -In al these ilands they did worshippe the sunne and moone, and other -second causes, figures of men and women, which are called in their -language Maganitos, at whose feastes (which they do make very sumptuous, -with great ceremonies and superstition) they doo call Magaduras. But -amongst them all, they have in most veneration an idoll whome they -called Batala, the which reuerence they had for a tradition; yet can -they not say what should be the occasion that he should deserue more -then any of the rest to bee had in so great estimation. In certaine -ilandes not farre off, called the Illocos, they did worship the diuell, -and made vnto him many sacrifices, in recompence of a great quantitie of -gold hee had giuen vnto them; but nowe by the goodnesse of God, and the -great diligence put and done by the fathers of the order of Saint Austen -(who were the first that passed into these parts, and liued worthely) -and also by the friers of Saint Francis, which went thither tenne yeares -after, all these ilands or the most part of them are baptised, and vnder -the ensigne of Jesus Christ: and the rest which doo remaine and are not, -is more for lacke of ministers and preachers, then for any obstinacie of -their parts. There is nowe gone thither certaine fathers of the order -called Iesuits, who will be a helpe vnto them with their accustomed -zeale and labour. And nowe goeth thither many other religious men, very -well learned and apostolike, of the order of Saint Dominicke, who will -doo their indeuour to conuert them vnto Christ, as it behooueth -Christians to do. - - - - -CHAP. XIII. - - _Here is declared of some notable things that are, and - haue beene seene in these Ilands Philippinas._ - - -[Sidenote: Witches.] - -[Sidenote: The Indians would not go into heauen because there were -Spanish souldiers.] - -They of these ilandes were accustomed to celebrate their feastes -aforesaid, and to make sacrifices vnto their idols, by the order of -certaine women which were witches, whome they do call in their language -Holgoi, that were had in as great estimation amongst them, as be the -priests amongst Christians. These did talke ordinarily with the diuell, -and many times in publike, and do diuellish witchcrafts both in words -and deeds: into whom it is to be beleeued that the diuell did enter, for -that straightwayes they did answere vnto all things that were demanded -of them, although for the most part they woulde tell a lie, or els such -wordes that might be giuen diuers interpretations of, and of diuers -vnderstandings. They did also vse to cast lottes, in such sorte as hath -bene declared in the first part of this history: they were great -Agorismers[70] or observers of times: in so much that if they begin any -iourney, and at the beginning they meete with a cayman, or lyzarde, or -any other sauage worme, they knowe it to be a signe of euill fortune, -whereupon they would straightwayes leaue off their iourney, although it -did import them very much, and returne vnto their houses, saying, that -the heauen will not that they shoulde go forwards on that iourney: but -all these lies and falsenes which beene taught them, and they perswaded -to, by the diuell, is ouerthrowne and taken away by the law of the -gospel (as aforesaide), and haue now amongst them many monasteries full -of religious men, of the order of Saint Austen, Saint Francis, and of -Iesuits. According vnto the common opinion, at this day there is -conuerted and baptised more then foure hundred thousand soules, which is -a great number: yet in respect of the quantitie that are not as yet -conuerted, there are but a few. It is left vndone (as aforesaid) for -want of ministers, for that, although his maiesty doth ordinarily send -thither without any respect of the great charge in doing the same, yet -by reason that there are so many ilands, and euerie day they doo -discouer more and more, and being so far off, they cannot come vnto them -all, as necessitie requireth. Such as are baptised, doo receiue the -fayth with great firmenesse, and are good Christians, and would be -better, if that they were holpen with good ensamples: as those which -haue beene there so long time are bounde to doe: that the lacke thereof -doth cause some of the inhabitantes so much to abhorre them, that they -would not see them once paynted vpon a wall. For proofe whereof (and for -to moue such as haue power and authoritie to put remedie in the same, I -will declare vnto you here a strange case, the which royally did passe -of a trueth in one of these ilandes, and is verie well knowne amongst -them: that is, there chanced to die an ilander, a principall man amongst -them, a few dayes after that he was baptised, being very contrite for -his sinnes the which hee had done against God before he was baptised; -and after hee died. So after by the diuine permission of God he -appeared vnto many of that ilande, whom he did perswade forthwith to -receiue the baptisme, with reasons of great efficacie, and declared vnto -them (as one that had experiencd the same) the rewarde of that good -deede which without all doubt shoulde bee giuen vnto them, if they would -receiue the same, and liue after conformable and according vnto the -commandements of Christ; for the which he told them and said, that -forthwith so soone as he was dead, he was carried by the angels into -glorie, there whereas all things were of delite, pleasure, and content, -and did communicate onely in the sight of God, and that there was none -that entred therein, neither coulde enter, except hee were baptised, -according vnto the preaching of the Spaniards, of whome and of others -that were like vnto them, there was infinite number. Therefore if so be -that they would go and inioy of those benefites and delights, it is -necessarie that first they should be baptised, and afterwards to obserue -and keepe the commandements that be preached vnto them by the fathers, -that are amongst the Castillas, and therewith he vanished away, and they -remained treating amongst themselues concerning that which they had -hearde, and was the occasion that some of them forthwith receiued the -baptisme, and that others did delay it, saying, that because there were -Spaniard souldiers in glory, they would not go thither, because they -would not be in their company. - -[70] The Spanish word is "agoreros", soothsayers or superstitious -persons, from _aguero_, an omen. - -All this hurt is done by one peruerse or impious man, and with one euill -ensample, the which amongst many good, as you haue in those parts; but -in especiall amongst them in particular, it ought to bee reprehended and -punished seuerely with rigour. - -[Sidenote: Siuit.] - -[Sidenote: Honie.] - -[Sidenote: Sinamum.] - -[Sidenote: Linseed oile.] - -These ilands, at the first discouery of them, had the fame to bee _mal -sanos_, or vnholesome, but since experience hath shewed and prooued it -to the contrarie. It is a countrie maruellous fertill, and yeeldeth very -much rice, wheate, goates, hennes, deere, buffes, kine, and great -stoare of hogges, whose flesh is so sauorie as the mutton they haue in -Spaine: there be also manie cattes that yeelde siuet, great stoare of -fruites, which be very good and sauorie: great aboundance of honie, and -fish, and all solde at so small price, that almost it is solde for -nothing. Also there is great stoare of synamon, but no oile of oliues, -but that which is carried thither out of the Nuoua Espania: they haue -much oyle of algongoli[71] and of flaxe seede, the which they doo spende -ordinarily in that countrie, so that the oyle of oliues is not missed -with them. - -[71] More properly spelt "ajonjoli", the Spanish name for "sesamum -orientale", or oily-grain. - -[Sidenote: Cloues, saffron, pepper, nutmegs, cotton, and silke.] - -[Sidenote: Powder, saltpeter, iron, steele, quicksiluer, brasse, -copper.] - -There is great stoare of cloues, saffron, pepper, nutmegges, and many -other drugges: great stoare of cotton and silke of all colours, the -which is brought vnto them by merchants of China, euerie yeare a great -quantitie, from whence commeth more then twenty shippes laden with -peeces of silkes of all colours, and with earthen vessell, powder, -saltpeter, iron, steele, and much quickesiluer, brasse, copper, wheate, -flower, walnuts, bisket, dates, linnen cloth, counting chestes[72] very -gallantly wrought, calles of networke, buratos, espumillas,[73] basens -and ewres made of tinne, parchment lace, silke fringe, and also of -golde, the which is spunne and twisted after a fashion neuer seene in -all Christendome, and manie other of great curiositie, and all this -aforesaide is solde verie good cheape. Likewise such things as the -ilands do yeelde are sold very good cheape, for you shall haue foure -roues[74] of wine which commeth of the palme tree for foure rials of -plate (the which for lacke of that made of grapes is very good), twelue -haneges of rice for eight rials of plate, three hennes for one rial, a -whole hogge for eighteene rials, a whole buffe for foure rials, a deere -for two rials, and yet it must be both great and good, foure roues of -sugar for sixe rials, a botiia[75] of oile made of algongoli for three -rials, two baskets of saffron for two rials, sixe pounds of pepper or -cloues for one riall, two hundred nutmegs for one rial, a roue of -synamum for sixe rials, a kintal[76] of iron or steele for tenne rials, -thirtie dishes of very fine earth foure rials, and all other things -after this rate. - -[72] Escritoires. - -[73] These words are both used for a fine gauze or muslin, of which -ladies' veils are made in Spain. - -[74] The original word is _arroba_, containing from three to four -gallons. - -[75] A jar. - -[76] Quintal, a hundredweight. - -But amongst all other notable thinges that these Spaniards haue seene in -those ilands, and in the kingdome of China, and other places whereas -they passed, there is one thing which hath caused them most to maruel -at, and to haue it most in memory; which is a tree, ordinarily called -palma de cocos, but doth differ from that which beareth the dates, and -with great reason, for that it is a plant so full of mysterie and -profite, that there hath come a ship vnto these ilands, and the said -ship, and all that was in her to be sold, with ropes, cords, masts, -sailes and nailes, were made of this tree, and the merchandice that she -brought was mantels made of the rind of the saide tree, with great -subtiltie and fine works. Likewise all the victuals that was in the said -ship for the sustentation of thirtie men that came in her, yea their -water was of the same tree. - -The merchants that came in this ship did certifie of a truth, in all the -Iland of Maldiuia from whence they came, they haue no other sustainment, -but onely that which this tree yeeldeth: they do make houses hereof, and -tyles for to couer the same, the fruit doth yeeld a meollio or curnell, -which is very sauory and healthfull, the sauor thereof is much like to -greene hasell nuts, and if you do cut the branch there whereas the coco -commeth forth is the principall fruite, and euery one of them hath -ordinarily a pinte of water, the which is very sweet and delicate: al -the said substance doth returne into the trunke of the tree, whereas -they doo bore a hole, and thereat they do draw out all that water, which -is much: and mingling it with other thinges they make thereof good wine, -the which is drunk in al those ilands and in the kingdome of China. Of -the same water they make vineger, and of the meollio kernell aforesaide, -oile verie medicinall, milke like vnto almon milke: hony and suger very -sauorie. These and many other vertues hath this palme, whereof I haue -declared part, for that they are notable, and do cause admiration vnto -all men that passe into those partes: I doo leaue to declare the rest -because I would not be tedious. Nigh to the cittie of Manilla, on the -other side of the riuer, there is a towne of Chinos that be baptized, -such as haue remained there to dwell to inioy the libertie of the -gospel. There are amongst them many handicrafts men, as shoomakers, -taylors, goldsmiths, blacksmiths, and other officers, and some -merchants. - - - - -CHAP. XIV. - - _The barefoote friers depart from the Iland of Luzon - vnto China, and is declared such as was there seene._ - - -For that the principall intent of these religious men, when they went -out of Spaine, was for to go vnto the mightie kingdome of China for to -preach the holy gospell, and did perseuer continually with that desire, -they woulde neuer intreat of any other thing, but onely to put it in -execution: and for the accomplishing of the same, they sought many -meanes and waies, sometimes in requesting the gouernor of his aide and -helpe to procure the same, for that it was an easie thing to be -performed, hauing continually ships of the merchants of China in the -port of Manilla. - -The gouernor did driue them off with many reasons, but principally he -laid before them that rigorous lawe, which they knew was established -against such as did enter into that kingdome without particular licence; -yet notwithstanding, all this was not sufficient to abate the louing -desire of those friers, which was only setled in their mindes for to go -and preach the holy gospel in that kingdome by one meanes or other, -although it were to put their liues in hazard: and for the prosecuting -hereof, the comissary of those ilands, who was frier Geronimo de Burgos, -did elect sixe religious men for the same purpose: amongst them was the -father Ignatio, of whome I (as I haue said) vnderstood by writing and -relation many thinges, the which is declared in these [sic] itinerario -or comentarie: so that there was with him seuen religious men, all -seruants of God, and very desirous of the saluation of soules, which was -the occasion that they put themselues in so long and tedious a iourney, -leauing their owne countrie and quietnesse. These seuen, with the good -will of the gouernor Don Gonsalo Ronquillo and of the bishop, whom they -did ouercome and winne with requests and perseuerance, and carried in -their company a Spaniard their friende, called Iohn de Feria, of -Andolozia, and other two souldiers that went with pretence to become -friers, one Portugall, and sixe Indian ilanders: all the which, the -eight day after Corpus Christi, which was the one and twentie day of -Iune, in anno 1582, they departed from the port of Cabite, whereas they -did imbarke themselues in a barke of the saide Iohn de Feria, and making -saile at fiue of the clocke in the afternoone, in the morning betimes -they founde themselues twentie leagues ouerthwart the port that is -called Dol Fraile, whereas they determined to go to sea, leauing the -coast of the Ilande of Manilla, which lieth north and south with China: -from the which cittie, which is (as I haue saide) in fourteene degrees -and a halfe, vnto the Cape of Boxeador, which is in nineteene, it is one -hundreth leagues sailing, and from this cape to the firme land of China, -they count it scarce fourescore leagues. And God was so pleased, -although they had two dayes calme, the seuenth day, which was the day -before the apostle Saint Peter and Saint Paule, at eight of the clocke -in the morning, they discouered the firme lande of China: then -straightwaies vpon the sight thereof, the comissarie commaunded to bring -foorth the habites which hee carried readie made for to put vpon the -friers, for that when the Chinos shoulde see that they were all friers, -they should be voide of all suspition, to thinke them to be spies, as -they thought when the first friers went thither (as hath beene tolde -you); and not contented herewith, hee threw all the souldiers apparell -into the sea, and one hargabus of Iohn de Feria, with the flaske wherein -he carried his powder, and all other thinges such as he thought woulde -be a hurt and hindrance vnto them, if it should so fall out that they -shoulde erre out of the port whereas the Portugals doo vse, and fall -vppon the coast, as afterwards it so fell out: they left nothing but a -match, which they forgot, which lacked very little to haue cost them -full deere. But when they had sight of the lande, they did not well -knowe it, for that they had neuer seene it before, and were also -ignorant of the ports; although they were very neere to the bay of -Canton, they tooke their course vnto the northwest, wheras they should -haue gone to the southwest, which was the occasion that they came vnto -the prouince of Chincheo. This day, at fiue a clocke in the afternoone, -they discouered a port that was not farre from them, whither they sailed -and entred in, and came to an anker on the outmost side, yet with great -feare and dread, for that they knew not the securitie thereof, neither -the trouble that might happen. - -They were not so soone at an anker, but they saw come forth of the said -port many barkes, both small and great, and in them many souldiers with -hargabusses, lances, swordes, and targets, and in their foreshippe some -small peeces of ordinance. And when they came nigh vnto the barke -wherein the Spaniards were, within musket shot, they stayed and -discharged great stoare of hargabus shot. But they, who carried no armor -to offende others, neither to defende themselues, the answere that they -gaue vnto the shot, was making of many signes of peace, calling them -with their handes to come nearer vnto them, that they might see and -vnderstand that they came not thither with any pretence to do harme: yet -all was not sufficient to cause them to leaue off their shooting, -neither to come any nearer vnto their barke. At this present there was -amongst the souldiers one Chino, that had beene at Luzon, and did knowe -the Spaniards, being of God inspired: hee made signes vnto the rest to -leaue off their shooting, which presently they did: and hee came with -his brigantine vnto their barke, and after him all the rest: who, when -they sawe that they had neyther armour nor weapon, neither will to flie -from them, they entered into the barke, and with their naked swordes in -their handes flourishing with them ouer the heads of the Spaniards, with -a great noise and tumult, they carried them into the port, which was -called Capsonson, whereas was a generall of a great armie of shippes -that were at an anker in the saide port, who straightwaies commanded -that there should be carried on borde his admirall foure of the -Spaniards, the which they vnderstoode was doone to take their liues from -them: for the which, by reason they did not name any person, foure -religious men did offer themselues to goe, and after they had confessed -themselues, they tooke their leaue of their companions, and carried -euery one of them a crosse in his hande, and his breuiarie, without any -other thing else. - -So when they came before the captaine, they founde him more meeker and -milder than they thought to haue done (surely a worke done by God, in -recompence of the great perill that those his seruants did put -themselues in to doo his seruice and commandement). He asked of them, -from whence they came, and wherefore? with many other questions in -effect; but when that hee was certified of the truth, hee commanded them -to returne againe vnto their barke, without doing vnto them anie other -harme; yet with a straite precept that they should not go forth without -his expresse licence. - -So with this commandement they remained in their barke three dayes, -guarded with many barkes and souldiers: and the last of them, the -captaine sent for two of the religious men; and when they came before -him, he commanded them to be carried before a iustice, a friend of his -there hard by. These iustices did talke with them with so great -grauitie, and signes of cruelty, that euery time they came before them -they thought verely that forthwith they would command them to be carried -to be executed: and without all doubt, either they had wil to do it, or -else to put them in great feare of death, for that it was plainely seene -in diuers things they commanded: but especially in one day there came -vnto them a iudge, with many armed men, and compassed their barke round -about with a great number of brigandines, with plaine signes to giue -them assalt, or else to sinke them: but within a little while they were -all in quiet, and the iudge entred into a shippe that was thereby at -anker, and being set in a rich chaire, guarded with many souldiers about -him, hee commanded the rest that were in the brigandines forthwith to go -to visite and search their barke, and sent with them an interpreter, one -of Chincheo, who did a little vnderstande the Portugall tongue. These -souldiers carried in their handes blacke banners, and other heauie and -sorowfull signes (which is vsed in that kingdome, when at any time they -doo execute anie person). So after they had made their visitation, -although they founde in their barke not anie prohibited thing, but onely -the match which I haue spoken off, they commanded that they shoulde -forthwith bee imbarked two and two into the brigandines, whereas the -armed souldiers were, who did direct their foreshippes towardes a towre, -which was a prison, wherein was put all such theeues as were taken vpon -the coast, out of the which there commeth none forth but vnto execution. -But when the Indians of the ilands saw it, they wept bitterly, which -moued the Spaniards vnto great compassion; although they were themselues -in the same trance and perill, and as nigh their death, and made no -other reckoning; insomuch that two of the religious men seeing them so -nigh the towre (although when as they were farre off, they made shewe as -though they cared not for it), yet at that time they were so farre from -all reason and vnderstanding, that al the night one of them knewe not -what he did, without any knowledge of the people wherein he was, but lay -as a deade man: and the other with pure imagination and melancholike -humour fel into a great infirmitie, whereof within a few dayes after he -died in the cittie of Canton. But in conclusion, the stowtest of them -all had feare enough, and would haue giuen his life for a small matter, -for that he was without all hope, and thought verely that they carried -them vnto execution: which was the occasion that a Spaniard, one of them -that went with pretence to be a frier, and the habite on, hauing in his -power a thousand and sixe hundred rials of plate, he threw them into the -sea, saying, Seeing that I am going to dye, I wil that it be in the -habite of S. Francis, with the pouerty in which the glorious saint liued -and died, for to follow him in his steps aright. With this feare -aforesaid they were carried towards the tower: but when they came nigh -to it, there followed after the souldiers that carried them, a skiffe -with many oares, in great hast, and called a loud vnto them, saying, -that the captaine general commanded that they should bring backe againe -those prisoners to his shippe, the which forthwith they accomplished: -and after he had demanded of them certain questions, he commanded to -carry them to the said tower; the which was done, as they could -perceiue, for to put them in more feare. So after they had feared and -scared them with this rigorous temtation, the saide captaine himselfe -went into one of the brigandines, and went with them on land; whereas -presently when he came on shoare, hee carryed the Spaniards into a -temple of their idols, vnto whome hee did his accustomed reuerence; yet -the religious men, although they were with great feare of death as -aforesaide, they woulde not imitate him, but turned their faces from -their idols and did spit at them, giuing the captaine to vnderstande by -signes, that he should not worshippe them, for that they had no more -goodnesse in them then was giuen by man; so that, by good reason to the -contrary, those idols should giue reuerence vnto men, because they made -them; and to whome they ought to giue their true worship is vnto the -true God, the Creator of heaven and earth. - -By this act it is plainely to bee seene the gift of strength, the which -the Holy Ghost doth giue vnto his baptized Christians, as in these -religious men that were at deathes doore, yet had they strength and -spirit for to resist and reprehende them that could take away their -liues. The captaine, although he made a shew that he was offended with -that which hee had seene them do, yet he did them no harme, but -presently brought them out of the temple, and commanded the souldiers to -remaine there and guard them all that night: the which they passed lying -vpon the grounde, and yet thought themselues happie, and gaue thankes to -God for that he had deliuered them from the death that was so nigh vnto -them. - - - - -CHAP. XV. - - _Here hee doth prosecute in things which the saide - Fathers did see, and vnderstand, the second time they - entred into the kingdome of China, and of the troubles - they passed._ - - -The next day in the morning, the priest of the idols did open the -temple, whereas presently they put in the Spanish religious men, who -sawe him and his ministers lighting of little candels, and making -perfumes vnto their idols, with manie superstitious ceremonies; the -which being done, they cast certaine lottes (a thing much vsed amongst -them), as they vnderstoode it was done for to consult with the diuell -(who was within those idols) to know what they should do with them, yet -this they could not perfectly vnderstand; but straightwaies they were -carried out of the temple, and brought by the souldiers before a iudge, -who was the chiefe and principall of all the sea of that prouince, and -was sixe leagues from the place in a cittie called Quixue: the way -thither was very plaine and brode, and paued, and vpon both sides there -were fields both of corne and flowers. So with the helpe of God the -Spaniards came before the presence of this general in eight days, -although it was with great trauell, by reason they had neither force nor -strength for to trauell, for that they had lost it with the heauie and -sorowful newes as aforesaid. - -Yet notwithstanding, at their comming to the citty Quixue, the souldiers -had them in continuall guard and keeping till the next day following; -then they were carried before the generall, where he was in a very great -and faire house, the which had two courts, one of them was next vnto the -doore of the streete, and the other was towards the farther partes of -the house; both of them were railed round about in manner of grates: -they were planted full of diuers sortes of great trees, wherein did -feed a great number of deere and other wilde beasts, but yet as tame as -sheepe. Right ouer against the inwarde court there was a gallerie, -whereon was many souldiers which did guarde and keepe the person of the -generall, who was in a mightie great and gallant hall, set in an iuorie -chaire with great maiestie. Before they entred into the seconde court, -there was discharged within, both artilerie and hagabus shot, and played -vpon a drum, which was as bigge as those which they vse in Spaine: that -being doone, there was a great sounde of hoybuckes and trumpets, and of -many other instrumentes: the which being doone, they straightwayes -opened the gates of the innermost court, whereas the gallerie was -aforesaide, from whence they might see the throne whereas the generall -was set. There was before him a table whereon was paper and other -necessaries for to write (a thing commonly vsed in all that countrie): -the souldiers that were his guarde were all in one liuerie of silke, and -were in so gallant consort, and had so great sylence, which made the -Spaniards greatly to maruell: the first order was of the hargabushes, -and the seconde were pikes, and betwixt the one and the other was placed -a sworde and a target; there might be about foure hundred souldiers. -Behinde them were placed the officers of iustice, or executioners, with -their instruments for to whippe and punish offenders: and in the midst -of them were the scriueners and proctors. - -About thirtie paces, more or lesse, from the chaire where the generall -was set, was placed certaine gentlemen, and to the number of a dozen -pages, bare headed, verie gallantlie apparelled in silke and golde. In -the middest amongst these souldiers were the Spaniards carried, and -before them such tokens and shewes as they doo vse when as they doo -present before the iudges such as bee condemned vnto death. A good way -before they came nigh vnto the place whereas the general was, they -caused them to kneele downe: at which instant there was brought foorth -certaine Chinos, that were prisoners, to be iudged; and so soone as -their inditement was read, and iudgement giuen, the executioners did -execute the rigour of the sentence in the presence of the Spaniards, -first pulling off their apparell, and then making fast their hands and -feete verie fast with cordes, in such sort, that they shriked that the -noise reached vnto heauens: they kept them so bounde vntil they sawe -farther what the iudge woulde commaunde, who, when hee had heard his -inditement, if hee woulde that hee should be whipped, hee striketh a -blow with his hand vppon the table that is before him: then the -executioners doo strike fiue blowes vppon the calues of the legges of -the offender with a broad cane, in the order as hath beene saide, and is -so cruell that none can suffer fiftie of them but he dieth. The blowe -being giuen vppon the table by the generall, straightwayes one of the -proctors maketh a crie or noise, whereat presently commeth the -executioner for to execute his office. And if the offender dooth deserue -more, then the iudge dooth strike another blowe vppon the table: then is -there giuen him other fiue blowes, and in this sort dooth the iudge so -manie times as his offence dooth deserue. At the lamentations and -shrikes that these miserable offenders doo giue, the iudges shewe no -more signe of pittie then if they were stroken vppon a stone. So the -audience being concluded and doone with the naturals of the countrie, -the generall commaunded that the Spanyardes shoulde come a little -nearer, and looked and searched their garments and all the rest, as also -their breuiarios and books: that being done, they were informed by those -that brought them, how and in what order they were apprehended, and of -all other thinges touching their comming into that kingdome: -vnderstanding thereof, he commaunded them to be carried vnto prison, -where they were put in sure holde, and with great watch and guard for -certain dayes, in the which time they passed incredible trouble, as well -of hunger as of thirst and heat, which was the occasion that the most -part of them fell sick of agues, and of the laske.[77] - -[77] From "laxitas", an immoderate looseness of the bowels. - -So after these dayes that they were in prison, they were carried once -againe to the audience, and many other more were brought forth to be -uisited, all people beleeuing that the Spaniards should no more returne, -but bee executed, for the which they receiued great content, to be -cleared by one death, of so many as dayly they had before their eyes. In -the conclusion of this audience the generall did decree, that they -should be carried by sea vnto the cittie of Canton, whereas was the -vizroy of that prouince, and he to commande them to be executed or -punished according as hee thought best, according vnto the penalty put -vppon whatsoeuer straunger that should enter into that kingdome without -licence (as they did enter). But when they saw that they were carried -out of the prison vnto the sea, they verelie beleeued that it was to -drowne them therein; for the which (having a newe confessed themselues, -and commended themselues vnto God) they did animate one another with the -representation of the reward which was prepared for them: but when they -came vnto the barre whereas they should imbarke themselues, vppon a -suddaine the sea beganne to waxe verie loftie and troublesome, that it -seemed almost a myracle, and it increased in such sort that the -souldiers and mariners said, that neuer before they had seene the like -torment, the which endured the space of tenne dayes: the which was the -occasion that they did not imbarke themselues, and that the generall did -change his pretence, and determined that they shoulde be carried by -lande vnto the great cittie of Sancheo-Fu, the which was presently put -in vre: they were manie dayes on this iourney, with fiftie souldiers -that did guarde them: in the which they sawe so manie curious thinges, -and of so great riches, that they iudged it to bee the best countrie in -all the world. - -So when they came vnto the citty, with no small trouble and werinesse, -by reason of their long iourney and euill intreatings by the souldiers, -they were presently carried (as might be sayde) from Herode to Pylate, -and escaped not one day, but they were carried to the publike audience, -or else before some particular iudge. This citie was very fresh both -within and without, and full of many orchards, whereas were an infinite -number of fruite, with gardens, stanges of water, and other thinges of -great recreation. This citie is three times so bigge as Siuell, and -compassed about with a mightie strong wall, their houses are verie great -and well wrought, their streets are exceeding faire, brode and long, and -so straight, that from the one end vnto the other they may see a man. In -equall distance the one from the other, there are built triumphall arkes -(which is an ordinarie and common thing vsed in the cities of that -kingdome): vpon their gates there are little towers, whereon is planted -all the artilerie that they haue for the defence of the citie (as hath -been said), all the which is inuironed and compassed about with a riuer -which is great and faire, on the which is ordinarily sayling an infinite -number of barkes and brigandines, and is of so great depth, they may -come and lye harde vnto the wall, yea, ships of great burden. On the one -side of the citie there is a little iland of great recreation, vnto the -which they do passe by a very faire bridge, the one halfe made of stone -and the other of timber, and is of a great length; that on the part that -is made of stone, the father Ignacio did tell thirtie innes, or -victualling houses, whereas was to be bought, not only flesh and fish, -but also great store of marchandice, of great estimation and valure, as -amber, muske, peeces of silke, and cloth of golde. - - - - -CHAP. XVI. - - _The Spaniardes are sent vnto the citie of Hucheofu, - and doo declare what happened there vnto them._ - - -From the citie of Sancheofu they were sent vnto Hucheofu, the which is -more principall and greater than the first, alwayes hauing with them in -companie and garde the number of souldiers aforesaid: sometimes they -trauailed by lande and sometimes by water, whereas they saw so many rich -thinges, which in respect to them, all that they had seene vnto that -time was nothing. Of the which, although I haue had particular relation -of many of them, I leaue off here the declaring thereof, for that of an -itinerario or commentarie I will not make a historie. But principally -for that many of them doo seeme to be incredible, and will be more vnto -those that haue not had any notice of the mightinesse of this kingdome. - -In the discourse of this their iourney, the cities and townes they sawe -were many and verie bigge, and all compassed with strong walles: and at -one of them there was a mightie riuer, on the which was edified more -than five hundreth engynes or wheeles, and they were made with so much -art, that alonely with the violence of the streame of the riuer that -dooth force them, they water all the groundes there abouts for the space -of two leagues and more, without any other helpe or humaine force. - -In this citie they were certaine daies in visiting and complementes, -after the which they were commaunded to goe vnto Canton, of the which in -the two relations before, is made particular mention. So when they came -vnto the citie they were carried vnto the prison of the Thequixi, which -is whereas are put such as are condemned to die, the which they plainely -perceiued. There they remayned verie manie dayes, and the most part of -them were carried vnto the tribunall seate of the iudges, in companie -with others that were condemned to die. - -At this time there was in the citie the Tutan, who was the viceroye of -the prouince, and the Chacu, who is the generall visitor, and that was -at such time as was doone great iustice for to cleare the prisons, -whereas were thousandes of men, and some that had beene there more than -tenne yeares. There was some day at that time that in the presence of -our people were brought foorth to be iudged, two thousand prisoners, -some to the death, and others to be whipped, and other to be banished, -with other kinde of penalties, according vnto the disposition and rigor -of their lawes. That day wherein they make capitall audience, they vse -particular ceremonies, as shooting of certaine peeces of artilerie, and -to shut the gates of the citie, not permitting anie to enter in, neither -go foorth, till such time as that act and iustice be finished, and many -other thinges, as hath beene declared in the first part of this -historie. - -The Spaniards being in the citie at this time of so great calamitie, it -so fell out that the same time there was a gentleman of Portingall -called Arias Gonsalo de Miranda, chiefe captaine of the citie of Machao -(very deuout vnto religious men, and a friende vnto Spaniardes), who -vnderstanding the great trouble and danger wherein they were, hee tooke -order by all meanes possible to set them at libertie, and had so great -care therein, that hee went through with his intent, in such sort that -they were deliuered out of pryson, and from the great feare in which -they were, and all by the intercession of this gentleman, who did vse so -good persuasions for the loue he did beare vnto them, that he made voyde -the euill opinion they had against them, and with compulsion to reuoke -the rigorous sentence of death pronounced against them. I do not here in -particular treate of such thinges as happened vnto these religious men -the servants of God, as well in the prison as on their iourney, for -that they were many, and to declare them is requisite a long time, and -to make a new historie. - -And although in the bookes before, haue been declared the riches of that -kingdome, and all thinges in particular, yet for the better -certification, I thought it good (and not without purpose) to declare in -the chapter following some of those which the father fryer Martin -Ignatio did communicate with me, vsing in the treating thereof so much -breuitie, that it shall seeme rather an epilogo then a new relation. And -for a more verification of the truth, whereby better credite may be -giuen therevnto, seeing that the persons who did see it doo agree in -that which shall be here declared; and again, for that the saide father -and his companions did see more thinges than the others, whose relations -be alreadie set downe. The occasion wherefore they put confidence in -them, and to let them see and vnderstand many secretes, was for that -they were sentenced and condemned to die: for without all doubt if they -had vnderstood that they should haue returned out of the kingdom, they -should neuer haue seene them, for they haue great care that any other -nations should know their secrets, their manner of gouernement, and -liuing. - - - - -CHAP. XVII. - - _Here it doth intreat of the mightinesse, goodnesse, - riches, and fortitude of the kingdome of China._ - - -[Sidenote: Sixe months trauaile from Ierusalem vnto China.] - -This kingdome is vnder the tropike of Capricorne, and stretcheth foorth -on the sea coast, south west and north east, more than fiue hundreth -leagues: it hath on the partes south west the kingdome of Cochinchina, -and on the north east, it dooth confine on Tartaria, a kingdome which -dooth compasse the most part of the lande; on the other part of the -northwest there is an other mightie kingdome of white people, which is -beyonde the kingdome of Persia, it is called Catay: there be in it -Christians, and the king thereof is called Manuell. It is sayd of a -truth, that from the furthest part of this kingdome vnto Ierusalem, is -sixe moneths trauaile by lande, the which they vnderstoode by certaine -Indians which came from that kingdome by Persia, whose testimonials were -made in Ierusalem sixe moneths before, wherein was declared how that -they had trauelled by Arabia Felix, and passed the Red Sea. The other -fourth part of this kingdome is compassed with a verie asper and high -mountaine, which is fiue hundreth leagues vpon a right line: but nature -had left certaine places open towards the northwest, which might be -fourscore leagues, little more or lesse, towards the Sea of Iapon, which -is towards the Septentrion. The great riches of this countrie, and the -great number of people that be therein, did supplie the same (as in the -first part of this historie is more at large declared). And for that the -king of this countrie seeing himselfe oppressed and troubled by the -mightie Tartaro, and seemed that easily he might defende himselfe from -him, in shutting vp of those gates which nature had left open betwixt -the mountaines, he did shut it vp with the death of many thousande of -people, for that hee vsed therein great tyrannie, which afterwardes was -the occasion of his owne death. - -This mountaine, with the supply by man, is the famous wall of the -kingdom of China, that is of fiue hundred leagues long; yet you must -vnderstande it in the manner aforesaide, the better to giue credite -thereunto, for alonely foure score leagues were made by mans handes with -great industrie, and there is vpon it an infinite number of bulwarkes, -which maketh it the more fayrer and stronger, but yet not so strong as -is the other four hundreth and twentie leagues which were made by -nature. - -[Sidenote: Great ditches and lakes.] - -Nigh vnto the same there is a great desert full of ditches and lakes of -water, which is the occasion that this kingdome hath been conserued for -more than two thousand yeares, as doth appeare by their owne histories, -which they holde to bee verie true. - -[Sidenote: A mightie lake.] - -All is imparted into fifteene prouinces, with that of Aynao,[78] and -euerie one of them hath a principall citie, of the which it beareth the -name. In the middest of this kingdome there is a great lake, out of the -which proceedeth many great and mightie riuers, which runne through all -the kingdome, and are so big that there sayleth vp and downe in them -barkes, fregats, brigandines, and many other vessels of an other kinde -of making. This great abundance of water is the occasion that it is so -fertile, and so well prouided of all thinges; and againe, the most part -of their cities and townes are situated on the riuers side, so that by -them the one prouince doth communicate with an other, carrying the one -vnto the other great store of marchandice and other thinges of great -curiositie, and is done with little cost, for that all things are done -very good cheape. - -[78] The island of Hainan. - -This sea cost of this kingdome is the biggest and the best that is -knowen in all the world; there is vpon it fiue prouinces, which be -these: of Canton, Chincheo, Liampon, Nanquin, and that of Paquian, which -is the furthest towardes the northwest, in the which is resident the -king and his counsell with all his court ordinarily, and the most part -of the men of warre that it hath, for that this prouince doth confine -vpon the Tartaros their enemies. Some will say, that the kings ordinarie -dwelling there, is for that it is the best and most fertilest of all the -kingdome. But I beleeue (according to the saying of some of the Chinos) -that he doth it not but because it is so nigh vnto Tartaria, and to -finde himselfe there whereas hee may supply all necessities which might -happen vpon a soddaine by his enimies. In these riuers there are -certaine ilandes, the which are very profitable vnto all the kingdome, -for that there is nourished and brought vp in them great store of deare, -hogges, and other beasts, which is the occasion that the cities are so -well prouided and serued. - -[Sidenote: More ships in one port than in all Spaine.] - -But one of the things which causeth most admiration to them that go to -this kingdome, is to see so infinite a number of ships and barkes that -be in euerie port thereof, and are so many, that there hath beene a man -in the citie of Machao that hath layde a wager, that alonely in the -riuer of Canton there be more ships and vessels than in all the cost of -Spaine. - -[Sidenote: They neuer had the plague.] - -One thing I may affirme, that I haue heard declared by persons of great -credite, that haue beene in that kingdome (but in especiall of the -father Ignacio, whom I do follow in this Itinerario) that it is an easie -thing in any one of these fiue prouinces that be vpon the sea cost, to -ioyne together a thousande ships of warre, and all of them (as they say -in Spaine) dedicated for that purpose. The occasion why there be so -many, is alreadie declared in his proper chapter. There are diuers -opinions touching the greatnesse of this kingdome, but the most are -conformable with the father fryer Martin de Herrada, who, like a good -geometrician and mathematician, went nighest the pricke. This opinion is -declared in the first part of this historie whereunto I referre me, and -in that which toucheth in particular things of that kingdom, for that it -is there declared at large as it was taken out of their bookes. But one -thing I cannot let passe but declare, for that it seemeth woorthie to -make thereof a particular memorie: and I vnderstood it by the mouth of -the said father Ignacio, which is that he doth affirme it to bee -certaine true and approued, that euery day in the yeare one with an -other (besides wars and the plague, the which in this countrie they -remember not to haue any, neither do they finde written in their -histories for 2,000 yeares, neither by famin nor any other accidentall -occasions to consume the people) yet doth there die many thousands of -people both smal and great, in al the fifteen prouinces of this -kingdome: which is no small griefe vnto them, who with a Christian zeale -doth consider this heauie tribute of so many soules that the diuell doth -recouer euerie day, and carrie them vnto his mansion or dwelling. - -All this kingdome is so fertile, as well for the ordinarie watring as -also for the temperature of the heauen, that almost all the whole yeare -they do gather fruits, but in especiall of wheat and rice: so that both -the one and the other are very good cheape, that our people in the -discourse of their trauaile or pilgrymage did buy one pyco of rice or of -wheate meale, which is fiue roues of Spaine, for one ryall and a halfe; -and according vnto this rate al other thinges beare their prices, as -hath beene before declared. They say that in this countrie there be many -elephants, lyons, tygres, ownses, and other brute beastes, of the which -these fryers sawe verie few aliue, but manie skins of them, which is a -signe that it is of truth. There are many beasts whereof come the muske, -the which are of the tygres, and like vnto a litle dogge, the which they -do kill and put them vnder the ground certaine dayes, and after that it -is putrified and rotten, the flesh and bloud is conuerted into that -sweete powder. There be also many cyuet cats and little worth, a great -number of horse, and although those which the said friers did see were -litle, yet is it a common voice and fame that in some of the fifteene -prouinces there are very good: but they were not there, so that they -cannot say they had seene them. But the hens, geese, duckes, and other -poultrie that are in all partes of this kingdome are without number, -which is the occasion that they are of small estimation: the abundance -of fish is no lesse, as well of the sea as of the riuers, in the which -they are conformable. All they that do declare of the thinges of this -countrie, and the small price that it is solde for, is such, that the -saide frier doth affirme, and others that haue bin in that kingdome, -that for the value of sixe marauadies (which is a pennie) may four -companions eat very wel of flesh, fish, rice, and fruits, and drinke -good wine of that countrie. - -[Sidenote: Mynes of golde and siluer.] - -[Sidenote: Siluer for his value more esteemed than gold.] - -In all this kingdome there are many mynes both of gold and siluer, and -all verie rich: but the king will not let them be labored but with great -lymitation (saying) that which is in those mynes be in his house, and -that they should procure to bring it from other kingdomes: yet -notwithstanding the abundance is so great both of the one and the other, -and so common, that there is no man, although he be of an occupation, -but hee hath in his house things both of gold and siluer, and other very -rich iewels. They do esteeme for his value more the siluer than the -golde: and they say the cause is, for that the prices of golde are -variable, as in Italie: but the siluer is alwaies at one staye and -price. - -[Sidenote: Amber gryce.] - -There are great store of pearles, but in especiall in the Iland of -Aynao; and great abundance of quicksiluer, copper, yron, steele, -laton,[79] tyn, lead, salt peter, brimstone, and other things which were -woont to beautifie a kingdome, but aboue all, there is very much muske -and amber gryce. - -[79] Latten, iron covered with tin. - -[Sidenote: Wonderfull treasure.] - -[Sidenote: Fleetes may be laden with silke.] - -The king of this kingdome, besides the great rent the which he hath, it -is saide that he hath great treasories in all the principall cities, -those which are the head cities of the prouinces; for the confirmance -thereof, it was affirmed vnto the saide fryer for a verie certaintie, -that in the citie of Canton, all the money that hath entred into the -same for the space of fiue hundred yeres (as well by way of the -Portingals, as by those of the kingdom of Cyan,[80] and others their -borderers, and all the tributes of that prouince) is altogether in the -king's treasure house of that citie, which amounteth vnto, by good -account, many more millions than may be well numbred for to giue credite -thereunto. It is as common for the people of this countrie to weare -silke, as in Europe to weare lynnen; yea, they doo make their shooes -thereof, some of satten, and many times of cloth of golde, of verie -gallant colours: the cause is by reason of the great abundance that they -haue thereof, and is of so great quantitie, that it is carried from the -citie of Canton vnto the Portingall Indians more than three thousand -kintals euery yeare, besides a great quantitie which is carried vnto -Japon, and ordinarily more than fifteene ships laden for the Ilandes of -Luzon. The Sianes, and other nations, doo also carrie away a great -quantitie: and although there are carried away ordinarily as afore -saide, yet there remaineth so great quantity in that kingdome, that many -fleetes may be laden therewith. - -[80] Siam. - -[Sidenote: Sugar, hony, and waxe.] - -There is also great store of flax, cotton, and other kinde of -webstrie,[81] and al so good cheape that the aforesaide fryer dooth -affirme that he hath seene solde a canger,[82] which is fifteene fadom, -for foure ryals of plate. The fine earthen dishes that are in this -countrie, cannot be declared without many wordes. But that which is -brought from thence into Spaine is verie course; although, vnto them -that hath not seene the finer sort, it seemeth excellent good: but they -haue such with them, that a cubbard thereof amongest vs would be -esteemed as though it were of golde. The finest cannot be brought foorth -of the kingdome vpon paine of death; neyther can any haue the vse -thereof, but onely the loytias, which be there gentlemen (as hath been -tolde you). There is great quantitie of sugar, honie, and waxe, and -verie good cheape as aforesaide. And in conclusion I say, that they liue -with so great abundance, that all things do flow so that they lacke -nothing necessarie for their bodies: but for their soules, which is the -principallest, they do lack (as you haue vnderstoode in the discourse of -this historie): God remedie the same at his pleasure. - -[81] Articles for weaving. - -[82] The original word is "canga", probably a local word for the measure -referred to. - -[Sidenote: A riuer that yeeldeth a million and a halfe euery yeare in -salt.] - -The rent which the king of this kingdome hath, is declared vnto you in a -proper chapter of it selfe; so that in this I will declare that which -the sayde fryer tolde me, and is onely of one riuer, which is called the -riuer of the salt, and is in the prouince of Canton, and is worth vnto -him, euerie yeare, a million and a halfe. And although the ordinarie -rent, the which he hath euerie yeare, dooth exceede the greatest king -that is nowe knowen in all the world in quantitie; yet, in his -treasories which he gathered together and kept (if it be true that the -Chinos do say), in euery principall citie of these fifteene prouinces, -is more than a great number of kings togither haue or can procure, no, -nor come nigh vnto it by a great deale. - -[Sidenote: All cities are walled.] - -All the cities and townes of this kingdome are walled about with stone -walles, and at euerie fifteene paces a bulwarke; and without the wall -commonly all of them haue a riuer, or else a great deepe moote, wherein -they may bring water at all times, with the which they are very strong: -they doo vse no fortes, neyther haue they any, but onely ouer the gates -of the cities, towers (as hath been declared), and in them is put all -the artilerie, the which is for the defence of that citie or towne. - -[Sidenote: They vse hargabushes, bowes, and lances.] - -[Sidenote: Englande, France, Spaine, and the Turke hath not so many -souldiers as this kingdome.] - -[Sidenote: Captaines of few and many souldiers.] - -They vse many sortes of weapons, but in especiall hargabushes, bowes, -lances of three or foure manners, swords like vnto faunchers, and with -them targets. All the souldiers when they go to fight, they weare long -garments down to their knees, very wel stuffed with cotton wooll, the -which doth resist the thrust of a lance, or a stabbe: all such souldiers -as haue the king's ryall pay weare, in token thereof, red and yellowe -hats, of the which there is so great a number, as well horsemen as foot -men, that almost it is impossible to number them. And it is a common -opinion of all them that haue bin in this kingdome, and haue seene them, -that all Spaine, France, and the Great Turke, hath not so many as this -kingdome hath. They haue amongst them captaines of ten souldiers, some -of a hundreth souldiers, some of a thousand, of ten thousand, of twentie -thousand, and in this sort to a hundred thousand. The number of -souldiors that these captains do leade, are knowen by certain ensignes -that they beare. They muster and make show of their people euery new -moone; and the same day they do pay them royally, and their pay must be -in siluer, and in no other money. It is saide by such as have seene this -pay, but especially the aforesaid father, Fryer Ignacio, that they giue -them a peece of siluer, which may weigh so much as a ryall and halfe of -Spaine, and is as much worth there as foure crownes amongest vs, in -respect of the value of all things. But both in the one and in the other -kingdom, that day that they do receiue their pay, euery one must make a -show of some act in armes, the which is done in the presence of viewers -or muster-masters: and such as are found that doo not his exercise with -dexteritie, they are reprehended and cruelly punished: they doo skirmish -with great consort, and in that which toucheth obedience to their -captaines, and vnto the ensignes, the which they do vse in their wars, -they may compare with all nations of the world. - - - - -CHAP. XVIII. - - _This Chapter doth treat of certaine rites and - ceremonies, and other signes and tokens which be - found, and do show that they haue had notice of the - holy law of the Gospel._ - - -[Sidenote: Salamina where S. Thomas was martred.] - -Such ceremonies as vnto this day haue bin seene amongst the people of -this kingdom, are gentilicas,[83] without any mixture with the Moores, -nor with any other sect: yet there is found amongst them, that is a -sufficient indition,[84] that they haue had in some time past, some -particular notice of the euangelical law, as is plainly seene by -certaine pictures which haue beene found and seene amongest them, -whereof we haue made particular mention, the which they beleeue was -knowen by the preaching of the Apostle S. Thomas, who passed through -this kingdome when as he went vnto the Indians, and from thence to the -city of Salamina,[85] which, in their language, is called Malipur, -whereas he was martyred for the name and faith of Jesus Christ: of whom, -at this day, they do remember in that kingdome, by the tradition of -their antecessors, who said, that many yeares past there was in that -kingdome a man that did preach vnto them a new law, whereby they might -goe vnto heauen: who, after that hee had preached certaine daies, and -saw little fruit thereof (for that they were all occupied in ciuill -wars) he departed from thence vnto the Indians. But first he left -certaine disciples behind him that were baptised and well instructed in -matters of faith, that they might preach vnto them whenas occasion did -serue for the same. In many places they do worship the diuell, only for -that he should do them no harme; and so the said fryer did tell me, for -that hee was diuers times in presence whereas they did obsequies of -certaine Chinos that lay a dying: and he saw that they had painted -before the dead man a furious diuell, having in his left hand the sunne, -and in his right hand a dagger, with the which he made a show as though -he would strike him. This picture was put before him at the point that -hee should yeelde vp the ghost, strengthening him that he should put -great trust thereon. - -[83] The original Spanish word, meaning "pagan", left untranslated. - -[84] From the Spanish _indicio_, "proof". - -[85] More properly Calamina. Tillemont upon this subject says: "Les -Portugais pretendent qu'il y a une ancienne inscription à Maliapur dans -les Indes, où l'on apprend entre autres choses que Saint Thomas fut -percé d'une lance au pié d'une croix près de cette ville. C'est peutêtre -ce qui fait dire aux auteurs nouveaux que Calamine est la même ville que -Maliapur." - -And as the fryer did demand of them what reason they had to do the same, -some of them answered and saide, because the diuell should do no harme -vnto the dead man in the other world they put his picture before him, -that he might knowe him, and take him for his friend. - -That which is vnderstood of these Chinos is, that although they haue -amongst them many errors of the Gentiles; yet with great ease they would -be reduced vnto our faith, if they might haue libertie for to preach, -and they to receiue it. - -[Sidenote: Giuen to delights.] - -When as the sunne and the moone is in eclypse, they beleeue verily that -the prince of the heauen will destroye them, and for verye feare they -put them selues in that colour: the people generally doo worshippe vnto -them, and beleeue verily that the sunne is a man, and the moone a woman. -And therefore, when as they beginne to bee eclypsed, they make great -sacrifices and inuocations unto the prince afore said, desiring him not -to kill nor destroy them, for the great necessitie they haue of them. -All generally beleeue the immortalitie of the soule; and that in the -other world they shall be rewarded or punished according as they liued -in this worlde, in company of the bodie. And therefore they do vse to -make in the fields sepulchres, wherein they command themselues to be -buried after they bee dead. When they should be buried, they command to -kill all their seruants or their wiues, those that best he loued in his -life, saying, that they do it that they should go with them to serue -them in the other world, whereas they beleeue they shall liue eternally -and die no more. They put with them into their sepulchres things to be -eaten and great riches, beleeuing that they do carry the same into the -other world, and there to serue their necessities. In this error were -the Indians of the Peru of old antiquity, as the Spaniards haue seene by -experience. There is in this kingdom many vniuersities and colleges, -wherein is taught philosophie, both naturall and morall, and the lawes -of the countrie, for to learne to gouerne by them; vnto the which the -king doth send ordinarily visitors to see and vnderstand the order that -is amongst them, and to reward or punish the students according vnto -the desert of eyther of them. They are greatly ashamed when they see any -euil thing committed, although they bee not punished for the same, and -are people that do permit with ease correction, as the father Ignacio -and his companions did see by experience; who going alwayes as condemned -men to die, yet at all times when they did see them do reuerence vnto -their idols or vnto the diuell, or any other euill thing, they did -reprehend them with great liberty, who did not onely seeke to hurt them -for the same, but did greatly reioyce to heare their reasons wherewith -they did prohibite or forbid them. The said frier did tell me that, one -day, passing by an hermitage, whereas dwelled an hermite who had, vpon -the altar in the same, an idoll for his saint: before whom was there a -Chino, a principall man, worshipping the same; the saide father, without -any feare, went vnto him, and began to reprehende him, and to spit at -the idoll, and caused him therewith to leaue off his worshipping, -whereof he was greatly amazed, both he and all the rest of his companie, -to see with what boldnes it was done, and no harme done vnto him for the -same, eyther they supposed that the Chino did thinke him to be a mad -man, or else (which is most to be beleeued) that God did worke with his -seruant whereby he would giue him his reward for that which he had done, -in returning for his honour, in mittigating the furie of that man, and -to giue him vnderstanding that he was reprehended with reason. There are -many Chinos conuerted to the faith as well in the Ilands Philippinas, as -in the citie of Machao, and they baptise of them daily, who giue tokens -and outwarde showes to bee good Christians, and say that the greatest -difficultie for to conuert all the whole kingdome, will be in them that -doo gouerne in the same, for they had neede of a particular ayde and -helpe of the mercie of God to bring them vnto the faith; for that they -are had in reuerence and obeyed as Gods vpon the earth. Besides this, -they do giue themselues to all delightes that any humaine creature can -imagine, for that they put all their felicitie therein, and doo it with -so great extremitie, that it is supposed there is no people in all the -worlde that may be compared vnto them. - -[Sidenote: Their women are chast, but their men are vicious.] - -For besides that they are alwayes carried in little chayres, and vpon -mens shoulders, which are covered with silke and golde; yet are they -giuen much vnto bankets, wherein they haue so many different sortes of -meates as their appetites doo require. And it is greatly to be maruailed -at, that the women of this kingdome are marveilous chast and secret as -any whatsoeuer; and to the contrarie the men are as vicious, but in -especiall the lords and gouernors: and for that our faith do reprehend -with rigor and terror the excesse of these thinges, it is to be beleeued -that it will be a great impediment to the entrie of the Gospel amongst -them: yet God may so touch them, and in such sort, that there will be no -difficultie. Amongest the common people there will be no such -impediment; but rather they will embrace with great content our holy -law, for that it will be an occasion to cleare and set them at libertie -from the tyrannie of the diuell, and from their iudges and lords, who do -intreate them as slaues. This is the opinion of all them that haue -entred into this kingdome, and haue intreated of this matter with the -Chinos. They haue amongest them some good thinges, and woorthie to be -imitated and folowed, of the which I will here set downe two, which are -thinges of great purpose to my iudgement. The one is, that vnto none -they do giue the office to gouerne, by no manner of wayes nor meanes, -although they be suborned by friendship, but onely by his owne merites -and sufficient abilitie. The seconde, that none can be viceroy, -gouernours, nor iudge of a prouince or citie, in the which hee is -naturall borne, the which they say is done to take away the occasion of -dooing any iniustice, beeing carried away or led by parentes or -friendshippe. All other thinges of this kingdome I do remit vnto that -which hath bin before declared, for to passe vnto the rest, the which -in this Itinerario is promised to be mentioned and declared. - - - - -CHAP. XIX. - - _This Chapter doth treate of the Islands of Japon, and - of other thinges in that kingdome._ - - -[Sidenote: Iapon is 300 leagues from China.] - -The Ilands of Japon are many, and altogether make a mightie kingdome, -that is divided amongest many lords: it is distant from the firme land -of China, three hundred leagues, and in the middest betwixt both -kingdoms is the prouince of Lanquin, which is one of the fifteene afore -named; although going from Machao, a city of the Portingals, and ioyning -vnto Canton, which is of the Proper China, they do make it but two -hundred and fiftie leagues, trauelling towards the north, and commonly -they do account the same leagues from the Ilands of Luzon or -Philippinas, vnto the said Ilands of Japon: whereunto they may go by -Noua Hispania, for that it is better and surer nauigation, and shorter -voyage, for according vnto the reckoning of the pylots that do nauigate -those seas, they make it no more then 1750 leagues, which is not halfe -of that which the Portingalls make in their nauigation. - -These ilands are many (as aforesaid), yet are they populared with much -people, who in their bodies and faces differ very little from the -Chinos, although not so politike: [by the which it seemed to be true, -that which is found written in the histories of the kingdom of China, -saying, that these Japones in old time were Chinas, and that they came -from that mightie kingdome vnto these ilands, whereas they do now dwell, -for this occasion following. A kinsman of a king of China, a man of -great countenance and valour, hauing conceiued within his brest for to -kill the king, and thereby to make himselfe lorde of the countrie, the -better to put this in execution, he gaue to vnderstand of his euill -intent vnto others of his friends, requesting their fauour to execute -the same, promising that he would do his best. This being done, and -hauing them alwaies for his especiall friends, unto whom it seemed no -difficult thing, and againe moued with ambition, they did promise him: -and for the better confirmation thereof, they began to prepare -souldiers, and to haue them readie against the day appointed. And for -that this their pretence could not be brought to effect with such -secrecie as the matter required, their treason came to be discouered -vnto the king, at such good oportunitie that he might very well seeke -remedie for his owne safegard at his pleasure, vnlooked for of his -kinsman and the rest of his followers, who were all taken with great -ease. - -[Sidenote: The first inhabiting of the Iapon.] - -Then was it determined by those of the royall councell, that all the -traitors should haue their throts cut according vnto the lawes of the -countrie: but when their sentence was carried vnto the king to be -confirmed (he vnderstanding that they much repented, and were sorie for -their sin and treason that they had pretended against him), he -determined to remedie the same with less damage, fearing what might -happen by their deaths, so that he comanded they should not die, but be -banished for euer out of the kingdome, with precise band, that they, -their wiues and children, and al that should come of them, should for -euer liue on those ilands that are now called Iapon, which were at that -time desert and without people. This sentence was executed, and the -offenders did accept the same for mercie. So they were caried to the -said ilands, wheras when they saw themselues out of their naturall -countrie, and without any possibility euer to returne againe, they -ordained their comon wealth as a thing to last for euer: directing all -their lawes which were for their conseruation and gouernment, contrarie -vnto the Chinos from whence they came. But in particular they made one, -wherin they did prohibite for euer their descendants to haue any -frindship with the Chinos, and did admonish them to do them all the -euill that was possible, which is obserued and kept vnto this day -inuiolable, shewing themselues their contraries in all they may, euen in -their apparell, speech, and customes: for the which there is no nation -so abhorred of the Chinos as is the Iapones, so that they are payd their -hatred with the like. And although at that time the said Iapones were -subiectes and tributaries vnto the king of China, and so continued long -time after, now at this day they are not, but do all harme that may be -vnto those of that kingdome.][86] - -[86] The whole of the passage included in brackets is inserted from the -French of De la Porte. - -[Sidenote: In the Iapones are 66 kingdomes.] - -They haue much siluer, but not so fine as that is of our Indians, -likewise great abundance of rice and flesh, and in some parts wheate: -and although they haue all this, with many fruits, and hearbs, and other -things which be their ordinary victuals, yet are they not so well -prouided as are their confines or neighbors, and no default in the -lande, for that it is verie good and fruitefull. But that the naturall -people do giue themselues verie little vnto the tilling and sowing -thereof, for that they are more affectioned vnto the warres then vnto -that: and this is the reason that many times they do lack prouision and -victuals, which is the verie same reason that the naturall people and -others do report of them. There be in these ilandes three score and sixe -kingdoms or prouinces, and many kings, although it may be better said, -rulers or principals, such as the Spaniardes found in the Ilands of -Luzo: for which cause, although they be called kings, yet are they not, -neither in their contractation nor rent, for they haue verie little in -respect of the multitude of people. The king Nobunanga, who died in the -yeare 1583, was the most principall and greatest lord amongst them all, -as well of people as of riches: who was slaine by a captaine of his, and -punished by God by this meanes for his luciferine pride, for that it -did farre exceede that of Nebuchadonozor, and was come vnto that point -that he would haue beene worshipped for a god: for the which he -commanded to make a sumptuous temple, and to put in it thinges that did -well declare and showe his follie: of the which that you may see how -farre it did extend, I will declare here onely that which he did promise -vnto them that did visite his temple. - -[Sidenote: A luciferine pride.] - -First, the rich men that came vnto the saide temple, and did worshippe -his picture, should be more richer: and those that were poore, should -obtaine great riches: and both the one and the other, that had no -successors to inherite their goods, should also obtaine them, and also -long life for to enioy the same, with great peace and quietnesse. - -The second, that their life should be prolonged to eighty yeares. - -The third, that they should bee hole of all their infirmities and -diseases, and shall obtaine full accomplishment of all their desires -with health and tranquillitie. And the last he commanded that euery -month they should celebrate a feast for his birth day, and therein to -visite his temple, with certification that all those that did beleeue in -him, and in that which hee promised, should without all doubt see it -accomplished, and those which in this life were faultie and did not doo -in effect his commaundement, in the other they should goe the way to -perdition. And the better to accomplish this his will, he commaunded to -be put in this temple, al the idols in his kingdomes that were most -worshipped, such as to whom frequented most pilgrimes: the which being -done, he presently forbad that not one of them all should be worshipped, -but he onely that was the true Fotoque and vniuersall god, the author -and creator of nature. - -[This foolishnesse did this proud king a little before his miserable -death, and many other more, that I do leaue out, for feare that I should -be too tedious in this itinerario. There did succeed this proude king in -the kingdome his sonne, called Vozequixama, who for that he is very -yong, at this day it is gouerned by a worthy captaine called -Faxiuandono.][87] - -[87] The whole of this paragraph included in brackets, is inserted by -the translator from the French of De la Porte. - -All men that are borne in this land are naturally inclined to warres and -robberies, and it is vsed ordinarily amongst themselues, alwayes he that -hath most power and strength doth carry away the best part; and yet he -doth enioy it with little securitie, for that as the prouerbe saith "he -findeth a last for his shoo, or the length of his foote is found," and -another commeth (when he thinketh least off) and carrieth away their -spoile with victorie, reuenging iniuries the one for the other, without -being requested thereunto: which is the occasion that they are neuer -without ciuill warres, and that seemeth to bee the influence of the -clime of that land. This, and the continual exercise in armes and in -robberies, hath giuen them the name of warriers, and do terrifie all -their borderers and neighbors. - -They vse many weapons, but especially hargabusses, swords, and lances, -and are very expert in them. On the firme land of China they haue done -many suddaine robberies and thefts, and haue gone thorough therewith at -their pleasure: and would haue done the like at the Ilands of Luzon, and -vsed for the same all meanes possible, but yet it fell out contrary vnto -their meanings, and returned their backes full euill against their wils, -with their hands vpon their owne heads. - -On a time they came vnto the Illocos, who with the fauour of the -Spaniards (whose vassals they are) did defende themselues worthily: that -the Iapones thought it best to returne vnto their houses and to leaue -their begun pretence, with determination neuer to put themselues in the -like perill, for that they had lost many of their companie. Not many -yeares since there happened vnto them the like disgrace in China: there -went tenne thousande of them to robbe and steale, and at their going on -lande, they did sacke a cittie with little hurt and smal resistance, who -with the content of that pray, forgot themselues and did not preuent the -harme that might chance vnto them: the Chinos being offended did -compasse them about in such sort, that when the Iapones remembred -themselues, they were in that case that they were constrained to yielde -vnto their enimies, who at their willes did repay themselues very well -of the iniurie receiued, and a very good warning vnto all those that -shall heare thereof, to flie from putting themselues into the like -trance: so the Chinos were very wel reuenged of the iniury by them -receiued. - -The faith of Christ is very well planted in some of these ilands, by the -good diligence and trauell of the fathers and Iesuites, but in -particular by that which was doone by Master Francisco Xabier, one of -the tenne companions of the father Ignacio de Loyola, a founder of the -saide religion: hee trauelled with great zeale in the conuerting of the -saide Ilands, and that which was a great helpe vnto the same was his -holy doctrine and apostolike life, as vnto this day the Iapones doo -confesse, attributing vnto him (next vnto God) the goodnesse that hath -come vnto them by receiuing the baptisme, whome the fathers of that -companie haue followed in all pointes, such as remained after his death, -as also such as haue gone thither since that time. - -So that vnto them may be attributed the thankes for the mollifying of -such adamantine hearts, as are those of the natural people of these -ilandes, whose wittes (although they be good and subtil) are naturally -knowne to be inclined vnto warres, robberies, and doing of euill: and at -this day, being Christians, they do followe their euill inclinations, -yet notwithstanding, by the good doctrine and ensample of the saide -fathers, they are much better Christians then those of the Orientall or -East Indians. - -I do not set downe here the number of those that are baptised in these -ilands, for that there are therein diuers opinions, as also for that the -fathers of the name of Iesus or Iesuits doo distinctly declare in their -letters. The Portugals say that in respect of the number of people that -are to bee conuerted, the number that are baptised are very fewe, and -that there are many that are not, for lacke of ministers and preachers; -the which may easily be remedied, in commaunding to go thither more -religious men of other orders, for to aide and helpe the saide Iesuites, -the which shoulde be vnto them a particular content and comfort as I doo -beleeue, as hath beene seene by experience in all partes of the Indians, -whereas haue come religious men vnto places of their doctrine, for that -the quantitie of people is so great that are in these ilandes, that -although there shoulde go thither many laborers of the gospell, and all -the orders of religious men, the one should not be a let or hindrance -vnto the other, and they shoulde all of them finde enough to occupie -themselues, especially if that the successor of Nobunanga were conuerted -with his subjectes. All the men of these ilands are well set and well -proportioned, and go well apparelled, although not in so good order as -those of China: they liue verie healthfully and long, by reason that -they doo vse verie few diuersities of meates: they doo not suffer -amongst them any phisitians, and doo not cure themselues but with -simples. - -[Sidenote: Many witches.] - -They haue amongst them many priests of their idols, whom they do call -Bonsos, of the which there be great couents. Likewise they haue amongst -them great witches, who do ordinarily talke with the diuell, and are not -a small impediment for them to receiue the lawe of God in that kingdome. -The women or wiues of these Iapones do keepe themselues very close, and -very seldome go forth of their houses, in the which they do resemble -those of China much (as hath beene said), yet haue they many wiues, for -that by their lawes it is lawfull for them to haue as they please and -can sustaine; yet are they so prudent, that they do restraine -themselues, and liue in great peace. Both men-seruants and -women-seruants do serue their masters, as though they were slaues, and -they may kill them at their pleasure without incurring any penalty of -their lawes, a thing far different from any good policie. Many other -things more could I declare of this kingdome, the which I do let passe, -for the reason aforesaid: and again, for that the fathers of the company -of Iesus haue intreated thereof at large and vere truely. - -[Sidenote: Ilands of Amazones.] - -Not farre from these Ilands of Iapon, they haue discouered of late -certaine ilandes which are called of the Amazones, for that they are all -inhabited by women, whose ordinary weapons are bowes and arrowes, and -are very expert in the same: they haue their right brest drie, the -better to exercise their bow. Unto these ilands, in certaine monethes -euery yeare, goeth certaine shippes from Iapones with merchandice, and -they bring from thence such as they haue there: in the which time the -men do deale with the Amazones as with their own proper wiues, and for -to auoide dangers that might happen amongst themselues they deale in -this order following. - -[Sidenote: A strange custome.] - -After that their shippes are aryued, there goeth on shore two messengers -for to giue aduice vnto the queene of their arriuall, and of the number -of men that are in their shippes, who dooth appoint a day when they -shall all come on shoare: the which day shee doth carrie to the waters -side the like number of women, as they bee of men, but the saide women -doo first come thither before the men doo disembarke themselues, and -euery one of them dooth carry in their hande a paire of shooes, or a -paire of slippers, and on them their own seuerall marke, and do leaue -them on the sands at the waters side, without any consort or order, and -presently departe from thence. Then the men come on shoare, and euery -one take the first paire of shooes that he commeth vnto, and put them -on: then presently the women come forth, and euery one of them carryeth -with her him who hath fallen vnto her by lot, to put on her shoes, and -maketh him her guest, without any other particularitie, although it -chanceth unto the most vilest of them all to meete with the queenes -shooes, or otherwise to the contrarie. - -So when the monethes are expired set downe by the queene, in the which -are permitted the men aforesaid, they doo depart, euerie one leauing -with his hostis his name, and the towne where hee dwelleth, for that if -it so fall out that they bee with child, and be deliuered of a sonne, -that hee may bee carried the yeare following vnto his father, but the -daughters do remaine with them. - -This is very doubtfull to bee beleeued, although I haue bin certified by -religious men, that haue talked with persons that within these two -yeares haue beene at the saide ilands, and haue seene the said women; -and that which causeth me more to stand in doubt, is for that the -fathers of the companie that dwell at the Iapones, haue not in their -letters made any particular mention of them: therefore let euery one -giue credite to this as liketh him best. - - - - -CHAP. XX. - - _They haue notice of certaine kingdomes borderers vnto - these Ilands of Iapon, and it treateth of some thinges - of them, according vnto the truest intelligence that - hath come from those parts, and of certaine miracles - that happened in the kingdome of Cochinchina, that - were notable._ - - -[Sidenote: Great fishing of pearles.] - -From the cittie of Machao, which is inhabited by Portugals, and situated -on the skirt of the firme lande of China, in two and twentie degrees, -the aforesaide father Ignacio did trauell for Malaca, passing by the -gulfe of Aynao, which is an ilande and prouince of China, and fiue -leagues from the firme lande, and from the Philippinas one hundreth and -foure score. It is a very rich prouince and of great prouision, and in -the straight that is betwixt them and the firme lande, there is great -fishing of pearles and aliafar,[88] and those which are there founde do -in many killats[89] exceede them that are brought from Baren, which is on -the coast of Arabia, or those that are brought from Manar, which is -another kingdome from whence is brought many vnto that of China. - -[88] More correctly _aljofar_, a corruption from the Arabic "seed -pearls". - -[89] From the Spanish _quilate_, a carat. - -[Sidenote: Parias is a duetie for the kinges owne person.] - -This prouince of Aynao is very good and strong, and the people thereof -very docible and well inclined. From this ilande to the kingdome of -Cochinchina, is fiue and twenty leagues, and from Machao, one hundreth -and twentie fiue: it is a mightie kingdome, and is in sixteene degrees -of altitude, and the one part therof is ioyned with the firme land of -China. The whole is deuided into three prouinces. The first dooth enter -forty leagues into the lande, and hath in it a mightie king. The second -is more farther within the land, and he that is lord thereof is a king -of greater power than the first; and ioyning vnto the sun, more towards -the Septentrion, is the thirde, the which is more greater and of more -riches, whose king in respect of the other two is an emperor, and is -called in their language Tunquin, which doth signifie the same. Unto him -be subiect the other two kings: yet notwithstanding his mightinesse, and -called emperour, hee is subiect vnto the king of China, and dooth pay -him tribute and parias.[90] It is a countrie well prouided of victuals, -and as good cheape as in China. There is great stoare of a wood called -palo de Aguila, and of another woode called Calambay, and both of them -are verie odoriferous.[91] - -[90] Spanish. An acknowledgment or tribute from one prince to another. - -[91] The following is from a notice by the late T. H. Colebrooke, Esq., -appended to a paper by Dr. Roxburgh, which will appear in the -forthcoming part of the "Linnæan Transactions." "It may be remarked by -the way, that the Portuguese _pao de aguila_, as noticed by Rumphius, is -an undoubted corruption, either of the Arabic _aghaluji_, or of the -Latin _agallochum_, and it is from a ludicrous mistake, that from this -corruption has grown the name of lignum aquilæ, whence the genus of this -plant now receives a botanic appellation, and which many authors have -vainly attempted to distinguish from the lignum aloes and Calambac. The -latter is a Malay name of the aloe wood, derived, according to the -conjecture of Rumphius, from the Chinese Kilam." - -[Sidenote: Aboundance of silke and gold.] - -Great aboundance of silke and gold, and of other things very curious: -all these kingdomes are at a very point to be reduced vnto our faith, -for that the principall (he whom they giue title of emperor) hath sent -diuers times to Machao, and vnto other parts whereas are Christians, and -haue requested to send them persons both learned and religious, for to -instruct them in the law of God, for that they are all determined to -receiue it and be baptised: and doo desire it with so great -feruentnesse, that in manie citties they haue the timber ready to build -and edifie churches, and in a redinesse all other kind of necessaries -for the same. - -There was in Machao a religious man of the order of barefoote friars of -S. Francis, who, vnderstanding the great and good desire of this king, -did sende him by certaine Portugal merchants that did trade into his -countrie, a cloth whereon was painted the day of iudgement and hell, and -that by an excellent workeman; and also a letter, wherein hee did -signifie vnto him the great desire he had with some other of his -companions to go into his kingdome to preach the gospel. The which being -receiued by the said king, and informed the signification of the -picture, and of the religious man that sent it him, he reioyced very -much with the present; and did send in returne of the same an other that -was very good, vnto the same religious man, and a letter of great -curtesie, and did accept the offer that hee sent in his letter, and did -promise that all that went thither shoulde haue good entertainement, and -that he would presently make them a house next vnto his. - -This religious man, although he had a desire to put in execution the -kings will, yet at that time hee coulde not, by reason that he had but -few companions: the which the king did vnderstande, and caused him to -sende vnto the bishoppe of Machao three or foure letters, requesting him -to send him the saide religious men, with certification that hauing them -there, both hee and all the rest of his kingdome woulde receiue the -faith of Christ and the holy baptisme: vnto the which letters they did -alwaies make answere with promises that he would send them vnto him: but -after, because they did not accomplish the same, the king did complaine -of him vnto certaine Portugall merchants with great griefe, saying, this -your bishop of Machao doth greatly lye; for that I haue requested him by -foure letters to send me religious men for to preach the law of the -gospell, and he consenting vnto my wil, did neuer accomplish nor -performe his word. Unto this day they haue not accomplished this desire, -for the great lacke they haue of such ministers as they doo demande, and -are requisite in those parts, and cannot supply their want and -necessitie, except they should leaue them vnprouided that bee already -baptised. They doo driue them off with faire words and promises, that -with as great breuitie as is possible, their desire shal be satisfied. -And this was the answere that was giuen in Machao vnto certaine -messengers or ambassadors that were sent by the aforesaid king, for the -same demand, the which was required with great instance. The which -messengers for their comfort, and for his who sent them, did carry with -them al such images as they might haue, but specially that of the -crosse, in which form and likenes (as hath bin informed) they haue made -in the kingdome an infinite number, and set them in all their streets, -highwayes, and houses, whereas they are worshiped and reuerenced with -great humilitie, as well for that it is in an ensigne of Christ, whose -faith they do desire to receiue, as also for a notable miracle which -happened in that kingdome worthy to make thereof a particular mention, -the which I will set downe here, in such sort as the ambassadors -aforesaide did declare in publike before the inhabitants of Machao, -when as they came to demande religious men for to instruct them in the -gospel. - -[Sidenote: A myracle.] - -There was a man naturally borne in this kingdome, who, for certaine -occasions went forth of the same, and came and dwelt amongst the -Portugals, who, seeing the Christian ceremonies, and being touched with -the hand of God, was baptised, and remained certain yeares in the same -towne, giuing outwarde shewes to bee a good Christian, and one that -feared God; at the end thereof he changed his minde, and determined to -returne vnto his owne countrie, and there to liue according vnto that -which he had learned of the Christians, the which he beleeued to doo -with ease, without any gaine-saying or contradiction. Whereas when hee -came thither, hee did obserue all such things as a Christian was bounde -to doo: but amongst other signes and tokens of the same, he made a -crosse and set it by the door of his house, whereunto he did reuerence -at all times, when he passed by the same, with great devotion. His -neighbours when as they saw that signe, a thing of them neuer seene -before, and howe that that Christian did make particular reuerence, they -beganne to mocke and scorne him and the crosse, and pulled it downe from -the place whereas it was set, and did other things in dispite thereof, -and of him that had set it there in that place, whose hatred and -discourtesie was so much that they determined in their minds to burne -it, and to put the same in execution, who, at the same instance, did all -miraculously die; I say those that would haue burnt the same, the which -was seene of many other, who haue giuen sufficient testimony thereof. -And within fewe dayes after, all the whole linage of those dead persons -did follow the same way, and not one escaped. This miracle being spread -throughout all the kingdome, the naturals thereof did set vp many -crosses in all parts. - -[Sidenote: Another myracle.] - -This they say was the principall motion that God put into their hearts -for to moue them to demande for such as shoulde baptise them, and preach -the holy gospell. Likewise, a great helpe vnto the same was the -declaration of the painted cloth, which the aforesaid religious man did -send to the king. Since that time, there hath gone vnto the cittie of -Machao certaine naturals of that kingdome, who, being affectioned vnto -our faith, were baptised there: with the which, and with the hope -aforesaid, they are all sustained, till such time as it is the pleasure -of God to send them the remedie for their soules, the which hee hath -caused them to desire, which cannot be long, according vnto that which -hath beene seene, and the miracles that God doth worke, the more for to -kindle their desire, as the myracle of the crosse before spoken off, and -others the which certaine Cochinchinos did declare in the cittie of -Machao, in anno 1583, and happened the same yeare, and was very fresh in -the memorie of all those of the saide kingdome. The one of them was, -that one of the Christians aforesaid went to visite a principall man -that had the palsie, and kept his bed many yeares before: and conferring -with his long sicknesse, he told of certaine myracles, such as he had -vnderstanding that was done by Christ our Redeemer, when that he was man -amongst men whome hee redeemed: but in particular those which he did in -the healing of the like infirmities, such as he lay sicke of: alonely -with his deuine vertue, in touching of them with any part of his -garments or shadow. The iudge hearing this, hee had a particular faith -and devotion to him that had doone these myracles that the Christian had -told him, and asked what his name was, and what signes and tokens he -had: he told him that his name was Jesus of Nazareth, Redeemer of the -worlde, the Sauiour and glorifier of men. And the better to declare vnto -him his signes, he shewed to him an image or picture that he had of his, -the which was giuen him such time as he was baptised, printed in paper: -and of Iesu Christ when he ascended vp into heauen, the which, for lacke -of churches and other of greater volume, hee should haue continually -with him, and make his praiers thereunto. This sicke man tooke it, and -fixed his eies thereon with so great deuotion and faith, in requesting -him to giue him his health, and that he would presently beleeue in him -and bee baptised. At the same instant, in the sight of them all, he felt -himselfe whole of the infirmitie that he had suffered so many yeares -before, and neuer could find any humaine remedy for the same, although -he had prooued an infinite number. He straightwayes willed the Christian -to baptise him, vnto whome hee gaue a great summe of monie, the which -hee receiued against his will, and spent it in workes of mercie; and -with part thereof he bought a bigge barke, in the which at this day he -dooth passe people thorough a riuer, whereas they were wont to passe -great perill and danger, and hee doth it for Gods sake, and receiueth -nothing for the same. - -A fewe dayes after, in another part of this kingdome, there happened -another myracle of no lesser substance then the first, that is, there -was a Cochinchina in the said citie of Machao, who did aske to bee -baptised of a barefoote frier, which after that hee had catechised -sufficiently, hee gaue it vnto him: and after a great time that hee had -beene in his company, and had experience of his Christianitie and -deuotion, he gaue him licence for to returne vnto his country, with a -good token, that at his comming thither he would procure to augment the -desire of Christianitie, the which God had begunne to kindle in their -brest. This good neu Christian did procure the same with so great care, -that he did profite very much (being holpen with the fauor of God, who -made him his instrument), hee healed certaine infirmities, in shewing -vnto the patients an image of our ladie, the which he had continually -about his necke, and had therunto great deuotion, and woulde declare to -them with great zeale the Lords Prayer or Pater Noster. His fame was so -much spread abrode in all parts of this prouince, wherein he dwelled, -that it came vnto the ears of a mandarin, or principall iudge of the -same, who was many dayes in his bedde a leaper, both of handes and -feete, and neuer coulde finde any phisition nor medecine that could giue -him his health, nor any other humaine remedie: who being verie desirous -to bee healed, hee sent for the saide Christian, and asked if hee would -take vppon him to heale him of that infirmitie, as it was affirmed that -hee had done by others of greater importance. The Christian saide hee -would; then the iudge did promise vnto him for the same great giftes and -rewardes, but hee made no account thereof, but onelie requested of him -for reward, that after hee should bee hole, that he would be baptised -and become a Christian: the which he did accept, and principally he -shewed vnto him the image that hee had of our lady, saying: If thou wilt -beleeue in this lady, that is heere ingraued, and in her most holy sonne -Iesus Christ, the Redeemer of the whole world, thou shalt presently be -made hole. This mandarin or iudge did beholde the same with great -attention, and thought on the words which he had heard spoken, and in -determining with himselfe to beleeue the same, at the very point that he -did put it in execution, he was healed of al his infirmitie, a thing -which caused great admiration in all that prouince. - -These myracles and that of the crosse, in a short time being knowne -abrode, haue caused such a desire vnto the inhabitants of that kingdome -to become Christians, that by all manner of meanes possible they do -procure the same: the which is not followed for lacke of ministers, as -aforesaid, and is no smal griefe vnto them that Christianly doo put -themselues to consider how the diuel our aduersary doth carry vnto his -infernal mansion those soules which seeme to bee well disposed for to -enioy the benefite of God, and his eternal goodnesse: all the which is -for lacke of ministers, and not for any other default. God remedie the -same for his mercies sake. - -The said father Ignacio (whom, as I haue said, I do follow in many -things of this itinerario) did tell me, that as he passed by this -kingdome for to go vnto Spaine, he saw the deuotion of the people -thereof, and the great desire they had to bee Christians, and how that -the people were ready and bent for to receiue the holy gospell, very -humble and of good vnderstanding. Hee would haue tarried for to baptise -them, and would haue done it onely for charity and compassion, seeing -with what deuotion they did demand the same, and the great number of -soules that were condemned; but hee was constrained by force to go vnto -Malaca, and againe it seemed vnto him, that amongst so many people his -smal force might do little good: and that it were better for him to go -vnto Spaine, and to procure more companions to helpe him, as he did, and -returned with him, and with many other rewards, of Pope Gregory the -thirteenth receiued: and he also receiued great fauours of the king of -Spaine, and with great hope, that his maiestie will giue his particular -aide, for to go thorow with this enterprise, which will not be of small -effect. I do beleeue of a truth, that in small time all that kingdome -shall be subiect vnto the Catholike faith of Rome, and to be the gate -whereby to enter the lawe of the gospell into the mightie kingdome of -China, for that this of Cochinchina is vpon the same firme land, and -their language and customes are almost in one manner. - -[Sidenote: Their womenn are honest and shamefast.] - -They are verie white people of this kingdome, and are apparelled like -vnto those of China: their women are verie honest and shamefast, and -their apparell is very curious and gallant. The men weare their haire -dispersed, and doo combe and trim it with too much care. In all the -countrie almost, all of them are apparelled in silke, for that they haue -there verie much, and excellent good: the countrie is verie holesome, -and full of old folkes and children, which is a sufficient proofe for -the goodnesse thereof. - -[Sidenote: They neuer had plague, pestilence, nor hunger.] - -They say that they neuer had amongst them neither pestilence nor -hunger, which is the like as we haue said of the kingdome of China. - -Let him that can, do it in such sort that so great and infinite number -of soules that at this day are vnder the tyranny of the diuell, may see -them in the Christian libertie, and in the other life inioy their -creator. - - - - -CHAP. XXI. - - _In this chapter is declared of such kingdomes as are - adioyning vnto that of Cochinchina, and of some - notable thinges in them, with the rites and customes - of the inhabitants._ - - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Champa rich of drugs.] - -Nigh vnto this kingdome of Cochinchina there is another called Champa, -that although it be poore of gold and siluer, yet is it verie rich of -drugges and gallant wood, and great stoare of prouision. This kingdome -is very great and full of people, and they some what whiter than those -of Cochinchina; they are as nigh and as willing to become Christians as -their neighbors, but for the performance thereof they doo lacke that -which the other doo. They haue the same lawes and ceremonies as well the -one as the other, and are all idolaters, and doo worship the second -causes, in the same order as the Chinos do, vnto whome likewise they do -make one manner of acknowledging. - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Camboia.] - -From this iland you may go with ease vnto Malaca, leauing on the right -hand a kingdome which is called Camboia, the which is great and very -full of people, and all of them affectioned to go to sea, and -nauigation, by reason whereof they haue an infinite number of vessels. -It is a very fertill country, with great stoare of prouision: there are -elephants in great number and abadas,[92] which is a kind of beast so -big as two great buls, and hath vppon his snowt a little horne. At this -day there is one of them at Madrid, the which was brought out of the -Indians to his maiesty, and many do go to see it for a strange thing, -and neuer the like seene in Europe, whose skinne is so hard (according -vnto the report) that no man, although he be of great force and -strength, can passe it with a thrust. Some haue saide that it is an -unicorne, but I take it for the contrarie, and they are of my opinion -almost all those that haue beene in those partes, and haue seene the -true unicorne. - -[92] The Spanish word for the rhinoceros. - -In this kingdome there is a religious man of the order of S. Dominicke, -called frier Siluester, whome God did carrie into those parts for to -remedy the soules that are therein: hee dooth imploy himselfe to learne -their natural language, and to preach the holy gospell in the same -tongue, and hath them likewise prepared, that if he had any companions -for to help hym, they should obtayne much fruite for the heauens: he -hath sent and requested for some vnto the India of Portingall, but they -would neuer send him anie, peraduenture by some sinister information, by -men which the diuell doth marke as instruments, for to stay and let the -saluation of those soules for euer to remayne in his tyrannicall power. -This fryer did write a letter vnto Malaca vnto fryer Martin Ignacio, and -vnto other religious men, intirely requesting them for the loue of God -to giue such order that hee might be holpen with some religious men, of -what order soeuer, with certification that therein they shall doe great -seruice vnto God, and put remedie in those soules whome he dare not -baptise, for feare that after lacking the euangelical refreshing, to -water and cherish them, they returne to bring forth that euill fruit of -idolatrie. This petition did not take effect according to his desire, -for that there was not to serue his turne, nor any that was vnoccupied. -They vnderstood of him that brought this letter, that the king of that -kingdome had in great veneration the sayd father Siluestro, in so ample -manner, as was the patriarck Ioseph in Egypt: hee had in all that -kingdome the seconde place, and euery time that the king would speak -with him, he gaue him a chaire: and gaue him great priuiledges, and -licence for to preach the holy gospell throughout all the kingdome -without any contradiction, and for to edifie the churches and all other -thinges whatsoeuer he thought necessarie: this king himselfe helping -thereunto, by giuing of great gifts and charitie: he said also that in -al the kingdome there were erected many crosses, and were had in great -reuerence. And for the confirmation of the truth hereof, the aforesaid -frier Ignacio did see in Malaca a present that the king of this kingdome -of Camboia did send vnto another friend of his: and amongst many things -contained therin of great riches and curiositie, there were two crosses -very great and wel made, of a gallant wood and very sweete, and all -garnished very richly with siluer and gold, with their titles enamiled. - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Sian.] - -[Sidenote: The mother of idolatrie.] - -[Sidenote: Faint hearted people.] - -Nigh vnto this kingdome is that of Sian, in the hight of fourteene -degrees from the pole artike, and three hundred leagues from Machao, -wheras the Portugals do go to trade: it is the mother of all idolatrie, -and the place from whence hath proceeded many sectes, vnto Iapon, China, -and Pegu. It is a flourishing countrie, and well replenished of all such -things as be requisite for to merite the name to be good. There be in it -manie elephants and abadas, and other beasts that are nourished in that -countrie: besides this, it is very rich of mettals, and gallant sweete -woode. The people of this kingdome for the most part are faint-hearted -or cowards, for which occasion, although they are infinite in number, -yet are they subiect vnto the king of Pegu, who ouercame them long time -since, in a battell (as afterwards shall be declared): and they doo pay -him ordinarily great and heauy tributes. They would be conuerted very -easily unto the faith of Iesu Christ, and would leaue their idols, if -they had any to preach vnto them: yea and would subiect themselues vnto -any king or lord that woulde fauour them, and not vnto this whom now -they do obey, for that hee dooth intreate them tyrannously. They haue -amongst them many religious men after their fashion, who doo liue in -common, and leade an asper and sharp life: for the which they are had of -al the rest in great veneration. The penance which they do is wonderfull -and strange, as you may iudge by some things that I will declare here: -amongst a great number that be tolde of them, there are none of them -that can marrie, neither speake to any woman, and if by chance he do, -they are without remission punished by death. They go alwayes barefoote, -and very poorely apparelled, and do eate nothing but rice and greene -herbes, and this they do aske for charitie euery day, going from doore -to doore with their wallet at their backes, alwayes with their eyes -looking on the ground, with such modesty and honesty, that it is to be -wondred at: they doo not craue their charity, neither take it with their -hands, nor do any other thing but cal or knocke, and stand still, till -such time as they giue them their answer, or put something into their -wallets. It is told of them for a truth, that many times for penance -they do put themselues starke naked in the heate of the sunne, which is -there very great, for that the country is in twenty sixe degrees of the -equinoctiall, whereas they are much troubled there with gnats, whereof -there is an infinite number, and is a thing that if they did passe it -for Gods sake, it is a kinde of martyrdome of great desert. God for his -mercy lighten them with his grace, that this which they do smally vnto -the profite of their soules, may bee the occasion that after they are -baptised, they may deserue for the same many degrees of glory. - -Likewise in secrete they doo great penance, and doo rise vp at midnight -to praie vnto their idols, and they do it in quiers, as is vsed amongst -vs Christians. It is not permitted them any rentes, nor any other kinde -of contractation: and if they bee seene to deale in any, they are -detested and hated, as an heretike is amongst vs. - -For this kind of asper liuing, the which they do, according vnto the -report, for the loue of heauen, and that with great zeale, they are -respected of the common people for saints, and for such they do -reuerence them, and do commit them vnto their praiers, when they are in -any trouble or infirmity. These and many other things more be declared -of them in like order, which may serue for to confound vs, that -confessing we do not obserue and keepe, hauing for the same our sure -reward, not of humain interest, but that which God hath prepared for the -good in heauen. - -The law of the gospell in this kingdome would bring foorth much fruite, -for that the people are charitable, and louers of vertue, and of them -that haue it. This experience had the father Ignacio and his companions -in China, at such time as they were prisoners, where there were in a -city certain ambassadors from the king of Syan, who were bound to the -court, and there they vnderstood that the Spaniards were sentenced to -death for entring into that country without licence: they went to visite -them, and when they saw them with their asper habites and very poore, -and did resemble very much the habit of their religious men, they had so -great affection vnto them, that ouer and aboue they sent them good -charity, the which was two bags of rice, much fish and fruits: they did -offer to them al the money they would desire, and to ransome them in al -that the judges would demand for them: in recompence of this good wil -they shewed vnto the Spaniards, they did verifie that aforesaide, that -they are great louers of vertue. - - - - -CHAP. XXII. - - _Of many other kingdomes that are in this new world, - and of their names and properties, but in especiall of - that famous cittie of Malaca._ - - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Lugor and that of Patane.] - -[Sidenote: Gold, pepper, and drugs.] - -Nigh vnto this kingdome of Syan there are two kingdomes togither, the -one of them is called Lugor, and the other Patane; they belong both vnto -one king, who is a Moore and of the linage Malaya, yet notwithstanding -the people of these kingdomes are gentiles, and doo vnderstande in them -to haue great good will to become Christians, if they had anie to preach -vnto them the gospell. The lande is very rich of golde, pepper, and of -drugges, but the people faint hearted and cowards, and for little: for -which occasion they are more giuen vnto thinges of contentment and -pleasure, then vnto wars or brawlings. - -[Sidenote: The kingdomes of Paon and Ior.] - -At the ende of this kingdome is the straite of Malaca, in the which -there are two small kingdomes, the one of them is called Paon[93] and the -other Ior:[94] the people of the first are the most traiterous that are -in all the whole worlde, as the Portugals haue many times experimented; -and those of the second kingdome, sometimes they are in peace, and -sometimes in warre with the said Portugals. They will haue peace when -they do see themselues in necessity of the same, but war ordinarily. -These two kingdomes are halfe Moores, by reason whereof it seemeth that -with an evil wil they wil be reduced vnto the law of the gospel, if that -by the help of God they be not mollified of their hearts. - -[93] Pahang. - -[94] Johore. - -[Sidenote: The Straight of Malaca is vnder the line.] - -This straight of Malaca is vnder the equinoctiall line, and is accounted -from the kingdome of Cochinchina vnto it three hundred and seuenty-six -leagues: this is an euill straight and very dangerous for ships that -passe thorough it, for very few times it is without stormes or some -other greater danger, as it happened vnto a verie great shippe in the -mouth of the straight, in the presence of frier Martin Ignacio, the -which in verie little space was swallowed vp with the sea, and in it -more then three hundred thousand ducats in merchandice that was within -her, although the successe thereof our people did attribute it more vnto -the iust iudgement of God than vnto the storme, for that according as -they were informed, they had committed grieuous offences, at the time -when she sanke: for being very nigh with his shippe in the which he -went, and many other more, they felt not, neither had any suspition of -any danger. From this straight to go vnto Malaca, you coast alongest the -sea, fiue and twentie leagues: all which coast is full of great, -mightie, and thicke woods, by reason whereof, as also for that it is not -inhabited, there are many tygers, elephants, and mightie great lysards, -and other furious beastes. - -[Sidenote: A daintie kind of meat.] - -[Sidenote: A tree of wonderfull effect.] - -[Sidenote: Two contraries in one subiect.] - -The citie of Malaca, in our pole articke, is eleuated from the -equinoctiall onely one degree: of ancient time it was the most -principallest citie of all these kingdomes, and resident therein a -mightie king, a Moore, but after it was conquered by the Portugals, who -in these wars did wonderfull things of great force and courage: they did -driue foorth all the Moores out of the same, and out of all the borders, -and made of their Mezquita or temple (which was a singular peece of -worke) a high church, as it doth remaine vnto this day: there are also -three monasteries of religious men, one of S. Dominicke, an other of S. -Francis, and the third of the companie of Iesus, or Iesuites. It is a -verie temperate countrie, being so nigh the equinoctiall line: the -reason is, for that euery weeke ordinarily it rayneth three or foure -times (which is the greatest cause of health in all that countrie), and -thereby is made woonderfull fruitfull, and with great abundance of -prouision; but particularly of fruites, for there is great store, and -some sortes neuer seene in Europe, amongst the which there is one that -is called in the Malaca tongue _durion_,[95] and is so good that I haue -heard it affirmed by manie that haue gone about the worlde, that it doth -exceede in sauour all others that euer they had seene or tasted: it is -in forme like vnto a mellon, whose ryne is somewhat harde, and hath vpon -it little white prickes which seemeth like haire, and within the fruite -be partitions, which be of the colour like vnto _maniar blanco_,[96] and -of so good sauour and tast is it. Some do say that haue seene it, that -it seemeth to be that wherewith Adam did transgresse, being carried away -by the singular sauour. The leaues which this tree yeeldeth are so bigge -that a man may couer himselfe with one of them, which mee thinketh is -but coniecture or defining: but there is cannafistola[97] for to lade -fleetes, very bigge and good, and of a singular effect, one of the -notablest things in this kingdome, and is a maruellous tree of an -admirable vertue, the which putteth foorth so many rootes of so -contrarie vertue, that those which grow towards the orient be good -against poyson, agues, and many infirmities that do war against humaine -life; and those rootes that growe towards the west be ranke poyson, and -in effect, all cleane contrarie vnto the first. So that it seemeth here -to be founde two contraries in one subiect, a thing which, in -philosophie, they were woont to count impossible. - -[95] The Durio Zibethinus of K[oe]nig. - -[96] Blanc mange. - -[97] From the name the cassia fistula is probably meant, although the -author is silent respecting the purgative properties for which that -plant is so remarkable. - -This citie is of great contractation, for that there come thether all -the kingdomes that we haue spoken of, and from many other more that are -nigh thereabouts: but in particular a great number of great ships from -the Indians, Canton, Chincheo, and from many other places, likewise the -Iapones carry thether their siluer to sell, and those of the kingdome of -Syan carry many things very curious, but especially cloues, and pepper -of the Iland Malucas, and those of Burneo bring much sanders and -nutmegs, and those of Iaba and Pegu bring the wood of Aguila, and those -from Cochinchina and Cham bring great store of wrought silke, drogges, -and spicerie; and those of Samatra, or Trapouana, much golde and wrought -things, and fine cloth of Vengalas and Coromandel. All these, and other -thinges, make this citie famous and plentifull, as also very much -enlarged of the Portingals that go thether ordinarily euery yeare and -traficke there. - - - - -CHAP. XXIII. - - _Of some kingdomes of the newe worlde, and of - particular things that haue beene seene in them; and - treateth of the citie and riuer of Ganies._ - - -[Sidenote: The Iland of Samatra supposed to be the Iland of Ophir.] - -[Sidenote: The richest iland in the world.] - -Ouer against this famous citie, of which so many thinges may be spoken -of, is that mightie kingdome and Iland of Samatra, called by the ancient -cosmogrofers Trapouana, which is (as some say) the Iland of Ophir, -whether the fleet which King Solomon sent, of which there is particular -mention made in the Scripture, in the third Booke of the _Kings_,[98] -cap. 9 and 10, and in the _Paralipomenon_,[99] cap. 9, that went and -returned again laden with gold and rich tymber for to adorne the temple -of Ierusalem, and of many other curious things, whose memorie doth -remaine vnto this day amongst the naturall people, although diffusedly, -but not so much as those that haue it out of the Holy Scripture, neither -so true. This iland is vnder the equinoctial line, so that the one halfe -doth extend vnto the pole artick, and the other halfe vnto the poole -antarticke. It hath in longitude 230 leagues, and in latitude three -score and seuen leagues: and is so nigh vnto Malaca, that in some parts -it is less than ten leagues. In this kingdom there are many lords and -rulers, yet he that hath the greatest part thereof is a Moore, and is -called Achan; it is one of the richest ilands in al the world, for that -it hath many mynes of fine golde, of the which (although there is a law -that they cannot take out of them more than is necessarie) yet there is -great abundance carried from thence to Malaca, Turkie, and many other -places. There is gathered vpon this iland great abundance of pepper and -beniewyn[100] of Boninas, in great quantity, out of whose trees (whereof -there is great woods) there come foorth so sweet a smel that it seemeth -an earthly paradice, and was wont to be smelled twenty leagues at sea, -for which respect the ships that saile that way do come so nigh the -lande as they may to haue the comfort of that smell. There is also much -camphora, and all kinde of spices; by reason wherof there commeth vnto -this kingdome to traficke, many Turkes that come in ships and foystes[101] -out of the Red Sea. Also there doth traficke thether those of the -kingdom of Sunda, Iaua the great, and Ambayno, and others that are there -nigh vnto them. Vnto this iland came certaine Portingals to buy and -sell, whereas they were all slaine, and some for the profession of the -faith; for the which they are holden for martyrs of Iesu Christ, by the -opinion of Christians that doo dwell nigh, when they vnderstood the -cause. The most part of this kingdome are Moores; and therefore they do -abhor the Christians, and do make with them all the warre they can, but -in especiall with them that dwell in Malaca, whom many times they haue -put in great danger of their liues, and losse of their goods. - -[98] The first book of Chronicles. - -[99] Chronicles,--the second book is here referred to. - -[100] Benzoin. - -[101] A small boat, from "fusta", Spanish. - -[Sidenote: An armie of a million and sixe hundred thousand men.] - -Running from this kingdome of Malaca by the north and northwest cost is -the mightie kingdome of Pegu, the which is in bignes greater then -Samatra, and equall in riches, especially of pearls and al sorts of -stones, and very fine christall: there is great store of prouision, and -an infinite number of people, and the king thereof is mightie: to whom -(as we haue said) the king of Cyan doth pay tribute, because he ouercame -him in a battaile which he had with him in the yeare 1568, according -vnto the common opinion: the occasion was, that, vnderstanding how that -the saide king of Syan had in his power a white elephant (whome those of -the kingdome of Pegu do worship for god), the king sent to buy the same, -and to giue for it so much as he would esteeme or value it: but he -utterly denied the same, and saide that he would not let him haue it for -all that he had in his kingdom: the which caused so great anger vnto the -king, that hee called together all the souldiers that he could make, -with determination to get by force of armes that which he could not by -faire meanes and great ritches: in the which he did so great diligence, -that in a fewe dayes hee had ioyned together an armie of a million and -sixe hundreth thousande of men of warre, with whome hee departed vnto -the saide kingdome of Syan, which was from his kingdome two hundreth -leagues, and did not onely performe his pretence in bringing away the -white elephant, but did also make the king tributarie, as he is vnto -this day, as hath bin declared vnto you. - -The rites of the people and priestes of this countrie, doo resemble much -those of the kingdome of Syan: they haue amongst them many monasteries -of men that liue honestly, solitarie, and with great penance, and people -verie apt to receiue the holy gospell. For ouer and aboue that they are -docible and of a good vnderstanding, they are men which do studie -philosophie, and are well inclyned and charitable, and haue a particular -affection vnto vertue, and vnto such as they do knowe that haue vertue, -and very friendly to remedie the necessitie of their poore neighbours. - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Arracon.] - -Going from this kingdome towardes the north is the kingdome of Arracon, -verie plentifull of prouision, but few things of contractation or -marchandice, which is the occasion that it is not well knowen to the -Spaniardes, for that they haue not gone thether. They doo vnderstand of -the naturall people and of their customes, that they are very apt to -receiue the holie gospell. - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Vangala.] - -From this kingdome alongst the same coast, you came vnto the kingdome of -Vangala,[102] through the which doth passe the riuer Ganges, one of the -foure that comme foorth of paradice terrenall, the which being -vnderstood by a certaine king of this kingdome, he determined to cause -some to ascend vp that riuer till such time as he had found the head -spring or head thereof, and therewith paradice: for the which effect he -commanded to be made diuers sortes of barkes, both small and great, and -sent in them vp the riuer certaine men (of whose diligence hee had long -experience), and were prouided with victuals for many daies, and gaue -commandement that presently after that they had discouered that which -hee desired, that they should return with great speede, for to giue him -particular and true relation, with pretence foorthwith to go himselfe to -inioy the things which he thought necessarie to be seene, and woorthie -to be desired, of his trauaile, and in a place so delightfull. - -[102] Bengal. - -These men did nauigate vp the riuer many monethes, and came vnto a place -whereas the water came foorth so softly and with so small noyse, which -gaue them to vnderstande that they were not farre from the first head -thereof, which should be paradice, that which they went to seeke. They -gaue to vnderstand that in this place, after they had seene so many -tokens, and comforted themselues with maruellous sweete smels, and aires -of great delight, they thought verily that they had bin in the paradice -terrenall. And more, when as they came vnto that place, where as the -riuer did runne so peaceable, and the ayre so delicate and sweet, there -entred into the hearts of them all, so great and extraordinarie ioy, -that they seemed to be in the true paradice, and forgot all the trauaile -that they had passed for to come thether, and of any other thing that -did signifie paine or griefe. But when they did intend to go forwardes -with this their pretence and intent, and thereunto did put all diligence -possible, they found by experience that all their trauaile was in vaine, -and howe that they remained alwaies in one place: and coulde not -vnderstande from whence did come or proceede that contradiction, they -could not find in the waters by reason of the peaceablenesse thereof. - -This experience being done, attributing it vnto a miserie because they -could not get a shore, they returned backe againe by the same riuer, -till they came to their owne kingdome, whereas they arriued in a very -short time, and gaue their king to vnderstand (who sent them) all as -aforesaide, and many other thinges more, the which I do leaue out for -that I do take it _apocripha_. They hold it for a certaintie that the -riuers Eufrates and Tygris are not far from this riuer Ganges; and it -seemeth to be true, for both of them doo discharge their currents, or -water, into the Persian sea, the which is not farre distant from this -kingdome. - -The people of this kingdome haue this riuer in great reuerence, which is -the occasion that they neuer enter into the same but with great respect -and feare. And when they doo washe or bath themselues in it, they haue -it for a certaintie that they remaine cleare from all their sinnes. -Likewise this kingdome, with great ease, might be conuerted vnto the -Catholike faith as it seemeth, for that they haue amongst them many -morall rites, ceremonies, and vertues. - - - - -CHAP. XXIV. - - _Of the kingdome of Coromandel and others his - borderers, and of the citie of Salamina, whereas was - and died the glorious apostle S. Thomas; and of the - power and riches of the king of this kingdome, and the - order of their buryinges, and other thinges of great - curiositie._ - - -Running alongest the coast from Vengala, is the kingdome of Masulapatar, -and certaine other kingdomes nigh vnto the same: they be all gentiles, -as the rest of their borderers, yet it is vnderstood, with great -facilitie they would leaue their opinions. It is a kingdome that hath -great abundance of prouision, and lacke of things of contractation or -marchandice, which is the occasion that they are little knowen. - -Trauailing a little forwardes, is the kingdome of Coromandel, whose -chiefe citie is called Calamina, and nowe vulgarly Malipur,[103] and is -there whereas was martyred the happie apostle S. Thomas. And they say -that at this day there remaineth some of his relickes, by whom God did -many myracles. The naturall people therefore haue a particular memory -vntill this day of that saint. - -[103] See note, p. 290. - -This citie at this day is populared with Portingals and with the -naturall people: there is in it a church, wherein is comprehended the -house whereas was, and died, the holy apostle: this countrie belongeth -vnto the king of Visnaga, who although he be a gentile, he hath great -reuerence and respect vnto the house of the holy apostle, and for -particular deuotion he doth giue euerie yeare a certaine charitie. There -is in this citie two couentes of religious men, the one of the companie -of Iesus, and the other of the order of S. Francis. - -From this citie of Calamina to that of Visnaga there wheras the king is, -it is fiue and thirtie leagues by land. This king is mightie, and his -kingdome very great and full of people, and hath great rentes. They say -that onely the rent he hath of fine gold, is worth vnto him three -millions, of the which he spendeth but one onely, and doth keepe euerie -yeare two millions in his treasorie, the which according vnto the report -and fame, is at this day with many millions. He hath twelue principall -or chiefe captaines, and euerie one of them hath the gouernement of an -infinite number of people and hath great rent for the same, for he that -hath least rent hath sixe hundred thousand ducats yearely. Euerie one of -them are bound to giue the king to eate, and all the people of his -house, one month in the yeare; so that by this account the twelue -captaines which are the lordes of the kingdome (and as wee might say) -dukes, doo beare his cost all the whole yeare. The million the which he -doth spend, is in giftes and in extraordinarie thinges. The king hath in -his house, what with wiues, seruants, and slaues, nigh about fourteene -thousand persons, and in his stable ordinarily a thousand horse, and for -his seruice and garde eight hundreth elephants, of whom he doth spend -euerie day eight hundreth ducats. The garde of his person is foure -thousand horsemen, to whom he giueth great wages. He hath also in his -house three hundreth wiues, besides a great number of concubines: they -goe all gallantly apparelled, and with rich iewels, of the which there -are of great estimation in that kingdome, they do almost euerie three -daies change newe colors of apparell. They do ordinarily vse colors of -precious stones, such as are called in Spaine _ojo de gato_, cats eies. -They haue great store of saphires, pearles, diamonds, rubies, and many -other stones, that are in that kingdome in great abundance. - -Amongest all these wiues there is one that is as legitimate, whose -children doo inherite: and if it so fall out that she is barren, the -first that is borne of any of the other doth inherite: which is the -occasion that they neuer lacke a successor in that kingdome. - -When the king of this kingdome doth die, they do carrie him foorth into -a mightie fielde, with great sadnesse and mourning apparell, and there -in the presence of those twelue peeres afore saide, they do burne his -bodie with wood of sandalo, which is of a great smell, with the which -they do make a great fire. - -After that the bodie of the king is burned and consumed, they throwe -into the same the wiues that hee best loued, with seruants and slaues, -those that he most esteemed in his lifetime: the which they do with so -great content, that euery one dooth procure to be the first for to enter -into the fire, and they that are last do thinke themselues vnhappie. All -these do say that they go to serue the king in the other life, whereas -they shalbe with great ioy. This is the occasion that they goe with so -good a will to die, and carrie with them the most richest and festiuall -apparell they haue. Of this is gathered that they do beleeue the -immortalitie of the soule, for that they doo confesse there is another -life, and that thither they do returne and liue for euer without ende. -They are people that would be conuerted with the like facilitie vnto the -holy gospell as their neighbours, if there went any thether to preach. - -Three score and tenne leagues from this citie, there is a pagode or -temple of idols, whereas is a rich faire euery yeare: it is a very -sumptuous building, and edified in a place so high, that it may be seene -many leagues before you come vnto it. - -[Sidenote: A strange custome.] - -It hath ordinarily foure thousande men of garde, who are paid with the -rent of the temple, the which is rich and verye good. There is nigh vnto -the same many mynes of golde and precious stones, and that is taken out -of them is rent vnto the temple. There is in it a priest of the idolles, -whom they call in their language Brama, and is as the high priest in -that countrie. All the people of the land do come vnto him, to -vnderstand the doubtes of their manner of liuing, and he doth dispence -with them in many things that be prohibited by their lawes, the which he -may do according vnto the sayd lawes, and manie times he doth dispence -certaine of them. But here one to be laughed at, which is, that when a -woman cannot suffer the condition of her husbande, or is wearie of him -for other occasions, she goeth vnto this Brama, and giuing vnto him a -peece of golde, which may be to the value of a ducat in Spaine, he doth -vnmarry them, and setteth her at libertie that she may marry with an -other, or with many if she please: and in token of this she is giuen a -marke with an yron vpon her right shoulder, so that with that alone she -remaineth at libertie, and her husband cannot do vnto her any harme for -the same, neither compell her to returne againe to his company. - -[Sidenote: A diamond sold for a million of gold.] - -There are in this kingdome many mynes of verie fine diamonds, and are -had in great estimation, and very well knowen in Europe. There hath -beene found in them a stone of so fine and of so great value, that but -few yeares past, the king did sell the same vnto an other mightie king -his borderer, called Odialcan, for a million of golde, besides other -thinges of value that hee gaue him ouer and aboue.[104] It is a healthfull -countrie, with very good and fresh ayres, rich of prouisions, and of all -other necessaries, not only for the humane life, but also for curiositie -and delightes that be therein. It is in fourteene degrees towardes the -pole artico. All the people therein are faint-hearted and cowards, and -for little trauaile, which is the occasion that they are nothing -affectionate vnto warres, and is vnderstoode with great facilitie they -would receiue the gospell. - -[104] This is in all probability the great diamond mentioned by -Tavernier, vol. ii, p. 249, as being in the possession of the Great -Mogul. It was found in the washings near Caldore, to the east of -Golconda, about the year 1550. Professor Tennant, in his lecture on -"Gems" before the Society of Arts, expresses his opinion that the -Koh-i-noor formed a portion of this large diamond. - -Nigh vnto the same there is an other little kingdome called Mana, in -the which there is a towne with Portingals, the which is called in their -language Negapatan; there is in the same a conuent of the order of S. -Francis, whose religious friers, although they are but few, do occupie -themselues in the converting of the naturall people thereof, and it is -to be beleeued that they shall reape much fruite and doo good, for they -haue giuen showes of the same: for that about three yeares past the -prince of that countrie was conuerted by the preaching of the same -fryers, who went now to receiue the holy baptisme with great and -incredible ioy vnto the Christians. All the rest of the kingdoms (as it -is beleeued) will shortly imitate him. In this iland there are many -pearls and aliofar, al very good, round, and fine. - - - - -CHAP. XXV. - - _This chapter treateth of manie kingdomes of that newe - worlde, the rites and customes of the inhabitants, and - of some curious thinges._ - - -[Sidenote: Ilandes of Nicobar.] - -The afore saide father Martin Ignacio, departed with his companions from -this cost, and went towards the Ilands of Nicobar, whereas are many -Moores and gentiles, al mingled the one with the other. They did not -stay there, but presently passed to the town of Cuylan, which is -inhabited with Portingals, and from Malaca foure hundred and sixteene -leagues. This iland is situated from sixe vnto ten degrees vnder our -pole, and hath in longitude three score and sixe leagues, and nine and -thirtie of latitude. Of old time it was an iland much celebrated, and in -those partes had in great reuerence, for that it is saide that there -dwelt and died there in times past, men, whose soules are in heauen, and -are celebrated and honoured by them of the countrie as though they were -gods, with many sacrifices and orations, the which they do ordinarily. -There come from other kingdomes bordering thereupon, vnto this ilande, -many pilgrimes; but our people could neuer vnderstand the ground and -occasion thereof, neither how they liued, whom they doo hold for saints. -There is vpon the same iland a very high mountaine, which is called Pico -de Adan, which father Martin did see, and did heare the naturall people -thereof say, that it had that name, for that by the same Adam went vp -into heauen; but what Adam it was they could not declare. - -[Sidenote: An apes tooth for a god.] - -There is on this Pico like a monasterie, the which the naturall people -doo call pagode: at one time they had therein an apes tooth, the which -they did worship for their God: and there came thither vnto that effect -some two hundred and three hundred leagues. [It so happened, in the -yeare 1554, the vizroy of India, called Don Pedro Mascarenas, sent an -army vnto this kingdome, with many Portugals, with intent to reduce them -vnto the obedience of the king of Portugall, all of that country, as -they were before, who few yeares past did rise against them, and tooke -away and denied their fewter.[105] The souldiers did sack that pagoda or -monastery, and thinking to finde some treasure therein, they broke it, -and beat it downe vnto the foundation: and there they found the -aforesaid apes tooth, the which they did worship, put in a chest of -golde and stones, and carried it vnto Goa, vnto the said vizroy. When -that this was vnderstood and knowne to other kings their borderers, and -vnto him of Pegu, of this losse (the which of them was iudged to bee -great) they sent their ambassadors to the said vizroy, that they might -in the name of them all, demaunde the saide tooth, the which they did -worship, and to offer for the ransome thereof seuen hundred thousand -ducats of gold. The viceroy would haue giuen it them for that quantitie -of gold which they did offer, and would haue done it in effect, if it -had not bin for the archbishop of Goa, who was called Don Gaspar, and -other religious men, who did disturbe him, putting great scrupulositie, -and laide vnto his charge the hurt that come by their idolatrie, in -giuing them the same, of the which he should giue a straight account -vnto God. The which did so much in him, that he dispatched away the -ambassador, without any regard of the gold that they would haue giuen -him in their presence: he did deliuer the same vnto the said archbishop -and religious men, and they before their eies did break it, and burnt -it, and threw the dust thereof into the sea, which was not a little -woonder vnto the said embassadors, to see how little they did esteeme so -great a quantitie of golde, and for a thing which they esteemed not, but -threw it into the sea with so great liberalitie.] - -[105] The passage inserted between brackets is supplied by the -translator from the French of De la Porte. The clause of the sentence -thus strangely translated is as follows: "pour le reduire à l'obeyssance -de la couronne de Portugal, comme il estoit auparavant et de la quelle -il s'étoit soustrait depuis peu d'années par une rébellion générale." - -[Sidenote: A brutish vse.] - -This ilande is fertile, peaceable, and healthfull, and all full of -woods, and there are mountaines very thicke of orange trees, siders, -limas, plantanos, and palmas, and many synamon trees, which be the best -in all the world, and of most strength and effect, for the which they go -to buy, for to bring it vnto Europe, and they giue it for a small price. -Likewise there is pepper, but the naturall people did pull vp certaine -hils that were ful of it, and of synamon, because they saw there came -from farre to buy these two commodities, and fearing that it would be an -occasion that their country would be taken from them. It is a countrie -of great prouision, and doth bring foorth mightie elephants, and they -say that there is many mynes of diamonds, rubies, and other stones that -are called girasolis. In no part of this Orientall Indies, there was -none of so good a beginning in the conuersion of the soules, as was in -this iland: for that certaine religious friers of the order of S. -Francis did labor very much, and did baptise in a few daies more than -fiftie thousand soules, which gaue to vnderstand that with a verie good -will they did receiue the law of the gospell, and had edified many -churches, and fourteene monasteries of the same religion: but few yeares -past, a king of that kingdome, being weary of certaine things, which in -all that Indians are very publicke, he forsooke the religion and faith -he had receiued, and did raise and destroy many Portingals that were -there inhabited, thrusting forth all the religious men that did baptise, -and minister the sacraments. This euill king was called Raxu. Many of -them that were christened, and content with the faith of Iesus Christ -they had receiued, detesting that which this tirannous king had done, -they went and dwelt in the company of the Portingals, and others did -build a town, the which is called in their language Columbo, whereas is -a great number of them: vnto this day do indure throughout al that -kingdom the crosses, in token of their ancient Christianitie: alongst -all the coast they doe vse many galiotas or gallyes, and goe with them, -robbing and spoyling al thereaboutes. The naturall people doo say, that -with a good will they would againe returne and receiue the law of the -gospell, if they had it there preached. From this iland, after they had -passed a little gulfe, they came vpon the coast of a kingdome called -Tutucurin, and ran all alongest the cost of the same, running from the -cape of Comerin to Cuylan. Here there is a pagode or temple of their -gods very great and rich, thether come all the gentiles of that kingdom, -at certain feasts in the year with great deuotion: there is in it a -triumphant chariot, so great that twentie horse cannot mooue it, they -bring it foorth in publike vpon their festiual daies, and is carried by -elephants, and by an infinite number of men, who voluntarily do hale and -pull at certaine roapes that are made fast therunto. Upon the highest of -this chariot is made a tabernacle very richly adorned, and within the -same an idol, whom they do worship: then immediately vnder the same are -the kings wiues that go singing. They doo bring it forth with much -musicke and reioysings, and do carry it a good way in procession, and -amongest many thinges of honor that they doo vnto it, they do vse one so -brute and beastly as the reader may well iudge thereof, which is, that -many of them doo cut peeces of their owne fleshe and doo throwe it vnto -the idoll, and the other, not contented with this, doo throwe themselues -on the grounde that the chariot may passe ouer them, and there they -remaine all to peeces. Those that do die in this sort, they account them -for great saints, and are had in singular veneration. Many other maners -and fashions of idolatrie is declared of this kingdome, and more beastly -than this we haue spoken of, the which I let passe because I would not -be tedious in this itinerario. All the people of this kingdom be very -bad and ill inclined, for which cause the fathers of the company of -Iesus, that are in certaine townes nigh vnto the same, cannot as yet -bring them out of their errors, although they haue put therein great -care and diligence. - -Upon the same cost, and a little distant from this kingdom, there is a -towne of Portingals called Coulan, and twentie-fiue leagues further a -citie which is called Cochin, in the which there are religious men of -St. Francis, of S. Dominicke, and of S. Austin, and of the companie of -Iesus, who haue there a very good studie or seminarie, whereas they do -bring foorth much fruite. Nigh vnto this citie is Santo Tome, whereas -are many baptised and good Christians, very abstinent and chast, vnto -whom the patriarkes of Babylon doo prouide them of bishops: the -authoritie where with they do it is not knowen, nor whence they haue it, -for that as I do vnderstand, seat apostolicke did neuer giue it them. -About the same matter, at this present there is in Rome a bishop of this -kingdome, and one of the kingdome of Pimienta, with whom I haue talked -diuers times, and is come thether to giue his obedience vnto the pope, -and to knowe of him the order that his pleasure is should be obserued, -in receiuing of those bishops which come thether by the commandement of -the patriarke. In this kingdome there are many kings, but the -principallest of them is he of Cochin, and next vnto him, he of Coulan, -and nigh vnto them are many petie kings, as is hee of Mangate and -Cranganor, and are all gentils, although amongst them there are mixed -many Moores. There hath bin found in this kingdome certaine Iewes, that -haue gone from Palestina and those parts. There is in this countrie -vniuersally, a lawe verie strange and little heard of, which is, that -the sonnes doo not inherite after their fathers, but his brothers sonne, -and the reason they giue for the same is, for that they haue no -certaintie of their children, for that they haue no wiues proper nor -appointed to themselues, I promise you it seemeth to me, their reason to -be as barbarous as their law, for that the like inconuenience doth folow -their brothers children. They haue many rites and blindnes amongst them, -but one aboue all the rest, which is, that in certaine feastes amongst -them, they do vse bathes, and after that they are bathed, they say that -they remaine free and cleare from all their sinnes. They haue many -augorismes, of whom I will not intreat, for that they are not worthy of -memorie. In this country is gathered most of the pepper that is brought -into Europe, for which cause this kingdome is called that of the -Pimienta. - - - - -CHAP. XXVI. - - _The chapter doth treate of many kingdomes of the Newe - World, and of the particular and curious things of - them._ - - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Cananor, Tanaor, and Calicart.] - -The aforesaid father went from Cochin to the kingdome of Cananor, and -passed by Tanaor and Calicut, which is called of the naturall people -Malabar, they are like kingdomes, but in them much people. In that of -Cananor, there are inhabited many Portingals and religious men of the -order of S. Francis: it is a countrie in all things like vnto Cochin, -for which cause, and for that they obserue and keepe one maner of -customs and rites, I remit the touching of this kingdome to the other -aforesaide. - -Then forwards on there are other two small kingdoms, the one is called -Barcelor, and the other, Mangalor; there be in them some Christians: it -is a good countrie and rich, and hath it for certaine, that within a -little time they will be all baptised. From this kingdome they went vnto -Goa, a principall citie, and inhabited with Portingals, and is as the -metropolitan of all those kingdomes: it is in fifteen degrees of height, -and is set from Cochin vnto it a hundreth leagues, this citie is -situated in a little iland, compassed round about with water, and in -compasse but onely four leagues, and is diuided from the firme land of -Odialcan by a mightie riuer. It is a good countrie and peaceable, and -doth inioy a very faire and pleasant riuer. In this citie ordinarily is -resident the viceroy of the India and the archbishoppe: there are many -churches and conuents; and besides the high church, there are fourteene -parish churches, besides fifteen hermitages that are within and without -the citie: there be four conuents, all very sumptuous, of S. Dominicke, -of S. Austin, of S. Francis, and of the company of Iesus. And without -the cittie there is another of _Recoletos Franciscanos_, reformed -Francis friers. - -[Sidenote: Ilandes Salcete and Bardes.] - -Nigh vnto this iland are those of Salcete and Bardes, there whereas the -religious men of S. Francis, and the companie of Iesus haue certaine -Christian townes. Few yeares past, the Gentiles of Sancete[106] did kill -certaine fathers of the company of Iesus, in abhorring the faith, who -died with great spirite and strength: so that I beleeue they went into -ioy with God. - -[106] Misspelt for Salcete--Salsette. - -[Sidenote: The towne of Chaul, Basayn, Damaun, Cambaya.] - -[Sidenote: The cittie of Diu.] - -Beyond Goa, on the same coast towardes the north, is in eighteene -degrees and a halfe from the towne of Chaul, and beyond that Basayn, and -nigh thereunto Damaun; all these three townes are inhabited with -Portugals; and the farthest is the prouince of Cambaya, subiect vnto the -grand Tartar, or Mogor, by an other name. Two and fortie leagues beyond -that is the cittie called Diu, whereas is a very faire and good -fortresse of Portugals, with a very great hauen and sure, whose name -doth extend throughout all Turkey. - -[Sidenote: The cittie of Oromuz.] - -Two hundred and seuentie leagues beyond that is the citie of Oromuz, on -the coast of Persia, and in the same hath the saide Portugals an other -fortresse, much better then that of Diu, and more inexpugnable: it is -the biggest in al the Indians, but not of so great name as that of Diu. -In this cittie of Oromuz they gather nothing else but salt, and that in -great aboundance; yet, notwithstanding, it is replenished of all that -may be imagined, for that there is brought thither from Persia and -Arabia great prouision, and many other curiosities. They say, that from -this place they may easily go to Venice, taking their way to Aleph, and -to Tripoli in Soria. - -[Sidenote: Odialon.] - -[Sidenote: Mogor.] - -[Sidenote: Persia.] - -All this coast of the Indias vnto Persia is inhabited with many and -mightie kingdomes, in which there are an infinite number of people: one -of them is that of Odialon, the which is very rich, and of much people, -and all Moores. Nigh vnto this is another called Disamaluco, harde by -the kingdome of the great Tartar, which, in their language, is called -Mogor, the which, next vnto that of China (I doo thinke), is the -greatest in all the world, as may be collected in that which is declared -of the mightinesse thereof, both in ancient and latter histories. On the -other side of Oromuz is the kingdome of Persia, whose king is Xactamas, -or Ismael Sophi, great Soldan of Egypt, descending by lyneall desent -from the Soldan, Campson Guario, whom Selim, emperor of the Tartaros did -ouercome in battell, nigh vnto Damasco, in the yeare 1516. - -All those of this kingdome are Moores, although they and the Turkes are -as the Christians and heretikes, for that the Persians do follow the -interpretation of the lawe of Mahomet of certain alies, or doctors. And -the Turkes go a different way, and do follow others. This contractation -and different interpretation of the lawe, is the occasion that betwixt -the one and the other there is ordinarily cruell warres: and it is the -great mercy of God, for that the Turke may not haue any space to come -and do euil vnto his Christians; or if he do come, he shall be ouertaken -with the Persians, his enimy the Sophi, and intrapped with all the euill -that they can do vnto him: who that although he be a Moore, and of the -sect of Mahomet, yet he is a friend vnto Christians. - - - - -CHAP. XXVII. - - _Of other kingdomes and notable things that are vntill - you come into Spaine, and to conclude, the compassing - of the world._ - - -[Sidenote: Arabia Felix.] - -[Sidenote: The Red Sea.] - -[Sidenote: The land of Abexin that of Prester Iohn.] - -[Sidenote: Mazanbiqua.] - -Neere unto the straite of Oromuz is Arabia Felix, where as all the -inhabitants are of the sect of Mahomet, and doo follow the same -interpretation that the Sophi doth. So running a long by Arabia, you -come straight vnto the Red Sea, or Arabico, the which hath foure hundred -and fiftie leagues of longitude, and in some partes it is of a mightie -depth: the water thereof seemeth to bee red, although taking it out -thereof it is white: the cause thereof is for that the ground vnder the -water is of the same colour. By reason whereof, when as the sun doth -shine thereon it seemeth red, and thereby it hath got the name the which -it hath vnto this day. By this sea, and by that of Basora, the great -Turk doth carrie much spicerie, silkes, and cloth of golde, and all -riches out of the orientall Indias, the which may easily be disturbed, -but the way how is not for this place nor time. On the other side is the -land of Abexin, which is that of Prester John, a kingdome although it is -very great, yet it extendeth very litle on this coast. From this -kingdome or poynt, going to the southwest, is six hundreth leagues to -Mazanbique, whereas there is inhabitance of Portingals. All this coast -is black people, gentiles, and idolaters, and is in fifteene degrees in -altitude towardes the south, and in the same maner are all the rest that -are inhabited from Mazanbique vnto the Cape of Buena Esperansa. They are -without memorie of the preaching of the gospel; if that God for his -mercy doe not take pitie on them, and put into the heartes of some to -goe thither, and to procure the remedie of so infinite number of soules. - -[Sidenote: The Ilands of Maldivia.] - -[Sidenote: The Ilands of S. Lorenso.] - -[Sidenote: The Cape of Buena Esperansa.] - -[Sidenote: The Iland of S. Elena.] - -So after the sayd father had informed himselfe of all that is sayde, and -of many other thinges more, which is left out for to euitate tediousnes, -till such time as of them may bee made a particular historie, hee -departed from Goa and Cochin towardes Portingall, and passed by the -Ilandes of Maldivia, which are many, and all are inhabited with Moores, -nigh vnto the which they doe enter the poole Antartico, crossing the -equinoctiall from the coast of Arabia; from thence they sayled with a -faire winde till they came right against the Iland of Saint Lorenso, -which is very great, for that it hath two hundreth seuentie and fiue -leagues of longitude, and fourescore and tenne of latitude; all -inhabited with much people, very quiet and ciuile: the faith of Christ -was neuer preached amongest them; yet I doo belieue that if it were, -they would quietly receiue the same. Passing from this ilande, they came -vnto the Cape of Buena Esperansa, the which is another very good iland, -whose inhabitants and dwellers are much like to those of Saint Lorenzo: -it is in the temperate zona, and nigh vnto the straights of Magellanes. -This Cape of Buena Esperansa is called by another name, the Cape -Tormentorio: it is fiue and thirtie degrees large from the pole -antartico. And from Cochin vnto this cape they put one thousand three -hundred fiftie and eight leagues, that way which they do ordinarily -nauigate. When they doo passe by this cape, they were wont to have great -and strong winds. They go from thence to the Iland of S. Elena, which is -beyond the cape forwards, fiue hundred and seuentie leagues. It is not -inhabited with people, but full of swine, goats, and great aboundance of -partriges, and in all the coast is great store of fish, the which is -taken with great ease; it is but a little iland, and hath circuit no -more than fiue leagues. - -[Sidenote: Guinea.] - -From this ilande they do nauigate foure hundred leagues vntil they come -vnder the equinoctiall, vpon the coast of Guinea, returning unto the -pole artike, in foure and forty degrees in altitude (which was almost at -the same place from whence he departed at his gooing forth) after hee -compassed the world. They passed in sight of the lande, and from thence -they sayled forwards and sawe other land, vntill they came vnto -Lisborne, hauing (after they had crossed the equinoctiall) sayled a -thousand foure hundred and fiftie leagues. So that after the aforesaid -father, Frier Martin Ignacio, had made his account of all that he had -trauelled from the time he departed from Siuel, til he returned vnto -Lysborne, in compassing the world, he found that it was nine thousand -and forty leagues by sea and by lande, besides many other leagues that -he trauelled in China and in other parts, of the which hee dooth make no -account. All these leagues are full of mightie kingdomes, and al, or the -most part of them, are subiect vnto the tyranny of Lucyfer. God, for his -infinite mercy, conuert them, and take pittie on them, as hee did when -that he came from heauen vppon the earth to die for all, and put into -the heart of the king of Spaine, that, amongst other good workes, the -which, with his most Christian zeale dooth intend and do, for to procure -this, which will be so much vnto the glory of God, and great desert of -honor vnto himselfe, the which he may do very commodiously, being, as he -is at this day, Lord of all the Indies, and of the biggest part of all -that newe world. - -This petition is worthy, that all we Christians doo desire of God, for -that his holy name in all the world may be praised and exalted; and the -sonnes of Adam, who for their sinnes are so dispersed and forgotten of -God, and first beginning, they may go and inioy the happy and glorious -kingdome for the which they were created. - - -FINIS. - - - - -INDEX. - - - Abexin, the kingdom of Prestyr John, ii, 337 - Abulfeda, i; - ignorance of, respecting China, vi - Acapulco, ii, 223, 253 - Adultery, law respecting, i, 63 - Agriculture, ii, 56 - Aguizi, i, 72 - Aguila, an odoriferous wood, i, 58; ii, 303 - Alazan, i, 51 - Alfaro, Pedro de, visits China as a missionary, lxxiv; - arrives at Manilla, ii, 125; - his desire to visit China, ii, 126; - conversion of a Chinese priest by, ii, 127; - opposition of the governor to his proposal, ii, 128; - his unsuccessful attempt to reach China, ii, 129; - his second attempt, ii, 132; - his companions, ii, 134; - they meet with a storm, ii, 135; - arrive at an island, ii, 136; - their escape from the Chinese guardships, ii, 137; - they reach Canton, ii, 140; - enter the city, ii, 141; - an interview with a judge, ii, 144; - the interpreters' version of their story, ii, 145; - they are examined again, ii, 149, 152; - treachery of the interpreters, ii, 155; - jealousy shown by the Portuguese at Machao, ii, 158; - necessitous condition of their party, ii, 161; - a stipend allowed them by the viceroy, ii, 161; - they are sent to Aucheo, ii, 165; - their arrival, ii, 167; - reception by the viceroy, ii, 168; - they return to Canton, ii, 180; ill - feeling of the captain-general of Machao towards them, ii, 184; - his plans defeated, ii, 185; - Alfaro and some of his party arrive at Machao, ii, 194; - the others go to Chincheo, ii, 198; - and return to Manilla, ii, 204 - Alvarado, A. de, ii, 28 - Amazons, island of the, ii, 301 - Ambassadors, reception of, i, 157 - Ameias, province of, ii, 245 - Anchasi, office of the, i, 102 - Anchosan, i, 72 - Andrade, F. Peres d', his voyage to China, xxxi - Andrade, Simon d', sent to China with a Portuguese fleet, xxxiv - Animals of China, ii, 285 - Annals of China, sketch of the early, i, 69 - Anthey, i, 73 - Anthrey, i, 72 - Antoninus, embassy to China sent by the emperor, iii - Ape's tooth, worshipped in Ceylon, ii, 329; - its destruction by the Portuguese viceroy, ii, 330 - Arab merchants, early account of China by, iii - Arabia Felix, ii, 336 - Aracan, kingdom of, ii, 321 - Archipelago, ii, 258 - Arms used by the Chinese, ii, 288 - Army of China, weakness of, lxxviii, lxxx; - description of, i, 90; - reviews of, ii, 102; - its numbers, ii, 288; - its pay, ii, 289 - Arracon, _see_ Aracan - Artillery, early acquaintance of the Chinese with the use of, i, 129 - Artreda, letter by, on the arms of the Chinese, i, 130 - Atzion, i, 51 - Aucheo, ii, 75, 78, 85, 167 - Auchin, i, 75 - Aucon, ii, 113 - Augury by lot, i, 46; ii, 262 - Ayas, xvi. - Aynao, _see_ Hainan - Aytao, office of the, i, 102 - Aytim, ii, 201, 221 - - Banbosa, _see_ Barbosa - Banquets, i, 137 - Barba, a Tartar chief, xv - Barbosa, Duarte, i, 33 - Barcelor, ii, 334 - Bardes, islands of, ii, 335 - Basayn, ii, 335 - Batala, an idol, ii, 261 - Bausa, i, 74 - Beads, used in praying, i, 57 - Begging, prohibition of, i, 66 - Bells, ringing of, i, 57 - Bemthey, i, 73 - Bengal, kingdom of, ii, 322 - Benjamin of Tudela, his reference to China, vii - Bindoro, ii, 130 - Blind persons, constrained to work, i, 68 - Boneg, i, 75 - Bonze, a word of Portuguese origin, ii, 162 - Books obtained by Herrada, i, 134 - Bouchier, G., Mechanical apparatus constructed by, xi - Boxeador, cape of, ii, 268 - Brama, chief priest in Visnaga so called, ii, 326; - his power of dispensation, ii, 327 - Bridges, lvii - Buena Esperansa, cape of, ii, 338 - Buliano, ii, 31 - Burgos, G. de, ii, 268 - Burial of the dead, i, 59; ii, 291; - of the kings of Visnaga, ii, 326 - Burneo, isle of, ii, 261 - - - Cabile, ii, 15 - Cabite, ii, 268 - Cagayan, river of, ii, 131 - Calamina, _see_ Malipur - Calicut, ii, 334 - Camels used in the Canaries, ii, 214 - Cambaya, province of, ii, 335 - Camboia, kingdom of, ii, 311; - crosses erected in, 313 - Campeachy, ii, 222 - Cananor, ii, 334 - Canary Isles, derivation of their name, ii, 209; - description of, ii, 209, 213 - Canasia, _see_ Hang-cheou - Canfu, vi - Cannafistola, a Malay fruit, ii, 318 - Cannibals, effect of a friar upon, ii, 215 - Canton, vi; ii, 140 - Capital punishment, i, 119 - Capsonson, ii, 270 - Caraci, city of the, x - Caribs, their cannibal propensities, ii, 214; - effect of a Spanish friar upon them, 215 - Carpini, John de Plano, Chinese described by, viii - Cassava, bread made of, ii, 218 - Cattle, abundance of in Mexico, ii, 227 - Cavalry, description of Chinese, i, 88 - Cavendish, T., the navigator, R. Parke's letter to, i, 1 - Ceremonies at a deathbed, ii, 290; - at burials, 291 - Ceylon, ii, 328; fertility of, 330; - progress of Christianity there, 331 - Chabes, P. de, ii, 21 - Chacon, L., ii, 21 - Champa, kingdom of, ii, 311 - Characters used in Chinese writing, i, 121 - Chaul, ii, 335 - Chautubo, ii, 112 - Cheapness of provisions in China, ii, 285 - Chichimecos Indians, ii, 226 - Chimbutey, i, 73 - China, known to the Romans, iii; - early account of by two Arab merchants, iii; - observations of Edrisi on, vi; - reference to by Benjamin of Tudela, vii; - visited by Marco Polo, xvi; - by G. de Monte Corvino, xxii; - by O. de Pordenone, xxiii; - by Ibn Batuta, xxvi; - the embassy sent to Cathay by Mirza Shah Rokh, xxvii; - voyage thither of a Portuguese fleet, xxxi; - failure of the Portuguese embassy, xxxvi; - visit of F. Mendez Pinto to China, xxxvii; - account of the customs and laws of the empire in 1555, xxxix; - visited by G. da Cruz, li; - described by G. Pereyra, liii; - visited by Spanish missionaries, lxix; - described by Herrada, lxxii; - Alfaro's voyage there, lxxiv; - observations on the empire by M. Ricci, lxxvii; - by G. Roman, lxxix; - Mendoza's description of China, i, 8; - its climate, i, 11; - fertility, i, 12; - productions, i, 14; - antiquity of the kingdom, i, 18; - its extent, i, 20; - provinces, i, 21; - cities, i, 23; - the great wall, i, 28; - sketch of the early annals of China, i, 69; - account of the Emperor Vitey, i, 70; - the royal palace, i, 77; - number of payers of tribute, i, 80; - amount of tribute paid, i, 82; - the army, i, 86; - military strength of the empire, i, 90; - law against undertaking foreign wars, i, 92; - against leaving the kingdom, i, 93; - against the admission of strangers, i, 94; - the royal council of state, i, 96; - the chief officers of state, i, 101; - how chosen, i, 106; - ministers of justice, i, 107; - legal proceedings, i, 109; - tortures, i, 111; - watch kept over the conduct of the judges, i, 112; - rewards and punishments awarded them, i, 115; - Mendoza's embassy to China, i, 162; - expedition of M. de Herrada to China, ii, 29; - his arrival, ii, 37; - he visits Tansuso, ii, 44; - Tong-gan, ii, 53; - Chincheo, ii, 59; - Aucheo, ii, 78; - their return to Manilla, ii, 111; - expedition of Alfaro and other Augustines to China, ii, 132; - they arrive at Canton, ii, 140; - are sent to Aucheo, ii, 165; - they return to Canton, ii, 180; - some of the party go to Machao, ii, 194; - the rest return to Manilla, ii, 204; - expedition of Martin Ignatius and other Franciscan friars - to China, ii, 207; - they leave Spain, ii, 208; - arrive at the Canaries, ii, 209; - Desseado and Dominica, ii, 214; - two of the party killed by the Caribs, ii, 214; - they reach Puerto Rico, ii, 216; - and Hispaniola, ii, 217; - description of Cuba, ii, 220; - of Mexico, ii, 223; - they visit the Ladrone Isles, ii, 254; - the Philippines, ii, 258; - they sail for China, ii, 268; - their arrival, ii, 269; - they are taken to Quixue, ii, 274; - examined there, ii, 276; - sent to Saneheo-fu, ii, 277; - to Hucheofu, ii, 279; - return of Ignatius home, ii, 310 - Chincheo, ii, 59 - Chinese, described by Carpini, viii; - by Rubruquis, xii; - account of their laws and customs, related in the College of Jesuits, - Malacca, in 1555, xxxix; - by G. Pereyra, liii; - their houses, xl; - prisons, xliii; - feasts, xlv; - costume, l; - bridges, lvii; - religion, lxi; - punishments, lxiii; - origin of the name of China, lxiv; - hospitals, lxv; - their cowardice, lxviii; - the navy, lxxix; - complexion of the Chinese, i, 11, 29; - their dwellings, i, 27; - dress, i, 30; - description of the Chinese women, i, 31; - the porcelain manufacture, i, 33; - the currency, i, 34; - the idols, i, 36; - the principal saints, i, 41; - augury by lots, i, 46; - devil-invocation, i, 49; - Chinese mythology, i, 50; - doctrine on the immortality of the soul, i, 53; - the temples and religious orders, i, 54; - their beads and bells, i, 57; - funeral rites, i, 59; - mourning apparel, i, 61; - marriage customs and ceremonies, i, 62; - law of inheritance, i, 63; - punishment of adulterers, i, 63; - singular marriage custom in Tartary, i, 63; - marriage of the emperor, and princes of the blood, i, 65; - maintenance of the poor, i, 67; - condition of the blind, i, 68; - payers of tribute numbered, i, 81; - no subjects allowed to travel without a license, i, 93; - jealousy of foreigners, i, 94; - legal proceedings, i, 107; - tortures, i, 111; - prisons, i, 116; - punishment of criminals, i, 119; - characters used in writing, i, 121; - the same characters common to different languages, i, 121; - schools, i, 122; - knowledge acquired by all classes, i, 122; - paper and pens, i, 123; - examination for the degree of Loytia, i, 125; - how it is conferred, i, 126; - early use of artillery in China, i, 129; - art of printing early practised there, i, 131; - books obtained by Herrada, i, 134; - banquets, i, 137; - festivals, i, 139; - modes of salutation, i, 141; - courtesy to women, i, 144; - seclusion of their women, i, 145; - courtesans, i, 146; - shipping, i, 148; - fishing boats, i, 151; - breeding of ducks, i, 153; - birds used for fishing, i, 155; - reception of ambassadors, i, 156; - compasses used in China, ii, 37; - use of chopsticks, ii, 47; - carriers of baggage, ii, 55; - agriculture, ii, 57; - highways, ii, 58; - fruits, ii, 60; - a Chinese entertainment, ii, 72, 87; - a Drama, ii, 88, 104; - presents to public officers forbidden, ii, 90; - idols, ii, 91; - a review of the troops, ii, 102; - presentation of petitions, ii, 103; - jealousy of strangers, ii, 139, 142; - administration of justice, ii, 153; - physiognomy, ii, 163; - ploughing, ii, 166; - invocation of devils, ii, 203; - method of irrigation, ii, 279; - shipping, ii, 284; - mines, ii, 286; - silk, ii, 287; - arms and army, ii, 288; - religious ceremonies, ii, 289; - funeral rites, ii, 291; - character of the people, ii, 293 - Chop sticks, ii, 47 - Christianity, conversion of Chinese to, ii, 122; - of the Philippine islanders, ii, 126; - said to have been introduced by St. Thomas, ii, 290 - Chyley, i, 73 - Cia, ii, 245 - Cibao, mines of, ii, 217 - Cibola, ii, 246 - Cincoan, i, 73 - Cinsones, ii, 229 - Cities of China enumerated, i, 23 - Climate of China, i, 11 - Coanty, i, 72 - Cochin, ii, 332 - Cochin China, description of, ii, 303; - picture sent to king by a friar, ii, 304; - desire of king of to embrace Christianity, ii, 305; - miracles wrought there, ii, 306 - Cochin Chinese, description of, ii, 310 - Columbo, in Ceylon, ii, 331 - Comedy in China, ii, 88, 105 - Compass used by Chinese, ii, 37 - Compulsary marriage in Tartary, i, 63 - Concham, i, 75 - Congreve, his mention of F. Mendez Pinto, xxxvii - Conjurations against devils, ii, 135 - Conversion of Philippine islanders, ii, 263; - of Japanese, 299 - Copper money, i, 35 - Corchu, ii, 112 - Cormorants, fishing with, i, 155 - Coromandel, kingdom of, ii, 324 - Cortes, Hernando, his reverence for priests, ii, 230 - Cosmos, an intoxicating liquor described by Rubriquis, xiii - Costume of the Chinese, 1; - of state officers, i, 102; ii, 144 - Cotey, i, 74 - Cotino, A., ii, 160 - Coulan, ii, 332 - Council, the royal, i, 96 - Courts of justice, ii, 276 - Courtesans, i, 146 - Cowardice of the Chinese, lxxviii - Cranganor, ii, 333 - Cripples, laws for maintenance of, i, 67 - Crosses, erected by Mexican Indians, ii, 242; - also in Cochin China, ii, 306, and in Camboia, ii, 313 - Cruz, Gaspar da, visits China as a missionary, li - Cuba, ii, 220; - treasures thrown into the sea by the natives of, ii, 221 - Cubun, i, 72 - Cuenca, N. de, ii, 34 - Cumdan, vi - Cuntey, i, 72 - Cuylan, _see_ Ceylon - Cyan, _see_ Siam - - - Damaun, ii, 335 - Debt, law of, in the Philippines, ii, 261 - Debtors, law against, i, 111 - Desert beyond the wall of China, ii, 283 - Desseado, island of, ii, 214 - Devil worship in China, i, 41, 48; ii, 26; - in Mexico, 242 - Devotees, penance of, ii, 314 - Diamond mines of Visnaga, ii, 327 - Dignitaries of state, i, 101 - Disamaluco, ii, 335 - Diu, ii, 335 - Divorce, law of in Visnaga, ii, 327 - Dogs, great numbers of, found in the Canary isles, ii, 209 - Dominica, island of, ii, 214; - ferocity of the natives, ii, 215 - Dowry given by the husband in China, i, 62 - Drama, description of a Chinese, ii, 88, 104 - Ducks, breeding of, i, 153 - Duennas, F. de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, 134 - Durion, a Malay fruit, ii, 318 - - - Eclipses, Chinese explanation of, ii, 291 - Eden, Richard, his History of Travayle in the West and East Indies, ii - Edrisi, the Arabian geographer, his observations on China, vi - Education of the poor, i, 122 - Elephant; war between Pegu and Siam for an, ii, 321 - Emperor of China, seldom seen in public, i, 79; - his concubines marry on his death, i, 65; - lord of the entire soil of the empire, i, 79 - Entertainment, description of a Chinese, ii, 72, 87 - Espeio, A. de, his expedition into New Mexico, ii, 234 - Examinations in learning, i, 125 - Executions, i, 119 - Extirpation of the natives of Hispaniola, ii, 218 - Ezoulom, i, 51 - - - Faxiuandono, ii, 298 - Feather pictures of the Mexicans, ii, 229 - Feria, J. de, ii, 268 - Fernandina, ii, 10 - Ferro, the water-distilling tree of, ii, 210, 211, _note_ - Fertility of China, i, 12; ii, 285 - Festivals, i, 139 - Fires, precautions against, i, 104 - Fishing, xxiv, lxvi - Fishing vessels, i, 151 - Fontey, i, 74 - Forster, J. Reinhold, his opinion concerning the site of Karakorum, xix - Fruits of China, ii, 60; - of Malacca, ii, 318 - Fucheo, i, 27 - Fuco, described by O. de Pordenone, xxiii - Funeral rites on the death of an Emperor's wife, xxx - Futey, i, 72 - - - Gahai, ii, 44 - Ganges, account of an attempt to discover the source of the, ii, 332; - reverence paid to its water, ii, 323 - Gaspar, Archbishop of Goa, ii, 330 - Gautin, ii, 112 - Geese, flocks of, ii, 166 - Giuzza, xvi - Goa, ii, 329, 334 - Gombu, i, 75 - Goyti, M. de, ii, 13 - Guanser, i, 73 - Guansian, i, 73 - Guardships, ii, 137 - Gubates, ii, 251 - Guertas, ii, 216 - Guetaria, S. de, ii, 259 - Guinea, ii, 338 - Guntey, i, 72 - Gutemberg, J., i, 131 - - - Hainan, isle of, ii, 283, 303 - Hang-Cheou, described by Marco Polo, xxi; - by O. de Pordenone, xxiv - Hatuey, ii, 221 - Havanna, ii, 220 - Hermit, a Chinese, ii, 292 - Herrada, Martin de, his account of China, lxxi; - books obtained by, i, 134; - his desire to visit China, ii. 5; - meets Omoncon, ii, 25; - is sent to China with H. Martin, ii, 29; - their voyage, ii, 31; - arrival at Tituhul, ii, 37; - adventures there, ii, 40; - first landing, ii, 45; - they leave Tansuso, ii, 50; - reach Tangoa, ii, 53; - Chincheo, ii, 59; - audience with the governor, ii, 65; - arrival at Aucheo, ii, 78; - their difficulties, ii, 92; - examination, ii, 101; - return to Manilla, ii, 119 - Highways, xli; ii, 59 - Hilocos, the, ii, 10, 31 - Hing-hoa, seized by the Japanese, ii, 75 - Hispaniola, island of, described, ii, 217; - extirpation of the natives of, ii, 218 - Holgoi, witches so called, ii, 262 - Horses, excellence of Mexican, ii, 225 - Hortiz, Sancho, ii, 17 - Hospitals, lxv; i, 67 - Houses, description of Chinese, xl; i, 26 - Hucheofu, ii, 279 - Huntzui, i, 51 - Hurricanes in the West Indies, ii, 220 - Huy Hannon, i, 72 - - - Ibn Batuta, his account of China, xxvi - Idols of China, i, 36; ii, 91; - of the Philippine isles, ii, 261 - Ignatius de Loyola, a Spanish Franciscan; - his expedition to the East, ii, 207; - he leaves Spain, ii, 208; - reaches Mexico, ii, 223; - the Philippines, ii, 258; - China, ii, 269; - his treatment there, ii, 270, 281; - he returns by Cochin China, ii, 310; - Malacca, Ceylon, ii, 328; - Cape Comorin, ii, 331; - Malabar, ii, 334; - Goa, ii, 337; - the Cape of Good Hope and Guinea, ii, 338; - back to Lisbon, ii, 338. - Ignorance considered infamous in China, i, 122 - Illocos islands, _see_ Hilocos - Imaginary island of St. Borandon, ii, 212 - Immortality of the soul, Chinese belief in the, i, 53; ii, 291 - Indians, treasures thrown into the river by those of Cuba, ii, 221; - their objection to meeting Spaniards in Paradise, ii, 264 - Industry of the Chinese, i, 13 - Inheritance, law of, in China, i, 63; - singular custom concerning it in Pimienta, ii, 333 - Insuanto, office of the, i, 101 - Invocation of devils, ii, 203 - Irrigation, method of, ii, 279 - - - Japan, said to have been peopled from China, ii, 294; - reason of the migration, ii, 295; - Chinese hated by Japanese, ii, 296; - kings of, ii, 297; - warlike nature of the people, ii, 298; - an unsuccessful expedition to China by them, ii, 299; - progress of Christianity there, ii, 299; - priests, witches, and women of, ii, 300; - slaves in, ii, 301 - Jor, _see_ Johore - Johore, ii, 316 - Josshouse, a Portuguese word, ii, 162 - Judges in China, laws concerning, i, 107; - diligence of, i, 109; - their conduct investigated, i, 112; - punishment of unjust, i, 115; - ii, 169, ii, 275 - Jumenos Indians, ii, 237 - Justice, courts of, procedure in the, i, 107; ii, 153 - - - Kampion, xviii - Kancheu, xviii - Karacosmos, a Tartar beverage, xiv - Karakorum, a Tartar city described by Rubruquis, x - Khambalu in China, xix - Khamchu, xxviii - Koh-i-norr, ii, 327 - Kublai Khan, xv, xvi, xix - - - Labacares, Guido de, governor of the Philippines, ii, 15 - Labrador, ii, 256 - Ladrone islanders, singular custom of the, ii, 254; - their knavery, 256 - Laulo, isle of, ii, 111 - Laupy, i, 73 - Laws, of marriage, i, 61; - inheritance, i, 63; - the poor, i, 67; - tenure of lands, i, 79; - against leaving the kingdom, i, 93; - against admitting foreigners, i, 94; - a law of frankpledge, i, 110; - concerning debtors, i, 111; - on torture, i, 111; - concerning courtesans, i, 146 - Le, a Chinese coin, i, 82 - Leachis, visiting justices, i, 113 - Legal proceedings, i, 109 - Legaspi, M. Lopez de, lxvii; ii, 3, 260 - Leon, F. de, ii, 17 - Letters, the writing of, i, 123; - common use of, i, 124 - Limahon, a Chinese corsair, lxviii; - account of, ii, 6; - his first attempt on Manilla, ii, 11; - its failure, ii, 14; - he burns the city, ii, 17; - his fleet destroyed by the Spaniards, ii, 22; - his escape, ii, 23, 115 - Lincheon, i, 70 - Linthey, i, 73 - Lotzitzam, i, 51 - Loyola, Martin Ignazio de, _see_ Ignatius - Loytia, a title of honour, lx; - examination for, i, 125; - how conferred, i, 127 - Lugor, ii, 316 - Luzon, ii, 258 - - - Mace, a Chinese coin, i, 82, _note_ - Macheo, ii, 158, 183, 191, 194, 302 - Magalhaens, Fernando, his discoveries and death, ii, 259 - Maguay, or Macaw-tree, ii, 228 - Mahomet, ii, 261 - Malabar, ii, 334 - Malacca, city of, taken by the Portuguese, ii, 317; - provisions and fruits there, ii, 318; - its commerce, ii, 319 - Malacca, straits of, dangerous navigation in the, ii, 317 - Maldivia, islands of, ii, 337 - Malipur, ii, 290; - relics of St. Thomas at, ii, 324 - Mana, ii, 328 - Mandarin, a Portuguese word, ii, 162 - Mangalor, ii, 334 - Mangate, ii, 333 - Mangu Khan, court of, ix, x - Manilla, founded by the Spaniards, lxvii; ii, 4; - Limahon's attack upon, ii, 17; ii, 258 - Manju, or Southern China, described by Marco Polo, xx - Manuel, king of Cathay, ii, 282 - Maqueda, duke of, ii, 210 - Marriage, ceremonies and laws of, i, 61; - singular law in Tartary of, i, 63; - marriages of the princes, 65 - Martin, Hieronimo, accompanies Herrada to China, ii, 29 - Martin Ignatius, _see_ Ignatius - Mascarenhas, Don Pedro, viceroy of India, ii, 329 - Masulapatar, ii, 324 - Mattheusi, Oderico, _see_ Pordenone - Mazanbique, _see_ Mozambique - Measures of length, i, 21 - Megoa, _see_ Hing-hoa - Mendoza, Juan Gonzales de, sent on an embassy to China by - Philip II, lxxiii; - its failure, lxxvi; - publication of his work, lxxxi; - various editions of it, lxxxii; - his return and death, lxxxiii; - account of his embassy, i, 162, 168, 170 - Mercado y Ronquillo, Gonsalo de, governor of the Philippines, i, 167 - Mexican Indians, description of the, ii, 229; - their obedience to ecclesiastics, 230; - their cities, 241, 245 - Mexico, the kingdom of described, ii, 223; - orthodoxy of the Mexicans, ii, 224; - climate of, ii, 224; rains, ii, 225; - breed of horses, ii, 225; - cattle, ii, 227; - the Indians of, ii, 228; - price of provisions in, ii, 231 - Military strength of China, i, 90 - Mines, ii, 286, 320 - Miracles in Cochin China, ii, 306 - Miranda, Arias G. de, his kindness towards the Spanish - missionaries, ii, 280 - Mirza Shah Rokh, sends an embassy to China, xxvii - Missionaries, their efforts in China, i, 171 - Mogor, the kingdom of the great Tartar, ii, 336 - Money used in China, i, 17, 34, 82; ii, 162 - Monte Corvino, G. di, sent on an embassy to China, xxii - Mourning apparel, i, 61 - Mozambique, ii, 337 - Musical instruments, i, 140 - Musk, preparation of, i, 16; ii, 285 - Mythology, the Chinese, i, 50 - - - Nanking, xxi - Nauala, isle of, ii, 219 - Navy, the Chinese, lxxx - Negapatan, ii, 328 - Neighbours, bound to reveal each others' offences, i, 110 - Neoma, a saint, i, 43 - New Mexico, account of the discovery of, ii, 231; - expedition of Ruyz, ii, 232; - of Espeio, ii, 234; - Indian towns, ii, 241; - Devil worship there, ii, 242 - Nicobar Isles, ii, 328 - Nikpha, sea of, story told by Benjamin of Tudela concerning the, vii - Nobunanga, king of Japan, ii, 296; - sets up his picture to be worshipped, ii, 297 - Nombre de Dios, ii, 223 - Number of tribute-payers in China, i, 81 - - - Obando, J. de, i, 165 - Ochantey, i, 72 - Ocheuty, i, 51 - Odialon, a Moorish kingdom, ii, 335 - Officers of state in China, i, 101 - Oktar Khan, xix - Omens, ii, 263 - Omoncon, a Chinese captain, sent against Limahon, ii, 25; - visits Manilla, ii, 27; - returns to China with M. de Herrada, ii, 31 - Ontiueros, J. de, ii, 235 - Orchon, the river, x - Orion, influence of, vii - Oromuz, city of, abounds in salt, ii, 335 - Ortega, Francisco de, lxxiii - Orthodoxy of the Mexicans, ii, 224 - Ortiz, Stephen, ii, 133 - Otey, i, 74 - Othey, i, 73 - Outon, i, 75 - Outzim, i, 75 - - - Padilla y Meneses, A. de, i, 168 - Pagoda of Vishnaga, ii, 326 - Paguina, i, 36 - Pahang, ii, 316 - Painting, i, 32 - Palace of the emperor, i, 78 - Palma de Cocos, ii, 266 - Panama, ii, 224 - Pangasinan, the river, ii, 18, 21, 32, 34 - Panzon, _see_ Pwan-Koo - Paon, _see_ Pahang - Paper currency in China, xii - Paper made of canes, i, 123 - Pardo, J. Dias, ii, 129 - Paris, William of, _see_ Bouchier - Parke, R., the translator of Mendoza's work, lxxxii; i, 1 - Passaguates Indians, ii, 236 - Patane, ii, 316 - Peak of Tenerife, description of the, ii, 210 - Pearls, ii, 285; - fishery, 302 - Pegu, kingdom of, ii, 320; - war with Siam for a white elephant, ii, 321; - religion of, ii, 321 - Pekin, xix, xlvii - Penance of devotees, ii, 314 - Pens, i, 123 - Pereyra, Galeoti, his account of China, liii - Perez, Bartholomew, his embassy to China, i, 159 - Persia, ii, 336 - Persian embassy to China, xxvii - Petitions, presentation of, ii, 103 - Pico de Adan, a mountain of Ceylon, ii, 329; - pagoda thereon, containing an ape's tooth worshipped by - the people, ii, 329; - afterwards destroyed by the Portuguese, ii, 330 - Philippines, i, 163; - discovered by the Spaniards, ii, 4, 258; - Magalhaens' voyage there, ii, 258; - condition of the natives there, ii, 260; - their law of debt, ii, 261; - religion, ii, 261; - superstitions, ii, 262; - conversion to Christianity, ii, 263; - fertility of soil, ii, 264; - products of the country, ii, 265; - the Palma de Cocos, ii, 266 - Pictures shewn to the dying, ii, 290 - Pimienta, kingdom of, ii, 333 - Pine trees planted near graves, i, 61 - Pintatey, i, 72 - Pinto, F. Mendez, xxxvii - Pires, Tomas, his embassy to China, xxxiii; - its failure, xxxvi - Pitch used for ships, i, 150 - Pintados, the islands, ii, 19 - Plague, unknown in China, ii, 284 - Plano Carpini, John de, _see_ Carpini - Play, a Chinese, ii, 88 - Plon, ii, 114 - Ploughing, ii, 166 - Poala, ii, 242 - Polo, Marco, his travels, xvi; - imprisonment at Genoa, xvii; - route to China, xviii; - description of Khambalu, xix; - excursion into Southern China, xx; - description of Quinsai, xxi - Polygamy sanctioned by law, i, 63 - Ponchasi, office of the, i, 101 - Poor houses, i, 67 - Poor laws, i, 66 - Porcelain manufacture, i, 33; ii, 287 - Pordenone, Oderico de, his description of China, xxiii - Portuguese, voyage to China, xxxi; i, 96; - jealousy towards the Spanish missionaries, ii, 158 - Posts, Chinese system of, xxvi - Prayers for the dead, i, 54 - Presents to officers of state prohibited, ii, 90 - Prestyr John, ii, 337 - Priest, conversion of a Chinese, ii, 127 - Printing, art of, i, 131; - its antiquity, i, 132; - description of a Chinese book printed in 1348, i, 133 - Prisons, xliii; i, 116 - Prophecy concerning the fall of the Chinese empire, xliv; i, 76 - Provinces of China enumerated, i, 22 - Puerto Rico, ii, 216 - Pumps for ships, i, 150 - Punishment of criminals, lxiii; ii, 276 - Pwan-koo, the Chinese Adam, i, 50 - - - Quanina, a Chinese saint, i, 41 - Quathy, i, 73 - Quinsai, _see_ Hang-cheou - Quintero, P., ii, 160 - Quioutey, i, 74 - Quires, province of, ii, 244 - Quixue, ii, 274 - - - Rada, M. de, _see_ Herrada - Rains, violent, in Mexico, ii, 225 - Ramon, Geronimo de, his "Republicas del Mundo", lxxii - Raxu, a king of Ceylon, persecutes the Christians, ii, 331 - Red Sea, explanation of its colour, ii, 337 - Religion, Carpini's account of that of the Chinese, viii; - Pereyra's account of it, lxi; i, 10, 35; - similarity between Budhist and Roman Catholic ceremonies, i, 37; - doctrine of a future life, i, 53; - religion of the Philippine islanders, ii, 261; - in Sumatra, ii, 320; - in Pegu, ii, 321; - in Aracan, ii, 322; - in Siam, ii, 314; - in Persia, ii, 336 - Religious orders in China, i, 56 - Renaudot, Eusebe, his translation of an Arabic MS. relating to China, iii - Revenues of China, i, 82 - Review of troops, ii, 102 - Rhinoceros described, ii, 311 - Ribera, G. de, ii, 21 - Ricci, Matteo, letter on China, lxxvii - Roads in China, i, 27 - Roman, Geronimo, observations on China, lxxvii - Romans, China, known to the, iii - Ronquillo, G., ii, 268 - Rubruquis, G. de, his mission to Mangu Khan, ix; - description of the Chinese, xii - Ruyz, Austen, expedition into New Mexico, ii, 234 - Rysbroeck, William Van, _see_ Rubruquis - - - Sacrifices to idols, i, 48 - Salamina, ii, 290 - Salcete, _see_ Salsette - Salsette, island of, ii, 335 - Salutations, i, 141 - Salazar, Domingo de, ii, 4 - Salzedo, J. de, ii, 10; - destroys Limahon's fleet, ii, 22 - Samatra, _see_ Sumatra - Sancete, _see_ Salsette - Sancheofu, description of the city, ii, 278 - Sandi, Francisco de, governor of the Philippines, ii, 126; - opposes Alfaro, ii, 128 - San Francisco, Sebastian de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, 134 - Sangley, China so called, i, 20 - San Juan de Lua, ii, 222 - Santo Tome, ii, 332 - Sarmiento, Pedro, one of Herrada's companions, ii, 29 - Schools, number and excellence of Chinese, i, 122; - visitation of, i, 123 - Seclusion of women, i, 145 - Seres, Chinese so named by Ammianus Marcellinus, iii - Serica vestis, iii - Servants, condition of in Japan, ii, 300 - Sharks, rapacity of, ii, 219 - Shipping, description of Chinese, i, 148; - pitch used for, i, 150; - pumps, i, 150; - great number of ships in China, ii, 284 - Siam, kingdom of, described, ii, 313; - war with Pegu for a white elephant, ii, 321 - Sian, _see_ Siam - Sichia, a Chinese saint, i, 41 - Silk, of common use in China, ii, 286; - trade in, ii, 287; - the "Serica vestis" of the Romans, iii - Silvester, a Dominican friar, his efforts in the cause of - Christianity, ii, 312; - honour to which he attained, ii, 313 - Sincapura, strait of, ii, 258 - Sinsay, a Chinese merchant, ii, 24; - sails to China with Herrada, ii, 31, 37, 41, 83, 97, 115 - Slaves, condition of, in Japan, ii, 300 - Sosoc, i, 73 - Spices, abundance of, in China, i, 17; - in Sumatra, ii, 320 - St. Borandon, the imaginary island of, ii, 212 - St. Domingo, _see_ Hispaniola - St. Helena, isle of, ii, 338 - St. Lorenzo, isle of, ii, 337 - St. Thomas, said to have preached in China, i, 37; - relics of, preserved at Malipur, ii, 324 - Strangers, Chinese jealousy of, i, 94 - Succuir, _see_ Sucheu - Sucheu, visited by Marco Polo, xviii - Sumatra, said to be the Isle of Ophir, ii, 319; - its mines and productions, ii, 320 - Suntien, a great city of China, i, 56, 77 - Sutey, i, 74 - Sweynheim, Conrad, i, 131 - - - Tael, a Chinese coin, i, 82 - Tamos, ii, 251 - Tanaor, ii, 334 - Tangoa, _see_ Tong-gan - Tanhom, i, 50 - Tansuso, visited by Herrada, ii, 44 - Tantey, i, 73 - Tartars, description of, i, 9; - religion, i, 10 - Tartary, singular custom respecting marriage, i, 63 - Tea, earliest mention of, iv - Temples in China, i, 56; ii, 91; ii, 274; - at Visnaga, ii, 326 - Tenerife, island of, ii, 210; - the Peak, ii, 210 - Tepyna, i, 75 - Teyencom, i, 51 - Thieves, punishment of, i, 119 - Tiguas, province of, ii, 233 - Tinqui, xx - Tituhul, ii, 37 - Tobosos Indians, ii, 236 - Tolanchia, i, 35 - Tonco, i, 74 - Tong-gan, ii, 52 - Tordesillas, Augustin de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, 131 - Torture of criminals, i, iii - Totoc, office of the, i, 101 - Touznacaotican, ii, 9 - Tozo, i, 75 - Trade winds, ii, 253 - Trapovana, the ancient name of Sumatra, ii, 319 - Trautheyco, i, 41 - Triana, John de, one of Herrada's companions, ii, 35 - Tribute paid to the emperor, i, 82 - Tripoli, William of, _see_ Rubruquis - Troncon, i, 74 - Tunis, the Goletta taken by the Turks, i, 165 - Tutuan, office of the, i, 101 - Tutucurin, kingdom of, ii, 331; - idolatrous rites there, ii, 332 - Tym, i, 74 - Tzentzey, i, 72 - Tzintzon, i, 28, 71 - Tzintzoum, i, 75 - Tzintzuny, i, 72 - Tzobu, i, 74 - Tzunthey, i, 73 - Tzuyn, i, 74 - - - Unguen, a city described by Marco Polo, xxii - University of Mexico, ii, 227 - Unthey, i, 73 - Usao, i, 51 - Uzon, i, 75 - - - Vangala, _see_ Bengal - Vasquez Coronado, Francisco, ii, 246 - Velas, islands of, ii, 253 - Velasco, Luys de, viceroy of Mexico, ii, 3, 260 - Vera Cruz, ii, 222 - Viceroys of Chinese provinces, i, 101 - Villa Lobos, commander of a Spanish fleet, ii, 259 - Villa Roel, Pedro de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, 131 - Vintoquian, a pirate, ii, 7 - Visnaga, city of, ii, 324; - description of the king, ii, 325 - ceremonies at his burial, ii, 326; - temples, ii, 326; - high priest called Brama, ii, 326; - his power of dispensation, ii, 327; - diamond mines, ii, 327 - Vitey, first king of China, i, 69 - Vossius, his opinion as to the knowledge of the ancients - respecting China, ii - Vozequixama, ii, 298 - - - Wall of China, description of, i, 28 - Walled cities, ii, 288 - Wealth of China, ii, 286, 288 - Weapons, use of, forbidden to the people in China, ii, 58 - Witches in the Philippine islands, ii, 262; - in Japan, ii, 300 - Witnesses, examination of, i, 109 - Women of China, Persian mention of, xxix; - burial of ladies of the imperial family, xxx; - description of, i, 31; - their small feet, i, 32; - concubines of the emperor, i, 65; - women forbidden by Vitey to be idle, i, 71; - courtesy towards, i, 144; - seclusion of, i, 145; - courtesans, i, 146; - chastity of Chinese women, ii, 293; - women of Japan, ii, 300; - of Cochin China, ii, 310; - divorces in Visnaga, ii, 327 - Writing, Chinese method of, xiii; i, 121, 123 - - - Xavier, Francisco, ii, 299 - Xactamas, king of Persia, ii, 336 - - - Yanqui, xx - Yanthey, i, 73 - - - Zaguato, ii, 248 - Zaitun, a Chinese seaport, xxii - Zaytzon, i, 75 - Zubin, isle of, ii, 258 - - - * * * * * - - -Transcriber's Notes: - -Although not written in currently standard English, spelling was -standardized for several words where the majority of instances were -shown one way and only one instance was shown differently. There are -also many words which have two or more alternate spellings [example, -aforesaid (58×); aforesaide (53×) and aforesayde (8×)] which were NOT -standardized. - -All sidenotes were placed above the paragraph in which they appear in -the printed version. Two instances of missing closing parenthesis are -found on Pages 171 and 263. The colon may be a typo for the closing -parenthesis; but they were left as is. On Page 294, the opening bracket -for a quoted passage was missing (as confirmed by comparison with -another copy of this edition on The Internet Archive). This was added. - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The History of the Great and Mighty -Kingdom of China, Volume II, by Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KINGDOM OF CHINA, VOL II *** - -***** This file should be named 42551-8.txt or 42551-8.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/4/2/5/5/42551/ - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper, Tom Cosmas and -the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at - www.gutenberg.org/license. - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 -North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email -contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the -Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/42551-8.zip b/old/42551-8.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 03beee9..0000000 --- a/old/42551-8.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/42551-h.zip b/old/42551-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e9cb4e0..0000000 --- a/old/42551-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/42551-h/42551-h.htm b/old/42551-h/42551-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index f2d7e19..0000000 --- a/old/42551-h/42551-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15437 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The History of the Great and Mighty Kingdom of China and the - Situation Thereof - Compiled by the Padre Juan Gonzalez De Mendoza - A Project Gutenberg eBook. - </title> - <style type="text/css"> - -body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} - -h1,h2,h3 {text-align: center; clear: both;} - -p {margin-top: .75em; text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .75em; text-indent: 1.5em;} - -hr {width: 33%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; - margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; clear: both;} - -hr.tb {width: 45%;} -hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-top: 2em;} -hr.full {width: 95%; margin-top: 2em;} -hr.r10 {width: 10%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;} -hr.r20 {width: 20%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;} - -table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-collapse: collapse;} - -.pagenum {position: absolute; left: 92%; - font-size: small; text-align: right; color: #808080;} /* page numbers */ -.brdb {border-bottom: solid #000 1px;} -.brdb2 {border-bottom: solid #000 2px;} -.brdl {border-left: solid #000 1px;} -.brdt {border-top: solid #000 1px;} -.brdt2 {border-top: solid #000 2px;} -.brdr {border-right: solid #000 1px;} -.bbox {border: solid #000 1px;} - -.center {text-align: center; margin:0; text-indent: 0;} -.center2 {text-align: center; margin: 1.5em 0 0 0;} -.justify {text-align: justify;} -.vtop {vertical-align: top;} -.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} -.smaller {font-size: 0.8em;} -.larger {font-size: 1.25em;} -.mlarger {font-size: 1.5em;} -.big {font-size: 2.5em;} -.vbig {font-size: 4em;} -.undrln {text-decoration: underline;} -.gesspert {letter-spacing: 0.125em;} -.ls5 {letter-spacing: .5em;} -.wsnw {white-space: nowrap;} -.tdl {text-align: left;} -.tdr {text-align: right;} -.tdl0 {text-align: left; padding-left:0;} -.tdr0 {text-align: right; padding-right:0;} -.tdr05 {text-align: right; padding-right:0; padding-left:.5em;} -.p0 {text-indent: 0;} -.p30 {margin: 0 0 0 30%; text-align: left;} -.p35 {margin: 0 0 0 30%; padding-left:.5em; text-align: left;} -.p99 {margin-left: 3em; margin-bottom: 1em;} -.pmt2 {margin-top: 2em;} -.pmt4 {margin-top: 4em;} -.pmb2 {margin-bottom: 2em;} -.pmb4 {margin-bottom: 4em;} -.ind25 {padding-left: 25%;} -.ind2em {padding-left: 2em;} -.blockquot {margin:0 5em; text-indent:-5em;} -.caption1, .caption2, .caption2nb, .caption2nc, .caption3 {text-indent: 0;} -h1,.caption1 {font-weight: bold; font-size:2.00em; text-align: center; - margin-top: 2em;} -h2,.caption2 {font-weight: bold; font-size:1.50em; text-align: center; - margin-top: 1.5em;} -.caption2nb {font-size:1.50em; text-align: center; margin-top: 1.5em;} -.caption2nc {font-weight: bold; font-size:1.50em; margin-top: 1.5em;} -h3,.caption3 {font-weight: bold; font-size:1.15em; text-align: center; - margin-top: 1em;} - -/* Images */ -.fig_center {margin: auto; text-align: center;} - -.fig_left {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em; - margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;} - -.fig_right {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; - margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em; - margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;} -.fig_caption {font-size: 0.8em; margin-bottom: 1em; - margin-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em; text-align: justify;} - -.references {margin-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em; text-align: justify;} - -/* Transcriber's notes */ -.trans_notes {background-color: #e6e6fa; color: black; padding:1.5em; - margin-bottom:5em;} - -/* Footnotes */ -.footnotes {border:1px dashed; background-color: #e0e0e0;} -.footnote p {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em; text-indent:0;} -.footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;} -.fnanchor {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;} - -/* Poetry */ -.poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} -.poem br {display: none;} -.poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} -.poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} -.poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} -.poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} - -sub {font-size: .6em; position: relative; top: 0.2em; right: 0.3em;} -sup {font-size: .6em; position: relative; top: 0.2em; left: 0.3em;} - -/* Sidenotes */ -.sidenote { - width: 5em; - float: left; - clear: left; - margin-left: -6em; - margin-top: 0; - margin-right: 6px; - border: 1px dotted black; - padding: 0 4px 0 2px; - background-color: #e0e0e0; - font-size: smaller; - color: #333; - text-indent: 0; - text-align: left; - line-height: 1em; -} - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The History of the Great and Mighty Kingdom -of China, Volume II, by Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - - -Title: The History of the Great and Mighty Kingdom of China, Volume II - and the Situation Thereof. - -Author: Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza - -Editor: George T. Staunton - -Translator: R. Parke - -Other: The Hakluyt Society - -Release Date: April 16, 2013 [EBook #42551] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KINGDOM OF CHINA, VOL II *** - - - - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper, Tom Cosmas and -the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<div class="fig_center" style="width: 366px;"> -<a name="cover" id="cover"></a> -<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="366" height="547" alt="cover" title="cover" /> -</div> - - - - -<div class="center"> -<p class="caption2">WORKS ISSUED BY</p> -<br /> -<img src="images/txt_hakluyt.png" width="396" height="46" alt="The Hakluyt Society" title="The Hakluyt Society" /> -<br /> -<br /> -<img src="images/line_dot.png" width="95" height="14" alt="" /> -<br /> -<br /> -<p class="caption2 pmb4">MENDOZA'S HISTORIE OF THE<br /> -<br /> -KINGDOME OF CHINA.</p> - -<p class="caption3 pmt4 pmb4">VOL. II.</p> - - -<p class="p0 center pmt4">NO. XV</p> -</div> - -<hr class="full" /> - -<p class="caption2 gesspert">THE HISTORY</p> - -<p class="center smaller">OF THE</p> - -<p class="caption3">GREAT AND MIGHTY</p> - -<p class="caption1 gesspert" style="margin-top:0.5em">KINGDOM OF CHINA</p> - -<p class="center smaller pmb2">AND</p> - -<div class="fig_center"> -<img src="images/txt_situation.png" width="208" height="23" alt="The Situation Thereof" title="The Situation Thereof" /> -</div> - -<p class="center smaller pmt4">COMPILED BY THE PADRE</p> - -<p class="caption2">JUAN GONZALEZ DE MENDOZA</p> - -<p class="center pmb2">AND NOW REPRINTED FROM THE EARLY TRANSLATION OF R. PARKE.</p> - -<p class="center smaller">EDITED BY</p> - -<p class="caption3 pmb2">SIR GEORGE T. STAUNTON, <span class="smcap">Bart.</span></p> - - -<p class="center pmt2 smaller">BY</p> - -<p class="caption3 pmb2">R. H. MAJOR, ESQ.</p> - -<p class="caption3">VOL. II.</p> - -<p class="caption2nb">BURT FRANKLIN, PUBLISHER<br /> -NEW YORK, NEW YORK</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - - -<p class="center pmt4">ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED BY THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="center pmb4">REPRINTED BY PERMISSION</p> - -<p class="p0 pmt4" style="padding-left:20%"> -Published by LENOX HILL Pub. & Dist. Co. (Burt Franklin)<br /> -235 East 44th St., New York, N.Y. 10017<br /> -Originally Published: 1854<br /> -Reprinted: 1970<br /> -Printed in the U.S.A.<br /> -<br /> -S.B.N.: 8337-23626<br /> -Library of Congress Card Catalog No.: 73-141353<br /> -Burt Franklin: The Hakluyt Society First Series 15<br /> -</p> - -<hr class="full" /> - - -<h2>THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY.</h2> - - -<p style="padding:0 20%; text-indent:-4em;">SIR RODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON, G.C.St.S., F.R.S., Corr. Mem. -Inst. Fr., Hon. Mem. Imp. Acad. Sc. St. Petersburgh, -&c., &c., <span class="smcap">President</span>.</p> - -<table summary="Haklut Society"> -<tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The</span> EARL OF ELLESMERE.</td> - <td rowspan="2"><span class="caption3">}</span></td> - <td class="tdr" rowspan="2"><span class="smcap">Vice-Presidents.</span></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Capt.</span> C. R. DRINKWATER BETHUNE, R.N., C.B.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3"><span class="smcap">Rear-Admiral</span> Sir FRANCIS BEAUFORT, K.C.B., F.R.S.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3"><span class="smcap">Captain</span> BECHER, R.N.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3">CHARLES T. BEKE, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span>, Phil. D., F.A.S.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3">WILLIAM DESBOROUGH COOLEY, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3">BOLTON CORNEY, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span>, M.R.S.L.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3"><span class="smcap">The Right Rev.</span> LORD BISHOP OF ST DAVID'S.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3"><span class="smcap">Rt. Hon. Sir</span> DAVID DUNDAS.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3"><span class="smcap">Sir</span> HENRY ELLIS, K.H., F.R.S.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3">JOHN FORSTER, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3">R. W. GREY, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3">JOHN HOLMES, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3">JOHN WINTER JONES, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3"><span class="smcap">Sir</span> CHARLES LEMON, <span class="smcap">Bart.</span>, M.P., F.R.S.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3">P. LEVESQUE, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span>, F.A.S.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3"><span class="smcap">Sir</span> JOHN RICHARDSON, M.D.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3"><span class="smcap">The</span> EARL SOMERS.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td colspan="3"><span class="smcap">Sir</span> GEORGE STAUNTON, <span class="smcap">Bart.</span> F.R.S.</td> -</tr> -</table> - -<p class="pmb4" style="padding:0 20%; text-indent:-4em;">R. H. MAJOR, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span>, F.R.G.S., <span class="smcap">Honorary Secretary</span>.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_1" id="Page_ii_1">[1]</a></span></p> - -<p class="caption3">THE SECOND PART</p> -<p class="center" style="padding-top:0.5em;">OF THE</p> -<p class="caption2">HISTORIE</p> -<p class="center" style="padding-top:0.5em;">OF THE</p> -<p class="caption3 pmb2">MIGHTIE KINGDOME OF CHINA,<br /> -THAT IS DIUIDED INTO THREE PARTS.</p> - - -<p><i>The first containeth such thinges as the fathers, frier Martin -de Herrada, prouinciall of the order of Saint Augustine, in -the Ilands Philipinas, and his companion fryer Geronimo -Martin, and other souldiers that went with them, did see and -had intelligence of in that kingdom.</i></p> - -<p><i>The second containeth the miraculous voiage that was made -by frier Pedro de Alfaro, of the order of S. Francis, and his -companions, vnto the said kingdome.</i></p> - -<p><i>The third containeth a briefe declaration by the said frier, -and of frier Martin Ignacio, that went out of Spaine vnto -China, and returned into Spaine againe by the Orientall -India, after that he had compassed the world. Wherein is -contained many notable things that hee did see and had -intelligence of in the voiage.</i></p> - - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_2" id="Page_ii_2">[2]</a></span></p> - - - - -<h2>THE ARGUMENT OF THE FIRST PART.</h2> - - -<p class="pmb2"><span class="smcap">Wherein</span> is declared the cause that moued frier Martin de -Herrada and frier Geronimo Martin, and such souldiers as -went in their companie, for to passe from the Ilands Philipinas, -vnto the kingdome of China, in the yeare 1577; and -of the entrie they made therein, and what they did see there -for the space of foure monethes and sixteene daies that they -remained: and of what they vnderstood, and of al things -that happened vnto them, till they returned againe vnto the -ilands from whence they went: all the which are notable -and strange.</p> - - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_3" id="Page_ii_3">[3]</a></span></p> - -<p class="caption3 pmt4">HISTORIE</p> - -<p class="center" style="padding-top:0.5em;">OF THE</p> - -<p class="caption2">MIGHTIE KINGDOME OF CHINA,</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="caption3">SECOND PART.</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="caption2"><a name="CHAP_I_I" id="CHAP_I_I"></a>CHAP. I.</p> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spanyards departe from Mexico vnto the Ilandes Phillipinas, where -they had intelligence of the mightie kingdome of China.</i></p></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">Gouerning</span> in the kingdom of Mexico, Don Luys de -Velasco, who was viceroye, and lieftenant in that place for the -Catholike king Don Philip king of Spaine, was commanded -by his maiestie to prepare a great armie in the South Sea, -and to leuie souldiers necessarie for the same, and to send -them to discouer the ilands of the west, those which that -famous captaine Magallanes did giue notice of when he did -compasse the world in the ship called the Victorie.</p> - -<p>The viceroy with great care and diligence did performe -the kinges commandement. This fleete and armie being -prepared readie (which was not without great cost), hee -caused them to depart out of the port at Christmas time in -the yeare of 1564; and sent, for general of the same fleet and -for gouernour of that countrie which they should discouer, -the worthie Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, who afterwarde died in -the said Ilande with the title of Adelantado, a yeare after that -the fathers Fryer Martin de Herrada and Fryer Geronimo -Marin and their companies did enter into China.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_4" id="Page_ii_4">[4]</a></span></p> - -<p>So after that our Spaniardes hadde discouered the sayde -ilandes, and some of them populared to the vse of his maiestie, -but in especiall that of Manilla, which is fiue hundred -leagues in circuit; in the which is situated the citie of -Luson, and is also called Manilla, and as the metropolitane -of all the iland, whereas the gouernours haue ordeined their -place of abiding euer since the first discouery. They haue -also founded in that citie a cathedrall church, and erected a -bishopricke.</p> - -<p>And for bishops of the same, his maiestie did ordaine the -most reuerend fryer Don Domingo de Salazar, of the order -of preachers, in whom was comprehended some holinesse, -good life, and learning, as was requisite and necessarie for that -prouince: and was consecrated in Madrid the yeare of 1579.</p> - -<p>At this present there be three monasteries of religious men -in that iland, the one of the order of S. Austen, and were -the first that by the commandement of his maiestie did enter -into this iland, preaching the law of the gospell, which was -great profit vnto those soules, yet great trauaile vnto them, -and cost many of them their liues in dooing it: the other -monasterie is of barefoote fryers of the order of S. Francis, -of the prouince of S. Joseph, who haue beene great examples, -with great profit vnto them of those portes. The -third are of the order of S. Dominicke or preachers, who -haue done their dutie in all things so well as the other. -These three orders were alonely in those ilands for certaine -yeares, till now of late time haue gone thither Jesuites, -which haue bin a great aide and helpe vnto their religion.</p> - -<p>When these Spaniardes were come vnto these ilands, they -had strightwaies notice of the mightie kingdome of China, -as well by the relation of them of the ilands (who tolde vnto -them the maruels thereof), as also within a fewe daies -after they did see and vnderstand, by ships that came into -those ports with marchants, that brought marchandise and -other things of great curiositie from that kingdome, and did -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_5" id="Page_ii_5">[5]</a></span> -particularly declare the mightinesse and riches thereof: all -which haue been declared vnto you in the first three bookes -of this historie. This beeing knowen vnto the religious -people of S. Austin, who at that time were alone in those -ilands, but in especiall vnto the prouinciall, Frier Martin -de Herrada, a man of great valour and wel learned in all -sciences, who seeing y<sup>e</sup> great capacitie or towardnesse which -the Chinos had more than those of the Ilandes in all -things, but in especiall of their gallantnesse, discretion, -and wit, he straightwaies had a great desire to go thether -with his fellow to preach the gospell vnto those people, of so -good a capacitie to receiue the same: who with a pretended -purpose to put it in vse and effect, he began with great care -and studie to learne that language, the which he learned in -a few daies, and did make thereof a dictionarie. Then afterwards, -they did giue great entertainment and presents vnto -the merchants that came from China, for to procure them to -carie them thether, and many other things, the which did -shew their holie zeale; yea, they did offer themselues to bee -slaues vnto the marchants, thinking by y<sup>t</sup> meanes to enter in -to preach: but yet none of these diligences did take effect, -till such time as the diuine maiestie did discover a better -way, as shalbe declared vnto you in this chapter following.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_II" id="CHAP_I_II"></a>CHAP. II.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>A rouer of this kingdome of China called Limahon, doth make himselfe -strong at the sea, and doth ouercome an other rouer of the same -countrie called Vintoquiam.</i></p></div> - - - -<p>The Spaniards did enioy their new habitation of Manilla -in great quietnesse, voide of all care of any accident that -might disquiet them, or any strange treasons of enimies for -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_6" id="Page_ii_6">[6]</a></span> -to offend them; for that those Ilandes were in great quietnes, -and in obedience vnto the Christian king Don Phillip, -and in continuall traficke with the Chinos, which seemed -vnto them a sufficient securitie for the continuance of the -quietnesse they liued in. And againe, for that they vnderstoode -that they had a law amongst them (as hath bin told -you in this historie), y<sup>t</sup> it was forbidden to make any wars -out of their owne countrie. But being in this security and -quietnes, vnlooked for, they were beset with a mightie and -great armada or fleete of ships, by the rouer Limahon, of -whose vocation there are continually on y<sup>t</sup> coast, the one by -reason y<sup>t</sup> the country is full of people, wheras of necessitie -must be many idle persons; and the other and principall -occasion, by reason of the great tyranny y<sup>t</sup> the gouernors -doo vse vnto the subjects. This Limahon came vpon them -with intent to do them harme, as you shal vnderstand. -<span class="sidenote">Where Limahon was borne.</span> -This rouer was borne in the citie of Trucheo, in the prouince -of Cuytan, which the Portingals do call Catin. He -was of mean parentage, and brought vp in his youth in -liberty and vice: hee was by nature warlike and euill inclined. -He would learne no occupation, but all giuen to -robbe in the high waies, and became so expert that many -came vnto him and followed that trade. He made himself -captain ouer them which were more then two thousand, and -were so strong y<sup>t</sup> they were feared in all that prouince where -as they were. This being knowen vnto the king and to his -councell, they did straight way command the viceroy of the -prouince where as the rouer was, that with all the haste -possible he should gather together all the garrisons of his -frontyers, to apprehende and take him, and if it were possible -to carrye him aliue vnto the citie of Taybin, if not his -head. The viceroy incontinent did gather together people -necessarie and in great haste to followe him.</p> - - -<p>The which being knowen vnto Limahon the rouer, who -saw that, with the people he had, he was not able to make -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_7" id="Page_ii_7">[7]</a></span> -resistance against so great a number as they were, and the -eminent danger that was therein, he called together his companies, -and went from thence vnto a port of the sea, that was -a few leagues from that place; and did it so quickly and in -such secret, that before the people that dwelt therein could -make any defence (for that they were not accustomed to any -such assaultes, but liued in great quietnesse), they were -lordes of the port and of all such ships as were there: into -the which they imbarked themselues straightwaies, wayed -anker and departed to the sea, whereas they thought to bee -in more securitie than on the lande (as it was true). Then -hee seeing himselfe lorde of all those seas, beganne to robbe -and spoyle all shippes that he could take, as well strangers -as of the naturall people: by which meanes, in a small time, -hee was prouided of mariners and other things which before -hee lacked, requisite for that new occupation. He sacked, -robbed, and spoyled all the townes that were vpon the -coast, and did verie much harme. So he finding himselfe -verie strong with fortie shippes well armed, of those he had -out of the port, and other that he had taken at the sea, with -much people such as were without shame, their handes -imbrued with robberie and killing of men, hee imagined -with himselfe to attempt greater matters, and did put it in -execution: he assaulted great townes, and did a thousand -cruelties: in such sort, that on all that coast whereas hee -was knowen, he was much feared, yea and in other places -farther off, his fame was so published abroad. So he following -this trade and exercise, he chanced to meete with an -other rouer as himselfe, called Vintoquian, likewise naturally -borne in China, who was in a port voide of any care or -<span class="sidenote">One rouer robbed another.</span> -mistrust, whereas Limahon finding opportunitie, with greater -courage did fight with the shippes of the other: and although -they were threescore ships great and small, and good souldiers -therein, hee did ouercome them, and tooke fiue and -fiftie of their ships. So that Vintoquian escaped with -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_8" id="Page_ii_8">[8]</a></span> -five ships. Then Limahon, seeing himselfe with a fleete -of nintie fiue shippes well armed, and with many stout -people in them, knowing that if they were taken, they -should be all executed to death: they therefore setting all -feare a part, gaue themselues to attempt new inuentions of -euill, not onely in robbing of great cities, but also in destroying -of them.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_III" id="CHAP_I_III"></a>CHAP. III.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The kinge of China doth arme a fleete of shippes against the rouer -Lymahon, who withdraweth himselfe to Touzuacaotican, whereas he -hath notice of the Philippinas.</i></p></div> - - - -<p>The complayntes increased euerie day more and more -vnto the king and his counsell, of the euils doone vnto the -Chinos by this rouer Lymahon. For the which commandement -was giuen straightwaies vnto the uiceroy of that prouince -(whereas he vsed to execute his euill), that with great -expedition he might be taken (for to cut off this inconuenience), -who in few dayes did set foorth to sea, one hundred -<span class="sidenote">One hundred and thirtie great ships of -warre with fortie thousand men.</span> -and thirtie great shippes well appointed, with fortie thousand -men in them, and one made generall ouer them all, a gentle -man called Omoncon, for to go seeke and followe this rouer, -with expresse commandement to apprehende or kill him, -although to the executing of the same he put both shippes -and men in danger.</p> - - -<p><span class="sidenote">They do more esteeme honor than -losse of ships or men.</span> -Of all this prouision, Lymahon had aduertisement by some -secrete friends, who seeing that his enemies were many, and -he not able to counteruaile them, neither in shippes nor -men, determined not to abide the comming, but to retire and -depart from that coast: so in flying he came vnto an ilande -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_9" id="Page_ii_9">[9]</a></span> -in secrete called Touznacaotican, which was fortie leagues -from the firme land, and is in the right way of nauigation to -the Ilands Philippinas.</p> - -<p>In this iland was Lymahon retyred with his armie a certaine -time, and durst not returne to the firme land, for that -he knew that the kinges fleete did lie vpon the coast to -defende the same. And although he did send foorth some -ships a robbing, yet did they not doo any thing of importance, -but rather came flying away from the mightie power -of the kinges. From this ilande they did goe foorth with -some of their ships, robbing and spoyling al such as they met -with marchandice and other things that they carried from -one ilande to an other, and from the iland vnto the firme, -and comming from thence amongst them all, they caused to -take two ships of China which came from Manilla, and were -bound to their owne countrie. And hauing them in their -power they searched them vnder hatches, and found that -they had rich things of golde, and Spanish ryalles, which -they had in truck of their marchandice the which they carried -to the ilandes. They informed themselues in all points -of the state and fertilitie of that countrie, but in particular of -the Spaniardes, and how many there were of them in the -citie of Manilla, who were not at that present aboue seuentie -persons, for that the rest were separated in the discouering -and populing of other ilands newly found; and vnderstanding -that these few did liue without any suspition of enimies, -and had neuer a fort nor bulwarke, and the ordinance which -they had (although it was very good), yet was it not in order -to defend themselues nor offend their enemies, hee determined -to goe thither with all his fleete and people, for to -destroy and kill them, and to make himselfe lorde of the -saide ilande of Manilla and other adiacent there nigh the -same. And there he thought himselfe to be in securitie -from the power of the king, which went seeking of him. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_10" id="Page_ii_10">[10]</a></span> -And so, as he was determined, he put it in vre<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> with as much -expedition as was possible.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> "Use", supposed to be contracted from the Latin word "usura", usage.</p></div> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_IV" id="CHAP_I_IV"></a>CHAP. IV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>This rouer Limahon goeth to the Ilands Philippinas, and commeth to -the citie of Manilla.</i></p></div> - - -<p>This rouer Limahon determining to goe and to take the -Ilands Philippinas, and to make himselfe lord and king ouer -them all, but first to kill the Spaniardes, which hee thought -easely to be done, for that there was so few. And there he -pretended to liue in securitie, without feare that before he -had of the kings great fleete, for that it was so farre distant -from the firme lande. So with this determination hee departed -from those ilandes whereas he was retyred, and went -to sea, and sayling towardes the Ilandes Philippinas they -passed in sight of the Ilandes of the Illocos, which had a -towne called Fernandina,<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> which was newe founded by the -captaine John de Salzedo, who at that instant was in the -same for lieutenant to the gouernour. Foure leagues from -the same they met with a small galley, which the said John -de Salzedo had sent for victuals. There was in her but 25 -souldiers besides y<sup>e</sup> rouers, so that with the one and the -other they were but a fewe in number; for that as they -thought they did trauaile in places of great securitie, and -without any suspition to meete enemies. So soone as Limahon -had discouered the galley, hee cast about towardes her, -and with great ease did take her, and did burne and kill all -that was in her, and pardoned one of them.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> The Illocos, Ilocos, Ylocos, or Hilocos, here erroneously called -"islands", is the name of a province on the west side of the Island of -Luzon.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_11" id="Page_ii_11">[11]</a></span></p></div> - -<p>This being done, he did prosecute his voyage according -vnto his determination, and passed alongest, but not in such -secret but that hee was discouered by the dwellers of the -towne of Fernandina, who gaue notice thereof vnto the -lieutenant of the gouernor aforesaide, as a woonder to see so -many shippes together, and a thing neuer seene before at -those ilands. Likewise it caused admiration vnto him, and -made him to thinke and to imagine with great care what it -might bee; hee sawe that they did beare with the citie of -Manilla, and thought with himselfe, that so great a fleete as -that was could not goe to the place which they bare in with, -for any goodnesse towardes the dwellers therein, who were -voide of all care, and a small number of people as aforesaid. -Wherewith hee determined with himselfe with so great -speede as it was possible, to ioyne togither such Spaniards as -were there, which were to y<sup>e</sup> number of fiftie foure, and to -depart and procure (although they did put themselues in -danger of inconuenience) to get the forehande of them, to -aduertise them of Manilla, and to ayde and helpe them to -put their artilerie in order, and all other thinges necessarie -for their defence.</p> - -<p>This determination the captayne did put in vse verie -speedily, which was the occasion that the citie and all those -that were in it was not destroyed and slayne: yet they could -not eschue all the harme, for that the shippes that carried -them were small, and a few rouers and not very expert, for -that the suddennesse of their departure would not afforde -better choice, as also they went from one place to an other -procuring of victuals: all which was the occasion that they -did not come thither in such time as they desired, and as was -conuenient.</p> - -<p>This Lymahon was well prouided of prouision and al -other thinges necessarie, and hauing the wind fayre, he was -alwaies in the fore front, and came in the sight of Manilla -vppon Saint Andros Eue, in the yeare 1574, whereas he -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_12" id="Page_ii_12">[12]</a></span> -came to an anker that night with all his whole fleete. And -he seeing that the end of his pretence consisted in expedition -before that they should be seene of those of the citie, or discouered -by them on the coasts: the nightes at that time -being very darke, which was a great helpe vnto them, he -chose foure hundred of his best souldiers, such as hee was -fully perswaded of their valour and stout courage, and put -them in small vessels, and charged those that went with them -for captaines, to make such expedition that they might come -vnto the citie before it was day; and the first thing that they -did was to set fire on the citie, and not to let escape one man -liuing therein, promising them that at the break of the day -he would be with them to giue them aide and succour if -neede did require, which they did. But for that nothing -is done without the will and permission of God, it went not -with Limahon and his foure hundred souldiers according as -he did make reckoning; for that all that night the winde -was of the shoore, and the more the night came on, the more -the wind encreased, which was such a contradiction vnto -their expectation, that they could not by night disembarke -themselues, although they did procure by all meanes possible -by policie and force for to do it. Which of certaintie and -without all doubt, if this had not beene (at great ease), they -had brought to a conclusion their euill pretence, with the -spoyle and losse of the citie and all that dwelt therein: for -their pretence was for to destroy and beat it downe, as it -might well appeare by the commandement hee gaue vnto his -captaines.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_13" id="Page_ii_13">[13]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_V" id="CHAP_I_V"></a>CHAP. V.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Limahon doth send 400 souldiers before for to burne the citie of -Manilla, and they were resisted by other men.</i></p></div> - - -<p>For all the contradiction of the winde this same night, the -foure hundred Chinos did put themselues within a league of -the citie, vpon S. Andrewes day, at eight of the clocke in -the morning, whereas they left their boates and went a land, -and in great haste beganne to march forwardes in battaile -a raye deuided in two partes, with two hundred hargabuses -afore, and immediatly after them other two hundred pickemen: -and by reason that they were manie and the countrie -verie plaine, they were straightwayes discouered by some of -the citie, who entered in with a great noyse, crying, Arme, -arme, arme, the enemies come! The which aduice did little -profite, for that there was none that would beleeue them: -but beleeued that it was some false larum doone by the -people of the countrie for to mocke them. But in conclusion -the enemies were come vnto the house of the generall of -the fielde, who was called Martin de Goyti, which was the -first house in all the citie that wayes which the enemies -came. And before that the Spaniardes and souldiers that -were within the towne could bee fully perswaded the rumour -to be true, the enemies had set fire vpon his house, and slewe -him and all that were within, that none escaped but onely -the goodwife of the house, whom they left naked and verie -sore wounded, beleeuing that she had beene dead: but afterwards -shee recouered and was healed of her woundes. In -the meane time that they were occupied in their first crueltie, -they of the citie were fully resolued of the trueth, although -all of them, with this successe unlooked for, were as people -amased and from themselues; yet in the end they sounded -to armour, and did provide to saue their liues. Some souldiers -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_14" id="Page_ii_14">[14]</a></span> -went foorth vppon the sandes, but in ill order as the -time did permitte, and slewe all the Chinos that they did -meete, and none escaped: which was the occasion that the -rest did ioyne themselues together, and put themselues in -order to make some resistance against their enemies, who -with great furie entred into the citie, burning and destroying -all before them, and crying victorie.</p> - - -<p>This is the proper resistance of the Spaniardes when they -doo finde themselues in such like perilles: and this was -<span class="sidenote">A good praise of others.</span> -doone with such great courage, that it was sufficient to stay -the furie of those which vnto that time had the victorie: -and to make them to retyre, although there was great difference -in number betwixt the one and the other.</p> - -<p>The Chinos in retyring lost some of their souldiers, but -vnto the Spaniardes no great harme, and in this their defence -did notable actes. This being considered of the Chinos, -and that their boates were farre off, for that time would not -giue them place to bring them any nearer, they did resolue -themselues to leaue assault in the state that it was in, and -put themselues in couert, and there to refresh themselues -of the trauaile past, and afterwarde to returne with their -generall Captaine Lymahon, to prosecute their intent, which -they thought to bee comprehended with great ease. So -when they came vnto their boates, to avoyde any danger -that might happen, they embarked themselues and returned -vnto their fleete whereas they left them. And not long after -they were departed, they might see them rowe with great -furie towardes their shippes, and when they came vnto their -captaine Limahon, they did aduertise him in particular of -all that had happened, and how that by reason of the contrarie -winde, they could not come thether in time as he had -commanded them, and according vnto their desire, which -was the occasion that they could not bring to passe their -pretence, and that by reason of his absence they had referred -it till a better occasion did serue. Their captaine did comfort -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_15" id="Page_ii_15">[15]</a></span> -them, and gaue them great thankes, for that which they -had done, promising them in short time to bring to effect -their euill intent; and straightway commanded to weigh -anker, and to enter into a port called Cabile, which is but -two leagues from the citie of Manilla. Thither they of the -citie might plainely see them to enter.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_VI" id="CHAP_I_VI"></a>CHAP. VI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The gouernour of Manilla purposeth himselfe to abide the assault of the -Chinos, to whom they gaue the repulse: then Limahon returned and -planted himselfe vppon the plaine nigh the riuer Pagansinan.</i></p></div> - - -<p>At this time, by the order of his majestie, was elected for -gouernour of these Ilandes Philippinas, Guido de Labacares, -after the death of Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, who understanding -the great fleete and power of Lymahon the rover, -and the small resistance and defence that was in the citie of -Manilla, with as much speede as was possible he did call -together all their captaynes and dwellers therein: and with -a generall consent they did determine to make some defence -for to resist them as well as they could (for the time that the -enemie did remaine in the port aforesaide): for to the contrarie -the Spaniardes should loose great credite, if that they -should forsake and leaue the towne, so long as their liues -did indure. For in no other place in all the ilandes there -about, they could haue any securitie. With this determination -they put this worke in execution, and spared no person, -of what qualitie and degree so euer he was, but that his -hande was to helpe all that was possible, the which indured -two dayes and two nightes, for so long the rouer kept his -shippes and came not abrode: for these woorthie souldiers -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_16" id="Page_ii_16">[16]</a></span> -vnderstoode, that remayning with their liues their labour -and trauaile would soone be eased.</p> - -<p>In which time of their continuall labour, they made a fort -with pipes and bordes filled with sande and other necessaries -thereto belonging, such as the time would permit -them: they put in carriages foure excellent peeces of artilerie -that were in the citie. All the which being put in order, -they gathered together all the people of the citie into that -little fort, which they made by the prouidence of God our -Lorde, as you may beleeue, for that it was not his pleasure -that so many soules as were in those ilands, baptised and -sealed with the light and knowledge of his holy faith, should -returne againe to be ouercome with the deuill: out of whose -power hee brought them by his infinite goodness and mercie: -neither would hee that the friendship should be lost that -these ilands had with the mightie kingdome of China. By -which meanes we may coniecture that the diuine power had -ordained the remedie of saluation for all that countrie. The -night before the enemie did giue assault vnto the citie, came -thether the captayne John de Salzedo, lieutenant vnto the -gouernour of the townes of Fernandina, who, as aforesayde, -came with purpose to ayde and helpe the Spaniardes that -were then in Manilla. Whose comming, without all doubt, -with his companions, was the principall remedie, as well -vnto the citie, as vnto all those that were within it: for considering -that they were but fewe, and the great paines they -tooke in making the last resistance, and the labor and trauaile -they had in the ordayning of the fort for their defence, with -other necessaries, against that which was to come, ioyning -therewith the feare that was amongst them of the assalt past: -surely they had neede of such a succour as this was: and -surely by the opinion of all men, it was a myracle of God, -doone to bring them thether. So with the comming of this -captaine with his people, they all recouered newe courage, -with great hope valiantly to resist their enemies: for the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_17" id="Page_ii_17">[17]</a></span> -which incontinent they did put all thinges in good order, -for that the rouer the morning following, before the breake -of the day (which was the second day after hee gaue the -first assalt), was with all his fleete right against the port, and -did put a lande sixe hundreth souldiers, who at that instant -did set vppon the citie, the which at their pleasure they did -sacke and burne (for that it was left alone without people, as -aforesayde by the order and commaundement of the gouernour, -which for their more securitie were retyred into the fort).</p> - -<p>So hauing fired the citie, they did assalt the fort with -great crueltie, as men fleshed with the last slaughter, thinking -that their resistance was but small. But it fell not -out as they did beleeue, for that all those that were within -were of so valiant courage, that who so euer of their enemies -that were so bolde as to enter into their fort, did paye for -their boldnesse with the losse of their liues. Which being -seene by the Chinos they did retire, hauing continued in the -fight almost all the day, with the losse of two hundreth men, -that were slaine in the assalt, and many other hurt; and of -the Spaniardes were slaine but onely two, the one was the -Ancient bearer, called Samho<a name="FNanchor_1_3" id="FNanchor_1_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> Hortiz, and the other was the -bayliefe of the citie, called Francisco de Leon. All which -being considered by Lymahon the rouer, who being politike -and wise, and saw that it was losse of time and men, to goe -forwardes with his pretence against the valiauntnesse of the -Spaniardes (which was cleane contrarie vnto that which had -proued vnto that day), he thought it the best way to embarke -himselfe and to set sayle, and goe vnto the porte of Cabite -from whence he came. But first hee gathered together all -his dead people, and after did burie them at the ilande aforesaid, -where as he stayed two dayes for the same purpose.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_3" id="Footnote_1_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> Misspelt for Sancho.</p></div> - -<p>That being doone, he straightwayes departed from thence -and returned the same way that he came, till he ariued in a -mightie riuer, fortie leagues from the citie of Manilla, that is -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_18" id="Page_ii_18">[18]</a></span> -called Pangasinan, the which place or soyle did like him -verie well, and where he thought he might be sure from -them, who by the commaundement of the king went for to -seeke him.</p> - -<p>There hee determined to remayne, and to make him selfe -lorde ouer all that countrie, the which hee did with little -trauaile, and built himselfe a fort one league within the -ryuer, where as he remayned certayne dayes, receauing -tribute of the inhabitants there abouts, as though he were -their true and naturall lorde: and at times went foorth with -his ships, robbing and spoyling all that he met vpon the -coast. And spred abroade that hee had taken to him selfe -the Ilandes Philippinas, and howe that all the Spaniardes -that were in them, were eyther slaine or fledde away: wherewith -hee put all cities and townes bordering there aboutes in -great feare, and also how that he had setled himselfe upon this -mightie riuer Pangasinan, whereas they did receiue him for -their lord, and so they did obey him, and paide him tribute.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_VII" id="CHAP_I_VII"></a>CHAP. VII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The generall of the fielde, called Salzedo, doth set vppon Limahon, he doth -burne his fleete, and besiege his fort three moneths, from whence this -rouer dooth escape with great industrie.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The gouernour vnderstanding by the ilanders, and of those -that dwelt in the citie of Manilla, of the fame that the rouer -Limahon did publish abroad in all places where as he went, -howe that he had ouerthrowen and slaine the Spaniardes; -and being of them well considered, that if in time they did -not preuent the same, it might be the occasion of some great -euill, that afterwardes they should not so easely remedie as -presently they might: and those which were their friendes -and subiectes in all those ilandes, giuing credite vnto that -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_19" id="Page_ii_19">[19]</a></span> -which the rouer declared, might be an occasion that they -should rebell against them, by reason that the naturall people -were many and they but a few: for that vnto that time they -had sustained themselues onely by the fame to be inuincible. -With this consideration they entred into counsell, and did -determine to ioyne together all the people they could, and -being in good order, to follow and seeke the rouer, for that -they vnderstood of necessitie he must abide and repayre -himself in some place nigh there aboutes, for that he durst -not goe vnto China for feare that he had of the kings fleete; -and fearing that they should vse such policies as hee hath -vsed, they might come on him unwares, and destroy him as -he had done others. And seeming vnto them (that although -they could not destroy him altogether) yet at the least they -should be reuenged of the harme that they had receiued, and -thereby to giue to vnderstand that the fame that he hath -giuen out of himselfe was a lie, and should be an occasion -for to remaine in their old securitie, and also had in better -estimation and opinion of the dwellers there abouts, as also -to cause great friendship with the King of China, for that it -is against a traytor and one that hath offended him.</p> - -<p>This determination they put in vre and effect according as -the time would permit: in which time they had certaine -newes howe that the rouer was in the river of Pagansinan, -and there did pretende to remaine. These newes were very -ioyfull vnto the Spaniardes. Then the gouernours commanded -to be called together all people bordering there -abouts, and to come vnto the citie where as hee was. Likewise -at that time he did giue aduice vnto such as were -lordes and gouernours of the ilandes called Pintados,<a name="FNanchor_1_4" id="FNanchor_1_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> commanding -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_20" id="Page_ii_20">[20]</a></span> -them to come thither, with such shippes and people -as they could spare, as well Spaniardes as the naturall people -of the countrie. All this was accomplished and done with -great speede; the people of the countrie came thither with -great good will, but in especiall those of the ilandes of the -Pintados. After the death of Martin de Goyti, who was slaine -in the first assault of the Chinos as aforesayde in the citie of -Manilla, the governour did ordaine in his roome for generall -of the field, in the name of his maiestie, John de Salzedo, -who with all this people, and with those that were in the -citie, went foorth (leauing the gouvernor no more ayde then -that which was sufficient for the defence of the citie and -the fort that they had new made, which was verie strong), -and carried in his company two hundred and fifty Spanish -souldiers, and two thousand five hundred Indians their -friends. All which went with great good will and courage -to be revenged on the iniurie receiued, or to die in the -quarrell. All which people were embarked in small ships -and two foygattes<a name="FNanchor_2_5" id="FNanchor_2_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> that came from the ilandes there borderers, -for that the shortnes of time would not permit them to prouide -bigger shipping, neyther should they haue found them -as they would, for at such time as the inhabitants therabouts -did see the rouer in assalt against the citie, they did set fire -on a small galley and other bigge ships that were in the same -port, and did rise against the Spaniards, beleeuing that it -had not been possible for them to escape so great and mightie -a power: although since the first entrie of the Spaniardes in -those ilandes they were verie subiect. The generall of the -fielde with the people aforesaide, did depart from Manilla -the three and twentieth day of March anno 1575, and arrived -at the mouth of the river Pagansinan vpon tenable<a name="FNanchor_3_6" id="FNanchor_3_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> Wednesday -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_21" id="Page_ii_21">[21]</a></span> -in the morning next following, without being discouered -of any, for that it was doone with great aduice, as a thing -that did import verie much. Then straightwaies at that -instant the generall did put a lande all his people and foure -peeces of artilerie, leauing the mouth of the riuer shutte vp -with his shipping, inchayning the one to the other, in such -sort that none could enter in, neyther yet goe foorth to give -anie aduice vnto the rouer of his ariuall: hee commaunded -some to goe and discouer the fleete of the enimie, and the -place whereas hee was fortified, and charged them verie much -to doo it in such secrete sort that they were not espied, for -therein consisted all their whole worke. The captaines did -as they were commanded, and found the rouer voyde of all -care or suspition to receiue there any harme, as he found -them in the citie of Manilla when he did assault them.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_4" id="Footnote_1_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> More correctly, the Islands of Painted Men. Martinière, in his -"Dictionnaire géographique, historique, et critique," thus speaks of -these Pintados in his article "Philippines":—"Ceux qu'on appelle -Bisayas et Pintados dans la Province de Camerinos, comme aussi à Leyte, -Samar, Panay, et autres lieux, viennent vraisemblablement de Macassar, -où l'on dit quil y a plusieurs peuples qui se peignent le corps comme ces -Pintados."</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_5" id="Footnote_2_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> Misspelt for frigattes.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_6" id="Footnote_3_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> Ash Wednesday: the Wednesday <i>to be kept</i> holy.</p></div> - -<p>This securitie that hee thought himselfe in did proceede -from the newes that hee had from his friendes at the China, -that although they did prouide to sende against him, yet -could they not so quickly haue any knowledge where hee -was, neyther finde out the place of his abiding: and againe, -hee knewe that the Spaniards of the Phillippinas remained -without shippes, for that they had burnt them as you haue -heard, and that they had more need to repayre themselues -of their ill intreatie the yeare past, then to seeke any reuengement -of their iniuries receiued.</p> - -<p>The generall of the fielde being fully satisfied of his negligence -and voide of care, and giuen to vnderstande of the -secretest way that was to goe vnto the fort whereas the rouer -was, he commaunded the captayne Gabriell de Ribera that -straightwayes he should depart by lande, and that vppon a -suddaine, he should strike alarum vpon the enimie, with the -greatest tumult that was possible. Likewise he commanded -the captaynes Pedro de Caues<a name="FNanchor_1_7" id="FNanchor_1_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> and Lorenso Chacon, that -either of them with fortie souldiers should goe vp the riuer -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_22" id="Page_ii_22">[22]</a></span> -in small shippes and light, and to measure the time in such -sort, that as well those that went by lande, as those that went -by water, should at one instant come vppon the fort, and to -give alarum both together, the better to goe thorough with -their pretence: and he himselfe did remaine with all the rest -of the people to watch occasion and time for to ayde and -succour them if neede required. This their purpose came -so well to passe, that both the one and the other came to -good effect: for those that went by water did set fire on all -the fleete of the enemie, and those that went by lande at that -instant had taken and set fire on a trench made of tymber, that -Lymahon had caused to be made for the defence of his people -and the fort: and with that furie they slewe more then one -hundreth Chinos, and tooke prisoners seuentie women which -they founde in the same trench; but when that Lymahon -vnderstoode the rumour, he tooke himselfe straightwayes to -his fort, which he had made for to defend himselfe from the -kinges navie, if they should happen to finde him out: and -there to saue his life vpon that extremitie, he commaunded -some of his souldiers to goe foorth and to skirmish with the -Spaniardes, who were verie wearie with the trauaile of all -that day, and with the anguish of the great heate, with the -burning of the ships and the trench, which was intollerable, -for that they all burned together.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_7" id="Footnote_1_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Chabes in original.</p></div> - -<p>The captaines seeing this, and that their people were out -of order, neither could they bring them into any, for that -they were also weary (although the generall of the field did -succour them in time, the which did profite them much), yet -did they sound a retraite, and did withdraw themselues with -the losse of fiue Spaniards and thirtie of the Indians their -friends, and neuer a one more hurt. Then the next day -following the generall of the fielde did bring his souldiers -into a square battle, and began to march towards the fort, -with courage to assalt it if occasion did serve thereunto: he -did pitch his campe within two hundreth paces of the fort, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_23" id="Page_ii_23">[23]</a></span> -and founde that the enimie did all that night fortifie himselfe -verie well, and in such sort that it was perilous to assalt him, -for that he had placed vpon his fort three peeces of artilerie, -and many bases,<a name="FNanchor_1_8" id="FNanchor_1_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> besides other ingins of fire worke. Seeing -this, and that his peeces of artilerie that hee brought were -very small for to batter, and little store of munition, for that -they had spent all at the assalt which the rouer did giue -them at Manilla, the generall of the fielde and the captaines -concluded amongst themselues, that seeing the enimie had -no ships to escape by water, neither had hee any great store -of victuals, for that all was burnt in the ships, it was the best -and most surest way to besiege the fort, and to remaine there -in quiet vntill that hunger did constraine them either to -yeeld or come to some conclusion, which rather they will -then to perish with hunger.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_8" id="Footnote_1_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> In the original Spanish <i>versete</i>. A "base" was the smallest piece of -ordnance made.</p> - -<p>This determination was liked well of them all, although -it fell out cleane contrarie vnto their expectation; for that -in the space of three monethes that siege indured, this Limahon -did so much that within the fort he made certaine -small barkes, and trimmed them in the best manner he -coulde, wherewith in one night hee and all his people escaped, -as shall bee tolde you: a thing that seemed impossible, -and caused great admiration amongst the Spaniards, and -more for that his departure was such that he was not discouered, -neither by them on the water nor on the lande. -What happened in these three monethes, I doo not here -declare, although some attempts were notable, for that my -intent is to declare what was the occasion that those religious -men and their consorts did enter into the kingdome of China, -and to declare of that which they said they had seene: for -the which I haue made relation of the comming of Limahon, -and of all the rest which you haue heard.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_24" id="Page_ii_24">[24]</a></span></p></div> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_VIII" id="CHAP_I_VIII"></a>CHAP. VIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Omoncon, captain of the king of China, commeth to seeke Limahon, -and doth meete with Spaniards.</i></p></div> - - -<p>In the meane time that the siege indured at the fort, as -you haue vnderstood, there went and came certaine vessels -which brought victuals and other necessaries from the cittie -of Manilla, which was but fortie leagues from the mouth of -that riuer of Pagansinan, as hath beene tolde you. It happened -vppon a day that a shippe of Myguel de Loarcha, -wherein was frier Martin de Herrada, provinciall of the -Augustine friers, who was come vnto the riuer Pagansinan -for to see the generall of the fielde, and in the same shippe -returned vnto Manilla to hold Capitulo, or court, in the saide -ilande and port of Buliano. Seuen leagues after they were -out of the mouth of Pagansinan, they met with a shippe of -Sangleyes, who made for the port, and thinking them to bee -enimies, they bore with them (hauing another shippe that -followed them for their defence), and had no more in them -but the saide prouinciall and fiue Spanyards, besides the -mariners. This shippe of Sangley, seeing that hee did beare -with them, would haue fledde, but the winde woulde not -permit him, for that it was to him contrarie; which was the -occasion that the two shippes wherein the Spanyards were, -for that they did both saile and rowe, in a small time came -within cannon shot. In one of the shippes there was a Chino -called Sinsay, one who had beene many times at Manilla -with merchandise, and was a verie friend and knowne of the -Spanyards, and vnderstoode their language; who knowing -that shippe to be of China, and not to be a rouer, did request -our people not to shoote, neither to doo them any -harme, vntill such time as they were informed what they -were in that same shippe.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_25" id="Page_ii_25">[25]</a></span></p> - - -<p>This Sinsay went straight wayes into the fore shippes, and -demanded what they were, and from whence they came: and -being well informed, he vnderstoode that he was one of the -ships of warre that was sent out by the king of China, -to seeke the rouer Limahon, who leauing the rest of the -fleet behinde, came forth to seeke in those ilands to see if he -coulde discouer him to be any of them: and the better to be -informed thereof, they were bounde into the port of Buliano, -from whence they came with their two shippes: from whome -they woulde haue fledde, thinking they had beene some of -the rouers shippes. Being fully perswaded the one of the -other, they ioyned together with great peace and friendshippe: -<span class="sidenote">The captaine generall of the king of China.</span> -the Spanyards straightwayes entred into their boate -and went vnto the shippe of the Chinos, and carried with -them the aforesaid Sinsay for to be their interpreter, and to -speake vnto the Chinos. In the saide shippe came a man of -great authoritie who was called Omoncon, who brought a -commission from their king, and shewed it vnto the Spanyards -and vnto the father prouinciall: in the which the king -and his councell did pardon all those souldiers that were -with Limahon, if that forthwith they would leaue him and -returne vnto the kings part; and likewise did promise great -gifts and fauour vnto him that did either take or kill the -aforesaid rouer. Then did Sinsay declare vnto him of the -comming of the rouer vnto the ilands, and all that happened -in the siege of the cittie, as aforesaide: and howe they had -him besieged in the riuer of Pagansinan, from whence it was -not possible for him to escape.</p> - -<p>The captain Omoncon reioyced very much of these newes, -and made many signes of great content, and did embrace the -Spanyards many times, and gaue other tokens whereby he -did manifest the great pleasure he receiued, and woulde -therewith straightwaies depart vnto the rest of the fleet. And -for that they looked euery day for the death or imprisonment -of the rouer, the better to informe himselfe, hee determined -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_26" id="Page_ii_26">[26]</a></span> -(for it was so nigh hand) to go and see the generall -of the fielde in Pagansinan, and carry with him Sinsay, one -that was knowne both of the one and the other: by whose -meanes they might treate of such things that best accomplished -the confirmation of the peace and friendship betwixt -the Chinos and the Spaniards, as also of the death or imprisonment -of Limahon. With this resolution the one departed -vnto Pagansinan, whereas they arriued the same day, -and the others vnto Manilla, whether they went for victuals.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_IX" id="CHAP_I_IX"></a>CHAP. IX.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Omoncon is well received of the generall of the field, and lodged in -Manilla with the gouernor, whereas they doo conclude the going of -the fathers of Saint Augustine to China.</i></p></div> - - -<p>When that the generall of the field vnderstood wherfore -the comming of Omoncon was, hee did entertaine him with -great curtesie; and after that hee had giuen him to vnderstand -in what extremitie he had brought the rouer (which -was a thing impossible for him to escape, except it were -with wings), hee did counsell him, that for the time till hee -brought his purpose to effect (which could not be long) that -he would go vnto Manilla, which was not farre from thence, -and there to recreate and sport himselfe with the gouernor -and other Spaniards that were there, for that hee alone was -sufficient to accomplish his pretence, without the comming -thither of the kings fleete, neither for to remoue out of the -port whereas they were in securitie. And for his going -thither he should haue a shippe of his the which did row, -and was for to bring victuals and other prouision; and he -shoulde go in the company of the captaine Pedro de Chaues -that was bound vnto Manilla, and promised him that within -few dayes he would giue him the rouer aliue or deade, -which vnto the iudgement of all men coulde not bee long.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_27" id="Page_ii_27">[27]</a></span></p> - - -<p>Omoncon, considering that this offer might come well to -passe, did put it straight wayes in vre, and did imbarke -himselfe in the company of y<sup>e</sup> captain, and sent his ship -wherein he came alone by sea, because it was big and drew -much water: the which was constrained to turne backe -againe into the part from whence he went, by reason of -stormie windes and wether, and was no impediment in the -other with ores, for that hee went alongst the shoare and -was shrowded with the land from the force of the wind, so -that in few dayes they arriued in the port of the cittie of -Manilla, whereas they were well receiued and feasted of the -gouernor. Omoncon remained ther certaine dayes, after the -which, he seeing that the siege did long endure, and that -his staying might cause suspition of his death; and againe, -that the whole fleete did tarrie his comming to his intelligence -of the rouer, being fully perswaded and certaine that -hee coulde not escape the Spaniards hand, they had him in -such a straight, and that they would without all doubt sende -him vnto the king aliue or dead (as they promised him), hee -was determined to returne vnto China with the good newes -that he had vnderstood, with a determinate intent, to returne -againe and carrie the rouer after that they had him prisoner. -With this resolution, in the end of certaine dayes, he went -vnto the gouernor, certifying him of his pretence, whereby -he might giue him license to put it in execution. The -gouernor did like wel of his pretence, and did promise him -the same the which the generall of the fielde did offer vnto -him: and which was, so soone as the rouer should be taken -prisoner or slaine, to sende him vnto the king without any -delay, or else to put him whereas he should be foorth comming, -and to giue them aduertisement to send for him, or -come himself: and did offer him, more, that for his voyage -he should be prouided forthwith of all things necessarie, -without lacking of anything. Omoncon did give him great -thankes for the same, and in recompence therof did promise -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_28" id="Page_ii_28">[28]</a></span> -vnto the gouernor, for that he understoode and had intelligence -of the fathers of S. Augustine, that his honor, and his -antecessor and the Adelantado Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, -had desired many times to send vnto the kingdome of China -some religious men, to intreat of the preaching of the gospel, -and to see the wonders of that kingdome, and howe that they -neuer coulde put this their desire in execution; for that -those Chinos which came thither, although they did offer -them whatsoeuer they would demand, fearing the punishment -that should be executed on them according vnto the -<span class="sidenote">Omoncon promiseth to carry the -friers vnto China.</span> -lawes of the kingdome: he did promise him that he would -carrie them with him vnto China, such religious men as his -honour would command, and some souldiers such as would -go with them: hoping with the good newes that hee carried, -to runne in no daunger of the law, neither the vizroy of -Aucheo to thinke euill thereof; and for a more securitie that -they should not be euill intreated, hee woulde leaue with -him pledges to their content.</p> - - - -<p>The gouernor reioyced verie much at this his offer, for -that it was the thing that he and all those of the ilands most -desired of long time since, and did straightwayes accept his -offer; saying that he did clearely discharge him of his -pledges, for that he was fully satisfied of his valor and worthines, -and that hee would not doo the thing that should -not be decent vnto his person and office. The gouernor -being verie ioyful of these newes, did therewith sende for -the prouinciall of the Augustine friers, who was elected but -fewe dayes past: his name was frier Alonso de Alvarado, a -man of a sincere life, and one of them that was sent by the -emperor in the discouerie of the newe Guinea, vnto whome -hee declared the offer that the captaine Omoncon had made -vnto him: whereat he reioyced so much, that being an old -man, hee would himself haue gone thither: to which the -gouernor would not consent in respect of his age, and other -particularities, but entred in counsel who were best to go, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_29" id="Page_ii_29">[29]</a></span> -and to finde one that were fitte to execute that which they -<span class="sidenote">A good pretence.</span> -had pretended (which was, as wee haue saide, to bring in -and plant in that kingdome the holie Catholike faith): they -determined that there shoulde go but two religious men, by -reason that at that time there was but a fewe of them, and -<span class="sidenote">The friers names that went to China.</span> -two souldiers in their companie. The religious men shoulde -bee frier Martin de Herrada of Pamplona, who left off the -dignitie of prouinciall, and was a man of great learning and -of a holy life: and for the same effect had learned the China -tongue, and manie times for to put his desire in execution -did offer himselfe to bee slaue vnto the merchants of China, -onely for to carrie him thither: and in companie with him -should go frier Hieronimo Martin, who also was verie well -learned, and of the cittie of Mexico. The souldiers that were -appointed to beare them companie, were called Pedro Sarmiento, -chiefe sargeant of the cittie of Manilla, of Vilorado; -and Miguel de Loarcha, both principall men and good -Christians, as was conuenient for that which they tooke in -hand. These fathers did carrie them for this purpose, that -if they did remaine there with the king preaching of the -gospell, then they shoulde returne with the newes thereof -to giue the gouernour to vnderstande of all that they had -seene and happened vnto them; and likewise vnto the king -of Spaine, if neede did so require.</p> - - -<p>This offer of the captaine Omoncon, and the appointment -which was made by the gouernour and the prouinciall, was -knowne throughout al the citie; and after that they had -made great reioycings and feasts for the same, it was approued -of all men, that those that were named were principall -persons, as aforesaid, and were fully certified that there -should nothing be neglected of that they did commaunde -them: neither let passe any occasion, for that it was that -which they did all desire, but in particular for the seruice -and honor of God, and for the benefite and profite that -shoulde redowne vnto them all by the mutuall contractation -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_30" id="Page_ii_30">[30]</a></span> -betwixt the one nation and the other: and also giue the -king to vnderstande of so good newes as this is. The -gouernor did straightwayes call those persons that were -named and appointed to come before the captain Omoncon, -and tolde them what was determined: the which they did -accept with great ioy, and gaue great thankes; and the -gouernor in token of gratitude, did giue vnto the captaine -Omoncon, in the presence of them all, a gallant chaine of -golde, and a rich robe of crimson in graine: a thing that -<span class="sidenote">A token that fine cloth is esteemed.</span> -hee esteemed verie much, and much more esteemed in -China, for that it is a thing that they haue not there. Besides -this, they did ordaine a reasonable present for to sende -vnto the gouernor of Chincheo, he that dispatched Omoncon -by the commandement of the king to go and seek the rouer: -also another present for the vizroy of the prouince of Ochian, -who was at that present in the citie of Aucheo.</p> - -<p>And for that Sinsay shoulde not finde himselfe agreeued -(who was a merchant well knowne amongst them, and perhappes -might bee the occasion of some euill and disturbance -of their pretence), they gaue vnto him also another chaine of -golde, as well for this, as also for that hee was euer a sure -and perfite friend vnto the Spaniards. Then straightwayes -by the commaundement of the gouernor, there were brought -togither all such Chinos as were captiue and taken from -Limahon out of the fort aforesaide at Pagansinan, and gaue -them vnto Omoncon to carrie them free with him; and gaue -likewise commaundement that the generall of the fielde, and -all such captaines and souldiers that were at the siege of the -forte, shoulde giue vnto him all such as did there remaine; -binding himselfe to pay vnto the souldiers, to whome they did -appertaine, all whatsoeuer they should be valued to be -worth: all the which being done, he commanded to bee put -in a redinesse all that was necessarie for the voyage, and -that in ample manner, the which was doone in a short time.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_31" id="Page_ii_31">[31]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_X" id="CHAP_I_X"></a>CHAP. X.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Omoncon departeth with certificate, in what perplexitie he left Limahon -the rouer, and doth carrie with him the fathers of S. Augustine.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The twelfth day of June, in the yeare of our Lord 1575, -being Sunday in the morning, the aforesaid gouernor and all -that were in the cittie did ioyne and go together vnto the -monasterie of saint Augustine, where was deuout prayers -made vnto the Holy Ghost, and after they had all of them -requested of God so to direct the voyage, that it might be -to the honor and glorie of his diuine majestie, and to the -saluation of the soules of that kingdome, whome Lucyfer had -so long possessed, Omoncon and Sinsay did take their leaue -of the gouernour, and of the rest, giuing them thankes for -their good entertainment that they made them, and did -promise them, in recompence thereof, to bee alwayes their -assured friends, as shall appeare by his works, and to carry -them, whome he did request of his owne good will, with -securitie as vnto himselfe, and that he would first suffer -wrong himselfe, before any should be done vnto those whom -he had on his charge. The gouernor and all the rest did -thankfully accept his new offer, giuing him to vnderstand -that they were fully perswaded that his word and deede -should be all one, and therewith they tooke their leaue of -them, and of the religious men with the two souldiers their -companions, not lacking teares to be shed on both parts.</p> - -<p>Then did they al imbarke themselues in a ship of the -ilands which was made readie for the same effect, and went -out of the port in the company of another shippe with merchants -of China that were at Manilla, into the which Sinsay -put himselfe with all their victuals, for to carry it vntill they -came vnto the port of Buliano, whereas was the great shippe -of Omoncon, wherin they should make their voyage; which -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_32" id="Page_ii_32">[32]</a></span> -was that which was forced to returne backe againe by reason -of foule wether: they aryued at the same port the Sunday -following, for that the winde was somewhat contrarie, and -had lost the shippe that carried their victuals, but after -founde her at an anker in the port, for that she was the -bigger shippe and sailed better: they founde also in her two -Spanish souldiers, whom the generall of the fielde had sent -from Pagansinan, for that, from the place whereas he was, he -did see the saide ship to enter into the port, with commandement -for to carrie them vnto him. This did cause vnto the -religious men and souldiers a suspition that the generall of -the fielde woulde procure to stay them vntill such time as -he did see the ende of the siege of the fort, which euerie -day was looked when they would yeelde, for that they -shoulde carry with them Limahon the rouer aliue or dead. -Uppon the which almost euery one gaue his iudgement, that -it were better to depart without obeying his commandement, -neither to take their leave of him, but to prosecute their -voyage so much desired, for they thought euerie houre of -their staying to bee a whole yeare: fearing that euerie thing -would be an impediment to disturbe their intent and purpose: -but better persuading themselues, knowing the good -condition and great Christianitie of the generall of the fielde, -whom frier Martin had alwayes in place of his sonne, for -that he was the neuew vnto the Adelantado Legaspi, the first -gouernor and discouerer of the said Philippinas, whom he -brought with him from Mexico, being but a child: they -were agreed to go vnto him, and shewe their obedience, -and to take their leaue of him and of all the rest of their -friends that were in the camp. So with this determination -they put their shippe into the river Pagansinan, which was -but seuen leagues from the saide port. They had not sailed -three leagues but a contrary winde so charged them, that -they were constrained to returne into the port from whence -they came, and there concluded amongst themselues to send -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_33" id="Page_ii_33">[33]</a></span> -Pedro Sarmiento in the barke wherein came the two souldiers -aforesaid; for that it was little and went with oares, they -might with lesse daunger enter into the riuer of Pagansinan, -rowing vnder the shoore: and that hee in the name of them -all should conferre with the generall of the field, and so take -his leaue of him and of all the rest of their friends, whome -they did request that they would not forget them in their -prayers, to commend them vnto God to bee their aider and -helper in this their pretence, so much desired of them all: -and gave him great charge to bring with him the interpreter -that they should carrie with them, which was a boy of China -that was baptised in Manilla, and could speake Spanish very -well; he was named Gernando.<a name="FNanchor_1_9" id="FNanchor_1_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> This Pedro Sarmiento came -thither, and did accomplish all that was commended vnto him -verie faithfully: but the generall of the field was not therewith -satisfied, neither the captaines and souldiers that were -with him, for that the father friers were very wel beloued of -them, for they deserued it: so they determined to send for -them, and to request them to come thither and see them, -being so nigh as they were. They being vnderstood by the -friers (not without the suspition aforesaid), and seeing that -they could not excuse to go vnto them to accomplish their -commandement and gentle request, they departed out of -Buliano with a faire wind, for that the storme was done, -although the sea was a little troubled; and therewith they -ariued at Pagansinan whereas they were well receiued of the -generall of the fielde, and of all the rest with great ioy and -pleasure. Their suspition fell out cleane contrarie as they -thought, for that the generall of the fielde would not stay -them, but did dispatch them with all speede possible, and -did deliuer vnto them at the instant all such captiues as the -gouernor had commanded, and the souldiers that had them -did with a verie good will deliuer them, seeing to what intent -it did extende, and also the interpreter, with all other thinges -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_34" id="Page_ii_34">[34]</a></span> -that was necessarie and requisite for the voyage; and writ a -letter vnto Omoncon, who remained in Buliano, that hee -would fauour and cherish them as he did not thinke to the -contrarie: and did ratifie that which the gouernour had promised -him, for to sende the rouer aliue or deade, after they -had ended their siege by one meanes or other. He also -requested of frier Martin de Herrada that he would carrie -with him one Nicholas de Cuenca, a souldier of his company, -for to buy for him certaine things in China, who did accept -the same with a verie good wil, and promised to intreat him -as one of his owne, and haue him in as great regard: and -therewith they departed and went vnto the port of Buliano -from whence they came, taking their leaue of the generall of -the field and of all the rest of the campe, with no lesse teares -then when they departed from Manilla. He sent to beare -them company til they came vnto the port, the sergeant -maior, who carried with him a letter vnto the captaine -Omoncon, and a present of victuals and other things; and -other two letters, the one for the gouernor of Chincheo, and -the other for the vizroy of the prouince of Ochian, wherein he -doth giue them to vnderstand how that he hath burnt al the -fleete of Limahon, and slaine many of his companions, and -howe that he hath besieged him so straightly that it is not -possible for him to escape, neither indure long without -yeelding of himselfe; and then either aliue or dead he would -send him, as the gouernor of Manilla had writ and promised. -These two letters were accompanied with two presents, -wherein was a basen and an ewre of siluer, and certaine -robes of Spanish cloth, the which the Chinos doo esteeme -very much, as also other things of great valew that they -have not in their country, and craving pardon because he -did not send more. The occasion was for that he was in -that place, and all his goods in the cittie of Manilla. The -same day with a faire winde they came vnto the port Buliano, -whereas they found Omoncon abiding their comming, and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_35" id="Page_ii_35">[35]</a></span> -receiued all such things as the sergeant maior did carrie him -in the name of the generall of the field, and rendered vnto -him great thanks, and made a new promise to accomplish -that offer made vnto the gouernor.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_9" id="Footnote_1_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> Misprint for "Fernando."</p></div> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XI" id="CHAP_I_XI"></a>CHAP. XI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards do depart with the captain Omoncon from the port of -Buliano, and ariue at the firme lande of China.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The desire was so much of this father frier Martin de -Herrada to be in China, as well for to preach in it the holy -gospel, as also for to see the wonders that haue beene reported -to be in that countrie, that although he was dispatched by the -gouernor and generall of the fielde, yet he thought that their -voyage would be interrupted: and therefore to see himselfe -free from this feare and suspition, so soon as he came vnto -the port of Buliano to the captaine Omoncon, hee requested -him with great vehemencie, that he would straightwayes set -saile, for that the winde serued well for their purpose. Then -Omoncon, who desired no other thing, but thought euery -houre that he tarried to be a whole yeare, commanded forthwith -the mariners to make all thinges in a redinesse to set -saile, and to bring home all their ankers, and ride apicke, -redie to depart after midnight: the which was done as hee -had commanded. So vppon a Sunday at the break of day, -being 25. of June, they took a Spaniard souldier into their -<span class="sidenote">They departed towards China.</span> -companie, who was called John de Triana, and vsed him in -their seruice, for that hee was a mariner. So at the same -time, after they had praied vnto God to direct their voyage, -they set saile with a prosperous winde. There was with the -friers, souldiers, and men of seruice, twentie persons, besides -the Chinos that were captiues, and the people of the captaine -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_36" id="Page_ii_36">[36]</a></span> -Omoncon. They were not so soone off from the coste, but -the winde abated and they remained becalmed certaine dayes: -but afterwards they had a lustie gale, that carried them forwards. -<span class="sidenote">Their compasses diuided into 12 partes.</span> -The Chinos doo gouerne their ships by a compasse -deuided into twelue partes, and doo vse no sea cardes, but a -briefe description of Ruter,<a name="FNanchor_1_10" id="FNanchor_1_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> wherewith they doo nauigate or -saile: and commonly for the most part they neuer go out of -the sight of land. They maruelled very much when that it -was told them, that comming from Mexico vnto Philippinas, -they were three monethes at the sea and neuer sawe land. -So it pleased God, that although it was verie calme and little -winde stirring, that we made but little way, yet, upon the -Sunday following, which was the thirde of July, we had sight -of the land of China: so that we found all our voyage from -the port of Buliano, from whence we departed, vnto the -firme land, to be one hundred and fortie leagues; and -twenty leagues before they came in the sight thereof, they -had sounding at three score and tenne, and fourscore fathome, -and so waxed lesse and lesse vntill they came to the -lande, which is the best and surest token they haue to be -nigh the land. In all the time of their voyage, the captain -Omoncon with his companie shewed such great curtesie and -friendship to our men, as though they had been the owners -of the saide ship: and at such time as they did imbarke -themselues, he gaue his own cabin y<sup>t</sup> was in the sterne -to y<sup>e</sup> friers, and vnto Pedro Sarmiento and to Miguel de -Loarcha, he gaue another cabin that was very good, and -commanded his company in the ship that they should respect -them more then himselfe; the which was in such sort, that on -a day, at the beginning of their voyage, the fathers founde -them making of sacrifice vnto their idols, and told them that -all which they did was a kinde of mockage, and that they -shoulde worshipe but onely one God: and willed them to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_37" id="Page_ii_37">[37]</a></span> -doe so no more. Who, onely in respect of them, did leaue -it off, and not vse it after in all the voyage: whereas before -they did vse it euerie day manie times.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_10" id="Footnote_1_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> More commonly spelt Rutter or Ruttier, a direction book. The word -is derived from "Routier," a road book.</p></div> - -<p><span class="sidenote">They leaue the worshiping of one -idol to worship another.</span> -Besides this, they would worshippe the images that the -friers did carrie with them, and kneele vpon their knees -with great shew of deuotion; who nowe hauing sight of the -firme lande in so short time, and passed that small gulfe so -quietly, which was wont to bee verie perilous and full of -stormes, they did attribute it vnto the orations of the friers, -their companions and souldiers. The like curtesie was -shewed vnto them by Sinsay, who was the seconde person -in the shippe, and hee that did best vnderstande that nauigation -and voyage. So, as they drewe nearer the land, they -might discouer from the sea a verie gallant and well towred -cittie, that was called Tituhul, whereas the king hath continually -in garrison tenne thousande souldiers, and is vnder -the gouernement of the prouince of Chincheo.</p> - -<p>So the next day following wee came vnto a watch towre, -which was situated vppon a rocke at the entrie into a bay, -who had discouered our shippe, and knew the standart or -flagge to bee the kings: and made a signe vnto seuen shippes -which were on the other side of the point, which was part of -a company ordeined for to keepe and defende the cost, -which were more then foure hundred. Straightwayes the -captaine of the seuen shippes came foorth to knowe what we -were, and what chanced shalbe told you in this chapter -following.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_38" id="Page_ii_38">[38]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XII" id="CHAP_I_XII"></a>CHAP. XII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The captaine Omoncon is come to the prouince of Chincheo, but before -he doth come vnto an anker, he dooth passe some trouble with another -captaine of the sea.</i></p></div> - - -<p>This captaine Omoncon, when he saw that the ships did -make towards him, hee cast about his shippe and passed -alongst by the watch towre, making his way towards the -towne, where he was a natural subiect and nigh at hand, -being but two leagues from the point: which being perceiued -by the generall of that bay which was in a redinesse, -who imagined by his working that it should be some shippe -of euill demeanor and their enimies, without any delation -hee issued forth from behind the point with three ships, that -did row with oares verie swift: and gaue them chase, cutting -them off from their pretence: and when he came nigh vnto -them, hee shot at them to make them to amaine: the which -Omoncon would not doo, for that hee supposed (as afterwards -hee did confesse) that hee should be some man of -little estimation, and not the generall of the coste. But as he -drew nigher vnto him, hee did know him by the flagge he -bare on the sterne in the foist<a name="FNanchor_1_11" id="FNanchor_1_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> wherein he was himselfe with -his souldiers, and straightwayes caused to amaine<a name="FNanchor_2_12" id="FNanchor_2_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a> his sailes, -and tarried for him. The generall did the like, and stayed -behinde, sending a boate for to bring the captaine vnto him, -and to declare what he was and from whence he came. -Omoncon did forthwith imbarke himself into his boate without -any resistance, but rather with feare that hee should be -punished for that hee did flie from him. The generall, when -hee saw him, did straightwayes know him (and in that the -fathers did vnderstand by signes), hee was verie glad of his -comming, and gaue him good entertainment.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_11" id="Footnote_1_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> A small craft: from Fusta—<i>Span.</i></p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_12" id="Footnote_2_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> To let fall or lower at once: from Amainar—<i>Span.</i></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_39" id="Page_ii_39">[39]</a></span></p></div> - -<p>This generall was a goodly man of person, and was verie -well apparelled, and did sit in a chaire in the sterne of his -ship, the which was all couered to keepe away the sunne: -hee commanded the Captaine Omoncon to sit downe by him -vpon the hatches, without chaire or any other thing, who -did obey him, although first hee did refuse it with great -modestie, as not woorthie to haue that honour, which was -not esteemed a little. After that he was set, he gaue him to -vnderstand in effect of all his voyage and successe, and in -what extremitie he left Limahon, and also howe that hee -carried with him the friers and other Spaniards, which went -to carrie the newes, and to intreate of peace with the vizroy -of Aucheo: vnto whome, and vnto the gouernor of Chincheo, -hee carried presents, sent from the gouernor and generall of -the fielde of the Ilands Philippinas. When the generall had -heard this relation, he commanded the boate to returne and to -bring them before him, that hee might see what manner of -men they were of person and the vse of apparell, and likewise -to satisfie himselfe of other desires that came into his mind by -that which Omoncon had saide of them. The fathers and their -companions did obey the commandement, and did imbarke -themselues in the boate (although it were with some feare), -and came vnto the shippe, whereas the generall receiued -them with great curtesie after his fashion, and shewed them a -good countenance, and tokens that he very much reioyced to -see them and the vse of their apparell they ware. But after -awhile hee commanded that they shoulde bee put vnder -hatches, which was the occasion to augment the feare they -conceiued when they were sent for: and the more when they -saw that they were commanded to be shut vp in a cabin with -the interpreter that they brought with them.</p> - - -<p>This being done, they were in great care howe they might -vnderstand the generals pretence; and at a close doore that -was before the cabin whereas they were, uppon a sudden -they might see that all those that were in the shippe did -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_40" id="Page_ii_40">[40]</a></span> -arme themselues in great haste, and the Captaine Omoncon -amongst them: then they heard bases and harqubus shot, -with a great noise of people, which did verie much alter -them: in such sort that they looked euery moment when -they should come and cut of their heads. Whilst that our people -were in this agonie and great feare, Omoncon considered -of them and of the charge that he had to bring them thither: -therewith he sent one of his seruants to giue them to vnderstand -of all that they had heard and seene, wherewith they -did quiet themselues, and put away al the feare that they -had conceiued with their suddain putting downe in the -cabine, and the shooting off of those peeces. The which the -better to giue you to vnderstand, I will first declare vnto -you the occasion (and then after the rest). Limahon had -not so soone taken his course towards the ilands, but straightwaies -it was knowne in the kingdome of China: and the -vizroy of Ochian, by the order that he had from the roiall -counsell, did command all gouernors of such cities that were -nigh vnto the coast, to dispatch away shipping for to go -follow and seeke him, with aduertisement that hee who did -accomplish this diligence with the first, should be very wel -rewarded and esteemed, for that they feared that if the -<span class="sidenote">They call the Spaniards Castillas.</span> -rouer should ioine with y<sup>e</sup> Castillas (for so they do cal the -Spaniards in that country, of whom they haue had great -notice), might thereby grow some great harme and inconuienence, -which afterwards could not be well remedied: -which was the occasion that they made the more haste, for -that if it were possible to take him, or else to spoile his -shipping before that he should come vnto the said ilands. -In accomplishing of this commandement, the gouernor of -Chincheo did prouide shipping, and did sende the captaine -Omoncon with them: but yet he could not prouide them of -souldiers and other necessaries till certaine daies after that -he was gone foorth: so he went till hee came and met with -the Spaniards, nigh vnto Buliano (as aforesaid).</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_41" id="Page_ii_41">[41]</a></span></p> - -<p>About the same time the general of the bay that was there -to defend the cost, did dispatch another ship for to enquire -and know where the rouer was, and to bring relation therof, -that straightwayes they might go and assalt him with all the -whole armie. This ship was the fathers of Sinsay, he that -was friend vnto the Castillas, who came in companie with the -friers from the ilands (as it is said), and he went in the said -ship for pilot; who, although hee went out of the port with -great speede, yet with greater hast hee returned againe without -mastes or yardes, for that they lost them in a great -storme and torment that tooke them in the gulfe, whereas -they thought to haue beene lost.</p> - -<p>At the same time that the friers departed from Buliano to -Pagansinan, being requested to come thither by the master -of the field (as aforesaid), there was in the same port a ship -of China, that came vnto the ilands to traficke; and being -well informed of all things, as well in what extremity the -Spaniards had the rouer, as also of y<sup>e</sup> going of Omoncon, -and how that he carried vnto the firme lande the aforesaide -friers and their companions. The said shippe departed -in a morning very secretly, ten dayes before that Omoncon -did make saile, and came to the firme land the saide ten -daies before, and gaue notice thereof vnto the gouernor of -all that they had vnderstood, as wel by relation as by sight; -and how that ther came with Omoncon and the Spaniards, -Sinsay, who was he that in al things touching Limahon was -the dooer, and that whatsoeuer shall happen good in this -relation, they ought to giue the praise and thanks vnto him, -and not vnto Omoncon. This he spake for the good affection -he had vnto Sinsay by way of friendship, for that he -was of the same profession, a merchant.</p> - -<p>The gouernour of the bay being verie desirous to haue -the rewarde and thankes of the king, with occasion to say -that the sonne of him whom he sent to follow and seeke -Limahon was the chiefe and principall meanes of that good -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_42" id="Page_ii_42">[42]</a></span> -successe. Straight wayes, so soone as hee heard the newes -of the shippe that ariued there tenne dayes before (as aforesaide), -he commaunded sixe shippes to goe foorth of the baye -to the sea, with order and commission to bring the ship to -an anker in the sayd bay, and not to suffer him to go into any -other place: and otherwise they could not, at least wayes, -they would bring with them Sinsay, for that they would -send him post vnto the uiceroy, for to declare vnto him all -that had passed particularly. These sixe ships came verie -nigh vnto that wherein was the generall aforesaid, at such -time as our Spaniardes were with the generall, and they -neuer could perceiue it, for that there were many in the -baye, some going and some comming; but when that hee -had discouered them, then he caused our people to be put -vnder hatches because they should not be seene, and commanded -those that were in the shippe to arme themselues -for their defence if need required.</p> - -<p>In the meane time that they made resistance with this -ship, one of the sixe ships did borde that shippe wherein -came Omoncon, pretending to take her, and beleeued to doo -it with great ease. But it happened vnto them cleane contrarie, -for that the souldiers that were within did defende -their ship valiantly. Sinsay, with a very good will, would -haue suffered the ship wherein his father came to haue carried -away the other, if the souldiers of Omoncon would haue -consented therunto. They did not only misse of their purpose, -but also many of them were hurt in the attempting to -enter the ship: the saide ship did fall aborde there whereas -was their captaine Omoncon, who at that instant did call -our Spaniardes in his shippe, out of the generalles shippe -whereas they were; which was doone with such speede, that -it was accomplished before any of the other ships could -come vnto them, although they did procure it. Then did -Omoncon arme himselfe to the warre, for to defend himselfe, -his ship, and all that were therein, or to die there. The -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_43" id="Page_ii_43">[43]</a></span> -fryers and their companions, when they vnderstoode the -cause of their strife and fighting, partly by suspition in that -they had seene, as by that which Omoncon did sende them -worde, did offer themselues vnto him, promising him to -die with him if neede did so require, and requested him to -appoint them what they should do, and they would accomplish -it with a very good will. At this time all the ships -were about that of Omoncon, who was not idle, but put -foorth his artilerie for their defence, asking powder of the -Spaniardes, for that they had little left: the generall did not -depart from the shippe from the time that the Spaniardes -went vnto him, neither did hee remooue out of his chayre, -although all the rest that were in the ship were armed.</p> - -<p>At this time the captayne of the sixe shippes of Chincheo -did put himselfe in a boate and came towardes the shippe of -Omoncon for to haue commoned with him; but he would -not suffer them to come nigh, but shot at them, and caused -them to depart against their willes, and called them all to -naught from the poope of his shippe, with manie reprochfull -woordes, saying that they came to steale the honour that hee -with so great trauayle and perill had gotten. Then the -generall, seeing that hee could not goe through with his -purpose, hee determined to leaue him, and therewith to cast -about with his shippes, and returned into the port of the -baye from whence they came. This brought in his shippe -a sonne of Sinsay, to giue occasion vnto his father for to -come vnto him, and likewise his owne father, whome they -did straightwayes put in prison, and his wife and mother: -which is a thing commonly vsed in that countrie, the children -to pay for their parentes, and to the contrarie, the -parents for the children.</p> - -<p>Sinsay, who feared the same, woulde not goe vnto his -owne house till such time as he did carrie commandement -from the uiceroy, for to deliuer out of prison those that were -put there without desert: the which was granted by the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_44" id="Page_ii_44">[44]</a></span> -uiceroy, with other fauours and great honour, as shall bee -declared vnto you.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XIII" id="CHAP_I_XIII"></a>CHAP. XIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Omoncon doth disembarke himselfe with our Spaniardes in the port of -Tansuso, and are verie well receiued by the justice, and made verie -much of by the order of the Insuanto of that prouince.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Within a little while after that the captayne of the sixe -shippes departed for Chincheo, Omoncon and his companie -ariued at the port of Tansuso,<a name="FNanchor_1_13" id="FNanchor_1_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> hard by, vpon Wednesday, in -the euening, being the fift day of July. This Tansuso is a -gallant and fresh towne, of foure thousand householders, -and hath continually a thousand souldiers in garrison; and -compassed about with a great and strong wall; and the -gates fortified with plates of yron; the foundations of all the -houses are of lime and stone, and the walles of lime and -yearth, and some of bricke: their houses within very fairely -wrought, with great courts, their streetes faire and brode, all -paued. Before that Omoncon did come vnto an anker, they -sawe all the souldiers and the people of the towne were -gathered together vpon the rockes that were ioyning vnto -the port, all armed readie vnto the battaile, amongst whom -there was a principall captaine, and three more of his companions, -that were sent him by the gouernor of Chincheo, -whom they do call in their language Insuanto, who had -vnderstanding of the comming of Omoncon and his companie -by the ship (aforesaid) he sent them thither before, -that in his name should entertain them and cherish them all -that was possible. When the ship entred into the port, -Omoncon did salute the towne with certain peeces of artilery, -and discharged all his argubushes sixe times about,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_45" id="Page_ii_45">[45]</a></span> -and therewithal tooke in their saile and let anker fall. -Then straightwaies the captaine whom the Insuanto had -sent came abord the ship, who had expresse commission -not to leaue the company of our people after that they were -disembarked till such time as they came whereas he was, -but to beare them companie, and to prouide them of all -thinges necessarie: the which he did accomplish.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_13" id="Footnote_1_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> Ganhai.</p></div> - -<p>All these captaines and ministers of the king doo weare -certaine ensignes for to be knowen from the common people, -who are not permitted to weare any such; and they can not -goe abroad in publike without the same, neyther will they if -they might, for that by them they are obeyed and reuerenced, -as well in the streetes as in any other place where -they come: all such generally be called Loytias, which is as -much to say in our language (gentlemen): the particular -<span class="sidenote">Ensignes to knowe the iustices.</span> -ensignes which they doo vse, bee broade wastes or girdles, -embossed after diuerse manners; some of golde and siluer, -some of the shell of a Turtuga or turtell, and of a sweete -wood, and other some of iuerie; the higher estates hath -them embrodered with pearles and precious stones, and -their bunnets with two long eares, and their buskins made -of satten and vnshorne ueluet, as we haue declared more at -large in the first three bookes.</p> - -<p>Then after, so soone as they were come to an anker in the -port, the iustice did send them a license in writing for to -come foorth of the shippe, as a thing necessarie, for that -without it the waiters or guardes of the water side will not -suffer them to put foote a land. This licence was written -vpon a borde whited, and firmed by the iustice, whose -charge it is to giue the licence. Then when they came a -<span class="sidenote">The first landing of the fryers.</span> -shoore, there were the souldiers that were appointed by the -Insuanto in a readinesse to beare them companie, and did -direct and leade them vnto the kinges houses of the sayde -citie: the like hath euerie citie almost throughout all the -kingdome, and there they did lodge them. These houses -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_46" id="Page_ii_46">[46]</a></span> -are very great, and very wel wrought and gallant, with faire -courtes belowe, and galleries aboue: they had in them -stanges<a name="FNanchor_1_14" id="FNanchor_1_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> or pondes of water, full of fish of sundrie sortes.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_14" id="Footnote_1_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> Evidently from Etang, <i>Fr.</i>, a pond.</p></div> - -<p>The Insuanto had giuen order vnto the iustice of Tansuso, -wherein he had ordained what hee should giue them to eate, -and all other things that should be done particularly by it -selfe, without lacking of any thing, and appointed the captaine, -that hee with his souldiers should not depart from -them not a iot, but alwayes to beare them company whethersoeuer -they went, and not to depart till he had farther order -from him: in accomplishing whereof they remayned with -them that night in the kings house. The iustice of the citie -when that he had lodged them, went himselfe in person to -the waters side, and caused all their stuffe to be vnladen out -of the ship, and caused it to be carried with great care and -diligence vnto the fryers whereas they were.</p> - -<p>The people of the citie did presse very much to see these -strangers, so that with the press, as also with the great heate, -they were marueilously afflicted: which being perceiued by -the iustice, he gaue order that they might bee eased of that -trouble, and caused sergeants to keepe the doore, and their -yeomen to make resistance against the people. Yet, notwithstanding, -though they did not trouble them so much, -they ranged about the house and clymed vpon the walles to -procure to see them, as a rare thing, for that they came from -countries so farre off, and apparelled verie different from -that they do vse or otherwise haue seene. So when that the -night was come, the iustice of the citie did make them a -banket according vnto the fashion of the countrie: and it -was in this manner following.</p> - -<p>They were carried into a hall that was verye curiously -wrought, wherein were many torches and waxe candles -<span class="sidenote">The vse of their bankets.</span> -light, and in the middest therof was set for euerie one of -the guests a table by himselfe, as is the vse and fashion of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_47" id="Page_ii_47">[47]</a></span> -that countrie (which more at large shalbe declared), euerie -table had his couering of damaske or satten very well made, -the tables were gallantly painted, without any table clothes, -neither do they vse any, for they haue no neede of them, for -that they do eate all their victualles with two little stickes -made of golde and siluer, and of a marueilous odoriferous -woode, and of the length of little forkes as they doo vse in -Italy; with the which they doo feede themselues so clenly, -that although their victuals be neuer so small, yet do they -let nothing fall, neither foule their hands nor faces: they -were set downe at these tables in verie good order and in -gallant chayres, in such sort that although they were euerie -one at his table by himselfe, yet they might see and talke -one with an other; they were serued with diuerse sortes of -cates, and very well dressed both of flesh and fish, as gamons -of bacon, capons, geese, whole hennes, and peeces of beefe, -and at the last many little baskets full of sweete meates -made of sugar and marchpanes, all wrought very curiously. -They gaue them wine of an indifferent colour and taste, made -<span class="sidenote">Wine of a palme tree.</span> -of the palme tree (whereof there is no other vsed in all that -countrie), our Spaniardes did vse it, as that which was made -of grapes. All the time that the supper indured, there was -in the hall great store of musicke of diuers instruments, -whereon they played with great consort, some one time and -some another. The instruments which they commonly do -vse are hoybuckes,<a name="FNanchor_1_15" id="FNanchor_1_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> cornets, trompets, lutes, such as be vsed -in Spaine, although in the fashion ther is some difference. -There was at this banket (which indured a great while), the -captaine that was ordained for their garde, and the captaine -Omoncon and Sinsay. When supper was done, they were -carried into very faire chambers, wheras were faire beddes, -where they slept and eased themselues.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_15" id="Footnote_1_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> Hautboys?</p></div> - -<p>The next day following, in the morning, was brought vnto -them their ordinarie victualles, and that in abundance, as -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_48" id="Page_ii_48">[48]</a></span> -well of flesh as of fish, fruits and wine, to be dressed vnto -their owne content, and according vnto their manner: they -would take nothing for the same, for so they were commanded -by the Insuantes. This was brought vnto them -euerie day so long as they were there, and in the way when -as they went vnto Chincheo. The same day ariued a captaine -of fortie ships in the same port, and as soone as hee -was a shore, hee went straightwayes vnto the pallace for to -see the strangers: who being aduertised of his comming, -came foorth and receiued him at the pallace gate, where as -was vsed betwixt them great courtesie. The captaine came -with great maiestie, with his guarde of souldiers and mase -bearers before him, with great musicke of hoybuckes, trumpets -and drommes, and two whiffelers<a name="FNanchor_1_16" id="FNanchor_1_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> or typp staues that made -roome, putting the people aside: also there came with him -two executors of iustice, or hangmen, hauing each of them -in their handes a set made of canes, which is an instrument -wherewith they doo whippe and punish offenders, and is so -cruell that who soeuer doth receiue sixtie strokes with the -same, although he be a verie stout man and strong hearted, -yet it will kill him, for that hee is not able to abide it. -They doo beate them vppon the thighes and calues of the -legges, causing the offender or patient to lye downe vppon -his breast or stomacke, and commande their heades and -legges to be holden. The iudges, captaines, and loytias -haue ordinarily these officers before them, for to beate such -as will not goe out of the way when as they doo passe the -streetes, and such as will not alight from their horse, or -come out of their close chayres when they doo meete with -them.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_16" id="Footnote_1_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> One who plays on a whiffle or fife.</p></div> - -<p>When this captayne came vnto the pallace gate whereas -the father fryers and their companions did receiue him, he -was brought on the shoulders of eight men verie richly -apparelled, and he in a chayre wrought of iuorie and golde,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_49" id="Page_ii_49">[49]</a></span> -who stayed not till they came into the inner chamber, -whereas he did a light from the chayre, and went straight -vnder a cloth of estate, that was there ordinarily for the -same purpose, and a table before him: there hee sate -downe, and straightwaies arose vp, and standing he did receiue -the strange guests, who did curtesie vnto him according -vnto their fashion, which is to ioyne their handes together, -and to stoope with them and their heads downe to the -grounde: he gratified them againe with bowing his heade a -little, and that with great grauitie. Within a little while -after, he spake vnto them with great maiestie, bidding them -welcome into his kingdome, being glad of their comming, -saying that himselfe was come to see and cherish them, for -that they should receiue no discontent, as y<sup>e</sup> proofe shal -shew. These speeches being finished, there was brought -foorth certain peeces of blacke silke of twelue vares<a name="FNanchor_1_17" id="FNanchor_1_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a> long a -peece. And his officers did put on the fryers shoulders each -of them two, which was for either shoulder one, and was -brought about their bodies and girt therewith; and the -like was done in order vnto the Spanish souldiers, and vnto -Omoncon and Sinsay, and to their interpreter. But vnto -Omoncon and Sinsay was giuen vnto either of them a branch -or nosegay made of siluer, which was set vpon their heads, -which is accustomable honor that is done vnto such as haue -done some great enterprise, or such like.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_17" id="Footnote_1_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> Yards, from Vara, <i>Span.</i></p></div> - -<p>After that this ceremonie was done, they played vpon the -instrumentes afore sayde, which came with the captayne. -In the meane time of their musicke, there was brought -foorth great store of conserues, marchpanes, and thinges -made of sugar, and excellent good wine; and so being on -foot standing, hee caused them to eate, and he himselfe from -the chayre whereas he sate did giue them to drinke euerie -one in order, without rising vp, which is a ceremonie and -token of great fauour and of loue.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_50" id="Page_ii_50">[50]</a></span></p> - -<p>This being done, hee arose from the chayre vnder the -cloth of state, and went and sate downe in that which was -brought on mens backes, and with declining of his head a -little he departed out of the hall and out of the house, -and went vnto his owne house, whereas by the counsell of -Omoncon and Sinsay within an houre after they shoulde goe -and visite him, the which they did: hee receiued them -marueilously well and with great courtesie, who maruelled -at his great maiestie and authoritie, for that Omoncon and -Sinsay, when they did talke with him, were vpon their -knees, and so did al the rest: yet that which they did see -afterwardes done vnto the Insuanto and viceroy was much -more.</p> - -<p>He gaue them againe in his owne house a gallant banket, -of diuerse sortes of conserues and fruits, and excellent wine -of the palme tree, and did talke and reason with them in -good sort, and was more familiar than at his first visitation, -demanding of them many thinges in particular, and beholding -their apparayle and garmentes, with showe of great content -and reioycing.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XIV" id="CHAP_I_XIV"></a>CHAP. XIV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniardes depart from Tansuso to visite the governour of Chincheo, -who awaited their comming: where they sawe notable thinges by the -way.</i></p></div> - - -<p>After that the fathers with their companions had remayned -two dayes in the port of Tansuso, whereas they -were marueilously well entertayned and feasted at the commaundement -giuen by the Insuanto, as you haue heard, the -third day they departed in the morning towardes Chincheo, -whether they were commaunded to be carried with great -speede and good intertainement.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_51" id="Page_ii_51">[51]</a></span></p> - -<p>At their going foorth of the towne they were accompanied -with a great number of souldiers, both hargubushes and -pikes, and before them a great noyse of trompets, drommes, -and hoybuckes, till such time as they came vnto the riuers -side, whereas was a brygandine prouided and made readie -in all pointes to carrie them vp the riuer: all the streetes -alongest whereas they went, there followed them so much -people that it was innumerable, and all to see them. So -when they were embarked, and which was done with great -speede to auoyd the presse of the people, there came vnto -them the captaine of the fortie ships, of whom wee made -mention in the chapter past, with three brygandines, one -wherein he was himselfe, and was marueilously well trimmed, -and in the other two were souldiers that did beare him -companie. As soone as he came vnto them, hee straight -wayes entred into the brygandine whereas the religious men -were with three Spaniardes, and brought with him great -store of conserues, and made them a gallant banket, the -which did indure so long as he was with them, which was -the space of rowing two long leagues, in which time their -pleasure was such that they thought it but a quarter of a -league. From thence he departed from them and returned, -but left many thinges behinde him for their comfort in their -iourney, and made great offers, with an outwarde showe -that it was a griefe vnto him to depart from out of their -companie.</p> - -<p>All alongest the ryuers whereas they went was seated with -villages, verie gallant and fresh, both on the one side and on -the other. Some of them did content our people verie -much, who asked the names howe they were called, and the -captaynes answered them and sayde, that those were villages -that did not deserue the honour of a name; but when you -doo come there whereas the king is, you shall see cities that -it shall be a woorthie thing to knowe their names; the which -townes haue three and foure thousande souldiers, such as in -Europe are esteemed for reasonable cities.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_52" id="Page_ii_52">[52]</a></span></p> - -<p>At the end of the two leagues, there whereas the captaine -did leaue the companie of our Spaniardes in the riuer, they -came vnto a great baye, whereas was at an anker a fleete of -more than a hundreth and fifte shippes, men of warre, whose -generall was this captaine whom we haue spoken of, that did -beare the fryers and the rest companie. At such time as the -fleete did discouer them they began to salute them, as well with -great peeces of artillerie as with hargubushes and other kinde -of pastimes, which commonly they do vse at such times: and -that is doone by the commandement of their generall.</p> - -<p>At such times as they had made an ende of shooting and -other pastimes, then did he take his leaue of them with -the ceremonie aforesaide, and went out of the brygandine -whereas the fryers were and went into his owne, which -carryed him vnto the admiral, wherein he imbarked himself. -Our Spaniardes, after his departure, did trauaile vp the riuer -more than three leagues, hauing continually, both on the one -side and on the other, verie many and faire townes, and full -of people. In the ende of the three leagues they went a -lande halfe a league from the towne of Tangoa,<a name="FNanchor_1_18" id="FNanchor_1_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a> whereas -straightwayes all such things as they carried with them were -taken vpon mens backs, and carried it vnto the towne before -them, whereas they were tarrying their comming, for to giue -them great entertaynment. At their going a shore, they -founde prepared for the two religious men little chayres to -carrie them vppon mens backes, and for the souldiers and -the rest of their companions was ordayned horse. The -fathers did refuse to be carried, and would haue gone a foot, -for that the way was but short and pleasant, full of greene -trees; and, againe, for humilitie, refusing to be carried in so -rich chaires, and vppon mens backes of so good a vocation -as they seemed to be. But Omoncon and the other captaine -would not consent thereunto, saying, that it was the order -giuen by the Insuanto, and that they could not by any -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_53" id="Page_ii_53">[53]</a></span> -meanes breake, but performe in all points, or else to be -cruelly punished for the same—I meane such captaines as -had the charge for to garde and beare them companie—and -that no excuse could serue them; and, againe, that it was -conuenient so to be done, for y<sup>t</sup> from that time the Chinos -should respect them and vnderstande that they were principal -persons, for y<sup>t</sup> they were carried vpon mens backes as they -do their loytias.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_18" id="Footnote_1_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> Tong-gan.</p></div> - -<p>The fathers obeyed their reasons, and entred into the -chayres, and were carried with eight men a peece, and the -other their companions with foure men a peece, according -vnto the order giuen by the gouernor. Those that carried -the chaires, did it with so good a will, y<sup>t</sup> there was striuing -who should first lay hands to them. This towne of Tangoa -hath three thousand souldiers, and is called in their language -Coan: at the entring in, it hath many gardens and -orchards, and a streete, where through they carried the -Spaniards vnto their lodging, they affirmed it to be halfe -a league long; and all the streete whereas they went it -was full of bordes and stalles, where on was laide all -kinde of merchandise, very curious, and things to be eaten, -as fresh fish and salt fish of diuers sortes, and great abundance -of foule and flesh of al sorts, fruits and greene herbs, in -such quantitie that it was sufficient to serue such a citie as -Siuell is. The presse of people was so much in the streets, -that although there were many typstaues, and souldiers that -did make way wheras they went, yet could they not passe -but with great difficultie. So they were brought vnto the -kings house, which was very great, marueilously wel wrought -with stone and brick, and many halles, parlers, and chambers; -but none aboue, but all belowe. So soone as they -were afoote, there was brought from the captaine or iustice -of the towne, whom they doo call Ticoan, a message, bidding -them welcome, and therewith a present, which was -great store of capons, hens, teales, ducks, geese, flesh of four -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_54" id="Page_ii_54">[54]</a></span> -or fiue sorts, fresh fish, wine, and fruits of diuers sorts, and -of so great quantitie that it was sufficient for two hundreth -men. All the which they would haue giuen for a little coole -aire, by reason that it was than very hoat wether; and againe -the great number of people y<sup>t</sup> came thether to see them did -augment it the more.</p> - -<p>So in the euening the two Spanish souldiers went forth -into the streets to walk abrode, and left the two fryers -within their lodging, vnto whom afterwardes they did giue -intelligence of all things that they had seene, which did -cause great admiration: the wall of the towne was very -brode, and wrought with lyme and stone, full of loope holes -and watch towers. And as they passed through the streetes -there came foorth of a house a very honest man as it seemed, -who was very well apparelled, and stayed them, for that in -the same house there were certaine dames, principall personages, -that did see them a farre off, and not content therewith, -they did request them with great curtesie for to enter -into the house that they might the better see them: the -which they did straightwaies accomplish, and entring in they -were brought into a court, whereas was set chayres for them -to sit downe, and the ladies were there a little from them -beholding them with great honestie and grauitie. Then a -little after they sent them a banket, with marchpanes and -sweet meates made of sugar, which they did eate without -any curiositie, and dronke after the same. The banket -being done, they made signes and tokens vnto them that -they receiued great content with their sight, and that they -might depart when y<sup>t</sup> their pleasure was; the which they -did after y<sup>t</sup> that they had made great curtesies, with thank e -for their friendship receiued of both parts.</p> - -<p>So after they had taken their leaue they went to see a -house of pleasure y<sup>t</sup> was hard by y<sup>e</sup> town wall, wrought -vpon the water, with verie faire galleries and open lodges -for to banket in, made of masons worke, and therein many -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_55" id="Page_ii_55">[55]</a></span> -tables finely painted, and round about it sesterns of water -wherein was store of fish, and ioyning vnto them tables of -very faire alabaster, all of one stone, and the least of them -was of eight spannes long: and rounde about them were -brookes of running water, that gaue a pleasant sounde in the -meane time they were banketting, and nigh thereunto many -gardynes full of all sortes of flowers. And a little from that -place they sawe a bridge all of masons worke, and the stones -verie well wrought and of a mightie biggnesse; they measured -some of them that were twentie and two and twentie -foote long and fiue foote brode, and seemed vnto them that -it was a thing impossible to be layde there by mans handes. -Of this bignesse, yea and bigger, they did see layde vppon -manie other bridges, in the discourse of their voyage going -to Chincheo and Aucheo. In this towne they tarried and -rested themselues all that night, marueiling verie much at -that which they had seen. The next day in the morning, -when they were vp and readie, they found in the house all -thinges in a readinesse and in verie good order for their departure, -as well their little chayres<a name="FNanchor_1_19" id="FNanchor_1_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> and horse, as for men to -carrie their stuffe and apparell, which did not a little make -them to marueile, how that euerie one of them with a waster<a name="FNanchor_2_20" id="FNanchor_2_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a> -vpon their shoulders, did diuide their burden in two partes, -sixe roues before and sixe roues behinde, and did trauaile -with the same with so great ease and swiftnes that the horse -could not indure with them. They went vnto the Ticoan -his house, he who sent them the present ouer night, to giue -him thankes for his courtesie, and to take their leaue of him. -They found him with great maiestie, but yet gaue them -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_56" id="Page_ii_56">[56]</a></span> -great and good entertainment, and craued pardon at their -hands, if that he did not giue them the entertainement and -courtesie as they deserued. He did likewise put vpon each -of them two peeces of silke, in the same order as the gouernour -of Tansuso did. So when they had surrendred vnto -him thankes, they tooke their leaue and departed from -Chincheo, whereas was the Insuanto or gouernor, by whose -order was showed vnto them all the courtesie as you haue -hearde.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_19" id="Footnote_1_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> A chariot. In "The Squyer of Low Degree," (see Ellis's "Specimens -of Early English Poetry"), occur the lines:</p> - -<div class="poem" style="padding: 1em 12em;"> -<span class="i0">"To morrow ye shall on hunting fare,<br /></span> -<span class="i0"><span style="padding-left: 0.5em">And</span> ride my daughter in a <i>chare</i>."</span> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_20" id="Footnote_2_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> A waster is more properly a cudgel: it is here evidently used for a -pole.</p></div> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XV" id="CHAP_I_XV"></a>CHAP. XV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniardes doo prosecute their iourney to Chincheo, and seeth many -notable thinges by the way.</i></p></div> - - -<p>From this towne of Tangoa vnto Chincheo, is thirteene -leagues, and so plaine way that it giueth great content to -trauaile it. In all the waye, they could not see one spanne -of ground but was tilled and occupied. The like they doo -saye is of all the grounde that is in the whole kingdome: it -is full of people, and the townes one so neere to another, -that almost you can not iudge them to be maine townes, but -one; for that there was but a quarter of a league distant one -towne from another, and it was tolde vnto them, that in all -the prouinces of the kingdome, it is populared in the same -order. All their ground they till is watered, which is the -occasion of the fruitefulnesse thereof, so that they doo gather -fruite all the yeare long, and our Spaniardes did see in all -places whereas they came, that they were gathering of rice, -some newe sprung up, some with eares, and some rype. -They doo plough and till their ground with kine, bufalos, -and bulles, which are verie tame, and although they be great,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_57" id="Page_ii_57">[57]</a></span> -yet be their hornes but of a spanne long, and turning backwards -to the tayle, in such sort that they can not do any -hurt or harme with them; they do gouerne them with a -corde, that is made fast to a ring that is in their nose, and in -like sort do they gouerne the bufanos.<a name="FNanchor_1_21" id="FNanchor_1_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> They doo feede them -commonly in the fieldes of rice, for that they have no other -grasinges, and all the time that they are feeding, a boy doth -ride on euerie one of them to disturbe them, that they doo no -harme therein, but to eate the weedes and grasse that doo -grow in the rice. In this prouince, and all the rest of the -fifteene in that kingdome, they gather much wheate, and excellent -good barley, peese, borona,<a name="FNanchor_2_22" id="FNanchor_2_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a> millo,<a name="FNanchor_3_23" id="FNanchor_3_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a> frysoles,<a name="FNanchor_4_24" id="FNanchor_4_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a> lantesas,<a name="FNanchor_5_25" id="FNanchor_5_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a> -chiches,<a name="FNanchor_6_26" id="FNanchor_6_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a> and other kindes of graines and seedes, whereof is -great abundance, and good cheape. But the chiefest thing -that they do gather, and a victuall that is most vsed amongest -them and the borderers there aboutes is rice.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_21" id="Footnote_1_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> Misspelt for buffaloes.</p></div> -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_22" id="Footnote_2_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> A sort of grain, resembling maize or Indian corn.</p></div> -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_23" id="Footnote_3_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> Millet.</p></div> -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_24" id="Footnote_4_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> Kidney beans.</p></div> -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_25" id="Footnote_5_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a> Lentils.</p></div> -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_26" id="Footnote_6_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a> Dwarf peas.</p></div> - -<p>All the hie waies are couered with the shadowe of verie -faire orchardes, which do garnish it verie much, and they -are planted in verie good order; and amongest them there -are shoppes, whereas is solde all manner of fruites, to the -comfort of all such as doo trauaile by the way, which is an -infinite number, some on foote, some on horsebacke, and -others in little chayres. Their waters by the hie waies are -verie good and light, although the wether, at that time, was -verie hoat, especially at noone time; yet was the water of -their welles and fountaynes verie coole. The same day, -when they had trauayled halfe way, they saw a farre off -comming marching towardes them in verye good order, a -squadron of souldiers, which, at the first, caused them to -maruaile, and to be a fraide, till such time as they drewe -nigher; it was tolde vnto them, that it was the Captayne of -the Garde vnto the Insuanto, or Gouernour of Chincheo, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_58" id="Page_ii_58">[58]</a></span> -who came by his order to receive them, with foure hundred -souldiers, verie well armed with pickes and hargubushes, and -well apparelled. So soone as the captaine came vnto them, -he was mounted on a bay horse, but of small stature, as they, -for the most part, bee in all that prouince, hee alighted, and -came vnto the fathers and his companions (who likewise did -alight from their little chayres), and did salute the one the -other with great courtesie. And the captayne tolde them, -how that the gouernour did sende him with those souldiers -for to receive him, and to beare him companie, and howe -that hee was in the citie tarrying their comming, with great -desire to see them; and commaunded that, with all speede -possible, they should shorten the way.</p> - -<p>The captaine came verie well apparelled, with a chayne of -golde about his necke; a man of a good audacitie and vnderstanding. -Harde vnto his stirryp hee had a page that went -<span class="sidenote">A thing to keepe away the sunne.</span> -with him, and carried a great tira sol, made of silke, that did -shadowe him all over. The bunnett that this captaine did -weare, was like vnto them that before they had seene others -weare; hee had before him great musicke of trompets and -hoybuckes, whereon they played in great concorde. This -captaine, with his foure hundreth souldiers, did continually -garde them, till they came vnto the citie of Chincheo, and -never departed from them a iot; the which was done more -for pompe, and to showe their maiestie, then of necessitie; -for that although the people are infinite and without number, -yet do they weare no weapons, for that they are commanded -<span class="sidenote">The people of the countrie weare no -weapons, but the souldiers.</span> -by the lawe of the countrie to the contrarie, vpon paine of -death, of what state or degree soever he be; but onely the -souldiers, such as are in euery towne for the garde thereof, -and the garrisons that the king hath continually readie to -come foorth, when that any occasion shall serue.</p> - -<p>In this hie way continually, there went and came manye -packe horses, laden with marchandice and other thinges; -but the most parts of them were mules. The hie wayes are -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_59" id="Page_ii_59">[59]</a></span> -verie brode, that twentie men may ride together on a ranke, -and one not hinder an other, and are all paued with great -stones, and they say that the wayes throughout all the other -prouinces be in the same order, and was done by a king of -that countrie, who spent vpon the same a great part of his -treasure. And it seemeth to be true, for that our Spaniards -trauelling in that countrie, ouer high and mightie mountaines, -yet did they finde the waies plaine, in such sort as hath been -told you.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XVI" id="CHAP_I_XVI"></a>CHAP. XVI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Our Spaniardes arived at the citie of Chincheo, whereas they were -received and lodged, and what they sawe in that citie.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Vpon a Saterday, being the eleuenth of July, came our -Spaniards vnto the citie of Chincheo, four houres before it -was night. This citie is of the common sorte in that kingdome, -<span class="sidenote">Chincheo hath seuentie thousand housholds.</span> -and may haue seuentie thousande householdes. It is -of great traficke, and well prouided of all things, for that the -sea is but two leagues from it: it hath a mightie riuer running -alongest by it, downe into the sea, by which is brought -by water and carried downe all kinde of marchandice. -There is a bridge ouer the sayde riuer, which is supposed to -bee the fayrest that is in all the worlde; it hath a drawe -bridge to serue in time of warres, or for any other necessitie: -the bridge is eight hundreth paces long, and all wrought -with stones of two and twentie foote long, and five foote -broade, a thing greatly to bee marueiled at. At the entrie -thereof, there were manie armed souldiers readie to fight, -who, when they came within hargubush-shoote, did salute -them in verie good order. There was nigh vnto the sayde -bridge, in the riuer, riding at an anker, more than a thousande -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_60" id="Page_ii_60">[60]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">A thousand ships in one riuer.</span> -shippes of all sortes, and so great a number of boates -and barkes, that all the riuer was couered, and euerie one -full of people, that had entred into them for to see the Castillas, -for so they did call the Spaniardes in that countrie, for -the streetes in the suburbes nor in the citie could not hold -them, the number was so great; yet their streets are as broade -as our ordinarie streetes in anye citie in all Spaine.</p> - -<p>This citie is compassed with a strong wall, made of stone, -and is seuen fadam hie, and foure fadam broade, and vpon -the gates many towers, wherein is placed their artilerie, -<span class="sidenote">They haue no vse of castles.</span> -which is all their strength, for that they doo not vse in their -kingdome strong castels as they doo in Europe. The houses -of the citie are all built after one sorte and fashion, but faire, -<span class="sidenote">Earthquake in this countrey.</span> -and not verie hie, by reason of the earth quakes, which are -ordinarily in that countrie.</p> - -<p>All the streetes (but especially that wherein they passed -at their comming thether), have, on the one side and on the -other, sheddes, vnder the which are shoppes, full of riche -<span class="sidenote">Rich marchandice.</span> -marchandice, and of great value, and verie curious. They -have, in equal distance the one from the other, many triumphant -<span class="sidenote">Triumphant arches.</span> -arches, which doo set out the streetes verie much, and -is vsed in euerie principall streete thoroughout all the kingdome, -in the which they have excellent market-places, -whereas is to bee bought all things that you will desire to be -eaten, as well of fish as of fleshe, fruites, herbes, comfits, -conserues, and all thinges so good cheape, that it is almost -bought for nothing.</p> - -<p>Their victualles are verie good, and of great substance; their -hogges flesh, whereon they doo feede much, is so holsome and -good as the mutton in Spaine. The fruites that wee did see, -some were like vnto them we haue in Spaine and others neuer -the like seene by vs afore, but of an excellent taste and -sauour. But in especiall one kinde of fruite, which is -bigger than a muske million, but of the same fashion, but of -maruellous, excellent, and precious victuall, and pleasant to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_61" id="Page_ii_61">[61]</a></span> -be eaten; a kinde of plummes, that is of a gallant taste, and -neuer hurteth anie bodie, although they eate neuer so manie, -a thing prooued by our Spaniardes manie times. The streete -that they came in at was so full of people, that if a graine of -wheate had beene throwne amongst them, it would scarce -haue fallen to the grounde, and although they were carried -in little chayres, vpon men's backes, and the captaine (of -whom we speake of) before them making way, yet were they -a great while before they could passe the streete, and be -brought vnto a great house, which was a couent, wherein -dwelt religious men of that countrie: thether they were -brought and lodged, beeing verie wearie of the presse of -people, that did trouble them verie much, with desire to take -their ease.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XVII" id="CHAP_I_XVII"></a>CHAP. XVII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The gouernor of Chincheo doth call the Spaniards before him, and -sheweth vnto them the ceremonies that they must vse to have audience.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The same day that they came into the cittie (as aforesaide), -was a good while before night, with more desire to take rest, -and ease themselues of their iourney, and of the trauell they -had in the streets, by reason of the great number of people -that came to see them, then to make any visitation that night; -but the Insuanto, or gouernor of the cittie, did send, and -commanded that forthwith they shoulde go vnto his house, -for that hee had great desire to see them, the which they did -more for necessitie of the time, then for any good will. -They went forth from their lodging on foote, whether it was -for that the gouernor's house was neere hande, or else per-adventure -at his commandment, which they could not well -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_62" id="Page_ii_62">[62]</a></span> -understande, but did as the captaine that guarded them did -commande. In the midst of the streete, wheras was no lesse -number of people then in the other wherby they entred into -the citie, they met with a loytia that came to entertain them -with great maiestie, and had carried before him manie banners, -mase bearers, and tipstaves, and others which carried -settes or whips, which they did traile after them, made fast -vnto long stickes, which were the executioners, the which -doo go alwayes making of way, parting the people before -the loytias, as you haue hearde. The maiestie and company -wherewith he came was so great, that they verely did beleeue -him to be the Insuanto: but being certified, they -vnderstoode that it was one of his counsailers that came from -the gouernor's home to his own house, which was in the -same street whereas hee met with them. This counsailor was -carried in a chaire of ivory, garnished with gold and with -curtines of cloth of gold, and on them the king's arms, -which are certaine serpents knotted togither (as hath beane -tolde you). But when he came right against the Spaniards, -without any staying, he made a signe with his head, and -commanded that they should returne backe againe vnto his -house, which was hard by; the captains did straightways -obey his commandment, and returned with them. The counsailor -entred into his house, which was verie faire; he had in -it a faire court, and therein a gallant fountaine and a garden. -After him entred the Spaniards all alone, the rest remained -without in the street at the loytia's commandment. He entertained -them with verie good words of semblance, and said in -conclusion that they were welcome into that kingdome, with -many other wordes of curtesie: vnto the which they answered -with the same curtesie, with signes and by their -interpreter that they carried with them. This loytia commaunded -a banquet to bee brought foorth, and wine to -drinke. He began first both to eate and drinke. Then -hee commanded to call in the captaine, vnto whome -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_63" id="Page_ii_63">[63]</a></span> -was giuen the charge to beare them companie, and -did chide with him verie sharpely and seuerely, because -he did carrie them on foote (they coulde not vnderstande -whether it were doone for a policie or of a trueth, although -the effectes wherewith hee did chide seemed of a trueth); hee -straightwayes commanded two rich chayres to bee brought -foorth for to carrie the fathers, and to giue vnto their companions -horses; the which being done he willed them to go -and visite the gouernor, who did tary their comming, and -that another time at more leasure he would see and visite -them.</p> - -<p>They followed their way all alongst the streete, which -seemed vnto them to be more fairer then the other wherein -they entered, and of more fairer houses and triumphant -arkes; and also the shoppes that were on the one side and -on the other, to bee better furnished with richer thinges -then the others, in so ample sort, that what therewith, as -also the great number of people which they sawe, they -were so amased, that they were as people from themselues, -thinking it to be a dreame. To conclude, after they had -gone a good while in that streete, delighting their eies with -newe thinges neuer seene of them before, they came into a -great place whereas were many souldiers in good order with -their hargabushes, pickes, and other armour in a redinesse, -apparelled all in a liuerie of silke with their ancients displayed. -At the end of this place was there a very faire and -sumpteous pallace, the gate was wrought of mason's worke -of stone, very great and full of figures or personages, and -aboue it a great window with an iron grate al guilt; they -were carried within the gates, the souldiers and the people, -which were without number, remained without and coulde -not be auoyded but with great difficultie. When they were -within the first court, there came forth a man very well -apparelled and of authoritie, and made signes with his hande -unto them that brought the Spaniards, that they should -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_64" id="Page_ii_64">[64]</a></span> -carrie them into a hal that was vpon the right hand, the -which was straightwayes done. The hall was very great -and faire, and at the end ther of there was an altar, whereon -was many idols, and all did differ the one from the other in -their fashion; the altar was rich and very curiously trimmed -with burning lampes; the aultar cloth was of cloth of gold -and the fruntlet of the same.</p> - -<p>After a while that they had beene there whereas the idols -were, there came a seruant from the gouernor, and said vnto -them in his behalfe, that they should sende vnto him the -interpreter, for that hee woulde talke with him, and tell him -some things that they ought to obserue if they would haue -any audience of him; they straightwayes commanded him to -go. And the gouernor said vnto him that hee should aduise -the fathers and the rest of his companions, that if they would -talke and treate of such businesse as they came for, that it -must be done with the same ceremonie and respect as the -nobles of that prouince do vse to talke with him, which is -vppon their knees (as afterwards they did see manie times -vsed); if not that they shoulde depart vnto the house whereas -they were lodged, and there to tarrie the order that shoulde -bee sent from the vizroy of Aucheo. The Spaniards, when -they hearde this message, there was amongst them diuers -iudgementes and opinions, striuing amongst themselues a -good while; but yet in conclusion, the religious fathers -whome the gouernour of the ilandes had ordeined and sent -as principalles in this matter, and whose iudgemente they -shoulde followe, saide that they ought to accept the condition, -seeing that by no other meanes they coulde not come -vnto that they pretended, and not to leaue it off for matters -of small importance, for that therein they make no offence -vnto God, and it may bee a meane vnto the conuerting of -that mightie kingdome, whome the divell maketh reckoning -to bee his owne, and not nowe to leaue it off, but rather to -procure all meanes that may be, as they had began to do; -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_65" id="Page_ii_65">[65]</a></span> -and seeing that it is no offence vnto God, as aforesaide, -neither sent as ambassadors from the king of Spaine, I doo -not know to the contrarie, but that we may consent vnto the -will of the Insuant, and in especiall being a thing so commonly -vsed in that countrie. This opinion and iudgement -was followed, although the souldiers that were with them -were of a contrarie opinion. So they sent answere vnto the -gouernor with the said interpreter, that they will observe -their accustomed ceremonies and will do all that he will -commande them according vnto the custome of the countrie: -otherwise they could not be permitted to intreat of such -things, wherefore they came thither from farre countries and -with so great travell.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XVIII" id="CHAP_I_XVIII"></a>CHAP. XVIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards haue a louing and fauorable audience of the gouernor of -Chincheo, to whom they do giue the letters they brought from the -Ilands Philippinas.</i></p></div> - - -<p>When that the Insuanto understood that the Spaniards -woulde enter with the reuerence accustomed, and in such -order as was declared vnto them, hee straightwaies commanded -that they should come into the hall whereas he was, -which was a thing to be seene, as well for the bignes as for -the riches that was in it, the which I do let passe because I -would not be tedious. The Spaniards were carried foorth -out of that hall whereas they were first, and after that they -had passed the court whereas they came in, they entred into -another hall as bigge as the first, whereas were many souldiers -with their weapons in their hands, in verie good order -and richly apparelled, and next vnto them were many tipstaves -and sergeants, with different ensignes or badges, all -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_66" id="Page_ii_66">[66]</a></span> -apparelled with long robes of silke, garded and embroidered -with gold, and euery one of them had a helme on his heade, -some of siluer and other some of tynne guilt ouer, which -was a gallant thing to see; all had long haire and dyed -yealow, which hong downe behind their eares vpon their -backes; they were placed in very good order, and made a -lane that the Spaniards might passe thorough: then they -came into a gallerie, which was ioyning vnto a chamber -where the gouernor was, and there they heard such a noise -of instruments of diuerse sorts, which indured a good while, -and was of so great melodie that it seemed vnto them that -they neuer before heard the like, which caused vnto them -<span class="sidenote">Great maiestie.</span> -great admiration to see so great maiestie amongst gentiles. -When the musicke was ended they entered into the hall -aforesaid, and had not gone many steps, when as they met -with the counsailer that met with them in the streete aforesaid, -and with him other two of his companions, all on foote -and bare headed before the gouernor, and their ensignes of -maiestie left off: which is generally vsed in all the kingdome, -the inferior to make anie shewe when that hee is -before his superior. Then they made signes vnto them for -to kneele downe, for that the Insuanto was nigh at hande in -a rich tower, vnder a canopie of great riches, and did represent -so great maiestie as the king himselfe: he did entertaine -them with tokens of great loue and humanitie, and tolde -them by their interpreter that they were verie well welcome, -and that he did greatly reioyce to see them, with many other -words of great favour. This gouernor was a man of goodly -person, well fauored, and of a merrie countenance, more -then any that they had seene in all that countrie. He caused -to be put upon the shoulders of the fathers and of the souldiers -that were with him, euery one of them, two peeces of -silke, which was crossed about them like skarfes, and likewise -to either of them a branch of siluer: the like curtesie -he did vnto the captaine Omoncon and vnto Sinsay, and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_67" id="Page_ii_67">[67]</a></span> -commanded to give vnto all their seruants euery one of them -a mantle of cotton painted. This ceremonie is vsed in that -kingdome vnto al captaines and other men that haue done -some valiant exploit (as we haue tolde you before). This -being doone, the fathers did giue vnto him the letters which -they carryed from the gouernor and generall of the fielde, -and a note of the present that was sent him, crauing pardon -for that it was so smal, but time and oportunitie would not -serue as then to sende vnto him a thing of greater price and -valor; certifying him, that if the friendship which they pretended -did go forwards, and come to be established, that -then all things should be amended and amplified. He answered -vnto their profers with words of great fauor, and -made signes vnto them to arise and to go and take their -rests there whereas they were lodged; the which they did, -and founde all thinges in verie good order and well furnished, -as well of beddes as all other necessaries, which was -done by the commandement of the gouernour. Before they -departed out of the pallace, the captaine of the guard did -carrie them vnto his lodging, which was within the court, -and there he made them a banquet with conserues, and -fruits in abundance: the which being doone, hee and other -gentlemen of the pallace did beare them companie vntill -they came to their lodgings, which they greatly desired, -for that they were wery of their iourney, and also with -the trouble of the great presse of people that pressed on them -in the streets and otherwise for to see them: the which -captaine of the guard did appoint a company of souldiers -for to gard them both night and day, the which was done -more for maiesty then for necessitie or securitie of their -persons. They had a steward appointed to prouide them -and all their company of all thinges necessarie, and that in -abundance, and not to take of them any thing, which was -giuen by particular commandement by the gouernour.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_68" id="Page_ii_68">[68]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XIX" id="CHAP_I_XIX"></a>CHAP. XIX.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards are visited by the principals of Chincheo; the gouernor -did send for Pedro de Sarmiento and Myguel de Coarcha, and giueth -them particular audience, and doth wel informe himselfe of all things -touching Limahon the rouer.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The next day following, which was Sunday the twelfth of -July, many of the gentlemen of the cittie did go vnto the -Spaniards to visite them, vsing many ceremonies according -to their custome with fauorable words, promising to performe -it in deeds, when and as neede did so require; and -such as could not go themselues did send their seruants, -bidding them welcome and to knowe of their good healthes, -and howe they did like of their citties and country. The -Spaniards did make answere, and gratified them all, as well -those that came in person as the other that sent their seruants; -in the which visitation they spent all the whole day, -hauing great admyration to see the good behauiour, nurture, -and gallant demeanure of those gentlemen, and the great -discreation they had in the demanding of anie thing they -would knowe, as also in their answers made to our requests. -The next day the Insuanto sent a commandement wherein -he willed two fathers to remaine in their lodgings and take -their ease, but the two souldiers, Pedro Sarmiento and -Miguel de Loarcha, should come and speake with him, and -that they should bring with them their interpreter, for that -hee had one there with him who was a Chino, and vnderstood -the language of the Philippinas, but so badly that -they coulde not by his interpretation talke of any matter of -importance. So when they came thither, they were brought -whereas hee was, but with lesse ceremony then on the first -day, but yet they found him with the like maiestie as before. -He asked of them how the fathers did, and they themselues, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_69" id="Page_ii_69">[69]</a></span> -and if they were refreshed of the travell in the iourney, and -howe they did like of the countrie, and other things which -did demonstrate great affabilitie. Being by them satisfied -of his demands, he requested them to declare vnto him the -whole circumstance of the comming of Limahon the rouer -vnto the ilands, and how the Spaniards dealt with him; that -although hee had beene informed particularly in all thinges -by the captaine Omoncon and Sinsay, yet he was in a ielousie -that they tolde him not the trueth. Hee was nothing -deceiued in that hee suspected, for after that our souldiers -had made a true relation of the comming of the rouer vnto -Manilla, and of all the rest as you have heard in the discourse -thereof in this booke, he found that they differed -very much the one from the other, for that they did attribute -it wholly vnto themselves to get honor and benefite: -but the Insuanto, like a wise man, straightwayes vnderstood -their pretence. But when that he perceiued that Limahon -was neither dead nor prisoner, but only besieged, he offered -vnto them that if they would returne againe vnto Pagansinan -<span class="sidenote">He offered 500 shippes of warre.</span> -vpon him whereas he was, hee would giue vnto them fiue -hundred ships of warre, with people sufficient to serue both -by sea and lande, and more if they would request. They -answered him, that all such cost and labour were but in -vaine, for that the generall of the fielde who hath him in -siege, with the people and ships that he hath, are sufficient -to ende that enterprise, and to send him hither alive or -deade, and that long before that their fleete should come -thither. And besides this, their ilands were poore of victuals, -and could not sustaine so great an armie many dayes. -Being satisfied with these reasons, he gaue place that the -interpreter which they brought should come in where as -they were, for hee remained at the doore without, for that -he would be fully certified to auoid the suspitious doubt he -had before he come in presence, yet he did help them very -much. So when their interpreter was come in, the Spaniards -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_70" id="Page_ii_70">[70]</a></span> -seeing good occasion and opportunitie for to declare that -which passed the day before betwixt them and the fathers, -<span class="sidenote">Note the Spaniards insolencie.</span> -touching the speaking vnto him on their knees: and seeing -as it seemed vnto them that he was at that time in a good -mind for to heare them, they did vtter vnto him all the -whole contention; after that they had declared many reasons -of great consideration, to giue them to vnderstand that it -was not conuenient to do it, but especially to religious men, -who were there as principals ouer the rest, vnto whom the -king of Spaine (their lord) himselfe both stand on foote, -when as they do intreat of any matter, although it be but of -small importance; for that they are priests and ministers of -God, whom he doth worship and reuerence.</p> - -<p>The Insuanto with a merry countenance did answere -them, that vnto that time he vnderstood no more of them -then in that he was informed by the captaine Omoncon, and -did not acknowledge them to be any other but Castillas; -without knowing wherefore they came, nor from whom, for -lacke of the letters sent from their gouernor and generall of -the fielde the first time that he spake with them; neither -had he any knowledge of the custome of their countrie, yet, -notwithstanding that which hath passed heere, without any -exception of person, if they would take it in good part, in -that which is to come shall be amended: and from that day -forwards, at al times whensoeuer it were their pleasure to -come of themselues, or at such time as they were sent for, for -to talke with him as they doo vse in Castilla or Spaine, vnto -such of their dignitie and vocation, the which he granted -with a very good will; although hee [did] not grant vnto -any that preheminence, no not vnto a vizroy, except he were -an ambassador sent from some king. With this resolution, -and with many other good wordes they tooke their leaue of -him, and went ioyfull and content vnto their lodgings, -wheras they found the friers wearie with entertaining of -such as did visite them, and with great desire to see them, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_71" id="Page_ii_71">[71]</a></span> -to knowe wherefore the Insuanto did send for them, with -whome they had beene so long time. But after that they -vnderstoode the effect of the whole, and how that the -gouernor did permit that they should talke with him after -their owne fashion, they were maruellously glad thereof, -and had a very good hope to conclude their pretence, -wherefore they went, and praised God for the good successe -of that which they pretended.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XX" id="CHAP_I_XX"></a>CHAP. XX.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The gouernor doth banquet the Spaniards, and afterwards make all -thinges in a redinesse for to go vnto Aucheo, whereas the vizroy -tarieth their comming.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The next day following the gouernor called a gentleman -of his house vnto him, and commanded him to go and visite -the Spaniards, and to informe himselfe of them if that they -lacked any thing, as well in their victuals as in their lodgings, -and to know if they did require any thing particular -to themselues to aduise him therof, and he would furnish -them forthwith for the loue that hee bare vnto them, for -their good contractation, and for the great seruice that they -had done vnto the king in the businesse of Limahon. And -also that he should in his name inuite them for the next day -folowing to dine with him in his house. This gentleman -went vnto them and accomplished his message, and the -Spaniards answered, kissing his hande for the great care hee -had of them, saying that they were furnished in all thinges -aboundantly (as in trueth they were), and how they were -maruellously well lodged, cheered, and lacked nothing, and -that the great care hee had of them was agreeable vnto the -hope they had of his good presence and gentlenesse, accepting -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_72" id="Page_ii_72">[72]</a></span> -the inuiting for the next day, the which was giuen them, -and accomplished in this forme following.</p> - -<p>The next day when they went vnto the pallace, which was -at dinner time, they were caried into a hall that was below -in the second court, whereas were many chaires of velvet -and tables that were painted with their frontals before; they -had no table clothes on them, for that they doo not vse any -in that countrie, as hath beene told you in the first part of -this historie, neither is it needfull for their manner of feeding. -In the first chaires they caused the friers to sit downe, -euery one at a table by himselfe, and each of them other sixe -tables, placed in order, compassing rounde like a circle; -then were the Spanish souldiers set in the same manner, -and each of them had fiue tables, and next vnto them the -captaine of the guard belonging vnto the gouernor, and two -other captaines, and euerie one of them had three tables; -for that it is the custome of that countrie to make a difference -in the qualitie of the guests by the number of the tables. -All these were placed in circle or compasse (as aforesaide) -that they might see one another. In the midest betwixt -them there was a round compasse whereas was represented -a comedie with much pastime, and indured all the dinner -time, and a good while after. There was also great store of -verie good and excellent musicke, accompanied with gallant -voyces, also iesters, with puppets and other thinges of great -pastime, to drive the time away.</p> - -<p>On the first table was set, to euery one of the guestes, little -baskets wrought with golde and siluer wyre, full of sweete -meates made of sugar, as marchpanes, castels, pitchers, pots, -dishes, dogges, bulles, elephants, and other things verie -curious, and all guilt: besides this there were many dishes -full of flesh, as capons, hennes, geese, teales, gamons of -bacon, peeces of beef, and other sortes of flesh wherewith -all the tables were replenished, sauing that whereat they did -sit to dine, which was replenished with victuals that was -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_73" id="Page_ii_73">[73]</a></span> -dressed (for all the other was rawe), and was of so great -aboundance that there was at times more than fiftie dishes, -and they were serued with great curiositie. They had wine -of diuers sorts, and of that which they doo make in that -countrie of the palme tree, but of so great excellencie, that -they founde no lacke of that which was made of grapes. -The dinner endured foure houres, and according vnto the -aboundance and diuersitie they had in victuals, it might -have indured eight houres, for it was in so good order that -it might haue beene giuen vnto any prince in the world.</p> - -<p>Their seruants and slaues that they brought with them -at the same time, did dine in another hal nigh vnto the -same, with so great abundance as their masters. When -dinner was done, the gouernor commanded the people to -come vnto him, with whom he did talke and comon with -great friendship and good conuersation, and would not consent -that they shoulde kneele downe, neither to bee bare -headed. So after that hee had made vnto them tokens of -friendshippe, and detained them a while in demaunding of -many thinges, lastly he told them that there was an order -come from the vizroy of Aucheo, that they shuld go thither -with great speede, so that it did require that they shoulde -depart the next day following, for the which they were -veri glad and ioyfull, for that they had great desire the one -to see the other; and againe with him they might treate and -comon touching their comming into that countrie, and for -what intent, and for all other things needful, for that he was -a man fit for their purpose, and one wellbeloved of the king. -So hee tooke his leaue of vs with great friendship and curtesie, -who did surrender the same after our custome, putting -of our cappes, and making reuerence, for the which hee -made shewe that it greatly contented him.</p> - -<p>At their going foorth out of the hall they found the captaine -that did dine with them, and with him many other -gentlemen that tarried their comming for to beare them company -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_74" id="Page_ii_74">[74]</a></span> -vnto their lodging; going before them many seruants, -that did carie the raw meate that was vpon the other tables -ouer and aboue that which they did eate on, the which was -done for great maiestie, and a ceremony verie much vsed in -that kingdom, so many times as they do make any banquet.</p> - -<p>So when they came vnto their lodging they founde that -the Insuanto had sent them a very good present, in the -which was for euery one of them four peeces of silke, and -counting chestes with other thinges, and certaine painted -mantels for the seruants and slaues. So after they had taken -their leaue of the captaines and gentlemen that did beare -them companie home, they beganne with great ioy to put all -thinges in order for their iourney the next day following.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXI" id="CHAP_I_XXI"></a>CHAP. XXI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards departe from the citie of Chincheo, and commeth to that of -Aucheo, whereas the vizroy did tarrie their comming.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The next day in the morning, before that the Spaniards -were stirring, there was within the house all thinges necessary -for their iourney, as well of little chaires as of horses -and men for to carrie them and their stuffe, the which they -did with so good a will (as aforesaid) that they did fall out -and striue amongst themselues who should be the first that -should receiue their burthen. So all things being in good -order they departed, hauing in their companie the same -captaine and souldiers, that vnto that time had beene their -guard, vntil they came vnto the cittie of Aucheo whereas -the vizroy was. This iourney was vnto them ioyfull, as well -for to entreate of matters touching their comming, and to -be resolued what they shuld do, as also to depart out of -Chincheo whereas they passed much trouble, by reason of -the great number of people that came for to see them, who -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_75" id="Page_ii_75">[75]</a></span> -neuer would be satisfied, and y<sup>t</sup> was in such extremity that -some dayes at tenne of the clocke in the night the streetes -round about their lodging were full of people, and onely to -see them, which caused great trouble and heate with their -rumor and presse amongst them. This day, by reason they -vnderstood that they should depart, the prease and multitude -of the people was so great, that although they had tip -staues before them to beate the people away and to make -roome, yet was it almost night before they could get out of -the citie, so that they were constrained to remaine in a towne -there hard by all night, where as by the commandement of -the gouernour they were verie well lodged, and their supper -made readie in verie good order, as it was in seauen dayes -together, till such time as they came vnto Aucheo, without -taking for the same, or for anie other thing necessarie for -their sustentation, anie price or value. There went continuallie -before them a post with a prouision from the -gouernour, written in a great borde wherein was declared -who they were and from whence they came, and commanding -that there should bee prouided for them all things necessarie -in abundance, vppon the king's cost, which was the -occasion that so much people came for to see them, that in -the high waies they were many times disturbed; so with -great trouble, the thirde day they came vnto a citie which -was called Megoa,<a name="FNanchor_1_27" id="FNanchor_1_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a> which was sometimes the head gouernement, -the which was of fortie thousand housholds, but a -great part thereof was dispeopled; the occasion thereof they -told vs (and was), that about thirtie yeares past the Iaponese, -who brought for their guides three Chinos, who doo nowe -dwell in Manilla and are become Christians, and came vpon -that cittie (to reuenge themselues of an iniurie that was -done vnto them), the which they put in execution with so -great secrecie and policie, that they made themselues lords -of the citie without any daunger or hurt vnto themselues; -for that fiftie Iapones, men fit for that purpose, did apparell -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_76" id="Page_ii_76">[76]</a></span> -themselues in Chinos apparell without being knowne, and -came vnto a gate of the cittie, whereas the souldiers that -had the charge thereof were voide of all suspition of any -enimies that woulde come, which was the occasion that their -armor and weapon was not all in a redinesse. And within -a little while after that followed two thousand, that did disembarke -themselues in a secreat and vnknowne place, and -came in verie secret order because they would not be discouered, -and did beset that gate of the cittie whereas their -companions were which they sent before; who so soone as -they saw them nigh at hande, drewe out their weapons the -which they caried hid vnder their apparell, and set vpon the -souldiers (that were voide of feare and vnarmed) with so -great furie and force that they being amazed were easilie -slaine, so that they were lords of the gate, whereas they left -verie good guard, and followed their victorie and made -themselues lordes of the cittie without any daunger vnto -their persons, and did possesse the same certaine dayes, and -did sacke the same in spite of them all, with great harme -and losse vnto the inhabitants thereof, vntill such time as -the vizroy of Aucheo did leuie an armie togither of three -score and tenne thousande men, and went vpon them with -courage for to be reuenged on the iniurie receiued with the -death of all the Iapones; but they seeing that they coulde -not defend themselues against so manie, in one night they -left the cittie and went vnto their shippes, whereas they had -left them in verie good order, and carried with them the -spoile of the cittie, leauing it beaten downe and dispopulared -the greater part thereof, in which sort the Spaniards founde -it, and the iniurie receiued so fresh in their minds as though -it had beene doone the day before.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_27" id="Footnote_1_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a> Hing-hoa.</p></div> - -<p>In this citie they were lodged in the king's house, the -which was of verie great and faire buildings; there was -giuen them to dine and suppe in very good order, and with -aboundance. So soon as they came thither, the friers remained -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_77" id="Page_ii_77">[77]</a></span> -in their lodgings, but Pedro Sarmiento and Miguel -de Loarcha went to visite the gouernor, vsing the Spanish -curtesie with him, and he receiued them with great ioy and -curtesie. After they had taken their leaue and returned -vnto their lodgings, the gouernor sent to visite them El Tyu, -who is the auncientest of his counsaile, who was with them -a good while verie friendly, and offered his seruice in all -thinges that were needfull, and so departed to his house -maruellously well accompanied.</p> - -<p>The gouernor sent vnto the two souldiers that went to -visite him, ech of them two peeces of silke.</p> - -<p>At their departure from this cittie, trauelling towards -Aucheo, they passed ouer a mightie great ryuer, by a bridge -all made of stone, the goodliest and greateste that euer they -had seene, whose greatness did cause wonderful admiration, -so that they stayed and did measure it from one end to -another, that it might be put amongst the wonders of that -country, which they tooke a note of. They found that it -was one thousand and three hundred foote long, and that -the least stone wherewith it was built was of seuenteene -foote, and many of two and twentie foote long and eight -foote broad, and seemed vnto them a thing impossible to be -brought thither by man's art, for that all round about so -farre as they could see was plaine ground without any -mountaines; by which they iudged them to be brought -from farre. When they were passed that bridge, they trauelled -al the rest of the day till night vpon a causie that was -very broad and plaine, and on both sides many victualling -houses, and the fieldes sowed with rice, wheate, and other -seeds; and so full of people as in the streetes of a good -towne or cittie.</p> - -<p>So when they came into the suburbes of the citie of -Aucheo, they founde order and commandement from the -vizroy what should be done, as more at large shalbe declared -vnto you in the chapter following.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_78" id="Page_ii_78">[78]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXII" id="CHAP_I_XXII"></a>CHAP. XXII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The entrie of the Spaniards into the cittie of Aucheo, and how the vizroy -did entertaine and receiue them.</i></p></div> - - -<p>After they had travelled more then halfe a league in the -suburbs of the cittie of Aucheo, they met with a post that -came from the vizroy, who brought order that they should -remaine in a house that was appointed for them in the said -suburbs, and there to be lodged for that night, for that it was -late and they could not come vnto the house appointed in -the cittie for them, or else peraduenture to giue content -vnto many that had great desire to see those strangers, for -that they must passe thorough the cittie, and better to bee -seene in the day then in the night. So soone as they were -alighted, there came a gentleman to visite them, sent from -the vizroy to bidde them welcome, and to know howe they -did with their iourney, and also to see that they were well -prouided for that night of all things necessarie, and that in -aboundance. After all the which being done, he told them -that the viceroy did verie much reioyce of their comming; -and for that it was late, and the cittie farre off, it was his -pleasure that they shoulde bee lodged that night in the -suburbes vntill the next day, then will he giue order that -they may enter into the cittie with the authoritie conuenient -vnto their persons. After this gentleman came other captaines -to visite them, and brought with them great store of -conserues, wine, and fruit; which is a common custome -amongst them when that they go in the like visitation, and -it is carried by their seruants in little baskets very curiously -wrought, or else in barrels made of earth all guilt. Within -two houres after their comming thither, there came another -messenger from the vizroy, with many men laden with -capons, hens, geese, teales, gamons of bacon, and conserues -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_79" id="Page_ii_79">[79]</a></span> -of diuers sorts, and of great abundance, sufficient for one -hundreth men to sup that night and for their dinner the -next day.</p> - -<p>The next day in the morning very early, there came much -people vnto their lodging, sent by the vizroy, and brought -with them two rich chaires for to carrie the fathers in, and -the curtines tied up that they might the better be seene, and -for their companions verie good horses, sadled after the -fashion which they doo vse. They forthwith made haste for -to depart, and although they made great speed, yet were -they a good houre and a halfe before they coulde come vnto -the gates of the citie, and seemed vnto them that they had -trauelled two leagues in the suburbes; the which was so -well peopled, so faire houses, and many shoppes full of merchandise, -that if it had not beene told them, they would -not haue beleeued it to be the suburbes but the cittie it -selfe.</p> - -<p>Before they came vnto the gates, they passed a mightie -riuer three times, ouer bridges that were great and verie -faire, and the riuer so deepe that great shippes came vp the -same, but their mastes stooping downe to passe vnder the -bridges. This cittie is the richest and the best prouided -that is in all the kingdome; it is the heade cittie of all the -prouince, verie rich and fertill, and manie townes belonging -vnto it, and but eight leagues from the sea, and hath mightie -riuers wherein great shippes come vp to it as aforesaide. At -the enterie of the citie they founde many gentlemen that -were there at the gate tarrying their comming, who after -they had saluted the one the other after their fashions, -without anie staying they trauelled forwards on, thorough a -great and broad street that went directlie vnto the vizroy -his pallace; vpon both sides of the streete, from the gate -forwards, was placed one by another full of souldiers with -their officers and ancient, euerie one with his weapon in his -hands, as pickes, hargabuses, swords and target, all apparelled -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_80" id="Page_ii_80">[80]</a></span> -in one liverie of silke, and a bunch of fethers vppon -their crestes. They all stoode still and kept their places, -and would not consent that any should crosse the way in the -streete, whereas they went accompanied with the gentlemen.</p> - -<p>They had no leasure to tell the souldiers; but they sawe -that from the gate vntil they came vnto the vizroye's pallace -on both sides, which was a good way, to be full of them, and -all richly apparelled and of one colour. The people that -were at the windowes and in the streete, betwixt the houses -and the soldiers, were so great a number that it seemed to -bee doomes day, and that all the people in the worlde were -there ioyned together in that streete.</p> - -<p>So when they came vnto the pallace, which was two houres -after day, the gentlemen that were their guides did cause -the Spaniardes to enter into a roome which was hard by, till -such time as the gate was open, for that it is open but once -a day, and so continue no longer time then the audience -endureth, which is done by the uiceroy once euerie day, -and that is but a small time. But first before he doth enter -into audience, there is shot off foure peeces of artilerie, with -a great noyse of trompettes, drommes, and waites; and there -is no day that passeth without audience, as our people did -see by experience so long as they were there, and were likewise -informed of others. The houre being come, and the -ceremony doone as aforesaide, the gates were opened, and -there was in the court many souldiers apparelled in the same -liuerie that those were of in the streete.</p> - -<p>From the middest amongst them came forth a gentleman, -who was, as it was told them, the captaine of the garde of -the viceroy, who came with great grauitie and authoritie -towards the place whereas our people were, and after they -had saluted the one the other, he made signes vnto them -that they should go towardes the gates of the pallace. When -they were within the first court, the which was great and -wrought with mightie pillers, there was a great number of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_81" id="Page_ii_81">[81]</a></span> -souldiers, and many sergeants that entred into an other -great covrt, and mounted vp a paire of stayres that was on -the one side, whereas all the people were with great silence, -sauing the captaine of the garde, who went with our people -till they came to the gates of the hall whereas was the viceroy, -at which gate he staied with his head discouered, and -made signes vnto ours that they should doo the like, and to -tarrie there till such time as hee had aduised the viceroy of -their comming, and he to command them to enter.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXIII" id="CHAP_I_XXIII"></a>CHAP. XXIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniardes haue audience of the viceroy of Aucheo, and are visited -of some of the principall officers, who declare vnto them certaine -thinges of that citie.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Then straightwayes came foorth of the hall a man apparelled -in a long robe, of good personage, and asked of the -Spaniards if they would speake with the viceroy, and they -answered, yea: then asked he again from whom they came -and by whom they were sent; they answered y<sup>t</sup> they were -sent by the gouernor of Philippinas, who was seruant vnto -the mightiest king in all Christendome. When he had this -answere he returned againe into the hall, and within a little -while after he came forth and bad them come in, but gaue -them to vnderstand that in entring into the hall wheras the -viceroy was y<sup>t</sup> they should kneele downe, and talke with -him in that order till he commanded to the contrarie; if -they would vse this ceremony that then they should come -in, if not that they shold returne back againe. They who -were certified thereof by the gouernor of Chincheo did not -stand therein, but saide y<sup>t</sup> they would observe the order -giuen vnto them. Therewith he went in, who seemed to be -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_82" id="Page_ii_82">[82]</a></span> -the master of ceremonies, making a signe that they should -follow after him and doo that which he willed them to do.</p> - -<p>At the entring in at the doore they stayed a little, and -then kneeled downe right oueragainst there whereas the -uiceroye sate in a chaire verie high like vnto a throne, with -a table before him, and was in so darke a place that almost -they coulde not see his face verie well. On the one side of -him there were some like unto heraldes of armes, with -sceptres in their handes, and on the other side two men of -a gallant comlinesse armed with corselets made of skales of -golde downe to the cafe of their legges, with bowes in their -handes of golde, and quiuers at their backes of the same. -Both the one and the other were vpon their knees. There -was vpon the table before him paper and all thinges necessarie -to write, which is an ordinarie vse amongest them -at all times when there is anye publike audience, and on the -one side of the borde a lion made of blacke woode, which -was (as after they vnderstoode) the armes of that prouince. -So straightwayes he made signes unto them to drawe neare, -which they did, and kneeled downe a little from the table -which was whereas the master of ceremonies did will them. -In this sort they beganne to talke with him by their interpreter, -and tolde them the occasion of their comming into -that citie and kingdome, and from whom and vnto whome -they were sent. But hee made signes vnto them that they -should arise, the which they did with a verye good will, -and did perseuer in their intent. But the uiceroye did cut -them off before they coulde make an ende, and asked if they -had brought any letter from their king vnto the king his -lorde, whome they would goe to see and talke with? but -when they answered no, hee straightwayes took his leaue of -them, saying that they were welcome, and that they should -depart vnto their lodginges and to take their ease, for -that afterwardes they should haue occasion to declare their -minds vnto him, and hee would giue them their answere, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_83" id="Page_ii_83">[83]</a></span> -for that the king was farre of, and it requireth a long time -to come whereas he is, but he would write vnto him, and -according vnto his commandement he would make them -answere. And therwith he tooke the letter, and the memoriall -of the present, and commanded in his presence to put -about the neckes of the friers, in manner of a scarfe, to -eyther of them sixe peeces of silke, and vnto the souldiers -their companions, and vnto Omoncon and Sinsay, each of -them foure peeces, and to euerye one of their seruantes two -a peece, and to giue vnto the two fryers and the souldiers, -Omoncon and Sinsay, euerie one of them two branches of -siluer, which is a thing vsed in that countrie vnto them that -haue doone some woorthie deede, as hath beene tolde you -before.</p> - -<p>So with the silke about their neckes, and with the branches -in their hands, they returned out of the hall and downe the -staires the way they came, and so through the court into the -streetes, from whence they saw them shut the court gate with -so great a noyse as when they did open it. From thence, at -the request of Omoncon and Sinsay, they went vnto the -house of Totoc, who is the captaine generall of all the men -of warre, and vnto the house of Cagnitoc, who is the chiefe -standard bearer: their houses were nigh the one the other, -very faire and great. They found them with as great maiestie -as the viceroy, and in the same order, with a table -before them, and had on ech side of them armed souldiers -kneeling on their knees. Yet did they not vse our men with -the curtesie that the viceroy vsed, to cause them to stand vp, -which was the occasion that straightwayes they made a -showe that they would depart and be gone, complayning of -Omoncon and Sinsay for that they did carrie them thether, -and tolde them with anger that the gouernour of Manilla -did intreate them in a different sort, who was there resident -for the mightiest prince in all the worlde, and they but easie -marchants; neither was their going thether to be equalled -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_84" id="Page_ii_84">[84]</a></span> -vnto the benefite that they came thether for. This discontent -the which they receiued, was the occasion that they -would not go to make any more visitations, although the -sayde Omoncon and Sinsay, for their owne interest, would -haue carried them to the houses of other officers and gentlemen -of the court. But they made signes vnto those that -were their guides to direct their way vnto their lodgings, -for that they would goe to eate somewhat and to take their -ease, the which was ordayned in a great house of the kinges, -there whereas ordinarily the iudges doo sit to heare matters -of iustice.</p> - -<p>So at their comming thether they founde all their stuffe in -good order, and their dinner marueilous well prouided, and -the whole house hanged and trimmed as though it had beene -for the kings owne person, with many wayting men and -souldiers, those which did gard them both day and night, -and hanging at the doore two tables or bordes (commanded -by the viceroy), wheron was written who they were that were -there lodged, and from whence they came, and wherefore, -and that none whosoeuer should be so hardie as to offer -them any wrong or disturbance, vpon paine to be for the -same offence seuerely punished. In this house they were -more in quiet than in anie other place whereas they had -been, neyther did the people giue them so much trouble, by -reason of the great care which the iudges had in putting -order for the same, by the commandement of the viceroy; -yet was it the greatest towne and most populed of all that -prouince (although in other prouinces there be that be much -<span class="sidenote">A citie of three hundred -thousand housholds.</span> -bigger), and is affirmed that the citie of Taybin or Suntiem -(there whereas the king and his court is resident) hath three -hundreth thousande housholds, and yet there is a bigger -<span class="sidenote">A citie bigger then the other, -and requireth three daies to go from one gate to an other.</span> -citie in the kingdome, called Lanchin, which requireth three -dayes to go from one gate to an other, and is in compasse -more then seuentie leagues, the which is not far distant from -Canton, that which the Portingalles hath great notice of. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_85" id="Page_ii_85">[85]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">Seuentie leagues compasse.</span> -But of certaine there is very much spoken of the mightinesse -of this citie, and I my selfe haue heard reported and -affirmed to bee of a trueth, by men of authoritie that haue -beene in the citie of Canton, religious fryers of the order of -Iesus or Iesuites, to whom ought to be giuen credite.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The wall of the citie is -fiue fadam high and foure broad.</span> -This citie of Aucheo hath a verie faire and strong wall -made of stone, which is fiue fadam high and foure fadam -brode, the which was measured many times by our people, -for that they had a gate out of their lodging that did open -to the same. This wall is all couered ouer with tiles to -defende the rayne water fro hurting of it, which could not -to the contrarie but receiue damage, for that there is no lyme -vsed in the whole wall. They haue not one castle in all this -citie, neyther is there any vsed in all that kingdome; for all -their force and strength is in their gates, the which be made -very strong, with a double wall within verie broade, betwixt -the which are continually many souldiers, such as do keepe -watch and ward both day and night.</p> - -<p>Upon these gates they haue much ordinance, but verie ill -wrought (I meane such as were seene by our men); yet they -do say that in other places they haue excellent good and -verie curiously wrought. The whole wall is full of bartilmentes, -and thereon written the names of such souldiers as -are bound to repayre thether in the time of necessitie. At -euerie hundreth paces they haue lodginges, the which are -very huge and great: there whereas in the time of necessitie -doo remaine and dwell their captaynes, so long as their -<span class="sidenote">The citie double mooted.</span> -troubles doo indure. All the wall is fortified with two great -mots or ditches, the one within and the other without, the -which they doo fill at all times when they please by sluces, -which they haue from the riuer for the same purpose, and -doo serue of water almost all the houses in the citie, whereas -they haue their stanges for the most part full of fish. This -mightie citie is situated in a great plaine, and compassed -round about with mightie rockes and mountaines, which is -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_86" id="Page_ii_86">[86]</a></span> -the occasion that it is not so healthfull; and the inhabitants -saye, that it is by reason of the mountaines, and many times -it is ouerflowen in the winter by spring tides from the riuer. -And in that yeare that this doth happen, it doth destroy and -ruinate a great part of the city, as it was at that time when -our people did see it, for y<sup>t</sup> in the winter before they were -troubled with these great tides, which did them much harme.</p> - -<p>Now to returne to our purpose, you shall vnderstand that -in the kinges house aforesaide, our people remained all the -time that they were in this citie, wheras they were made -much of, and visited by the principall of the same, but in -especiall of the viceroy, who the verie same day did send to -inuite them for the next day following, who made vnto them -a famous banket, as you shall vnderstand in this chapter -following.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXIV" id="CHAP_I_XXIV"></a>CHAP. XXIV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The viceroy doth banket our people in his owne house two daies, -one after the other.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The next day after that our people came into the citie, the -uiceroy did sende to inuite them to dinner to his owne -house, whereas he made them a great banket in the forme -following. At their comming vnto the pallace there came -foorth a great number of gentlemen, seruantes vnto the -viceroy, to bid them welcome, with great store of musicke -and tokens of mirth. Being entred into the first court, they -brought them into a mightie hall that was marueilously well -trimmed, wherein was a great number of tables, set in such -order as they were in the banket that was made them by the -gouernour of Chincheo (as hath beene tolde you), although -in the number and furniture did far excell the other. But -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_87" id="Page_ii_87">[87]</a></span> -before they did sit down, there came vnto them two captaines, -principall men, vnto whom the viceroy had committed -the charge of the banket, to doo all things in his name, for -that it is a custome in that kingdome, that noble men must -not be present in their bankets they make. So the charge -was giuen vnto them to make them be mery, and to bid his -guests welcome. When they came vnto them they vsed -great curtesie, and passed away the time in gallant discourses, -till it was time to go to dinner, and that they began -<span class="sidenote">A strange ceremonie.</span> -to bring in their victuals. Then before they did sit downe, -the captaines did take ech of them a cup in his hande, in -maner of a sorlue,<a name="FNanchor_1_28" id="FNanchor_1_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a> as they do vse, and being full of wine -they went together whereas they might discouer the heauen, -and offered it vnto the sunne and vnto the saints of heauen, -adding thereunto many words of prayers: but principally -they did request that the comming of their newe guestes -might be profitable vnto them all, and that the friendship -which they did pretende to establish, might be for good both -vnto the one and to the other. This their oration and -prayer being done, they did spill out the wine, making a -great courtesie; then were they straightwayes filled againe, -and making reuerence vnto their guestes euerie one by himselfe, -they set the cuppes downe vpon the tables whereas -the fathers should dine, whereas they were set euerie one by -himselfe. This being doone, the first seruice was set vppon -the bordes, and the captaines were set at other tables, which -were not so many in number, nor so well furnished nor -dressed as the other: the dinner was famous and of manie -diuersities of meates, exceeding verie much that which was -made them by the gouernor of Aucheo.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_28" id="Footnote_1_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a> We have not met with this word elsewhere, the Spanish word is -<i>salva</i>, occasionally, and probably here, used for <i>salvilla</i>, a saucer.</p></div> - -<p>The time which the banket indured (which was verie late) -there was great store of musicke of diuers instrumentes, as -of vials, gitterns, and rebuckes, and with them many iesters, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_88" id="Page_ii_88">[88]</a></span> -did make them merry at their dinner. The which being -done, the saide captaines did beare their guests companie -out of the pallace, whereas they did anew inuite them to -dinner for the next day in the same hall: they obeying their -request did come, wheras was made vnto them a banket -more famous than the first.</p> - -<p>This day at the banket was present the Totoc, hee whome -they visited the first day, came in his owne house, and -founde with so great maiestie. Likewise there dyned with -them the captaynes that were at the first banket. In this -<span class="sidenote">Comedies vsed amongest them.</span> -seconde banket they had, as the day before, verie much -musicke, and a comedie that indured long, with manie pretie -<span class="sidenote">Tomblers.</span> -and merrie iestes: there was also a tombler, who did his -feates verie artificially, as well in vauting in the ayre as -vppon a staffe that two men did hold on their shoulders. -Before the comedie did beginne, was tolde them by their -interpreter the signification thereof, that the better they -<span class="sidenote">The argument of their comedie.</span> -might content themselues in the conceiuing, whose argument -was, that in times past, there was in that countrie -manie mightie and valiant men. But amongest them all, -there was in particular three brethren that bid exceede all -the rest that euer were in mightinesse and valiantnesse. -The one of them was a whiteman, the other was ruddish or -hie coloured, and the third blacke. The ruddish being -more ingenious, and of better industrie, did procure to make -his white brother king, the which iudgement was agreeable -vnto the rest. Then they altogether did take away the -kingdome from him that did at that time raigne, who was -called Laupicono, an effeminate man and verie vicious. -This they did represent verie gallantly, with garmentes verie -meete for those personages.</p> - -<p>The banket and play beeing finished, according as they -did the day before, the captaynes did beare them companie -till they were out of the pallace, and from thence they went -vnto their lodgings, with their ordinarie companie appointed -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_89" id="Page_ii_89">[89]</a></span> -by the viceroy, which was that captaine that we haue spoken -of, with his souldiers, who neither night nor day dooth not -depart from their garde.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXV" id="CHAP_I_XXV"></a>CHAP. XXV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards do carie their present vnto the viceroy, who, hauing -receiued it at the hands of Omoncon, doth seale it and sende it vnto -the king: our men bee forbidden to goe foorth of their houses to see -any thing in the citie: and it doth intreat of other particular things.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The same night our men did common amongst themselues, -to see if it were good presently to giue order to put in vre -the thing they came for: seeing that they might treat therof -with the uiceroy, he being a man that shewed vnto them so -much fauour and good will. So in conclusion they were all -resolued, that straightwayes the next daye in the morning, -shoulde goe vnto him Michaell de Loarcha and Peter Sarmiento, -and carrie vnto him the present which they brought, -and to haue with them to beare them company Omoncon -and Sinsay; and being presented, to request that hee would -appoint a day when they might goe and talke with him -about principall matters.</p> - -<p>This accorde they put in execution according vnto their -determination, and the two souldiers went and carried the -present as it was agreed. So they came vnto the pallace, -and hauing tarried till such time as they opened the gates of -the audience (which was with the ceremony spoken of in the -22. chapter), it was tolde vnto the viceroy that the Castillos -were there and had brought a present, who incontinent saide -that as then he could not talke with them; but that the captaine -Omoncon and Sinsay should enter in with the present, -and that they should returne vnto their lodginges, for that -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_90" id="Page_ii_90">[90]</a></span> -he had a care to call them when that opportunitie did serue, -to intreat of all things to their pleasure. They did as they -were commaunded, and those who carried the present in, did -afterwarde giue our people to vnderstand all that had passed -with them; saying that in opening the present, there was a -note thereof taken before a notarie, and straightwayes commanded -to bee put in againe, where it was taken out before -the sayde notarie and other witnesses; the which being done -he sealed it vp, and sent it vnto the citie of Taybin vnto the -king and his counsell, and therewith that which the gouernour -of Chincheo did sende him, as shall be tolde you: for -that they haue a rigorous lawe in that kingdome, that dooth -prohibite all such as haue any office of gouernement to receiue -any present, of what qualitie so euer it be, without -lycence of the king or of his counsell, vpon paine to be depriued -of bearing anie office all the dayes of their liues, and -to bee banished and condemned to weare red bonnets (as -wee haue declared the effect thereof).</p> - -<p>This is conformable vnto that which the gouernor of -Chincheo did, in the presence of our people, at such time as -they went to take their leaue of him for to goe vnto Aucheo, -which was, that in their presence they commanded to take -foorth all that they brought him in present; and shewing it -vnto them peece by peece, he asked if it were that which -they had brought, and they aunswered that it was the same -(although it was with troubled mindes), beleeuing that it -was to checke them because it was so small in respect of -their mightinesse: he asked them if there lacked any thing? -they answered, No: then straightwayes he commanded to -put it againe where as it was taken out in their presence, -and before a notarie and witnesses: the which being doone, -was mailed and sealed and so sent vnto the viceroy of -Aucheo in their companie, and saide that hee could not -receiue it without the licence aforesaid.</p> - -<p>So our souldiers seeing that they could not be suffered to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_91" id="Page_ii_91">[91]</a></span> -enter in with the present, they tooke it for a great discourtesie -and disfauour, and therewith departed vnto their lodging, -to giue the fathers to vnderstande thereof, who liked -not well thereof; but yet they concluded amongest themselues -to suffer for a while, and to commit vnto God the -direction thereof, as it best may be for his holy seruice.</p> - -<p>The next day following, the viceroy did send to visite -them, and to aske of them a sword, a hargubush, and a -flaske; for that he would cause others to be made by them; -the which they did send, and afterwards vnderstood that -they had counterfeited the same, although not in so perfect -manner.</p> - -<p>Then after a time, our people seeing that their beeing in -that citie seemed to be long and like to be longer, they did -procure to driue away the time in the best manner they -could, and went abroad into the citie and did buy eyther of -them that which they thought best. Whereof they found -<span class="sidenote">All things good cheape.</span> -great abundance, and of so small price that they bought it -almost for nothing.</p> - -<p>They bought many bookes that did intreat of diuerse -matters, which they brought with them to the ilands (as -appeareth more at large in the chapter for the same).</p> - -<p>The next day they went to see the gates of the citie, and -all such curious thinges as were to be seene so farre as -they could learne or vnderstande, which were many. But -amongst them all they sawe a sumptuous temple of their -idolles, in whose chiefe chappell they counted one hundred -<span class="sidenote">111 idols in one chappell.</span> -and eleuen idols, besides a great number more that were in -other particular chappels; all were of carued worke, verie -well proportioned and gilted, but in especiall three of them -that were placed in the middest of all the rest, the one had -three heads proceeding out of one bodie, the one looking on -the other in full face. The second was the forme of a -woman, with a childe in her armes; the third, of a man -apparelled after the forme and fashion that the Christians -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_92" id="Page_ii_92">[92]</a></span> -doo paint the Apostles. Of all the rest, some had foure -armes, and some had sixe, and other eight, and other some -marueilous deformed monsters. Before them they had burning -lamps, and many sweete parfumes and smelles, but in -especiall before the three aboue specified.</p> - -<p>But when that the viceroy did vnderstande that our people -did go viewing the citie gates and temples (and perceiueth -that they that gaue him the notice did suspect it that it was -to some ill intent), therewith he straightwayes commanded -that they should not goe foorth out of their lodging without -his licence: and likewise commanded the captaine that was -their garde not to consent thereunto as he had done, and -likewise that none should carrie them any thing for to sell, -for he that did it should be punished with whipping. Yet -notwithstanding, they had euerie day verie sufficient necessaries -for their personages, in such ample wise that there -did alwayes remaine, and not lacke.</p> - -<p>In this closenesse and keeping in they suffered many -dayes with much sadnesse, and oppressed with melancholick -humors, to see that their purpose wherefore they went -thether seemed to be long, and euerie day was worse and -worse. Yet notwithstanding they did passe it ouer in the best -wise they could, in committing it with heartie zeale vnto God, -for whose honor and glorie they did attempt that voyage, and -prayed vnto him for to mooue their hearts to consent that -the religious fathers might remeine in that countrie for to -learne the language (as they had begun many daies before), -by which meanes their soules might be saued, and clearely -deliuered from the tyrannie of the diuell, who of truth had -them in possession. So after many dayes that they had -remained in that close estate as aforesaide, they determined -for to goe and talke with the viceroy, and to bee fully resolued -either to tarry or returne from whence they came. -They straightwayes did put it in vre, and what ensued -thereof you shall vnderstande in the chapter following.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_93" id="Page_ii_93">[93]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXVI" id="CHAP_I_XXVI"></a>CHAP. XXVI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniardes talke with the viceroy, and not being svffered, they do -write to him a letter, and he doth answere it by word of mouth, with -other particular matters.</i></p></div> - - -<p>It hath been declared vnto you, that the same day y<sup>t</sup> the -Spaniardes did talke with the viceroy, he asked them if they -had brought any letter for their king, they answered, No: -he told them that he would write vnto the court, and hauing -answere, they should be fully satisfied of their pretence and -demaund.</p> - -<p>But they seeing that his answere was long a comming, -and great delaye made therein, and that they had them as -halfe prisoners, they determined to go and speake with the -viceroy to be fully satisfied of his determinate will and pretence, -and to haue some order eyther to goe vnto the court, -or to remaine in that citie, or else to returne vnto the ilands, -and there to tarrie the time till it pleased God to open a gate -in that kingdome, wherein might enter his holy gospell.</p> - -<p>With this then pretended purpose, they did perswade -with their captaine to permit them so much libertie as for to -go and speake with the viceroy, who for that hee bare them -loue and good will did consent therevnto. So they went, -but when they came thether they that kept the gates would -not consent y<sup>t</sup> they should enter, which was the occasion -that they returned vnto their lodgings verie sad and sorrowfull, -and almost without any hope to bring their matter to -passe, for the which they went thether; for that it seemed -vnto them, although they did plainely declare vnto them -their pretence, yet did they worke in such order for to cause -them to depart. In this order they remained in the citie -certaine daies, and for to conclude either to stay there or -depart the kingdome they were resolute; and determined to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_94" id="Page_ii_94">[94]</a></span> -write a letter vnto the viceroy, and therein to giue him to -vnderstand particularly that their comming thether into -y<sup>e</sup> countrie was to intreat that betwixt them and the Castillos -there should be peace and friendship, and being concluded -that their souldiers should with that newes depart -vnto the islandes from whence they came, to giue the gouernor -to vnderstand therof, and they to remaine in that -countrie preaching y<sup>e</sup> holy gospell. They could finde none -that would write this letter for them, although they would -haue payed them very well for their paines. Till in the -end, by great request and prayings, the captaine Omoncon -did write it for them, and straightwaies departed vnto the -citie of Ampin that was not farre off, making an excuse for -to go and see the visitor of the prouince, whom they doo -call Sadin: he would very faine haue carried with him two -of our people, y<sup>t</sup> he might haue seene them, but none would -go with him. This iourney which Omoncon made, hee did -it to put away the suspition they might conceiue that he did -write the letter, if that peraduenture the viceroy would take -it in ill part.</p> - - -<p><span class="sidenote">People in great subiection.</span> -Their letter being written, they found great difficulty in -the sending the same, for that there was none that would -carrie it, neyther would they consent that our men should enter -into the pallace to deliuer it. But in conclusion, what with -requestes and giftes, they perswaded their captayne of their -gard to carrie it, who did deliuer the same vnto the viceroye, -in name of the Castillos, saying that hee tooke it of -them to bring it vnto him, for that they did certifie him that -it was a thing that did import verie much. Hauing read -the letter, hee answered that he would giue the king to -vnderstande thereof, as he saide at the first time. And in -that touching the fryers remayning in that countrie to -preach, at that time he could make them no answere, for -that in such matters it was first requisite to haue the good -will of the royall counsell. Yet would hee make answere -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_95" id="Page_ii_95">[95]</a></span> -vnto the letter they brought from the gouernour of Manilla, -and that they might depart, and returne againe at such time -as they brought Limahon, prisoner or dead; the which -being done, then shall the friendshippe be concluded which -they doo pretende, and to remaine and preach at their will. -With this answere they remained without all hope to remayne -there, and did incontinent prepare themselues for to -depart from Manilla, and bought manie bookes to carie with -them, wherein was comprehended all the secrets of that -kingdome; by reason whereof they might giue large notice -vnto the royall maiestie of King Phillip. The which being -vnderstoode by the viceroy, who had set spies to watch their -doings, did sende them worde that they should not trouble -themselues in the buying of bookes, for that hee would giue -them freely all such bookes as they would desire to haue: -the which afterwardes he did not accomplish: whether it -was for forgetfulnesse or other occasion, as wee haue more at -large declared vnto you, we know not: yet did the uiceroy -send and demanded to see some of those bookes that the -fryers had bought; who after that he had seene them, did -returne them againe, and requested of them some writing -of their owne handes, who did accomplish his request, and -sent them written in Spanish and in their own language, the -Lords Prayer, the Aue Maria, and the Ten Commandements, -who according vnto the relation of him that did -carrie the same, saide, that after hee had reade it, he made -showes that he receiued great content therewith, and said -that all which was there written was good.</p> - -<p>In the time that they stayed in this citie, amongst all -other things that they vnderstoode to driue away the time -was one, it was giuen them to vnderstande that in one of the -prisons, there was a Portingale prisoner, who was taken in a -shippe of the Iapones with others of his nation, who were -all dead in the prison, and none left aliue but he alone. -Our people being verie desirous for to see him, and to learne -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_96" id="Page_ii_96">[96]</a></span> -of him some secrets of that countrie, for that he had beene -there a great while, they did procure to talke with him, -asking licence of the supreme iudge and lieutenant vnto the -viceroy, who did not onely refuse to grant it them, but did -make diligent inquirie who they were that did giue them to -vnderstande thereof, for to punish them, which without all -doubt should be executed with sharpe and seuere punishment. -Yet our people would neuer tell them of whom they -had it, although it was demanded of them diuerse times, and -with great intreatie. They had so great desire to know it, -that they did vse all meanes possible as it appeared in the -boldnesse of their demandes.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXVII" id="CHAP_I_XXVII"></a>CHAP. XXVII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>There came newes vnto Aucheo that there was a rouer vpon the coast of -Chincheo, which did much harme, and had sacked a towne. The -viceroy doth suspect him to be Limahon, and how that our people, -with Omoncon and Sinsay, had not declared vnto him the truth.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The Spaniards remained in the citie of Aucheo twentie -days, in the order as hath been told you, without any hope -that the religious fathers should remaine in that countrie for to -preach the holy gospell, which was the principall occasion of -their going into that kingdome. Upon a suddaine there -came newes vnto the citie that the rouer Limahon was vpon -the coast of Chincheo, vsing his olde accustomed cruelties, -and how that he had spoiled and robbed a towne vpon the -sea coast. This newes was throughout all the citie, and appeared -to be true, touching the effect of the dead: yet false -touching the person, for that the rouer was called Taocay, -an enimie and contrarie vnto Limahon, but a friend vnto -Vintoquian, of whom we haue spoken of. But thereupon -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_97" id="Page_ii_97">[97]</a></span> -the viceroy and all them of the citie were conformable in the -suspition that they had receiued, which was, that our people -<span class="sidenote">Suspition of euill.</span> -were come into that kingdome vpon some euill pretence, and -to see the secrets thereof, to some euil end, which was the -occasion y<sup>t</sup> from that time forwards they shewed them not so -good countenance as they did before.</p> - -<p>These newes was not so soone come, but straightwayes -the viceroy did send for Omoncon (who was then returned -from his visiting) and Sinsay, vnto whom he had done courtesie, -and giuen them the title of loytias and captaynes, and -he did reprehende them verie sharpely for that they had -brought ouer people thether, and sayde that they had tolde -him a lye in saying that Limahon was besieged in such sort -that hee coulde not escape, neither had the Castillos burnt -his shippes, and howe that all was but a made matter -amongest themselues, and howe that the captaines which -they brought, and sayde that they had taken from Limahon, -they had robbed from other places, with other wordes -in the same order, and said that the Spaniardes were spyes -that came to discouer the secretes and strength of the -kingdome, and how that they had brought them thether by -force of giftes that they had giuen them.</p> - -<p>They answered him with great humilitie in saying that in -all that which they had sayd they did speake the trueth, and -that it should appeare at such time as the newes of the rouer -should be better knowen, the which, if it shall appeare to -be contrary, they were there readie for to suffer whatsoeuer -punishment y<sup>t</sup> shold be giuen them. The viceroy being -somewhat satisfied with this their iustification, bad them to -depart, remitting all things vnto time for the true declaration -thereof. Then Omoncon and Sinsay came straightwayes to -giue y<sup>e</sup> Spaniards to vnderstand of all that had passed with -the viceroy, and what they vnderstoode of him, which caused -in them so great feare, y<sup>t</sup> for the time which it endured -(which was till such time as they vnderstoode the truth as -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_98" id="Page_ii_98">[98]</a></span> -aforesaide) they paied very well for their feasts and bankets -the which they had made them. All this happened in the -time that Omoncon and Sinsay were at variance, and spake -many iniurious words the one of y<sup>e</sup> other, discouering their -intents and deuises, whereby it plainely appeared that in al -y<sup>t</sup> which they had tolde vnto the viceroy, they lied, but in -especiall Omoncon. Sinsay did dissemble, for hee sayde and -tolde vnto all people, that by his order and industrie our people -did fire the shippes of Lymahon, and beseiged him, with -other speeches in the like sort; yet twentie dayes before his -comming thether, all was ended and doone, as appeared. -The occasion of their enimitie and falling out, was for that -the viceroy had giuen vnto Omoncon a title and charge of -more honor then vnto Sinsay, hauing made betwixt them -a consort that the reward or dignitie should be equally -deuided betwixt them, and that the one should speake -of the other the best they could, because the viceroy -should do them friendship. This condition and consort (as -appeareth) was euill performed, by Omoncon being addicted -vnto selfe loue, and seemed vnto him that Sinsay did not -deserue so much as he did, for that hee was a base man, and -of the sea, and he of the more nobilitie, and had the office of -a captaine. All this which I haue said, was the occasion -y<sup>t</sup> the truth came to light betwixt them, and to cause the -viceroye to suspect, that as they lyed in this, they might -also fable in the burning of the ships and besieging of -Limahon.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_99" id="Page_ii_99">[99]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXVIII" id="CHAP_I_XXVIII"></a>CHAP. XXVIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The gouernours of the prouince do assemble together, to intreat of the -Spaniardes business, and are resolved that they should returne vnto -the ilandes. They do see many curious thinges before their departure.</i></p></div> - - -<p>With this griefe and care remained the Spaniards certaine -daies, kept close in their lodgings, and were not visited so -often as they were when they first came thether, which did -augment verie much their feare, till such time as they -vnderstoode that the viceroy, eyther of his owne good will -or else by some particular order from the king and his -counsell, had called together all the gouernours of that prouince -of Aucheo to intreat of matters touching Limahon, as -also in particular why and wherefore the Spaniardes came -thether, and to resolue themselues wholly in all things requisite -for the same. So when that they were all come -together, which was in a short time, and amongst them the -gouernor of Chincheo, who by an other name was called -Insuanto, they had particular meetings together with the -uiceroye, in the which they were all agreed to haue a generall -meeting, whereunto should bee called the Castillos, and -to demande of them in publike audience the cause of their -comming (although notwithstanding they had giuen to -vnderstand thereof vnto the Insuanto and vizroy), and being -hearde, to giue them their answere according as they had -determined: for the which vppon a day appointed they met -all togither (but not the vizroy) in the house of the Cagontoc, -and commanded to come before them the Castillas, who -did accomplish their request with a great good will, for that -they vnderstoode that they were called to entreat of their -matter, either to tarry or depart. So when they came thither, -they were commanded to enter into a mighty hall, -whereas they were all set in verie rich chaires, with great -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_100" id="Page_ii_100">[100]</a></span> -grauitie and maiestie. The Insuanto seemed to bee the -chiefest among them, but whether it was for that hee was -the principallest next vnto the vizroy (or as it was tolde -them), for that it was he that sent Omoncon in the chase of -the rouer Limahon, they knew not; but so soone as they -were entred into the hall, they were commanded to drawe -nigh there whereas they were all placed, without bidding -them to sit downe, neither did they vse any particular circumstances -or curtesie.</p> - -<p>The Insuanto tooke vpon him the charge, and demanded -of the Spaniards (by meanes of the interpreter) what was the -occasion of their comming into that country, and to declare -their pretence, for that they would giue vnto them the resolute -will of the vizroy, at whose commandment they were -called and there assembled togither. The Spaniards answered -vnto their request, and said that their comming -thither was to treat with them peace and friendship, by the -order of the gouernor of y<sup>e</sup> Philippinas, who had his authority -from the king of Spaine, with a particular charge euer -since the said islands were discouered, who in all thinges that -possible hath beene, haue shewed themselues, not onely in -words but in deedes, as vnto this day the gouernor dooth -accomplish the same, in ransoming all such Chinos as they -can finde, or come vnto their powers, and send them home -free into their countrie with giftes, and not in this only, but -in other matters, which is not vnknowne vnto them: and -more, that which lastly had happened in the destruction of -the fleete, and the besieging of the rouer Limahon, with -which newes they came thither to intreate and conclude -betweene them and the Castillas a perpetuall friendship: -this was the principall occasion of their comming, the which -if they coulde bring it to passe (as a thing that did accomplish -both the one and the other), they would with y<sup>e</sup> same -newes send word with the souldiers (who came with them -for the same effect) vnto the gouernor of Manilla, who sent -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_101" id="Page_ii_101">[101]</a></span> -vs thither for that he might send the good successe thereof -to the king of Spaine, and there to remaine in such place as -they woulde appoint them to studie the learning of the language, -and to preach and declare to them y<sup>e</sup> holy gospell, -which was the right way vnto the salvation of their soule. -Unto all the which they gaue attentiue eare, although with -little desire to see the experience, as appeared; for that the -chiefest matter in effect they did let passe, and asked of -them in what order they left the rouer Limahon, and whether -hee might escape or not, and other questions touching -the same matter, which endured a good while without -touching of anie other matter in effect. The Spaniards -answered as they thought, and supposed that at that time it -could not be, but that he was either taken prisoner or slaine.</p> - -<p>Then did the Insuanto conclude his speech in saying vnto -them, that they should returne vnto their owne country to -the ilands; and at such time as they did bring Limahon, -they woulde conclude all things touching the friendship -they requested, as also for the preaching of the gospell.</p> - -<p>So with this last resolution they tooke their leaue and -went vnto their lodging, with pretence not to speake more -of that matter, for that they sawe it booted out: after they -had giuen their censure: and againe, as they vnderstood it -was by speciall order from the king and his counsaile; and -therewith they beganne to put all thinges in good for their -departure, the which they greatly desired, for that they saw -little fruite to proceede of their great labour and trauell, as -also to see themselues cleare of that manner of prison in the -which they were, not to go forth of their lodgings without -express licence.</p> - -<p>So from that day forwards they did procure with all haste -for to depart, and gaue the vizroy to vnderstande thereof; -who answered them and saide, that they should comfort -themselues and receiue ioy and pleasure, and that he would -dispatch them so soone as the visitor of that prouince was -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_102" id="Page_ii_102">[102]</a></span> -come to Aucheo, which would be within tenne dayes, for -that hee had written vnto him that he should not dispatch -them vntil his comming, for that he would see them.</p> - -<p>From that day forwards hee commaunded that sometimes -they should let them go forth abrode to recreate themselues, -and that they should shew vnto them some particular pleasure -or friendship. So one of them was carried to see the -mustering of their men of warre, which they haue in a common -custome throughout all the kingdome to doo at the -first day of the newe moone, and is sure a thing to be seene: -and they doo it in the field which is ioyning vnto the wals -of the citie, in this manner following.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The vse of their mustering.</span> -There were ioyned togither litle more or less then 20 -thousand souldiers, pickemen and hargabus shot, who were -so expert, that at the sounde of the drum or trumpet, they -straightwayes put themselues in battle aray, and at another -sound in a squadron, and at another the shot doo deuide -themselues from the rest, and discharge their peeces with -very gallant and good order, and with a trice put themselues -againe into their places or standings: this being doone, the -picke men came foorth and gaue the assalt altogether with -so good order and consort, that it seemed vnto the Spaniards -that they did excel al the warlike orders vsed in all the -world: and if it were so that their stomacks and hardinesse -were equall vnto their dexteritie and number of people, it -were an easie thing for them to conquer the dominion of all -the world. If it so chance that any souldier should lacke -<span class="sidenote">Souldiers are punished.</span> -in his office, and not repaire to his place appointed, he is -straightwayes punished very cruelly, which is the occasion -that euerie one of them hath a care vnto his charge.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Their mustering is one throughout -the whole kingdome.</span> -This their muster endured foure houres, and it was certified -vnto the Spaniards that the same day and houre it is -done in all cities and townes throughout all the whole kingdome, -although they are without suspection of enimies.</p> - -<p>Fiue and twentie dayes after that the Insuanto had giuen -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_103" id="Page_ii_103">[103]</a></span> -the resolute answere vnto the Spaniards, came the visitor -thither: and the whole citie went forth to receiue him, who -entred in with so great maiestie, that if they had not knowne -who hee was, they could not haue beene perswaded but that -he had beene the king.</p> - -<p>So the next day following the Spaniards went to visite -him, for dueties sake, as also for that he had a desire to see -them. They found him in his lodging, where he began to -make visitation of the cittie.</p> - -<p>In their courtes were an infinite number of people, which -came thither with petitions and complaintes, but in the -halles within, there was none but his seruants and sergeants. -When that any came for to present his petition, the porter -that was at the entrie made a great noise, in manner of an -o. est.,<a name="FNanchor_1_29" id="FNanchor_1_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a> for that it was a good way from the place whereas -the visitor did sit; then commeth forth straight wayes one -of his pages, and taketh the petition and carrieth it vnto him. -At this time it was told him how that the Castillas were -there: hee commaunded that they should enter, and talked -with them a few words, but with great curtesie, and all was -touching the imprisonment of Limahon, without making any -mention of their departure or tarrying. So after a while -that he had beholded them and their apparel, hee tooke his -leaue of them, saying, that by reason of the great businesse -he had in that visitation, he could not shewe them any curtesie, -neither to vnderstande of them what their request and -desire was; but gaue them great thankes for their curtesie -shewed, in that they woulde come to visite him. Hee was -set in the same visitation after the same manner and order as -they founde the gouernor of Chincheo, and the vizroy, with -a table before him, with paper, ynke, and other thinges -readie to write, the which, according as it was giuen them -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_104" id="Page_ii_104">[104]</a></span> -to vnderstand, is a common vse in all y<sup>e</sup> kingdome, vsed -with all iudges, whether it be for sentence of death, or -other matters of iustice, as hath beene told you many times -before.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_29" id="Footnote_1_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a> These words, "in manner of an o. est," are supplied by the translator, -and would seem to be intended for the crier's exclamation of "Oyez."</p></div> - -<p>Three dayes after the visitor was come thither, the Insuanto -departed for his owne house, with order that with all -speede possible he should ordaine shippes wherin the Castillas -should returne vnto the Philippinas.</p> - -<p>Likewise the same day, all those that were there assembled -by the order of the vizroy departed vnto their owne -houses. And the Spaniards were commanded for to stay -vntill the full of the moone, which should bee the twentieth -of August, and that day they shoulde take their leaue of -them: for on that day amongst them it is holden for good to -beginne any thing whatsoeuer. Wherein they do vse great -<span class="sidenote">Superstition.</span> -superstition, and doo make many banquets, as vppon new -yeares day, as hath beene tolde diffusedly.</p> - -<p>The day before y<sup>e</sup> departure of y<sup>e</sup> Spaniards, there came -some in behalfe of the vizroy to inuite them, and made them -banquet in the order and fashion as at first: although this -(for that it was at their departure) was more sumptuous, -wherein was represented a comedie which was very excellent -and good, whose argument was first declared vnto them -as followeth.</p> - -<p>There was a young man newly married, and there chanced -difference betwixt him and his wife; hee determined to go -vnto certaine warres, the which was ordained in a countrie -not farre from that whereas he dwelled: whose acts and -deeds was therein so valorous, that the king did shewe him -great fauour, and being fully certified of his worthinesse, he -sent him for chief captaine of the most importunate enterprises -that might bee offered, who did accomplish his charge -with conclusion thereof with great content and satisfaction -to the king and his counsailers: for the which he made him -his captaine generall, and in his absence did commit vnto -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_105" id="Page_ii_105">[105]</a></span> -his charge his whole campe, with the same authoritie that -he had himselfe.</p> - -<p>The warres being doone, and hee hauing a desire to -returne vnto his owne countrie and house, there was giuen -vnto him three cart loads of golde, and many iewels of an -inestimable price, with the which hee entered into his owne -countrie with great honour and riches, wheras they receiued -him with great honour.</p> - -<p>All the which they did represent so naturally, and with -so good apparell and personages, that it seemed a thing to -passe in act. There was not in this banket the vizroy, but -those captaines which were there the first time: and another -captaine, vnto whome was giuen the charge to bring the -Spaniards vnto Manilla, who was called Chantalay, a principall -captaine of that prouince.</p> - -<p>So when the banquet was ended, they were carried with -great company from the hall whereas the banquet was made, -vnto the house of the Cogontoc, who was the kings tresuror -and dwelt there hard by, of whom they were maruellously -wel receiued, with louing words and great curtesie: in -saying that he hoped very shortly to see them againe, at -such time as they shall returne with Limahon, and that as -then their friendship should be fully concluded, and would -intreat with them in particular of other matters. This being -doone, he gaue vnto them a present for to carrie vnto the -gouernor of Manilla, in recompence of that which was sent -vnto the vizroy: the present was fortie peeces of silke and -twentie peeces of burato,<a name="FNanchor_1_30" id="FNanchor_1_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a> a litter chaire and guilt, and two -quitasoles of silke,<a name="FNanchor_2_31" id="FNanchor_2_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a> and a horse. Likewise he sent the like -present vnto the generall of the fielde, and to either of them -a letter in particular: these things were put in chestes, -which were very faire and guilt. Besides this, hee gaue -other fortie peeces of silke of all colours, for to bee parted -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_106" id="Page_ii_106">[106]</a></span> -amongest the captaines and other officers that were at the -siege of Limahon, with three hundred blacke mantles, and -as many quitasoles, to be parted amongst the souldiers. -Besides all these, hee gaue vnto the friers ech of them eight -peeces of silke, and vnto the souldiers their companions -<span class="sidenote">To keepe away the sun.</span> -foure peeces of ech of them, and to euery one his horse and -a quitasol of silke; their horse were verie good to trauell by -the way. This being done the Cogontoc tooke his leaue of -them, and willed them to go and take leaue and licence of -the vizroy and the visitor, that they might depart, for that -all thinges were in a redinesse for their voyage: the which -commandement they did straightwayes accomplish, being -very well content and satisfied of the great fauours and curtesies -the which they receiued, both of the one and the -other: likewise of the Totoc, who is captaine generall, whome -they also did visite and tooke their leaue. These visitations -and leaue taking being doone, they returned vnto their -lodging with great desire for to take their ease, whereas -they remained til the next day following, wherin they departed -vnto the port of Tansuso, after they had remained in -Aucheo seuen and forty daies.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_30" id="Footnote_1_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a> A light kind of silk stuff used for veils by the ladies in Spain.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_31" id="Footnote_2_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a> Parasols.</p></div> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXIX" id="CHAP_I_XXIX"></a>CHAP. XXIX.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards departe from Aucheo, and come vnto Chincheo, wheras the -Insuanto was: he commanded them to depart vnto the port of Tansuso, -whither he went himself for to dispatch them: at whose departure he -sheweth great fauor and maketh them great feastes.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The Spaniards departed from the citie of Aucheo vpon a -Tewsday, being the 23 of August, in the sight of all the -people of the citie, who came foorth to see them with so -great presse and thronge, as they did when they first came -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_107" id="Page_ii_107">[107]</a></span> -thither into the countrie: they were al carried in litter -chayres, yea their verie slaues, for that it was so commaunded -by the vizroy; the friers were carried by eight -men a peece, and the souldiers by foure men a peece, and -all their seruants and slaues were caried by two men a -peece. Looke so many men as was to carrie them, there -went so many more to help them when they waxed weary, -besides foure and twentie that carried their stuffe. There -went alwayes before them a harbinger for to prouide their -lodgings, and with him went a paimaster, whose charge was -to ordain and prouide men for to cary their litter chaires, -and to giue them for their trauell that which is accustomed, -and to pay all costs and charges spent by the Spaniard. -After that they departed from Aucheo they made of two -daies iourney one, which was the occasion that they came to -Chincheo in foure daies. At their entring into the citie -they found a seruant of the Insuanto, with order and commandement -that they shuld proceed forwards on their -iourney, and not to stay in the citie, but to go vnto the port -of Tansuso, whither he wil come the next day following. -They obayed his commandement, and made so much haste -that in two dayes they came vnto the village of Tangoa, -wheras they had bin before, and particular mention made -thereof. In the same village they were lodged, wel entertained, -and had great good cheere: from thence they went -in one day to Tansuso, which was the first port wheras they -did disembarke themselues, when as they came from the -ilands vnto that firme land: the iustice of the town did -lodge them in the same house whereas they were first -lodged, and did prouide for them of all things necessary and -needfull, and that in aboundance, til the comming of the -Insuanto, which was within foure dayes after; for that he -could not come any sooner (although his desire was) for that -it was very foule weather.</p> - -<p>The next day after his comming thither, which was the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_108" id="Page_ii_108">[108]</a></span> -thirde of September, he sent and commanded the Spaniards -that they should embarke themselues, for that it was that -day the coniunction of the moone (although at that time the -ships were not fully in a redines). They obayed his commandement, -and the Insuanto himself went to the water -side, in whose presence came thither certain religious men -of their maner, and after their fashion they made sacrifice -with certain orations and praiers, in the which they craued -of the heauens to giue good and faire weather, and a sure -voyage and fauorable seas vnto al those that saile in those -shippes.</p> - -<p>This ceremony being done (which is a thing very much -vsed in that countrie) the Spaniards went vnto the Insuanto, -who was there with great company and maiestie: hee entertained -them very friendly and with cheerful wordes, making -an outward shew that hee bare them great loue, and that -their departure was vnto him a great griefe. Then hee -requested them to giue him a remembrance of such thinges -as was necessarie and needful for their prouision for the sea, -for that hee woulde giue order for the prouiding of the -same; the which he did, and was with so great aboundance, -that they had for the voyage and remained a great deale to -spare. Hee then commaunded to bee brought thither cates -to eat, and drink, and gaue it them with his owne hands, as -well the one as the other; hee himselfe did eate and drinke -with them, which is the greatest fauour that can be shewed -amongst them.</p> - -<p>The banquet being ended, he commaunded them in his -presence to go abord their shippes, because that was a luckie -day, and also to accomplish that which the vizroy had commaunded, -which was that they should not depart from thence -vntil they had first seene them imbarked. The Spaniards -obeyed the commandement, and tooke their leaue of the -Insuanto with great curtesie and reuerence, and with outward -shewes that they remained indebted for the great -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_109" id="Page_ii_109">[109]</a></span> -curtesie and good will that they had receiued: and therewith -they departed to the waters side, towards the boat -which was tarrying for them.</p> - - -<p>As they passed by the religious men (that before we spake -<span class="sidenote">Strange sacrifices.</span> -of) they saw a great table set, and vppon it a whole oxe with -his throte cut, and hard by the same a hogge and a goate, -and other thinges to bee eaten: the which they had ordained -for to make sacrifice, which they do vse in the like affaires.</p> - -<p>They being imbarked in the boate, they were carried -aborde the Admirall, which was the shippe appointed for -them to go in: then presently they beganne to stirre the -shippe from one place unto another, with certain boates and -cables which they had there readie for the same purpose. -The shippe did not so soone begin to moue, but the religious -men a shore did beginne their sacrifice, the which did indure -vntill night, ending their feastes and triumphes in putting -forth of the cittie and vppon their gates, many cressets and -lights. The souldiers shot off all their hargabushes, and the -ships that were in the port shot off all their artilerie, and on -the shore a great noise of droms and bels: all the which -being ended and done, the Spaniards went a shore againe -vnto their lodging; but first the Insuanto was departed vnto -his owne house, with all the company that hee brought with -him.</p> - -<p>The next day the sayd Insuanto did inuite them vnto a -banket, which was as famous as any which had bene made -them vnto that time. He was at the banquet himselfe, and the -captaine generall of all that prouince. There was aboundance -of meates, and many pretie deuises to passe away the -time, which made the banquet to indure more then foure -houres; the which being done, there was brought forth the -present which the Insuanto did sende vnto the gouernor of -Manilla, in returne of that which was sent to him. The -present was fourteene peeces of silke for the gouernor of -Manilla, and tenne peeces for the generall of the field: hee -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_110" id="Page_ii_110">[110]</a></span> -also commanded to be giuen vnto the friers each of them -foure peeces, and vnto their seruants and slaues certaine -painted mantels, and therewith he tooke his leaue of them -very friendly, and gaue vnto them letters, the which hee -had wrote vnto the gouernor, and vnto the general of the -field, answere vnto those the which they had wrote vnto -him, and said that all things necessarie for their departure -was in a redinesse, with victuals for ten monethes put a bord -their ships, so that when as winde and wether did serue they -might depart. Also that if in their voyage it should so fall -out, that any of the Chinos that went in their shippes -shoulde do vnto them any euill, either abrode or at the -ilands, that the gouernor therof should punish them at his -pleasure, and how that the vizroy will thinke well thereof: -in conclusion he saide vnto them, that hee hoped to see them -there againe verie shortly, and to returne againe with Limahon, -and then hee woulde supplie the wantes which now -they lacked. The Spaniards did kisse his hands, and said, -that they had receiued in curtesie more then they deserued, -and that in all thinges there did abound and not lacke, that -they remained greatly indebted vnto him for their friendship, -and would giue their king notice thereof, that whensoeuer -occasion shoulde bee offered, to repay them with the -like: and therewith the Insuanto departed to his owne -house, leauing in the companie of the Spaniards fiue captaines, -those which should go with them in their company -to sea, and also Omoncon and Sinsay, who were that day in -the banquet, with the habite and ensigne of loytias, for that -the day before it was giuen vnto them by the Insuanto.</p> - -<p>Upon Wednesday, which was the fourteenth of September, -the wind came faire, wherewith they hoised vp their -sailes and went to sea; at their departure there was at the -waters side the Insuanto and the iustice of Chincheo to see -them saile, the which Insuanto had conceiued so great loue -and friendship of the Castillas, that when he sawe them depart -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_111" id="Page_ii_111">[111]</a></span> -he shedde great aboundance of teares, as was affirmed by -diuers Chinos that saw it; to which the Spaniards gaue -credit vnto, for that they knew him to be a maruellous -louing person, and humaine, of a good condition, and of a -gallant personage, and did exceede all other that they had -seene in all the time of their being in that prouince.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXX" id="CHAP_I_XXX"></a>CHAP. XXX.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniardes departe from the port of Tansuso towardes the Ilandes -Philippinas, and euery day they doo harbor themselues in ilands by -the way; declaring what they saw in them.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Being departed out of the port as aforesaide, the Spaniards -deuided themselues into two shippes, to wit, the two -friers and Michael de Loarcha, Omoncon and three other -captaines in one shipp. And Peter Sarmiento, Nicholas de -Quenca, and Iohn de Triana, Sinsay, and all their souldiers, -in another ship, with eight other ships of warre, which went -with them for their safegard: they sailed forwards, directing -their course towards a small iland that was not farre off, with -determination there to take water for their ships, for that it -had in it many riuers of very sweete water. Within a smal -space they ariued there, and it had a very faire and sure -port, wherein might ride in securitie a great nauy of ships. -All Thursday they were there recreating and sporting themselues, -for that it was a pleasant ilande, and full of fresh -riuers. Uppon Friday, being the sixteenth of September, -the day being somewhat spent, they made saile and tooke -port foure leagues from that place, in another ilande called -Laulo, for to put themselues in a newe course different and -contrary vnto that which they brought when as they came -vnto that kingdome, for that the Chinos had by experience -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_112" id="Page_ii_112">[112]</a></span> -prooued, that in those monethes the windes were more fauourable -then in other monethes, and for the most part north -and northeast windes. Al that night they remained in that -iland, and the next day following they sailed vnto another -iland which was called Chautubo, not farre distant from that -of Laulo. This ilande was full of little townes, one of them -was called Gautin, which had fiue sortes of towers made of -lime and stone, verie thicke and strongly wrought: they -were all foure square, and sixe fatham high, and were made -of purpose for to receiue into them al the people of those -little townes, to defend themselues from rouers and theues -that daylie come on that coast. These fortes were made -with battlements, as we do vse, with space betwixt them: -and for that the forme and fashion of their building did like -them verie well, they were desirous to see if that within -them there were anie curious matter to bee seene; wherewith -they bent their artilerie towards them, and went a shore. -But when they which had the garde and keeping off did see -their comming, they did shut the gates, and woulde not consent -that they shoulde satisfie their desire, for any intreating -or promises that they could make.</p> - -<p>They verie much noted, that although this ilande were -rocke and sandie, yet was it tilled and sowed full of rice, -wheate, and other seedes and graine. There was in it great -<span class="sidenote">Mine<a name="FNanchor_1_32" id="FNanchor_1_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a> -kine and horse.</span> -store of kine and horse, and they vnderstoode that they -were gouerned, not by one particular man, to whom they -were subject, neither by any other amongst themselues, nor -of China, but in common: yet notwithstanding they liued in -great peace and quietnesse, for that euerie one did content -himselfe with his owne. Uppon Sunday, in the afternoone, -they departed from this ilande, and sailed their course all -that night, and the next morning they ariued at another -iland called Corchu, which was twentie leagues from the -port of Tansuso, from whence they departed. The Spaniards -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_113" id="Page_ii_113">[113]</a></span> -seeing what leasure they tooke in this their voyage, -they requested the captaines to commaunde the marriners -that they shoulde not enter into so many portes or harbors, -for that they had no certaintie of the weather, and not to -detract the time, but to take opportunitie before that contrarie -weather do come: for to saile in that order it seemed -more for recreation then to achiue or obtaine a voyage. -The captaines answered, and requested them to haue patience, -for that in making their iournies as they did, they -doo accomplish and follow the order set downe by the -vizroy and Insuanto, who did expressely commaunde them -with great charge for to direct their nauigation by those -ilands with great deliberation and consideration, because -they might in safetie and health ariue at Manilla.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_32" id="Footnote_1_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a> Query misspelt for <i>maine</i>, from the old French word <i>maint</i>,—many.</p></div> - -<p>The same day the north winde beganne to blowe verie -strongly: in such sort, that they thought it not good to go -forth of that harbor (as well for that aforesaid, to be commanded -<span class="sidenote">The Chinos are fearefull of the sea.</span> -to the contrarie), as also for that the Chinos are -very fearefull of the sea, and men that are not accustomed -to ingulfe themselues too farre, neither to passe anie stormes.</p> - -<p>Neere vnto this iland there was another somewhat bigger, -which is called Aucon, wholly dispeopled and without anie -dwellers, yet a better countrie and more profitable for to -sowe and reape then that of Corchu. The Spaniards being -at an anker there, vnderstood by the Chinos that in times -past it was very well inhabited, vnto the which ariued a great -fleete belonging to the king of China, and by a great storme -were all cast away vpon the same: the which losse and destruction -being vnderstood by another general that had the -guard of that cost, suspecting that the dwellers thereof had -done that slaughter, he came to the shore and slew many of -the inhabitants, and caried all the rest in their ships vnto -the firme lande, who afterwards would neuer returne thither -againe, although they gaue them licence after that they -vnderstoode the truth of that successe: so that vnto that -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_114" id="Page_ii_114">[114]</a></span> -time it remained dispeopled and full of wilde swine, of the -broode that remained there at such time as they were slaine -and caried away as you haue heard.</p> - -<p>This iland and the rest adioyning thereunto (which are -very many) haue very excellent and sure ports and hauens, -with great store of fish. These ilands<a name="FNanchor_1_33" id="FNanchor_1_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a> endured vntill they -came vnto a little gulfe, which is fiue and fortie leagues ouer, -and is sailed in one day, and at the ende thereof is the port -of Cabite, which before we haue spoken off, and is neere -vnto Manilla.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_33" id="Footnote_1_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_33"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The names of the various islands mentioned in this chapter are not -now recognizable.</p></div> - -<p>So when that winde and weather serued their turne, they -departed from the ilande of Aucon, and sailed til they came -vnto another ilande called Plon, whereas they vnderstoode -by a shippe that was there a fishing, howe that the rouer -Limahon was escaped, wheras he was besieged at Pagansinan: -the manner and forme of the policie hee vsed therein -shalbe tolde you in the chapter following.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXXI" id="CHAP_I_XXXI"></a>CHAP. XXXI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>They haue newes how that the rouer Limahon was escaped, and howe that -he was in an ilande there hard by: some gaue iudgement to go and -set vpon him, but they resolued themselues to the contrarie, and follow -the voyage to Manilla.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Being at an anker in the iland of Plon, tarrying for a wind -to followe their voyage, with great desire to come thither -whereas they might vnderstande what had happened vnto -Limahon, at the same time entred into the saide harbor a -shippe with fishermen; they beleeuing that hee had beene -one of the ilands,<a name="FNanchor_2_34" id="FNanchor_2_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a> they went vnto him and asked of whence -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_115" id="Page_ii_115">[115]</a></span> -they were, and from whence they came, and what newes -they coulde say of Limahon (who was knowne vnto them all, -either by some harme that they had receiued, or else by -report of others that had receiued hurt). These fishermen -gaue them particular and whole relation, by the which they -vnderstoode that Limahon was fledde and not perceiued by -the Spaniards: he escaped in certaine barkes, the which he -caused to be made very secretlie within his forte, of such -timber and bords as remained of his shippes that were burnt, -the which was brought in by night by his souldiers, on that -side of the fort which was next vnto the riuer, and were not -discouered by the Castillas, which were put there with all -care and diligence to keepe the mouth, that no succour -might come in to helpe them. And towards the land there -whereas he might escape, they were without all suspection -(they were so strong), and did not mistrust that any such -thing shoulde bee put in vre, as afterwards did fal out, the -which was executed with so great policie and craft, that -when they came to vnderstande it, the rouer was cleane -gone and in sauegard, caulking his barkes at the iland of -Tocaotican, the better for to escape and saue himselfe, and -they saide that it was but eight dayes past that hee fledde.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_34" id="Footnote_2_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a> Islanders.</p></div> - -<p>With this newes they all receiued great alteration, but in -especiall Omoncon and Sinsay, who returned vnto the Spaniards -and saide, that the escaping of the rouer is not without -some misterie, and that it coulde not bee done without the -will and knowledge of the Spaniards, and that the rouer had -giuen vnto the generall of the fielde some great gifts for to -let him go, for that otherwise it were a thing impossible for -him to escape, being besieged as hee was, although the -Spaniards had slept: the Spaniards did giue their discharge -in such prouable maner, that the captaines of China were -satisfied of the false opinion they had receiued, as afterwards -they were fully perswaded when they came to the cittie of -Manilla, and heard the generall of the fielde and other captaines -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_116" id="Page_ii_116">[116]</a></span> -and souldiers that were at the siege. This iland of -Tocaotican whereas the rouer was mending and caulking of -his barkes, was distant from the iland of Plon, whereas the -Spaniards were, onely twelue leagues, and being by sea it -seemed to be lesse, for that very plainely you might see the -one ilande from the other. The which with the great cholor -that Omoncon and Sinsay had for the escaping of the rouer, -as also with the feare they receiued in that which might -happen vnto them by reason hereof at their returne vnto -China, which at the least might bee to take away (to their -great shame) the titles of loytias, which was giuen them in -that respect, did cause their stomakes and mindes to rise, -and to seeke occasion to go and fight with him, for that it -seemed vnto them they should get victorie with great ease, -for that hee was vnprouided and wearied with the long time -of his siege. Being in this determination there came vnto -them the captaine that was appointed generall ouer them, -and saide that the vizroy of Aucheo and the gouernor of -Chincheo had sent them onely to carrie those Spaniards vnto -Manilla, and to bring with him aliue or deade the rouer -Limahon, if they woulde giue him vnto them, and that hee -woulde not digresse from this order by no manner of meanes, -neither could they, if that they were so disposed, for that -the shippes were pestered with the horses: and againe, their -people they had brought with them, was more for to saile -and gouerne their shippes then for the fight. Moreouer the -fight would be verie dangerous, for that it was euident that -the rouer and his companions would rather be al slaine then -to yeelde themselues in any respect, and for to put such an -enterprise in effect, it were requisite to haue both ships and -men, and not to go so vnprouided and pestred as they were. -All which reasons being considered, they were all conformable -vnto the opinion of the generall, and determined that -so soone as winde and weather did serue, to set saile and to -passe the gulfe for to go vnto Manilla, whither as they were -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_117" id="Page_ii_117">[117]</a></span> -bound, and not to come vnto the ilande of Tocaotican -whereas the rouer was.</p> - -<p>So after they had remained three weekes in that harbour -detained with a mightie north winde, that neuer calmed -night nor day in all that time, the eleuenth day of October, -two houres before day, they set saile and went to sea. By -reason of this great wind, there was not one shippe of all -those that were in the port of Plon coulde go foorth to giue -any notice vnto the rouer of the going of the Spaniards, -neither of the captaines of China. Sixteene leagues from -the port, sailing towards the south, they discouered a mightie -iland, verie high land, which was called Tangarruan, and -was of three score leagues about, all inhabited with people -like vnto those of the Ilands Philippinas: they passed hard -by it in the night, with a stiffe norwest winde, which was -the occasion that the shippe wherein the friers went was -constrained to go to sea; and the other nine, which were in -their companie for their safegarde, shrowded themselues -hard vnder the iland; by reason whereof they were so farre -separated the one from the other, that in the morning they -coulde not see them. They were in great danger, because -that night there was a great storme of winde, in the which -they lost the rudder of their shippe, and almost without any -hope to escape the fury thereof.</p> - -<p>Being in this extremitie, they commended themselues with -contrite hearts vnto almightie God, and put their shippe -before the sea, vntill such time as they had supplied their -rudder, the which they did, although with great trauell and -labour: then straightwayes it was the will of God that this -contrary wind was somewhat calmed and his furie abated, -and a prosperous wind fauoured them, so that vppon Sunday, -in the morning, being the seuenteenth day of October, -they discouered the iland of Manilla, of them greatly desired, -yet could they not reach vnto it vntill Saint Simon -and Judes day: by reason that they returned backe vnto the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_118" id="Page_ii_118">[118]</a></span> -riuer of Pagansinan to seeke the other nine shippes, for that -it was concluded amongst them, that if it should so fall out, -they to be separated in any storme, that they should come -vnto that riuer, and to meete togither as they did.</p> - -<p>So they departed from thence vnto the port of Buliano, -and not entring therin, the captaine Omoncon did set a man -on shore, one that could speake the language of that iland, -and gaue him charge to informe himselfe of all that had -happened with the rouer Limahon, for at that time he could -not beleeue that which had beene told him. Untill such -time as he returned, the shippes being without at the sea, -did play vnder fore sailes, who did declare vnto them the -verie same thing, the which was tolde them at the ilande of -Plon, without faultring any point: the which caused Omoncon -and Sinsay to receiue much more griefe then they did -when they heard the first newes, for as then they were -doubtfull of the truth. The Spanyards as then suspected that -they would haue returned vnto the firme land, and not haue -gone vnto Manilla, but to haue left them there all alone vpon -that iland. But it fell not out as they suspected: for although -that Omoncon and Sinsay did make an outward -shew to doo it, and sayde that they would sende the Spaniards -in a shippe, for that as then they were out of all danger, and -in sight of Manilla: yet was the generall of a contrarie -opinion, and sayd, that for no manner of occasion that might -happen, hee would not differ one point from the order which -was giuen vnto him; and therewith they sayled towards the -iland that they so long desired to see, and came thither the -twentie eight day of October, as aforesaid.</p> - -<p>So that from the port of Tansuso, which is the first part of -China till they came vnto the iland of Manilla, they were -<span class="sidenote">From the Philippinas to the China is two -hundred leagues.</span> -fiue and fortie dayes, and is not in all full two hundred -leagues, which may bee made with reasonable wether in -tenne dayes at the most.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_119" id="Page_ii_119">[119]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_I_XXXII" id="CHAP_I_XXXII"></a>CHAP. XXXII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The captaines Chinos ariued with the Spaniardes at the citie of Manilla; -the gouernor and those of the citie doo receiue them with great ioy and -triumphes, and after they had remained there certaine dayes, they -returned vnto the firme land, being instructed and satisfied of many -things touching our holy Catholike faith, with great desire to receiue -the same.</i></p></div> - - -<p>After that it was knowen vnto the gouernor of the citie of -Manilla and vnto the generall of the fielde, as also vnto the -rest of the captaines and souldiers, of the ariuall of the Spaniardes, -whom they with great care desired to heare of; as -well for the particular loue they beare vnto them, as also for -to vnderstand and heare the newes from that mightie kingdome -of China, to be declared by witnesses of so great faith -and credite, they altogether went foorth to receiue them with -great ioye and pleasure, and likewise all such captaynes -and souldiers as came in their companie.</p> - -<p>They were straightwaies conueighed vnto their lodginges -to rest themselues of their long iourney which they had by -sea, for it was requisite and needefull: for the which afterwardes -there was great feastes and bankets, which was made -by the gouernor, the generall of the field, and other particular -persons, vnto the Chinos, in recompence of that which -was done vnto the Spaniards in their countrie.</p> - -<p>All which feastes did giue them little content when as -they did remember the flying and escape of the rouer; but -in especiall Omoncon and Sinsay, who continually and euery -moment did call vpon the generall of their fleete to make -haste and to shorten the time that they might depart from -the firme land, where giuing notice vnto the gouernor of -Chincheo of the estate of Limahon, he might giue order that -before he had reedified and repayred himselfe they might -take him (which is a thing most desired in all that kingdome). -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_120" id="Page_ii_120">[120]</a></span> -The generall was verie glad and reioyced of their -good intertainment, and answered vnto Omoncon and Sinsay, -saying that by reason of the great storme and foule weather -past, their ships had great neede of reparation, and likewise -the mariners to ease themselues, the which being done he -would with all his heart depart.</p> - -<p>The generall of the fielde was verie sorrowfull and much -greeued for that the rouer Limahon was so escaped, and the -more when he vnderstoode that he was suspected that hee -did consent vnto his departure: for which occasion, if that -the captaynes had not beene verie much wearied with the -long siege, and euill weather which happened in that time, -without all doubt he would haue followed him, and neuer to -haue left him till he had taken or slaine him.</p> - -<p>Although they were fully perswaded that Limahon was so -terrified with the great perill and danger in the which he was, -and againe with so small number of people, that rather hee -would desire to put himselfe in securitie then to offende or -doo any harme, neyther to put himselfe in any place whereas -hee might receiue damage of any of them to whom hee had -doone so open wrong (who were so much desirous to be -reuenged), who for to preuent all that might happen (as after -we vnderstoode), hauing made readie his barkes and boates -which he ordayned in his fort, and put in them victualles -for their iourney, he departed with his small number of -people vnto an ilande farre off and unknowen, there whereas -he vnderstoode that none would goe to seeke him, and there -hee remayned a time whereas he fell sicke of a melancholike -infirmitie, which grewe by an imagination that hee had -to remember in what state he was at that time, and howe he -had seene himselfe at other times feared throughout al the -kingdome of China, which was an imagination sufficient for -to bring him to his ende: his companions were dispersed -abroad, so that we neuer heard more of them.</p> - -<p>Now returning to our purpose, after that the China -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_121" id="Page_ii_121">[121]</a></span> -captaines had recreated them selues with the feastes and -sportes that was made vnto them, and taken recreation many -dayes, and tarryed, hoping that the weather would proue -fayrer to prepare themselues to depart. In the same time -they did intreat of many thinges in particular touching -Christian religion, whereof with great care they did informe -themselues of our religious men, and tolde them some secret -things that were unknowen vnto them of their countrie, for -that they were strangers.</p> - -<p>So when as time and weather did serue, they did take -their leaue, with many signes and tokens of griefe for to -depart and leaue the conuersation of so good companions, -and did promise vnto them to procure all that was possible -that the friendshippe begunne betwixt them and the Chinos -should continue and perseuer, for that it was a thing that -did content them all.</p> - -<p>Their generall himself did take this particular charge vnto -himselfe, with a determinate purpose for to declare in effect -to the gouernour of Aucheo (whose private seruant he was) -the good meaning of the Castillos; and what principall -people they were, and the ceremonies they vsed, with the -which hee was marueilously in love. Likewise hee would giue -him to vnderstande of the flying of the rouer Limahon, how -and in what manner and order it was, and how that the -generall of the field and the other captaines were in no fault -thereof. This he would do, in respect that if it should so -fall out that Omoncon and Sinsay, for their owne credite, -should declare any thing against the Spaniardes that was not -true, that they might not be beleeued.</p> - -<p>Besides all this he tolde the gouernour certaine thinges in -secret, how they might with great ease purchase the friendship -they pretended. And amongest them all, one was, that -hee should make a supplication vnto the Catholike king in -requesting him to write a letter vnto their king, and sende -him embassador, and such as shoulde giue vnto them the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_122" id="Page_ii_122">[122]</a></span> -light of the Catholike and Christian faith, with the which -diligence there was no doubt that not onely the friendshippe -betwixt the kinges and their subiectes shoulde bee -established, but also the king and all his kingdome would -<span class="sidenote">The Papists and the Infidels -ceremonies much alike.</span> -receiue the Catholike faith, for that there are manye ceremonies -vsed amongest them which doo much resemble those -of our Christian religion; and againe in their liuing morally, -they doo obserue in manie thinges the Tenne Commandements -of Gods lawe, of the which in particular he did -informe himselfe: so that the greatest difficultie was in the -entring in of the preaching of the holy gospell, and beeing -by this meanes ouer come, in a short time all the whole -kingdome would turne Christians. And considering that in -their worshipping, as they doo worship all thinges in the -seconde essence, with great facilitie they would change their -adoration and giue it vnto the first, as most worthie, and -vnto whom it is their duties. The generall did adde more -thereunto, and saide that he was so much affectioned vnto -the faith of the Christians, that if it were not that he should -be banished and loose his countrie, house and landes, without -all doubt he would haue beene baptised: the which he -could not doo without loosing of all, for that they haue a -law in their countrie, the which is obserued and kept inuiolably, -by the which it is forbidden that none whatsoeuer -can receiue any strange religion differing from theirs vpon -paine of death, without the consent of the king and his -counsell.</p> - -<p>This law was made to take away nouelties, and to liue all -in one vniformitie of religion, with one manner of rites and -ceremonies.</p> - -<p>This only was the occasion that certaine marchants of -China, being affectioned vnto the law of the gospell, were -baptised at the Philippinas, and there do dwell at this day -in the citie of Manilla amongest the Spaniardes, and are -become verie good Christians.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_123" id="Page_ii_123">[123]</a></span></p> - -<p>So with these offers, and with promises to be great friendes -vnto the Spaniardes, the generall departed from Manilla to -goe vnto the firme lande, and with him the other captaynes -Omoncon and Sinsay, with great hope that verie shortly they -should be all of one faith. So the one tooke their leaue of -the other with reasons of great affection and tokens of great -loue, signifying that in any thing that should be offered they -should finde them friendly.</p> - -<p>They being departed, the Spaniardes remayned verie carefull -in praying vnto the diuine maiestie, desiring of Him to -direct all thinges in this their request, that it might be to his -holy seruice, and also to inspire the Catholike maiestie of King -Phillip their lorde for to sende his embassador vnto the king -of China, offering his friendship, and to admonish him to -receiue the faith of Christ, the which according vnto the -report of the Austen fryers that entred into that countrie (of -whom we haue made mention manie times in this booke with -their companions), and also the generall of China tolde them -that there was no other means but only that for to bring -their purpose to effect.</p> - -<p>This counsell with all the speede possible they put in vre, -and sent vnto his maiestie one of purpose, and in the name -of all them of those ilandes to request him, and to declare -how much it did import. They sent vnto him this relation, -with manie particular persons, for to mooue his most Christian -minde for to sende an embassador, as in effect hee did, -in that sort as hath beene tolde you in the last chapter of the -thirde booke of this historie, whereas it is declared in particular, -and in what estate it doth remaine vnto this day. -God for his mercies sake direct all thinges, that it may be to -his seruice and glorie, and the saluation of so many soules.</p> - - -<p class="caption2 pmb4"> -THE END OF THE FIRST BOOKE OF THE SECOND PART.<br /> -</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_124" id="Page_ii_124">[124]</a><br /><a name="Page_ii_125" id="Page_ii_125">[125]</a></span></p> - - - - -<div class="caption2 gesspert">THE SECOND BOOKE</div> -<div class="center"><br />OF THE</div> -<div class="caption2 gesspert">SECOND PART</div> -<div class="center"><br />OF THE</div> -<div class="caption2 gesspert">HISTORIE</div> -<div class="center"><br />OF THE</div> -<div class="caption2 gesspert">MIGHTIE KINGDOME OF CHINA,</div> -<p class="pmt2 center"> - IN THE WHICH IS CONTAINED THE VOYAGE THAT WAS INTO THAT KINGDOME IN<br /> - THE YEAR 1576, BY THE FATHERS FRYER PETER DE ALFARO, COSTODIO IN<br /> - THE ILANDES PHILIPPINAS, OF THE ORDER OF SAINT FRANCIS, OF THE<br /> - PROUINCE OF S. JOSEPH, AND OTHER THREE RELIGIOUS MEN<br /> - OF THE SAME ORDER, AND THEIR MIRACULOUS ENTRING<br /> - INTO THAT KINGDOME, AND WHAT HAPPENED VNTO<br /> - THEM FOR THE SPACE OF SEUEN MONTHES THAT<br /> - THEY THERE REMAINED, AND WHAT THEY<br /> - DID SEE AND VNDERSTAND OF: ALL<br /> - THE WHICH ARE NOTABLE<br /> - AND VERIE RARE.<br /> -</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_I" id="CHAP_II_I"></a>CHAP. I.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The fryers of Saint Francis came vnto the Ilandes Philippinas, and -procured to passe vnto the firme lande of the kingdome of China, with -zeale to preach the holy gospell.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The day of the visitation of our Ladie, in the yeare 1578, -there came out of Spaine to the citie of Manilla, in the Ilandes -Philippinas, the father Fryer Peter de Alfaro, who went for -Costodio of that prouince, and fourteene more other religious -persons of the same order in his companie, and were sent -by the king of Spaine and his royall counsel of the Indias, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_126" id="Page_ii_126">[126]</a></span> -for to be ayders and helpers of the Austen fryers, who vntill -that time had beene there alone in those ilandes, occupied in -the conuerting of the people in that countrie, and were the -first ministers of the gospell, preaching the same with great -zeale, vnto the profite of their soules: of the which people -those fryers had baptised (when the others ariued) more -then one hundred thousande, and the rest prepared and -cathecised to receive the like. Because that at the first -occasion that might be giuen, they might enter into the -kingdome of China to preach the holy gospell. The which -Fryers, when that they had been there the space of one yeare -occupying themselues in the same exercise in preaching and -conuerting the people of that countrie, in the same time -they were giuen to vnderstande by the relation of the selfe -same Austen fryers, as also by many marchants of China -which came vnto them with marchandice, of things to be -wondred at of that mightie kingdome, and of the infinite -number of soules which the diuell had deceiued and brought -vnto his seruice with false idolatrie. The which being by -them well vnderstood, they did burne with great zeale and -desire of their saluation, and to goe and preach the gospell, -although it were to put their persons in whatsoeuer hazarde -or danger.</p> - -<p>So with this their great desire, they did many and diuerse -times communicate with the gouernor that was there at that -time for his maiestie, who was called the Doctor Francisco -de Sandi, desiring his fauour and licence for to goe vnto -China in the companie of certaine marchants of that countrie, -that were at that present in the port with their ships, offering -themselues to get their good will, although it were to -offer themselues to be slaues or otherwise whatsoeuer. And -seeing that at all such times when as they did intreat of -that matter, they found him but luke warme, and that he -did (as it were) but to detract the time, and feed them with -hope: then they calling to minde that the chiefest intent -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_127" id="Page_ii_127">[127]</a></span> -and cause of their comming out of Spayne, was to enter into -that kingdome, caused a newe desire to grow in them, what -with the contractation they had with the sayde Chinos, as -well in conuersation as in talke, and finding them to be a -people of great abilitie and discretion, and of verie good -iudgements, the which did greatly content their desire, they -did perswade themselues that it was an easie matter to make -them to vnderstande the things appertaining vnto God. So -that they determined to put other remedies in practise, because -that which they required with the good will of the -gouernor, seemed to be a large and long matter. So it happened -that vpon a time intreating of this matter, and hauing -requested of God with great instance for to direct them the -readie way which was best for his seruice, and for the profite -of those soules, there came to the Ilandes Philippinas a -Chino, who, according as they did vnderstand, was one of -the priests and religious men of that kingdome (of the which -priests there are a great number in euerie towne): this -priest went diuerse times vnto the monasterie of the Fryers, -and did common with them of the creation of the worlde and -other things, which did open the way that they might declare -vnto him thinges appertayning vnto God, vnto the -which he did hearken with great good will. And after that -hee had declared vnto them in particular the mightinesse -and secretes of this mightie kingdome of China (whose conuersion -they so greatly desired), he very inquisitiuely asked -of them matters touching the Christian faith, of whome -within a fewe dayes after he desired to be baptised, for that -he would be a Christian, being instructed before in many -matters touching our Catholike faith.</p> - -<p>Our religious men did accomplish his desire, the which -was an incredible ioy vnto all the dwellers of the citie, and a -content vnto himselfe.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_128" id="Page_ii_128">[128]</a></span></p> - -<p>So after that he was made a Christian hee remayned in the -monasterie amongest the other, but yet would he neuer eate -any other thing but colde herbes: and he seeing that all the -<span class="sidenote">The Spaniards rise at their midnight -mattens and whip themselues.</span> -religious men did arise vp at midnight to mattens and discipline -themselues, spending the greatest part of the night in -prayer before the holy sacrament, hee did not faile one -point, but did imitate them in all their dooings, with outwarde -showes of a verie good will. All the which did -incyte the Fryer Costodio and all the rest of his companions -to put in execution their great desire they had, according as -it hath beene tolde you. Whereupon he went once againe -vnto the gouernour to intreat him by faire meanes that which -before they had comoned with him of, and that he would -procure some order or meanes, that those religious men -might go to the kingdome of China to preach the lawe of -God, offering himselfe to be one of them, with protestation -that if he would not giue them leaue, they would procure -to go without it, with that authoritie the which hee had of -God and of his superiors, for to teach and instruct these -poore infidels their neighbors: and this should be done with -the first opportunitie they might finde or haue.</p> - -<p>But neither this, nor yet the example of that good Chino, -which was newe christened, was sufficient to perswade the -gouernor to consent vnto their request; but perseuering in -his first opinion, he answered and said, that it was too -timely, and that the friendship which they had with the -Chinos as yet was very small, and how that the fathers of -S. Austen had manie times attempted the entrie into that -kingdome, and yet neuer could obtaine their desire. And -howe that the Chinos that did carrie them did deceiue them, -and left them in certaine ilands, till such time as they heard -farther newes of the rouer Limahon, and of the returne of -the captaine Omoncon, who did carrie them with the good -newes of the straight siege in the which they had the rouer: -and yet for all that they commanded them to returne from -Aucheo, without giuing them anie licence to remaine in the -countrie to preach the holy gospell; and nowe to attempt the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_129" id="Page_ii_129">[129]</a></span> -same, was but to giue occasion vnto the Chinos euerie day -to mocke and make a iest of the Spaniardes, and willed them -to staye till such time as it were the will of God to giue way -vnto the same, which could not be long.</p> - -<p>This Fryer Costodio vnderstanding the answere of the -gouernour, perseuering still in his first opinion, and did not -goe about to seeke any meanes to accomplish their desire for -the entring into the firme lande, hee straightwayes beganne -secretly to procure by all meanes possible to attempt and -accomplish that iourney, although it were without the order -and consent of the gouernour (when that it might not be -doone otherwise), the which incontinent they beganne to put -in vre, for that the Fryer Costodio and Fryer Steuen Ortiz -(who was a religious man, that for the great desire he had -did learne the China tongue, and at that time did speake it -resonablie), they both together did giue to vnderstande of -their desire and pretence vnto a deuout souldier of their -religion, and one that they made great account of, who was -called Iohn Dias Pardo, who often times had made manifest -vnto them and saide, that he had a great desire to do some -especiall seruice vnto God, although it were to hazarde his life -in the same, who at that instant did accomplish his desire, -and did promise them to beare them companie vnto the death.</p> - -<p>So with this conformitie they went straightwayes altogether -to speake with a captaine of China that was in the same -port, in a shippe of his owne, who many times did repayre -vnto their conuent, to aske of them thinges appertayning -vnto God, and the heauens, with showe of a very good -vnderstanding, who vnto their iudgement did consent and -accept all with great pleasure and delight.</p> - -<p>Unto this captayne they did giue to vnderstande the effect -of all their desire, requesting him of his ayde and helpe in -the prosecuting of the same. Who straightwayes did offer -himselfe to accomplish their request and to carrie them vnto -China, so as they woulde then giue him some thing for to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_130" id="Page_ii_130">[130]</a></span> -bestowe amongest his marriners. The souldier Iohn Diaz -Pardo did promise to giue them all that they would aske, -and gaue them in earnest certayne ryalles of plate. And for -that all thinges shoulde bee doone in good order, and in such -sort that the gouernour nor any other shoulde haue any suspition -or knowledge, it was ordayned amongest them that -the captaine of China should with all speede dispatch himselfe -and depart to the port of Bindoro, which is twentie -leagues from the citie of Manilla, and there to tarrie for -them, and to carrie in his companie the Chino that was new -baptised as aforesaid.</p> - -<p>The captaine made haste, dispatched himselfe, and departed -vnto the port appointed, and within a fewe dayes -after the father Costodio and his company, with the souldier -his friend, did followe them. But when they came thether -they found the captaine Chino in an other mind, in such -sort that neyther gifts nor faire intreatie was sufficient to -perswad him to performe that which he had promised in -Manilla, but returned vnto them their earnest before receiued, -affirming that for any thing in al the world he would -not carrie them, for that he knewe very well, if hee should -so doo, it would cost him his life and goods.</p> - -<p>The newe baptised religious Chino seeing that, wept -bitterly, with discontentment to see how the diuell had -changed the minde of the captaine, for that in that kingdome -the holie gospell should not be preached. The father -Costodio did resolue himselue to returne vnto Manilla, and -there to abide a better oportunitie, as in effect they did, -whereas they remayned certaine dayes, till such time it happened -as followeth.</p> - -<p>Upon a day the gouernour sent and called vnto him the -father Costodio, and requested of him that he would let him -haue some Fryer for to sende vnto the riuer of Cagayan, -whether not long before he had sent certaine Spaniards for -to inhabite.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_131" id="Page_ii_131">[131]</a></span></p> - -<p>The Fryer Costodio promised him one, and that he should -go with him in companie till he came to the prouince of -Illocos whether he went, and that from thence he would -dispatch him vnto the riuer of Cagayan, according vnto his -worships commandement, requesting of him to haue in his -companie, to keepe watch and warde in that iourney, the -ensigne Francisco de Duennas, and Iohn Diaz Pardo the -souldier, his friend as aforesaide, with pretence to depart -from thence vnto China, as in effect they did, as shall be -tolde you. The gouernor being very willing for to pleasure -him, did grant his request. So with great speede he departed, -and carried with him the foresaide souldiers, and for -companion a religious man called frier Austin de Tordesillas -(he who afterwards did put in memorie all thinges that -passed with them in China), out of the which hath beene -taken this small relation.<a name="FNanchor_1_35" id="FNanchor_1_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a> So when they came vnto the -Illocos, they found fryer Iohn Baptista and fryer Sebastian, -of S. Francis, of his owne order, occupied in the teaching -and instructing the people of that prouince, which was -the fourth day of Iune.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_35" id="Footnote_1_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a> The friar Augustin de Tordesillas was one of the founders of the -province of St. Gregory in Luzon. His narrative seems never to have -been printed elsewhere. See Sbaralea's <i>Supplement</i> to Waddington, and -N. Antonio's <i>Bibliotheca Hispana Nova</i>.</p></div> - -<p>The next day following they called a counsell, where it -was concluded that all those that were there present would -venture themselues for to go vnto China, to conuert those -gentiles, or else to die in the quarrell. And the better to -bring their purpose to passe, they thought it good to speake -vnto an other souldier that was there with them, called -Pedro de Villa Roel, not telling vnto him their pretence, -because they would not be discouered (but asked him in this -manner) if he would beare him companie, and the other two -souldiers, who altogether went about a business of great -honour and seruice of God, and the benefite and sauing of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_132" id="Page_ii_132">[132]</a></span> -manye soules; and that he would declare vnto them whether -he would go or not, without asking whether nor from what -place, for that as then they could not giue him to vnderstand, -till time did serue. His answere was, that straightwaies -he would beare them companie, and would neuer -leaue them to death.</p> - -<p>So foorthwith they altogether with singular ioy went to -the ship wherin the father Costodio and his companion, with -the other two souldiers, came in from Manilla to that place -with a reasonable frigat, although with but fewe marriners, -and they not verie expert. So being altogether in the -shippe, with all such thinges as they could get together in -that small time for their prouision in that iourney, they -made all thinges in a readinesse to set sayle the same day, -which was the twelfth day of the said moneth of Iune. So -after they had sayde masse and commended themselues vnto -God, requesting Him to direct their voyage that it might be -to His glorie and seruice, they set sayle vppon a Fryday, in -the morning, with intent to goe foorth of that port; but they -could not by no meanes possible, for that the sea went verie -loftie vpon the barre, and contending with the sea for to get -foorth they were in great danger to haue beene cast away, -which was the occasion that with great sorrow they returned -into the port, whereas they remayned all day.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_II" id="CHAP_II_II"></a>CHAP. II.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The fryers and their companions depart from the port of Illocos, after -they had committed vnto God the direction of their voyage. They -passe great daungers and troubles, and do ouercome them all with the -confidence they haue in God, and came vnto the kingdome of China -miraculously.</i></p></div> - - -<p>[Early in the morning of the following day (being the -festival of St. Antony of Padua), they said mass and returned -to the frigate to take their departure; but the sea was still -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_133" id="Page_ii_133">[133]</a></span> -so boisterous and rough that it took the ship on her broad-side, -and she leaked very much, until at length it pleased -God that she drove on the shore, where, striking on the -sand several times, it was a most evident miracle that she did -not go to pieces, and that all in her were not drowned. It -was their firm belief that God had done this through the -intercession of the blessed St. Anthony, whose day it was, -and to whom they had with sincere devotion commended -themselves. They then put back from the river which they -had left, and this they accomplished, but with great exertion -and danger, insomuch that the Father Stephen Ortiz became -so terrified, that no persuasion could induce him to continue -the voyage which they had started upon: He replied that -he would not further tempt God, since the signs which they -had seen were sufficient to show that it was not His holy -will that they should prosecute that journey at that time, the -which proved a trouble and stumblingblock to all the rest. -The Father Costodio concealed his vexation and put a good -face on the matter, telling them all to keep up their -courage, for that great difficulties attended every good -work at the commencement, but that these easily yielded to -perseverance and patience, as experience had often shown. -In this manner he talked with them until the day of the -Trinity, when, after the priests had said mass and confessed -the laymen, and administered the sacrament to them, they -all returned with good will to go on board, except the above-mentioned -Father Ortiz, who remained at home in his old -obstinacy, and with him the Chinese who had been baptized, -the latter having fallen very ill, which caused great grief -to all.]<a name="FNanchor_1_36" id="FNanchor_1_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_36" id="Footnote_1_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a> The commencement of the chapter, here inserted between brackets, is -not given in Parke's translation.</p></div> - -<p>So the next day, after they had committed themselues to -God with great deuotion, they embarked themselues and -made sayle, and by the will of God they went out of the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_134" id="Page_ii_134">[134]</a></span> -harbour, although with great danger; and they carryed with -them an other barke a sterne their ship, in the which they -did determine for to set a lande such Indians as they carried -with them from the Esquipazon,<a name="FNanchor_1_37" id="FNanchor_1_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a> to helpe them out of the -harbour: the which they did not for feare they should be -drowned. So when they were out of that riuer, they sayled -towards the little iland that was but one league from that -place, and there they put the Indians a shore, and with them -a young man, a Spaniard, that they brought from Manilla to -serue them. So those which should go on that voyage remayned -there the same night, who were the frier Costodio; -frier Peter de Alfaro, borne in Siuel; frier Iohn Baptista, -borne in Pesaro in Italy; fryer Sebastian de San Francisco, -of the citie of Boecia;<a name="FNanchor_2_38" id="FNanchor_2_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a> and frier Augustin de Tordesillas, of -the same towne whereof he hath his name; all these foure -were priestes of the masse.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_37" id="Footnote_1_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a> This word (thus given by Parke with a capital letter) means the -equipment or rigging of a vessel, evidently put for the vessel itself.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_38" id="Footnote_2_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a> Misspelt for Baeza, in the province of Jaen, in Andalusia.</p></div> - -<p>The fryer Costodio would with a very good will haue -carried more of them, but he durst not for two causes; the -one for that hee would not haue beene discouered, and the -other (which was the principal occasion), because he would -not leaue that prouince of the Illocos without such as shold -instruct them, whereas were many baptized: for which -respect he left some behind him, which afterwarde hee would -have beene very glad that they had beene in his companie. -There were three Spaniards souldiers that did beare them -companie, the one was called the ancient Francisco de -Duennas, of Velez Malaga—the other John Diaz Pardo, of -Saint Lucas de Barameda, the third Pedro de Villa Roel of -the citie of Mexico. Besides these they had a boy of China -who could speak the Spanish tongue, and was one of them -that were taken at the siege of Limahon the rouer, and -other foure Indians of Manilla.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_135" id="Page_ii_135">[135]</a></span></p> - -<p>They departed from this little islande upon a Munday, -the first quarter in the morning which was the fifteene day -of the said moneth of June, and sayled that way so nigh as -they could gesse to be the way vnto China, without pilot or -any other certaintie, more than that which God did shewe -and put into their minds with their great desire, which -seemed vnto them to comprehende and bring it to passe. -This day the winde was contrarie and against them, which -was the occasions that they sayled but little. Towardes the -evening, the winde changed and blewe at the north (the -which winde vppon that coast is very dangerous), which -made them greatly afrayde; yet was that feare driven away -by an other feare much greater than that, which was that they -should be discovered, and that they should be pursued by -the commandemente of the governour of Manilla, for which -occasion whereas they should have throwed themselves under -the land, they wrought contrary and cast about vnto the sea -in great danger to have beene cast away; but it was the will -of God that when as night came, the winde did calme (which -commonly falleth out to the contrary), but the sea remayned -very rough and loftie, that they thought verily to have beene -drowned with the furie thereof, for it tossed the frigetta in -<span class="sidenote">They were in great perill.</span> -such sort, that it seemed a whole legion of diuels had taken -holde on both sides of the shippe, forcing the one against the -other that it rowled in such sort that many times the halfe -decke was in the water, so that the mariners could not stand -upon their feete, but were driven to sustaine themselves by -the ropes and cables. But the religious men trusting in God, -whose zeale had caused them this great trouble, did pray and -desire him with many tears, that hee would deliver them out -of the same daunger, and not to give place vnto the diuell for -to disturbe them of their voyage and enterprise.</p> - - -<p><span class="sidenote">The Fryers vsed certaine coniurations -for that S. Antonie was a sleepe.</span> -These their orations and prayers did so much prevaile, -with certaine coniurations which they made against the -diuels, (who they thought they did see visibly), that after -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_136" id="Page_ii_136">[136]</a></span> -midnight the north winde ceased and began to blowe at the -north east, with the which the sea began to waxe calme; so -that they might make their way to be east north east, for that -they had intelligence that that course was the shortest cut to -the firme land. This winde which was so favourable vnto -them, did increase so much in two hours that the sea waxed -loftie and caused them to forget the sorrowe past, and constrained -them (for that the shippe was but small) to cut their -mast ouer borde, and to put themselves vnto the courtesie of -the sea with little hope to escape the danger. But our -Lorde whose zeale did moove them to attempt that iourney, -did direct their voyage in such sort, that the next day following -it came to be calme in such sort that they might set up a -newe mast, in the place of that which was cut ouer borde in -the storme, and therewith to nauigate forwardes with their -begunne voyage. So upon the Fryday following at the -break of the day they sawe lande, and thinking that it had -beene the firme land of China they gave thanks unto God, -and rejoiced, in such sort that they had cleane forgotten the -troubles of the stormes and foule weather passed, so they -made towards it and came thither about noone, but when -they were a shore, they found that it was but a small island -and situated foure leagues from the firme land; and for that -it was so nigh, a farre off it seemed to be all one thing. But -when they came unto this ilande they did discover many ships -which were so many in number that it seemed all the sea to -be covered with them. The friers, with the great desire -they had for to knowe in what port they were, they comanded -to gouerne their ship towards whereas they were, who when -they saw them, and could not know them by the strangenes -of their ship and sailes, they did fly from them all that ever -they could. The which our men perceiving and could not -imagine the cause thereof, they were very much agrieued and -sorrowful, and the more for that they could not learne nor -vnderstand where they were. But seeing nigh vnto them -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_137" id="Page_ii_137">[137]</a></span> -to the lewarde three ships, they made towards them, and -when they were somewhat nigh they put themselves as the -others did. In this sort they spent all the rest of the day in -going from one port to an other vnto those ships, for to -informe themselves where they were; but all this diligence -prevailed them nothing at all till it was almost sunne set. -They entred with their frigat into a gut vnder the shore, -whereas fell from a high rocke which was more than one -hundredth fatham by estimation, a stream of water which -was as bigge as the bodies of two men together.</p> - -<p>In this gut there was three other ships, and they came to an -anker in the middest amongest them, the which beeing done -they asked of them what countrie that was, but they answered -nothing, nor made any semblance, but looked the one upon -the other; and in beholding of the Spaniards they gave -great laughters. In this gut they remained all that night, -almost amased to see how those people were, as though they -were enchanted; and they without any light of their desire, -which was to knowe where they were. So the next day -folowing (which was Saterday), very early in the morning -they set sayle, and went amongst a great sort of islandes, -always bearing vnto them, which they thought to be the -firme lande, being greatly amarueiled to see the infinite -number of shippes both great and small that they sawe; -some were a fishing, and some under sayle, and other some -ryding at an anker. The same day about noon there happened -unto them a strange and miraculous thing, and it -was, that passing through a straight that was but a quarter -of a league of bredth, which was betwixt the firme lande and -a small islande, in the which was continually four score -ships of warre set there for watch and warde; they passed -through the thickest of them and were never seene, for if -they hadde, without all doubt they had sonke them or slain -them. Their order and commission is so straight given them -by their generalles of the sea, in the which they are commanded, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_138" id="Page_ii_138">[138]</a></span> -that whatsoever kinde of people of strange nations -that they do meete upon the coast, for to kill them or sinke -them, except they do bring licence from some governor of -such cities as be upon the coast; for that such as doo meane -to have traficke doo sende to demand the same, leaving their -ships a great way at sea.</p> - -<p>This lawe for to watch and warde was made and ordayned -(as they do say), in respect of the Japones who did enter into -certain of their portes, dissembling themselues to be Chinos; -being apparelled as they were, and speaking their language, -they did vnto them great and strange hurtes and damages, -as is declared in the booke before this. So when they were -passed this straight, they sayled almost sixe leagues forwardes -into a verie fayre and great bay, following other shippes that -went before them; for that it seemed that they would enter -into some port, and there they might informe themselues -where they were, which was the thing that they most desired. -When they had sayled about two leagues in this bay, they -overtook one of the three shippes, and asked of the people -that were within her (by the intrepreter they had with them), -whether they sayled, and what lande that was which they -sawe before them.</p> - -<p>Then the principall that was in that ship, did put himself -into his boat the which hee had at sterne, and came vnto the -ship where the Spaniards were, the better to vnderstande -what they did demand; for they before by reason that they -were somewhat farre off the one from the other, could not -vnderstande the Spaniards demand but by signes. So when -that he vnderstoode their request, he answered them that it -was the country of China, and how that he came laden with -salt from the citie of Chincheo, and went to make sale thereof -vnto the citie of Canton, which was so nigh hand that they -might ariue there before night. But when that he was -entred into the Spanish ship and saw the friers and the rest -that were in their companie, and saw that their apparell and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_139" id="Page_ii_139">[139]</a></span> -speech was strange vnto him, he asked of them what they -were and from whence they came, and whether they went? -(and when that he vnderstood that they were Castillos, and -of the islands Philippinas, and came from the said islands -and were bound vnto China, with intent to preach the holy -gospell), he asked them whose licence they had to conduct -them vnto the firme lande? But when he vnderstood that -they had none, hee asked them howe they passed and escaped -the fleete of ships that was in the straight aforesayde? The -Spaniards answered, that they found no impediment nor let. -So he being greatlie amazed as well of the one as of the other, -entered into his owne boate, and with great furie departed -from their shippe and went into his owne; but at his -departure the Spaniards did request him that he would -conduct them vnto the citie, who gave them to vnderstande -by signes that he woulde, although he feared the rigorous -punishment that in that kingdom is executed vppon all such -as doo bring into the same any man of a strange nation (as -hath been tolde you in the first part of this historie.) So hee -fearing that if hee shoulde enter with him into the port, the -fault would be imputed unto him, therefore at such time -as hee came within halfe a league of the riuer's mouth, he -cast about his shippe and sailed to sea, and went so farre that -in a short time the Spaniards had lost the sight of them; who -when they saw that they had no guide, they followed the -course of another shippe that they had discovered before the -other did cast about to sea, for which occasion the other two -ships that we spake off before were departed. So a little -before the sunne set, they discouered the mouth and entrie -of a great and mightie brode riuer, out of the which came -two great streames or armes, and in them many ships entering -in and going forth; and considering how they had the winde -which serued them well they entered into the same. But -when they had sailed forwards a quarter of a league, they -discouered so great a multitude of barkes that it seemed vnto -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_140" id="Page_ii_140">[140]</a></span> -them a grove, or some inhabited place, and as we drew nigh -vnto them, they not knowing our shippe, all began to flie and -run away with so great noise, as though they should haue -beene all set on fire or smoke in that place. The Spaniards -seeing that they were the occasion of this feare amongst them, -they withdrew themselves into the middest of the riuer, -whereas they strooke saile and came to an anker, and there -they did ride all that night, and it was in such a place that -none of al the other barks and boats came nigh them by a -great way.</p> - -<p>The next day following, which was Sunday, the one-and-twentieth -day of June, they weighed anker, and went vnder -their foresaile vp that arme of the riuer, the which within a -little while they had sailed did ioine with the other arme -aforesaide, and was in that place of so great widenesse that -it seemed to bee a sea; there sailed in and out many shippes, -barkes, and boates, of whom the Spaniards demaunded how -farre the port was off from that place, but they answered nothing -at all, but with great laughter and wonder to see the Spaniards -and their kind of attyre, they departed. But when they had -sailed two leagues up the riuer, they discouered a high towre -and very faire, vnder the which were at an anker a great -number of shippes; thither they sailed right on. So when -as they came right ouer against the towre, they saw on shore -a great mighty crane, to discharge merchandize withal, -whereat lay many ships; but when they came to the point, -fearing that some ordinance would be shot at them, they -strook all their sailes, according vnto the vse and custom in -the ports of Spain. They, after a while that they had remained -in that sort, and saw that neither the towre nor the -ships did make any motion towards them, they turned and -hoised up again their sailes and went wheras al the ships -were, and when they came amongst them they let fall their -anker; wheras they did ride, looking when they would come -to demand of them anything.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_141" id="Page_ii_141">[141]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_III" id="CHAP_II_III"></a>CHAP. III.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The fryers and their companions came vnto the cittie of Canton, they went -on shore, and praised God for that it had pleased Him to let them see -their desire fulfilled. There comes a iustice to visite them, and hath -with them great communication.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The Spaniards seeing that they were there at an anker a -good while, and that there was none that came vnto them to -demand any question, they hoisted out their boate, and went -in it on shore, wheras they al kneeled downe upon their -knees, and with great deuotion did say <i>Te Deum laudamus</i>, -giuing thankes to God for that he had so myraculously -brought them into the kingdome of China, of them so much -desired, without any pilot or other humane industrie; the -which being doone, they began to walke along by the crane -aforesaid, nigh unto the which were certaine houses wheras -were kept ropes and tackling belonging vnto the shippes; so -they proceeded forwards with intent to seek the gates of the -citie, the which after they had gone the space of foure hargabus -shot, they found the gate, which was verie great and -sumptuous of a strong and gallant edifice. The people of -the country seeing them at their comming a shore how they -did kneele downe, and how that their manner of attire was -different from the people of the same, and not knowing from -whence they did come, did cause in them great admiration, -and to ioyne togither a great troope of people, and followed -them with great desire to see the end of their enterprize.</p> - -<p>This great multitude of people was the occasion that they -entered in at the gates of the cittie without being -discouered of the guards and posts that were put there for -that purpose, neither were they disturbed of the entry by -reason of the great throng of people and strangenesse of -the matter. So after they had gone a while in the streete, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_142" id="Page_ii_142">[142]</a></span> -the people increasing more and more to see them, they -staied in the porch of a great house there, where as the -iustices of the sea, or water bailies, do keepe their courts of -audience; and in the meane time that they remained there, -which was a pretty while, the guardes of the gate understood -that amongst the presse and throng of the people, did enter -certaine strangers, contrary to the precept given them vpon -great penalties; they straightway, with great fear that their -ouersight should be discouered, ran and laid hands vpon the -Spaniards, and carried them backe againe and put them out -of the gate of the citie, without doing any evil or harme vnto -their persons, and willed them to stay there in that place till -such time as they had given the gouernor of the cittie to vnderstand -thereof, and he to send them licence that they may -enter in againe. So after a good while that they had remained -there wheras the guards had set them, there came -vnto them a man who was a Chino, called Canguin, and -could speake Portugal, who knowing them to be Christians -by their faces and attire, did aske them in the Portugal -toong, what they sought? the Spaniards answered him, -that their comming into that kingdom was for to shew and -declare to them the way to heaven, and to give them to -vnderstand and know the true God, the creator of heaven -and earth, and that they would very faine talke with the -gouernor to entreat therof. This Chino by and by brought -to them a man that could speak very good Portuges, who as -after they did vnderstand, both he, his wife and children -were christened; and although they were borne in China, yet -did they dwel thre years with Portugals that were inhabited -in Machao, which is twenty leagues from that cittie of Canton. -This did demande the same question of them that the other -did, and wherefore they came into that countrie? They -answered him the same as they did the other; hee replied, -and asked them who was the pilot that brought them thither? -they answered, the will of God; they not knowing howe, nor -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_143" id="Page_ii_143">[143]</a></span> -from whence: but after they had sailed at the sea certaine -dayes, they came vnto that place that according as it was -given them to vnderstande, is the cittie of Canton, of the -which they have heard declared many straunge thinges. -The Chino asked how the guardes of the sea, and shippes -that were in the straight aforesaid, did let them passe? they -answered that they saw no guards nor any other that did -trouble them their passage. This last answere did cause the -christian Chino greatly to admire, who being moued with a -good zeale, said vnto them, that they should returne againe -vnto the shippe, and not to come forth untill such time as he -had giuen aduice of their comming vnto the mandelines of -the sea, which be certaine iudges appointed to giue aduice -of all such matters to the governor, that he may command -what is to be done therein.</p> - -<p>So the Spaniards returned vnto the shippe, wheras they -remained a good while, and passed great heate, for that it -dooth exceede in that port. So after a while, they sawe -come vnto a house which was neere vnto the gate of the -cittie, a man of great authoritie, who was brought in a litter -chaire, and much people came with him; he stayed at that -house, and from thence sent to call vnto him the religious -men and all the rest that came in their company; before -them all came one that carried a table, all whited, and -thereon was written certain great letters, with blacke ynke, -the which (as after they understood) was the licence that the -gouernor of the cittie gaue them for to come a shoore, without -the which there is no stranger permitted. The fathers did -straightwayes obey it, and came forth of their shippe with -more companie than they desired, of such as came to see -them, who were so many in number, that although the sergeants -and officers of the iudge that sent for them, did beate -them for to make way, yet was it a good while before they -coulde come vnto the house wheras the iudge was, although -the way was but short. So when they approched nigh, one -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_144" id="Page_ii_144">[144]</a></span> -of the sergeants bad them kneele down before the iudge, the -which they did with great humilitie without any replication. -Hee was set in a verie rich chaire with so great maiestie that -they were greatly astonyed to see it, and the more when that -they understood by the christian Chino that he was not the -gouernor, neither of the supreme iudges; hee was apparelled -in a robe of silke, close from aboue down to the foot, with -the sleeues very wide, and a girdle imbossed, and on his -head a bonnet full of brooches, such as bishops doo use on -their mytres. Before him was set a table, whereon was paper -and inke, and on the one side and on the other, two rankes -of men, as though they were to guard him, yet without -weapons. They had al of them in their hands, long canes of -foure fingers brode, with the which (as after they did vnderstand), -they do beat such as are offenders, vpon the calues -of their legges, with great crueltie, as hath been told you in -the first books of this historie. All these had vppon their -heads a manner of helmet, made of blacke leather, and on -them great plumes of pecocks' feathers, with brooches made -of mettal, a thing vsed to be worne in that countrie of such -as are executioners or ministers of iustice.</p> - -<p>The iudge had the interpreter to aske them of what nation -they were, and what they sought in that countrie, and who -was their guide to bring them into that port: the which -being vnderstood by the religious men, answered that they -were Spaniards, and subject vnto the king Philip of Spaine, -and came thether to preach the holy gospel, and to teach -them to know the true God, creator of the heauen and -<span class="sidenote">Marke the Friers confession of images.</span> -earth, and to leaue off the worshiping of their idols (who -haue no more power of themselues, then that which is giuen -them by him that doth make them): the which worship is -knowne and receiued by his holie law, and declared by the -mouth of his only begotton Sonne, and confirmed with -diuine tokens from heaven, in whose guarde doth consist the -saluation of all soules. And to the last, touching who was -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_145" id="Page_ii_145">[145]</a></span> -their guide vnto that kingdome: they answered, That it was -God, vnto whose will all creature are subiect, as vnto the -true creator: all the which (as afterward it did appeare) the -interpreter did not truely interpret of the interpretation of -the Spaniards: vnderstanding, that if hee should truely interpret -what they saide, the iudge would forthwith sende -them away, which would be the occasion that he shuld get -nothing of them. So that he made his interpretation as at -best seemed for his purpose, fearing (as after he did confesse) -that if he shuld declare the truth of that which the -Spaniards had said, it would haue beene verie odious to the -iudge, and afterward both vnto them and to himselfe might -be the occasion of some great euill: but to conclude, he -answered and told the iudge that they were certaine religious -men, who liued in common a sharpe and asper life, -much after the manner of those of that kingdome: and that -going from the Iland of Luzon vnto the Ilands of the Illocos, -in a great storme and tempest that chanced them, the ship -wherin they were was cast away, and al their people cast -away, sauing they, who escaped by vsing great diligence, -and put themselues in that small ship, which came in company -with another greater shippe, without pilot or mariner, -for that they were almost all drowned; and setting saile in -the best manner they could or knewe, being holpen and -constrained by necessity, they let their ship saile, and go -whither as fortune did cary them. So after many dangers -and stormes at the sea, according to the will of the heauens -they came vnto this port, whose name as yet they knew not. -The iudge asked them where they had that Chino that -they brought in their company for an interpreter. They -answered that he was in Luzon, and captiue vnto a Spaniard: -they tooke him and set him free, and hee vnderstanding -that they were bound vnto the firme land of China, -which was his naturall countrie, he requested them to carrie -him thither; the which they did with a very good will, for -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_146" id="Page_ii_146">[146]</a></span> -that they had neede of him to vtter their desire, if neede did -so require. All the which the other interpreter fearing, -that if he should tel vnto the iudge how that he was captiue -vnto the Christians, hee would bee offended, and therefore -hee did falsifie the same and saide, that comming vnto an -iland to take in fresh water, they found the boy there, where -he was captiue eight yeares before, and came thither forced -with a great storme, in the which was drowned a merchants -shippe that was bound to Luzon, and he alone escaped by -swimming; and so hee came aborde the shippe in the which -were the fathers, not knowing whither they went. All these -vntruthes he did inuent for to dissemble and go forwards -with his knavish pretence, and would not declare the true -intent of the friers: the which he had decreed with himselfe -how to doo before the iudge did sende to call them. -Moreouer, the iudge did aske them what they brought in -their small shippe; they answered that they brought nothing -but one chest and two little fardels of bookes, and an ornament -for to say masse. This did the interpreter declare -truely vnto the iudge, for that experience might be made -thereof. So the iudge forthwith commanded that it should -be brought before him, the which being done, he caused it -to be vndone, and he perused euery thing by it selfe, the -which being strange vnto him, for that he neuer saw the -like, he made signes vnto them that he receiued great contentment -in the seeing of them, but specially of the images -they brought: but that which did best please him was an ara -or sopra-altar, of a blacke stone, the which did shine so bright -that they might see themselues therein, as well as in a glasse. -These friers did bring the same with them out of the kingdom -of Mexico, whereas you haue great aboundance, but specially -in the prouince of Mechuacan. So after that hee had seene -all, and sawe that it was drie, without any signe or token -that it had beene in the sea, hee called to remembrance the -wordes of the interpreter in the name of the fathers, touching -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_147" id="Page_ii_147">[147]</a></span> -the storme wherein their shippe was cast away, and howe -that they escaped by swimming, and put themselues in that -small shippe in the which they came: and considering of the -same, it seemed vnto him that they did fable in that which -they had saide: so that he did replie and asked if it were -true that which they had before declared, and howe it shoulde -bee that their bookes and other things were not wet at the -sea, which was an euident token and plainely to be vnderstood -that they had fabled and told lies, and so he belieued -they did in all the rest. The interpreter, fearing least by -that argument his falshod would be discouered, he fel in -talke a while with the friers, asking and answering things -very different to that which the iudge had commanded him. -Then he with a strange and sharpe boldnes answered to the -difficulty proponed by the iudge, and said, That as all merchants -at such time as their shippes are readie to sinke and -to be lost, they doo procure first to saue such thinges as are -of most estimation, forgetting all the rest: euen so these -religious men did procure with great care and diligence to -saue those books and that ornament, which is all their treasure, -and yet for all their diligences done they lost a great -number mo. All these fables and lies, after many dayes, the -religious fathers came to haue the knowledge of.</p> - -<p>The iudge did aske them if they brought any armor or -weapons in their shippe? they answered that they were no -men to bring them, neither according vnto their profession, -they could not wear nor use them, for that they were religious, -and professed other matters contrary vnto the vse of -armor or weapon, promising and auowing unto God perpetual -povertie and chastitie, and vnto their superior prelates obedience -all the dayes of their liues. The iudge returned and -asked them if they had any monie, and where withall they -did eate and apparell themselues, and bought those bookes -and ornaments? they answered, that all that which they had -was giuen them by secular christians for God's sake whome -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_148" id="Page_ii_148">[148]</a></span> -they did serue, for that they should pray for them, and -for the saluation of their soules.</p> - -<p>The iudge, when he heard this, was greatly astonied, -for that the interpreter did declare the truth, and made -signes that he recieued griefe and had pittie on them, although -he gaue not full credite to that which he heard, but said that -he would go aborde their shippe, to see if they did say -the truth, in not bringing anie armor or weapon, neither -silver nor merchandize. This did hee straightwayes put in -ure, and commaunded them that brought him in the litter -chaire vpon their shoulders to go thitherward. All those -people did beare him companie, as also a great number that -were there ioyned togither to heare the examination of those -strangers, and also the Spaniards he commanded to go next -vnto him.</p> - -<p>So that when he was in their shippe, set in his chaire, his -ministers began to search the shippe in all places, both aboue -and below, and could finde nothing but a little rice, which -was left of that which they brought with them: they gaue -the iudge to vnderstand thereof, who looking vpon the -Spaniards, said that all they that were in the shippe might -heare him. These do speak the truth, and they doo seeme vnto -me to bee good people, and without any superstition, and -without all doubte they doo come and will be after the manner -of our religious men, according as is to be seene in the -vniformitie of their apparell, as also in their heads and beardes. -Then he beganne to demaunde of them certaine thinges, more -of curiositie then of suspection; who answered him, casting -up their eies vnto heauen, (for that their talke was thereof), -and they saw that the iudge did greatly reioyce and had -pleasure therein, for that it seemed that they had the heauens -for their God, as they haue, by reason they did so much looke -upwards. After this the iudge came foorth of the shippe, -but the religious men remained behind at his commandment -with his companions; and likewise hee commaunded certaine -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_149" id="Page_ii_149">[149]</a></span> -of those officers that came with him, to remaine about their -ship at the water's side, for their guard, more for that none -should doo to them any harme, then for any euil suspition -they had of them.</p> - -<p>Al that day that the Spaniards were in their ship the -countrie men came downe to the water side to see them, and -that in so great number that they did woonder to see them; -and on the other side they were greatly reioyced to see so -many soules there ioyned togither, hoping that when it -should bee the will and pleasure of God to giue them oportunitie, -to baptise them all.</p> - -<p>The next day following, in the morning, they sawe another -mandelin or judge, comming towards their shippe, accompanied -with much people, and with little less maiestie than -the other had, who entered into their shippe and commaunded -to search both aboue and belowe, to see whether they brought -any armour, weapon, or any other kinde of merchandize; -and seeing that they could finde nothing else but their bookes -and their ornament aforesaide, he commaunded it to be -brought before him, who did peruse the same peece by peece -with great admiration, and shewed great contentment that -hee received to see their bookes and images, although that -which did most content him was to see the ara of blacke stone, -as was said before. Then hee commanded one of the fathers -for to reade in one of the said bookes, and for to write, the -which was done before him with so great facilitie, that the -judge receiued great contentment to see it. Then hee -asked them if that with the said letters they could write any -other language that were different vnto theirs. The fathers -answered yea, that they coulde write any language; and for -a plainer proofe they wrote on a piece of paper, certaine -reasons in the iudges language, the which did cause him -greatly to maruell, and said (turning his face to some of them -that came with him), these men are not barbarous, nor of -any euill condition, so farre as I can see.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_150" id="Page_ii_150">[150]</a></span></p> - -<p>With this he departed out of their shippe, and went to giue -the gouernour (who sent him), to vnderstand of that he had -seene and coulde vnderstande of the Spaniards in this his -visitation, who straightwayes did sende them a licence vpon -a table, that they shoulde come on shore, and be suffered to -enter into the cittie freely at their will.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_IV" id="CHAP_II_IV"></a>CHAP. IV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards go forth of their ship, and go into the citie unto the christened -Chinos house, and are carried before another superior judge in -common audience, and manie other passe with them.</i></p></div> - - -<p>So soone as they had their licence, they went forth of their -ship and entred in at the gate of the cittie, although with -great trouble by reason of the great number of people that -came to see them, as a thing neuer seen before. Then they -went to the christened Chinos house (hee that serued for -their interpreter), who made very much of them, and giuing -them to vnderstand that hee had made a true report of all -that they had commanded him, and did offer himselfe to do -so much with the justices, that he would procure to get licence -of the gouernor for them to remain in the countrie, and to -giue them a house wherein to remaine and dwel; and did -admonish them that at that time they should not deale for to -make the Chinos christians, vntil such time as they were -better knowne, and coulde speake the language, and then -should they doo it with a great deale more ease. All these -promises, with the falsifying of that the Spaniards spake -before to the iudges, was to content the friers (as in discourse -of time they did vnderstande), and onely to get monie from -them, for that it seemed vnto him that it could not be but that -they shoulde have good stoore, for that they came from a rich -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_151" id="Page_ii_151">[151]</a></span> -countrie whereas it was; and againe to come about businesse -of so great importance, about the which they shoulde remaine -there a long time (as aforesaide), as they afterwarde did more -at large vnderstande. If that interpreter had declared in -fidelitie all that which they had spoken, without al doubt they -woulde not have suffered them to have come on shoare, else -have put them in some prison for that they came on land without -licence; and to have shewed them the most fauour they -woulde haue caused them to returne from whence they came; -whereas the guardes of the straight (of whom we have spoken -of before), woulde either in secrete or publike sinke them at -the sea, for that they were all greatly in hatred against them; -the reason was that the Aytao, who is (as is declared in the -first booke of this historie), the president of the counsell of -warre, had vnderstanding howe that they passed thorough -the fleete and were not seene, which was a thing that they -all wondred at.</p> - -<p>This Aytao did forthwith make secret information of the -same, and found it to be true, whereuppon hee did iudge the -captaines to perpetuall prison where they were well whipped, -and did secrest<a name="FNanchor_1_39" id="FNanchor_1_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a> all their goods; for the which all their kinsfolkes -and the rest of the guards had great indignation against -the Spaniards, and would with great ease have beene reuenged -on them, but that they did feare the punishment that should -bee doone on them after that it should be knowne. In the -which they doo execute their iustice in this kingdom more -then in any place in all the world.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_39" id="Footnote_1_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a> Sequester.</p></div> - -<p>In the house of this christened Chino they dined that day, -as they did many more afterwarde, but every night they -returned to their fregat to bed, for that they durst not leave -their things alone, neither to lie out of their shippe, for that -one of the iudges had so commanded.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_152" id="Page_ii_152">[152]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_V" id="CHAP_II_V"></a>CHAP. V.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards are called before a iudge, who doth examine them, and offer -them great favour; he dooth write vnto the vizroy, giuing credit vnto -the persons who sendeth commission vnto a iudge called Aytao, for to -examine their cause. The chiefe captaine of Machao dooth accuse them -in saying that they were spies, and doth intreate of other strange -matters.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Vpon Saint John baptist day they were called before a -iudge, who (as after this did vnderstand), was a superiour -vnto the other past; but when they came whereas he was in -place of audience, his ministers did straight wayes commande -them to kneele downe at such time as they came in sight of -the iudge, which was vnto the religious men no small torment. -He demanded of them the same that the others did, -and they answered in briefe, that they came to preach the -holy gospell, and requested him to giue them licence to -execute the same, and to remain in that cittie of Canton for -to learne the China tongue, whereby they might giue them -to vnderstande and knowe the trueth of the heauen. The -interpreter did falsifie their wordes as hee had doone vnto -the other iudges, and said no more but for so much that -fortune and foul weather had driuen them into that port, they -would liue amongst them, although it were to serue them as -slaves; for that if they woulde returne vnto the ilande of -Luzon, or by another name called Manilla, they could not -for that they knewe not the way, neither had they anie pilot -to conduct them.</p> - -<p>The iudge had pittie on them, and commanded that such -thinges as they had in their shippe should be brought on -land, for that he woulde see them; amongst the which, the -thing which caused him most to maruell at was when hee -sawe the images, and ara (or alter stone), of blacke jasper -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_153" id="Page_ii_153">[153]</a></span> -stone (of the which we have made large mention.) Hee -requested of the Spaniards that they woulde giue them two -images, which when they had given them they made shew -to esteeme greatly of the present, for that they were things -that they have not amongst them. He talked with them very -friendly, and caused them to arise from the ground whereas -they did kneele, and to shewe them the more fauour he -caused to be giuen them to drinke, in his presence, a certaine -beurage which they do vse made of certaine hearbs, and vse -it for a comfortable thing for the heart, and is commonly vsed -amongst them although they are not dry, and amongst the -Chinos is a shew of particular fauour.</p> - -<p>This iudge did more vnderstande the intent of the Spaniards -than any of the other past, for their interpreter had tolde -unto him that they woulde remaine in the countrie for to -cure sicke persons and to bury the dead, the which they -could do excellent well. When the iudge heard these wordes -hee gaue with his hande a great stroke vppon the table -that was before him, and said with showes of great wonder -unto other inferior judges that were with him: Oh! what -good people are these as it seemeth; it would be vnto mee a -great ioy, if that I coulde of mine owne authoritie accomplish -that which they do desire, but our lawes do forbid the -same and that with great rigour. All this did their interpreter -tel them afterward. At this time there entred into -the place of audience whereas they were, a man of China, one -of the common sort, al imbrewed with blood, crying out and -making a great noise without any consort, who prostrating -<span class="sidenote">The Chinos most vpright in all their -iudgements and in execution of iustice.</span> -himselfe upon the ground did complaine of other Chinos with -whom he had fallen out, and was beaten and buffeted in -cruell sort. The iudge when he saw him, did straight wayes -command his officers to bring the offenders before him, the -which was done with a trice, and they returned with the -plaintife, bringing three other Chinos bound together by the -armes, and as it seemed they were men of base sort. The -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_154" id="Page_ii_154">[154]</a></span> -judge incontinent made information wholly of all that passed, -and condemned them without writing any letter, in twenty -sotes<a name="FNanchor_1_40" id="FNanchor_1_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a> or strokes a peece. The officers forthwith took them -with so great cruelty as though they had bin diuels, and -threwe them vpon the ground with their bellies downwards -to execute the sentence giuen by the iudge; and when they -had pulled off their hose, they began to whippe them vpon -the calues of their legges with a sot made of canes, in manner -as hath beene told you before. The religious people -who were present all this while, and taking pity on these -condemned men fell downe at the feet of the iudge, and by -signes and tokens did craue of him for the love of God, that -his sentence might not be executed, who straightwayes commanded -the executioners to cease, condiscending vnto the -petition of the friers, and did pardon the offenders fifteene -sottes or strokes of the twentie, wherein they were condemned.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_40" id="Footnote_1_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a> The translator seems to have made this word himself from the -Spanish, "azote", a scourge.</p></div> - -<p>The iudge did very much woonder at the pouertie of these -religious men, and at the sharpe and asper apparell that they -weare: but the chiefest thing that they did maruell at, was -when that he vnderstoode howe they had passed the fleete of -ships that were put in the straight for to defende and keepe -the coast, and were neuer seene, which seemed vnto -him a thing impossible, except it were by permission of the -heauen.</p> - -<p>So when this examination and talke was finished, he commanded -them to returne unto their shippe, promising them -for to write vnto the vizroy (who was thirtie leagues from -that place), and to giue him to vnderstand that they were -men without any suspection, and that he might wel giue -them licence for to come to his presence: vpon which relation -hee woulde commaunde what shoulde bee doone, either -to tarrie or to go vnto him.</p> - -<p>Within few dayes after they vnderstood that the iudge had -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_155" id="Page_ii_155">[155]</a></span> -accomplished his promise, for that the vizroy had committed -the matter vnto another iudge called Aytao, whose office is -for to examine and inquire the causes of strangers: the -wordes of the commission were as followeth.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The vizroies commission.</span> -"I am written vnto from Canton, howe that there are come -thither certaine men apparelled very sharpe and asper, after -the fashion of our religious men in the wildernesse, who -bringe no weapons, neither any other thing that might seeme -to pretend any euill intent: and for that they are thy charge, -examine them with care and diligence, and prouide to doo -therein that which shall be most requisite and conuenient: -giuing vs to vnderstand the large and true relation of that -which shall happen."</p> - -<p>The verie same day of Saint Iohn, the Spaniards being -verie merry and vnmindfull of any thing, for that they had -all that day receiued the Sacrament: there came vnto them -abord their shippe or frigat the interpreters, and did euidently -declare their euill purpose and intent, (saying) that it -was apparent what they had done for them, and in what -perill they did euery day put themselues in for their matters, -and that it was reason that they shoulde pay them for the -same, and if not, they would not helpe them any more, -neither interpret or take paines in their businesse: certifying -them that if they did faile to satisfie them, that they should -not finde any that would doo it with so great good will and -diligence (as they should finde by experience); and how that -they had beene put in prison if they had not beene, for entring -into that kingdome without licence; and for that they -enterpreted for them with great curtesie and fauour, they -had also been commaunded to returne back againe from -whence they came, which by their meanes was the cause -that the iudges did entreat them so friendly as they did. -The father Costodio when he vnderstoode their intente, and -did evidently see that it was wholly grounded vppon gaine; -considering also the vrgent necessitie that they had of them, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_156" id="Page_ii_156">[156]</a></span> -and not satisfying them, it was difficult to find any for to -help them in that their necessitie, of two euils he chose the -best, and deliuered vnto them a pawne for their contentemente, -one of the two challices they brought with them, giuing -<span class="sidenote">A sacred thing no doubt of it.</span> -them great charge to vse and keep it as a sacred thing and -dedicated for to consecrate the blood of Christ. The principall -interpreter did take it with great content, and presently -gaue it a newe master, in selling it vnto a gold smith for as -much as it was woorth, who did melt it, and made things -thereof according to his trade: yet they not being content -therewith, and that it seemed vnto them that those fathers -could not but bring with them much riches, they inquired of -the China boy whom they brought to bee their interpreter, -with faire words to know if they had any golde or siluer, or -pretious stones, or any other thing of valure; but when they -vnderstoode that they brought none of those things but onely -their bookes and some other ornaments to say masse, they -straightwayes imagined in their mindes, and that with great -care and diligence, to procure some way to get from them -the other challice which they had seen; and the better to put -it in execution, they repeated againe vnto the friers that -which before hath been told you, augmenting thereunto -many wordes and reasons, affirming that they had spent vpon -them in giuing them to eate twelue taes<a name="FNanchor_1_41" id="FNanchor_1_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a> more then the challice -which they had giuen them did weigh or amount to, which -was twelue ducats of Spaine; hauing before giuen them to -vnderstand at such time as they did eate they did it of almes -and for God's sake, and with so great content, that many -times it happened when they saw the Spaniards would not -eate any dainty thing, but woulde feed and content themselues -with base victuals, he would say vnto them they shoulde eate -without any grief or care, that when it should so fall out that -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_157" id="Page_ii_157">[157]</a></span> -his subtance did fail him, hee woulde then pawne one of his -sonnes to buy victuals.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_41" id="Footnote_1_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a> Tael, Tale, or Taes, is the Portuguese word for Leang, the Chinese -word for ounce, usually ounce of silver, and about one-third more than -an ounce avoirdupois.</p></div> - -<p>The father Costodio plainly seeing and vnderstanding that -their intent and purpose was wholly grounded for to get -from him the other challice, he answered that he had not for -to giue them, and how that he had giuen the other challice -in pawn of that which they had spent in victuals, and for -their trauell that they had taken for them. The interpreter -did replie, saying, that if they had nothing, that they shoulde -seeke it, seeing that they ought it for their victuals which -they had eaten; and it was the vse of that countrie, that -when any man did owe any thing, and hath not for to pay -the same, for to sell their children, or else to become slaues -vnto their creditor; they demanded the other challice that -remained, for that the other which they had giuen them did -weigh but sixteene taes, which was but a small matter in -respect of their desert, onely for their trauel in their enterpretations. -This frier Costodio did pacifie them in the -best maner hee coulde, promising to pay both the one and -the other, hauing oportunitie for the same, and that they -woulde procure it with as great care as was possible, and -requesting him for to keepe the challice, that he had given -him in pawne, in great veneration, for that hee did esteeme -it much more for the consecration and dedication vnto the -deuine Colto,<a name="FNanchor_1_42" id="FNanchor_1_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a> then for the value of that it wayed, and more, -promised him upon his worde to write vnto the Portugals -that were in Machao, signifying unto them their necessitie -and to demande their almes and charity, and looke whatsoever -they did send them, being little or much, should be -giuen him. Then the interpreter, who had his eyes fixed -vppon gaine, saide, that they shoulde forthwith write, and -that hee woulde giue him a messenger for to carrie the -letter, and to bring answere of the same, as he had doone -the like not many dayes before. The father Costodio did -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_158" id="Page_ii_158">[158]</a></span> -write vnto the bishoppe that was in Machao, giuing him to -vnderstande of his comming and of his companions vnto the -cittie of Canton, and howe that his comming thither was onelie -to procure for to preach the holy gospel, and for to conuert -and turne to God those blinde idolaters. The which letter -being receiued by the bishop, he made answere, praysing -their intent and purpose, animating them with godly wordes -of exhortation, and therewith did sende and demand the -copie of such authoritie as they brought from the holy father -touching that the which they pretended. This hee did for -that all the sayde countrie vnto the lande of Iapon was committed -vnto him by the holy father.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_42" id="Footnote_1_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a> Worship.</p></div> - -<p>Unto this letter, the father Costodio answered, that hauing -oportunitie, he woulde obey his commandement, and shew -vnto him the facultie he brought, and also woulde him selfe -in person go thether for to kisse his handes, and to satisfie all -the inhabitants of that towne, for that it was giuen him to -understande that they reported euill of them, and sayde that -they were vacabondes and lost men, and not true religious -men, neither sacerdotes nor priests; and how that they had -requested certaine Chinos, which at that time came vnto -Machao, that at their returne againe vnto Canton they should -tell the iudges and aduertise them with good aduisement, -how that there were certaine Castillos come into their cittie, -whom they did certainely know not to be of their nation, but -of an other, and subiects vnto a different and strange king, -whom they did beleeue to come thether for some ill intent -and purpose in counterfeit attire, and came for spyes from the -Castillos of Luzon, and that they did beleeue that after them -did come some armie to do hurt in some part of that countrie, -and that they should prevent it in time, for that if so be that -any thing should happen, the fault should not be imputed -vnto them.</p> - -<p>All this the Portingales did (as afterwards they did plainely -vnderstande) for feare that the Castillos should take from them -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_159" id="Page_ii_159">[159]</a></span> -their contractation and gaine which they had in that city; -by which occasion their intente did so proceede forward, that -they did certifie the Chinos, that the chiefe captaine of -Machao, who was put there by the king of Portingale, had -presented a petition vnto a citie that was ioyning to Canton, -aduertising the iudges of that before spoken of, and protesting -that if any harme or damage should come to that country -in admitting the Castillos, that it should not be imputed vnto -them.</p> - -<p>But the iudge vnderstanding their euill intent, and that -their accusations were more vppon malice and enuie then of -any trueth, he answered vnto the same, that he was particularly -informed of those religious persons, against whom they -did complaine, how that they were men of whom they needed -not to feare, and without any suspition; as it did plainely -appeare when they did visite their ship, wherein they came, -where they found nothing, but onely a fewe bookes and some -other thinges which did more signifie deuotion than to make -any warre. This iudge (notwithstanding the answere he -made), for that afterwards the chiefe captaine should not -raise vp some inuention, tooke the originall petition, and sent -it with great securitie vnto the viceroy of the prouince of -Aucheo, that he might see and peruse it; who when that he -had easily perceiued it, and vnderstood the intent of him that -presented the same, and the innocencie of them that were -therein complained of, he sent and commanded the gouernor -of Canton for to giue them good intertainment, and not to -permit any harme or hurt to be done vnto them, and that he -should send them vnto the city of Aucheo, for that he would -see them, for that it was tolde him that they seemed to be -holy men, and although that they had their apparell in the -same forme, of the Austin friers, (whome he had seene), yet -their garments were of an other colour and more asper.</p> - -<p>The chief captaine seeing that his intent fell not out well -with the iudges of China, he commanded to be proclaymed -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_160" id="Page_ii_160">[160]</a></span> -publicke in Machao that none should write vnto them, nor -communicate with them vpon paine of banishment, and to -pay two thousande ducats. All this was not sufficient for to -coole the mindes of some deuout persons of the religion of -the glorious Saint Francis, but were rather incyted to offer -their fauour and helpe seeing they had neede thereof; but -in particular the bishop did helpe tham alwaies with his -almes, and also an honorable priest called Andres Cotino, -who making small account of the proclamation did write vnto -them diverse times, although secretly, and sent their letters -with almes and many exhortations to proceed forward with -their holy zeale and intent. Besides this they sent vnto them -a Spaniard called Pedro Quintero, who had dwelt there -many years amongest the Portingals, and hauing oportunitie -they sent him many times with comfortable things and -letters, but not signed, for if happily they should be met with -all, they might denie them to be theirs.</p> - -<p>Now returning to our purpose, the interpreter, with -desire to be payed of that which hee saide he had spent and -laide out, did bring the messenger that he promised them to -go vnto Machao to carrie their letters vnto such religious -men as they knewe; in the which he craued their almes and -helpe for to pay their interpreter, and praying them for the -love of God to sende them likewise so much as should -redeeme their challice (who at this time knew not how it -was solde and broken).</p> - -<p>This messenger went with all diligence and secrecie, and -returned with the like, and brought with him that which -they sent for and other iunkets of great content, the which -came in very good season, for that one of the sayde friers, -called frier Sebastian, of S. Francis, was very sick of a strong -ague, whereof in few daies after he died, very wel and with -a strange desire to suffer martyrdome for God's sake. When -this messenger came, there was come thither the Aytao who -is iudge of the strangers, and was without the citie, vnto whom -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_161" id="Page_ii_161">[161]</a></span> -was committed the examination of the Spaniards, who after -that he had concluded other matters, commanded them to be -brought afore him with great love and gentlenesse, for so the -viceroy of Aucheo had commanded him.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_VI" id="CHAP_II_VI"></a>CHAP. VI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards seing themselues in great necessitie, hauing not to maintaine -themselues, they go into the streets to ask almes: the gouernor -vnderstanding thereof commandeth to giue them a stipend out of the -king's treasure: the interpreter goeth forwardes with his couetousness -and deceit: they be carried before the iudges of the citie, with whom -they do intreat of diuers matters: they do aduise the viceroy of al, -who commandeth to send them to Aucheo.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Because they would not see themselues in the like danger -with the interpreter, as that which was past, they would not -go any more to eate at his house, but rather to giue an -example vnto those of the citie, they went foorth every day -by two and two to aske almes; and although they were infidels, -yet they gaue them with great contentment and ioie, -because it was a rare thing in that kingdome to see them -begge in the streetes, by reason, as hath been tolde you, that -they haue no poore folk, neither are they permitted, if there -be any, to aske in the streetes nor in their temples. When -that the gouernor vnderstoode thereof, and how that they -did it for pure necessitie, and had no other waies to maintaine -themselues, hee commanded to be giuen them euerie -day, a certaine stipend vpon the kinges cost, the which was -with so great abundance, that mainteining the souldiers that -came with them, and all the rest, yet had they to spare, for -that their stipende was giuen them in money, which was sixe -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_162" id="Page_ii_162">[162]</a></span> -mayesses<a name="FNanchor_1_43" id="FNanchor_1_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a> of siluer, whereof they had to spare, for that all -thinges in that countrie is so good cheape, as hath been -told you in many places.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_43" id="Footnote_1_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_43"><span class="label">[43]</span></a> Mace or mayes is the Portuguese word for Tsien, the tenth of an -ounce. These words mayes, tayes (see <a href="#Page_ii_156">page 156</a>), belong to the same -class as mandarin, bonze, joss-house, etc., all of which have been invented -by the Portuguese.</p></div> - -<p>Their interpreter, seeing the good newes that was brought -from Machao for the Spaniardes, by a bill that a certayne -deuout man had sent him in secret, whereupon would be -giuen vnto him all that was needeful, with protestation to -pay all that should be giuen vnto them although it should -amount vnto a great summe (with the which hee wrote a -letter vnto the Fryer Costodio of great comfort, in strengthening -him and all the rest to perseuer in their intent which -God had put in their mindes for the saluation of those soules), -the Interpreter (I say) beganne to imagine, that for to profite -himselfe it was conuenient for to delate and detract the -departure of the Spaniardes, and did exact vpon them euery -day, in the buying of their uictuals, the halfe of the money -that was giuen them.</p> - -<p>So vpon a day he came verie much out of order, and -fayned that the aytao had commanded that they should -forthwith depart out of the kingdome; but yet notwithstanding -he would present a petition in their name, saying, -that for as much as time did not serue them to nauigate, -neither was their shippe in plight for to make their iourney, -that it would please them to get them a house whereas they -might remaine three or four monethes, in the which time -they might prouide them of all thinges necessarie for their -voyage; and possible it may so fall out that in this time, -they seeing their manner of liuing to bee good, and to shew -good examples, they may let them to remaine in the countrie -liberally and to learne the language, and then beginne to -preach and declare the right way vnto heauen. All this he -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_163" id="Page_ii_163">[163]</a></span> -spake with great dissimulation for to profite himselfe, for he -knewe verie well that the aytao had willed him to tell them, -that they could not remaine in that countrie with the pretence -they had; for that there was a lawe ordained to the -contrarie, without expresse licence from the king, the which -will last of all be granted vnto the Spaniardes or Portingals, -<span class="sidenote">A prophesie.</span> -for that there is a prophesie amongest them, spoken by the -mouth of the diuell, and esteemed amongest them for a very -truth, for that other thinges which he spake when that was -spoken hath beene verified, in the which he doth pronounce -that a time shall come, that they shall be subiect vnto a -nation whose men shall haue great beardes and long noses, -and sharpe broade eyes (as we would say cats eyes), in the -which they do differ from them. For it is a great maruaile -to finde a man amongst them with more then twentie heares -in his beard, little more or lesse, flat noses, and their eyes -very little, so that when they will mocke a man, or doo him -any iniurie by word, they will call him "cats eyes".</p> - -<p>Now for that the desire of the Spaniardes was nothing else -but to remaine in that countrie, for to bring to effect their -good zeale, they did gratifie the interpreter for the great -fauour hee shewed them, and did earnestly entreat him for -to present the petition, thinking thereby their desire should -be vnderstood, and Gods cause iustified, so that they first -would enter into them by the way of preaching. He presented -the petition when that all the iudges were together, -who had great pitie and compassion ouer the Spaniardes, -and willed that they should come before them, for that they -would see and vnderstande the roote and foundation of their -will. They obeyed their commandement with great ioy, and -when they were come into the hall, one of the iudges, who -was superior ouer all the rest, and a man of great authoritie, -did aske of them by way of the interpreter, what was their -pretence in that they did aske a house to dwell in, the Frier -Costodio did answere, that he did desire it for to learne -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_164" id="Page_ii_164">[164]</a></span> -the language well, by which meanes they might the better -learne them to know the true God, and to set them in the -true way to goe and glorie with him, because it was his office -and his profession.</p> - -<p>The interpreter tolde all this truely, the which fewe times -before he had done, as hath beene tolde you. Then the -iudge, in name of all the rest, sayde, that in that their demand -they could not grant, neyther had they any such -authoritie to giue licence.</p> - -<p>This being spoken, the interpreter replyed, without tarrying -to heare what the Spaniardes would say, and said, that -at least wayes they would giue them licence to remaine there -till such time as the Portingals did come thether for to lade -their marchandice, which would be within few daies, with -whom they would go, for that they were all of one law and -faith. The iudge did againe aske them if that the Portingals -and Spaniards were al one. The father Costodio answered, -that in religion and lawes there was no difference, but the -one were subiects to one king and the other to another, although -they were kinsmen and that very nigh. This last -petition seemed to the iudge to be more reasonable and iust -than the first, and that they might grant it them with lesse -difficultie, although he answered them and said, that he -could not grant it vnto them, but he would write vnto the -viceroy for to grant it them. For that the Portugals would -bee there at the farthest within foure or fiue monethes, and -that in the meane time he would giue them a prouision -that they may go freely abroad, and none to hurt nor harme -them.</p> - -<p>So the next day following, which was the second of -August, he did accomplish his word and promise, and sent -vnto the viceroy their petition, and therewithall his iudgment -and of all the rest that were there with him, what they -thought touching that matter. The answere staid many daies -after and came not, but in the ende there came a commandement -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_165" id="Page_ii_165">[165]</a></span> -from the viceroy vnto the gouernor of Canton, in the -which hee willed that the Spaniards should be sent vnto -Aucheo whereas he was, and that there should be carried -with them all such thinges as they brought with them, which -was their bookes and ornaments.</p> - -<p>The iudge did straightwaies send and gaue them to vnderstande -of this new order, because they should make themselues -readie for to trauaile: the which they did with great -ioy and diligence, as you shall vnderstand in the chapter -following.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_VII" id="CHAP_II_VII"></a>CHAP. VII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniardes take their iourney towardes Aucheo, and declare what -happened in the way thitherwarde.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The next day following, which was the sixteenth day of -August, the Spaniards departed from Canton towards Aucheo -to see the viceroy, with great hope and confidence that he -would giue them licence for that which they pretended. -But at their departure, they would have left there two Indians -for to keepe their ship or frigat; but the iudges that were -present said, that it was not needefull for them to haue any -such care, for that they would take the care vppon them to -see all thinges in good order. So presently they sent certaine -writing in papers, and commaunded them to bee glewed -vppon the hatches of their shippe, in such sort that they -could not bee open but they must be perceiued. Then presently -was brought for the Spaniardes foure barkes, verie -gallant and wide, with verie fayre galleries and windowes; -and beeing imbarked, they charged them verie much to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_166" id="Page_ii_166">[166]</a></span> -make all haste possible to accomplish the commandement of -the viceroy; and sent with them conuenient persons for to -be their guides, and to giue them all thinges necessarie for -their iourney. They traueiled continually in a mightie riuer -against the current, in the which they did see many thinges -woorthie to be noted for the space of foure daies that their -iourney indured.</p> - -<p>There was alongest the riuer side manie cities and townes -verie great, which were so many in number that they could -not make any memorie of them, by reason that they passed -manie of them by night, to obserue the tides, and to auoid -the heate, which was great vppon the water. Alongest the -riuer side (whereas it was not inhabited) was full of corne -fieldes, whereas they sawe them go to plough with many -bufalos, much different vnto the vse of Spaine; for that one -alonely buffe did drawe the plough, with one vpon his backe, -who did gouerne and guide him with great ease whether hee -would they should go, with a corde made fast to a ring at his -nose, which serued in steede of a bridle.</p> - -<p>They sawe also flockes of geese, in the which were more -then twentie thousand; with whom they did weede, and -tooke away the grasse which did growe amongst the rice and -other graine and seedes, driuing them in the middest of their -fieldes; and it seemed that they had the vse of reason, considering -how they did separate and make a distinction betwixt -the good seede and the bad, and the great care they -had to feede and do no harme, neither to plucke vp the good -plant, which was a thing that they wondred at aboue all the -rest. All the countrie is verie populous, and the townes one -so neere an other, that it may better be sayde to be all one -towne and not manie, and might with more propertie be -called the citie of China, and not the kingdome of China. -In all the whole countrie there is not one foot of ground -vnoccupied, by reason of the great abundance of people that -there is; and they permit amongest them no idle people (as -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_167" id="Page_ii_167">[167]</a></span> -more at large it hath beene declared vnto you); and the -countrie beeing fertile, is the occasion that they have all -thinges in great abundance and at a lowe price.</p> - -<p>Now to returne to their voyage, the which they made -verie well and with great recreation, as well in the townes -alongst the riuer side, as vpon the riuer, whereas they were -cherished with great care: in the end of foure dayes, which -was the twentieth day of August, they entred into the -suburbes of the citie of Aucheo, but so late that they were -constrayned to remaine there till the next day: whereas they -found all thinges necessarie and in good order, aswell for -their bedding as for their supper, to passe away the night. -The next day, very early in the morning, he that was their -conduct and guide, made great haste for to goe and see what -the viceroy would command.</p> - -<p>They trauailed through a great and long streete, which -seemed vnto them to be more than a league, and thought -that they had gone through the citie. So when they had -passed that street they came vnto the gate of the citie, and -there they vnderstoode that the rest which they had gone -and passed was the suburbes. The mightinesse of this citie, -and the great admiration they had, with the multitude of -people, and a wonderfull great bridge the which they passed, -with many other thinges of the which they made mention, -we do let passe, for that it is declared vnto you more at large -in the relation giuen by the Augustin friers, in the booke -before this, at their entrie into the sayd citie.</p> - -<p>So when they came to the pallace of the viceroy, he was -not stirring, neither was the gate open, for as it hath beene -tolde you, it is open but once a day. Their guide seeing -that it would be somewhat long before that they would open -it, he carried the Spaniardes into a court of an other house, -which was ioyning vnto that of the viceroy.</p> - -<p>In the meane while they were there, came all the iudges -to sit in audience, but when they vnderstoode of the comming -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_168" id="Page_ii_168">[168]</a></span> -of the strangers, they commanded that they should be -brought before them; who greatly marueiled at the aspernesse -of their apparell, and not at any other thing, for that -they had seene there before the Austin fryers. Straightwayes -the gate of the pallace was open with great noyse of -artilerie and musicall instruments, as trumpets, bagpipes, -sackebuttes and hoybukes, with such a noyse that it seemed -the whole citie would sincke. At the entrie in the first court, -there were many souldiers armed, and had hargubushes and -lances, and in a very good order. In an other court more -within, which was very great, and railed round about with -timber, painted blacke and blew, which a far off seemed to -be yron, and was in height a mans stature; there they sawe -also many other souldiers, placed in the same order, and in -liuerie as the others were, but they seemed to be men of a -gallanter disposition. When they came into this court, there -was brought vnto them a commandement from the viceroy, -in the which they were commanded to returne and come -thether againe in the after noone, for that he could not speake -with them before, by reason of certaine businesse he had with -the lords of the counsell, which could not be deferred. With -this answere they departed out of the pallace, and returned -againe in the after noone, as they were commanded, and into -the same court aforesaide, out of the which they were carried -into a mightie great hall, very richly hanged and -adorned; at the ende thereof was three doores, that in the -middest was great, but the other two but small, the which -did correspond vnto other three doores that were in an other -hall more within, wherein was the viceroy, right over against -the doore in the middest, in at the which there is none permitted -to enter nor go foorth. Hee was set in a marueilous -rich chayre wrought with iuorie and gold, vnder a canopie -or cloth of state all of cloth of gold, and in the middest was -embrodered the kings armes, which were (as we haue said) -certaine serpents woond in a knot together. He had also -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_169" id="Page_ii_169">[169]</a></span> -before him a table whereon were two candles burning, for -that it was somewhat late, and a standish with paper. Right -before the viceroy the wall was verie white, whereon was -painted a fearce dragon, who did throwe out fire at his -mouth, nose, and eyes, a picture (as was giuen them to -vnderstand) that all the iudges of that countrie commonly -hath it painted before their tribunall seates whereas they sit -in iustice, and is there to the intent to signifie vnto the iustice, -the fearcenesse that he should haue sitting in that seat for -to do iustice vprightly without feare or respect to any. The -order they haue in giving audience is with the ceremonies in -all points as it hath beene shewed you in the relation of the -fathers of S. Augustin. All people when they talke with the -viceroy are kneeling on their knees, although they be iudges -or loytias, as the fryers did see them many times.</p> - -<p>This day, they seeing the Spaniardes remained looking -alwaies, when they should be commanded to enter in, the -viceroy gaue audience vnto the scriueners or notaries, to -certifie himselfe if they did their offices well, and commanded -fiftie of them at that present to be sotted or beaten for that -they were found culpable in their detayning of matters, -and others the like for that they had receiued giftes and -bribes of their clyents, the which is prohibited and forbidden -vnder greeueous penalties, for that the king doth -giue vnto them all sufficient stipend for their maintenance, -for that they should not incroch nor demand any -thing of their clyentes. The sots or stripes which were -giuen them were with great crueltie, and executed with certaine -canes, and in that order as in other places it hath beene -told you. The viceroyes gard were in number more than -two thousand men, placed all on a ranke, all apparelled in -one liuery of silke, and on their heads helmets of yron very -bright and glystering, and euerie one his plume of feathers. -These souldiers made a lane from the gate of the hall there -whereas the viceroy was, vnto the principal gate of the pallace -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_170" id="Page_ii_170">[170]</a></span> -wheras they did first enter. Those which were in the -hals and vpon the staires had swords girt vnto them, and -they in the courtes had lances, and betwixt euery one of -them a hargubusher. All this gard (as was giuen them to -vnderstand) were Tartaros and not Chinos: but the reason -wherefore they could not learne, although they did inquire -it with diligence.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_VIII" id="CHAP_II_VIII"></a>CHAP. VIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards are brought before the viceroy: he asketh of them certaine -questions, and doth remit them vnto the Timpintao his deputie, who -receiueth them well, and giueth them good speeches.</i></p></div> - - -<p>At that present came forth a seruant of the viceroyes, a -man of authoritie, and made signe vnto the Spaniards to enter -into the hall, instructing them that at the first entry they -should kneele downe on their knees: the which they did -presently: from that place vnto the seat of the viceroy was -more than a hundreth foot in length, yet did the viceroy -himself make signes with his hand that one of the religious -men should come nearer him, the which the father Costodio -did, and kneeled downe againe when he drew nigh vnto the -table that was before him. The viceroy did consider and -beholde him a good while, and that with great grauitie and -maiestie, and then asked him of whence he was, and what he -came to seeke in that kingdome, into the which none might -come vpon paine of death, without expresse licence of some of -the iudges alongst the sea coast. The father Costodio answered, -that he and the rest of his companions were Spaniards, and -that they were come into that kingdome mooued with the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_171" id="Page_ii_171">[171]</a></span> -zeale of God, for the saluation of their soules, and for to -preach the holy gospell, and show them the way vnto heauen. -Hauing declared the interpreter this (although they did not -vnderstand whether he did vse fidelitie in the declaration or -not, but rather, by that which the viceroy did forthwith -demand, it is to be beleeued that he did it with falshood as -he had done many times before; for that without replying -vnto that which he had saide of the preaching of the gospel, -he asked them what marchandice they brought with them: the -said father answered, That they brought none, for that they -were not men that did deale in any marchandice, but in declaring -of things appertaining to heauen, and to direct their -soules to that place. Hearing this answere (or that which -the interpreter would imagine to be better for his purpose) -the viceroy did bid them depart, and commanded them to -returne againe the next day and to bring with them their -images, and the other things wherof he was certified from -Canton that were founde in their frigat, for that he would -see it all. They did accomplish his commandement, and returned -the next day in the morning, at such time as it was -tolde them that the pallace gates would be opened: the -which was done in the same maner and order as the day -before, with the noyse of musicke and artillerie as aforesaid. -So when that the viceroy was giuen to vnderstande how -that the Castillos were come, he commanded that one of them -with alonely the interpreter should enter there wheras he -was, and to bring in such thinges as he had commanded to -be brought, the which was presently accomplished. Hee -straightwaies began to looke vpon the images euery one by -it selfe, and the bookes: and made a stay betwixt euerie one -to consider well thereof, and made a showe of great content -he receiued in the sight of them. Although, aboue all the -rest, the ara of black iaspar did most content him, and caused -a marueilous strangenesse in the rest of the iudges that had -seene it. All this while was the father Costodio vpon his -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_172" id="Page_ii_172">[172]</a></span> -knees, and the interpreter by him, and hee neuer asked of -them any question, neyther did they say any thing. They -that did bring those thinges vnto them for to see them, -seemed to be principall and ancient men, who, when they -gaue it him into his handes, they did it kneeling.</p> - -<p>So after that he had seene them al at his pleasure, he commanded -to put them againe in the place that they were taken -out, and made signe vnto the father Costodio and to the -interpreter that they should depart, and to carry with them -al those things which they had brought. One of the ancient -men that were with him, did go foorth with the Spaniards, -and told them when they came into the second hall, that the -viceroye did reioyce much to see them, and all those which -they brought, and said that they should repaire vnto the -Timpintao, who was his deputy, and he would dispatch al -such matters as were asked of the viceroy by petition, following -the same till it was concluded, and that he would consult -with the viceroy, who would set down such orders as -shold be obserued. They straightwaies did put in execution -this order, and comming vnto the house of the deputie vnto -the viceroy, the which was very great and faire, they found -that he had a garde very little lesse than that of the viceroy, -and almost with as much maiestie. So after they had remained -in the court a good while, abiding his commandement -(to whom it was giuen to vnderstand that the viceroy -had sent them vnto him), he commanded them to ascend into -the place wheras he was, which was into a hall very well -dressed, in the which was almost al such things as they had -seene in the hall of the viceroy, and he himselfe in the same -manner sate in a rich chaire, with a table before him. He -commanded to take out those things which they brought in -their chestes, and did behold them with great consideration -peece by peece, as the viceroy had done, and reioysing much -to see the images, he did demande of them with curiositie -the signification of some of them, but in especiall a crucifix, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_173" id="Page_ii_173">[173]</a></span> -that after that he had considered with great attention, he -asked what man was that which was vppon the crosse, and -what those letters did signifie that were tituled ouer his head. -But when the father Costodio had declared it vnto him, he -beganne to laugh thereat, as though he had heard some -foolish fable. Hee came and feeled the habites of our religious -men, and made signes of great woonder to see the -aspernesse thereof.</p> - -<p>The father Costodio seeing his affabilitie, and as it seemed -by outwarde showe that he did very much pitie them, he -requested to helpe and fauour him with the viceroy, and that -he would aske licence that they might remaine and dwell in -that countrie, in any place where his pleasure was to appoint, -for that they were men without any hurt, and would put all -their care and diligence to do workes of charitie, and to procure -that men might go to inioy the happie estate to the -which they were borne.</p> - -<p>The interpreter dealt here in his office with as great -fidelitie as at other times, in saying that which the fathers -did request of him, was that he should be a meanes vnto the -viceroy that he would let them to remaine in that countrie -two or three moneths, for that as then it was an ill time to -nauigate the sea, and that without great danger of their -liues they could not returne vnto the Ilands Philippinas. -The iudge answered that they should not feare, but remaine -with content, for that he would procure that there should be -giuen them a house for those three or foure moneths, with a -commandement that none whatsoeuer should do them any -harme. The interpreter tolde them that the deputie to the -viceroy was very glad that they would remaine in that countrie, -for that they seemed vnto him men of good example -and necessarie in their common weale, and that they might -freely learne the language (as they sayd) for to shew and -instruct them the way vnto heauen. The Spaniards hauing -heard this, it made them very much to maruaile, and from -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_174" id="Page_ii_174">[174]</a></span> -that time forwards they had good hope to prosecute that -which they did pretend. So with this and with great spirituall -and corporal ioy they tooke their leaue of the iudge, -and went vnto their lodging, wheras they gaue thanks vnto -God for the good directing of their busines, and did pray -vnto him to helpe them, that they might see a finall conclusion -of their desire. All this falsenes that the interpreter -did vse, was by the diuine permission (as afterwards they -did gather), when that by himselfe they were put out of all -doubt, and did declare what he did pretend by the way and -order he tooke. For without all doubt, if that the iudges -had plainely vnderstood that they would haue there remained, -they would not haue suffered them to haue entred -and seene the countrie. And the viceroy being aduertised -thereof, would haue caused them to depart in that troublesome -wether, whereas possibly they should haue beene all -drowned, for that the moneths of July, August, and September -in that countrie, are ordinarily full of stormes and -tempestes.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_IX" id="CHAP_II_IX"></a>CHAP. IX.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards remained certaine daies in Aucheo: they go to visite the -beautie of that citie, but in especiall the captaine generall of the sea, -who was so affectioned vnto the ara of blacke stone they brought, that -hee did with all care and diligence procure it of gift.</i></p></div> - - -<p>All the time that they remained in Aucheo, they did -occupie themselues in visiting of the principals of the court, -amongst whom he that did most reioice to see them was the -captaine generall of the men of war of that prouince, who -after that he had intreated them very friendly and louingly, -he desired them that they would returne the next day to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_175" id="Page_ii_175">[175]</a></span> -uisite him, and to bring with them the ara of blacke stone, -which they had shewed vnto the viceroy, that he might see -it, for that he had praised it very much: and to bring also -of their painted images. They did obey his commandement, -and came vnto him when that he was at dinner with great -maiestie. Then so soone as he had dined, he commanded -that they should enter into the hal there where he was. The -interpreter when he drew nigh vnto him did kneele down, -and made signes vnto the Spaniards to follow him and do the -like; but the captaine commanded them to arise and to couer -their heads, and did very much behold the ara or (altar -stone), making a showe of great admiration to beholde it: -hee demanded of the fryers many things of great curiositie, -and asked them if they would sell him that stone, and he -would giue them for it what they would demande. The -father Costodio answered, saying that they sold nothing, and -much lesse that, for that it was consecrated and dedicated to -the diuine colto (or sacrifice). The captaine replied and -saide, that if they would not sell it, that they should giue it -him, and hee would be gratefull vnto them in some other -thing, that they should thinke well of.</p> - -<p>The father Costodio answered, that by no manner of -meanes he could not do it, for that vpon the same they did -celebrate and say masse, at such time as they did sacrifice -vnto the true God. At that instant the captaine did put his -handes vppon it to feele it, and the father Costodio made -signes vnto him to take away his handes, for that he sinned -greatly therein. Then he seeing that they would not giue it -him, he tooke his leaue, saying, that they should leaue it -there with him, for that hee would looke vpon it more at -leasure, promising to returne it them againe afterwardes. -The father Costodio did consent thereunto, but first he requested -him not to touch it with his handes.</p> - -<p>So after that he had satisfied himselfe in the beholding of -it, his affection was then much more to remaine therewith: -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_176" id="Page_ii_176">[176]</a></span> -and for to accomplish the same, not fayling of his word and -promise that he had made, hee deuised with himselfe a certaine -slight and policie, and sent for the father Costodio, -who came vnto him with great content, thinking verily that -he would haue returned their ara. When he came vnto him, -he did intertaine him verie ioyfully, and said that he was -vpon his iorney to certaine warres by the commandement of -the king, and that amongest those seruants that he carried -with him for his seruice, there were two christened Chinos, -which had beene captiues vnto the Portugales of the citie of -Machao, from whence they ran away, of whom he had had -vnderstanding in all thinges of the ceremonies of the Christians, -and that their comming thether was to baptise such as -would receiue the same: and hee being fully certified in -many thinges touching the same, he liked well thereof and -gaue great content, and hoped to be one of them that first -should receiue the faith when the king should grant licence -for the same.</p> - -<p>All this (as it seemed) was that they should let him haue -the ara, vnto the which he was so affectioned, as aforesaid. -But the father Costodio vsed the matter in such sort -that hee got it out of his fingers, which was no small -matter. Within a few dayes after, the captaine being -readie to imbarke himselfe for to make his iourney, he -sent vnto the Spaniardes that two of them should come -vnto him, and that they should bring with them the -blacke stone, for there were certaine friendes of his that -would see it.</p> - -<p>The father Costodio did straightwayes accomplish his commandement, -and carried with him the ara (or altar stone), -for that he durst not do otherwise, yet they did beleeue that -in giuing him some pretie or curious thing, they should content -him and quiet his mind: they carried also with them -the image of Marie Magdalen, made of feathers, which was -more woorthie than the ara (setting apart the consecration). -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_177" id="Page_ii_177">[177]</a></span> -So when the religious fathers came wheras he was, he went -foorth to meete them more then tenne paces, with signification -of great ioy: and carrying them aside, he saide vnto -them once againe, that the captiues had told him so many -things of their vertuous maner of liuing, and of other things -touching the heauen, that he had great affection vnto them, -and desired that they might remaine in the countrie for to -baptise the inhabitants therof, and that he wold be the first: -but the cause wherfore he did delay the time is for to eschew -the paines that is pronounced against all those that do receiue -any law or strange ceremonie without particular licence of -the king. And for that he went in hast to go and inhabite a -certaine prouince, and that he was ready to depart; in the -which, so soone as it was possible, he would do so much that -al they should become Christians; and for as much as he -tolde him that the blacke stone (vnto the which he was -affectioned) was consecrated, that he would let him haue it -to carry with him, that he might put it in the first church -that the baptised should edifie, being made Christians: the -which would be very shortly, for that he was determined -before many daies to send to Machao for two friers such as -were there, to be fully informed of them in thinges touching -the Christian faith. Then the father Costodio sayde, if -that which he had spoken came from his heart, that hee -would foorthwith depart and goe with him and all his companie.</p> - -<p>The captaine answered that as then hee could not doo it, -till such time as the church was built, and licence had for -the same of the king or vizroy, the which at that time he -coulde not demande, for the great hast that he had to depart. -The father Costodio replied and said, that his church -being built, he would promise him of his worde to sende it -him, and not to giue it to any other; and in pledge and -token of the same, he should carry with him the image of -Marie Magdalene made of feathers. The captaine receiued -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_178" id="Page_ii_178">[178]</a></span> -the same with great content: greatlie maruelling at the subtill -and fine worke wherewith it was wrought: and after -did so much, that almost perforce he remained also with the -ara: and commanded to bee brought foorth two rich peeces -of damaske, and to giue them vnto the father Costodio for to -make an ornament in truck and ful satisfaction for the same; -but the father Costodio woulde not receiue them, but was -very much greeued to see howe that hee did remaine therewith, -and with the image of feathers. The captaine did contende -with him for to take the dameske, but hee would not.</p> - -<p>Afterward they vnderstood that the interpreter was -bribed by a seruant of the captaines, for to alter the friers -words and to offer the captayne the ara, and any thing els -that hee would desire. For to the contrary he durst not by -any meanes to take it against the will of the fathers. To -conclude he did imbarke himselfe vpon his voyage, and -caried with him the ara and the image, with great ioy to -himselfe: but vnto the fathers and their companions discomfort -and sorrow, for they had lost the two thinges that they -so much esteemed. The captayne at his departure did vse -great thinges and curtesie, taking his leaue of them with -signes, that signified he bare them great loue and good will, -and that it greeued him to depart, and could not carie them -with him as they requested.</p> - -<p>The interpreter did comfort the Spaniardes, and sayd that -they should not be sorrowful that the captaine had taken -those two pieces; for that he was a mightie prince, and that -he would fauour and helpe them with the vizroy, and that -hee was certaine that he would accomplish that which he -promised, that is, to become a Christian, for that he did -beare great good will and affection vnto them: in the which -the interpreter did not lie, for that it was told them by the -seruants of the captaine, that were christened, as I told you -before.</p> - -<p>The frier Costodio remained so sad and sorowfull for the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_179" id="Page_ii_179">[179]</a></span> -carrying away of the ara and Madlin of feathers, as though -he had lost a great treasure: and being desirous to recouer -them againe, he did recommend the same vnto S. Antonio de -Padua, who, for thinges that were lost, they knew by experience -to bee the onely saint for aduocate, and did promise -(the better to obtaine their desire) for to celebrate vnto him -certaine masses, when they should come into place fit for the -same.</p> - -<p>Straightwayes it so fell out that the chiefe and principall -interpreter did fall out with the other that did helpe him, -about certaine profite that was comming to him, and did -threaten him that he would tell the gouernor howe that they -had giuen him much siluer for to conclude the matter about -the ara, for that the fathers had giuen it them more by force -then any good will. The interpreter fearing that hee shoulde -bee for the same greeuously punished, and finding himselfe -culpable in the things that the other threatned him for, he -went vnto the captain, who was imbarked and readie to depart, -tarrying onely for wether, and tolde him the falling out -in all points as it passed, and of his threatnings: who likewise -fearing what might succeede or happen, if it shoulde -come to the vnderstanding of the aytao of the cittie of -Canton, as could not be by any meanes excused: hee called -vnto him one of his seruants and commanded him to take the -ara and the image, and to carry them vnto the fathers, who -accomplished his commande, and they receiued them with -great comfort, and gaue great thankes vnto God for the same, -and S. Antonio de Padua: by whose intercession they beleeued -that they were restored.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_180" id="Page_ii_180">[180]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_X" id="CHAP_II_X"></a>CHAP. X.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Timpintao dooth call the Spaniards before him, and dispatcheth them -for to go to Canton; they tooke their leaue of him, and goeth from -Aucheo: and at their comming to Canton, they are commaunded to -make themselues readie to departe the kingdome.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The next day following, which was the thirde day of September, -the timpintao did sende to call the Spaniards before -him, who as we haue said was deputie vnto the vizroy, and -he gaue them certaine dispatches, in saying, that there was -in them all that they did aske, and gaue commandement to -the gouernor of Canton that he should not neglect, but accomplish -al things therin comprehended, so that they might -depart when they pleased. When hee tooke his leaue of -them, hee did intreate them verie curteously with words of -great curtesie. The Spaniards departed his presence with -incredible ioy: beleeuing that he had agreed and granted -all that they did aske, and to remaine in the countrie to -preach, so that the next day following they made all thinges -in a redinesse to take their voyage, the which they finished -in short time, by reason of their great contentment they had -with themselues, as also for the good intertainement and -good cheere they had by the way, which was made and giuen -them by the commandement of the timpintao. So when they -came vnto Canton, they went straightwayes to visite the -gouernour, and to giue him the dispatches which they -brought, who after that he had read the same, he bad them -welcome, and saide that hee was very glad that the vizroy -had shewed them so much fauour, and that the same was -committed to his charge, for the execution of his commission, -that they should perswade themselues that hee would performe -it according vnto his commandement, without failing -anie thing. And for to beginne the same, hee shewed vnto -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_181" id="Page_ii_181">[181]</a></span> -them a house of the kings which should be for their dwelling, -which was in the suburbs halfe fallen downe, and there -they were lodged, with a commandement that they should -not go foorth, neither enter into the cittie without particular -licence. Heere they remained many dayes being deceiued -of their purpose, and maruelled very much that the gouernor -would not giue them licence for to reedifie a monastery, -neither for to enter into the cittie for to giue order in that -which they beleeued was granted them by the vizroy, til -such time as they vnderstood what was done by their interpreters, -and relation giuen by the Chino boy which came -with them from the Philippinas, who declared to them the -truth in all things: how that the interpreters had neuer told -the iudges how that they would remain in the countrie, -neither made any mention thereof, but that they came thither -as lost men, and that their request was to remaine in the -country til it were faire wether, or the comming of the Portugall -shippes. And this was that which the vizroy and his deputie -had granted, and no other thing. But when the father -Costodio and his companions (who verely beleeuing that their -desire woulde take effect) vnderstoode the craft and wile -of the interpreters, and the great falshood that they had vsed, -they were very sadde, and beganne amongst themselues to -remedie the same: so they determined to seeke a new interpreter, -one that should faithfulle and truely declare their will -vnto the gouernor. And although they did finde some that -could doo it, for that they did reasonably vnderstande the -Portugall tongue, yet there were none that woulde accept it, -for any request or giftes that they did promise them.</p> - -<p>The father Costodio seeing this, and that the time appointed -did passe away without doing of any thing, one day hee and -the rest of his companions did ioine togither, and entred in -counsell to see what was best to be done, according vnto -the necessitie in the which they were driuen. There was -amongst them diuers opinions, for that of the father Costodio -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_182" id="Page_ii_182">[182]</a></span> -and of another religious man was, that they woulde go vnto -Machao, which was not farre off, and there would administer -the sacraments, and preach the holy gospel vnto the christened -Chinos, and to learne the China language, and to tarrie -there and abide the first occasion that should bee offered, or -else they themselues to procure it, for, hauing the language, -it were an easie thing to doo it: and they should not haue -neede of any interpreter, neither feare to be deceiued as they -had beene before. And besides this, they put the Portugals -out of all doubt of the false opinion that the captaine generall -had published abroade of them, and of other matters of like -effect and purpose. The other two religious men and souldiers -were of a contrarie opinion: which was, that they -should returne vnto the Ilands Philippinas, and not vnto -Machao, and saide, that they had departed without licence -of the gouernor, and did aduenture themselues into the -harme and damage that might happen vnto them by that -enterprise, and all for to plant the faith of Christ in that -kingdome. And now seeing that by the iust iudgement of -God wee cannot put it in execution, wee are greatly bounde -to returne againe vnto him, of whome we doubt not but with -ease to get our pardon for the error passed, representing the -zeale wee had to the honour of God, and the saluation of so -manie soules, who did incite vs to giue that great enterprise: -with the which we shall remaine blamelesse with them that -had giuen wrong iudgement of vs, and accomplish our -bounden duetie and obedience which wee doo owe vnto the -gouernor. And in going vnto Machao wee shall runne in -great danger to be holden and iudged for traitors to the -king: and the intent wherewith wee went vnto China, euery -one wil construe and interpret thereon at his pleasure.</p> - -<p>The resolution of these contrary opinions, was by a common -consent delated certaine dayes, in the which they prayed -vnto God to put into their hearts that which was best for His -deuine seruice. So in the end the father Costodio, and the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_183" id="Page_ii_183">[183]</a></span> -religious man, who was of his opinion, did determine to go -forwards with their pretence, and to go vnto Machao, as -aforesaid, and the rest to returne vnto the ilands with the -first oportunitie they might finde: but when it should come -to effect, one of the religious friers that shoulde haue gone -vnto Manilla was deade of an infirmitie that chanced him. -They staid there longer then they did think they should, by -reason that the iudges of the cittie were occupied with the -examinations of students, the which is accustomed euery -three yeares, and is in that manner and order as hath beene -tolde you in the proper chapter for the same: the which -examinations endured more then fiue and fortie dayes, with -great feastes and banquets, without medling in any other -particular businesse.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_XI" id="CHAP_II_XI"></a>CHAP. XI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Father Costodio sendeth a messenger vnto Machao; he writeth vnto the -bishop and vnto a priest for to bestow their almes on them for their -departure. The captaine generall doth vnderstand therof, and commandeth -them not to aid nor succour the Spaniards: and other matters -appertaining unto them.</i></p></div> - - -<p>In the meane time of this their examination, the father -Costodio did sende a messenger vnto the bishop of Machao, -declaring vnto him his determination, and he also did write -vnto the deuout priest, of whome we haue made mention -before, and craued of them their almes wherewith they might -make prouision for them that would depart for the Ilands -Philippinas, and how that he and his companyon would go -and see his lordship. This was not done so secretly, but it -came vnto the vnderstanding and knowledge of the captaine -generall of the Portugals, who with great choller went and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_184" id="Page_ii_184">[184]</a></span> -demanded the letters of the priest, those that were giuen him -by the Chino: threatning him that if hee did not, hee woulde -punish him with great rigor, and banish him out of the countrie -as a suspected person. He answered him, that of truth -he had receiued certaine letters, but that at the very instant -hee sent them vnto the bishoppe vnto whom they were directed: -about the which there was great holde and keepe, -vntill it came to effect that the captaine did lay holde vppon -the priest for to apprehende him: but when the bishop -vnderstood thereof, hee with all speede possible went to -remedy the danger that might insue, and to take him out of -his power.</p> - -<p>The captaine seeing that hee could not perseuer with his intent -and purpose, he made many notifications vnto the bishop, -requiring that he would not permit that any letters shoulde bee -receiued from those religious Spaniards, for that he knew by -very certaine relation that they were spies, and no friers; and -if so be that any damage should happen vnto them, by their -order, that hee woulde lay the whole fault vppon him as a -consenter and a helper. The bishoppe answered that he was -fully perswaded and certified that they were true religious -men, and seruants of God, and that he with a very good will -would take vpon him the burthen of any damage that should -happen to the country by their meanes, or vnto the king of -Portugall. With this the captaine was somewhat quieted, -but not so much but that continually hee did not let to imagine -newe matters against the poore fathers, to haue occasion -to apprehend them, and imagined in his minde for to write -a letter vnto the interpreters, in the which hee did offer them -great quantities of money, if that they would do so much as -giue order that the iudges woulde sende the religious men -and Spanish souldiers that were in Canton vnto the cittie of -Machao, aduertising them howe and which way they shoulde -vse the matter to put it in effect, and was, that he should tell -the iudges, that the first time when as they went to speake -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_185" id="Page_ii_185">[185]</a></span> -with the gouernor, whereas they did aske and say that they -would depart for the Ilands Philippinas, that they did interpret -it contrary, for that their demand was for to go vnto -Machao.</p> - -<p>The interpreters straightwayes (with the desire of gaine) -did take the charge vppon them, and did vse the matter in -such sort that the iudges did sende them vnto Machao, whether -it were with or against their willes. But God, who -woulde not permit those his seruantes and Christians to bee -deceiued, remedied the same at such time as it should haue -beene put in execution, in the manner as you shall vnderstande -in the chapter following.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_XII" id="CHAP_II_XII"></a>CHAP. XII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>A Portugall of the cittie of Macheo doth discouer the euill intent of the -captaine general: he giueth the Spaniards warning thereof by a letter -without seale, by the which they remedie the danger that was so nigh -at hand: they are called before the Aytao of the cittie, and he declareth -vnto them such matters as haue passed with him, and the licence that -was graunted for some of them to go vnto Machao, and the other vnto -Luzon.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Being vnderstood by a Portugall, a good Christian of the -towne of Machao, of such things as the captaine generall did -imagine against the poore religious fathers that were in -Canton, and their companions the souldiers, of whose holy -zeale he was fully certified, and being greeued at the very -soule that one Christian shoulde hurt and harme another: -and more in the disturbing of the saluation of soules, hee -determined with himselfe to giue them aduice therof with -all speed that was possible, as in effect hee did by sending -them a letter without anie name: wherein he gaue them to -vnderstand that the captaine generall, by meanes of the interpreters, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_186" id="Page_ii_186">[186]</a></span> -did pretende that they should be sent thither -wheras he might apprehend them, and send them vnto the -king of Portugall, or else to doo some hurt vnto their person, -with some false information, and willed them to be wel aduised, -and to keepe themselues from the deceit ordained.</p> - -<p>The letter being seene, and wel aduised of all that was -therein contained, they determined to giue notice thereof -vnto a Chino, a verie friende of theirs, and perfite in the -Portugall tongue: whome diuers times they proued by experience, -and founde him a very honest man, and one that -had doone them friendshippe: who promised them that -before many houres, he would bring al things to light, and -to know whether that were true or not.</p> - -<p>So with this desire he went there whereas the iudge did -sit in audience, and was there as one that knew nothing, -vntill such time as he saw come thither one of the interpreters -with a petition in his hand, and presented it vnto the -supreme iudge, who was the Aytao, and which being read by -a scriuener, hee prouided that all things should be granted -and doone, that was therein contained. This petition the -Chino aforesaid saw; and after that the interpreter was -departed with contentment, and found that in the same petition -he did request (in the name of the Spaniards) of the -iudge to giue them leaue for to go vnto Machao, which was -more for their purpose then to go vnto the Ilands Philippinas, -which was granted by the iudge, and lacking nothing -but to seale or signe the petition, but was delated vntil the -euening, by reason of certaine businesse that chanced at that -present: but sure it was the ordinance of God, for that if it -had beene signed, they must needs of force haue accomplished -the same, without any replication. So with this certaintie -he went straightwayes vnto the Spaniards, to whom -the interpreter had told that by petition he had asked licence -for them to go to the Ilands Philippinas from whence they -came; but the iudge woulde not graunt vnto that, but for to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_187" id="Page_ii_187">[187]</a></span> -go vnto Machao, which was neerer hand, who commanded -them to accomplish the same without any replication, vppon -paine that they should be carried thither perforce.</p> - -<p>The Spaniards asked councell of the Chino their friende, -what meanes might be taken to auoide the danger that the -interpreter had begun to bring them in, and was alredie -gone to conclude the same. The Chino said that he was -fully perswaded that the Aytao loued them well, and that he -vnderstood hee did them great fauour and courtesie to graunt -vnto the petition the which the interpreter did present in -their name. But notwithstanding for so much as it was not -signed, there was remedie to bee had, if that they woulde -present another which hee would giue them, and go presently -vnto the Aytao and present the same, and say when -they giue it him, that they woulde go vnto Luzon and not -vnto Machao, and that he himselfe would go with them for -the good will he bare vnto them, if it were not for the great -paine that is put vppon all them whosoeuer that shall speak -for any stranger, without licence of the iustice, or is called and -ordained for the same. So they being fully perswaded in -this conclusion, with the petition made and all ready, there -entred in at the gate wheras they were, a seruant to the -Aytao, who in the behalfe of his master came to cal the Spaniards -to come before him, for that he would see and talke -with them before their departure. They straightwayes went -forth in his company, and came vnto the gates of the cittie, -after they had gon a good wayes in the suburbs: and there -they were staied till such time as another came and brought -their licence, written vpon a table (in such sort as in other -places it hath beene told you). So when they had passed -the gate, they passed thorough a long street, in the which -they saw so great riches, and of so great curiosity, that the -father Costodio with great admiration said, I haue beene in -the principallest citties of all Flanders and Italie, and in all -them I haue not seene so great curiositie and riches as in -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_188" id="Page_ii_188">[188]</a></span> -this streete alone: and according vnto the report of them all, -hee had great reason to maruell thereat. So they comming -vnto the end of this streete, and in sight of another gate, -they sawe that the souldiers which kept and garded the same, -did shut them in their presence with great hast, and let fall -a percullis of yron before the gate, and demanded to see -their licence at a window out of the saide percullis: and -when they had it, although they saw with them the seruant -of the Aytao and the interpreter, yet would they not open -the gate vntill such time as it was acknowledged and newe -firmed by another iudge; the which being done, they presently -did open the gates and did conduct them vnto the -house of one which is to be compared to a iudge of the court, -and called in their language Tequisi, that he might go with -them to the Aytao, for so it was commanded and ordained. Unto -this Tequisi they gaue their petition that they had made, without -giuing the interpreter to vnderstand therof, requesting -him by signes and some words which they had learned of the -language that he woulde giue it to the Aytao, and to procure -that hee might accept and grant that which by the same they -did demand. But when they gaue it him, it caused great -alteration in the interpreter, for that they told the iudge that -he was a theefe and a traitor, and how that he had sold them -to the captaine general of Machao, and how that hee had -presented a petition in their name: howe that they would -go thither, and not to the iland of Luzon, where all their -desire is to returne, and this hath he done by gifts that the -saide captaine general hath promised to giue him, if that he -do accomplish his desire. The Tequisi when he heard this, -he forthwith departed with vs from his owne house, towards -the house of the Aytao which was hard by, and as he went by -the way he read their petition, and sawe that it was different -to that which the interpreter had giuen before vnto the -Aytao, he being present: whereat he made a stay and began -to consider of the same, as also of that which the Spaniards had -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_189" id="Page_ii_189">[189]</a></span> -said vnto him at such time as they gaue him their petition, for -by the signes and tokens they made, as by their semblant in -speech, it seemed to him that they were marvellouslly indigned -against the interpreter; but he did not wel vnderstand them, for -that they could not plainly declare it in their language, till -such time as hee found the contrarietie that was in the petitions, -and the turbation of the interpreter, whom presently -hee called vnto him, and asked him what the matter was? -Hee trembling for feare, answered and saide, that hee vnderstood -that the father Costodio (whome all the rest doo obey -as their head, and with whom he alonely did communicate), -that it was his pleasure, and gaue order to go vnto Machao, -and that hee was certaine that all the rest were of that -opinion, wherein he thought he had done well, and therefore -he presented that petition in asking licence, whereby -they might doo it liberallie, with this discharge. And againe -the Spaniards seeing how he was terrified, and how that he -requested them so humblie they would not proceed any farther -with their complaint, wherewith the Tequisi was satisfied, -who said vnto the Spaniards being in the gallerie of the -Aytao his house, that they shoulde tarry there, and hee entred -in with the petition in his hand. So within a while after -they were commanded to enter into the hall there whereas -the iudges were, and had seene the petition and had comoned -about the same. And at their entring into the hall whereas -the Aytao was, there were signes made vnto them that they -should kneele downe, the which they did almost twenty -paces before they came to the table that was before him: hee -had in hande the petition that Tequisi had giuen vnto him, -and although that he had read it before, yet did he returne -and looked againe vppon it, and asked which were they that -would go vnto Machao. The father Costodio signified himselfe -and frier Iohn Baptista his companion; and said, that -they, for that they were old and timorous of the sea, they -would go thither for that it was nearer hande, and howe that -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_190" id="Page_ii_190">[190]</a></span> -the rest that were not of such yeares, neither so timorous, -they woulde returne vnto the iland of Luzon from whence -they came, and there dwell with other of their brethren and -friends that were there. The interpreter, whose euill conscience -did accuse him for the euils which he had done, was -so timorous, that all men might see plainly his default, and -without al doubt the iustices are so right in executing the -same, that if their complaint had gone forwards, they would -haue punished him and his companion, and that very cruelly: -but the religious friers woulde not consent that the souldiers -shoulde declare against them, although their will was good, -but thought it a sufficient punishment to see in what affliction -the poore men were in, and tooke pittie on them.</p> - -<p>The Aytao was desirous to see their images and book, -which was the chiefest occasion wherefore hee sent to call -them; and when he saw them he receiued great content, and -called the father Costodio to come nigh vnto him, and asked -the signification of some of them, such as seemed vnto him -most strangest, and being satisfied thereof, hee commanded -the frier Costodio to reade on one of these bookes, hee harkening -vnto it with great attention, and as one amased to see -those letters, and the forme of them so farre different vnto -theirs, which are all in manner of caractes, as hath beene -told you. So after that they had passed away the time a -while in this, hee saide, that those which woulde go vnto -Machao shoulde put themselues on the one side, and they -that woulde go vnto Luzon on the other: the which being -doone hee tooke his leaue of them verie louinglie, and saide -that hee would giue them the licence which they did aske at -all times whensoeuer they woulde, and although hee coulde -not grant it them without first to consult with the vizroy of -Aucheo, yet he would doo it within tenne dayes, and then -those which woulde go vnto Macheo might presently depart, -and those which would go vnto Luzon, he would send them -vnto Chincheo, that from thence the gouernour shoulde -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_191" id="Page_ii_191">[191]</a></span> -cause them to be sent in the first passage that goeth with -merchandice.</p> - -<p>This Aytao was very peaceable and humaine, who hauing -compassion on the Spaniards, for that they seemed vnto him -to be good men, he commanded to bee giuen to them, ouer -and aboue the kings alowance, a hogge, and rice, and other -kind of victuals. So herewith they went vnto their lodgings -with content, and also the interpreter, who thought that hee -was newe borne againe that day.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_XIII" id="CHAP_II_XIII"></a>CHAP. XIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards remaine certaine dayes in Canton, whither came certaine -Portugals from, Machao: at the first they feared them, but afterwards -they were assured, by the contractation they had the one with the other, -that they were friendes: the vizroy of Aucheo commeth to Canton, -and dispatcheth the Spaniards, and giueth them good prouision and -intertainment.</i></p></div> - - -<p>After that the ten daies were past appointed by the Aytao, -and some more, and seeing that no more mention was made -them, but as though they had neuer seene them, they were -very sorowfull, and in ielousie that the captaine general of -Machao aforesaide had knowledge howe that his craft and -subtiltie was discouered, and thereupon to begin and frame -some other: procuring for an instrument in the performing -of the same, some iudge or some other person of power and -authoritie. So they being with this care and discontent, -there came vnto the cittie of Canton foure Portugals to buy -and sell merchandice, with a safe conduct which they had -for the same, which was the occasion that their sorow and -trouble increased, suspecting what might happen conformable -to the aduise which they had from thence: but for that -they did comon and visit them many times, with intent to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_192" id="Page_ii_192">[192]</a></span> -discouer their minds the one vnto the other, they presently -did forget the euill suspection that they had of them, and not -onely that, but they did giue them great almes and charitie, -helping and aiding them in all things, as it was meete and -reason amongst Christians. So being void of their first care, -they put all their diligence and care in their departure: and -seeing that there was no mention made thereof, by reason that -the iudges were occupied in mustering the souldiers of that -circuit in a great and mightie field, whereas they were trained -vp in military exercises, some shooting in bowes, some with -hargabushes, tossing the pike, running of horses, and many -other exercises more: and after that they had many different -proofes, as well of thinges past as at that present, they ordained -captaines, such as were aduanced aboue all the rest, -and most worthy: all which being finished, the Spaniards -determined to put the Aytao in remembrance of his promise; -and the better that they might doo it, and with most breuitie, -they ordained a petition, and went with the same vnto the -house of the Aytao, therewith to aske licence to put it in vre. -The first iudge they met withall was the Tequisi aforesaid, -who made signes that they should come vnto him, and -asked of them what they would haue. The father Costodio -answered, nothing but onely to present that petition vnto -the Aytao, to put him in minde of their departure: the -Tequisi did take the petition, promising them to giue it vnto -him presently, the which he did accomplish in a short space. -So being read by the Aytao, he made answere by the same -petition, that he had a particular care of them, and tarried -onely for order from the vizroy, which could not tarrie long: -the receiuing whereof hee woulde aduertise them; the which -hee did accomplish in fewe dayes, which came with great -content vnto the Spaniards, for that he commanded that they -should be sent away in verie good order, and to giue them -all that was needfull for their iourney, and that in aboundance. -The same day that this commission came, there came -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_193" id="Page_ii_193">[193]</a></span> -also newes that the vizroy would come vnto the cittie of -Canton, and that within few dayes hee would bee there: the -which did so much trouble the Aytao and the rest of the -iudges, that day and night they neuer rested, but were occupied -in the preparing al things necessary to receiue him, -which were so many and with so great maiestie as though -the king in person should come thither: with great and -mighty triumphall arkes, rich hangings, with other things, -the which I do not here make mention of, although they -were very curious, because I would not be tedious, for that -I haue a great desire to conclude this little historie: and if -I should declare all that passed therin, it were requisite for -the same alone to make a great volume.</p> - -<p>Foure dayes after the comming of the vizroy, by his order -there was giuen both to the one and to the other a prouision, -in the which he commanded all iudges and gouernors to receiue -the Spaniards into their iurisdictions whereas they -should passe, and not to permit any to do them harme or -iniury, but to giue them free passage with securitie till such -time as they should come to the place appointed in the said -prouision, which was vnto Machao and vnto Luzon: and -iointly therewith he commanded two captaines to beare them -company til such time as they had brought them out of all -danger. And to giue vnto them that went vnto Machao -(which was three daies iourney) sufficient prouision requisite -for fiue dayes: and to them that went to Luzon their prouision -for forty dayes, although the voyage is to be made in -fifteene dayes, and in twentie dayes at the most. He also -commanded them that had the charge to carry them, that -they shoulde haue a special care vnto their healthes, in -trauelling not too fast, but little and little. Likewise the -Aytao gaue order vnto the interpreters for to sell the frigat, -in the which the fathers came thither, and to giue vnto them -the price that shoulde bee made thereof, to bestow it at their -pleasure: the which they did, but kept still the halfe of that -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_194" id="Page_ii_194">[194]</a></span> -which they solde it for: and with many other things more, -which by the commandement of the vizroy was giuen them -for their iourney, and thought it well bestowed on them, for -to see themselues free of their lyings and crafts. At the -departure of the father Costodio, one of the souldiers mind -was altred, who was called Pedro de Villa Roel, and was -very desirous to go with him vnto Machao, the which hee -did accomplish by apparelling himself in the habite of a Portugal, -because he had no licence to go otherwise. So all -things being in a redinesse for their iourney, they tooke -their leaue the one of the other, in shedding many teares -with the griefe of minde.</p> - -<p>The father Costodio and his companions came safely and -in health to Machao in foure dayes, as himselfe did afterwards -write thereof, and were very well receiued of the -bishop, and of all the rest: and within fewe dayes after they -gaue them a place for to build a monasterie, wherein he and -his companion might liue, and all such as should take the -habite of that order. They came thither the fifteenth of -Nouember.</p> - -<p>And those which went vnto Luzon departed out of the -cittie of Canton in a great barke, of the which there are -many in all that kingdome, very well tilted and dressed, -with many roomes and galeries and painted windowes, as -hath beene told you: in the which they were very much -made of by the patron of the said barke and of the passengers, -which were many, and went vnto diuers partes with -merchandice: some thinges that they saw by the way till -they came vnto Chincheo, shal be told you in the chapter -following.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_195" id="Page_ii_195">[195]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_XIV" id="CHAP_II_XIV"></a>CHAP. XIV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>They that were determined to go vnto Luzon, doo departe for the cittie of -Chincheo: in which voyage they see many riuers and townes: and -other particular things.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The Spaniards depart out of the riuer of Canton, and -after they had sailed by sea the space of three leagues, they -entred into another mighty riuer, in the which they trauelled -four daies. And sure the great number of citties and townes -that they saw alongst the riuers side is incredible, and so -nigh the one vnto the other, that they seemed to be al one: -so in the end of foure dayes they landed at one of the cities, -where came so much people to see those strangers, that it -seemed al the kingdome were there assembled together, and -were so many in number, that before they could get to the -inne wheras they should be lodged, there passed more then -foure houres, and was in distance but a quarter of a league: -but when they came thither, they were verie faint with the -great thrust and throng of the people. They stayed in this -cittie one day, and the next day, very early in the morning, -was brought vnto them horse, for to trauel by land other two -daies, the which was almost continually in villages and -townes; and the third day they were imbarked in a smal -barke, wherein they passed a riuer which had but litle water, -the space of two houres; then after they were shipped in a -bigger barke, and entred into another riuer, which seemed -to be an arme of the sea, in the which they sailed fiue dayes, -and sawe sailing vp and downe the said riuer so many barks -and boats, that it made them to be greatly amased. These -riuers were as wel replenished of cities and townes, as the -other riuer whereof we haue spoken. Al which is a helpe -to beleeue that which hath been said of the mightinesse and -the great number of people that are in that mighty kingdom. -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_196" id="Page_ii_196">[196]</a></span> -Concluding this riuer they entred into another, but not so -broade as the last, but a swifter current, and beset with -mightie trees both on the one side and the other, and were so -thick that almost they could not see the sunne thorough them: -and although the country was very asper there alongst the -riuers side, yet was there many walled citties, and an infinite -number of townes and vilages, in such sort that the suburbs -did almost ioyne the one vnto the other. So when they were -disembarked out of this riuer, they trauelled by land other -foure dayes, and greatly maruelled to see the great fertilitie -of the country, and many other things more, which they do -passe ouer, for that in the relation of the Augustine friers it -hath beene declared vnto you. In the ende of those foure -daies they came to a cittie ten leagues from Chincheo, and -were lodged in the suburbs of the same, whether resorted so -much people to see them, that although they did shut the -gates to defend themselues from the prease, yet could they -not be disturbed of the entry, for that they broke the gates, -and climed vp the wals and windowes to see them. The host of -the house whereas they were lodged, when he saw that the -people did spoile and destroy his house, he requested the Spaniards -to go forth into a greene fielde which was there harde by, -placed amongst a company of orchards, the which they did -to satisfie them, and also to satisfie the multitude of people -that were come thither only to see them. The noise of the -people was so great, that the gouernor feared there had bin -some other matter, and commanded a iudge to go and examine -the cause and know the truth: but when that hee was -certified thereof, hee commaunded the Spaniards to come -vnto his house, for that hee was desirous and would see -them. They presently did accomplish his commandement, -and went their way, and as they passed thorough the streete, -there were certaine representing a comedie, but so soone as -the people that were there did see the Spaniardes, they left -the players all alone and followed them. They entred into -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_197" id="Page_ii_197">[197]</a></span> -the gouernors house, and found him with great maiestie of -seruants and souldiers of his gard: he entertayned them with -great loue, and asked them who they were, and from whence -they came. The interpreter presently showed the prouision -they brought from the viceroy, which was, in summe, their -licence giuen by him for them to go vnto Chincheo, and that -none should disturbe them in their iourney, but to ayde and -giue them all fauour possible, and that which was needefull -for their iourney. And when that he had read the same, he -saide that thereby he did vnderstand that which he desired -to know, and how that the viceroy did command all gouernors, -and him as one of them, they should offer to do all that -lay in them: the which he did accomplish, and shewed them -great fauour and friendship.</p> - -<p>The next day following, they departed out of this citie by -land, being giuen vnto them by the gouernor very good prouision -for the way. The same day they came vnto a towne -that was very fresh, and fiue leagues from the place they departed, -they were determined to tarrie all that night, fearing -the passage through a citie which was but a league -before, suspecting that they should be as much troubled with -the people as they were in the other citie the day before. And -although this was but a small towne, yet was there so great -a concourse of people that came from the villages there -abouts, that it caused them to depart the next morning more -early than they thought, and all the night they could not -sleepe, because of the great noyse of the people.</p> - -<p>So within a while after they departed from that towne, -they came vnto the citie aforesaide, the which for situation -and gallant buildings, was the fairest in all that province. -Through the midst thereof ranne a mightie riuer, ouer the -which were many bridges very great and most faire. Here -were they so oppressed with much people that came to see -them, that they were detayned in the presse a good while -before they could enter into the citie: and after they were -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_198" id="Page_ii_198">[198]</a></span> -within they were compassed about in such sort, that they -could not goe to seeke to eate, but were constrained to enter -into a barke and go downe the riuer and shroud themselues -amongst a company of trees, and although they did vse this -policie, yet the number of people were so great that leapt -into the same barke that they were readie to sinke, till such -time as they who had entred the barke, to auoid that perill, -returned and lept a shoore, leauing them all alone with the -barkemen and marriners that did rowe, who went to seeke -and bring them to eate, and they remained in the barke all -that night.</p> - -<p>So the next day in the morning, before the people could -come to disturbe them, they rowed towards the great and -huge citie of Chincheo, and entred into the same vppon a -Sunday, in the morning, being the sixt day of December.</p> - -<p>They remained still in the barke for their owne quietnesse -and security, and sent their interpreter with their prouision -vnto the Gouernour, that he might ordaine at his pleasure -that which was therein commanded. The Gouernour when -he had receiued commission he said vnto the interpreter that -he should tell the Spaniards that he was very glad that they -were come thither in safetie and in good health, and that -hee should receiue great ioy to see them, and to shew them -the courtesie that was commanded him by the viceroy, in -their prouision or commission. But by reason that the great -number of people that would come to see them, should not -be troublesome vnto them, he would passe ouer his content in -seeing them, and for their better comoditie they shall depart -in the same barke wherein they came, vnto the port of -Aytim, whereat were certain ships that were bound vnto -Luzon, and that he would command they should be receiued -into the said ships, and to be carried with as much speede -as was possible: and for the accomplishing of the same hee -kept the commission of the viceroy, and gave an other commission -vnto the gouernor of the port, whether as hee sent -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_199" id="Page_ii_199">[199]</a></span> -them, in the which he commanded to be accomplished all -that he had promised.</p> - -<p>The Spaniards, although they would very gladly have -seene the citie of Chincheo and the mightinesse thereof, yet -did they accomplish that which the gouernor did command -without anie reply, for that they considered that it should -come then better to passe. So they came vnto the said port -the next day folowing in the morning, whereas they did -remaine in the barke, doing as they did at Chincheo, and -sent their interpreter with the commission vnto the gouernor, -who presently after he had read the same, sent and -commanded that the Spaniards should come a shore and -come and see him: who did accomplish the same, although -with no lesse trouble than in other places, by reason of the -people that came to see them. The gouernor intertained -them with great loue and faire words, and before they departed -from him, he sent to call a captaine of one of the ships -that was there bound unto Luzon, and asked of him when -he would depart from that place, who answered within ten -daies: then the gouernor commanded that he should carrie -them in his ship, and to giue them the best intertainement -that was possible, who promised him to accomplish the -same, and therwith he tooke his leaue of them, and sent -them with the said captaine, who offered them all the fauour -and friendship that was requisite. He presently carried -them vnto his ship, who after he had shewed them the whole -commoditie therof, he made them a colation or banket with -great friendship.</p> - -<p>They remained in this port more than fifteene daies, -wheras they suffered very much colde, and seeing that the -ship wherein they were appointed to go was not redie, neither -any order for them to depart in many daies, considering -the great desire they had to be amongst their own nation -and to take their ease, and hauing knowledge of another -ship that was ready and would depart, they altogither went -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_200" id="Page_ii_200">[200]</a></span> -vnto the gouernor (who was set in audience), and said vnto -him with a loud voice (as is vsed in al that countrie), that -the captaine whom he had commanded to carrie them vnto -Luzon, was not readie to depart, neither any signe that he -would in many daies, and that he would giue them licence, -and command a captaine of an other ship that was there readie -to depart, and went vnto the same Iland of Luzon, that he -might carrie them, because they were so ill at ease, and suffered -so much colde that they felt great griefe.</p> - -<p>When the gouernor heard this he was very angry, and -with great choler he commaunded one of his officers that was -there with him, to go presently and bring before him that -captaine vnto whom he had committed the carriage of the -Spaniards: the which was accomplished, and that in so short -time that it caused great wonder: who when he came before -the gouernor had so great feare, that he knew not whether -he was in heaven or in earth. The gouernor straightwaies -asked him what was the occasion that he did not depart -within the tenne daies as he had sayde? The captaine -answered, that they had had no wether, neither at that present, -wherewith they might nauigate. He asked him againe -and saide, seeing that the weather and time would not serue, -how is it that there is an other ship readie to depart. The -captaine at this demand did faulter in his speech, and -answered friuolous wordes, wherefore the gouernor commanded -that he should be whipped in his presence for the -lie which he had tolde; and as they were pulling off his -appareil for to execute the commandement, the Spaniards -hauing pitie and compassion of him, for that he seemed to -be an honest man, they fell all vpon their knees at the gouernors -feete, and requested him to pardon his offence, who did -presently consent therunto with a good will, and commanded -to let him alone; but he spake vnto him very sharpe wordes, -such as, so farre foorth as the Spaniardes could perceiue by -the semblance both of the one and of the other, that was as -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_201" id="Page_ii_201">[201]</a></span> -much griefe vnto him as though he had beene whipped. -Then presently he commanded to call the captaine of that -ship that was readie to depart, and deliuered vnto him the -commission that he had giuen vnto the other, with a great -penaltie, and charged him to carrie the Spaniards vnto the -Ilande of Luzon, and charged him to bring a testimoniall -from thence, how that he had carried them in very good -order and saftie, and left them at the place that they desired. -This captaine vnderstanding what had passed with the other, -and because he would not see himselfe in the like perplexitie, -did accept the commandement, and thought the time long of -his departure from thence, and did promise them more than -they did demand, and made hast to depart out of the hauen -because hee would not be called backe againe.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_II_XV" id="CHAP_II_XV"></a>CHAP. XV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniards depart from China and go to Luzon, they do passe some -stormes at the sea: the mariners do call vpon the diuell, by lots: -the religious men do reprehend them: in the end they come to their -desired port, whereas they are received with much ioy.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The second day of Januarie, departed out of the porte of -Aytim, with a prosperous wind, the shippe wherein was -imbarked the Spaniardes, and two other which were their -safe conduct: but by reason it was winter, the faire winde -indured but a while, yet came they that day vnto the islande -of Amoy, which was sixe leagues from the firme lande, and -there they stayed one day. The next day following they -went to sea, to prosecute their voyage, whereas they were -taken with so terrible and foule weather, that the ship did -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_202" id="Page_ii_202">[202]</a></span> -driue they knew not whither, and many times in daunger to -be drowned. This storme indured four dayes, although -more stronger at one time than at an other: in the which -storme was separated the three ships, the one from the other, -in such sort, that euery one tooke his way, procuring to saue -themselves, as commonly in such cases is vsed, without -hauing any care the one of the other; and God was so -pleased that the ship wherein the Spaniardes were, and one -of the other two, entered into a sure port, although with -great trouble and with so great a leake, that they could -scarce keepe her aboue water; but in especiall that which -came in their safe conduct. And afterwarde they understood -that the other ship had taken port fiftie leagues from that -place, with the like perill and danger. In this port they -remained certaine dayes trimming their ships, and tarrying -for a faire winde. So they departed from thence the three -and twentie day of Januarie, and to their iudgementes with -a settled and good winde, with the which they sayled fiue -dayes, in the end whereof they discouered the iland of -Luzon, with a singular ioy unto them all, for which the -Spaniards gaue thanks vnto God, by whose fauour they had -escaped the storme past.</p> - -<p>But it so fell out, as they were going alongest the coast of -the iland for to enter into the port of Manilla, and being -within fiue leagues of the entrie thereof, vpon a soddaine -there arose the north wind with so great furie, and caused -so great a sea, that they found themselues in a great deale -more daunger than in the other storme past, in such sort that -they sponed<a name="FNanchor_1_44" id="FNanchor_1_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a> before the winde with their foresayle halfe mast -hie, shaking it selfe to pieces, and in euerie minute of an -houre readie to be drowned. The Chinos, for that they are -superstitious and witches, beganne to inuocate and call vpon -the diuell, for to bring them out of that trouble (which is a -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_203" id="Page_ii_203">[203]</a></span> -thing commonly vsed amongest them, at all times when they -finde themselues in the like perplexitie); also they doo -request of him to showe them what they should doo to bring -themselues out of trouble.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_44" id="Footnote_1_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_44"><span class="label">[44]</span></a> Incorrectly written for "spoomed." To spoom a ship is to put her -right before the wind.</p></div> - -<p>But when the Spaniards vnderstoode their dealinges, they -did disturbe them that they shoulde not perseuer in their -lottes and inuocations, and beganne to coniure the diuells, -which was the occasion that they would not answere vnto -the inuocation of the Chinos, who did call them after diuerse -manners (as hath been declared in the first part of this -historie); yet they heard a diuell say, that they should -not blame them because they did not answere vnto their -demaunde, for they could not doo it for that they were disturbed -by the coniuration of those Spanish fathers which -they carried with them in their shippe.</p> - -<p>So presently, when the night was come, God was so -pleased that the storme ceased, and became, in fewe houres, -very calme, although it indured but a while; for, as they -beganne to set sayle to nauigate towardes the port, and -almost at the point to enter into the same, a new storme -seised on them, and with so great force, that they were constrayned -to returne vnto the sea, for feare to be broken in -pieces vpon the shore.</p> - -<p>At this time they wanted both water and victualles, which -was vnto them a newe torment; and they were brought into -so great extremitie, that for ninetie and sixe persons that -were in the shippe, there was not left victuals for two -dayes.</p> - -<p>The Chinos beganne a newe to inuocate the diuels by -writing, which is a way that they neuer let but doo answere -them, as they did at this instant, and were not disturbed by -the coniurations of the fathers; yet, notwithstanding they -lyed in their answere, for that they saide, that within three -dayes they should be within the citie of Manilla, and after -it was more then four dayes.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_204" id="Page_ii_204">[204]</a></span></p> - -<p>In conclusion, having by the fauour of Almightie God -ouercome all their trauayles by the sea, and the necessitie of -the lacke of water and victualles, they arriued at the desired -port the second day of Februarie, anno 1580; whereas they -were receiued by the gouernour, and of all the rest, with -great ioy, in pardoning them the offence they had committed -in going without licence, and shewed vnto them particular -fauours, and were very sorrowfull that the father Costodio -and his companions remained in Machao, for that hee was -wellbeloved of all, and that with great desert, for his vnderstanding, -learning, and holy life. Who, within fewe dayes -after, did write a letter vnto the rest of the religious men in -Manilla, aduertising them how that in a short time they -came vnto Machao in good health; and how that the -bishoppe and the captaine generall, with all the rest of the -towne, were verie glad and ioyfull of their comming, and -fully resolued to the contrarie of the false opinion that -they had conceiued of them, and that he was in great hope -to see his desire accomplished, for that he was daily in place -whereas they did see and comon with the Chinos, whom, so -soone as he can speake the language, he doth pretend to -instruct them in matters touching the faith. Also he -wrote, that he vnderstood by good originall or information -(although it was comitted in secret), that the kingdom or -province of Cochin China, which is four daies iourney from -Machao, whereas the Portingals hath contraction, and port -for all their ships that come from the Indias, hath sent vnto -the bishop of Machao, and doth demand of him priests for -to baptise them, with such determination and good will to -be Christians, that in some portes they haue alreadie timber -cut downe for to edifie churches. This you may belieue, -for that the bishop himselfe hath tolde him, and in the latter -end of his letter was written as followeth: They have -inuited me to this enterprise, and (for to put my selfe therein) -I would gladly haue with me many companions, which -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_205" id="Page_ii_205">[205]</a></span> -is the treasure that we go to seeke. It is a firme lande, -there whereas God hath prepared a great haruest. They -are politike people, and more easie to be conuerted then -the Chinos, for that the diuell hath not put so manie -disturbances against the gospel of Christ as in China, -although it doth ioyne vpon it; and once entering -the faith therein, with the fauour of God, their great and -difficult doings which now they haue among them, will be -broken with great ease; for they are not so many nor so -great, whereby wee should be discomforted to see them -ouercome, and principally they being men of so good wisedome -and vnderstanding, as we haue seene by experience in -the time that we haue beene amongest them; and so full of -mercie and pitie, that although wee entred into the lande -without licence, and for dooing of the same wee ranne in -great daunger of our owne liues, they did intreat vs well, -and gaue vs all that was needefull, and also did suffer vs to -preach, if we could the language; the which, with the -fauour of God, we will quickly learne, for that we are -whereas continually we doo common and talke with the -Chinos; wee doo verie earnestly commit it vnto our Lord to -direct and guide the same, that his holy name may bee -exalted, and the soules of these blinde Gentiles may knowe -and beleeue, and beleeuing, may be saued.</p> - -<p>This was the substance of the letter, with the which it -seemeth vnto me great reason to conclude this second -relation, and to begin the third, the which I do beleeue will -be pleasant to the reader, and is intituled, <i>A Commentarie -of the New World</i>; in the which is contayned many curious -matters, as you shall perceive after the reading thereof, and -is declared in substance and effect by the relation of the -father, that did passe and see them all, who was named fryer -Martin Ignacio, a religious man, of the order of S. Francis, -who, after that he had compassed the whole worlde, came -hither to Rome with Martin Simion, bishop of the Iland of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_206" id="Page_ii_206">[206]</a></span> -Pepper, in the orientall or East Indias, with whom I haue -had communication diuers times, and is a Chalde borne, and -of the citie of Ninivie in Babylon, and made bishop by the -patriarke of Babylon.</p> - -<p class="caption2 pmb4">THE END OF THIS BOOKE.<br /></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_207" id="Page_ii_207">[207]</a></span></p> - - - - -<div class="caption2 gesspert">COMMENTARIE,</div> -<div class="center"><br />OR</div> -<div class="caption2 gesspert">SHORT DISCOURSE,</div> -<p class="pmt2 center"> - OF ALL SUCH NOTABLE THINGES AS BE BETWIXT SPAINE TILL YOU COME VNTO<br /> - THE KINGDOME OF CHINA, AND FROM CHINA VNTO SPAINE, RETURNING BY<br /> - THE ORIENTALL OR EAST INDIAS, AFTER THAT THEY HAD ALMOST<br /> - COMPASSED THE WHOLE WORLD. WHEREIN IS CONTAYNED<br /> - ALL THE RITES, CEREMONIES, AND CUSTOMES OF<br /> - THE PEOPLE, THE RICHES, FERTILITIE, AND<br /> - STRENGTH OF MANY KINGDOMES: AND THE<br /> - DESCRIPTION OF THEM.<br /> -</p> - -<p class="caption3"><i>Made and set fourth by the Author of this Book, as well by that which he hath<br /> -seene; as also by true relation that he had of the religious and barefoot<br /> -Fryers of the order of Saint Francis, who trauailed<br /> -the same the yeare 1584.</i></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_I" id="CHAP_III_I"></a>CHAP. I.<a name="FNanchor_1_45" id="FNanchor_1_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_45" class="fnanchor" style="font-size:.6em">[45]</a></h2> - - - -<div class=" footnote"> -<p><a name="Footnote_1_45" id="Footnote_1_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_45"><span class="label">[45]</span></a> Nearly the whole of this chapter is entirely different from the original -Spanish, and is translated by Parke from the French of Luc de la Porte. -The following is translated from the original Spanish of Mendoza.<br /> -<br /> -"The itinerary of Father Martin Ignatius, guardian of the order of -the blessed S. Francis, who went to China with others of the same order, -and of the province of S. Joseph, by command of our lord, King Philip, -with his return by the East Indies and other realms, making the circuit -of the world; wherein are treated of the most remarkable things that -he heard and saw in the journey, with the rites, ceremonies, and customs -of the people, the riches, fertility, and strength of many kingdoms -through which he passed, and the description drawn up according to the -notice he took of them.</p> -</div> - -<div class="blockquot" style="background-color:#e0e0e0; padding:0 1em 1em 1em;"> -<p class="caption2">"CHAP. I.</p> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>"Of the reason of his Majesty's commanding these friars to proceed to the -kingdom of China; of their embarkation and arrival at the Canary -Islands.</i></p></div> - -<p class="pmt2 smaller">"Our sovereign, King Philip, having been informed of the matters -relating to the great kingdom of China by certain friars of the order of -the blessed Doctor, S. Augustine, who came to his court; and having seen -the two accounts which they brought him from thence, of the entry of -the Augustine and Franciscan fathers (as may be seen more largely in -those accounts), and the letters of his governors of the Philippine -Islands, and of the provincials of the Orders, in which they begged him, -as has already been said in the first account, to send his embassy to the -sovereign of that great kingdom, with friars and ministers for the conversion -of the natives of the islands already discovered, and of the many -others which were being discovered every day; and that, by the king of -China giving opportunity for the preaching of the Gospel, they might -be enabled easily to succour and assist the Augustine fathers, who were -the first who entered those islands; his Majesty having sent forty friars -of the said order of Augustine, and many others of the order of the -blessed S. Francis: and moreover, the embassy (which they had begged -of him with so much earnestness), in order that there might be no want -of ministers, in the year eighty, he determined to send forty barefooted -friars of the province of S. Joseph, whose commissary was Miguel de -Talavera, with instructions and orders to proceed to New Spain, thence -to the Philippine Islands, and thence to the great kingdom of China, in -case there should be an opportunity of introducing the Holy Gospel. -According to the order of his Majesty, there were to have been fifty of -these friars; but from the prevalence of the plague of universal catarrh -in Spain, not more than thirty-four could be assembled. These then -were despatched and set forward by the order of the royal council of the -Indies, and of Monsignor Sega, the Apostolic Nuncio. And arriving at -Seville without the requisite licence to depart for the Indies, his Majesty's -commercial officers, who were about to despatch the fleet, would not -allow them to embark for want of the document; they had been told at -Madrid that it would be sent without fail. On account of this carelessness -they found themselves in a most unpleasant position; for the -fleet was departing, setting its sails, and leaving the bar of S. Lucar, and -they could not go in it for want of the licence; nor could they return -to their convents, because in Castile, whence they had come, they refused -to admit any one from Seville, which was infested by the plague. The -ships having got beyond the bar, there arose a sudden storm, in which -one of the largest vessels of the fleet was lost, and another had its main-yard -broken. The commander of the fleet, seeing that the damage -could not be remedied in a short time, sailed in three days, leaving the -ship which had its yard broken to refit, with orders to follow immediately. -During this time, his Majesty's licence for the passage of the friars -arrived at Seville, with an order to the officers that, at all events, they -were to be furnished and despatched with the greatest possible celerity. -This order arrived at 10 o'clock at night; and the friars were immediately -informed that they were to embark in the said ship, which was -ready to sail, having procured another yard. They appointed the day, -immediately following which was Sunday, at three o'clock in the morning, -and twenty-eight friars embarked, all preachers. God granted them -such favourable weather that they overtook, at the Canary islands, the -fleet which had sailed from S. Lucar some days before them. This -course was always southwest; and, although the distance is two hundred -and thirty leagues from S. Lucar to the islands, they reached them in -seven days. These islands are in nearly twenty-eight degrees latitude, -and are seven in number, all well provided with the necessaries of life: -there is much corn and wine, and various kinds of pulse, with abundance -of sugar, sheep, fowls, and camels, and all at much less prices -than in Spain. They are all inhabited by Spaniards, who live comfortably. -In one of them is a bishop, with prebendaries, a cathedral church, -and convents of friars. In short, there is but little difference between -these islands and Spain."</p> -</div> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>A Commentarie of the New World.</i></p></div> - -<p>Saint Lucas de Barrameda, and the citie of Cadiz, from -whence ordinarily goeth foorth all such fleetes and shippes -that go vnto the occident, or West Indias, are distant the -one from the other onely fiue leagues, and in thirtie seuen -degrees of altitude; from whence vnto the ilandes called -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_208" id="Page_ii_208">[208]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">Canarias.</span> -the Canarias is two hundred and thirtie leagues, and alwayes -doo rut to the southwest, and is ordinarily sailed in eight or -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_209" id="Page_ii_209">[209]</a></span> -ten dayes. The seas are rough, which causeth great waues; -for which cause it is called the gulfe of the Jeguas.</p> - - -<p><span class="sidenote">Fortunadas.</span> -These ilands, which in ancient time were called Fortunadas, -are at this day called by the Spaniards the Canarias, -which is derived of <i>canes</i>, or dogs; for that there was in -them at such time as the Spaniardes did discouer them, -great quantitie of dogges, very bigge, fierce, and braue. -<span class="sidenote">The names of the Canarias.</span> -There are of them seuen ilands, which are called Gran -Canaria, Tenerife, Palma, Gomera, Yerro, Lancarote, and -Forte Ventura; and are in altitude twentie-eight degrees, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_210" id="Page_ii_210">[210]</a></span> -lacking very little, and haue in them many particular -thinges, of which I will declare some of them in briefe.</p> - -<p>In the Iland of Tenerife, at the farther part thereof, -towards the northwest, there is a mountain called El Pico -de Tereyra, which, unto the iudgement of them who haue -seene it, is the highest in all the worlde, and is plainely -seene before you come to it three score leagues: so that a -ship going from Spaine vnto those ilandes, doth discouer -that mountaine first. None can ascende or go vp that -mountaine but in the moneths of July and August, for that -all other moneths of the yeare there is very much snow on -<span class="sidenote">Much snow.</span> -it, although in all those ilandes it doth neuer snowe, and to -mount the height thereof is three daies worke; on the top -of the same there is a round and plaine place, and being -thereon at such time as it is faire weather, and the seas -calme and in quiet, you may see all the seuen ilands, and -euerie one of them will seeme but a small thing in respect; -yet some of them are distant from that more than fiftie -leagues, and it hath as much more in compasse as that. In -the two monethes aforesaid, they do gather in the toppe -thereof all the brimstone that is brought from that iland -<span class="sidenote">Great quantitie of brimstone.</span> -vnto Spaine, which is much in quantitie. This mountaine -belongeth to the Duke of Maqueda, by particular gift of the -king.</p> - -<p>In one of these seuen ilands aforesaid, called the Hierco,<a name="FNanchor_1_46" id="FNanchor_1_46"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a> -there is a continuall woonder, which in my iudgement is one -of the greatest in all the worlde, and worthie to be knowen -amongest all men, whereby they may exalt the mightie -providence of God, and giue him thankes for the same. -This iland being the greatest amongest the seuen, is a -countrie very asper and vnfruitfull, and so drie that there -is no water to be found in all the iland, but on the sea side, -and that in fewe places, but very farre distant from the -inhabitance of the ilande. But there naturall necessitie is -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_211" id="Page_ii_211">[211]</a></span> -remedied by the diuine prouidence of heaven (as aforesaide), -and by a strange meanes, which is, there is a great and -<span class="sidenote">The dropping from a tree doth -serve the whole iland with water.</span> -mightie tree (vnknowen, and the like hath not beene seene -in any part of the whole world), whose leaues are narrowe -and long, and are continually greene like iuie, vpon the -which tree is seene continually a small cloud, which neuer -augmenteth nor diminisheth, with the occasion that the -leaues continually, without ceasing, doth distill drops of -water, very cleere and fine, which doth fall into certaine -sesternes, which the inhabitantes of the townes haue made -for the conseruation thereof, to remedie their necessities, -and to sustaine thereby not onely themselues, but also their -cattell and beastes, and is sufficient for them all: yet doo -they not knowe the originall and beginning of this continuall -and strange miracle.<a name="FNanchor_2_47" id="FNanchor_2_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_47" class="fnanchor">[47]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_46" id="Footnote_1_46"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_46"><span class="label">[46]</span></a> -Misspelt for Hierro, the Spanish form for Ferro.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> -<p><a name="Footnote_2_47" id="Footnote_2_47"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_47"><span class="label">[47]</span></a> The -following is a translation of what Leopold von Buch says of this -tree in his "Description Physique des Isles Canaries, traduite de l'Allemand, -par C. Boulanger." Par., 1836, 8vo., fo. 122.<br /> -<br /> -"There was formerly in the Island of Ferro a gigantic til (<i>Laurus -Fœtens</i>), whose pulpy leaves extended their thick foliage to a great distance. -Every day, two or three hours after sunrise, the leaves of this -tree began to condense the water, which falling from leaf to leaf, like -drops of rain, collected together at the foot of the tree, in a very pure -stream. The inhabitants of the island, being altogether destitute of -spring water, used to go towards midday to draw this water, and return -to their homes in the evening with their pitchers full. The tree being -regarded as sacred passed for a wonder of the world: a keeper appointed -by the inhabitants had it in charge to collect the water in cisterns, and -presided at its distribution among all those who came to draw. This -remarkable tree was still existing in 1689, and was situated to the east, -above the little town of Valverde. Father Galindo, who saw it, has given -its description in detail. It survived long after that period; but its leaves -were diminished, and it lost its beneficent properties. Necessity compelled -the inhabitants to find some other means of supplying themselves -with water, and the tree was forgotten. Meanwhile, travellers going to -the new continent of America, never forget (whatever may be the number -or variety of objects that strike their imagination in those countries) -to speak of the tree of the Isle of Ferro. It has therefore preserved a -great reputation in Europe."</p> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_212" id="Page_ii_212">[212]</a></span></p> - -<p>One hundreth leagues distant from these ilandes, towards -the right hand, there is an other thing of little lesse admiration -then the other that we haue spoken of, which is, that -many times there is seen an iland, which they cal S. Borandon. -Many being lost at the sea haue chaunced vpon the -same iland, and do say that it is a very fresh and gallant -iland, with great abundance of trees and sustinence, and -inhabited with Christian people, yet can they not say of -what nation or language. The Spaniards many times haue -gone with intent to seeke it, but neuer could finde it, which -<span class="sidenote">Opinions of this iland.</span> -is the occasion that there be diuers opinions touching the -same. Some doo say that it is an inchanted iland, and is -seene but certaine daies assigned or appointed: and others -say that there is no other let or impediment for the finding -therof, but because it is so little, and is continually couered -with great cloudes, and that there runneth from it riuers -which haue so great a current that it maketh it difficult to -come vnto it. My opinion is (if it be any thing worth) that -being true, that which so many haue spoken of this iland, -according vnto the common opinion which they haue in all -the seuen ilands of Canaria, it can not be without some great -mysterie: for he which can cause it to be all in a cloud, and -the swift current of the riuers to be an impediment to the -finding therof, can find remedie for the inhabitants to come -forth (if it be so for them that be without at the sea not to -go into it), yet can it not be for them within the iland, but -at some time there should haue some come foorth by chance, -and haue bin seene of some there abouts, and declared vnto -them the secret of that mysterie: from whence I do gather, -that either this iland is imagined or inchaunted, or else there -is in it other some great mysterie, for the which to giue -credite vnto it, or to varie from the truth, it shal be wisdome -not to proceed any further, but to conclude in that which -toucheth the Ilandes of Canarias aforesaid.<a name="FNanchor_1_48" id="FNanchor_1_48"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_48" id="Footnote_1_48"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_48"><span class="label">[48]</span></a> For -a very interesting chapter on this imaginary island, see No. 23 -of the Appendix to Washington Irving's "Life and Voyages of Columbus."</p> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_213" id="Page_ii_213">[213]</a></span></p> - -<p>The clyme and temperature of them all is excellent good, -and hath abundance of al necessary sustenance for mans life. -There is gathered in them verie much wheate and other -seedes, and wine: there is also made verie much sugar: -there is nourished and brought vp great store of cattel, and -<span class="sidenote">Camelles.</span> -that verie good. But in especiall camelles, whereof there is -great store. Also all kinde of sustenance is better cheape -there then in Spaine.</p> - -<p>All these ilandes are inhabited with Spaniardes, whereas -they doo liue verie pleasantly, amongest whome, at this day, -there be some that be naturall of the Guanchas aforesaid, -who be verie much Spaniarde like. The principall of all -these seuen ilandes is the Gran Canaria, in the which is a -bishoppe and a cathedrall church, and counsell of the Inquisition -and royall audience, from the which dependeth the -gouernement of all the other sixe ilands.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_II" id="CHAP_III_II"></a>CHAP. II.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>They do depart from the Ilands of Canaria for the Ilande of Santo -Domingo, otherwise called Hispaniola, and do declare of certaine -things in the way thitherward.</i></p></div> - - -<p>After that the fleetes or shippes had taken refreshing in -the Ilandes of Canarias aforesayde, they departed from -thence, sayling by the same rutter, vntill they come vnto an -<span class="sidenote">The Iland called Desseado.</span> -ilande called the Desseado, which is fifteene degrees from -the Equinoctiall, eyght hundreth and thirtie leagues from -the Canarias: all which is sayled without seeing any other -land: they are sayling of the same ordinarily eight and twentie -and thirtie dayes.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_214" id="Page_ii_214">[214]</a></span></p> - -<p>This Iland Desseado was called by that name by reason -that the gulfe is great, and so many daies sayling, that when -they do see it, is that after that they haue verie much desired -the same, so that Desseado is as much to say, as "desired." -This iland hath nigh and about it many other ilandes, one of -<span class="sidenote">The Iland Dominica.</span> -the which is that which is called La Dominica, which is -peopled and inhabited by certaine Indians who are called -Caribes, by such as do nauigate that way, which are a kind -of people that doo eate humaine flesh: they are very expert -archers, and very cruell: they do anoint their arrowes with -a deadly earth, and so ful of poison, that the wound the -which is made therewith can not be healed by any humaine -remedie. This ilande is in fifteene degrees. It is verie -little and not of much people, yet notwithstanding it hath -beene the death of many Spaniardes both men and women: -such as haue come thither in shippes, not knowing the -daunger thereof, haue gone a shore for fresh water, or else -to wash their lynnen, and vppon a soddaine vnlooked for, -haue beene be set by the Indios, who haue slaine them, and -after eaten them: and they say that it is very sweete flesh -and sauorie, so that it be not of a fryer, for of fryers by no -meanes they will eate, nor would not after that happened -vnto them as hereafter followeth.</p> - -<p>There was a ship that was bound vnto the firme land, and -did arriue at that ilande, in the which went two religious -fryers of the order of Saint Francis, and hauing no care as -aforesayde, but very desirous to be a lande, they went a -shore without any feare or suspition of any harme that might -happen vnto them; and being at a riuer side sporting themselues -with great recreation, by reason of the freshnesse -thereof, easing themselues of the long and painefull nauigation -which they had comming from the Ilandes of the Canarias -vnto that place, when the Caribes did see them, without -any feare, vpon a soddaine they descended from a mountayne, -and did kill them all, without leauing any person -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_215" id="Page_ii_215">[215]</a></span> -aliue. Many dayes they made great feastes and bankets, -eating of those bodies which they had slaine, some sodde -and some roasted, as their pleasure was. So on a day they -would amongest them eate one of the fathers, who was very -<span class="sidenote">They which did eate friers flesh -did die madde.</span> -faire and white; but all that did eate of him in a little space -did swell marueilously, and did die madde, with great gaspings -that it was woonderfull to see: so that from that time, -they remaine as warned neuer for to eate any more of the -like flesh.</p> - -<p>Of these euils they haue committed an infinite number, -and haue at this day with them many Spaniardes both men -and women, whose liues they pardoned for to serue their vses -or euilles, because they were verie young, of the which they -say that some haue fled away. They go naked like vnto the -Indians, and doo speake their language, and are almost conuerted -vnto their nature. This great inconuenience might -be remedied, if that it did please his maiestie to command -some generall that were bound vnto the firme land, or vnto -the New Spaine, to make abode there a fewe dayes, and to -roote out and make cleane that ilande of so euill and wicked -people, which were a good deede, and they doo well deserue -it, and to giue libertie vnto the poore Christians that are -there captiue, a great companie of them. And it is saide of -a truth that some of them be of good calling. There can -none goe a lande on this ilande, but straightwayes they are -discouered by such ordinarie spyes as they doo put to watch. -And if they do see that those which doo come a land are -many in number, and that they can not hurt them, they -doo remaine in the highest part of the mountayne, or else -amongest the thickest of woods and bushes, till such time as -the shippes do depart, which is so soone as they haue taken -fresh water or fire wood. They are great traytors, and when -they see oportunitie they giue the assalt, in the manner as -hath beene tolde you, and doo very much harme.</p> - -<p>Nigh vnto this Ilande Dominica, towardes the northwest, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_216" id="Page_ii_216">[216]</a></span> -is the Ilande of S. John de Puerto Rico, the which is in -eighteene degrees: it is fortie and sixe leagues long and -fiue and twentie leagues brode, and in compasse about an -hundred and fiftie leagues. There is in it great store of -<span class="sidenote">Much kine, sugar, and ginger: wheat and gold.</span> -kyne, verie much sugar and ginger, and yeeldeth very much -wheate. It is a lande of verie much golde, and is not laboured -nor taken out of the earth for lacke of people; it hath verie -good hauens and portes towardes the south, and towardes -the north onely one, the which is sure and good, in respect -whereof the Spaniardes did giue the name vnto the whole -ilande, Puerto Rico, taking the name of the port or hauen. -In it there is foure townes of Spaniardes, a bishoppe and a -cathedrall church, and he that is prelat at this day is the -reuerend father Don fryer Diego de Salamanca, of the order -of S. Austin.</p> - -<p>When the Spaniardes went first vnto this ilande, according -vnto the report of the reuerende father de Las Casas, bishop -of Chiapa, was in the year 1509. This iland was so full of -trees and fruite that they gaue it the name of the Guertas;<a name="FNanchor_1_49" id="FNanchor_1_49"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a> -<span class="sidenote">Of sixe hundreth thousand Indians -there remaineth none.</span> -and there were in it sixe hundredth thousande Indios, of the -which at this day there remaineth not one.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_49" id="Footnote_1_49"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_49"><span class="label">[49]</span></a> Orchards.</p></div> - -<p>From this ilande vnto the ilande of Santo Domingo, is -foure score leagues; I say, from one port vnto an other, and -from poynt to point, but twelue leagues. They doo ordinarilie -go from one port to an other in three dayes; but to -returne they are more than a moneth, for because the winde -is contrarie.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_217" id="Page_ii_217">[217]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_III" id="CHAP_III_III"></a>CHAP. III.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Of the Iland of Santo Domingo, called Hispaniola, and of their -properties.</i></p></div> - -<p>The Iland Hispaniola, which by an other name is called -<span class="sidenote">The Iland Hispaniola or Santo Domingo.</span> -Santo Domingo, by reason that it was discouered as that day, it -is in eighteene degrees, and was the first that way discouered -in the Indias, by the captaine Christopher Colon, worthie of -immortall memorie; it was inhabited in the yeare of 1492. -This iland is in compasse more than sixe hundredth leagues; -it is diuided into fiue kingdomes, the one of them is now -called the Vega, which, at the time that it was discouered -was called Neagua; it hath foure score leagues in compasse, -and stretcheth all of them from the north vnto the south; out -of the which sea, as doth testifie the reuerende of Ciapa in his -booke, doth enter onely into the kingdome, thirtie thousand -<span class="sidenote">Mightie riuers in Spain.</span> -riuers and running brookes, twelue of them as great as -Ebro, Duero, and Guadalquiuer in Spaine. The foresaide -bishop doth also speake of an other maruaile, which is, that -the most part of these riuers, those which do distil and run -from the mountaines, which is towardes the west, are very -rich of gold, and some of it very fine, as is that which is -taken out of the mynes of Cibao, which is very well knowen -in that kingdome, and also in Spaine, by reason of the great -<span class="sidenote">A peece of virgin gold so bigge as -a twopennie wheaten loaf.</span> -perfection thereof: out of the which myne hath been taken -out a piece of virgin golde, so bigge as a twopennie wheaten -loafe, and did weigh three thousand and sixe hundred -castillianos,<a name="FNanchor_1_50" id="FNanchor_1_50"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_50" class="fnanchor">[50]</a> the which was sonke and lost in the sea, in -carrying of it into Spaine, as doth testifie the aforesaid -reuerend bishop. In this Ilande there is greater quantitie -of cattell than in the other Ilande of Puerto Rico; and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_218" id="Page_ii_218">[218]</a></span> -there is made much sugar, and gathered much ginger and -<span class="sidenote">Cannafistola.</span> -cannafistula, and also manie sortes of fruits, such as is in -Spaine, as others different of the countrie, and that in abundance: -there are also great store of hogs, whose fleshe is as -holesome and as sauorie as is mutton in Spaine, and is verie -good cheape: a heyfor is bought for eight ryalles of plate, -and all other thinges of that countrie after the rate, although -that the marchandice of Spaine is verie deere. It is a -<span class="sidenote">Gold and pearles.</span> -countrie of very much golde, if there were people for to take -it out: and manie pearles. In all this ilande they gather no -wheate, but in the bishopricke of Palensuela; although in -many other places the ground would yeeld it very well if -they would sowe it. But nature, which was woont to supplie -necessities, dooth accomplish the lacke of wheate to giue -them in steede thereof a roote, which dooth growe in that -iland in great quantitie and abundance, and dooth serve -<span class="sidenote">Bread of a roote called Casaue.</span> -them for bread, as it did vnto the naturall people of that -countrie, when the Spaniards went thither. It is white, and -is called casaue, the which being grinded and brought into -meale, they doo make bread thereof for their sustinence, the -which, although it is not so goode as that which is made of -wheat meale, yet may they passe therewith and sustaine -themselues.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_50" id="Footnote_1_50"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_50"><span class="label">[50]</span></a> The castellano, which is still used in Spain and its dependencies as -a weight for gold, is equivalent to 71 grains English.</p></div> - -<p>This countrie is verie hoat, by reason whereof their -victuals are of small substance. The principall citie of that -iland is called Santo Domingo, (for the reason abouesaid), in -the which is an archbishop and a royall audience, or chaunoerie. -This citie is built on the sea side, and hath to it a -great riuer, the which dooth serue them for their port or -hauen, and is verie secure. There is in it three monasteries -of religious friers, and two of nunnes.</p> - -<p>In this ilande (as saith the reuerende bishop of Chiapa in -<span class="sidenote">Of three millions of men not two -hundred left.</span> -his booke) there were, when as the Spaniards came first -thether, three millions of men naturall Indians, of the which -at this day there is not two hundred left, and yet the most -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_219" id="Page_ii_219">[219]</a></span> -part of them be sonnes vnto Spaniardes, and blacke mores -borne of the Indians women. All their sugar milles and -other places are inhabited with negros, of the which there -may be in that ilande about twelue thousand. It is a -holsome countrie vnto them that dwell therein. The sea is -ful of whales, and that in abundance, which are seene by -such as do come in their ships, and many times they are -in feare of them. But aboue all other, there is an infinite -<span class="sidenote">Tiburones.</span> -number of great fishes called tiburones,<a name="FNanchor_1_51" id="FNanchor_1_51"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_51" class="fnanchor">[51]</a> and are in great -skuls:<a name="FNanchor_2_52" id="FNanchor_2_52"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a> they are marueilously affected vnto humaine flesh, -and wil folow a shippe fiue hundred leagues, without leauing -of it one day. Many times they haue taken of the fishes, -and do finde in their bellies all such filth as hath beene -throwne out of their shippe in many dayes sailing, and -whole sheepes heads with hornes and all. If they chance -to finde a man in the waters side he wil eat him all: if not, -all that he doth fasten on he doth sheare it cleane away, be -it a legge or an arme, or half his body, as many times it hath -beene seene, and they doo it very quickly, for that they -haue many rowes of teeth in their heads, which be as sharpe -as rasers.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_51" id="Footnote_1_51"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_51"><span class="label">[51]</span></a> Sharks.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_52" id="Footnote_2_52"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_52"><span class="label">[52]</span></a> Schools.</p></div> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_IV" id="CHAP_III_IV"></a>CHAP. IV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Of the way and the Ilandes that are betwixt this Iland of Santo Domingo -and the kingdome of Mexico.</i></p></div> - - -<p><span class="sidenote">The Ilande of Nauala.</span> -The first ilande, that is after you are departed from Santo -Domingo, is that which ordinarily is called Nauala,<a name="FNanchor_3_53" id="FNanchor_3_53"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a> the -which is one hundred and twelue leagues from the cittie of -Santo Domingo, and is seuenteene degrees, and is but a -small iland: and nigh vnto that is another, which is called -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_220" id="Page_ii_220">[220]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">The Iland of Iamayca.</span> -Jamayca, of fiftie leagues in longitude, and fourteene in -<span class="sidenote">Vracans.</span> -latitude: there was wont to be about them many vracanes,<a name="FNanchor_4_54" id="FNanchor_4_54"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a> -which are spowts of water, with many blustering winds. -This word <i>vracan</i>, in the Indian tongue of those ilands, is -as much to say, as the ioyning of all the foure principall -winds togither, the one forcing against the other: the which -ordinarily dooth blow vppon this coste, in the monethes of -August, September, and October, by reason whereof such -fleetes as are bound vnto the Indies doo procure to passe -that coast, before these three monethes or after, for that by -experience they haue lost many ships in those times. From -<span class="sidenote">The Iland of Cuba and the Port Hauana.</span> -this iland they go vnto the ilande of Cuba, which is in -twenty degrees, in the which is the port of Hauana, which -is called the Cape of San Anton: they doo put two hundreth -and fiue and twentie leagues of longitude, and of -latitude sixe and thirty; it is inhabited with Spaniards, who -conuerted all the rest vnto the faith of Christ: there is in it -a bishop, and monasteries of religious friers.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_53" id="Footnote_3_53"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_53"><span class="label">[53]</span></a> More properly Navaza.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_54" id="Footnote_4_54"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_54"><span class="label">[54]</span></a> Hurricanes.</p></div> - -<p>When that any ships do go vnto Noua Espania, they haue -sight of them, and likewise when they doo returne: all -those which do come from the Peru do enter into the foresaid -port of the Hauana, which is a very good port and -sure, and there is to be had all kind of prouision necessary -and belonging vnto the fleetes and ships, some which the -ilande dooth yeeld it selfe, and other some brought from -other places: but in particular, there is great store of very -good timber, as wel for the repairing of ships as for other -thinges, with the which they do ordinarily balest their ships -that come for Spaine. The kinges maiesty hath in this a -gouernor and a captaine, with very good souldiers for the -defence thereof, and of a fort which is in the same harbor, -the best that is in all the ilands.</p> - -<p>This iland of Cuba was discouered in the yeare 1511, and -was in it (being of the bignesse aforesaid) a great number of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_221" id="Page_ii_221">[221]</a></span> -naturall people, and now but a very fewe: it hath a riuer -wherein is very much gold, according vnto the opinion of -the natural people, and was tolde by the fathers vnto their -children, the which was cast into that riuer by the natural -people, in this order following.</p> - -<p>There was a casique, called Hatuey, who, for feare that -hee had of the Spaniards, came from the Iland Hispaniola, -vnto this iland with many of his people, and brought al -their riches, with much golde amongst them, who by the -relation of other Indians of Santo Domingo (wheras he had -been king), vnderstood that the Spanyardes were comming -vnto that iland, whereupon he gathered togither all his -people, and many of that iland, and made a parley vnto -them, saying: It is said of a certeintie, that the Christians -doo come into this iland, and you doo well vnderstand by -experience, what they haue done by the people of the kingdome -of Aytim (which was the Ilande Hispaniola), the like -will they doo here by vs; but do you know wherfore they -doo it? They answered and saide, because they were of their -owne nature cruel. The casique saide No, that they did it -<span class="sidenote">The Spaniards god is gold.</span> -not therefore; but because they had a God whom they did -worship, and because they will haue him from vs, they doo -kil vs: and in saying these words he tooke forth a basket -with golde and iewels which he brought thither in secret, -and shewed it vnto them saying, This is their God that I -spake off; let vs make vnto them areytos, the which are -sports and dances, and possible we shall please them, and -then wil they command their people not to do vs any harme. -For the accomplishing and furnishing of the same, euery one -of them brought that which they had in their houses, and -made therof a great mountaine of wheate, and danced -rounde about the same till they were werie: when the -<span class="sidenote">The Indians throwe all their gold -and iewels into the riuer.</span> -casique saide, I haue thought with myselfe whilst we were -dancing, that howsoeuer it be, these that do come wil kil vs: -for whether we do keep our treasure or giue it vnto them, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_222" id="Page_ii_222">[222]</a></span> -with couetousnes to seek more from vs, we shall die; therefore -let vs throw it into this riuer. The which they did with -a common consent and good will.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The Port of Saint Iohn de Lua.</span> -From this point or cape of Sant Anton, they saile to the -port of San Juan de Lua, which is on the firme land of -Mexico, two hundreth and thirtie leagues from the said -point: in all that bay there is great fishing, but in especial -of one kind of fish which is called <i>mero</i>, the which are so -easie to be taken, that in one day they may lade not -shippes but whole fleetes; and many times it happeneth that -they bring so many to their ships that they throw them -again into the sea for lack of salt to salt them with. They -<span class="sidenote">The Iland of Campeche.</span> -passe in sight of an iland, called Campeche, the which is a -gallant and fresh country, and nigh vnto the kingdom of -<span class="sidenote">Honey and waxe.</span> -Mexico: in it is great store of victuals, but specially hony -and waxe, and is three hundreth leagues compasse; al the -people of that iland are conuerted unto the law of our Lord -Jesus Christ. There is in it a bishop and a cathedrall church, -a gouernor for his maiestie, and monasteries of friers. Within -few dayes after they depart from this ilande, and come -unto the port of Saint John de Lua, in the which, by reason -that it hath many flats, it is requisite to be carefull for to -enter into it: his maiestie hath in it a fort which is good and -<span class="sidenote">The citie of Vera Cruz.</span> -strong. Fiue leagues from this port is the cittie of the Vera -Cruz, whereas is the whole trade and traficke, and there is -resident the king's officers: it is a hot country by reason -that it is in the nineteene degrees, but well replenished of -all kinde of victuals: it was wont to be vnwholesome, but -now they say it is not so much; they know not what shoulde -bee the occasion, whether it bee by the moouings of the -heauens, or by the good gouernement and discretion of them -that do dwel in it. This cittie is from the citie of Mexico, -the which is metropolitan of al that kingdom, and by whom -al the rest is gouerned, seuentie leagues, al the way inhabited -and ful of townes, both of Indians, Spaniards, and so great -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_223" id="Page_ii_223">[223]</a></span> -store of prouision that it seemeth to be the land of promision. -It is maruellous temperate, in such sort that almost throughout -al the whole yeare it is neither whot nor cold, neither -dooth night exceede the day, nor the day the night, but a -very little, by reason that it is almost under the equinoctiall -line. The mightinesse of this kingdome, and some particularities, -you shall vnderstand of in the chapter following.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_V" id="CHAP_III_V"></a>CHAP. V.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Of the bignesse of the kingdome of Mexico, and of some particular and -notable things that are in it.</i></p></div> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The kingdome of Mexico.</span> -This kingdome of Mexico is the firme land: on the one -side it hath the north sea, and on the other side the south -sea: it is not possible to declare the bredth and length -thereof, for that vnto this day it is not all discouered. -Euery day they doo finde and discouer new countries, as in -the yeare of fourescore and three, you may perceiue by the -entry which was made by Antonio de Espeio, who, with his -companions, did discouer a countrie, in the which they found -fifteene prouinces, al ful of townes, which were full of houses -of foure and fiue stories high, the which they did name -<span class="sidenote">New Mexico.</span> -Nuevo Mexico, for that it doth resemble the Old Mexico in -many thinges. It is towards the north, and they do beleeue -that that way, by inhabited place, they may come vnto that -country which is called of the Labrador (of which shal be -spoken more at large hereafter).</p> - -<p>This kingdome towards the orient dooth ioyne vnto the -<span class="sidenote">Peru.</span> -country of Peru, and so running by the north sea, and -<span class="sidenote">Nombre de Dios.</span> -reacheth vnto Nombre de Dios, which is a port of the saide -<span class="sidenote">Acapulco.</span> -kingdome, and from thence vnto Acapulco, which is a port -in the kingdome of Mexico: and in the south sea it reacheth -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_224" id="Page_ii_224">[224]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">Panama.</span> -vnto Panama, a port of the said Peru; and in the same sea -<span class="sidenote">The Straites of Magellanes.</span> -it extendeth nigh vnto the Straights of Magellanes, and not -farre from the river of Plata and Brasill.</p> - -<p>To conclude, this kingdome is so great that vnto this day -they cannot find the end thereof: but euery day doth discouer -new countries, whereas all the Indians that they do -finde are verie easie to bee reduced vnto the Catholike faith, -for that they are people very docible, ingenious, and of a -good vnderstanding. There is amongst them diuers languages, -and verie different climes; although all generally -doo vnderstande the Mexican tongue, which is most common. -There are many prouinces inhabited by Indians and -Spaniards, that euery one of them is as bigge as a reasonable -kingdome; yet the greatest and most principall is that of -Mexico, whereas are many Indians and Spaniards, which -doo exceed all the rest in number: the names of them are -Honduras, Guatimala, Campeche, Chiapa, Guaiaca, Mechuacan, -Nueua Galicia, Nueua Viscaya, Guadiana, and -others more, which I leaue out because I woulde not be -tedious: in all the which, they haue either a royall audience -and gouernors, or other justices, all Spaniards.</p> - -<p>The naturall people whereof, neuer since they were conuerted -haue beene found in any heresie, nor in any thing -contrarie vnto the Romish faith. All these prouinces -are subject and doo acknowledge that of Mexico as the -principall: there whereas his maiestie hath his vizroy, an -inquisition, an archbishop, and a royall audience or court of -Chancerie.</p> - -<p>This cittie of Mexico is one of the best that is in all the -whole world, and is situated vpon water after the manner -and fashion of Venice in Italie: in all this kingdome almost -you cannot know when it is winter, or when it is summer, -for that in al the whole yeare, there is smal difference -betwixt the daies and the nights, by reason of the temperature -of the countrie; the fieldes are greene almost all the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_225" id="Page_ii_225">[225]</a></span> -whole yeare, and trees beare fruit also almost all the whole -yeare: for when it is winter in Europa, then doo there -fall dewes from heauen which dooth cause all things to -budde and floure; and in the summer it doth ordinarily -<span class="sidenote">It rayneth almost euery day.</span> -raine, but especially in the monethes of June, July, August, -and September, in the which monethes it is a maruel when -it raineth not euery day; and it is to bee wondred at, for -that almost it neuer rayneth but from noone forwards, and -neuer passeth midnight, so that it neuer troubleth them that -doo trauell by the way, for that they may beginne their -iourney at midnight, and trauell vntill the next day at noone. -It raineth vnreasonably, and with so great furie and force, -that the time that it dooth indure, it is requisite to flie from -the showers; for that many times they are so hurtfull, that -one sole shower taketh away the life of a man.</p> - -<p>Almost all the whole yeare in this kingdome they do sowe -and gather as wel wheate (wherof they haue great abundance) -as maiz, which is the ordinary sustentation of al the -Indians, blacke moores and horse, of the which they haue -<span class="sidenote">The best horses in all the world.</span> -great abundance very gallant and good, both to the eye, and -indeed, as in any kingdom in al the whole world that is -knowne vnto this day. The brood of them was carried out -of Spaine thither, when first they did discouer that country, -and for that effect were chosen the best that could bee found: -and for that they doo eate all the whole yeare greene grasse -and maiz, which is wheat of the Indians, is the occasion that -they do deserue to haue the praise aboue all other. In fine, -this kingdome is one of the fertilest of victuals of al that ever -we haue heard off, and of riches, for that there is in it an -<span class="sidenote">An infinite number of siluer mines.</span> -infinite number of siluer mines, out of the which is taken -great abundance, as it is to be seene euery yeare when as the -shippes doo come vnto Syuell. It is vnder the Torrida Zona, -yet notwithstanding it is of the temperature as I haue said, -contrarie vnto the opinion of ancient philosophers, who said -that it was not inhabited. But now to excuse them, it shal -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_226" id="Page_ii_226">[226]</a></span> -not be from our purpose to declare the cause wherefore they -were deceiued, and is, that in the foure monethes aforesaide, -wherein the sunne hath his most force, it doth continually -rayne, which is the occasion that the country is so temperate: -and besides this, God doth prouide that it is visited -with fresh windes, which come both out from the South and -North Sea, and is so ordinarie a thing, that it is a maruell to -see it calme, by reason whereof the whole kingdome is of -that propertie; and although the sunne be very strong and -causeth great heate, yet putting himselfe vnder any shadowe, -although it bee but little, they straightwayes feele a fresh -and comfortable winde, by reason of the temperature of the -heauen in the manner aforesaid.</p> - -<p>The inhabitants of this kingdome throughout al the whole -yeare, neede not to augment nor diminish their apparell, -neither their beddes. Also the aire and clime is so holesome, -that you may lie and sleepe in the fieldes without any -thing vppon you, as in any house, be it neuer so well hanged -and close.</p> - -<p>All that is discouered of this kingdome (except it be the -lande of the Chichimecos, which is a kind of Indians that -liueth as the Alarbes<a name="FNanchor_1_55" id="FNanchor_1_55"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a> do in Africa, without any house or -towne)—all the rest, I say, are in peace and quietnes baptised -and doctrined, and furnished with many monasteries -of diuers orders of religious men, as of the order of -S. Dominicke, of S. Francis, of S. Austen, and of Iesuits, -besides a great number of priests that are reparted in al -parts of that kingdome, so that the one and the other are -continually occupied in doctrining of the naturall people -and other Spaniards that are in that kingdome, of whome, -although they be but a few in respect of the Indians, yet do -they surmount in number more then fiftie thousand. In the -principall citie of this kingdome, which is that of Mexico as -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_227" id="Page_ii_227">[227]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">An universitie in Mexico.</span> -aforesaid, there is a vniuersitie, and in it be many schooles, -whereas is red any facultie, as is in Salamanca, and that by -men of great sufficiencie, whose trauell is gratified with great -rentes and honor. There bee also in it many great hospitals -as well of Spaniards as of Indians, wheras the sicke men are -cured with great charitie and comfort, for that euery one of -them haue great rents and reuenues. I do not intreat of the -churches and monasteries, both of friers and nunnes, which -are in that cittie, nor of other particular thinges, for that -thereof there is written a large historie, and my intent is to -declare by way of a comentary that which the said father -Costodio and frier Martin Ignacio did comon with me by -word of mouth, and that I saw written and vnderstood of -him at his returne from trauelling almost the whole world, -and of other things that I my selfe haue experimented in -certaine parts of it: so that this my discourse may more properly -be called an epitome or itinerario then a historie. In -this kingdome there are bred and brought vp more cattell -then in any other parts knowne in all the world, as wel for -the good climate and temperature of the heauen, as also for -the fertility of the country. The kine and sheepe many times -bring foorth twise a yeare, and the goates ordinarily thrise a -yeare: so that because they haue many fields in that countrie, -and much people that doo giue themselues vnto that -kinde of gettings (as grasiers) is the occasion that there is so -great abundance, and solde for a small price; and manie -times it happeneth that the bringers vp of them doo kill -tenne thousand head of them onely to profite themselues with -the skinnes, in sending of them into Spaine, and leaue the -flesh in the fieldes to feede the foules of the ayre, without -making any more account thereof.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_55" id="Footnote_1_55"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_55"><span class="label">[55]</span></a> Arabs? The word seems to have been misprinted in the original -Spanish.</p></div> - -<p>There is great aboundance of many sorts of fruites, some -of them very different from those which are gathered in -our Europa, and the most part of them: but amongst all -notable things which are to be considered off in that kingdome -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_228" id="Page_ii_228">[228]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">A strange kind of tree.</span> -(which are manie), one of them is a plant called -maguay, and an ordinarie thing in all those prouinces and -townes, of the which they make so many things for the seruice -and vtilitie of them that do dwel therin, that it is hard -to be beleeued of them that haue not seene it (although in -al places you haue many witnesses to it). They take out of -this plant wine, which is that which the Indians doo drinke -ordinarily, and the negros: also excellent good vinegar, -honie, a kinde of thride or yarne, wherewith they doo make -mantels to apparel the naturals, and for to sow the same apparell: -the leafe haue certaine pricks whereof they do make -needels wherewith they sow their apparel, their shooes, and -slippers. The leaues of that plaint, ouer and aboue that -they are medicinal, they do serue to couer there in the place -of tyles, and being dipped in the water, they make thereof -a certaine thing like hempe which serueth for many thinges, -and make thereof repaue; and the trunke of this plant is so -bigge and strong, that it serueth for ioystes and beames -whereon they doo build their houses, which commonly is -couered with strawe, or else with brode leaues of trees, as is -that of this plant.<a name="FNanchor_1_56" id="FNanchor_1_56"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a> All this, although it seemeth much, yet -in respect it is nothing considering the great profite that is -made of this plant: as shalbe declared vnto you when we -come to intreat of the Ilands Philippinas, where as there is -great aboundance of them, as I refer it vnto the iudgment of -the reader.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_56" id="Footnote_1_56"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_56"><span class="label">[56]</span></a> This is evidently a palm, and probably the mocaya, macauba, or -macaw-tree.</p></div> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_VI" id="CHAP_III_VI"></a>CHAP. VI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>This chapter doth prosecute in the things of the kingdom of Mexico.</i></p></div> - - -<p><span class="sidenote">Properties of the Indians.</span> -The Indians of this kingdome are maruellous ingenious, -and doo see nothing but they imitate the same, whereof -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_229" id="Page_ii_229">[229]</a></span> -commeth that they are very good singers and plaiers vpon -all sorts of instruments, yet their voices doo heale<a name="FNanchor_1_57" id="FNanchor_1_57"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_57" class="fnanchor">[57]</a> them -nothing. They are very much affectioned vnto matters -touching ceremonies of the Church, and giuen vnto the -diuine culto, and therein they doo very much exceede the -Spaniardes. In euery towne there are singers appointed, -which repaire euery day vnto the church to celebrate the -offices vnto our Lady, the which they do with great consort -and deuotion. Touching the dressing and adorning of a -church with flowers and other curiosities, they are maruellous -politike: they are reasonable good painters in some -places: they make images of the feathers of small birdes, -which they call in their language Cinsones,<a name="FNanchor_2_58" id="FNanchor_2_58"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_58" class="fnanchor">[58]</a> which haue no -feete, and feede of nothing else but of the dewe that falleth -from heauen, and is a thing greatly to be seene, and was -wont in Spaine to cause great admiration; but in especiall -vnto such as were famous painters, to see with what curiositie -<span class="sidenote">Pictures made of fethers.</span> -and subtiltie they did make their pictures, in applying -euery colour of the feathers in his place. They are people -of great charitie, but in especiall vnto the ecclesiasticals, -which is the occasion that one of them may trauell from sea -to sea (which is more then fiue hundred leagues) without -the spending of one riall of plate in victuals, or in any other -thing, for that the naturals doo giue it them with great good -will and affection: for the which in all their common places -of resort, which is an inne for strangers, they haue men -appointed for to prouide for all ecclesiasticall men that doo -trauel, of all that they haue neede, and likewise vnto the -common people, for their money. They doo not onely receiue -great content with them, but they themselues doo go -and request them to come vnto their townes, at the entrie -whereof they make them great entertainement: they go all -foorth of the towne both small and great in procession, and -manie times more than halfe a league, with the sounde of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_230" id="Page_ii_230">[230]</a></span> -trumpets, flutes, and hoybuckes. The principallest amongst -them go forth with bowes and nosegayes in their hands, of -the which they doo make a present vnto such religious as -they doo receiue: and sometimes they cast them more -flowers then they woulde willingly they shoulde. Generally, -they doo reuerence all ecclesiasticals, but in particular those -of such religious houses, which in that kingdome were the -first that did conuert them and baptise them; and they do it -in such sort, that if the religious man will for any offence -punish or whippe any of them, they do it with such facilitie, -as a master of a schoole doth beate his schollers that he doth -learne.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_57" id="Footnote_1_57"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_57"><span class="label">[57]</span></a> Misprinted for "help".</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_58" id="Footnote_2_58"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_58"><span class="label">[58]</span></a> Probably humming-birds are meant.</p></div> - - -<p><span class="sidenote">Hernando Cortes.</span> -This great reuerence and subjection was planted amongst -them by the worthy captaine Hernando Cortes, marques Del -Valle, hee who in the name of the Emperor Charles the fift -of famous memorie, did get and made conquest of that -mightie kingdome. He who amongst other vertues that be -spoken of him (and doo indure vnto this day in the memory -of the naturall people of that countrie, and as I do beleeue -his soule is mounted many degrees in glory for the same), -hee had one that surmounted the other in excellency, which -was, that he had great reuerence and respect vnto priestes, -but in especial vnto religious men, and his will was that the -same should bee vsed amongst the Indians: at all times -when hee did talke with any religious person, he did it with -so great humilitie and respect, as the seruant vnto his master. -If he did at any time meete with any of them in the streete, -he being on foote, a good space before hee came vnto them, -hee woulde put off his cappe, and when hee came vnto them -he would kisse their handes: and if hee were on horsebacke, -he had the like prevention, and woulde alight and doo the -like. By whose example, the naturall people of that countrie -doo remains with the same custome, and is obserued and -kept in all that countrie vnto this day, and with so great devotion, -that in what towne so euer that any ecclesiasticall or -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_231" id="Page_ii_231">[231]</a></span> -religious man doth enter, the first that doth see them before -they enter therein, doo runne vnto the church and ring the -bell, which is a token knowne amongst them all that a religious -man is comming, so that foorthwith all the women go -foorth in the streete whereas they do passe, with their children -in their armes, and bringe them before the religious -men, that they should blesse them, although he be on horseback, -and do passe a long thorow the towne.</p> - -<p>In all this countrie there is great aboundance of victuals -and fruit, that the mony being of so small estimation (by -reason they haue so much), a ryall of plate is no more woorth -there then a quartillo in Spain: you shall buy there a verie -faire heafor for twelue rials of plate, and fiftie thousand if -you will at the same price, and a calfe for sixe or eight rials -of plate, a whole sheepe for foure rials, and two hennes, such -as you haue in Spaine for one riall, and of Guiny hennes, -otherwise called Turkey cockes,<a name="FNanchor_1_59" id="FNanchor_1_59"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_59" class="fnanchor">[59]</a> and in Spanish Pavos, you -shall haue an hundred thousande (if you please) for a riall -and a halfe of plate a peece, and after this rate all other -sortes of victuals whatsoeuer you will buy, although they be -neuer so good: wine and oyl is very deare, for that it is -brought out of Spaine, not for that the countrie will not -yeeld thereof, and that in great aboundance (as hath beene -seene by experience), but they wil not consent to it for -<span class="sidenote">Medicinall hearbes.</span> -diuers respectes. There be thorough out all the whole kingdome -many hearbes that are medicinall, and the Indians very -much experimented in them, and do always cure with them, -in such sort that almost there is no infirmitie but they haue -a remedy for the same, and do minister it, by reason whereof -they do liue very healthfull, and do die verie seldome, but of -leanenes, or when the radicall moistnesse is consumed. -<span class="sidenote">They vse no compounds.</span> -They vse little lettings of bloode, and lesse of compounded -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_232" id="Page_ii_232">[232]</a></span> -purgations, for that they haue amongst them other simples -which they bring out of the fielde, wherewith they do -euacuate their humors, applying them vnto the pacient. -They bee for little trauell, and doo passe with little meate, -and verie seldome sleepe but on a matte vpon the ground, -but the most part in the fields in the open aire, which as wee -haue saide hurteth not, neither themselues nor yet the -Spaniards.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_59" id="Footnote_1_59"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_59"><span class="label">[59]</span></a> The word "Guiny" has been inserted here by the translator; the -expression in Spanish is, "hens from the Indies, which in Spain are -called Pavos," meaning Turkeys.</p></div> - -<p>But now to speake in few words that which requireth -a great discourse and many words, and yet notwithstanding -not expresse well that which might be said of this mightie -kingdome: I will conclude in comparing it vnto the most -greatest and richest of all that is now knowne in all the -world, except that of China, of the which in this historie -hath beene mentioned so many thinges, and shall be more -spoken off, when as we shall come to intreate of it; for that -wee will intreate of the New Mexico, as I haue promised in -the fifth chapter, and because it is a new thing, I do beleeue -it wil be of great content.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_VII" id="CHAP_III_VII"></a>CHAP. VII.<a name="FNanchor_1_60" id="FNanchor_1_60"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_60" class="fnanchor">[60]</a></h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Of the New Mexico, and the discouering thereof, and what they -do know of it.</i></p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_60" id="Footnote_1_60"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_60"><span class="label">[60]</span></a> This and the three following chapters are supplied by Parke from -the French of De la Porte.</p></div> - -<p>In the said chapter I said that in the yeare 1583 there -was discouered fifteene prouinces, the which the discouerers -<span class="sidenote">New Mexico.</span> -therof doo call the New Mexico, vppon the firme lande of -Nueua Espania, and I did promise to giue notice of the -discouering thereof, the which I will do with as much -breuitie as is possible, for that if I shoulde difusely declare -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_233" id="Page_ii_233">[233]</a></span> -all that they did see and knowe, it were requisite to make of -it a newe historie: the substance thereof is, that in the yeare -of our Lord 1581, hauing notice there of a religious man, of -the order of Saint Francis, who was called frier Austen Ruyz, -who dwelt in the valley of Saint Bartholomew, by the relation -of certaine Indians called Conchos, who did communicate -with others their neighbors called Pasaguates, who said -that towards the parts of the north (trauelling continually by -lande) there were certaine ilandes very great, and neuer -knowne nor discouered by the Spaniards, who being -moved with great zeale of charitie for the saluation of those -soules, did aske licence of the Counte of Corunnia, vizroy of -the saide Nueua Espania, and of his owne superiors for to -go togither, and to procure to learne their language: and -knowing it necessarie to baptise and preach vnto them the -holie evangelist, hauing obtained the licence of the aforesaide -persons, taking with him other two companions of the -same order, with eight other souldiers, who of their owne -good wil would beare them company, he departed to put in -execution his Christian zeale and intent: who after a few -dayes that they had trauelled, they came into a prouince -<span class="sidenote">The prouince of Tiguas</span> -which was called the Tiguas, distant from the mines of Saint -Bartholomew (from whence they began their iourney) two -hundred and fiftie leagues towardes the north, in the which -by a certaine occasion the naturall people thereof did kill -one of the friers companions: who, as also the souldiers that -went with him, seeing and perceiuing the successe,<a name="FNanchor_1_61" id="FNanchor_1_61"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_61" class="fnanchor">[61]</a> and likewise -fearing that thereof might happen some other greater -danger, they determined with a common consent to returne -vnto the mines from whence they departed, with consideration -that the company which went with him were very fewe -to make resistance against such successes as might happen, -being so farre distant from the dwellings of the Spaniards,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_234" id="Page_ii_234">[234]</a></span> -and from their necessarie succour. The two religious men -which remained did not onely refuse their determination, -but rather seeing good occasion to put their good desire in -execution, and so much ripe mies<a name="FNanchor_2_62" id="FNanchor_2_62"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_62" class="fnanchor">[62]</a> or dainties for the Lordes -table, and seeing they could not perswade the souldiers to -proceed forwards in the discouering thereof: they alone remained -in the saide prouince with their Indian boyes, and -a Mestizo that they carried with them, thinking that although -they did remaine alone, yet were they there in securitie, -by reason of the great affabilitie and loue wherewith -the naturall people did intreat them.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_61" id="Footnote_1_61"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_61"><span class="label">[61]</span></a> This word is evidently coined from the Spanish word "suceso", an -event or occurrence. It is used in the same sense a few lines further on.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_62" id="Footnote_2_62"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_62"><span class="label">[62]</span></a> We do not find this word. The literal translation is, "so great a -harvest ripe and ready to offer at the table of God."</p></div> - -<p>So when the eight souldiers came vnto the place that -they desired, they straightwayes sent the newes of al that -happened vnto the cittie of Mexico, vnto the vizroy, which -is distant from the mines of Saint Barbora one hundred and -three score leagues. But the friers of S. Francis were very -much agreeued for the remaining there of their brethren, -and fearing least they should be slaine, for that they were -there alone, they began to moue the hearts and minds of -other souldiers, that were in the company of another religious -frier of that order, called Frier Bernardino Beltran, for to -returne to the said prouince, to deliuer the aforesaide two -religious men out of danger, and from thence to prosecute -and go forwards with their enterprise begun.</p> - -<p>At this time there were at the said mines by a certaine -occasion, an inhabitant of the cittie of Mexico, called Antonio -de Espeio, a very rich man, of great courage and -industrie, and verie zealous in the seruice of the maiestie of -King Philip: hee was naturally borne of Cordoua, who, -when that he vnderstood the great desire of the saide friers, -and howe much it did import, did offer himselfe to go on -that iournay, and to spend thereon part of his substance, -besides the venturing of his life. So licence being granted -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_235" id="Page_ii_235">[235]</a></span> -vnto him to prosecute the same, by some that did represent -the king's person, and was procured by the saide friers, -there was appointed and giuen him for captaine, John de -Ontiueros (who was chiefe bayley for his maiestie, in the -townes which are called the foure Cienegas, which are in the -gouernement of the new Biscay, seuenty leagues from the -aforesaid mines of S. Barbora), and he to go with him, and -gather togither men and souldiers, such as he could, for to -accompany him, and helpe to follow their Christian intent.</p> - -<p>The saide Antonio de Espeio was so earnest in this matter, -that in a few dayes he had ioyned togither souldiers, and -made prouision necessarie for the iourney; and spent therein -a great part of his substance, and departed altogether from -the valley of Saint Bartholomew the tenth of Nouember, -1582, and carry with him (for whatsoeuer should happen) -one hundred and fifteene horses and mules, great stoare of -weapons and munition, with victuals, and certaine people of -seruice in this iourney necessarie. He directed his iourney -towards the north; and at two dayes iourney they came -whereas were a great companie of Indians, of those which -<span class="sidenote">The prouince of Conchos.</span> -he called Conchos: they were in raches<a name="FNanchor_1_63" id="FNanchor_1_63"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_63" class="fnanchor">[63]</a> and in houses made -of straw, who, when they vnderstoode of their comming, by -relation of long time before, they went forth and entertained -them with shewes of great ioy. The feeding of these people, -and of al the rest of that prouince, the which is great, is of -<span class="sidenote">Great store of conies, hares, and venison.</span> -conyes flesh, hares, and venison, of the which they haue -great aboundance. They have great store of maiz, which is -wheat of the Indians, pompines and mellons, very good and -in aboundance. They haue many riuers full of fish, very -good and of diuers sorts: they go almost al naked; and the -weapons that they doo vse are bowes and arrowes; and liue -vnder the gouernement and lordship of caciques as they of -Mexico: they found no idols amongst them, neither could -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_236" id="Page_ii_236">[236]</a></span> -they vnderstande that they did worship any thing; for the -which they did easilie consent that the Spaniards should set -vp crosses, and were very well content therewith, after that -they were informed by the Spaniards the signification thereof; -the which was done by interpreters that they carried -with them, and by whose meanes they vnderstood of other -inhabitances, whether as the said Conchos did conduct them, -and did beare them company more then foure and twenty -leagues; all which way was inhabited with people of their -owne nation: and in al places whereas they came, they were -receiued with peace, by aduice that was giuen by the -caciques from one towne to another. So hauing passed the -foure and twenty leagues aforesaide, they came vnto another -<span class="sidenote">Passaguates.</span> -nation of Indians called Passaguates, who liue after the -manner and fashion of the other aforesaid Conchos, their -borderers, who did vnto them as the others did, conducting -them forwarde other foure dayes iourney, with aduice of the -caciques as afore. The Spaniards found in this iourney -<span class="sidenote">Mines of siluer.</span> -many mines of siluer (according to the iudgement of them -that vnderstand that faculty), and of very rich mettall. -One iourney from this they came to another nation called -<span class="sidenote">Tobosos.</span> -the Tobosos, who, when they discouered the Spaniards, -they fled vnto the mountaines, and left their townes and -houses void: but more after they vnderstood that, certain -yeares past, there came vnto that place certaine souldiers for -to seeke mines, and carried with them captiue certaine of -the natural people of that country, for which occasion they -remaine as scared and feareful. The captain forthwith gaue -order, that they should be called backe again, with assurance -that there should be no hurt done to them; and did so much -that many of them returned, of whom they made much on, -and gaue them giftes, declaring vnto them by the interpreter, -that they came not thither to do hurt to any; with the -which they all returned and were in quiet, and consented -that they should set vp crosses, and declare the mysterie of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_237" id="Page_ii_237">[237]</a></span> -them, and they made shew that they were content therewith; -and did accompany them, as the other their borderers did, -vntil they had brought them into the inhabitance of another -different nation, which was distant from them twelue leagues. -They vse bowes and arrowes, and do go naked.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_63" id="Footnote_1_63"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_63"><span class="label">[63]</span></a> Rushes for thatching. See Halliwell's <i>Dictionary of Archaic and -Provincial Words</i>.</p></div> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_VIII" id="CHAP_III_VIII"></a>CHAP. VIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Here he doth prosecute the discouering of the New Mexico.</i></p></div> - -<p>The nation that the saide Tobosos did conduct them to is -<span class="sidenote">Iumanos.</span> -called Jumanos, who, by another name are called by the -Spaniards, Patara Bueyes; their prouince is very [large] and -full of townes, with much people: their houses made of lime and -stone, and their townes traced in very good order: al the -men and women haue their faces raced,<a name="FNanchor_1_64" id="FNanchor_1_64"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_64" class="fnanchor">[64]</a> and their legs and -armes: they are corpulent people, and more decent then -any that they had seene vntil that time: they haue great -store of prouision, and hunt both of beasts and foules; great -store of fish, by reason of mightie riuers that commeth from -the north, and some of them as big as Guadalquiuer, the -which doth enter into the North sea: they haue many lakes -of salt water which, in certaine times of the yeare, do -<span class="sidenote">Good salt.</span> -congeale, and they do make thereof good salt. They are -warlike people, and made shew thereof presently; for the -first night that the Spaniards had placed themselues, with -their arrowes they slew fiue horse, and hurt as many more, -and would haue left not one aliue if they had not been -defended by the guarde. When they had done this mischiefe, -they left the town, and went to a mountain which -was hard by; whether as presently in the morning went -their captaine with other fiue souldiers, well armed, with an -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_238" id="Page_ii_238">[238]</a></span> -interpreter called Peter, a naturall Indian borne, and with -faire words and perswasions he quieted them and made -peace, and caused them to descend into their towne and -houses; and perswaded them to giue aduice vnto their -neighbours, that they were men that would hurt no bodie, -neither came they thither to take away their goods; the -which he obtained easely by wisedome, and in giuing vnto -the caciques certaine glasse beades and hartes<a name="FNanchor_2_65" id="FNanchor_2_65"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_65" class="fnanchor">[65]</a> which they -carryed for that purpose, and other trifles: so with this, and -with the good intretement done vnto them, there went many -of them in the company of the Spaniardes many dayes, -alwayes trauelling alongst the riuer side aforesayde, whereas -were many townes of Indians of this nation, the which -indured twelue dayes iourney: in all the which, the caciques -gaue aduice from one towne to another, out of the which -they came forth and entertained the Spaniards without their -bowes and arrowes, and brought with them victuals and -other prouision and giftes; but in especiall hides and shamway -skins, very well dressed, so that those of Flanders do -nothing exceed them. These people are all clothed; and they -found that they had some light of the holy faith, for that they -made signe vnto God, looking vp vnto heauen, and they do cal -him in their language <i>Apalito</i>, and doo acknowledge him for -Lord, by whose mightie hand and mercie they confesse to -haue receiued life, and to be a natural man, and al temporall -goods. There came many of them with their wiues and -children to the religious frier (that came with the captaine -and souldiers, of whom we haue spoken off), for to crosse -and blesse them; of whom being demanded, from whence -and of whom they had the knowledge of God: they answered, -that of three Christians and one negro that passed -that way, and remained there certain daies amongst them, -who, according to the signes and tokens they gaue them, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_239" id="Page_ii_239">[239]</a></span> -should be Aluar Nunnez Cabesa de Vaca and Dorantes, and -Castillo Maldonado, and one negro, the which escaped out -of the fleete wherewith Panfilo de Naruaz entred into Florida; -and after that they had bin many dayes captiue and -slaues, they escaped and came vnto these townes, whereas -God by them did shew many myracles in healing (by the -onely touching with their handes) many diseases and sicke -persons, by reason thereof they left great fame in all that -countrie. All this prouince remained in peace and quietnesse; -by which demonstration they did accompanie and -served the Spaniardes certaine dayes, trauelling alongest the -riuer side aforesaide.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_64" id="Footnote_1_64"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_64"><span class="label">[64]</span></a> Streaked. See Minsheu's <i>Ductor in Linguas</i>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_65" id="Footnote_2_65"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_65"><span class="label">[65]</span></a> Misspelt for "hats", De la Porte mentioning "chapeaux" among -the presents.</p></div> - -<p>Within few dayes after they came vnto a great inhabitation -of Indians, where they came foorth to receiue them, by -newes that they had of their neighbours, and brought with -them many curious thinges made of feathers of different -colours, and many mantles made of cotton, barred with -blewe and white, like vnto them that are brought from -China to truck for other thinges. All of them, as well the -men as women and children, were clothed with shamway -skins, very good and well dressed; yet could the Spaniardes -neuer vnderstande what nation they were, for lacke of an -interpreter that vnderstood their language. They dealt -with them by signes; and they shewed vnto them certaine -stones of rich metall, and being demaunded if they had of -the same in their countrie: they answered by the same -signes, That fiue dayes iourney from thence, towardes the -northwest, there was great quantitie thereof; and howe that -they would conduct them thither and showe it vnto them, -as afterwardes they did performe, and did beare them companie -two and twentie leagues, the which was all inhabited -with people of the same countrie.</p> - -<p>So following the saide riuer they came vnto an other -inhabitance of much more people than the other past, of -whom they were well receiued, and welcomed with many -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_240" id="Page_ii_240">[240]</a></span> -presents, especially of fish; for that they haue great store -by reason of certaine great lakes not farre from thence, -wherin is bred great abundance. They were amongest -these people three dayes; in the which, both day and night, -they made before them many dances, according vnto their -fashion, with a particular signification of great ioy. They -knew not how this nation was called, for lacke of an interpreter: -but yet they vnderstoode that it extended very farre -and was very great. Amongest this nation they found an -Indian, a Concho by nation, who tolde and made signes that -fifteen iourneys from thence, towardes the northwest, there -was a lake which was verie broad, and nigh vnto it very -great townes, and in them, houses of three and four stories -high; the people well apparelled, and the countrie full of -victuals and prouision, who did offer himselfe to bring them -thether; whereat the Spaniards reioyced, but left to giue -the enterprise, only for that they would accomplish their -intent and begon voiage, which was to go to the north to -giue ayde vnto the two religious men aforesaide. The -chief and principall thing that they noted in this prouince -was, that it was of a good temperature, and a rich countrie, -great store of hunt, both of foot and wing, many rich metals, -and other particular thinges of profite.</p> - -<p>From this prouince they folowed their iourney for the -space of fifteene daies without meeting any people: they -trauelled amongst high and mightie pine trees, like those of -Spaine; at the end wherof, after they had traueiled to their -iudgments four score leagues, they came vnto a small village -of very few people, very poore, and their houses made of -strawe: they had great quantity of deere-skins, as well -dressed as those that are brought out of Flanders; great -store of excellent white and good salt. They gaue them -good intertainment for the space of two daies that they -remained there; after the which they did beare them companie -twelue leagues, vnto certaine great habitations, always -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_241" id="Page_ii_241">[241]</a></span> -trauelling alongst the riuer side towarde the north, as aforesaide, -till such time as they came vnto the countrie which is -called the New Mexico. All alongst this riuer side was -planted full of white salow trees;<a name="FNanchor_1_66" id="FNanchor_1_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_66" class="fnanchor">[66]</a> and in some place it was -foure leagues brode. Likewise there was many walnut-trees -and peare-trees, like vnto those in Spaine.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_66" id="Footnote_1_66"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_66"><span class="label">[66]</span></a> Willows.</p></div> - -<p>In the ende of two dayes trauaile amongest these trees, -they came vnto tenne townes, the which were situated -alongst this riuer side on both partes, besides others that -appeared, but farther distant. It seemed vnto them to haue -much people, and as appeared to be more than tenne -thousande soules.</p> - -<p>In this prouince they did receiue them courteously, and -carried them vnto their townes, whereas they gaue them -great store of prouision and hennes of the countrie, with -many other things, and that with a great good will. In -these townes were houses of foure stories high, verie well -<span class="sidenote">Houses of 4 stories high.</span> -wrought and gallant chambers, and most of them had steuues -or hote houses for the winter. They are all apparelled with -cotton and of deares skinnes; the manner and apparell both -of the men and of the women, is much like vnto the Indians -of the kingdome of Mexico. But that which did cause them -most for to woonder was, to see both men and women to -weare both bootes and shooes of very good lether, with three -sooles of neates leather: a thing which they haue not seene -but onely there. The women go without any thing vpon -their heades; but their haire trimly kembed and dressed. -Euerie one of these townes had caciques, by whom they -were gouerned, as amongest the Indians in Mexico, with sergeantes -and officers to execute their commandement, who -goe through the streetes of the towne, and declare with a -loude voice the will of the caciques, the which is straightwayes -put in vre.</p> - -<p>In this prouince the Spaniardes founde many idolles that -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_242" id="Page_ii_242">[242]</a></span> -they worshipped; and in euery house they had a temple -<span class="sidenote">They worship the diuell.</span> -wherein they do worship the diuell, whereas, ordinarily, -they do carrie him to eat. Likewise, as amongst Christians, -in the high wayes they doo put crosses; so have they -chappelles, whereas they say, the diuell doth recreate and -rest himselfe, when as he trauelleth from one towne to another; -the which chappelles are maruellously well trimmed -and painted.</p> - -<p>In all their tyllages and ploughed groundes, of the which -they haue many and very great, they haue on the one side -of them, a portall or shedde built vppon foure pillers, -whereas the labourers do eate and passe away the heate of -the day, and are people verie much giuen to labour, and doo -continually occupie themselues therein: it is a countrie full -of mountaynes and woods of pine trees. Their weapons are -strong bowes and arrowes, with their heads or pointes made -of flint stone, wherewith they will pierce and passe a shirt -of mayle or plate coate. They vse also macans, the which -is a staffe of half a yeard long, made of flint, and verie -smoth, wherewith they may cut a man a sunder in the midst; -they vse also bucklers and targets made of rawe hides.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_IX" id="CHAP_III_IX"></a>CHAP. IX.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Still doth hee prosecute the New Mexico, and declareth of such things -as were there seene.</i></p></div> - - -<p>So after they had beene four dayes in this prouince, they -departed; and, not farre distant from the same, they came -vnto another, which was called the prouince of the Tiguas, -in the which they found sixteene townes; in the one of the -same, called Poala, they vnderstood that the Indians had -slaine the two friars, Francisco Lopez and Frier Augustine, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_243" id="Page_ii_243">[243]</a></span> -whome they went to seeke: and with them, three boyes and -a Mestizo. But when they of this towne and their neighbours -vnderstoode, being pricked in conscience, and fearing -that the Spaniards came to plague them, and to be reuenged -for the death of the saide fathers, they durst not abide, but -left their houses voide and fled vnto the mountaines that -were nighest hande, from whence they could neuer cause -them to descende, neither by giftes nor policie. They -founde in their houses great store of victualles, and an infinite -number of hennes of the countrie, diuers sortes of -metals, and some of them seemed to be very good: they -could not perfectly vnderstande the number of people that -were in that countrie, for that they were fled vnto the -mountaines, as aforesaid.</p> - -<p>Being fully certified of the death of them that they went -to seeke for, they entred into counsell to determine whether -they should returne vnto New Biscaya, from whence they -came, or to proceede forwarde; in the which there were -diuers opinions. But by reason that they vnderstoode there, -that towardes the port of the orient from that place, and not -farre distant from that prouince, there were very great -townes and rich, and finding themselues so nigh them, the -captaine Antonio de Espero,<a name="FNanchor_1_67" id="FNanchor_1_67"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_67" class="fnanchor">[67]</a> with the consent of the religious -fryer aforesaide, called Bernardino Beltran, and the most -part of his souldiers and companions, determined to proceede -forwardes in the discouerie thereof, till such time as they -did see to what end it would come, that they might the -better giue perfect and iust notice thereof unto his maiestie, -as witnesses that had seene it.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_67" id="Footnote_1_67"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_67"><span class="label">[67]</span></a> Misspelt for Espeio.</p></div> - -<p>So being in conformitie they determined, they remayning -there sentenela, or royall companie, the captaine, with other -two companions with him, should go forwardes in the demand -of their desire, which foorthwith they put in execution. -So, at the end of two dayes of their trauaile, they came vnto a -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_244" id="Page_ii_244">[244]</a></span> -prouince where they discouered aleuen townes [sic], and much -people in them, which, in their iudgement, did passe fortie -thousand soules. It was a countrie very well replenished -and fertile, whose confines are ioyned vnto the lands of the -Cibola, whereas as is great store of kyne, of whose skins -they do apparell themselues and with cotton; hauing the -vse of gouernement amongest them as their neighbours haue. -There are signes and tokens of many rich mynes, and found -in their houses certaine metalles; these Indians do worship -idols: they received the Spaniardes with peace, and -gaue them to eate. Seeing this, and the disposition of the -countrie, they returned vnto their sentenela from whence -they departed, to giue notice vnto their companions of all -that hath beene saide.</p> - -<p>So when they were come vnto their companions aforesaide, -they had notice and vnderstanding of an other prouince, -called the Quires, which was vp the riuer on the north, sixe -leagues distant. So they departed thitherwardes; and when -they came within a league of the place, there came foorth in -peace a great companie of Indians, and requested that they -would goe with them vnto their townes; the which they did, -and were verie well entertayned, and had great cheare. In -this prouince they sawe but onely fiue townes, in the which -there was a great number of people, which, vnto their iudgement, -did passe fifteene thousand soules; and doo worship -idolles as their neighbours doo. They found in one of these -townes a pye in a cage, as is the vse in Spaine; and tirasoles, -as those which are brought from China, and painted on them -the sunne and the moone, with many starres: and taking -the altitude thereof, they founde it to be in seuen and thirtie -degrees and a halfe vnder the north poole.</p> - -<p>They departed from this prouince, and trauelling by the -same course or rutter, fourteene leagues from thence, they -came to another prouince called the Cunames, whereas they -discouered other fiue townes: and that which was the principal -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_245" id="Page_ii_245">[245]</a></span> -and biggest of them is called Cia, which was of such -huge bignesse that it had in it eight places: their houses be -plastered with lyme, and painted with diuerse colours, much -better than they had seene in any prouince past. It seemed -that the people that were there did passe in number twentie -thousande soules. They gaue presentes vnto the Spaniardes -with many curious mantelles, and of victualles to eate maruellously -well dressed, and iudged the people to be more -curious, and of more estimation of themselues, than any that -thitherto they had seene, and of greater gouernement. They -<span class="sidenote">Rich metals.</span> -shewed vnto them rich metalles, and the mountaines that -were hard by whereas they did take it out. Here they had -notice of an other prouince which was towards the northwest, -and determined to go thither.</p> - -<p>So after they departed from thence, and had trauailed sixe -leagues, they came to the said prouince, which was called -Ameias, in the which was seuen great townes, and in them, -according to their iudgment, thirtie thousand soules: they -said that one of these seuen townes was very great and faire; -the which they would not go to see, for that it was situated -behinde a mountaine, as also they feared some euil successe, -if that they should be deuided the one from the other. -They are people after the fashion of the other prouince their -neighbours, with as much prouision, and as well gouerned. -Fifteene leagues from this prouince, trauelling continually -towards the northwest, they came to a great town, called -Acoma; it had in it more than sixe thousande soules. It -was situated and placed upon a high rock, the which was -more than fiftie fadam in height, and had no other entry but -by a payre of staires, the which was made and cut out of -the same rocke, a thing the which did cause great admiration -vnto the Spaniardes: all the water that they had in this -towne was in cesternes. The principallest hereof came with -peace for to see the Spaniards, and brought them many -mantles, and shamwayes very well dressed, and great quantitie -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_246" id="Page_ii_246">[246]</a></span> -of prouision: they haue their corne-fields two leagues -from that place, and for to water them they take water out of -a small riuer there harde by. Upon the saide riuer side they -sawe many fields with roses, like vnto those that are in -Spain. There are many mountaines which shewe to haue -mettals, although they went not vp to see it, for that the -Indians be many, and very warlike people.</p> - -<p>The Spaniards remained in this place three daies, in one -of the which the naturall people thereof did make vnto them -a solemne dance, and came foorth in the same with gallant -apparell and with maruellous ingenious pastimes, with the -which they reioyced exceedingly. So four and twentie -leagues from this place, they came vnto a prouince called in -their naturall language Zuny, and the Spaniards do call it -Cibola, there is in it a great number of Indians. In the -which was Francisco Vazquez Coronado, and left there -erected many crosses and many other signes and tokens of -Christendome, which continually did remaine standing. -They found there three christened Indians, which were left -there at that time, whose names were, Andres de Cuyoacon, -Gasper de Mexico, and Antonio de Guadalaiara, who had -almost forgotten their own language, and could speake very -well that of this countrie: yet with a little vse after they had -talked with them they did easily vnderstand them. Of these -they vnderstood, that three score iourneyes from thence was -there a lake, very great, about the which was situated many -excellent good townes, and that the natural people thereof -had very much gold, and it seemed to be true for that they -did all weare braslets and eareringes of the same. The foresaide -Francisco Vazquez Coronado hauing certaine intelligence -of the same, he departed from this prouince of Cibola, -and went that way: and hauing trauelled twelue iourneyes, -his water did faile him, so that he determined to returne -backe againe as he did, with pretence to returne an other -time, when better oportunity should be had: the which afterwards -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_247" id="Page_ii_247">[247]</a></span> -he did not put in execution, for that by death all his -determinations and pretences were cut off.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_X" id="CHAP_III_X"></a>CHAP. X.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Still doth he prosecute the discouery of the New Mexico.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Vpon the newes of this great riches aforesaide, the sayde -captaine Antonio de Espeio determined to go thether, where -were of his opinion the most part of his companions: but the -religious fryer was of the contrarie opinion, and sayd that it -was high time to returne vnto New Bizcaya from whence -they came, for to giue notice of all that they had seene, the -which they did put in execution within few daies after, the -most part of them, and left the captain with alonely nine -companions that would follow him. Who, after that hee had -fully certified himselfe of the riches aboue said, and of the -great quantitie of good metals that were there, he departed -out of this prouince with his companions, and trauelled -towardes the northwest.</p> - -<p>So after that they had trauelled eight and twentie leagues, -they came into an other prouince, the which was very great, -in the which to their iudgment were more than fifty thousand -soules: whose inhabitants, when they vnderstood of -their comming, they sent them a messenger, which said, that -if they would not be slaine of them, that they should not approch -any nearer vnto their townes. Unto the which the said -captaine answered, that they came not thether to do them any -harme, as they should well perceiue, and also did request -them that they would not disturbe them in the prosecuting -of their pretence, and gaue vnto the messenger certaine -things such as they carryed with them, who did praise so -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_248" id="Page_ii_248">[248]</a></span> -much the Spaniardes, that he did appease the troubled minds -of the Indians, in such sort, that they did of their owne good -wil grant them licence for to enter into their townes. The -which they did with one hundreth and fiftie Indians their -friends, of the prouince of Cibola aforesaide, and with the -three Indians of Mexico of whom we made mention.</p> - -<p>Before they came vnto the first towne by a league, there -went foorth to meete and receiue the Spaniards more than -two thousande Indians laden with victualles and prouision, -vnto whome our captaine did giue thinges of small price: -yet it seemed vnto them to be of great estimation, more than -golde. So when they came nigher vnto the towne called -Zaguato, there came foorth to receiue them a great number -of Indians, and amongest them their Caciques, and made a -great showe of mirth and ioy, and threw vppon the ground -much flower of maiz that their horse might tread vpon it. -With these feastes, ioy, and pleasure, they entred into the -towne, whereas they were very well receiued, lodged, and -made much of: the which the captaine did partly recompence, -in giuing vnto all the principallest amongest them, -hattes, and glasse beades, and many other thinges more, -which they carried with them to serue the like oportunitie.</p> - -<p>The Caciques did forthwith dispatch and send aduise vnto -all those of that prouince, giuing them to vnderstande of the -comming of their new guestes, and how that they were verie -curteous men, and did no harme. Which was occasion sufficient -to cause them all to come laden with presentes vnto -the Spaniardes, and did request them for to goe vnto their -townes to sport and recreate themselues: the which they did, -but alwaies with great care and respect of what soeuer might -happen. For the which the captaine did vse a policie with -them, which was, that he tolde vnto the Caciques, that for so -much as his horse were verie fierce and furious, and that -they had told them that they would kill them, therefore for -to shunne the damage and harme that might happen vnto -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_249" id="Page_ii_249">[249]</a></span> -the Indians, it were requisite to make a fort with lyme and -stone, to put them in. The Caciques did giue such credite -vnto his words, that in a few houres they had ioyned together -so much people, that they made a fort according as the -Spaniardes did request, and that with an incredible breuitie. -Besides this, when the captaine sayd that he would depart, -they brought vnto him a present of fortie thousand mantles -of cotton, some white, and some painted, and a great quantitie -of hand towels with tassels at the corners, and many -other thinges, and amongst them rich metals, which shewed -to haue much siluer. Amongst these Indians they had great -notice and knowledge of the lake aforesaide, and they were -conformable vnto the other, in that touching the great riches -and abundance of gold.</p> - -<p>The captaine hauing great confidence in this people and of -their good dispositions, he determined after certaine daies -that he had bin there, to leaue fiue of his companions and -the rest of the Indians his friends, that they might returne -vnto the prouince of Zuny with all their bagage: and hee -himselfe, with the other four that remained, would go more -at quiet to discouer certaine very rich mynes, of the which -he had true notice. So according vnto his determination -he departed with the guides he had, and hauing trauelled -toward the northwest fiue and forty leagues, he came vnto -the sayde mynes, and tooke out of the same with his owne -<span class="sidenote">Rich metals.</span> -hands rich metals, and very much siluer: the mynes had a -great and brode veine, it was vpon a rocke whereas they -might go vp to it with great ease, for that there was a way -open to that effect: nigh thereunto were certain townes of -Indians amongst the mountaines, who shewed friendship -vnto them, and came foorth to receiue them with crosses in -their hands, and other signes and tokens of peace: nigh vnto -the same they saw two reasonable riuers, vppon whose bankes -there were many vines full of excellent good grapes, great walnut -trees, and very much flaxe, like vnto that of Spaine, and it -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_250" id="Page_ii_250">[250]</a></span> -was tolde them by signes, that on the other side of the saide -mountaines there was a riuer of 8 leagues brode. But they -could not vnderstand how nigh it was, yet did they make -demonstration that it did run his course towards the North -Sea, and vpon both sides thereof was situated many townes, -and of so huge bignes, that in comparison those wherein -they were, were but suburbes in respect.</p> - -<p>So after the captaine had taken all this relation hee departed -towardes the prouince of Zuny, whither he had commanded -his other companions to goe, and at their comming -thether in health, which was by an other excellent way, he -found therwith his other fiue companions: the father fryer -Bernardino with the souldiers that were determined to returne -backe againe (as aforesayde), for as yet they were not -departed from thence for certayne occasions. Unto whom -the naturals of the countrie had giuen good intertaynement -and all thinges necessarie, and that in abundance: and afterwardes -did the like vnto the sayde captaine and vnto them -that came with him, and went foorth to receiue him with -demonstration of great ioy, and gaue them great store of -prouision for their iourney pretended, requesting him to -returne againe with breuitie, and to bring with him many -Castillas (for so they doo call the Spaniardes), and they -would giue them all to eate: for the which (the better to -accomplish the same) they had sowed that yeare more wheate -and other graine, then they had done in any other yeare -past.</p> - -<p>At this present the sayde religious fryer and the rest of -the souldiers did ratifie their first determination aforesaide, -and concluded to returne vnto the prouince from whence -they came, with the pretence before spoken of, and there -ioyned with him in that iourney, Gregorio Hernandez, who -was standert bearer in that attempt.</p> - -<p>So when they were departed, the captain, who remained but -with eight souldiers, did fully resolue himselfe to prosecute -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_251" id="Page_ii_251">[251]</a></span> -his begun pretence, and to take his course vp alongst the north -riuer: which being put in execution, and hauing trauelled -about sixty leagues towards the prouince of Quires aforesaid, -twelue leagues from thence towards the orient they came -vnto a prouince called Gubates, whereas the Indians receiued -them with peace, and gaue them great store of prouision, -and also notice that not far from thence there were certayne -rich mynes, the which they founde, and tooke out of them -glystering metals and very good, with the which they returned -to the towne from whence they departed.</p> - -<p>They iudged this prouince to haue nigh vpon fiue and -twentie thousande soules, all well apparelled with painted -mantles of cotton, and shamwayes skins very well dressed. -There are many mountaynes and woodes of pine cedar trees, -and their houses of foure and fiue stories hie. Heere had -they notice of an other prouince that was but one daies iourney -from thence, which was called of the Tamos, in the -which was more than fortie thousand soules, but when they -came thether the inhabitants would not giue them any -victuals, neyther permit them to enter into their townes; for -the which, to auoyde the danger wherin they were, being -but a few souldiers (as aforesaid) and some of them sicke, -they determined to depart thence towardes the countrie of -Christians, the which they put in execution the beginning of -Iuly in the yere 1583, and were conducted by an Indian -that went with them, who carried them by a contrarie way -and different from that they came, downe alongest the riuer -side, which they called of the Vacas, by reason that there -was great store of kine all alongest the same. By the which -they trauelled one hundred and twentie leagues. From -thence they came vnto the riuer of the Conchos there whereas -they first entred, and from thence vnto the vale of S. Bartholomew, -from whence they departed to begin this discouerie. -And when they came thether they vnderstood that many dayes -before were arriued there in health, frier Bernardino Beltran -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_252" id="Page_ii_252">[252]</a></span> -and his companions, and were gone from thence vnto the -village of Guadiana. In this towne the captaine Antonio -de Espeio made a certaine and true information of all this -aforesaide, the which presently he sent vnto the Earle of -Corunnia, viceroy of that kingdome: and he sent it vnto his -maiestie, and vnto the lords of the royall counsell of the -Indians, that therin they might ordaine that which seemed -them best, the which they haue done with great care. I -beseech the Lord God, if it be his pleasure that it may go -forwardes in such order, that so many soules redeemed by -his precious bloud be not condemned: whose wits and vnderstanding -do farre exceed those of Mexico and Peru, as by -the information of those that haue delt with them appeareth, -wherby we may presume that with great facilitie they will -imbrace the law of the gospell, and leaue the idolatrie that -the most part of them do vse, which God for his mercies -sake permit, so it may be for his glorie and exalting of the -Catholike faith.</p> - -<p>I haue bin tedious in this relation, more than a commentarie -doth require, but I haue doone it by reason it is a -newe thing and little abrode as yet, and it seemeth to mee -not to giue discontent vnto the reader. And now me thinketh -it shall bee well that I doo returne vnto my matter first -begunne, and to proceede and go forwardes in the voyage -and description of the new worlde, returning vnto the citie -of Mexico, there where as I did digresse for to declare the -discouerie of the Newe Mexico.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_253" id="Page_ii_253">[253]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XI" id="CHAP_III_XI"></a>CHAP. XI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Departing from the citie of Mexico, they go vnto the port of Acapulco in -the South Sea, whereas they doo imbarke themselues from the Ilandes -Philippinas; they passe by the Ilandes of Theeues, and do declare the -rites and condition of that people.</i></p></div> - - -<p>From the citie of Mexico they go to imbarke themselues -or take shipping at the port of Acapulco, which is in the -South Sea, and is eleuated from the poole nineteen degrees, -and ninetie leagues from the citie of Mexico: in al which -way there be many townes inhabited with Indians and -Spaniards.</p> - -<p>Being departed from this port, they sayle towards the -southwest, till they come into twelue degrees and a halfe, -to seeke prosperous wind to serue their turne, which the -mariners do cal Brizas, and are northerly windes, which are -there of such continuance and so fauourable that, being in -the moneths of Nouember, December, and Januarie, they -haue no neede to touch their sayles, which is the occasion -that they do make their voyages with so great ease. So that -for that, and for the few stormes that happened in that passage, -<span class="sidenote">The sea of Ladies.</span> -they do cal it the Mar de Damas (which is the sea of -Ladies). They sayle alwayes towards the west, following -the sunne when as she departeth from our hemispherie. In -this South Sea they sayle fortie daies without seeing anie -lande: at the end whereof they came to the ilandes of Velas, -which by another name are called De los Ladrones; there -are seuen or eight of them; they doo lye north and south, -and are inhabited with much people, in the order as you -shall vnderstand.</p> - -<p>These ilands are in 12 degrees, but there are different -opinions of the leagues that are betwixt the port of Acapulco -and those ilands; for vnto this day there is none that hath -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_254" id="Page_ii_254">[254]</a></span> -vnderstood the certaintie thereof, for that their nauigation -lieth from the east vnto the west, whose degrees there haue -bin none that euer could measure. Some say, this iourney -hath a thousande and seuen hundred leagues, others a -thousand and eight hundred; but the opinions of the first -we vnderstand to be most certaine.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">White people as bigge as gyants.</span> -All these ilands are inhabited with white people, of comely -faces, like vnto those of Europa, but not of their bodies, for -that they are as bigge as gyants, and of so great force and -strength: for one of them hath taken two Spaniardes, of -a good stature, the one by one foot, and the other by the -other, with his handes, and hath lifted them both from the -grounde with so great ease, as though they had bin two -children. They go naked from top to toe, as well women as -men; yet some of them were woont to weare an aporne -made of a deares skinne before them of halfe a yeard long, -for honesties sake, but they are but a fewe in number, in -respect of those that weare nothing before them. The -weapons which they do vse be slinges, and darts hardened -in the fire, and are with both the one and the other very -expert throwers.</p> - -<p>They do maintaine themselues with fish which they do take -on the coast; and of wild beasts which they do kill in the -mountaines, in ouertaking of them by swiftnesse of foot.</p> - -<p>In these ilands there is one the strangest costume that -euer hath bin heard of or seene in all the whole world, -which is, that vnto the young men there is a time limited for -them to marrie in (according vnto their custome), in all -which time they may freely enter into the houses of such as -are married, and be there with their wiues, without being -punished for the same, although their proper husbands -should see them: they doo carrie in their handes a staffe or -rodde, and when they do enter into the married mans house -they do leaue it standing at the doore, in such sort, that if any -do come after they may plainly see it: which is a token that, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_255" id="Page_ii_255">[255]</a></span> -although it be her proper husband, he cannot enter in till it -be taken away. The which custome is obserued and kept -with so great rigour and force, that whosoeuer is against this -lawe, all the rest do kill him.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Without king or gouernor.</span> -In all these ilands there is not as yet knowen neyther king -nor lord, whom the rest should obey; which is the occasion -that euery one do liue as he list and at his pleasure. These -ilandes were woont to haue warre the one with the other, -when occasion did force them. As it happened at such time -as the Spaniardes were there in the port of the said iland, -there came abord their ships to the number of two hundred -small barkes or botes, in the which came many of the inhabitants -thereof to sell, vnto them of the ships, hens, and nuts -called cocos, patatas, and other thinges of that iland; and to -buy other such things as our people did carrie with them, -but in especiall yron (vnto the which they are very much -affectionated), and vnto things of chrystall, and such like -of small estimation. But there grew a great contention -amongest them, which people of what ilande should first -come vnto the shippes, and was in such order that they fell -vnto blowes, and wounded the one the other maruellously, -more liker beastes than men; of the which there were many -slaine in the presence of the Spaniards, and would neuer -leave off their contention a good while, till in the end, by -way of peace, they consented a conclusion amongest themselues, -but with a great noyse, which was, that those of one -iland should go to the larbord of the ship, and those of the -other iland should go to the starbord; with the which they -were pacified, and did buy and sel at their pleasure. But at -their departure from our people, in recompence of their good -intertainment, they threw into the ship of their dartes hardened -with fire, with the which they did hurt many of them -that were aboue hatches: yet went they not away scotfree, -for that our people with their hargabushes did paye them in -readie monie their bold attempt.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_256" id="Page_ii_256">[256]</a></span></p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Iron more esteemed than siluer or gold.</span> -These people do more esteeme yron than siluer or golde, -and gaue for it fruites, nnames,<a name="FNanchor_1_68" id="FNanchor_1_68"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_68" class="fnanchor">[68]</a> patatas, fish, rise, ginger, -hennes, and many gallant mattes very well wrought, and all -almost for nothing.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_68" id="Footnote_1_68"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_68"><span class="label">[68]</span></a> The Spanish word is "ñames", in all probability meant for "yams".</p></div> - -<p>These ilandes are verie fertile and healthfull, and very -easie to bee conquered unto the fayth of Christ, if that at -such time as the ships doo passe that way vnto Manilla, they -would leaue there some religious men, with souldiers to -garde them till the next yeare, and might be doone with -small cost. It is not as yet known what ceremonies and rites -they do obserue; for that there is none that doo vnderstande -their language, neither hath any beene on those ilandes, but -onely as they haue passed by, which is the occasion that they -cannot be vnderstood. The language which they doo vse, to -any mans iudgement, is easie to be learned, for that their pronunciation -is verie plaine; they call ginger <i>asno</i>, and for to say -Take away your hargabush, they say, <i>arrepeque</i>. The pronunciation -of their wordes is neither in the nose nor in the -throte. It is vnderstood that they be all Gentiles, by certaine -signes and tokens that our people haue seene them do, -and that they doo worship idols, and the diuell, vnto whom -they do sacrifice such as they do take in the warres of their -borderers. It is thought that they doo descend of the Tartares, -by some particularities that is found amongst them, the -which do draw very nigh vnto some that they do vse.</p> - -<p>These ilandes are south and north with the land of Labrador, -which is nigh vnto the new found lande, and not farre -distant from the ilande of Japon. It is knowen for a trueth -that they do deale with the Tartares, and that they do buy -yron for to sell it vnto them. The Spaniards did giue name -vnto these ilandes as they passed by, the ilandes of Ladrones -(which is of theeues), for that they are very bolde and -subtile in their stealinges, in the which facultie the Egyptians, -that are in our Europa, may go to schoole with them -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_257" id="Page_ii_257">[257]</a></span> -for the verie facultie thereof. I will declare vnto you one -thing that happened in the presence of many Spaniardes, the -which did cause them greatly to maruaile, which is,—there -was a marriner commanded by the captaine of the ship to -keepe the sterneborde side, and not to suffer any of them to -enter therein; and being as one amased to see so many -canoas that came thether (the which be small barkes or botes -made all of one peece) one of them diued downe vnder the -water, till he came there whereas the marriner was (vnmindfull -of any such matter should happen) and vpon a soddaine, -without seeing the other, he snatched his sword out of his -hand, and went vnder the water againe therwith; the marriner -made a noise, and declared the knauerie that the ilander -had done vnto him, whervpon there were certaine souldiers -that made their hargubushes ready to shoot at him when he -appeared from vnder the water. This ilander perceiuing -it, came foorth and swimmed aboue the water, shewing his -handes, and made signes that he had nothing in them, which -was the occasion that they did not shoot at him.</p> - -<p>So after a while that he had beene there resting of himselfe, -he returned and diued vnder the water againe, and -swam so farre as he thought that the bullet of the hargubush -could not reach to hurt him, and finding himselfe in securitie, -he tooke the sword from betwixt his legges whereas he -did carrie it in secret, and beganne to florish with the same, -mocking our people whom he had so easily deceiued.</p> - -<p>This kind of stealing, and many others which they had -done, and that with great subtiltie, is the occasion that they -beare the names of theeues, and all the ilandes whereas they -doo dwell doo beare the name thereof, the which they will -easily pardon, if they might ordinarily finde where as they -might execute their inclination.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_258" id="Page_ii_258">[258]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XII" id="CHAP_III_XII"></a>CHAP. XII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>They departe from the Ilandes of the Ladrones, and come vnto them of -Luzon, or Philippinas by an other name, and doo declare the particular -thoughts of those ilandes.</i></p></div> - - -<p>From this Iland of Ladrones nauigating towards the west, -almost two hundred leagues, till they came to a mouth called -of the Holy Ghost, they straightwaies doo enter into the -<span class="sidenote">Archipelago.</span> -Archipelago (which is an infinite number of ilands), almost -all inhabited with their own naturall people; but many conquered -by the Spaniardes, eyther by force of warre or friendship. -Four score leagues from this is the citie of Manilla, -<span class="sidenote">The Island of Luzon, and citie of Manilla.</span> -which is vpon the Iland of Luzon, there whereas ordinarily -dwelleth the gouernor of all those ilandes, and the officers of -his maiestie: therein is a bishop and a cathedrall church. -This citie standeth in fourteen degrees and a quarter, and -round about the same there are so many ilandes, that vnto -this day there is none that euer could number them: they -do extend all of them northwest and southwest, and north -and south, in so much that the one part stretcheth vnto the -Straight of Sincapura which is fiue and twentie leagues from -Malaca, and the other part vnto the Malucos, and other -ilandes, whereas they gather a great number of cloues, -<span class="sidenote">Great mountains of pepper, cloues, and ginger.</span> -pepper, and ginger, of the which there are great mountaines -full. The first that discouered these ilands were Spaniards, -which came to them in the company of the famous Magellanes, -and made no conquest of them, for that they knew -better to nauigate then to conquer; by reason whereof, after -they had discouered and passed the straight (which vnto this -day beareth the title of his name) and came vnto the Ilande -of Zubu, whereas they did baptise certaine of the inhabitance, -and afterwards in a banket, the same ilanders did kill -him and other forty of his companions, which was the occasion -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_259" id="Page_ii_259">[259]</a></span> -that Sebastian de Guetaria, a naturall Biskin borne,<a name="FNanchor_1_69" id="FNanchor_1_69"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_69" class="fnanchor">[69]</a> for -to escape with his life, did put himselfe in a shippe that remained -of the voyage (which afterwards was named the -Victorie), and in her and with a few people that helped him, -with the fauour of God he came vnto Siuell, hauing compassed -the whole world, from the Orient vnto the Ponient, a -thing which caused vnto all men great admiration, but in -particular vnto the Emperor Charles the Fift of famous -memorie, who after he had giuen many gifts and fauours -vnto the said Sebastian de Guetaria, hee gaue order that a -new armie should be made ready, and to returne againe in -demande of the said ilands, and to discouer that new world.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_69" id="Footnote_1_69"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_69"><span class="label">[69]</span></a> A native of Biscay.</p></div> - -<p>So when all things were in a readinesse for to depart on -their voyage (the which was done with great breuitie) they -ordained for generall of all that fleete one Villa Lobos, commanding -him to go by the Nueua Espania. This Villa -Lobos arriued at the Ilands of Malucas, and at those of -Terrenate, and at other ilands ioyning vnto them, the which -ilands were laid to gage by the aforesaid emperor vnto the -crowne of Portugal.</p> - -<p>In these ilands they had great wars by meanes of the Portugals, -and seeing themselues with little helpe and small -resistance for to go forwards with their conquests, they left it -off, and went to the most part of them with the aforesaide -Portugals vnto the India of Portugall, from whence afterwards -they sent them as prisoners unto the said king of Portugall, -as offenders that had entred his ilands without his -licence: who did not onely leaue to do them any harme, but -did intreate them very well and sent them vnto their owne -country of Spaine, and gaue them al thinges necessary for -their iourney, and that in aboundance.</p> - -<p>Then certaine yeares after, Don Philip king of Spaine -being very willing that the discouering shoulde go forwards, -which the emperor his father had so earnestly procured, sent -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_260" id="Page_ii_260">[260]</a></span> -and commanded Don Luys de Velasco, who was his vizroy -of the Nuoua Espania, that he would ordaine an army and -people for to returne and discouer the said ilands, and to -sende in the said fleete, for gouernor of all that should bee -discouered, Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, who did accomplish -all that his maiestie had commanded, and made the discouerie -thereof in such order, as in the first relation of the -entrie of the fathers of the order of Saint Austen into the -China dooth more at large appeare.</p> - -<p>Of ancient time these ilands were subiect vnto the king of -China, vntill such time as hee did deliuer them vp of his -owne free will, for such reasons as were spoken off in the -first part of this historie: and that was the occasion that -when the Spaniards came vnto them, they were without -lorde or heade, or anie other to whome they shoulde showe -duetie, but hee which had most power and people did most -command: so that this (and that there were so many of -equal power) was the occasion that ciuill warres continued, -without any respect of nature, kinred, or any other duety, -but like vnto brute beastes, killing, spoiling, and captiving -one another, the which was a great helpe vnto the Spaniards -for to subiect that countrie with so great ease vnto the king, -and called them the Ilands Philippinas in respect of his -name. They did vse amongst them to make captiues and -slaues such as they did take in vnlawfull wars, and for trifling -matters, the which God did remedie by the going thither of -the Spaniards: for you should haue a man with fortie or fiftie -other friends in his company, or seruants, that vpon a sodaine -would go and set vpon a small village of poore people and -vnprouided, and take and binde them all, and carrie them -away for slaues without any occasion or reason, and make -them to serue them all the dayes of their life, or else sell -them to other ilands. And if it so chanced that one did -lende vnto another a basket or two of rice (the which might -bee woorth a ryall of plate), with condition to returne it -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_261" id="Page_ii_261">[261]</a></span> -againe within ten dayes; if the debter did not pay it the -same day, the next day following he should pay it dooble, -and afterward to double it euery day so long as he did keepe -it, which in conclusion the debt would grow to be so great, -that, to pay the same, he is forced to yeeld himselfe for captiue -and slaue.</p> - -<p>But vnto all such as were captiued in this order, or in -such like, the king of Spaine hath commanded to giue libertie; -yet this iust commandement is not in euery point fulfilled -and accomplished, because such as should execute the -same haue interest therein. All these ilandes were gentiles -and idolaters, but now there is amongest them many thousands -baptised, vnto whom the king hath shewed great -mercie, in sending vnto them the remedie for their soules in -so good time: for if the Spaniards had stayed any more -yeares, they had beene all Moores at this day, for that there -were come vnto the Ilande of Burneo some of that sect that -did teach them, and lacked little, for to worship that false -prophet Mahomet, whose false, peruerse, and corrupt memory, -was with the gospell of Christ easily rooted out.</p> - -<p>In al these ilands they did worshippe the sunne and -moone, and other second causes, figures of men and women, -which are called in their language Maganitos, at whose -feastes (which they do make very sumptuous, with great -ceremonies and superstition) they doo call Magaduras. But -amongst them all, they have in most veneration an idoll whome -they called Batala, the which reuerence they had for a tradition; -yet can they not say what should be the occasion -that he should deserue more then any of the rest to bee had in -so great estimation. In certaine ilandes not farre off, called -<span class="sidenote">The diuell was worshiped.</span> -the Illocos, they did worship the diuell, and made vnto him -many sacrifices, in recompence of a great quantitie of gold -hee had giuen vnto them; but nowe by the goodnesse of God, -and the great diligence put and done by the fathers of the -order of Saint Austen (who were the first that passed into -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_262" id="Page_ii_262">[262]</a></span> -these parts, and liued worthely) and also by the friers of -Saint Francis, which went thither tenne yeares after, all -these ilands or the most part of them are baptised, and vnder -the ensigne of Jesus Christ: and the rest which doo remaine -and are not, is more for lacke of ministers and preachers, -then for any obstinacie of their parts. There is nowe gone -thither certaine fathers of the order called Iesuits, who will -be a helpe vnto them with their accustomed zeale and labour. -And nowe goeth thither many other religious men, very well -learned and apostolike, of the order of Saint Dominicke, who -will doo their indeuour to conuert them vnto Christ, as it -behooueth Christians to do.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XIII" id="CHAP_III_XIII"></a>CHAP. XIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Here is declared of some notable things that are, and haue beene -seene in these Ilands Philippinas.</i></p></div> - - -<p>They of these ilandes were accustomed to celebrate their -feastes aforesaid, and to make sacrifices vnto their idols, by -<span class="sidenote">Witches.</span> -the order of certaine women which were witches, whome -they do call in their language Holgoi, that were had in as -great estimation amongst them, as be the priests amongst -Christians. These did talke ordinarily with the diuell, and -many times in publike, and do diuellish witchcrafts both in -words and deeds: into whom it is to be beleeued that the -diuell did enter, for that straightwayes they did answere -vnto all things that were demanded of them, although for -the most part they woulde tell a lie, or els such wordes that -might be giuen diuers interpretations of, and of diuers vnderstandings. -They did also vse to cast lottes, in such sorte as -hath bene declared in the first part of this history: they were -great Agorismers<a name="FNanchor_1_70" id="FNanchor_1_70"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_70" class="fnanchor">[70]</a> or observers of times: in so much that if -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_263" id="Page_ii_263">[263]</a></span> -they begin any iourney, and at the beginning they meete -with a cayman, or lyzarde, or any other sauage worme, they -knowe it to be a signe of euill fortune, whereupon they -would straightwayes leaue off their iourney, although it did -import them very much, and returne vnto their houses, saying, -that the heauen will not that they shoulde go forwards -on that iourney: but all these lies and falsenes which beene -taught them, and they perswaded to, by the diuell, is ouerthrowne -and taken away by the law of the gospel (as aforesaide), -and haue now amongst them many monasteries full of -religious men, of the order of Saint Austen, Saint Francis, -and of Iesuits. According vnto the common opinion, at this -day there is conuerted and baptised more then foure hundred -thousand soules, which is a great number: yet in -respect of the quantitie that are not as yet conuerted, there -are but a few. It is left vndone (as aforesaid) for want of -ministers, for that, although his maiesty doth ordinarily send -thither without any respect of the great charge in doing the -same, yet by reason that there are so many ilands, and euerie -day they doo discouer more and more, and being so far off, -they cannot come vnto them all, as necessitie requireth. -Such as are baptised, doo receiue the fayth with great firmenesse, -and are good Christians, and would be better, if that -they were holpen with good ensamples: as those which haue -beene there so long time are bounde to doe: that the lacke -thereof doth cause some of the inhabitantes so much to -abhorre them, that they would not see them once paynted -vpon a wall. For proofe whereof (and for to moue such as -haue power and authoritie to put remedie in the same, I will -declare vnto you here a strange case, the which royally did -passe of a trueth in one of these ilandes, and is verie well -knowne amongst them: that is, there chanced to die an -ilander, a principall man amongst them, a few dayes after -that he was baptised, being very contrite for his sinnes the -which hee had done against God before he was baptised; and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_264" id="Page_ii_264">[264]</a></span> -after hee died. So after by the diuine permission of God he -appeared vnto many of that ilande, whom he did perswade -forthwith to receiue the baptisme, with reasons of great -efficacie, and declared vnto them (as one that had experiencd -the same) the rewarde of that good deede which without all -doubt shoulde bee giuen vnto them, if they would receiue -the same, and liue after conformable and according vnto the -commandements of Christ; for the which he told them and -said, that forthwith so soone as he was dead, he was carried -by the angels into glorie, there whereas all things were of -delite, pleasure, and content, and did communicate onely in -the sight of God, and that there was none that entred -therein, neither coulde enter, except hee were baptised, -according vnto the preaching of the Spaniards, of whome -and of others that were like vnto them, there was infinite -number. Therefore if so be that they would go and inioy -of those benefites and delights, it is necessarie that first they -should be baptised, and afterwards to obserue and keepe the -commandements that be preached vnto them by the fathers, -that are amongst the Castillas, and therewith he vanished -away, and they remained treating amongst themselues concerning -that which they had hearde, and was the occasion -that some of them forthwith receiued the baptisme, and that -<span class="sidenote">The Indians would not go into heauen because -there were Spanish souldiers.</span> -others did delay it, saying, that because there were Spaniard -souldiers in glory, they would not go thither, because they -would not be in their company.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_70" id="Footnote_1_70"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_70"><span class="label">[70]</span></a> The Spanish word is "agoreros", soothsayers or superstitious persons, -from <i>aguero</i>, an omen.</p></div> - -<p>All this hurt is done by one peruerse or impious man, and -with one euill ensample, the which amongst many good, as -you haue in those parts; but in especiall amongst them -in particular, it ought to bee reprehended and punished -seuerely with rigour.</p> - -<p>These ilands, at the first discouery of them, had the fame -to bee <i>mal sanos</i>, or vnholesome, but since experience hath -shewed and prooued it to the contrarie. It is a countrie -maruellous fertill, and yeeldeth very much rice, wheate, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_265" id="Page_ii_265">[265]</a></span> -goates, hennes, deere, buffes, kine, and great stoare of hogges, -whose flesh is so sauorie as the mutton they haue in Spaine: -<span class="sidenote">Siuit.</span> -there be also manie cattes that yeelde siuet, great stoare of -fruites, which be very good and sauorie: great aboundance -<span class="sidenote">Honie.</span> -of honie, and fish, and all solde at so small price, that almost -<span class="sidenote">Sinamum.</span> -it is solde for nothing. Also there is great stoare of synamon, -but no oile of oliues, but that which is carried thither -out of the Nuoua Espania: they haue much oyle of algongoli<a name="FNanchor_1_71" id="FNanchor_1_71"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_71" class="fnanchor">[71]</a> -<span class="sidenote">Linseed oile.</span> -and of flaxe seede, the which they doo spende ordinarily -in that countrie, so that the oyle of oliues is not missed -with them.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_71" id="Footnote_1_71"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_71"><span class="label">[71]</span></a> More properly spelt "ajonjoli", the Spanish name for "sesamum -orientale", or oily-grain.</p></div> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Cloues, saffron, pepper, nutmegs, cotton, and silke.</span> -There is great stoare of cloues, saffron, pepper, nutmegges, -and many other drugges: great stoare of cotton and silke of -all colours, the which is brought vnto them by merchants of -China, euerie yeare a great quantitie, from whence commeth -more then twenty shippes laden with peeces of silkes of all -<span class="sidenote">Powder, saltpeter, iron, steele, quicksiluer, -brasse, copper.</span> -colours, and with earthen vessell, powder, saltpeter, iron, -steele, and much quickesiluer, brasse, copper, wheate, flower, -walnuts, bisket, dates, linnen cloth, counting chestes<a name="FNanchor_2_72" id="FNanchor_2_72"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_72" class="fnanchor">[72]</a> very -gallantly wrought, calles of networke, buratos, espumillas,<a name="FNanchor_3_73" id="FNanchor_3_73"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_73" class="fnanchor">[73]</a> -basens and ewres made of tinne, parchment lace, silke fringe, -and also of golde, the which is spunne and twisted after a -fashion neuer seene in all Christendome, and manie other -of great curiositie, and all this aforesaide is solde verie good -cheape. Likewise such things as the ilands do yeelde are -sold very good cheape, for you shall haue foure roues<a name="FNanchor_4_74" id="FNanchor_4_74"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_74" class="fnanchor">[74]</a> of -wine which commeth of the palme tree for foure rials of plate -(the which for lacke of that made of grapes is very good), -twelue haneges of rice for eight rials of plate, three hennes -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_266" id="Page_ii_266">[266]</a></span> -for one rial, a whole hogge for eighteene rials, a whole buffe -for foure rials, a deere for two rials, and yet it must be both -great and good, foure roues of sugar for sixe rials, a botiia<a name="FNanchor_5_75" id="FNanchor_5_75"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_75" class="fnanchor">[75]</a> -of oile made of algongoli for three rials, two baskets of saffron -for two rials, sixe pounds of pepper or cloues for one riall, -two hundred nutmegs for one rial, a roue of synamum for -sixe rials, a kintal<a name="FNanchor_6_76" id="FNanchor_6_76"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_76" class="fnanchor">[76]</a> of iron or steele for tenne rials, thirtie -dishes of very fine earth foure rials, and all other things after -this rate.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_72" id="Footnote_2_72"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_72"><span class="label">[72]</span></a> Escritoires.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_73" id="Footnote_3_73"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_73"><span class="label">[73]</span></a> These words are both used for a fine gauze or muslin, of which ladies' -veils are made in Spain.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_74" id="Footnote_4_74"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_74"><span class="label">[74]</span></a> The original word is <i>arroba</i>, containing from three to four gallons.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_75" id="Footnote_5_75"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_75"><span class="label">[75]</span></a> A jar.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_76" id="Footnote_6_76"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_76"><span class="label">[76]</span></a> Quintal, a hundredweight.</p></div> - -<p>But amongst all other notable thinges that these Spaniards -haue seene in those ilands, and in the kingdome of China, -and other places whereas they passed, there is one thing -which hath caused them most to maruel at, and to haue it -most in memory; which is a tree, ordinarily called palma de -cocos, but doth differ from that which beareth the dates, and -with great reason, for that it is a plant so full of mysterie -and profite, that there hath come a ship vnto these ilands, -and the said ship, and all that was in her to be sold, with -ropes, cords, masts, sailes and nailes, were made of this tree, -and the merchandice that she brought was mantels made of -the rind of the saide tree, with great subtiltie and fine works. -Likewise all the victuals that was in the said ship for the -sustentation of thirtie men that came in her, yea their water -was of the same tree.</p> - -<p>The merchants that came in this ship did certifie of a truth, -in all the Iland of Maldiuia from whence they came, they -haue no other sustainment, but onely that which this tree -yeeldeth: they do make houses hereof, and tyles for to couer -the same, the fruit doth yeeld a meollio or curnell, which is -very sauory and healthfull, the sauor thereof is much like to -greene hasell nuts, and if you do cut the branch there -whereas the coco commeth forth is the principall fruite, and -euery one of them hath ordinarily a pinte of water, the which -is very sweet and delicate: al the said substance doth returne -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_267" id="Page_ii_267">[267]</a></span> -into the trunke of the tree, whereas they doo bore a hole, -and thereat they do draw out all that water, which is much: -and mingling it with other thinges they make thereof good -wine, the which is drunk in al those ilands and in the kingdome -of China. Of the same water they make vineger, and -of the meollio kernell aforesaide, oile verie medicinall, milke -like vnto almon milke: hony and suger very sauorie. These -and many other vertues hath this palme, whereof I haue declared -part, for that they are notable, and do cause admiration -vnto all men that passe into those partes: I doo leaue -to declare the rest because I would not be tedious. Nigh to -the cittie of Manilla, on the other side of the riuer, there is -a towne of Chinos that be baptized, such as haue remained -there to dwell to inioy the libertie of the gospel. There are -amongst them many handicrafts men, as shoomakers, taylors, -goldsmiths, blacksmiths, and other officers, and some merchants.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XIV" id="CHAP_III_XIV"></a>CHAP. XIV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The barefoote friers depart from the Iland of Luzon vnto China, and -is declared such as was there seene.</i></p></div> - - -<p>For that the principall intent of these religious men, when -they went out of Spaine, was for to go vnto the mightie -kingdome of China for to preach the holy gospell, and did -perseuer continually with that desire, they woulde neuer -intreat of any other thing, but onely to put it in execution: -and for the accomplishing of the same, they sought many -meanes and waies, sometimes in requesting the gouernor of -his aide and helpe to procure the same, for that it was an -easie thing to be performed, hauing continually ships of the -merchants of China in the port of Manilla.</p> - -<p>The gouernor did driue them off with many reasons, but -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_268" id="Page_ii_268">[268]</a></span> -principally he laid before them that rigorous lawe, which -they knew was established against such as did enter into that -kingdome without particular licence; yet notwithstanding, all -this was not sufficient to abate the louing desire of those -friers, which was only setled in their mindes for to go and -preach the holy gospel in that kingdome by one meanes or -other, although it were to put their liues in hazard: and for -the prosecuting hereof, the comissary of those ilands, who -was frier Geronimo de Burgos, did elect sixe religious men -for the same purpose: amongst them was the father Ignatio, -of whome I (as I haue said) vnderstood by writing and relation -many thinges, the which is declared in these [sic] itinerario -or comentarie: so that there was with him seuen religious -men, all seruants of God, and very desirous of the saluation -of soules, which was the occasion that they put themselues in -so long and tedious a iourney, leauing their owne countrie -and quietnesse. These seuen, with the good will of the -gouernor Don Gonsalo Ronquillo and of the bishop, whom -they did ouercome and winne with requests and perseuerance, -and carried in their company a Spaniard their friende, -called Iohn de Feria, of Andolozia, and other two souldiers -that went with pretence to become friers, one Portugall, and -sixe Indian ilanders: all the which, the eight day after -Corpus Christi, which was the one and twentie day of Iune, -in anno 1582, they departed from the port of Cabite, whereas -they did imbarke themselues in a barke of the saide Iohn de -Feria, and making saile at fiue of the clocke in the afternoone, -in the morning betimes they founde themselues twentie -leagues ouerthwart the port that is called Dol Fraile, -whereas they determined to go to sea, leauing the coast of -the Ilande of Manilla, which lieth north and south with -China: from the which cittie, which is (as I haue saide) in -fourteene degrees and a halfe, vnto the Cape of Boxeador, -which is in nineteene, it is one hundreth leagues sailing, and -from this cape to the firme land of China, they count it scarce -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_269" id="Page_ii_269">[269]</a></span> -fourescore leagues. And God was so pleased, although they -had two dayes calme, the seuenth day, which was the day -before the apostle Saint Peter and Saint Paule, at eight of -the clocke in the morning, they discouered the firme lande -of China: then straightwaies vpon the sight thereof, the -comissarie commaunded to bring foorth the habites which -hee carried readie made for to put vpon the friers, for that -when the Chinos shoulde see that they were all friers, they -should be voide of all suspition, to thinke them to be spies, -as they thought when the first friers went thither (as hath -beene tolde you); and not contented herewith, hee threw all -the souldiers apparell into the sea, and one hargabus of Iohn -de Feria, with the flaske wherein he carried his powder, and -all other thinges such as he thought woulde be a hurt and -hindrance vnto them, if it should so fall out that they shoulde -erre out of the port whereas the Portugals doo vse, and fall -vppon the coast, as afterwards it so fell out: they left nothing -but a match, which they forgot, which lacked very little to -haue cost them full deere. But when they had sight of -the lande, they did not well knowe it, for that they had -neuer seene it before, and were also ignorant of the ports; -although they were very neere to the bay of Canton, they -tooke their course vnto the northwest, wheras they should -haue gone to the southwest, which was the occasion that -they came vnto the prouince of Chincheo. This day, at fiue -a clocke in the afternoone, they discouered a port that was -not farre from them, whither they sailed and entred in, and -came to an anker on the outmost side, yet with great feare -and dread, for that they knew not the securitie thereof, -neither the trouble that might happen.</p> - -<p>They were not so soone at an anker, but they saw come -forth of the said port many barkes, both small and great, and -in them many souldiers with hargabusses, lances, swordes, -and targets, and in their foreshippe some small peeces of -ordinance. And when they came nigh vnto the barke wherein -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_270" id="Page_ii_270">[270]</a></span> -the Spaniards were, within musket shot, they stayed and -discharged great stoare of hargabus shot. But they, who -carried no armor to offende others, neither to defende themselues, -the answere that they gaue vnto the shot, was making -of many signes of peace, calling them with their handes to -come nearer vnto them, that they might see and vnderstand -that they came not thither with any pretence to do harme: -yet all was not sufficient to cause them to leaue off their -shooting, neither to come any nearer vnto their barke. At -this present there was amongst the souldiers one Chino, that -had beene at Luzon, and did knowe the Spaniards, being of -God inspired: hee made signes vnto the rest to leaue off -their shooting, which presently they did: and hee came with -his brigantine vnto their barke, and after him all the rest: -who, when they sawe that they had neyther armour nor -weapon, neither will to flie from them, they entered into the -barke, and with their naked swordes in their handes flourishing -with them ouer the heads of the Spaniards, with a great -noise and tumult, they carried them into the port, which was -called Capsonson, whereas was a generall of a great armie of -shippes that were at an anker in the saide port, who straightwaies -commanded that there should be carried on borde his -admirall foure of the Spaniards, the which they vnderstoode -was doone to take their liues from them: for the which, by -reason they did not name any person, foure religious men -did offer themselues to goe, and after they had confessed -themselues, they tooke their leaue of their companions, and -carried euery one of them a crosse in his hande, and his -breuiarie, without any other thing else.</p> - -<p>So when they came before the captaine, they founde him -more meeker and milder than they thought to haue done -(surely a worke done by God, in recompence of the great -perill that those his seruants did put themselues in to doo -his seruice and commandement). He asked of them, from -whence they came, and wherefore? with many other questions -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_271" id="Page_ii_271">[271]</a></span> -in effect; but when that hee was certified of the truth, hee -commanded them to returne againe vnto their barke, without -doing vnto them anie other harme; yet with a straite precept -that they should not go forth without his expresse licence.</p> - -<p>So with this commandement they remained in their barke -three dayes, guarded with many barkes and souldiers: and -the last of them, the captaine sent for two of the religious -men; and when they came before him, he commanded them -to be carried before a iustice, a friend of his there hard by. -These iustices did talke with them with so great grauitie, and -signes of cruelty, that euery time they came before them -they thought verely that forthwith they would command -them to be carried to be executed: and without all doubt, -either they had wil to do it, or else to put them in great feare -of death, for that it was plainely seene in diuers things they -commanded: but especially in one day there came vnto them -a iudge, with many armed men, and compassed their barke -round about with a great number of brigandines, with -plaine signes to giue them assalt, or else to sinke them: but -within a little while they were all in quiet, and the iudge -entred into a shippe that was thereby at anker, and being -set in a rich chaire, guarded with many souldiers about him, -hee commanded the rest that were in the brigandines forthwith -to go to visite and search their barke, and sent with -them an interpreter, one of Chincheo, who did a little vnderstande -the Portugall tongue. These souldiers carried in -their handes blacke banners, and other heauie and sorowfull -signes (which is vsed in that kingdome, when at any time -they doo execute anie person). So after they had made their -visitation, although they founde in their barke not anie prohibited -thing, but onely the match which I haue spoken off, -they commanded that they shoulde forthwith bee imbarked -two and two into the brigandines, whereas the armed souldiers -were, who did direct their foreshippes towardes a towre, -which was a prison, wherein was put all such theeues as were -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_272" id="Page_ii_272">[272]</a></span> -taken vpon the coast, out of the which there commeth none -forth but vnto execution. But when the Indians of the -ilands saw it, they wept bitterly, which moued the Spaniards -vnto great compassion; although they were themselues in the -same trance and perill, and as nigh their death, and made no -other reckoning; insomuch that two of the religious men -seeing them so nigh the towre (although when as they were -farre off, they made shewe as though they cared not for it), yet -at that time they were so farre from all reason and vnderstanding, -that al the night one of them knewe not what he did, -without any knowledge of the people wherein he was, but -lay as a deade man: and the other with pure imagination -and melancholike humour fel into a great infirmitie, whereof -within a few dayes after he died in the cittie of Canton. -But in conclusion, the stowtest of them all had feare enough, -and would haue giuen his life for a small matter, for that he -was without all hope, and thought verely that they carried -them vnto execution: which was the occasion that a Spaniard, -one of them that went with pretence to be a frier, and the -habite on, hauing in his power a thousand and sixe hundred -rials of plate, he threw them into the sea, saying, Seeing that -I am going to dye, I wil that it be in the habite of S. Francis, -with the pouerty in which the glorious saint liued and died, -for to follow him in his steps aright. With this feare aforesaid -they were carried towards the tower: but when they -came nigh to it, there followed after the souldiers that carried -them, a skiffe with many oares, in great hast, and called a -loud vnto them, saying, that the captaine general commanded -that they should bring backe againe those prisoners to his -shippe, the which forthwith they accomplished: and after -he had demanded of them certain questions, he commanded -to carry them to the said tower; the which was done, as -they could perceiue, for to put them in more feare. So after -they had feared and scared them with this rigorous temtation, -the saide captaine himselfe went into one of the brigandines, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_273" id="Page_ii_273">[273]</a></span> -and went with them on land; whereas presently when he -came on shoare, hee carryed the Spaniards into a temple of -their idols, vnto whome hee did his accustomed reuerence; -yet the religious men, although they were with great feare -of death as aforesaide, they woulde not imitate him, but -turned their faces from their idols and did spit at them, -giuing the captaine to vnderstande by signes, that he should -not worshippe them, for that they had no more goodnesse in -them then was giuen by man; so that, by good reason to the -contrary, those idols should giue reuerence vnto men, because -they made them; and to whome they ought to giue -their true worship is vnto the true God, the Creator of -heaven and earth.</p> - -<p>By this act it is plainely to bee seene the gift of strength, -the which the Holy Ghost doth giue vnto his baptized -Christians, as in these religious men that were at deathes -doore, yet had they strength and spirit for to resist and -reprehende them that could take away their liues. The -captaine, although he made a shew that he was offended -with that which hee had seene them do, yet he did them no -harme, but presently brought them out of the temple, and -commanded the souldiers to remaine there and guard them -all that night: the which they passed lying vpon the grounde, -and yet thought themselues happie, and gaue thankes to -God for that he had deliuered them from the death that was -so nigh vnto them.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_274" id="Page_ii_274">[274]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XV" id="CHAP_III_XV"></a>CHAP. XV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Here hee doth prosecute in things which the saide Fathers did see, and -vnderstand, the second time they entred into the kingdome of China, -and of the troubles they passed.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The next day in the morning, the priest of the idols did -open the temple, whereas presently they put in the Spanish -religious men, who sawe him and his ministers lighting of -little candels, and making perfumes vnto their idols, with -manie superstitious ceremonies; the which being done, they -cast certaine lottes (a thing much vsed amongst them), as -they vnderstoode it was done for to consult with the diuell -(who was within those idols) to know what they should do -with them, yet this they could not perfectly vnderstand; but -straightwaies they were carried out of the temple, and -brought by the souldiers before a iudge, who was the chiefe -and principall of all the sea of that prouince, and was sixe -leagues from the place in a cittie called Quixue: the way -thither was very plaine and brode, and paued, and vpon -both sides there were fields both of corne and flowers. So -with the helpe of God the Spaniards came before the presence -of this general in eight days, although it was with -great trauell, by reason they had neither force nor strength -for to trauell, for that they had lost it with the heauie and -sorowful newes as aforesaid.</p> - -<p>Yet notwithstanding, at their comming to the citty Quixue, -the souldiers had them in continuall guard and keeping till -the next day following; then they were carried before the -generall, where he was in a very great and faire house, the -which had two courts, one of them was next vnto the doore -of the streete, and the other was towards the farther partes -of the house; both of them were railed round about in -manner of grates: they were planted full of diuers sortes of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_275" id="Page_ii_275">[275]</a></span> -great trees, wherein did feed a great number of deere and -other wilde beasts, but yet as tame as sheepe. Right ouer -against the inwarde court there was a gallerie, whereon was -many souldiers which did guarde and keepe the person of -the generall, who was in a mightie great and gallant hall, set -in an iuorie chaire with great maiestie. Before they entred -into the seconde court, there was discharged within, both -artilerie and hagabus shot, and played vpon a drum, which -was as bigge as those which they vse in Spaine: that being -doone, there was a great sounde of hoybuckes and trumpets, -and of many other instrumentes: the which being doone, -they straightwayes opened the gates of the innermost court, -whereas the gallerie was aforesaide, from whence they might -see the throne whereas the generall was set. There was -before him a table whereon was paper and other necessaries -for to write (a thing commonly vsed in all that countrie): -the souldiers that were his guarde were all in one liuerie of -silke, and were in so gallant consort, and had so great -sylence, which made the Spaniards greatly to maruell: the -first order was of the hargabushes, and the seconde were -pikes, and betwixt the one and the other was placed a -sworde and a target; there might be about foure hundred -souldiers. Behinde them were placed the officers of iustice, -or executioners, with their instruments for to whippe and -punish offenders: and in the midst of them were the -scriueners and proctors.</p> - -<p>About thirtie paces, more or lesse, from the chaire where -the generall was set, was placed certaine gentlemen, and to -the number of a dozen pages, bare headed, verie gallantlie -apparelled in silke and golde. In the middest amongst -these souldiers were the Spaniards carried, and before them -such tokens and shewes as they doo vse when as they doo -present before the iudges such as bee condemned vnto death. -A good way before they came nigh vnto the place whereas -the general was, they caused them to kneele downe: at which -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_276" id="Page_ii_276">[276]</a></span> -instant there was brought foorth certaine Chinos, that were -prisoners, to be iudged; and so soone as their inditement -was read, and iudgement giuen, the executioners did execute -the rigour of the sentence in the presence of the Spaniards, -first pulling off their apparell, and then making fast their -hands and feete verie fast with cordes, in such sort, that they -shriked that the noise reached vnto heauens: they kept -them so bounde vntil they sawe farther what the iudge -woulde commaunde, who, when hee had heard his inditement, -if hee woulde that hee should be whipped, hee striketh a -blow with his hand vppon the table that is before him: then -the executioners doo strike fiue blowes vppon the calues of -the legges of the offender with a broad cane, in the order as -hath beene saide, and is so cruell that none can suffer fiftie of -them but he dieth. The blowe being giuen vppon the table -by the generall, straightwayes one of the proctors maketh a -crie or noise, whereat presently commeth the executioner for -to execute his office. And if the offender dooth deserue -more, then the iudge dooth strike another blowe vppon the -table: then is there giuen him other fiue blowes, and in this -sort dooth the iudge so manie times as his offence dooth -deserue. At the lamentations and shrikes that these miserable -offenders doo giue, the iudges shewe no more signe of -pittie then if they were stroken vppon a stone. So the audience -being concluded and doone with the naturals of the -countrie, the generall commaunded that the Spanyardes -shoulde come a little nearer, and looked and searched their -garments and all the rest, as also their breuiarios and books: -that being done, they were informed by those that brought -them, how and in what order they were apprehended, and -of all other thinges touching their comming into that kingdome: -vnderstanding thereof, he commaunded them to be -carried vnto prison, where they were put in sure holde, -and with great watch and guard for certain dayes, in the -which time they passed incredible trouble, as well of hunger -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_277" id="Page_ii_277">[277]</a></span> -as of thirst and heat, which was the occasion that the most -part of them fell sick of agues, and of the laske.<a name="FNanchor_1_77" id="FNanchor_1_77"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_77" class="fnanchor">[77]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_77" id="Footnote_1_77"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_77"><span class="label">[77]</span></a> From "laxitas", an immoderate looseness of the bowels.</p></div> - -<p>So after these dayes that they were in prison, they were -carried once againe to the audience, and many other more -were brought forth to be uisited, all people beleeuing that -the Spaniards should no more returne, but bee executed, for -the which they receiued great content, to be cleared by one -death, of so many as dayly they had before their eyes. In -the conclusion of this audience the generall did decree, that -they should be carried by sea vnto the cittie of Canton, -whereas was the vizroy of that prouince, and he to commande -them to be executed or punished according as hee thought -best, according vnto the penalty put vppon whatsoeuer -straunger that should enter into that kingdome without -licence (as they did enter). But when they saw that they -were carried out of the prison vnto the sea, they verelie -beleeued that it was to drowne them therein; for the which -(having a newe confessed themselues, and commended themselues -vnto God) they did animate one another with the -representation of the reward which was prepared for them: -but when they came vnto the barre whereas they should imbarke -themselues, vppon a suddaine the sea beganne to waxe -verie loftie and troublesome, that it seemed almost a myracle, -and it increased in such sort that the souldiers and mariners -said, that neuer before they had seene the like torment, the -which endured the space of tenne dayes: the which was the -occasion that they did not imbarke themselues, and that the -generall did change his pretence, and determined that they -shoulde be carried by lande vnto the great cittie of Sancheo-Fu, -the which was presently put in vre: they were manie -dayes on this iourney, with fiftie souldiers that did guarde -them: in the which they sawe so manie curious thinges, and -of so great riches, that they iudged it to bee the best countrie -in all the world.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_278" id="Page_ii_278">[278]</a></span></p> - -<p>So when they came vnto the citty, with no small trouble -and werinesse, by reason of their long iourney and euill intreatings -by the souldiers, they were presently carried (as -might be sayde) from Herode to Pylate, and escaped not one -day, but they were carried to the publike audience, or else -before some particular iudge. This citie was very fresh both -within and without, and full of many orchards, whereas were -an infinite number of fruite, with gardens, stanges of water, and -other thinges of great recreation. This citie is three times -so bigge as Siuell, and compassed about with a mightie -strong wall, their houses are verie great and well wrought, -their streets are exceeding faire, brode and long, and so -straight, that from the one end vnto the other they may see a -man. In equall distance the one from the other, there are -built triumphall arkes (which is an ordinarie and common -thing vsed in the cities of that kingdome): vpon their gates -there are little towers, whereon is planted all the artilerie that -they haue for the defence of the citie (as hath been said), -all the which is inuironed and compassed about with a riuer -which is great and faire, on the which is ordinarily sayling -an infinite number of barkes and brigandines, and is of so -great depth, they may come and lye harde vnto the wall, -yea, ships of great burden. On the one side of the citie -there is a little iland of great recreation, vnto the which -they do passe by a very faire bridge, the one halfe made of -stone and the other of timber, and is of a great length; that -on the part that is made of stone, the father Ignacio did -tell thirtie innes, or victualling houses, whereas was to be -bought, not only flesh and fish, but also great store of marchandice, -of great estimation and valure, as amber, muske, -peeces of silke, and cloth of golde.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_279" id="Page_ii_279">[279]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XVI" id="CHAP_III_XVI"></a>CHAP. XVI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The Spaniardes are sent vnto the citie of Hucheofu, and doo declare -what happened there vnto them.</i></p></div> - - -<p>From the citie of Sancheofu they were sent vnto Hucheofu, -the which is more principall and greater than the first, alwayes -hauing with them in companie and garde the number of -souldiers aforesaid: sometimes they trauailed by lande and -sometimes by water, whereas they saw so many rich thinges, -which in respect to them, all that they had seene vnto that -time was nothing. Of the which, although I haue had particular -relation of many of them, I leaue off here the declaring -thereof, for that of an itinerario or commentarie I will -not make a historie. But principally for that many of them -doo seeme to be incredible, and will be more vnto those that -haue not had any notice of the mightinesse of this kingdome.</p> - -<p>In the discourse of this their iourney, the cities and townes -they sawe were many and verie bigge, and all compassed -with strong walles: and at one of them there was a mightie -riuer, on the which was edified more than five hundreth -engynes or wheeles, and they were made with so much art, -that alonely with the violence of the streame of the riuer -that dooth force them, they water all the groundes there -abouts for the space of two leagues and more, without any -other helpe or humaine force.</p> - -<p>In this citie they were certaine daies in visiting and complementes, -after the which they were commaunded to goe -vnto Canton, of the which in the two relations before, is -made particular mention. So when they came vnto the citie -they were carried vnto the prison of the Thequixi, which is -whereas are put such as are condemned to die, the which -they plainely perceiued. There they remayned verie manie -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_280" id="Page_ii_280">[280]</a></span> -dayes, and the most part of them were carried vnto the tribunall -seate of the iudges, in companie with others that were -condemned to die.</p> - -<p>At this time there was in the citie the Tutan, who was the -viceroye of the prouince, and the Chacu, who is the generall -visitor, and that was at such time as was doone great iustice -for to cleare the prisons, whereas were thousandes of men, -and some that had beene there more than tenne yeares. -There was some day at that time that in the presence of our -people were brought foorth to be iudged, two thousand -prisoners, some to the death, and others to be whipped, and -other to be banished, with other kinde of penalties, according -vnto the disposition and rigor of their lawes. That day -wherein they make capitall audience, they vse particular -ceremonies, as shooting of certaine peeces of artilerie, and to -shut the gates of the citie, not permitting anie to enter in, -neither go foorth, till such time as that act and iustice be -finished, and many other thinges, as hath beene declared in -the first part of this historie.</p> - -<p>The Spaniards being in the citie at this time of so great -calamitie, it so fell out that the same time there was a gentleman -of Portingall called Arias Gonsalo de Miranda, chiefe -captaine of the citie of Machao (very deuout vnto religious -men, and a friende vnto Spaniardes), who vnderstanding the -great trouble and danger wherein they were, hee tooke -order by all meanes possible to set them at libertie, and had -so great care therein, that hee went through with his intent, -in such sort that they were deliuered out of pryson, and -from the great feare in which they were, and all by the -intercession of this gentleman, who did vse so good persuasions -for the loue he did beare vnto them, that he made voyde -the euill opinion they had against them, and with compulsion -to reuoke the rigorous sentence of death pronounced against -them. I do not here in particular treate of such thinges as -happened vnto these religious men the servants of God, as -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_281" id="Page_ii_281">[281]</a></span> -well in the prison as on their iourney, for that they were -many, and to declare them is requisite a long time, and to -make a new historie.</p> - -<p>And although in the bookes before, haue been declared -the riches of that kingdome, and all thinges in particular, -yet for the better certification, I thought it good (and not -without purpose) to declare in the chapter following some of -those which the father fryer Martin Ignatio did communicate -with me, vsing in the treating thereof so much breuitie, -that it shall seeme rather an epilogo then a new relation. -And for a more verification of the truth, whereby better -credite may be giuen therevnto, seeing that the persons who -did see it doo agree in that which shall be here declared; -and again, for that the saide father and his companions did -see more thinges than the others, whose relations be alreadie -set downe. The occasion wherefore they put confidence in -them, and to let them see and vnderstand many secretes, -was for that they were sentenced and condemned to die: for -without all doubt if they had vnderstood that they should -haue returned out of the kingdom, they should neuer haue -seene them, for they haue great care that any other nations -should know their secrets, their manner of gouernement, and -liuing.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XVII" id="CHAP_III_XVII"></a>CHAP. XVII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Here it doth intreat of the mightinesse, goodnesse, riches, and -fortitude of the kingdome of China.</i></p></div> - - -<p>This kingdome is vnder the tropike of Capricorne, and -stretcheth foorth on the sea coast, south west and north east, -more than fiue hundreth leagues: it hath on the partes south -west the kingdome of Cochinchina, and on the north east, it -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_282" id="Page_ii_282">[282]</a></span> -dooth confine on Tartaria, a kingdome which dooth compasse -the most part of the lande; on the other part of the northwest -there is an other mightie kingdome of white people, -which is beyonde the kingdome of Persia, it is called Catay: -there be in it Christians, and the king thereof is called -Manuell. It is sayd of a truth, that from the furthest part -<span class="sidenote">Sixe months trauaile from Ierusalem vnto China.</span> -of this kingdome vnto Ierusalem, is sixe moneths trauaile by -lande, the which they vnderstoode by certaine Indians which -came from that kingdome by Persia, whose testimonials were -made in Ierusalem sixe moneths before, wherein was declared -how that they had trauelled by Arabia Felix, and -passed the Red Sea. The other fourth part of this kingdome -is compassed with a verie asper and high mountaine, which -is fiue hundreth leagues vpon a right line: but nature had -left certaine places open towards the northwest, which might -be fourscore leagues, little more or lesse, towards the Sea of -Iapon, which is towards the Septentrion. The great riches -of this countrie, and the great number of people that be -therein, did supplie the same (as in the first part of this -historie is more at large declared). And for that the king of -this countrie seeing himselfe oppressed and troubled by the -mightie Tartaro, and seemed that easily he might defende -himselfe from him, in shutting vp of those gates which -nature had left open betwixt the mountaines, he did shut it -vp with the death of many thousande of people, for that -hee vsed therein great tyrannie, which afterwardes was the -occasion of his owne death.</p> - -<p>This mountaine, with the supply by man, is the famous -wall of the kingdom of China, that is of fiue hundred leagues -long; yet you must vnderstande it in the manner aforesaide, -the better to giue credite thereunto, for alonely foure score -leagues were made by mans handes with great industrie, -and there is vpon it an infinite number of bulwarkes, which -maketh it the more fayrer and stronger, but yet not so strong -as is the other four hundreth and twentie leagues which -were made by nature.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_283" id="Page_ii_283">[283]</a></span></p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Great ditches and lakes.</span> -Nigh vnto the same there is a great desert full of ditches -and lakes of water, which is the occasion that this kingdome -hath been conserued for more than two thousand yeares, as -doth appeare by their owne histories, which they holde to -bee verie true.</p> - -<p>All is imparted into fifteene prouinces, with that of Aynao,<a name="FNanchor_1_78" id="FNanchor_1_78"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_78" class="fnanchor">[78]</a> -and euerie one of them hath a principall citie, of the which -it beareth the name. In the middest of this kingdome there -<span class="sidenote">A mightie lake.</span> -is a great lake, out of the which proceedeth many great and -mightie riuers, which runne through all the kingdome, and -are so big that there sayleth vp and downe in them barkes, -fregats, brigandines, and many other vessels of an other -kinde of making. This great abundance of water is the -occasion that it is so fertile, and so well prouided of all -thinges; and againe, the most part of their cities and townes -are situated on the riuers side, so that by them the one prouince -doth communicate with an other, carrying the one -vnto the other great store of marchandice and other thinges -of great curiositie, and is done with little cost, for that all -things are done very good cheape.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_78" id="Footnote_1_78"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_78"><span class="label">[78]</span></a> The island of Hainan.</p></div> - -<p>This sea cost of this kingdome is the biggest and the best -that is knowen in all the world; there is vpon it fiue prouinces, -which be these: of Canton, Chincheo, Liampon, -Nanquin, and that of Paquian, which is the furthest towardes -the northwest, in the which is resident the king and his -counsell with all his court ordinarily, and the most part of -the men of warre that it hath, for that this prouince doth -confine vpon the Tartaros their enemies. Some will say, -that the kings ordinarie dwelling there, is for that it is the -best and most fertilest of all the kingdome. But I beleeue -(according to the saying of some of the Chinos) that he doth -it not but because it is so nigh vnto Tartaria, and to finde -himselfe there whereas hee may supply all necessities which -might happen vpon a soddaine by his enimies. In these -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_284" id="Page_ii_284">[284]</a></span> -riuers there are certaine ilandes, the which are very profitable -vnto all the kingdome, for that there is nourished and -brought vp in them great store of deare, hogges, and other -beasts, which is the occasion that the cities are so well prouided -and serued.</p> - -<p>But one of the things which causeth most admiration to -them that go to this kingdome, is to see so infinite a number -of ships and barkes that be in euerie port thereof, and are so -many, that there hath beene a man in the citie of Machao -that hath layde a wager, that alonely in the riuer of Canton -<span class="sidenote">More ships in one port than in all Spaine.</span> -there be more ships and vessels than in all the cost of -Spaine.</p> - -<p>One thing I may affirme, that I haue heard declared by -persons of great credite, that haue beene in that kingdome -(but in especiall of the father Ignacio, whom I do follow in -this Itinerario) that it is an easie thing in any one of these -fiue prouinces that be vpon the sea cost, to ioyne together a -thousande ships of warre, and all of them (as they say in -Spaine) dedicated for that purpose. The occasion why there -be so many, is alreadie declared in his proper chapter. -There are diuers opinions touching the greatnesse of this -kingdome, but the most are conformable with the father -fryer Martin de Herrada, who, like a good geometrician and -mathematician, went nighest the pricke. This opinion is -declared in the first part of this historie whereunto I referre -me, and in that which toucheth in particular things of that -kingdom, for that it is there declared at large as it was taken -out of their bookes. But one thing I cannot let passe but -declare, for that it seemeth woorthie to make thereof a particular -memorie: and I vnderstood it by the mouth of the -said father Ignacio, which is that he doth affirme it to bee -certaine true and approued, that euery day in the yeare one -with an other (besides wars and the plague, the which in -<span class="sidenote">They neuer had the plague.</span> -this countrie they remember not to haue any, neither do they -finde written in their histories for 2,000 yeares, neither by -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_285" id="Page_ii_285">[285]</a></span> -famin nor any other accidentall occasions to consume the -people) yet doth there die many thousands of people both -smal and great, in al the fifteen prouinces of this kingdome: -which is no small griefe vnto them, who with a Christian -zeale doth consider this heauie tribute of so many soules that -the diuell doth recouer euerie day, and carrie them vnto his -mansion or dwelling.</p> - -<p>All this kingdome is so fertile, as well for the ordinarie -watring as also for the temperature of the heauen, that almost -all the whole yeare they do gather fruits, but in especiall of -wheat and rice: so that both the one and the other are very -good cheape, that our people in the discourse of their trauaile -or pilgrymage did buy one pyco of rice or of wheate -meale, which is fiue roues of Spaine, for one ryall and a halfe; -and according vnto this rate al other thinges beare their -prices, as hath beene before declared. They say that in this -countrie there be many elephants, lyons, tygres, ownses, and -other brute beastes, of the which these fryers sawe verie few -aliue, but manie skins of them, which is a signe that it is of -truth. There are many beasts whereof come the muske, the -which are of the tygres, and like vnto a litle dogge, the -which they do kill and put them vnder the ground certaine -dayes, and after that it is putrified and rotten, the flesh and -bloud is conuerted into that sweete powder. There be also -many cyuet cats and little worth, a great number of horse, -and although those which the said friers did see were litle, -yet is it a common voice and fame that in some of the fifteene -prouinces there are very good: but they were not there, so -that they cannot say they had seene them. But the hens, -geese, duckes, and other poultrie that are in all partes of this -kingdome are without number, which is the occasion that -they are of small estimation: the abundance of fish is no -lesse, as well of the sea as of the riuers, in the which they -are conformable. All they that do declare of the thinges of -this countrie, and the small price that it is solde for, is such, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_286" id="Page_ii_286">[286]</a></span> -that the saide frier doth affirme, and others that haue bin in -that kingdome, that for the value of sixe marauadies (which -is a pennie) may four companions eat very wel of flesh, fish, -rice, and fruits, and drinke good wine of that countrie.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Mynes of golde and siluer.</span> -In all this kingdome there are many mynes both of gold and -siluer, and all verie rich: but the king will not let them be -labored but with great lymitation (saying) that which is in -those mynes be in his house, and that they should procure -to bring it from other kingdomes: yet notwithstanding the -abundance is so great both of the one and the other, and so -common, that there is no man, although he be of an occupation, -but hee hath in his house things both of gold and siluer, -<span class="sidenote">Siluer for his value more -esteemed than gold.</span> -and other very rich iewels. They do esteeme for his value -more the siluer than the golde: and they say the cause is, -for that the prices of golde are variable, as in Italie: but the -siluer is alwaies at one staye and price.</p> - -<p>There are great store of pearles, but in especiall in the -Iland of Aynao; and great abundance of quicksiluer, copper, -yron, steele, laton,<a name="FNanchor_1_79" id="FNanchor_1_79"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_79" class="fnanchor">[79]</a> tyn, lead, salt peter, brimstone, and -other things which were woont to beautifie a kingdome, but -<span class="sidenote">Amber gryce.</span> -aboue all, there is very much muske and amber gryce.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_79" id="Footnote_1_79"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_79"><span class="label">[79]</span></a> Latten, iron covered with tin.</p></div> - -<p>The king of this kingdome, besides the great rent the which -he hath, it is saide that he hath great treasories in all the principall -cities, those which are the head cities of the prouinces; -for the confirmance thereof, it was affirmed vnto the saide -fryer for a verie certaintie, that in the citie of Canton, all -<span class="sidenote">Wonderfull treasure.</span> -the money that hath entred into the same for the space of -fiue hundred yeres (as well by way of the Portingals, as by -those of the kingdom of Cyan,<a name="FNanchor_2_80" id="FNanchor_2_80"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_80" class="fnanchor">[80]</a> and others their borderers, -and all the tributes of that prouince) is altogether in the -king's treasure house of that citie, which amounteth vnto, by -good account, many more millions than may be well numbred -for to giue credite thereunto. It is as common for the -people of this countrie to weare silke, as in Europe to weare -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_287" id="Page_ii_287">[287]</a></span> -lynnen; yea, they doo make their shooes thereof, some of -satten, and many times of cloth of golde, of verie gallant -colours: the cause is by reason of the great abundance that -they haue thereof, and is of so great quantitie, that it is carried -from the citie of Canton vnto the Portingall Indians -more than three thousand kintals euery yeare, besides a great -quantitie which is carried vnto Japon, and ordinarily more -than fifteene ships laden for the Ilandes of Luzon. The -Sianes, and other nations, doo also carrie away a great quantitie: -and although there are carried away ordinarily as afore -<span class="sidenote">Fleetes may be laden with silke.</span> -saide, yet there remaineth so great quantity in that kingdome, -that many fleetes may be laden therewith.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_80" id="Footnote_2_80"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_80"><span class="label">[80]</span></a> Siam.</p></div> - -<p>There is also great store of flax, cotton, and other kinde -of webstrie,<a name="FNanchor_3_81" id="FNanchor_3_81"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_81" class="fnanchor">[81]</a> and al so good cheape that the aforesaide fryer -dooth affirme that he hath seene solde a canger,<a name="FNanchor_4_82" id="FNanchor_4_82"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_82" class="fnanchor">[82]</a> which is -fifteene fadom, for foure ryals of plate. The fine earthen -dishes that are in this countrie, cannot be declared without -many wordes. But that which is brought from thence into -Spaine is verie course; although, vnto them that hath not -seene the finer sort, it seemeth excellent good: but they -haue such with them, that a cubbard thereof amongest vs -would be esteemed as though it were of golde. The finest -cannot be brought foorth of the kingdome vpon paine of -death; neyther can any haue the vse thereof, but onely the -loytias, which be there gentlemen (as hath been tolde you). -<span class="sidenote">Sugar, hony, and waxe.</span> -There is great quantitie of sugar, honie, and waxe, and verie -good cheape as aforesaide. And in conclusion I say, that -they liue with so great abundance, that all things do flow so -that they lacke nothing necessarie for their bodies: but for -their soules, which is the principallest, they do lack (as you -haue vnderstoode in the discourse of this historie): God -remedie the same at his pleasure.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_81" id="Footnote_3_81"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_81"><span class="label">[81]</span></a> Articles for weaving.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_82" id="Footnote_4_82"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_82"><span class="label">[82]</span></a> The original word is "canga", probably a local word for the measure -referred to.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_288" id="Page_ii_288">[288]</a></span></p></div> - -<p>The rent which the king of this kingdome hath, is declared -vnto you in a proper chapter of it selfe; so that in this I -will declare that which the sayde fryer tolde me, and is onely -<span class="sidenote">A riuer that yeeldeth a million and -a halfe euery yeare in salt.</span> -of one riuer, which is called the riuer of the salt, and is -in the prouince of Canton, and is worth vnto him, euerie -yeare, a million and a halfe. And although the ordinarie -rent, the which he hath euerie yeare, dooth exceede the -greatest king that is nowe knowen in all the world in quantitie; -yet, in his treasories which he gathered together and -kept (if it be true that the Chinos do say), in euery principall -citie of these fifteene prouinces, is more than a great number -of kings togither haue or can procure, no, nor come nigh -vnto it by a great deale.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">All cities are walled.</span> -All the cities and townes of this kingdome are walled -about with stone walles, and at euerie fifteene paces a bulwarke; -and without the wall commonly all of them haue a -riuer, or else a great deepe moote, wherein they may bring -water at all times, with the which they are very strong: -they doo vse no fortes, neyther haue they any, but onely -ouer the gates of the cities, towers (as hath been declared), -and in them is put all the artilerie, the which is for the -defence of that citie or towne.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">They vse hargabushes, bowes, and lances.</span> -They vse many sortes of weapons, but in especiall hargabushes, -bowes, lances of three or foure manners, swords like -vnto faunchers, and with them targets. All the souldiers -when they go to fight, they weare long garments down to -their knees, very wel stuffed with cotton wooll, the which -doth resist the thrust of a lance, or a stabbe: all such souldiers -as haue the king's ryall pay weare, in token thereof, -red and yellowe hats, of the which there is so great a number, -as well horsemen as foot men, that almost it is impossible to -<span class="sidenote">Englande, France, Spaine, and -the Turke hath not so many souldiers as this kingdome.</span> -number them. And it is a common opinion of all them that -haue bin in this kingdome, and haue seene them, that all -Spaine, France, and the Great Turke, hath not so many as -this kingdome hath. They haue amongst them captaines of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_289" id="Page_ii_289">[289]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">Captaines of few and many souldiers.</span> -ten souldiers, some of a hundreth souldiers, some of a thousand, -of ten thousand, of twentie thousand, and in this sort -to a hundred thousand. The number of souldiors that these -captains do leade, are knowen by certain ensignes that they -beare. They muster and make show of their people euery -new moone; and the same day they do pay them royally, -and their pay must be in siluer, and in no other money. It -is saide by such as have seene this pay, but especially the -aforesaid father, Fryer Ignacio, that they giue them a peece -of siluer, which may weigh so much as a ryall and halfe of -Spaine, and is as much worth there as foure crownes amongest -vs, in respect of the value of all things. But both in the -one and in the other kingdom, that day that they do receiue -their pay, euery one must make a show of some act in armes, -the which is done in the presence of viewers or muster-masters: -and such as are found that doo not his exercise -with dexteritie, they are reprehended and cruelly punished: -they doo skirmish with great consort, and in that which -toucheth obedience to their captaines, and vnto the ensignes, -the which they do vse in their wars, they may compare with -all nations of the world.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XVIII" id="CHAP_III_XVIII"></a>CHAP. XVIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>This Chapter doth treat of certaine rites and ceremonies, and other signes -and tokens which be found, and do show that they haue had notice of -the holy law of the Gospel.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Such ceremonies as vnto this day haue bin seene amongst -the people of this kingdom, are gentilicas,<a name="FNanchor_1_83" id="FNanchor_1_83"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_83" class="fnanchor">[83]</a> without any mixture -with the Moores, nor with any other sect: yet there is -found amongst them, that is a sufficient indition,<a name="FNanchor_2_84" id="FNanchor_2_84"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_84" class="fnanchor">[84]</a> that they -haue had in some time past, some particular notice of the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_290" id="Page_ii_290">[290]</a></span> -euangelical law, as is plainly seene by certaine pictures which -haue beene found and seene amongest them, whereof we -haue made particular mention, the which they beleeue was -knowen by the preaching of the Apostle S. Thomas, who -passed through this kingdome when as he went vnto the -Indians, and from thence to the city of Salamina,<a name="FNanchor_3_85" id="FNanchor_3_85"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_85" class="fnanchor">[85]</a> which, -<span class="sidenote">Salamina where S. Thomas was martred.</span> -in their language, is called Malipur, whereas he was martyred -for the name and faith of Jesus Christ: of whom, at -this day, they do remember in that kingdome, by the tradition -of their antecessors, who said, that many yeares past -there was in that kingdome a man that did preach vnto them -a new law, whereby they might goe vnto heauen: who, after -that hee had preached certaine daies, and saw little fruit -thereof (for that they were all occupied in ciuill wars) he -departed from thence vnto the Indians. But first he left -certaine disciples behind him that were baptised and well -instructed in matters of faith, that they might preach vnto -them whenas occasion did serue for the same. In many -places they do worship the diuell, only for that he should do -them no harme; and so the said fryer did tell me, for that -hee was diuers times in presence whereas they did obsequies -of certaine Chinos that lay a dying: and he saw that they -had painted before the dead man a furious diuell, having in -his left hand the sunne, and in his right hand a dagger, with -the which he made a show as though he would strike him. -This picture was put before him at the point that hee should -yeelde vp the ghost, strengthening him that he should put -great trust thereon.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_83" id="Footnote_1_83"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_83"><span class="label">[83]</span></a> The original Spanish word, meaning "pagan", left untranslated.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_84" id="Footnote_2_84"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_84"><span class="label">[84]</span></a> From the Spanish <i>indicio</i>, "proof".</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_85" id="Footnote_3_85"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_85"><span class="label">[85]</span></a> More properly Calamina. Tillemont upon this subject says: "Les -Portugais pretendent qu'il y a une ancienne inscription à Maliapur dans -les Indes, où l'on apprend entre autres choses que Saint Thomas fut percé -d'une lance au pié d'une croix près de cette ville. C'est peutêtre ce qui -fait dire aux auteurs nouveaux que Calamine est la même ville que -Maliapur."</p></div> - -<p>And as the fryer did demand of them what reason they -had to do the same, some of them answered and saide, because -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_291" id="Page_ii_291">[291]</a></span> -the diuell should do no harme vnto the dead man in -the other world they put his picture before him, that he -might knowe him, and take him for his friend.</p> - -<p>That which is vnderstood of these Chinos is, that although -they haue amongst them many errors of the Gentiles; yet -with great ease they would be reduced vnto our faith, if -they might haue libertie for to preach, and they to receiue it.</p> - -<p>When as the sunne and the moone is in eclypse, they beleeue -verily that the prince of the heauen will destroye them, -and for verye feare they put them selues in that colour: the -people generally doo worshippe vnto them, and beleeue -verily that the sunne is a man, and the moone a woman. -And therefore, when as they beginne to bee eclypsed, they -make great sacrifices and inuocations unto the prince afore -said, desiring him not to kill nor destroy them, for the great -necessitie they haue of them. All generally beleeue the immortalitie -of the soule; and that in the other world they -shall be rewarded or punished according as they liued in this -worlde, in company of the bodie. And therefore they do -vse to make in the fields sepulchres, wherein they command -themselues to be buried after they bee dead. When they -should be buried, they command to kill all their seruants or -their wiues, those that best he loued in his life, saying, that -they do it that they should go with them to serue them in -the other world, whereas they beleeue they shall liue eternally -and die no more. They put with them into their -sepulchres things to be eaten and great riches, beleeuing -that they do carry the same into the other world, and there -to serue their necessities. In this error were the Indians of -the Peru of old antiquity, as the Spaniards haue seene by -experience. There is in this kingdom many vniuersities and -colleges, wherein is taught philosophie, both naturall and -morall, and the lawes of the countrie, for to learne to gouerne -by them; vnto the which the king doth send ordinarily -visitors to see and vnderstand the order that is amongst them, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_292" id="Page_ii_292">[292]</a></span> -and to reward or punish the students according vnto the -desert of eyther of them. They are greatly ashamed when -they see any euil thing committed, although they bee not -punished for the same, and are people that do permit with -ease correction, as the father Ignacio and his companions did -see by experience; who going alwayes as condemned men -to die, yet at all times when they did see them do reuerence -vnto their idols or vnto the diuell, or any other euill thing, -they did reprehend them with great liberty, who did not -onely seeke to hurt them for the same, but did greatly reioyce -to heare their reasons wherewith they did prohibite or forbid -them. The said frier did tell me that, one day, passing by -an hermitage, whereas dwelled an hermite who had, vpon the -altar in the same, an idoll for his saint: before whom was -there a Chino, a principall man, worshipping the same; the -saide father, without any feare, went vnto him, and began to -reprehende him, and to spit at the idoll, and caused him -therewith to leaue off his worshipping, whereof he was -greatly amazed, both he and all the rest of his companie, to -see with what boldnes it was done, and no harme done vnto -him for the same, eyther they supposed that the Chino did -thinke him to be a mad man, or else (which is most to be -beleeued) that God did worke with his seruant whereby he -would giue him his reward for that which he had done, in -returning for his honour, in mittigating the furie of that man, -and to giue him vnderstanding that he was reprehended with -reason. There are many Chinos conuerted to the faith as -well in the Ilands Philippinas, as in the citie of Machao, and -they baptise of them daily, who giue tokens and outwarde -showes to bee good Christians, and say that the greatest difficultie -for to conuert all the whole kingdome, will be in -them that doo gouerne in the same, for they had neede of a -particular ayde and helpe of the mercie of God to bring -them vnto the faith; for that they are had in reuerence and -obeyed as Gods vpon the earth. Besides this, they do giue -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_293" id="Page_ii_293">[293]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">Giuen to delights.</span> -themselues to all delightes that any humaine creature can -imagine, for that they put all their felicitie therein, and doo -it with so great extremitie, that it is supposed there is no -people in all the worlde that may be compared vnto them.</p> - -<p>For besides that they are alwayes carried in little chayres, -and vpon mens shoulders, which are covered with silke and -golde; yet are they giuen much vnto bankets, wherein they -haue so many different sortes of meates as their appetites -doo require. And it is greatly to be maruailed at, that the -<span class="sidenote">Their women are chast, but their men -are vicious.</span> -women of this kingdome are marveilous chast and secret as -any whatsoeuer; and to the contrarie the men are as vicious, -but in especiall the lords and gouernors: and for that our -faith do reprehend with rigor and terror the excesse of these -thinges, it is to be beleeued that it will be a great impediment -to the entrie of the Gospel amongst them: yet God may so -touch them, and in such sort, that there will be no difficultie. -Amongest the common people there will be no such impediment; -but rather they will embrace with great content our -holy law, for that it will be an occasion to cleare and set -them at libertie from the tyrannie of the diuell, and from -their iudges and lords, who do intreate them as slaues. This -is the opinion of all them that haue entred into this kingdome, -and haue intreated of this matter with the Chinos. -They haue amongest them some good thinges, and woorthie -to be imitated and folowed, of the which I will here set -downe two, which are thinges of great purpose to my iudgement. -The one is, that vnto none they do giue the office to -gouerne, by no manner of wayes nor meanes, although they -be suborned by friendship, but onely by his owne merites -and sufficient abilitie. The seconde, that none can be viceroy, -gouernours, nor iudge of a prouince or citie, in the -which hee is naturall borne, the which they say is done to -take away the occasion of dooing any iniustice, beeing carried -away or led by parentes or friendshippe. All other thinges -of this kingdome I do remit vnto that which hath bin before -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_294" id="Page_ii_294">[294]</a></span> -declared, for to passe vnto the rest, the which in this Itinerario -is promised to be mentioned and declared.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XIX" id="CHAP_III_XIX"></a>CHAP. XIX.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>This Chapter doth treate of the Islands of Japon, and of other thinges in -that kingdome.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The Ilands of Japon are many, and altogether make a -<span class="sidenote">Iapon is 300 leagues from China.</span> -mightie kingdome, that is divided amongest many lords: it -is distant from the firme land of China, three hundred -leagues, and in the middest betwixt both kingdoms is the -prouince of Lanquin, which is one of the fifteene afore -named; although going from Machao, a city of the Portingals, -and ioyning vnto Canton, which is of the Proper China, -they do make it but two hundred and fiftie leagues, trauelling -towards the north, and commonly they do account the same -leagues from the Ilands of Luzon or Philippinas, vnto the -said Ilands of Japon: whereunto they may go by Noua -Hispania, for that it is better and surer nauigation, and -shorter voyage, for according vnto the reckoning of the -pylots that do nauigate those seas, they make it no more then -1750 leagues, which is not halfe of that which the Portingalls -make in their nauigation.</p> - -<p>These ilands are many (as aforesaid), yet are they populared -with much people, who in their bodies and faces differ -very little from the Chinos, although not so politike: [by the -which it seemed to be true, that which is found written in the -histories of the kingdom of China, saying, that these Japones -in old time were Chinas, and that they came from that -mightie kingdome vnto these ilands, whereas they do now -dwell, for this occasion following. A kinsman of a king of -China, a man of great countenance and valour, hauing conceiued -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_295" id="Page_ii_295">[295]</a></span> -within his brest for to kill the king, and thereby to -make himselfe lorde of the countrie, the better to put this in -execution, he gaue to vnderstand of his euill intent vnto -others of his friends, requesting their fauour to execute the -same, promising that he would do his best. This being -done, and hauing them alwaies for his especiall friends, unto -whom it seemed no difficult thing, and againe moued with -ambition, they did promise him: and for the better confirmation -thereof, they began to prepare souldiers, and to haue -them readie against the day appointed. And for that this -their pretence could not be brought to effect with such -secrecie as the matter required, their treason came to be discouered -vnto the king, at such good oportunitie that he -might very well seeke remedie for his owne safegard at his -pleasure, vnlooked for of his kinsman and the rest of his -followers, who were all taken with great ease.</p> - -<p>Then was it determined by those of the royall councell, -that all the traitors should haue their throts cut according -vnto the lawes of the countrie: but when their sentence was -carried vnto the king to be confirmed (he vnderstanding that -they much repented, and were sorie for their sin and treason -that they had pretended against him), he determined to remedie -the same with less damage, fearing what might happen -by their deaths, so that he comanded they should not die, -<span class="sidenote">The first inhabiting of the Iapon.</span> -but be banished for euer out of the kingdome, with precise -band, that they, their wiues and children, and al that should -come of them, should for euer liue on those ilands that are -now called Iapon, which were at that time desert and without -people. This sentence was executed, and the offenders -did accept the same for mercie. So they were caried to the -said ilands, wheras when they saw themselues out of their -naturall countrie, and without any possibility euer to returne -againe, they ordained their comon wealth as a thing to last -for euer: directing all their lawes which were for their conseruation -and gouernment, contrarie vnto the Chinos from -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_296" id="Page_ii_296">[296]</a></span> -whence they came. But in particular they made one, wherin -they did prohibite for euer their descendants to haue any -frindship with the Chinos, and did admonish them to do -them all the euill that was possible, which is obserued and -kept vnto this day inuiolable, shewing themselues their contraries -in all they may, euen in their apparell, speech, and -customes: for the which there is no nation so abhorred of -the Chinos as is the Iapones, so that they are payd their -hatred with the like. And although at that time the said -Iapones were subiectes and tributaries vnto the king of -China, and so continued long time after, now at this day -they are not, but do all harme that may be vnto those of that -kingdome.]<a name="FNanchor_1_86" id="FNanchor_1_86"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_86" class="fnanchor">[86]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_86" id="Footnote_1_86"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_86"><span class="label">[86]</span></a> The whole of the passage included in brackets is inserted from the French -of De la Porte.</p></div> - -<p>They haue much siluer, but not so fine as that is of our -Indians, likewise great abundance of rice and flesh, and in -some parts wheate: and although they haue all this, with -many fruits, and hearbs, and other things which be their -ordinary victuals, yet are they not so well prouided as are -their confines or neighbors, and no default in the lande, for -that it is verie good and fruitefull. But that the naturall -people do giue themselues verie little vnto the tilling and -sowing thereof, for that they are more affectioned vnto the -warres then vnto that: and this is the reason that many times -they do lack prouision and victuals, which is the verie same -reason that the naturall people and others do report of them. -<span class="sidenote">In the Iapones are 66 kingdomes.</span> -There be in these ilandes three score and sixe kingdoms or -prouinces, and many kings, although it may be better said, -rulers or principals, such as the Spaniardes found in the -Ilands of Luzo: for which cause, although they be called -kings, yet are they not, neither in their contractation nor rent, -for they haue verie little in respect of the multitude of -people. The king Nobunanga, who died in the yeare 1583, -was the most principall and greatest lord amongst them all, -as well of people as of riches: who was slaine by a captaine -of his, and punished by God by this meanes for his luciferine -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_297" id="Page_ii_297">[297]</a></span> -pride, for that it did farre exceede that of Nebuchadonozor, -and was come vnto that point that he would haue beene worshipped -for a god: for the which he commanded to make a -sumptuous temple, and to put in it thinges that did well -declare and showe his follie: of the which that you may see -how farre it did extend, I will declare here onely that which -he did promise vnto them that did visite his temple.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">A luciferine pride.</span> -First, the rich men that came vnto the saide temple, and -did worshippe his picture, should be more richer: and those -that were poore, should obtaine great riches: and both the -one and the other, that had no successors to inherite their -goods, should also obtaine them, and also long life for to -enioy the same, with great peace and quietnesse.</p> - -<p>The second, that their life should be prolonged to eighty -yeares.</p> - -<p>The third, that they should bee hole of all their infirmities -and diseases, and shall obtaine full accomplishment of -all their desires with health and tranquillitie. And the last -he commanded that euery month they should celebrate a -feast for his birth day, and therein to visite his temple, with -certification that all those that did beleeue in him, and in that -which hee promised, should without all doubt see it accomplished, -and those which in this life were faultie and did not -doo in effect his commaundement, in the other they should -goe the way to perdition. And the better to accomplish this -his will, he commaunded to be put in this temple, al the idols -in his kingdomes that were most worshipped, such as to -whom frequented most pilgrimes: the which being done, he -presently forbad that not one of them all should be worshipped, -but he onely that was the true Fotoque and vniuersall -god, the author and creator of nature.</p> - -<p>[This foolishnesse did this proud king a little before his -miserable death, and many other more, that I do leaue out, -for feare that I should be too tedious in this itinerario. -There did succeed this proude king in the kingdome his sonne, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_298" id="Page_ii_298">[298]</a></span> -called Vozequixama, who for that he is very yong, at this day -it is gouerned by a worthy captaine called Faxiuandono.]<a name="FNanchor_1_87" id="FNanchor_1_87"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_87" class="fnanchor">[87]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_87" id="Footnote_1_87"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_87"><span class="label">[87]</span></a> The whole of this paragraph included in brackets, is inserted by the -translator from the French of De la Porte.</p></div> - -<p>All men that are borne in this land are naturally inclined -to warres and robberies, and it is vsed ordinarily amongst -themselues, alwayes he that hath most power and strength doth -carry away the best part; and yet he doth enioy it with little -securitie, for that as the prouerbe saith "he findeth a last for -his shoo, or the length of his foote is found," and another -commeth (when he thinketh least off) and carrieth away -their spoile with victorie, reuenging iniuries the one for the -other, without being requested thereunto: which is the occasion -that they are neuer without ciuill warres, and that -seemeth to bee the influence of the clime of that land. This, -and the continual exercise in armes and in robberies, hath -giuen them the name of warriers, and do terrifie all their -borderers and neighbors.</p> - -<p>They vse many weapons, but especially hargabusses, -swords, and lances, and are very expert in them. On the -firme land of China they haue done many suddaine robberies -and thefts, and haue gone thorough therewith at their pleasure: -and would haue done the like at the Ilands of Luzon, -and vsed for the same all meanes possible, but yet it fell out -contrary vnto their meanings, and returned their backes -full euill against their wils, with their hands vpon their -owne heads.</p> - -<p>On a time they came vnto the Illocos, who with the fauour -of the Spaniards (whose vassals they are) did defende themselues -worthily: that the Iapones thought it best to returne -vnto their houses and to leaue their begun pretence, with -determination neuer to put themselues in the like perill, for -that they had lost many of their companie. Not many -yeares since there happened vnto them the like disgrace in -China: there went tenne thousande of them to robbe and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_299" id="Page_ii_299">[299]</a></span> -steale, and at their going on lande, they did sacke a cittie -with little hurt and smal resistance, who with the content of -that pray, forgot themselues and did not preuent the harme -that might chance vnto them: the Chinos being offended -did compasse them about in such sort, that when the Iapones -remembred themselues, they were in that case that they -were constrained to yielde vnto their enimies, who at their -willes did repay themselues very well of the iniurie receiued, -and a very good warning vnto all those that shall heare -thereof, to flie from putting themselues into the like trance: -so the Chinos were very wel reuenged of the iniury by them -receiued.</p> - -<p>The faith of Christ is very well planted in some of these -ilands, by the good diligence and trauell of the fathers and -Iesuites, but in particular by that which was doone by -Master Francisco Xabier, one of the tenne companions of the -father Ignacio de Loyola, a founder of the saide religion: -hee trauelled with great zeale in the conuerting of the saide -Ilands, and that which was a great helpe vnto the same was -his holy doctrine and apostolike life, as vnto this day the -Iapones doo confesse, attributing vnto him (next vnto God) -the goodnesse that hath come vnto them by receiuing the -baptisme, whome the fathers of that companie haue followed -in all pointes, such as remained after his death, as also such -as haue gone thither since that time.</p> - -<p>So that vnto them may be attributed the thankes for the -mollifying of such adamantine hearts, as are those of the -natural people of these ilandes, whose wittes (although they -be good and subtil) are naturally knowne to be inclined -vnto warres, robberies, and doing of euill: and at this day, -being Christians, they do followe their euill inclinations, yet -notwithstanding, by the good doctrine and ensample of the -saide fathers, they are much better Christians then those of -the Orientall or East Indians.</p> - -<p>I do not set downe here the number of those that are -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_300" id="Page_ii_300">[300]</a></span> -baptised in these ilands, for that there are therein diuers -opinions, as also for that the fathers of the name of Iesus or -Iesuits doo distinctly declare in their letters. The Portugals -say that in respect of the number of people that are to bee -conuerted, the number that are baptised are very fewe, and -that there are many that are not, for lacke of ministers and -preachers; the which may easily be remedied, in commaunding -to go thither more religious men of other orders, for to -aide and helpe the saide Iesuites, the which shoulde be vnto -them a particular content and comfort as I doo beleeue, as -hath beene seene by experience in all partes of the Indians, -whereas haue come religious men vnto places of their doctrine, -for that the quantitie of people is so great that are in -these ilandes, that although there shoulde go thither many -laborers of the gospell, and all the orders of religious men, -the one should not be a let or hindrance vnto the other, and -they shoulde all of them finde enough to occupie themselues, -especially if that the successor of Nobunanga were conuerted -with his subjectes. All the men of these ilands are well set -and well proportioned, and go well apparelled, although not -in so good order as those of China: they liue verie healthfully -and long, by reason that they doo vse verie few diuersities -of meates: they doo not suffer amongst them any -phisitians, and doo not cure themselues but with simples.</p> - -<p>They haue amongst them many priests of their idols, whom -they do call Bonsos, of the which there be great couents. -<span class="sidenote">Many witches.</span> -Likewise they haue amongst them great witches, who do -ordinarily talke with the diuell, and are not a small impediment -for them to receiue the lawe of God in that kingdome. -The women or wiues of these Iapones do keepe themselues -very close, and very seldome go forth of their houses, in the -which they do resemble those of China much (as hath beene -said), yet haue they many wiues, for that by their lawes it is -lawfull for them to haue as they please and can sustaine; -yet are they so prudent, that they do restraine themselues, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_301" id="Page_ii_301">[301]</a></span> -and liue in great peace. Both men-seruants and women-seruants -do serue their masters, as though they were slaues, -and they may kill them at their pleasure without incurring -any penalty of their lawes, a thing far different from any -good policie. Many other things more could I declare of -this kingdome, the which I do let passe, for the reason aforesaid: -and again, for that the fathers of the company of Iesus -haue intreated thereof at large and vere truely.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Ilands of Amazones.</span> -Not farre from these Ilands of Iapon, they haue discouered -of late certaine ilandes which are called of the Amazones, for -that they are all inhabited by women, whose ordinary weapons -are bowes and arrowes, and are very expert in the same: -they haue their right brest drie, the better to exercise their -bow. Unto these ilands, in certaine monethes euery yeare, -goeth certaine shippes from Iapones with merchandice, and -they bring from thence such as they haue there: in the -which time the men do deale with the Amazones as with -their own proper wiues, and for to auoide dangers that might -happen amongst themselues they deale in this order following.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">A strange custome.</span> -After that their shippes are aryued, there goeth on shore -two messengers for to giue aduice vnto the queene of their -arriuall, and of the number of men that are in their shippes, -who dooth appoint a day when they shall all come on shoare: -the which day shee doth carrie to the waters side the like number -of women, as they bee of men, but the saide women doo first -come thither before the men doo disembarke themselues, and -euery one of them dooth carry in their hande a paire of shooes, -or a paire of slippers, and on them their own seuerall marke, -and do leaue them on the sands at the waters side, without any -consort or order, and presently departe from thence. Then -the men come on shoare, and euery one take the first paire -of shooes that he commeth vnto, and put them on: then presently -the women come forth, and euery one of them carryeth -with her him who hath fallen vnto her by lot, to put on -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_302" id="Page_ii_302">[302]</a></span> -her shoes, and maketh him her guest, without any other -particularitie, although it chanceth unto the most vilest of -them all to meete with the queenes shooes, or otherwise to -the contrarie.</p> - -<p>So when the monethes are expired set downe by the -queene, in the which are permitted the men aforesaid, they -doo depart, euerie one leauing with his hostis his name, and -the towne where hee dwelleth, for that if it so fall out that -they bee with child, and be deliuered of a sonne, that hee -may bee carried the yeare following vnto his father, but the -daughters do remaine with them.</p> - -<p>This is very doubtfull to bee beleeued, although I haue -bin certified by religious men, that haue talked with persons -that within these two yeares haue beene at the saide ilands, -and haue seene the said women; and that which causeth me -more to stand in doubt, is for that the fathers of the companie -that dwell at the Iapones, haue not in their letters -made any particular mention of them: therefore let euery -one giue credite to this as liketh him best.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XX" id="CHAP_III_XX"></a>CHAP. XX.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>They haue notice of certaine kingdomes borderers vnto these Ilands of -Iapon, and it treateth of some thinges of them, according vnto the -truest intelligence that hath come from those parts, and of certaine -miracles that happened in the kingdome of Cochinchina, that were -notable.</i></p></div> - -<p>From the cittie of Machao, which is inhabited by Portugals, -and situated on the skirt of the firme lande of China, in -two and twentie degrees, the aforesaide father Ignacio did -trauell for Malaca, passing by the gulfe of Aynao, which is -an ilande and prouince of China, and fiue leagues from the -firme lande, and from the Philippinas one hundreth and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_303" id="Page_ii_303">[303]</a></span> -foure score. It is a very rich prouince and of great prouision, -and in the straight that is betwixt them and the firme -<span class="sidenote">Great fishing of pearles.</span> -lande, there is great fishing of pearles and aliafar,<a name="FNanchor_1_88" id="FNanchor_1_88"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_88" class="fnanchor">[88]</a> and those -which are there founde do in many killats<a name="FNanchor_2_89" id="FNanchor_2_89"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_89" class="fnanchor">[89]</a> exceede them -that are brought from Baren, which is on the coast of Arabia, -or those that are brought from Manar, which is another kingdome -from whence is brought many vnto that of China.</p> - -<p>This prouince of Aynao is very good and strong, and the -people thereof very docible and well inclined. From this -ilande to the kingdome of Cochinchina, is fiue and twenty -leagues, and from Machao, one hundreth and twentie fiue: -it is a mightie kingdome, and is in sixteene degrees of altitude, -and the one part therof is ioyned with the firme land of China. -The whole is deuided into three prouinces. The first dooth -enter forty leagues into the lande, and hath in it a mightie king. -The second is more farther within the land, and he that is -lord thereof is a king of greater power than the first; and -ioyning vnto the sun, more towards the Septentrion, is the -thirde, the which is more greater and of more riches, whose -king in respect of the other two is an emperor, and is called -in their language Tunquin, which doth signifie the same. -Unto him be subiect the other two kings: yet notwithstanding -his mightinesse, and called emperour, hee is subiect vnto -<span class="sidenote">Parias is a duetie for the kinges owne person.</span> -the king of China, and dooth pay him tribute and parias.<a name="FNanchor_3_90" id="FNanchor_3_90"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_90" class="fnanchor">[90]</a> It -is a countrie well prouided of victuals, and as good cheape -as in China. There is great stoare of a wood called palo de -Aguila, and of another woode called Calambay, and both of -them are verie odoriferous.<a name="FNanchor_4_91" id="FNanchor_4_91"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_91" class="fnanchor">[91]</a></p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_88" id="Footnote_1_88"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_88"><span class="label">[88]</span></a> More correctly <i>aljofar</i>, a corruption from the Arabic "seed pearls".</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_89" id="Footnote_2_89"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_89"><span class="label">[89]</span></a> From the Spanish <i>quilate</i>, a carat.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_90" id="Footnote_3_90"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_90"><span class="label">[90]</span></a> Spanish. An acknowledgment or tribute from one prince to another.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_91" id="Footnote_4_91"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_91"><span class="label">[91]</span></a> The following is from a notice by the late T. H. Colebrooke, Esq., -appended to a paper by Dr. Roxburgh, which will appear in the forthcoming -part of the "Linnæan Transactions." "It may be remarked by -the way, that the Portuguese <i>pao de aguila</i>, as noticed by Rumphius, -is an undoubted corruption, either of the Arabic <i>aghaluji</i>, or of the Latin -<i>agallochum</i>, and it is from a ludicrous mistake, that from this corruption -has grown the name of lignum aquilæ, whence the genus of this plant -now receives a botanic appellation, and which many authors have vainly -attempted to distinguish from the lignum aloes and Calambac. The -latter is a Malay name of the aloe wood, derived, according to the conjecture -of Rumphius, from the Chinese Kilam."</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_304" id="Page_ii_304">[304]</a></span></p></div> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Aboundance of silke and gold.</span> -Great aboundance of silke and gold, and of other things -very curious: all these kingdomes are at a very point to be -reduced vnto our faith, for that the principall (he whom -they giue title of emperor) hath sent diuers times to Machao, -and vnto other parts whereas are Christians, and haue requested -to send them persons both learned and religious, -for to instruct them in the law of God, for that they are all -determined to receiue it and be baptised: and doo desire it -with so great feruentnesse, that in manie citties they haue -the timber ready to build and edifie churches, and in a redinesse -all other kind of necessaries for the same.</p> - -<p>There was in Machao a religious man of the order of barefoote -friars of S. Francis, who, vnderstanding the great and -good desire of this king, did sende him by certaine Portugal -merchants that did trade into his countrie, a cloth whereon -was painted the day of iudgement and hell, and that by an excellent -workeman; and also a letter, wherein hee did signifie -vnto him the great desire he had with some other of his companions -to go into his kingdome to preach the gospel. The -which being receiued by the said king, and informed the signification -of the picture, and of the religious man that sent -it him, he reioyced very much with the present; and did -send in returne of the same an other that was very good, -vnto the same religious man, and a letter of great curtesie, -and did accept the offer that hee sent in his letter, and did -promise that all that went thither shoulde haue good entertainement, -and that he would presently make them a house -next vnto his.</p> - -<p>This religious man, although he had a desire to put in -execution the kings will, yet at that time hee coulde not, by -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_305" id="Page_ii_305">[305]</a></span> -reason that he had but few companions: the which the king -did vnderstande, and caused him to sende vnto the bishoppe -of Machao three or foure letters, requesting him to send him -the saide religious men, with certification that hauing them -there, both hee and all the rest of his kingdome woulde receiue -the faith of Christ and the holy baptisme: vnto the -which letters they did alwaies make answere with promises -that he would send them vnto him: but after, because they -did not accomplish the same, the king did complaine of him -vnto certaine Portugall merchants with great griefe, saying, -this your bishop of Machao doth greatly lye; for that I haue -requested him by foure letters to send me religious men for to -preach the law of the gospell, and he consenting vnto my -wil, did neuer accomplish nor performe his word. Unto this -day they haue not accomplished this desire, for the great lacke -they haue of such ministers as they doo demande, and are -requisite in those parts, and cannot supply their want and -necessitie, except they should leaue them vnprouided that -bee already baptised. They doo driue them off with faire -words and promises, that with as great breuitie as is possible, -their desire shal be satisfied. And this was the answere that -was giuen in Machao vnto certaine messengers or ambassadors -that were sent by the aforesaid king, for the same demand, -the which was required with great instance. The -which messengers for their comfort, and for his who sent -them, did carry with them al such images as they might -haue, but specially that of the crosse, in which form and -likenes (as hath bin informed) they haue made in the kingdome -an infinite number, and set them in all their streets, -highwayes, and houses, whereas they are worshiped and reuerenced -with great humilitie, as well for that it is in an -ensigne of Christ, whose faith they do desire to receiue, as -also for a notable miracle which happened in that kingdome -worthy to make thereof a particular mention, the which I -will set downe here, in such sort as the ambassadors aforesaide -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_306" id="Page_ii_306">[306]</a></span> -did declare in publike before the inhabitants of Machao, -when as they came to demande religious men for to -instruct them in the gospel.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">A myracle.</span> -There was a man naturally borne in this kingdome, who, -for certaine occasions went forth of the same, and came and -dwelt amongst the Portugals, who, seeing the Christian ceremonies, -and being touched with the hand of God, was baptised, -and remained certain yeares in the same towne, giuing -outwarde shewes to bee a good Christian, and one that feared -God; at the end thereof he changed his minde, and determined -to returne vnto his owne countrie, and there to liue -according vnto that which he had learned of the Christians, -the which he beleeued to doo with ease, without any gaine-saying -or contradiction. Whereas when hee came thither, -hee did obserue all such things as a Christian was bounde to -doo: but amongst other signes and tokens of the same, he -made a crosse and set it by the door of his house, whereunto -he did reuerence at all times, when he passed by the same, -with great devotion. His neighbours when as they saw that -signe, a thing of them neuer seene before, and howe that -that Christian did make particular reuerence, they beganne -to mocke and scorne him and the crosse, and pulled it downe -from the place whereas it was set, and did other things in -dispite thereof, and of him that had set it there in that place, -whose hatred and discourtesie was so much that they determined -in their minds to burne it, and to put the same in -execution, who, at the same instance, did all miraculously -die; I say those that would haue burnt the same, the which -was seene of many other, who haue giuen sufficient testimony -thereof. And within fewe dayes after, all the whole -linage of those dead persons did follow the same way, and -not one escaped. This miracle being spread throughout all -the kingdome, the naturals thereof did set vp many crosses -in all parts.</p> - -<p>This they say was the principall motion that God put into -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_307" id="Page_ii_307">[307]</a></span> -their hearts for to moue them to demande for such as shoulde -baptise them, and preach the holy gospell. Likewise, a -great helpe vnto the same was the declaration of the painted -cloth, which the aforesaid religious man did send to the king. -Since that time, there hath gone vnto the cittie of Machao -certaine naturals of that kingdome, who, being affectioned -vnto our faith, were baptised there: with the which, and -with the hope aforesaid, they are all sustained, till such time -as it is the pleasure of God to send them the remedie for -their soules, the which hee hath caused them to desire, which -cannot be long, according vnto that which hath beene seene, -and the miracles that God doth worke, the more for to kindle -their desire, as the myracle of the crosse before spoken off, -and others the which certaine Cochinchinos did declare in -the cittie of Machao, in anno 1583, and happened the same -yeare, and was very fresh in the memorie of all those of the -saide kingdome. The one of them was, that one of the -<span class="sidenote">Another myracle.</span> -Christians aforesaid went to visite a principall man that had -the palsie, and kept his bed many yeares before: and conferring -with his long sicknesse, he told of certaine myracles, -such as he had vnderstanding that was done by Christ our -Redeemer, when that he was man amongst men whome hee -redeemed: but in particular those which he did in the healing -of the like infirmities, such as he lay sicke of: alonely -with his deuine vertue, in touching of them with any part of -his garments or shadow. The iudge hearing this, hee had a -particular faith and devotion to him that had doone these -myracles that the Christian had told him, and asked what his -name was, and what signes and tokens he had: he told him -that his name was Jesus of Nazareth, Redeemer of the worlde, -the Sauiour and glorifier of men. And the better to declare -vnto him his signes, he shewed to him an image or picture -that he had of his, the which was giuen him such time as he -was baptised, printed in paper: and of Iesu Christ when he -ascended vp into heauen, the which, for lacke of churches -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_308" id="Page_ii_308">[308]</a></span> -and other of greater volume, hee should haue continually -with him, and make his praiers thereunto. This sicke man -tooke it, and fixed his eies thereon with so great deuotion -and faith, in requesting him to giue him his health, and that -he would presently beleeue in him and bee baptised. At -the same instant, in the sight of them all, he felt himselfe -whole of the infirmitie that he had suffered so many yeares -before, and neuer could find any humaine remedy for the -same, although he had prooued an infinite number. He -straightwayes willed the Christian to baptise him, vnto whome -hee gaue a great summe of monie, the which hee receiued -against his will, and spent it in workes of mercie; and with -part thereof he bought a bigge barke, in the which at this -day he dooth passe people thorough a riuer, whereas they -were wont to passe great perill and danger, and hee doth it -for Gods sake, and receiueth nothing for the same.</p> - -<p>A fewe dayes after, in another part of this kingdome, -there happened another myracle of no lesser substance -then the first, that is, there was a Cochinchina in the said -citie of Machao, who did aske to bee baptised of a barefoote -frier, which after that hee had catechised sufficiently, hee -gaue it vnto him: and after a great time that hee had beene -in his company, and had experience of his Christianitie and -deuotion, he gaue him licence for to returne vnto his country, -with a good token, that at his comming thither he would -procure to augment the desire of Christianitie, the which -God had begunne to kindle in their brest. This good neu -Christian did procure the same with so great care, that he -did profite very much (being holpen with the fauor of God, -who made him his instrument), hee healed certaine infirmities, -in shewing vnto the patients an image of our ladie, the -which he had continually about his necke, and had therunto -great deuotion, and woulde declare to them with great zeale -the Lords Prayer or Pater Noster. His fame was so much -spread abrode in all parts of this prouince, wherein he -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_309" id="Page_ii_309">[309]</a></span> -dwelled, that it came vnto the ears of a mandarin, or principall -iudge of the same, who was many dayes in his bedde -a leaper, both of handes and feete, and neuer coulde finde -any phisition nor medecine that could giue him his health, -nor any other humaine remedie: who being verie desirous -to bee healed, hee sent for the saide Christian, and asked if -hee would take vppon him to heale him of that infirmitie, as -it was affirmed that hee had done by others of greater importance. -The Christian saide hee would; then the iudge -did promise vnto him for the same great giftes and rewardes, -but hee made no account thereof, but onelie requested of -him for reward, that after hee should bee hole, that he would -be baptised and become a Christian: the which he did accept, -and principally he shewed vnto him the image that hee -had of our lady, saying: If thou wilt beleeue in this lady, -that is heere ingraued, and in her most holy sonne Iesus -Christ, the Redeemer of the whole world, thou shalt presently -be made hole. This mandarin or iudge did beholde -the same with great attention, and thought on the words -which he had heard spoken, and in determining with himselfe -to beleeue the same, at the very point that he did put -it in execution, he was healed of al his infirmitie, a thing -which caused great admiration in all that prouince.</p> - -<p>These myracles and that of the crosse, in a short time -being knowne abrode, haue caused such a desire vnto the -inhabitants of that kingdome to become Christians, that by -all manner of meanes possible they do procure the same: the -which is not followed for lacke of ministers, as aforesaid, and -is no smal griefe vnto them that Christianly doo put themselues -to consider how the diuel our aduersary doth carry -vnto his infernal mansion those soules which seeme to bee -well disposed for to enioy the benefite of God, and his eternal -goodnesse: all the which is for lacke of ministers, and -not for any other default. God remedie the same for his -mercies sake.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_310" id="Page_ii_310">[310]</a></span></p> - -<p>The said father Ignacio (whom, as I haue said, I do follow -in many things of this itinerario) did tell me, that as he -passed by this kingdome for to go vnto Spaine, he saw the -deuotion of the people thereof, and the great desire they -had to bee Christians, and how that the people were ready -and bent for to receiue the holy gospell, very humble and of -good vnderstanding. Hee would haue tarried for to baptise -them, and would haue done it onely for charity and compassion, -seeing with what deuotion they did demand the -same, and the great number of soules that were condemned; -but hee was constrained by force to go vnto Malaca, and -againe it seemed vnto him, that amongst so many people his -smal force might do little good: and that it were better for -him to go vnto Spaine, and to procure more companions to -helpe him, as he did, and returned with him, and with many -other rewards, of Pope Gregory the thirteenth receiued: -and he also receiued great fauours of the king of Spaine, -and with great hope, that his maiestie will giue his particular -aide, for to go thorow with this enterprise, which will not -be of small effect. I do beleeue of a truth, that in small -time all that kingdome shall be subiect vnto the Catholike -faith of Rome, and to be the gate whereby to enter the lawe -of the gospell into the mightie kingdome of China, for that -this of Cochinchina is vpon the same firme land, and their -language and customes are almost in one manner.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Their womenn are honest and shamefast.</span> -They are verie white people of this kingdome, and are -apparelled like vnto those of China: their women are verie -honest and shamefast, and their apparell is very curious and -gallant. The men weare their haire dispersed, and doo -combe and trim it with too much care. In all the countrie -almost, all of them are apparelled in silke, for that they haue -there verie much, and excellent good: the countrie is verie -holesome, and full of old folkes and children, which is a sufficient -proofe for the goodnesse thereof.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">They neuer had plague, pestilence, nor hunger.</span> -They say that they neuer had amongst them neither pestilence -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_311" id="Page_ii_311">[311]</a></span> -nor hunger, which is the like as we haue said of the -kingdome of China.</p> - -<p>Let him that can, do it in such sort that so great and infinite -number of soules that at this day are vnder the tyranny -of the diuell, may see them in the Christian libertie, and in -the other life inioy their creator.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XXI" id="CHAP_III_XXI"></a>CHAP. XXI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>In this chapter is declared of such kingdomes as are adioyning vnto that -of Cochinchina, and of some notable thinges in them, with the rites -and customes of the inhabitants.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Nigh vnto this kingdome of Cochinchina there is another -<span class="sidenote">The kingdome of Champa rich of drugs.</span> -called Champa, that although it be poore of gold and siluer, -yet is it verie rich of drugges and gallant wood, and great -stoare of prouision. This kingdome is very great and full of -people, and they some what whiter than those of Cochinchina; -they are as nigh and as willing to become Christians -as their neighbors, but for the performance thereof they doo -lacke that which the other doo. They haue the same lawes -and ceremonies as well the one as the other, and are all -idolaters, and doo worship the second causes, in the same -order as the Chinos do, vnto whome likewise they do make -one manner of acknowledging.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The kingdome of Camboia.</span> -From this iland you may go with ease vnto Malaca, leauing -on the right hand a kingdome which is called Camboia, -the which is great and very full of people, and all of them -affectioned to go to sea, and nauigation, by reason whereof -they haue an infinite number of vessels. It is a very fertill -country, with great stoare of prouision: there are elephants -in great number and abadas,<a name="FNanchor_1_92" id="FNanchor_1_92"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_92" class="fnanchor">[92]</a> which is a kind of beast so big -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_312" id="Page_ii_312">[312]</a></span> -as two great buls, and hath vppon his snowt a little horne. -At this day there is one of them at Madrid, the which was -brought out of the Indians to his maiesty, and many do go -to see it for a strange thing, and neuer the like seene in -Europe, whose skinne is so hard (according vnto the report) -that no man, although he be of great force and strength, can -passe it with a thrust. Some haue saide that it is an unicorne, -but I take it for the contrarie, and they are of my opinion -almost all those that haue beene in those partes, and haue -seene the true unicorne.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_92" id="Footnote_1_92"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_92"><span class="label">[92]</span></a> The Spanish word for the rhinoceros.</p></div> - -<p>In this kingdome there is a religious man of the order of -S. Dominicke, called frier Siluester, whome God did carrie -into those parts for to remedy the soules that are therein: -hee dooth imploy himselfe to learne their natural language, -and to preach the holy gospell in the same tongue, and hath -them likewise prepared, that if he had any companions for -to help hym, they should obtayne much fruite for the -heauens: he hath sent and requested for some vnto the -India of Portingall, but they would neuer send him anie, -peraduenture by some sinister information, by men which -the diuell doth marke as instruments, for to stay and let the -saluation of those soules for euer to remayne in his tyrannicall -power. This fryer did write a letter vnto Malaca vnto -fryer Martin Ignacio, and vnto other religious men, intirely -requesting them for the loue of God to giue such order that -hee might be holpen with some religious men, of what order -soeuer, with certification that therein they shall doe great -seruice vnto God, and put remedie in those soules whome -he dare not baptise, for feare that after lacking the euangelical -refreshing, to water and cherish them, they returne -to bring forth that euill fruit of idolatrie. This petition did -not take effect according to his desire, for that there was not -to serue his turne, nor any that was vnoccupied. They -vnderstood of him that brought this letter, that the king -of that kingdome had in great veneration the sayd father -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_313" id="Page_ii_313">[313]</a></span> -Siluestro, in so ample manner, as was the patriarck Ioseph -in Egypt: hee had in all that kingdome the seconde place, -and euery time that the king would speak with him, he gaue -him a chaire: and gaue him great priuiledges, and licence -for to preach the holy gospell throughout all the kingdome -without any contradiction, and for to edifie the churches and -all other thinges whatsoeuer he thought necessarie: this -king himselfe helping thereunto, by giuing of great gifts -and charitie: he said also that in al the kingdome there were -erected many crosses, and were had in great reuerence. And -for the confirmation of the truth hereof, the aforesaid frier -Ignacio did see in Malaca a present that the king of this -kingdome of Camboia did send vnto another friend of his: -and amongst many things contained therin of great riches -and curiositie, there were two crosses very great and wel -made, of a gallant wood and very sweete, and all garnished -very richly with siluer and gold, with their titles enamiled.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The kingdome of Sian.</span> -Nigh vnto this kingdome is that of Sian, in the hight of -fourteene degrees from the pole artike, and three hundred -leagues from Machao, wheras the Portugals do go to trade: -<span class="sidenote">The mother of idolatrie.</span> -it is the mother of all idolatrie, and the place from whence -hath proceeded many sectes, vnto Iapon, China, and Pegu. -It is a flourishing countrie, and well replenished of all such -things as be requisite for to merite the name to be good. -There be in it manie elephants and abadas, and other beasts -that are nourished in that countrie: besides this, it is very -<span class="sidenote">Faint hearted people.</span> -rich of mettals, and gallant sweete woode. The people of -this kingdome for the most part are faint-hearted or cowards, -for which occasion, although they are infinite in number, yet -are they subiect vnto the king of Pegu, who ouercame them -long time since, in a battell (as afterwards shall be declared): -and they doo pay him ordinarily great and heauy tributes. They -would be conuerted very easily unto the faith of Iesu Christ, -and would leaue their idols, if they had any to preach vnto -them: yea and would subiect themselues vnto any king or -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_314" id="Page_ii_314">[314]</a></span> -lord that woulde fauour them, and not vnto this whom now -they do obey, for that hee dooth intreate them tyrannously. -They haue amongst them many religious men after their -fashion, who doo liue in common, and leade an asper and -sharp life: for the which they are had of al the rest in great -veneration. The penance which they do is wonderfull and -strange, as you may iudge by some things that I will declare -here: amongst a great number that be tolde of them, there -are none of them that can marrie, neither speake to any -woman, and if by chance he do, they are without remission -punished by death. They go alwayes barefoote, and very -poorely apparelled, and do eate nothing but rice and greene -herbes, and this they do aske for charitie euery day, going -from doore to doore with their wallet at their backes, alwayes -with their eyes looking on the ground, with such modesty -and honesty, that it is to be wondred at: they doo not craue -their charity, neither take it with their hands, nor do any -other thing but cal or knocke, and stand still, till such time -as they giue them their answer, or put something into their -wallets. It is told of them for a truth, that many times for -penance they do put themselues starke naked in the heate of -the sunne, which is there very great, for that the country -is in twenty sixe degrees of the equinoctiall, whereas they -are much troubled there with gnats, whereof there is an -infinite number, and is a thing that if they did passe it for -Gods sake, it is a kinde of martyrdome of great desert. God -for his mercy lighten them with his grace, that this which -they do smally vnto the profite of their soules, may bee the -occasion that after they are baptised, they may deserue for -the same many degrees of glory.</p> - -<p>Likewise in secrete they doo great penance, and doo rise -vp at midnight to praie vnto their idols, and they do it in -quiers, as is vsed amongst vs Christians. It is not permitted -them any rentes, nor any other kinde of contractation: and -if they bee seene to deale in any, they are detested and -hated, as an heretike is amongst vs.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_315" id="Page_ii_315">[315]</a></span></p> - -<p>For this kind of asper liuing, the which they do, according -vnto the report, for the loue of heauen, and that with -great zeale, they are respected of the common people for -saints, and for such they do reuerence them, and do commit -them vnto their praiers, when they are in any trouble or -infirmity. These and many other things more be declared -of them in like order, which may serue for to confound vs, -that confessing we do not obserue and keepe, hauing for the -same our sure reward, not of humain interest, but that which -God hath prepared for the good in heauen.</p> - -<p>The law of the gospell in this kingdome would bring -foorth much fruite, for that the people are charitable, and -louers of vertue, and of them that haue it. This experience -had the father Ignacio and his companions in China, at such -time as they were prisoners, where there were in a city certain -ambassadors from the king of Syan, who were bound to -the court, and there they vnderstood that the Spaniards were -sentenced to death for entring into that country without -licence: they went to visite them, and when they saw them -with their asper habites and very poore, and did resemble -very much the habit of their religious men, they had so great -affection vnto them, that ouer and aboue they sent them good -charity, the which was two bags of rice, much fish and fruits: -they did offer to them al the money they would desire, and -to ransome them in al that the judges would demand for -them: in recompence of this good wil they shewed vnto the -Spaniards, they did verifie that aforesaide, that they are great -louers of vertue.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_316" id="Page_ii_316">[316]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XXII" id="CHAP_III_XXII"></a>CHAP. XXII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Of many other kingdomes that are in this new world, and of their names -and properties, but in especiall of that famous cittie of Malaca.</i></p></div> - - -<p><span class="sidenote">The kingdome of Lugor and that of Patane.</span> -Nigh vnto this kingdome of Syan there are two kingdomes -togither, the one of them is called Lugor, and the other -Patane; they belong both vnto one king, who is a Moore -and of the linage Malaya, yet notwithstanding the people of -these kingdomes are gentiles, and doo vnderstande in them -to haue great good will to become Christians, if they had -anie to preach vnto them the gospell. The lande is very -<span class="sidenote">Gold, pepper, and drugs.</span> -rich of golde, pepper, and of drugges, but the people faint -hearted and cowards, and for little: for which occasion they -are more giuen vnto thinges of contentment and pleasure, -then vnto wars or brawlings.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The kingdomes of Paon and Ior.</span> -At the ende of this kingdome is the straite of Malaca, in -the which there are two small kingdomes, the one of them is -called Paon<a name="FNanchor_1_93" id="FNanchor_1_93"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_93" class="fnanchor">[93]</a> and the other Ior:<a name="FNanchor_2_94" id="FNanchor_2_94"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_94" class="fnanchor">[94]</a> the people of the first are the -most traiterous that are in all the whole worlde, as the Portugals -haue many times experimented; and those of the second -kingdome, sometimes they are in peace, and sometimes in -warre with the said Portugals. They will haue peace when -they do see themselues in necessity of the same, but war -ordinarily. These two kingdomes are halfe Moores, by reason -whereof it seemeth that with an evil wil they wil be -reduced vnto the law of the gospel, if that by the help of -God they be not mollified of their hearts.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_93" id="Footnote_1_93"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_93"><span class="label">[93]</span></a> Pahang.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_94" id="Footnote_2_94"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_94"><span class="label">[94]</span></a> Johore.</p></div> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The Straight of Malaca is vnder the line.</span> -This straight of Malaca is vnder the equinoctiall line, and -is accounted from the kingdome of Cochinchina vnto it three -hundred and seuenty-six leagues: this is an euill straight -and very dangerous for ships that passe thorough it, for very -few times it is without stormes or some other greater danger, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_317" id="Page_ii_317">[317]</a></span> -as it happened vnto a verie great shippe in the mouth of the -straight, in the presence of frier Martin Ignacio, the which -in verie little space was swallowed vp with the sea, and in it -more then three hundred thousand ducats in merchandice -that was within her, although the successe thereof our people -did attribute it more vnto the iust iudgement of God than -vnto the storme, for that according as they were informed, -they had committed grieuous offences, at the time when she -sanke: for being very nigh with his shippe in the which he -went, and many other more, they felt not, neither had any -suspition of any danger. From this straight to go vnto -Malaca, you coast alongest the sea, fiue and twentie leagues: -all which coast is full of great, mightie, and thicke woods, -by reason whereof, as also for that it is not inhabited, there -are many tygers, elephants, and mightie great lysards, and -other furious beastes.</p> - -<p>The citie of Malaca, in our pole articke, is eleuated from -the equinoctiall onely one degree: of ancient time it was the -most principallest citie of all these kingdomes, and resident -therein a mightie king, a Moore, but after it was conquered -by the Portugals, who in these wars did wonderfull things -of great force and courage: they did driue foorth all the -Moores out of the same, and out of all the borders, and -made of their Mezquita or temple (which was a singular -peece of worke) a high church, as it doth remaine vnto this -day: there are also three monasteries of religious men, one -of S. Dominicke, an other of S. Francis, and the third of -the companie of Iesus, or Iesuites. It is a verie temperate -countrie, being so nigh the equinoctiall line: the reason is, -for that euery weeke ordinarily it rayneth three or foure -times (which is the greatest cause of health in all that countrie), -and thereby is made woonderfull fruitfull, and with -great abundance of prouision; but particularly of fruites, -for there is great store, and some sortes neuer seene in Europe, -amongst the which there is one that is called in the -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_318" id="Page_ii_318">[318]</a></span> -Malaca tongue <i>durion</i>,<a name="FNanchor_1_95" id="FNanchor_1_95"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_95" class="fnanchor">[95]</a> and is so good that I haue heard it -affirmed by manie that haue gone about the worlde, that it -doth exceede in sauour all others that euer they had seene or -tasted: it is in forme like vnto a mellon, whose ryne is somewhat -harde, and hath vpon it little white prickes which -seemeth like haire, and within the fruite be partitions, which -be of the colour like vnto <i>maniar blanco</i>,<a name="FNanchor_2_96" id="FNanchor_2_96"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_96" class="fnanchor">[96]</a> and of so good -<span class="sidenote">A daintie kind of meat.</span> -sauour and tast is it. Some do say that haue seene it, that it -seemeth to be that wherewith Adam did transgresse, being -carried away by the singular sauour. The leaues which this -tree yeeldeth are so bigge that a man may couer himselfe -with one of them, which mee thinketh is but coniecture or -defining: but there is cannafistola<a name="FNanchor_3_97" id="FNanchor_3_97"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_97" class="fnanchor">[97]</a> for to lade fleetes, very -bigge and good, and of a singular effect, one of the notablest -<span class="sidenote">A tree of wonderfull effect.</span> -things in this kingdome, and is a maruellous tree of an admirable -vertue, the which putteth foorth so many rootes of -so contrarie vertue, that those which grow towards the orient -be good against poyson, agues, and many infirmities that do -<span class="sidenote">Two contraries in one subiect.</span> -war against humaine life; and those rootes that growe towards -the west be ranke poyson, and in effect, all cleane -contrarie vnto the first. So that it seemeth here to be founde -two contraries in one subiect, a thing which, in philosophie, -they were woont to count impossible.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_95" id="Footnote_1_95"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_95"><span class="label">[95]</span></a> The Durio Zibethinus of K[oe]nig.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_96" id="Footnote_2_96"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_96"><span class="label">[96]</span></a> Blanc mange.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_97" id="Footnote_3_97"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_97"><span class="label">[97]</span></a> From the name the cassia fistula is probably meant, although the -author is silent respecting the purgative properties for which that plant -is so remarkable.</p></div> - -<p>This citie is of great contractation, for that there come -thether all the kingdomes that we haue spoken of, and from -many other more that are nigh thereabouts: but in particular -a great number of great ships from the Indians, Canton, -Chincheo, and from many other places, likewise the Iapones -carry thether their siluer to sell, and those of the kingdome -of Syan carry many things very curious, but especially -cloues, and pepper of the Iland Malucas, and those of -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_319" id="Page_ii_319">[319]</a></span> -Burneo bring much sanders and nutmegs, and those of Iaba -and Pegu bring the wood of Aguila, and those from Cochinchina -and Cham bring great store of wrought silke, drogges, -and spicerie; and those of Samatra, or Trapouana, much -golde and wrought things, and fine cloth of Vengalas and -Coromandel. All these, and other thinges, make this citie -famous and plentifull, as also very much enlarged of the -Portingals that go thether ordinarily euery yeare and traficke -there.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XXIII" id="CHAP_III_XXIII"></a>CHAP. XXIII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Of some kingdomes of the newe worlde, and of particular things that haue -beene seene in them; and treateth of the citie and riuer of Ganies.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Ouer against this famous citie, of which so many thinges -may be spoken of, is that mightie kingdome and Iland of -<span class="sidenote">The Iland of Samatra supposed to be the Iland of Ophir.</span> -Samatra, called by the ancient cosmogrofers Trapouana, -which is (as some say) the Iland of Ophir, whether the fleet -which King Solomon sent, of which there is particular mention -made in the Scripture, in the third Booke of the <i>Kings</i>,<a name="FNanchor_1_98" id="FNanchor_1_98"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_98" class="fnanchor">[98]</a> -cap. 9 and 10, and in the <i>Paralipomenon</i>,<a name="FNanchor_2_99" id="FNanchor_2_99"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_99" class="fnanchor">[99]</a> cap. 9, that went -and returned again laden with gold and rich tymber for to -adorne the temple of Ierusalem, and of many other curious -things, whose memorie doth remaine vnto this day amongst -the naturall people, although diffusedly, but not so much -as those that haue it out of the Holy Scripture, neither so -true. This iland is vnder the equinoctial line, so that the -one halfe doth extend vnto the pole artick, and the other -halfe vnto the poole antarticke. It hath in longitude 230 -leagues, and in latitude three score and seuen leagues: and -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_320" id="Page_ii_320">[320]</a></span> -is so nigh vnto Malaca, that in some parts it is less than ten -leagues. In this kingdom there are many lords and rulers, -yet he that hath the greatest part thereof is a Moore, and is -<span class="sidenote">The richest iland in the world.</span> -called Achan; it is one of the richest ilands in al the world, -for that it hath many mynes of fine golde, of the which -(although there is a law that they cannot take out of them -more than is necessarie) yet there is great abundance carried -from thence to Malaca, Turkie, and many other places. -There is gathered vpon this iland great abundance of pepper -and beniewyn<a name="FNanchor_3_100" id="FNanchor_3_100"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_100" class="fnanchor">[100]</a> of Boninas, in great quantity, out of whose -trees (whereof there is great woods) there come foorth so -sweet a smel that it seemeth an earthly paradice, and was -wont to be smelled twenty leagues at sea, for which respect -the ships that saile that way do come so nigh the lande as -they may to haue the comfort of that smell. There is also -much camphora, and all kinde of spices; by reason wherof -there commeth vnto this kingdome to traficke, many Turkes -that come in ships and foystes<a name="FNanchor_4_101" id="FNanchor_4_101"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_101" class="fnanchor">[101]</a> out of the Red Sea. Also -there doth traficke thether those of the kingdom of Sunda, -Iaua the great, and Ambayno, and others that are there nigh -vnto them. Vnto this iland came certaine Portingals to -buy and sell, whereas they were all slaine, and some for the -profession of the faith; for the which they are holden for -martyrs of Iesu Christ, by the opinion of Christians that doo -dwell nigh, when they vnderstood the cause. The most part -of this kingdome are Moores; and therefore they do abhor -the Christians, and do make with them all the warre they -can, but in especiall with them that dwell in Malaca, whom -many times they haue put in great danger of their liues, and -losse of their goods.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_98" id="Footnote_1_98"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_98"><span class="label">[98]</span></a> The first book of Chronicles.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_99" id="Footnote_2_99"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_99"><span class="label">[99]</span></a> Chronicles,—the second book is here referred to.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_100" id="Footnote_3_100"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_100"><span class="label">[100]</span></a> Benzoin.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_101" id="Footnote_4_101"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_101"><span class="label">[101]</span></a> A small boat, from "fusta", Spanish.</p></div> - -<p>Running from this kingdome of Malaca by the north and -northwest cost is the mightie kingdome of Pegu, the which -is in bignes greater then Samatra, and equall in riches, especially -of pearls and al sorts of stones, and very fine christall: -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_321" id="Page_ii_321">[321]</a></span> -there is great store of prouision, and an infinite number of -people, and the king thereof is mightie: to whom (as we -haue said) the king of Cyan doth pay tribute, because he -ouercame him in a battaile which he had with him in the -yeare 1568, according vnto the common opinion: the occasion -was, that, vnderstanding how that the saide king of Syan -had in his power a white elephant (whome those of the kingdome -of Pegu do worship for god), the king sent to buy the -same, and to giue for it so much as he would esteeme or -value it: but he utterly denied the same, and saide that he -would not let him haue it for all that he had in his kingdom: -the which caused so great anger vnto the king, that hee -called together all the souldiers that he could make, with -determination to get by force of armes that which he could -not by faire meanes and great ritches: in the which he did -so great diligence, that in a fewe dayes hee had ioyned together -<span class="sidenote">An armie of a million and sixe hundred thousand men.</span> -an armie of a million and sixe hundreth thousande of -men of warre, with whome hee departed vnto the saide -kingdome of Syan, which was from his kingdome two -hundreth leagues, and did not onely performe his pretence -in bringing away the white elephant, but did also make the -king tributarie, as he is vnto this day, as hath bin declared -vnto you.</p> - -<p>The rites of the people and priestes of this countrie, doo -resemble much those of the kingdome of Syan: they haue -amongst them many monasteries of men that liue honestly, -solitarie, and with great penance, and people verie apt to -receiue the holy gospell. For ouer and aboue that they are -docible and of a good vnderstanding, they are men which -do studie philosophie, and are well inclyned and charitable, -and haue a particular affection vnto vertue, and vnto such as -they do knowe that haue vertue, and very friendly to remedie -the necessitie of their poore neighbours.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The kingdome of Arracon.</span> -Going from this kingdome towardes the north is the kingdome -of Arracon, verie plentifull of prouision, but few things -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_322" id="Page_ii_322">[322]</a></span> -of contractation or marchandice, which is the occasion that it -is not well knowen to the Spaniardes, for that they haue not -gone thether. They doo vnderstand of the naturall people -and of their customes, that they are very apt to receiue the -holie gospell.</p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The kingdome of Vangala.</span> -From this kingdome alongst the same coast, you came -vnto the kingdome of Vangala,<a name="FNanchor_1_102" id="FNanchor_1_102"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_102" class="fnanchor">[102]</a> through the which doth passe -the riuer Ganges, one of the foure that comme foorth of -paradice terrenall, the which being vnderstood by a certaine -king of this kingdome, he determined to cause some to ascend -vp that riuer till such time as he had found the head spring -or head thereof, and therewith paradice: for the which effect -he commanded to be made diuers sortes of barkes, both small -and great, and sent in them vp the riuer certaine men (of -whose diligence hee had long experience), and were prouided -with victuals for many daies, and gaue commandement that -presently after that they had discouered that which hee desired, -that they should return with great speede, for to giue -him particular and true relation, with pretence foorthwith to -go himselfe to inioy the things which he thought necessarie -to be seene, and woorthie to be desired, of his trauaile, and -in a place so delightfull.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_102" id="Footnote_1_102"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_102"><span class="label">[102]</span></a> Bengal.</p></div> - -<p>These men did nauigate vp the riuer many monethes, and -came vnto a place whereas the water came foorth so softly -and with so small noyse, which gaue them to vnderstande -that they were not farre from the first head thereof, which -should be paradice, that which they went to seeke. They -gaue to vnderstand that in this place, after they had seene so -many tokens, and comforted themselues with maruellous -sweete smels, and aires of great delight, they thought verily -that they had bin in the paradice terrenall. And more, when -as they came vnto that place, where as the riuer did runne -so peaceable, and the ayre so delicate and sweet, there entred -into the hearts of them all, so great and extraordinarie ioy, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_323" id="Page_ii_323">[323]</a></span> -that they seemed to be in the true paradice, and forgot all -the trauaile that they had passed for to come thether, and of -any other thing that did signifie paine or griefe. But when -they did intend to go forwardes with this their pretence and -intent, and thereunto did put all diligence possible, they -found by experience that all their trauaile was in vaine, and -howe that they remained alwaies in one place: and coulde -not vnderstande from whence did come or proceede that contradiction, -they could not find in the waters by reason of the -peaceablenesse thereof.</p> - -<p>This experience being done, attributing it vnto a miserie -because they could not get a shore, they returned backe -againe by the same riuer, till they came to their owne kingdome, -whereas they arriued in a very short time, and gaue -their king to vnderstand (who sent them) all as aforesaide, -and many other thinges more, the which I do leaue out for -that I do take it <i>apocripha</i>. They hold it for a certaintie -that the riuers Eufrates and Tygris are not far from this -riuer Ganges; and it seemeth to be true, for both of them -doo discharge their currents, or water, into the Persian sea, -the which is not farre distant from this kingdome.</p> - -<p>The people of this kingdome haue this riuer in great reuerence, -which is the occasion that they neuer enter into the same -but with great respect and feare. And when they doo washe -or bath themselues in it, they haue it for a certaintie that -they remaine cleare from all their sinnes. Likewise this -kingdome, with great ease, might be conuerted vnto the -Catholike faith as it seemeth, for that they haue amongst -them many morall rites, ceremonies, and vertues.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_324" id="Page_ii_324">[324]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XXIV" id="CHAP_III_XXIV"></a>CHAP. XXIV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Of the kingdome of Coromandel and others his borderers, and of the citie -of Salamina, whereas was and died the glorious apostle S. Thomas; -and of the power and riches of the king of this kingdome, and the -order of their buryinges, and other thinges of great curiositie.</i></p></div> - - -<p>Running alongest the coast from Vengala, is the kingdome -of Masulapatar, and certaine other kingdomes nigh vnto the -same: they be all gentiles, as the rest of their borderers, yet -it is vnderstood, with great facilitie they would leaue their -opinions. It is a kingdome that hath great abundance of -prouision, and lacke of things of contractation or marchandice, -which is the occasion that they are little knowen.</p> - -<p>Trauailing a little forwardes, is the kingdome of Coromandel, -whose chiefe citie is called Calamina, and nowe -vulgarly Malipur,<a name="FNanchor_1_103" id="FNanchor_1_103"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_103" class="fnanchor">[103]</a> and is there whereas was martyred the -happie apostle S. Thomas. And they say that at this day -there remaineth some of his relickes, by whom God did many -myracles. The naturall people therefore haue a particular -memory vntill this day of that saint.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_103" id="Footnote_1_103"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_103"><span class="label">[103]</span></a> See note, <a href="#FNanchor_3_85">p. 290</a>.</p></div> - -<p>This citie at this day is populared with Portingals and -with the naturall people: there is in it a church, wherein -is comprehended the house whereas was, and died, the holy -apostle: this countrie belongeth vnto the king of Visnaga, -who although he be a gentile, he hath great reuerence and -respect vnto the house of the holy apostle, and for particular -deuotion he doth giue euerie yeare a certaine charitie. -There is in this citie two couentes of religious men, the one -of the companie of Iesus, and the other of the order of -S. Francis.</p> - -<p>From this citie of Calamina to that of Visnaga there -wheras the king is, it is fiue and thirtie leagues by land. -This king is mightie, and his kingdome very great and full -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_325" id="Page_ii_325">[325]</a></span> -of people, and hath great rentes. They say that onely the -rent he hath of fine gold, is worth vnto him three millions, -of the which he spendeth but one onely, and doth keepe -euerie yeare two millions in his treasorie, the which according -vnto the report and fame, is at this day with many millions. -He hath twelue principall or chiefe captaines, and -euerie one of them hath the gouernement of an infinite number -of people and hath great rent for the same, for he that -hath least rent hath sixe hundred thousand ducats yearely. -Euerie one of them are bound to giue the king to eate, and -all the people of his house, one month in the yeare; so that -by this account the twelue captaines which are the lordes of -the kingdome (and as wee might say) dukes, doo beare his -cost all the whole yeare. The million the which he doth -spend, is in giftes and in extraordinarie thinges. The king -hath in his house, what with wiues, seruants, and slaues, -nigh about fourteene thousand persons, and in his stable -ordinarily a thousand horse, and for his seruice and garde -eight hundreth elephants, of whom he doth spend euerie -day eight hundreth ducats. The garde of his person is foure -thousand horsemen, to whom he giueth great wages. He -hath also in his house three hundreth wiues, besides a great -number of concubines: they goe all gallantly apparelled, and -with rich iewels, of the which there are of great estimation -in that kingdome, they do almost euerie three daies change -newe colors of apparell. They do ordinarily vse colors of -precious stones, such as are called in Spaine <i>ojo de gato</i>, cats -eies. They haue great store of saphires, pearles, diamonds, -rubies, and many other stones, that are in that kingdome in -great abundance.</p> - -<p>Amongest all these wiues there is one that is as legitimate, -whose children doo inherite: and if it so fall out that she is -barren, the first that is borne of any of the other doth inherite: -which is the occasion that they neuer lacke a successor in -that kingdome.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_326" id="Page_ii_326">[326]</a></span></p> - -<p>When the king of this kingdome doth die, they do carrie -him foorth into a mightie fielde, with great sadnesse and -mourning apparell, and there in the presence of those twelue -peeres afore saide, they do burne his bodie with wood of -sandalo, which is of a great smell, with the which they do -make a great fire.</p> - -<p>After that the bodie of the king is burned and consumed, -they throwe into the same the wiues that hee best loued, -with seruants and slaues, those that he most esteemed in his -lifetime: the which they do with so great content, that euery -one dooth procure to be the first for to enter into the fire, -and they that are last do thinke themselues vnhappie. All -these do say that they go to serue the king in the other life, -whereas they shalbe with great ioy. This is the occasion -that they goe with so good a will to die, and carrie with -them the most richest and festiuall apparell they haue. Of -this is gathered that they do beleeue the immortalitie of the -soule, for that they doo confesse there is another life, and -that thither they do returne and liue for euer without ende. -They are people that would be conuerted with the like facilitie -vnto the holy gospell as their neighbours, if there went -any thether to preach.</p> - -<p>Three score and tenne leagues from this citie, there is a -pagode or temple of idols, whereas is a rich faire euery yeare: -it is a very sumptuous building, and edified in a place so -high, that it may be seene many leagues before you come -vnto it.</p> - -<p>It hath ordinarily foure thousande men of garde, who are -paid with the rent of the temple, the which is rich and verye -good. There is nigh vnto the same many mynes of golde -and precious stones, and that is taken out of them is rent -vnto the temple. There is in it a priest of the idolles, whom -they call in their language Brama, and is as the high priest -in that countrie. All the people of the land do come vnto -him, to vnderstand the doubtes of their manner of liuing, -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_327" id="Page_ii_327">[327]</a></span> -and he doth dispence with them in many things that be prohibited -by their lawes, the which he may do according vnto -the sayd lawes, and manie times he doth dispence certaine -of them. But here one to be laughed at, which is, that when -a woman cannot suffer the condition of her husbande, or is -wearie of him for other occasions, she goeth vnto this Brama, -and giuing vnto him a peece of golde, which may be to the -<span class="sidenote">A strange custome.</span> -value of a ducat in Spaine, he doth vnmarry them, and -setteth her at libertie that she may marry with an other, or -with many if she please: and in token of this she is giuen a -marke with an yron vpon her right shoulder, so that with -that alone she remaineth at libertie, and her husband cannot -do vnto her any harme for the same, neither compell her to -returne againe to his company.</p> - -<p>There are in this kingdome many mynes of verie fine -diamonds, and are had in great estimation, and very well -knowen in Europe. There hath beene found in them a stone -of so fine and of so great value, that but few yeares past, the -king did sell the same vnto an other mightie king his borderer, -<span class="sidenote">A diamond sold for a million of gold.</span> -called Odialcan, for a million of golde, besides other -thinges of value that hee gaue him ouer and aboue.<a name="FNanchor_1_104" id="FNanchor_1_104"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_104" class="fnanchor">[104]</a> It is -a healthfull countrie, with very good and fresh ayres, rich of -prouisions, and of all other necessaries, not only for the -humane life, but also for curiositie and delightes that be -therein. It is in fourteene degrees towardes the pole artico. -All the people therein are faint-hearted and cowards, and -for little trauaile, which is the occasion that they are nothing -affectionate vnto warres, and is vnderstoode with great facilitie -they would receiue the gospell.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_104" id="Footnote_1_104"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_104"><span class="label">[104]</span></a> This is in all probability the great diamond mentioned by Tavernier, -vol. ii, p. 249, as being in the possession of the Great Mogul. It was -found in the washings near Caldore, to the east of Golconda, about the -year 1550. Professor Tennant, in his lecture on "Gems" before the -Society of Arts, expresses his opinion that the Koh-i-noor formed a portion -of this large diamond.</p></div> - -<p>Nigh vnto the same there is an other little kingdome -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_328" id="Page_ii_328">[328]</a></span> -called Mana, in the which there is a towne with Portingals, -the which is called in their language Negapatan; there is in -the same a conuent of the order of S. Francis, whose religious -friers, although they are but few, do occupie themselues -in the converting of the naturall people thereof, and -it is to be beleeued that they shall reape much fruite and -doo good, for they haue giuen showes of the same: for that -about three yeares past the prince of that countrie was conuerted -by the preaching of the same fryers, who went now -to receiue the holy baptisme with great and incredible ioy -vnto the Christians. All the rest of the kingdoms (as it is -beleeued) will shortly imitate him. In this iland there are -many pearls and aliofar, al very good, round, and fine.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XXV" id="CHAP_III_XXV"></a>CHAP. XXV.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>This chapter treateth of manie kingdomes of that newe worlde, the rites -and customes of the inhabitants, and of some curious thinges.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The afore saide father Martin Ignacio, departed with his -<span class="sidenote">Ilandes of Nicobar.</span> -companions from this cost, and went towards the Ilands of -Nicobar, whereas are many Moores and gentiles, al mingled -the one with the other. They did not stay there, but presently -passed to the town of Cuylan, which is inhabited with -Portingals, and from Malaca foure hundred and sixteene -leagues. This iland is situated from sixe vnto ten degrees -vnder our pole, and hath in longitude three score and sixe -leagues, and nine and thirtie of latitude. Of old time it was -an iland much celebrated, and in those partes had in great -reuerence, for that it is saide that there dwelt and died there -in times past, men, whose soules are in heauen, and are -celebrated and honoured by them of the countrie as though -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_329" id="Page_ii_329">[329]</a></span> -they were gods, with many sacrifices and orations, the which -they do ordinarily. There come from other kingdomes bordering -thereupon, vnto this ilande, many pilgrimes; but -our people could neuer vnderstand the ground and occasion -thereof, neither how they liued, whom they doo hold for -saints. There is vpon the same iland a very high mountaine, -which is called Pico de Adan, which father Martin did see, -and did heare the naturall people thereof say, that it had that -name, for that by the same Adam went vp into heauen; -but what Adam it was they could not declare.</p> - -<p>There is on this Pico like a monasterie, the which the -naturall people doo call pagode: at one time they had therein -<span class="sidenote">An apes tooth for a god.</span> -an apes tooth, the which they did worship for their God: -and there came thither vnto that effect some two hundred -and three hundred leagues. [It so happened, in the yeare 1554, -the vizroy of India, called Don Pedro Mascarenas, sent an army -vnto this kingdome, with many Portugals, with intent to reduce -them vnto the obedience of the king of Portugall, all of that -country, as they were before, who few yeares past did rise -against them, and tooke away and denied their fewter.<a name="FNanchor_1_105" id="FNanchor_1_105"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_105" class="fnanchor">[105]</a> The -souldiers did sack that pagoda or monastery, and thinking -to finde some treasure therein, they broke it, and beat it -downe vnto the foundation: and there they found the aforesaid -apes tooth, the which they did worship, put in a chest -of golde and stones, and carried it vnto Goa, vnto the said -vizroy. When that this was vnderstood and knowne to -other kings their borderers, and vnto him of Pegu, of this -losse (the which of them was iudged to bee great) they sent -their ambassadors to the said vizroy, that they might in the -name of them all, demaunde the saide tooth, the which they -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_330" id="Page_ii_330">[330]</a></span> -did worship, and to offer for the ransome thereof seuen hundred -thousand ducats of gold. The viceroy would haue -giuen it them for that quantitie of gold which they did offer, -and would haue done it in effect, if it had not bin for the -archbishop of Goa, who was called Don Gaspar, and other -religious men, who did disturbe him, putting great scrupulositie, -and laide vnto his charge the hurt that come by their -idolatrie, in giuing them the same, of the which he should -giue a straight account vnto God. The which did so much -in him, that he dispatched away the ambassador, without -any regard of the gold that they would haue giuen him in -their presence: he did deliuer the same vnto the said archbishop -and religious men, and they before their eies did -break it, and burnt it, and threw the dust thereof into the -sea, which was not a little woonder vnto the said embassadors, -to see how little they did esteeme so great a quantitie -of golde, and for a thing which they esteemed not, but threw -it into the sea with so great liberalitie.]</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_105" id="Footnote_1_105"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_105"><span class="label">[105]</span></a> The passage inserted between brackets is supplied by the translator -from the French of De la Porte. The clause of the sentence thus strangely -translated is as follows: "pour le reduire à l'obeyssance de la couronne -de Portugal, comme il estoit auparavant et de la quelle il s'étoit soustrait -depuis peu d'années par une rébellion générale."</p></div> - -<p>This ilande is fertile, peaceable, and healthfull, and all -full of woods, and there are mountaines very thicke of orange -trees, siders, limas, plantanos, and palmas, and many synamon -trees, which be the best in all the world, and of most -strength and effect, for the which they go to buy, for to -bring it vnto Europe, and they giue it for a small price. -Likewise there is pepper, but the naturall people did pull -vp certaine hils that were ful of it, and of synamon, because -they saw there came from farre to buy these two commodities, -and fearing that it would be an occasion that their country -would be taken from them. It is a countrie of great -prouision, and doth bring foorth mightie elephants, and they -say that there is many mynes of diamonds, rubies, and other -stones that are called girasolis. In no part of this Orientall -Indies, there was none of so good a beginning in the conuersion -of the soules, as was in this iland: for that certaine -religious friers of the order of S. Francis did labor very -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_331" id="Page_ii_331">[331]</a></span> -much, and did baptise in a few daies more than fiftie thousand -soules, which gaue to vnderstand that with a verie -good will they did receiue the law of the gospell, and had -edified many churches, and fourteene monasteries of the -same religion: but few yeares past, a king of that kingdome, -being weary of certaine things, which in all that Indians are -very publicke, he forsooke the religion and faith he had receiued, -and did raise and destroy many Portingals that were -there inhabited, thrusting forth all the religious men that did -baptise, and minister the sacraments. This euill king was -called Raxu. Many of them that were christened, and content -with the faith of Iesus Christ they had receiued, detesting -that which this tirannous king had done, they went and -dwelt in the company of the Portingals, and others did build -a town, the which is called in their language Columbo, -whereas is a great number of them: vnto this day do indure -throughout al that kingdom the crosses, in token of their -ancient Christianitie: alongst all the coast they doe vse -many galiotas or gallyes, and goe with them, robbing and -spoyling al thereaboutes. The naturall people doo say, that -with a good will they would againe returne and receiue the -law of the gospell, if they had it there preached. From this -iland, after they had passed a little gulfe, they came vpon -the coast of a kingdome called Tutucurin, and ran all alongest -the cost of the same, running from the cape of Comerin to -Cuylan. Here there is a pagode or temple of their gods -very great and rich, thether come all the gentiles of that -kingdom, at certain feasts in the year with great deuotion: -there is in it a triumphant chariot, so great that twentie horse -cannot mooue it, they bring it foorth in publike vpon their -festiual daies, and is carried by elephants, and by an infinite -number of men, who voluntarily do hale and pull at certaine -roapes that are made fast therunto. Upon the highest of -this chariot is made a tabernacle very richly adorned, and -within the same an idol, whom they do worship: then immediately -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_332" id="Page_ii_332">[332]</a></span> -vnder the same are the kings wiues that go -singing. They doo bring it forth with much musicke and -reioysings, and do carry it a good way in procession, and -amongest many thinges of honor that they doo vnto it, they -<span class="sidenote">A brutish vse.</span> -do vse one so brute and beastly as the reader may well iudge -thereof, which is, that many of them doo cut peeces of their -owne fleshe and doo throwe it vnto the idoll, and the other, -not contented with this, doo throwe themselues on the -grounde that the chariot may passe ouer them, and there -they remaine all to peeces. Those that do die in this sort, -they account them for great saints, and are had in singular -veneration. Many other maners and fashions of idolatrie is -declared of this kingdome, and more beastly than this we -haue spoken of, the which I let passe because I would not -be tedious in this itinerario. All the people of this kingdom -be very bad and ill inclined, for which cause the fathers of -the company of Iesus, that are in certaine townes nigh vnto -the same, cannot as yet bring them out of their errors, although -they haue put therein great care and diligence.</p> - -<p>Upon the same cost, and a little distant from this kingdom, -there is a towne of Portingals called Coulan, and -twentie-fiue leagues further a citie which is called Cochin, -in the which there are religious men of St. Francis, of S. -Dominicke, and of S. Austin, and of the companie of Iesus, -who haue there a very good studie or seminarie, whereas -they do bring foorth much fruite. Nigh vnto this citie is -Santo Tome, whereas are many baptised and good Christians, -very abstinent and chast, vnto whom the patriarkes of -Babylon doo prouide them of bishops: the authoritie where -with they do it is not knowen, nor whence they haue it, for -that as I do vnderstand, seat apostolicke did neuer giue -it them. About the same matter, at this present there is in -Rome a bishop of this kingdome, and one of the kingdome -of Pimienta, with whom I haue talked diuers times, and is -come thether to giue his obedience vnto the pope, and to -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_333" id="Page_ii_333">[333]</a></span> -knowe of him the order that his pleasure is should be obserued, -in receiuing of those bishops which come thether by -the commandement of the patriarke. In this kingdome -there are many kings, but the principallest of them is he of -Cochin, and next vnto him, he of Coulan, and nigh vnto them -are many petie kings, as is hee of Mangate and Cranganor, -and are all gentils, although amongst them there are mixed -many Moores. There hath bin found in this kingdome certaine -Iewes, that haue gone from Palestina and those parts. -There is in this countrie vniuersally, a lawe verie strange -and little heard of, which is, that the sonnes doo not inherite -after their fathers, but his brothers sonne, and the reason -they giue for the same is, for that they haue no certaintie of -their children, for that they haue no wiues proper nor appointed -to themselues, I promise you it seemeth to me, their -reason to be as barbarous as their law, for that the like -inconuenience doth folow their brothers children. They -haue many rites and blindnes amongst them, but one aboue -all the rest, which is, that in certaine feastes amongst them, -they do vse bathes, and after that they are bathed, they say -that they remaine free and cleare from all their sinnes. -They haue many augorismes, of whom I will not intreat, for -that they are not worthy of memorie. In this country is -gathered most of the pepper that is brought into Europe, for -which cause this kingdome is called that of the Pimienta.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_334" id="Page_ii_334">[334]</a></span></p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XXVI" id="CHAP_III_XXVI"></a>CHAP. XXVI.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>The chapter doth treate of many kingdomes of the Newe World, and of the -particular and curious things of them.</i></p></div> - - -<p>The aforesaid father went from Cochin to the kingdome of -<span class="sidenote">The kingdome of Cananor, Tanaor, and Calicart.</span> -Cananor, and passed by Tanaor and Calicut, which is called -of the naturall people Malabar, they are like kingdomes, but -in them much people. In that of Cananor, there are inhabited -many Portingals and religious men of the order of -S. Francis: it is a countrie in all things like vnto Cochin, for -which cause, and for that they obserue and keepe one maner -of customs and rites, I remit the touching of this kingdome -to the other aforesaide.</p> - -<p>Then forwards on there are other two small kingdoms, the -one is called Barcelor, and the other, Mangalor; there be in -them some Christians: it is a good countrie and rich, and -hath it for certaine, that within a little time they will be all -baptised. From this kingdome they went vnto Goa, a principall -citie, and inhabited with Portingals, and is as the metropolitan -of all those kingdomes: it is in fifteen degrees of -height, and is set from Cochin vnto it a hundreth leagues, -this citie is situated in a little iland, compassed round about -with water, and in compasse but onely four leagues, and is -diuided from the firme land of Odialcan by a mightie riuer. -It is a good countrie and peaceable, and doth inioy a very -faire and pleasant riuer. In this citie ordinarily is resident -the viceroy of the India and the archbishoppe: there are -many churches and conuents; and besides the high church, -there are fourteene parish churches, besides fifteen hermitages -that are within and without the citie: there be four -conuents, all very sumptuous, of S. Dominicke, of S. Austin, -of S. Francis, and of the company of Iesus. And without -the cittie there is another of <i>Recoletos Franciscanos</i>, reformed -Francis friers.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_335" id="Page_ii_335">[335]</a></span></p> - -<p><span class="sidenote">Ilandes Salcete and Bardes.</span> -Nigh vnto this iland are those of Salcete and Bardes, there -whereas the religious men of S. Francis, and the companie -of Iesus haue certaine Christian townes. Few yeares past, -the Gentiles of Sancete<a name="FNanchor_1_106" id="FNanchor_1_106"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_106" class="fnanchor">[106]</a> did kill certaine fathers of the company -of Iesus, in abhorring the faith, who died with great -spirite and strength: so that I beleeue they went into ioy -with God.</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_106" id="Footnote_1_106"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_106"><span class="label">[106]</span></a> Misspelt for Salcete—Salsette.</p></div> - -<p><span class="sidenote">The towne of Chaul, Basayn, Damaun, Cambaya.</span> -Beyond Goa, on the same coast towardes the north, is in -eighteene degrees and a halfe from the towne of Chaul, and -beyond that Basayn, and nigh thereunto Damaun; all these -three townes are inhabited with Portugals; and the farthest -is the prouince of Cambaya, subiect vnto the grand Tartar, -or Mogor, by an other name. Two and fortie leagues beyond -<span class="sidenote">The cittie of Diu.</span> -that is the cittie called Diu, whereas is a very faire and -good fortresse of Portugals, with a very great hauen and -sure, whose name doth extend throughout all Turkey.</p> - -<p>Two hundred and seuentie leagues beyond that is the citie -<span class="sidenote">The cittie of Oromuz.</span> -of Oromuz, on the coast of Persia, and in the same hath the -saide Portugals an other fortresse, much better then that of -Diu, and more inexpugnable: it is the biggest in al the Indians, -but not of so great name as that of Diu. In this -cittie of Oromuz they gather nothing else but salt, and that in -great aboundance; yet, notwithstanding, it is replenished of -all that may be imagined, for that there is brought thither -from Persia and Arabia great prouision, and many other -curiosities. They say, that from this place they may easily -go to Venice, taking their way to Aleph, and to Tripoli in -Soria.</p> - -<p>All this coast of the Indias vnto Persia is inhabited with -many and mightie kingdomes, in which there are an infinite -number of people: one of them is that of Odialon, the which -<span class="sidenote">Odialon.</span> -is very rich, and of much people, and all Moores. Nigh -vnto this is another called Disamaluco, harde by the kingdome -of the great Tartar, which, in their language, is called -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_336" id="Page_ii_336">[336]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">Mogor.</span> -Mogor, the which, next vnto that of China (I doo thinke), -is the greatest in all the world, as may be collected in that -which is declared of the mightinesse thereof, both in ancient -and latter histories. On the other side of Oromuz is -<span class="sidenote">Persia.</span> -the kingdome of Persia, whose king is Xactamas, or Ismael -Sophi, great Soldan of Egypt, descending by lyneall desent -from the Soldan, Campson Guario, whom Selim, emperor of -the Tartaros did ouercome in battell, nigh vnto Damasco, in -the yeare 1516.</p> - -<p>All those of this kingdome are Moores, although they and -the Turkes are as the Christians and heretikes, for that the -Persians do follow the interpretation of the lawe of Mahomet -of certain alies, or doctors. And the Turkes go a different -way, and do follow others. This contractation and different -interpretation of the lawe, is the occasion that betwixt the -one and the other there is ordinarily cruell warres: and it -is the great mercy of God, for that the Turke may not haue -any space to come and do euil vnto his Christians; or if he -do come, he shall be ouertaken with the Persians, his enimy -the Sophi, and intrapped with all the euill that they can do -vnto him: who that although he be a Moore, and of the sect -of Mahomet, yet he is a friend vnto Christians.</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<h2><a name="CHAP_III_XXVII" id="CHAP_III_XXVII"></a>CHAP. XXVII.</h2> - -<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Of other kingdomes and notable things that are vntill you come into -Spaine, and to conclude, the compassing of the world.</i></p></div> - - -<p><span class="sidenote">Arabia Felix.</span> -Neere unto the straite of Oromuz is Arabia Felix, where -as all the inhabitants are of the sect of Mahomet, and doo -follow the same interpretation that the Sophi doth. So -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_337" id="Page_ii_337">[337]</a></span> -<span class="sidenote">The Red Sea.</span> -running a long by Arabia, you come straight vnto the Red -Sea, or Arabico, the which hath foure hundred and fiftie -leagues of longitude, and in some partes it is of a mightie -depth: the water thereof seemeth to bee red, although taking -it out thereof it is white: the cause thereof is for that the -ground vnder the water is of the same colour. By reason -whereof, when as the sun doth shine thereon it seemeth red, -and thereby it hath got the name the which it hath vnto this -day. By this sea, and by that of Basora, the great Turk -doth carrie much spicerie, silkes, and cloth of golde, and all -riches out of the orientall Indias, the which may easily be -disturbed, but the way how is not for this place nor time. -On the other side is the land of Abexin, which is that of -<span class="sidenote">The land of Abexin that of Prester Iohn.</span> -Prester John, a kingdome although it is very great, yet it -extendeth very litle on this coast. From this kingdome or -poynt, going to the southwest, is six hundreth leagues to -Mazanbique, whereas there is inhabitance of Portingals. -All this coast is black people, gentiles, and idolaters, and is -in fifteene degrees in altitude towardes the south, and in the -<span class="sidenote">Mazanbiqua.</span> -same maner are all the rest that are inhabited from Mazanbique -vnto the Cape of Buena Esperansa. They are without -memorie of the preaching of the gospel; if that God for -his mercy doe not take pitie on them, and put into the heartes -of some to goe thither, and to procure the remedie of so -infinite number of soules.</p> - -<p>So after the sayd father had informed himselfe of all that -is sayde, and of many other thinges more, which is left out -for to euitate tediousnes, till such time as of them may bee -made a particular historie, hee departed from Goa and Cochin -<span class="sidenote">The Ilands of Maldivia.</span> -towardes Portingall, and passed by the Ilandes of Maldivia, -which are many, and all are inhabited with Moores, nigh -vnto the which they doe enter the poole Antartico, crossing -the equinoctiall from the coast of Arabia; from thence they -sayled with a faire winde till they came right against the -<span class="sidenote">The Ilands of S. Lorenso.</span> -Iland of Saint Lorenso, which is very great, for that it hath -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_338" id="Page_ii_338">[338]</a></span> -two hundreth seuentie and fiue leagues of longitude, and -fourescore and tenne of latitude; all inhabited with much -people, very quiet and ciuile: the faith of Christ was neuer -preached amongest them; yet I doo belieue that if it were, -they would quietly receiue the same. Passing from this -<span class="sidenote">The Cape of Buena Esperansa.</span> -ilande, they came vnto the Cape of Buena Esperansa, the -which is another very good iland, whose inhabitants and -dwellers are much like to those of Saint Lorenzo: it is in the -temperate zona, and nigh vnto the straights of Magellanes. -This Cape of Buena Esperansa is called by another name, -the Cape Tormentorio: it is fiue and thirtie degrees large -from the pole antartico. And from Cochin vnto this cape -they put one thousand three hundred fiftie and eight leagues, -that way which they do ordinarily nauigate. When they -doo passe by this cape, they were wont to have great and -<span class="sidenote">The Iland of S. Elena.</span> -strong winds. They go from thence to the Iland of S. Elena, -which is beyond the cape forwards, fiue hundred and seuentie -leagues. It is not inhabited with people, but full of swine, -goats, and great aboundance of partriges, and in all the coast -is great store of fish, the which is taken with great ease; it -is but a little iland, and hath circuit no more than fiue -leagues.</p> - -<p>From this ilande they do nauigate foure hundred leagues -vntil they come vnder the equinoctiall, vpon the coast of -<span class="sidenote">Guinea.</span> -Guinea, returning unto the pole artike, in foure and forty -degrees in altitude (which was almost at the same place from -whence he departed at his gooing forth) after hee compassed -the world. They passed in sight of the lande, and from -thence they sayled forwards and sawe other land, vntill they -came vnto Lisborne, hauing (after they had crossed the equinoctiall) -sayled a thousand foure hundred and fiftie leagues. -So that after the aforesaid father, Frier Martin Ignacio, had -made his account of all that he had trauelled from the time -he departed from Siuel, til he returned vnto Lysborne, in -compassing the world, he found that it was nine thousand -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_339" id="Page_ii_339">[339]</a></span> -and forty leagues by sea and by lande, besides many other -leagues that he trauelled in China and in other parts, of the -which hee dooth make no account. All these leagues are -full of mightie kingdomes, and al, or the most part of them, -are subiect vnto the tyranny of Lucyfer. God, for his infinite -mercy, conuert them, and take pittie on them, as hee -did when that he came from heauen vppon the earth to die -for all, and put into the heart of the king of Spaine, that, -amongst other good workes, the which, with his most Christian -zeale dooth intend and do, for to procure this, which -will be so much vnto the glory of God, and great desert of -honor vnto himselfe, the which he may do very commodiously, -being, as he is at this day, Lord of all the Indies, and of the -biggest part of all that newe world.</p> - -<p>This petition is worthy, that all we Christians doo desire -of God, for that his holy name in all the world may be praised -and exalted; and the sonnes of Adam, who for their sinnes -are so dispersed and forgotten of God, and first beginning, -they may go and inioy the happy and glorious kingdome for -the which they were created.</p> - - -<p class="caption2">FINIS.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_340" id="Page_ii_340">[340]</a><br /><a name="Page_ii_341" id="Page_ii_341">[341]</a></span></p> - - -<p class="caption2">INDEX.</p> - - -<p class="p0"> -Abexin, the kingdom of Prestyr John, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_337">337</a><br /> -<br /> -Abulfeda, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_i">i</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ignorance of, respecting China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_vi">vi</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Acapulco, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_223">223</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_253">253</a><br /> -<br /> -Adultery, law respecting, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a><br /> -<br /> -Agriculture, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_56">56</a><br /> -<br /> -Aguizi, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Aguila, an odoriferous wood, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_58">58</a>; ii, <a href="#Page_ii_303">303</a><br /> -<br /> -Alazan, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_51">51</a><br /> -<br /> -Alfaro, Pedro de, visits China as a missionary, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxiv">lxxiv</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">arrives at Manilla, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_125">125</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his desire to visit China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_126">126</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">conversion of a Chinese priest by, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_127">127</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">opposition of the governor to his proposal, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_128">128</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his unsuccessful attempt to reach China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_129">129</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his second attempt, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_132">132</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his companions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_134">134</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they meet with a storm, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_135">135</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">arrive at an island, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_136">136</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their escape from the Chinese guardships, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_137">137</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they reach Canton, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_140">140</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">enter the city, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_141">141</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">an interview with a judge, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_144">144</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the interpreters' version of their story, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_145">145</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they are examined again, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_149">149</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_152">152</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">treachery of the interpreters, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_155">155</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">jealousy shown by the Portuguese at Machao, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_158">158</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">necessitous condition of their party, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_161">161</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">a stipend allowed them by the viceroy, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_161">161</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they are sent to Aucheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_165">165</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their arrival, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_167">167</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reception by the viceroy, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_168">168</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they return to Canton, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_180">180</a>; ill</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">feeling of the captain-general of Machao towards them, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_184">184</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his plans defeated, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_185">185</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Alfaro and some of his party arrive at Machao, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_194">194</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the others go to Chincheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_198">198</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">and return to Manilla, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_204">204</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Alvarado, A. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_28">28</a><br /> -<br /> -Amazons, island of the, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_301">301</a><br /> -<br /> -Ambassadors, reception of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_157">157</a><br /> -<br /> -Ameias, province of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_245">245</a><br /> -<br /> -Anchasi, office of the, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_102">102</a><br /> -<br /> -Anchosan, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Andrade, F. Peres d', his voyage to China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxi">xxxi</a><br /> -<br /> -Andrade, Simon d', sent to China with a Portuguese fleet, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxiv">xxxiv</a><br /> -<br /> -Animals of China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_285">285</a><br /> -<br /> -Annals of China, sketch of the early, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_69">69</a><br /> -<br /> -Anthey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Anthrey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Antoninus, embassy to China sent by the emperor, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_iii">iii</a><br /> -<br /> -Ape's tooth, worshipped in Ceylon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_329">329</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its destruction by the Portuguese viceroy, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_330">330</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Arab merchants, early account of China by, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_iii">iii</a><br /> -<br /> -Arabia Felix, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_336">336</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Aracan" id="Aracan"></a>Aracan, kingdom of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_321">321</a><br /> -<br /> -Archipelago, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_258">258</a><br /> -<br /> -Arms used by the Chinese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_288">288</a><br /> -<br /> -Army of China, weakness of, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxviii">lxxviii</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxx">lxxx</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_90">90</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reviews of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_102">102</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its numbers, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_288">288</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its pay, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_289">289</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Arracon, <i>see</i> <a href="#Aracan">Aracan</a><br /> -<br /> -Artillery, early acquaintance of the Chinese with the use of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_129">129</a><br /> -<br /> -Artreda, letter by, on the arms of the Chinese, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_130">130</a><br /> -<br /> -Atzion, i, <a href="#Page_ii_51">51</a><br /> -<br /> -Aucheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_75">75</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_78">78</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_85">85</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_167">167</a><br /> -<br /> -Auchin, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -Aucon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_113">113</a><br /> -<br /> -Augury by lot, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_46">46</a>; ii, <a href="#Page_ii_262">262</a><br /> -<br /> -Ayas, xvi.<br /> -<br /> -Aynao, <i>see</i> <a href="#Hainan">Hainan</a><br /> -<br /> -Aytao, office of the, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_102">102</a><br /> -<br /> -Aytim, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_201">201</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_221">221</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Banbosa, <i>see</i> <a href="#Barbosa">Barbosa</a><br /> -<br /> -Banquets, i, Page_i_137<br /> -<br /> -Barba, a Tartar chief, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xv">xv</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Barbosa" id="Barbosa"></a>Barbosa, Duarte, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_33">33</a><br /> -<br /> -Barcelor, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_334">334</a><br /> -<br /> -Bardes, islands of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Basayn, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Batala, an idol, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_261">261</a><br /> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_342" id="Page_ii_342">[342]</a></span><br /> -Bausa, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -Beads, used in praying, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_57">57</a><br /> -<br /> -Begging, prohibition of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_66">66</a><br /> -<br /> -Bells, ringing of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_57">57</a><br /> -<br /> -Bemthey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Bengal" id="Bengal"></a>Bengal, kingdom of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_322">322</a><br /> -<br /> -Benjamin of Tudela, his reference to China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_vii">vii</a><br /> -<br /> -Bindoro, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_130">130</a><br /> -<br /> -Blind persons, constrained to work, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_68">68</a><br /> -<br /> -Boneg, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -Bonze, a word of Portuguese origin, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_162">162</a><br /> -<br /> -Books obtained by Herrada, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_134">134</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Bouchier" id="Bouchier"></a>Bouchier, G., Mechanical apparatus constructed by, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xi">xi</a><br /> -<br /> -Boxeador, cape of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_268">268</a><br /> -<br /> -Brama, chief priest in Visnaga so called, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_326">326</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his power of dispensation, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_327">327</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Bridges, lvii<br /> -<br /> -Buena Esperansa, cape of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_338">338</a><br /> -<br /> -Buliano, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_31">31</a><br /> -<br /> -Burgos, G. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_268">268</a><br /> -<br /> -Burial of the dead, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_59">59</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_291">291</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of the kings of Visnaga, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_326">326</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Burneo, isle of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_261">261</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Cabile, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_15">15</a><br /> -<br /> -Cabite, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_268">268</a><br /> -<br /> -Cagayan, river of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_131">131</a><br /> -<br /> -Calamina, <i>see</i> <a href="#Malipur">Malipur</a><br /> -<br /> -Calicut, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_334">334</a><br /> -<br /> -Camels used in the Canaries, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_214">214</a><br /> -<br /> -Cambaya, province of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Camboia, kingdom of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_311">311</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">crosses erected in, <a href="#Page_ii_313">313</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Campeachy, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_222">222</a><br /> -<br /> -Cananor, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_334">334</a><br /> -<br /> -Canary Isles, derivation of their name, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_209">209</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_209">209</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_213">213</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Canasia, <i>see</i> <a href="#Hang-cheou">Hang-cheou</a><br /> -<br /> -Canfu,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_vi">vi</a><br /> -<br /> -Cannafistola, a Malay fruit, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_318">318</a><br /> -<br /> -Cannibals, effect of a friar upon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_215">215</a><br /> -<br /> -Canton,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_vi">vi</a> ii, <a href="#Page_ii_140">140</a><br /> -<br /> -Capital punishment, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_119">119</a><br /> -<br /> -Capsonson, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_270">270</a><br /> -<br /> -Caraci, city of the, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_x">x</a><br /> -<br /> -Caribs, their cannibal propensities, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_214">214</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">effect of a Spanish friar upon them, <a href="#Page_ii_215">215</a></span><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Carpini" id="Carpini"></a>Carpini, John de Plano, Chinese described by,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_viii">viii</a><br /> -<br /> -Cassava, bread made of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_218">218</a><br /> -<br /> -Cattle, abundance of in Mexico, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_227">227</a><br /> -<br /> -Cavalry, description of Chinese, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_88">88</a><br /> -<br /> -Cavendish, T., the navigator, R. Parke's letter to, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_1">1</a><br /> -<br /> -Ceremonies at a deathbed, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_290">290</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at burials, <a href="#Page_ii_291">291</a></span><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Ceylon" id="Ceylon"></a>Ceylon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_328">328</a>; -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">fertility of, <a href="#Page_ii_330">330</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">progress of Christianity there, <a href="#Page_ii_331">331</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Chabes, P. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_21">21</a><br /> -<br /> -Chacon, L., ii, <a href="#Page_ii_21">21</a><br /> -<br /> -Champa, kingdom of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_311">311</a><br /> -<br /> -Characters used in Chinese writing, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_121">121</a><br /> -<br /> -Chaul, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Chautubo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_112">112</a><br /> -<br /> -Cheapness of provisions in China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_285">285</a><br /> -<br /> -Chichimecos Indians, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_226">226</a><br /> -<br /> -Chimbutey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -<span class="smcap">China</span>, known to the Romans,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_iii">iii</a><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">early account of by two Arab merchants,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_iii">iii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">observations of Edrisi on,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_vi">vi</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reference to by Benjamin of Tudela,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_vii">vii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">visited by Marco Polo,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xvi">xvi</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">by G. de Monte Corvino,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxii">xxii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">by O. de Pordenone,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxiii">xxiii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">by Ibn Batuta,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxvi">xxvi</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the embassy sent to Cathay by Mirza Shah Rokh,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxvii">xxvii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">voyage thither of a Portuguese fleet,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxi">xxxi</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">failure of the Portuguese embassy,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxvi">xxxvi</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">visit of F. Mendez Pinto to China,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxvii">xxxvii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">account of the customs and laws of the empire in 1555,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxix">xxxix</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">visited by G. da Cruz,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_li">li</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">described by G. Pereyra,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_liii">liii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">visited by Spanish missionaries,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxix">lxix</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">described by Herrada,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxii">lxxii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Alfaro's voyage there,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxiv">lxxiv</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">observations on the empire by M. Ricci,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxvii">lxxvii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">by G. Roman,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxix">lxxix</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Mendoza's description of China, i, <a href="#Page_ii_8">8</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its climate, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_11">11</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">fertility, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_12">12</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">productions, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_14">14</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">antiquity of the kingdom, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_18">18</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its extent, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_20">20</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">provinces, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_21">21</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">cities, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_23">23</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the great wall, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_28">28</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sketch of the early annals of China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_69">69</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">account of the Emperor Vitey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_70">70</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the royal palace, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_77">77</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">number of payers of tribute, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_80">80</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">amount of tribute paid, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_82">82</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the army, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_86">86</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">military strength of the empire, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_90">90</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">law against undertaking foreign wars, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_92">92</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">against leaving the kingdom, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_93">93</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">against the admission of strangers, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_94">94</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the royal council of state, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_96">96</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the chief officers of state, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_101">101</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">how chosen, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_106">106</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ministers of justice, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_107">107</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">legal proceedings, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_109">109</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">tortures, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_111">111</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">watch kept over the conduct of the judges, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_112">112</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">rewards and punishments awarded them, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_115">115</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Mendoza's embassy to China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_162">162</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">expedition of M. de Herrada to China, ii, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_29">29</a>;</span><br /> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_343" id="Page_ii_343">[343]</a></span><span style="margin-left: 1em;">his arrival, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_37">37</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">he visits Tansuso, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_44">44</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Tong-gan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_53">53</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Chincheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_59">59</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Aucheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_78">78</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their return to Manilla, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_111">111</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">expedition of Alfaro and other Augustines to China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_132">132</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they arrive at Canton, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_140">140</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">are sent to Aucheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_165">165</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they return to Canton, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_180">180</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">some of the party go to Machao, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_194">194</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the rest return to Manilla, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_204">204</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">expedition of Martin Ignatius and other Franciscan friars to China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_207">207</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they leave Spain, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_208">208</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">arrive at the Canaries, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_209">209</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Desseado and Dominica, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_214">214</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">two of the party killed by the Caribs, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_214">214</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they reach Puerto Rico, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_216">216</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">and Hispaniola, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_217">217</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of Cuba, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_220">220</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of Mexico, iii, <a href="#Page_ii_223">223</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they visit the Ladrone Isles, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_254">254</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the Philippines, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_258">258</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they sail for China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_268">268</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their arrival, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_269">269</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they are taken to Quixue, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_274">274</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">examined there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_276">276</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sent to Saneheo-fu, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_277">277</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">to Hucheofu, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_279">279</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">return of Ignatius home, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_310">310</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Chincheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_59">59</a><br /> -<br /> -<span class="smcap">Chinese</span>, described by Carpini,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_viii">viii</a><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">by Rubruquis,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xii">xii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">account of their laws and customs, related in the College of Jesuits, Malacca, in 1555,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxix">xxxix</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">by G. Pereyra,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_liii">liii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their houses,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xl">xl</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">prisons,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xliii">xliii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">feasts,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xlv">xlv</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">costume,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_l">l</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">bridges,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lvii">lvii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">religion,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxi">lxi</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">punishments,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxiii">lxiii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">origin of the name of China,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxiv">lxiv</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">hospitals,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxv">lxv</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their cowardice,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxviii">lxviii</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the navy,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxix">lxxix</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">complexion of the Chinese, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_11">11</a>, 29;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their dwellings, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_27">27</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">dress, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_30">30</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of the Chinese women, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_31">31</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the porcelain manufacture, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_33">33</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the currency, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_34">34</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the idols, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_36">36</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the principal saints, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_41">41</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">augury by lots, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_46">46</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">devil-invocation, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_49">49</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Chinese mythology, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_50">50</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">doctrine on the immortality of the soul, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_53">53</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the temples and religious orders, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_54">54</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their beads and bells, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_57">57</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">funeral rites, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_59">59</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">mourning apparel, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_61">61</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">marriage customs and ceremonies, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_62">62</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">law of inheritance, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">punishment of adulterers, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">singular marriage custom in Tartary, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">marriage of the emperor, and princes of the blood, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_65">65</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">maintenance of the poor, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_67">67</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">condition of the blind, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_68">68</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">payers of tribute numbered, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_81">81</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">no subjects allowed to travel without a license, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_93">93</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">jealousy of foreigners, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_94">94</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">legal proceedings, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_107">107</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">tortures, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_111">111</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">prisons, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_116">116</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">punishment of criminals, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_119">119</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">characters used in writing, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_121">121</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the same characters common to different languages, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_121">121</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">schools, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_122">122</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">knowledge acquired by all classes, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_122">122</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">paper and pens, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_123">123</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">examination for the degree of Loytia, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_125">125</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">how it is conferred, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_126">126</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">early use of artillery in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_129">129</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">art of printing early practised there, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_131">131</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">books obtained by Herrada, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_134">134</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">banquets, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_137">137</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">festivals, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_139">139</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">modes of salutation, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_141">141</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">courtesy to women, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_144">144</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">seclusion of their women, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_145">145</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">courtesans, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_146">146</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">shipping, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_148">148</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">fishing boats, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_151">151</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">breeding of ducks, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_153">153</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">birds used for fishing, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_155">155</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reception of ambassadors, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_156">156</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">compasses used in China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_37">37</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">use of chopsticks, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_47">47</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">carriers of baggage, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_55">55</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">agriculture, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_57">57</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">highways, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_58">58</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">fruits, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_60">60</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">a Chinese entertainment, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_72">72</a>, 87;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">a Drama, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_88">88</a>, 104;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">presents to public officers forbidden, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_90">90</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">idols, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_91">91</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">a review of the troops, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_102">102</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">presentation of petitions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_103">103</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">jealousy of strangers, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_139">139</a>, 142;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">administration of justice, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_153">153</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">physiognomy, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_163">163</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ploughing, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_166">166</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">invocation of devils, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_203">203</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">method of irrigation, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_279">279</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">shipping, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_284">284</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">mines, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_286">286</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">silk, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_287">287</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">arms and army, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_288">288</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">religious ceremonies, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_289">289</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">funeral rites, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_291">291</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">character of the people, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_293">293</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Chop sticks, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_47">47</a><br /> -<br /> -Christianity, conversion of Chinese to, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_122">122</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of the Philippine islanders, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_126">126</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">said to have been introduced by St. Thomas, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_290">290</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Chyley, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Cia, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_245">245</a><br /> -<br /> -Cibao, mines of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_217">217</a><br /> -<br /> -Cibola, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_246">246</a><br /> -<br /> -Cincoan, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Cinsones, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_229">229</a><br /> -<br /> -Cities of China enumerated, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_23">23</a><br /> -<br /> -Climate of China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_11">11</a><br /> -<br /> -Coanty, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Cochin, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_332">332</a><br /> -<br /> -Cochin China, description of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_303">303</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">picture sent to king by a friar, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_304">304</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">desire of king of to embrace Christianity, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_305">305</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">miracles wrought there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_306">306</a></span><br /> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_344" id="Page_ii_344">[344]</a></span><br /> -Cochin Chinese, description of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_310">310</a><br /> -<br /> -Columbo, in Ceylon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_331">331</a><br /> -<br /> -Comedy in China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_88">88</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_105">105</a>105<br /> -<br /> -Compass used by Chinese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_37">37</a><br /> -<br /> -Compulsary marriage in Tartary, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a><br /> -<br /> -Concham, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -Congreve, his mention of F. Mendez Pinto,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxvii">xxxvii</a><br /> -<br /> -Conjurations against devils, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_135">135</a><br /> -<br /> -Conversion of Philippine islanders, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_263">263</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of Japanese, <a href="#Page_ii_299">299</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Copper money, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_35">35</a><br /> -<br /> -Corchu, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_112">112</a><br /> -<br /> -Cormorants, fishing with, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_155">155</a><br /> -<br /> -Coromandel, kingdom of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_324">324</a><br /> -<br /> -Cortes, Hernando, his reverence for priests, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_230">230</a><br /> -<br /> -Cosmos, an intoxicating liquor described by Rubriquis,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xiii">xiii</a><br /> -<br /> -Costume of the Chinese, l;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of state officers, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_102">102</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_144">144</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Cotey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -Cotino, A., ii, <a href="#Page_ii_160">160</a><br /> -<br /> -Coulan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_332">332</a><br /> -<br /> -Council, the royal, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_96">96</a><br /> -<br /> -Courts of justice, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_276">276</a><br /> -<br /> -Courtesans, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_146">146</a><br /> -<br /> -Cowardice of the Chinese,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxviii">lxxviii</a><br /> -<br /> -Cranganor, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_333">333</a><br /> -<br /> -Cripples, laws for maintenance of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_67">67</a><br /> -<br /> -Crosses, erected by Mexican Indians, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_242">242</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">also in Cochin China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_306">306</a>, and in Camboia, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_313">313</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Cruz, Gaspar da, visits China as a missionary,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_li">li</a><br /> -<br /> -Cuba, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_220">220</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">treasures thrown into the sea by the natives of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_221">221</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Cubun, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Cuenca, N. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_34">34</a><br /> -<br /> -Cumdan,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_vi">vi</a><br /> -<br /> -Cuntey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Cuylan, <i>see</i> <a href="#Ceylon">Ceylon</a><br /> -<br /> -Cyan, <i>see</i> <a href="#Siam">Siam</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Damaun, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Debt, law of, in the Philippines, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_261">261</a><br /> -<br /> -Debtors, law against, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_111">111</a><br /> -<br /> -Desert beyond the wall of China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_283">283</a><br /> -<br /> -Desseado, island of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_214">214</a><br /> -<br /> -Devil worship in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_41">41</a>, 48;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_26">26</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Mexico, <a href="#Page_ii_242">242</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Devotees, penance of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_314">314</a><br /> -<br /> -Diamond mines of Visnaga, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_327">327</a><br /> -<br /> -Dignitaries of state, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_101">101</a><br /> -<br /> -Disamaluco, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Diu, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Divorce, law of in Visnaga, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_327">327</a><br /> -<br /> -Dogs, great numbers of, found in the Canary isles, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_209">209</a><br /> -<br /> -Dominica, island of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_214">214</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ferocity of the natives, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_215">215</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Dowry given by the husband in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_62">62</a><br /> -<br /> -Drama, description of a Chinese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_88">88</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_104">104</a><br /> -<br /> -Ducks, breeding of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_153">153</a><br /> -<br /> -Duennas, F. de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_134">134</a><br /> -<br /> -Durion, a Malay fruit, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_318">318</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Eclipses, Chinese explanation of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_291">291</a><br /> -<br /> -Eden, Richard, his History of Travayle in the West and East Indies,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_ii">ii</a><br /> -<br /> -Edrisi, the Arabian geographer, his observations on China,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_vi">vi</a><br /> -<br /> -Education of the poor, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_122">122</a><br /> -<br /> -Elephant; war between Pegu and Siam for an, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_321">321</a><br /> -<br /> -Emperor of China, seldom seen in public, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_79">79</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his concubines marry on his death, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_65">65</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">lord of the entire soil of the empire, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_79">79</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Entertainment, description of a Chinese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_72">72</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_87">87</a><br /> -<br /> -Espeio, A. de, his expedition into New Mexico, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_234">234</a><br /> -<br /> -Examinations in learning, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_125">125</a><br /> -<br /> -Executions, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_119">119</a><br /> -<br /> -Extirpation of the natives of Hispaniola, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_218">218</a><br /> -<br /> -Ezoulom, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_51">51</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Faxiuandono, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_298">298</a><br /> -<br /> -Feather pictures of the Mexicans, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_229">229</a><br /> -<br /> -Feria, J. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_268">268</a><br /> -<br /> -Fernandina, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_10">10</a><br /> -<br /> -Ferro, the water-distilling tree of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_210">210</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_211">211</a>, <i>note</i><br /> -<br /> -Fertility of China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_12">12</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_285">285</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Festivals, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_139">139</a><br /> -<br /> -Fires, precautions against, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_104">104</a><br /> -<br /> -Fishing,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxiv">xxiv</a>, lxvi<br /> -<br /> -Fishing vessels, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_151">151</a><br /> -<br /> -Fontey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -Forster, J. Reinhold, his opinion concerning the site of Karakorum,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xix">xix</a><br /> -<br /> -Fruits of China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_60">60</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of Malacca, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_318">318</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Fucheo, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_27">27</a><br /> -<br /> -Fuco, described by O. de Pordenone,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxiii">xxiii</a><br /> -<br /> -Funeral rites on the death of an Emperor's wife,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxx">xxx</a><br /> -<br /> -Futey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_345" id="Page_ii_345">[345]</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Gahai, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_44">44</a><br /> -<br /> -Ganges, account of an attempt to discover the source of the, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_332">332</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reverence paid to its water, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_323">323</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Gaspar, Archbishop of Goa, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_330">330</a><br /> -<br /> -Gautin, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_112">112</a><br /> -<br /> -Geese, flocks of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_166">166</a><br /> -<br /> -Giuzza, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xvi">xvi</a><br /> -<br /> -Goa, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_329">329</a>, 334<br /> -<br /> -Gombu, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -Goyti, M. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_13">13</a><br /> -<br /> -Guanser, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Guansian, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Guardships, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_137">137</a><br /> -<br /> -Gubates, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_251">251</a><br /> -<br /> -Guertas, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_216">216</a><br /> -<br /> -Guetaria, S. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_259">259</a><br /> -<br /> -Guinea, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_338">338</a><br /> -<br /> -Guntey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Gutemberg, J., i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_131">131</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -<a name="Hainan" id="Hainan"></a>Hainan, isle of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_283">283</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_303">303</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Hang-cheou" id="Hang-cheou"></a>Hang-cheou, described by Marco Polo, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxi">xxi</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">by O. de Pordenone, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxiv">xxiv</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Hatuey, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_221">221</a><br /> -<br /> -Havanna, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_220">220</a><br /> -<br /> -Hermit, a Chinese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_292">292</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Herrada" id="Herrada"></a>Herrada, Martin de, his account of China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxi">lxxi</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">books obtained by, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_134">134</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his desire to visit China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_5">5</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">meets Omoncon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_25">25</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">is sent to China with H. Martin, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_29">29</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their voyage, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_31">31</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">arrival at Tituhul, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_37">37</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">adventures there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_40">40</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">first landing, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_45">45</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">they leave Tansuso, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_50">50</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reach Tangoa, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_53">53</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Chincheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_59">59</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">audience with the governor, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_65">65</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">arrival at Aucheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_78">78</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their difficulties, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_92">92</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">examination, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_101">101</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">return to Manilla, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_119">119</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Highways, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xli">xli</a>; ii, <a href="#Page_ii_59">59</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Hilocos" id="Hilocos"></a>Hilocos, the, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_10">10</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_31">31</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Hing-hoa" id="Hing-hoa"></a>Hing-hoa, seized by the Japanese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Hispaniola" id="Hispaniola"></a>Hispaniola, island of, described, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_217">217</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">extirpation of the natives of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_218">218</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Holgoi, witches so called, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_262">262</a><br /> -<br /> -Horses, excellence of Mexican, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_225">225</a><br /> -<br /> -Hortiz, Sancho, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_17">17</a><br /> -<br /> -Hospitals, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxv">lxv</a>; i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_67">67</a><br /> -<br /> -Houses, description of Chinese, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xl">xl</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_26">26</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Hucheofu, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_279">279</a><br /> -<br /> -Huntzui, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_51">51</a><br /> -<br /> -Hurricanes in the West Indies, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_220">220</a><br /> -<br /> -Huy Hannon, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Ibn Batuta, his account of China,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxvi">xxvi</a><br /> -<br /> -Idols of China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_36">36</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_91">91</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of the Philippine isles, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_261">261</a></span><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Ignatius" id="Ignatius"></a>Ignatius de Loyola, a Spanish Franciscan;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his expedition to the East, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_207">207</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">he leaves Spain, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_208">208</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reaches Mexico, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_223">223</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the Philippines, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_258">258</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_269">269</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his treatment there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_270">270</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_281">281</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">he returns by Cochin China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_310">310</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Malacca, Ceylon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_328">328</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Cape Comorin, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_331">331</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Malabar, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_334">334</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Goa, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_337">337</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the Cape of Good Hope and Guinea, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_338">338</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">back to Lisbon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_338">338</a>.</span><br /> -<br /> -Ignorance considered infamous in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_122">122</a><br /> -<br /> -Illocos islands, <i>see</i> <a href="#Hilocos">Hilocos</a><br /> -<br /> -Imaginary island of St. Borandon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_212">212</a><br /> -<br /> -Immortality of the soul, Chinese belief in the, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_53">53</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_291">291</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Indians, treasures thrown into the river by those of Cuba, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_221">221</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their objection to meeting Spaniards in Paradise, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_264">264</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Industry of the Chinese, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_13">13</a><br /> -<br /> -Inheritance, law of, in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">singular custom concerning it in Pimienta, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_333">333</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Insuanto, office of the, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_101">101</a><br /> -<br /> -Invocation of devils, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_203">203</a><br /> -<br /> -Irrigation, method of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_279">279</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Japan, said to have been peopled from China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_294">294</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">reason of the migration, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_295">295</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Chinese hated by Japanese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_296">296</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">kings of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_297">297</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">warlike nature of the people, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_298">298</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">an unsuccessful expedition to China by them, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_299">299</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">progress of Christianity there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_299">299</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">priests, witches, and women of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_300">300</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">slaves in, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_301">301</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Jor, <i>see</i> <a href="#Johore">Johore</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Johore" id="Johore"></a>Johore, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_316">316</a><br /> -<br /> -Josshouse, a Portuguese word, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_162">162</a><br /> -<br /> -Judges in China, laws concerning, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_107">107</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">diligence of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_109">109</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their conduct investigated, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_112">112</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">punishment of unjust, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_115">115</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_169">169</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_275">275</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Jumenos Indians, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_237">237</a><br /> -<br /> -Justice, courts of, procedure in the, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_107">107</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_153">153</a></span><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Kampion, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xviii">xviii</a><br /> -<br /> -Kancheu, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xviii">xviii</a><br /> -<br /> -Karacosmos, a Tartar beverage,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xiv">xiv</a><br /> -<br /> -Karakorum, a Tartar city described by Rubruquis,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_x">x</a><br /> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_346" id="Page_ii_346">[346]</a></span><br /> -Khambalu in China,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xix">xix</a><br /> -<br /> -Khamchu,<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxviii">xxviii</a><br /> -<br /> -Koh-i-norr, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_327">327</a><br /> -<br /> -Kublai Khan, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xv">xv</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xvi">xvi</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xix">xix</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Labacares, Guido de, governor of the Philippines, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_15">15</a><br /> -<br /> -Labrador, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_256">256</a><br /> -<br /> -Ladrone islanders, singular custom of the, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_254">254</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their knavery, <a href="#Page_ii_256">256</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Laulo, isle of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_111">111</a><br /> -<br /> -Laupy, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Laws, of marriage, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_61">61</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">inheritance, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the poor, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_67">67</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">tenure of lands, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_79">79</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">against leaving the kingdom, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_93">93</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">against admitting foreigners, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_94">94</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">a law of frankpledge, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_110">110</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">concerning debtors, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_111">111</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">on torture, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_111">111</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">concerning courtesans, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_146">146</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Le, a Chinese coin, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_82">82</a><br /> -<br /> -Leachis, visiting justices, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_113">113</a><br /> -<br /> -Legal proceedings, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_109">109</a><br /> -<br /> -Legaspi, M. Lopez de, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxvii">lxvii</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_3">3</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_260">260</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Leon, F. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_17">17</a><br /> -<br /> -Letters, the writing of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_123">123</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">common use of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_124">124</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Limahon, a Chinese corsair, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxviii">lxviii</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">account of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_6">6</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his first attempt on Manilla, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_11">11</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its failure, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_14">14</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">he burns the city, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_17">17</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his fleet destroyed by the Spaniards, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_22">22</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his escape, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_23">23</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_115">115</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Lincheon, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_70">70</a><br /> -<br /> -Linthey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Lotzitzam, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_51">51</a><br /> -<br /> -Loyola, Martin Ignazio de, <i>see</i> <a href="#Ignatius">Ignatius</a><br /> -<br /> -Loytia, a title of honour, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lx">lx</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">examination for, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_125">125</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">how conferred, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_127">127</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Lugor, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_316">316</a><br /> -<br /> -Luzon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_258">258</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Mace, a Chinese coin, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_82">82</a>, <i>note</i><br /> -<br /> -Macheo, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_158">158</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_183">183</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_191">191</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_194">194</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_302">302</a><br /> -<br /> -Magalhaens, Fernando, his discoveries and death, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_259">259</a><br /> -<br /> -Maguay, or Macaw-tree, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_228">228</a><br /> -<br /> -Mahomet, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_261">261</a><br /> -<br /> -Malabar, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_334">334</a><br /> -<br /> -Malacca, city of, taken by the Portuguese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_317">317</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">provisions and fruits there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_318">318</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its commerce, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_319">319</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Malacca, straits of, dangerous navigation in the, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_317">317</a><br /> -<br /> -Maldivia, islands of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_337">337</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Malipur" id="Malipur"></a>Malipur, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_290">290</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">relics of St. Thomas at, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_324">324</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Mana, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_328">328</a><br /> -<br /> -Mandarin, a Portuguese word, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_162">162</a><br /> -<br /> -Mangalor, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_334">334</a><br /> -<br /> -Mangate, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_333">333</a><br /> -<br /> -Mangu Khan, court of, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_ix">ix</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_x">x</a><br /> -<br /> -Manilla, founded by the Spaniards, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxvii">lxvii</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_4">4</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Limahon's attack upon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_17">17</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_258">258</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Manju, or Southern China, described by Marco Polo, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xx">xx</a><br /> -<br /> -Manuel, king of Cathay, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_282">282</a><br /> -<br /> -Maqueda, duke of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_210">210</a><br /> -<br /> -Marriage, ceremonies and laws of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_61">61</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">singular law in Tartary of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">marriages of the princes, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_65">65</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Martin, Hieronimo, accompanies Herrada to China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_29">29</a><br /> -<br /> -Martin Ignatius, <i>see</i> <a href="#Ignatius">Ignatius</a><br /> -<br /> -Mascarenhas, Don Pedro, viceroy of India, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_329">329</a><br /> -<br /> -Masulapatar, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_324">324</a><br /> -<br /> -Mattheusi, Oderico, <i>see</i> <a href="#Pordenone">Pordenone</a><br /> -<br /> -Mazanbique, <i>see</i> <a href="#Mozambique">Mozambique</a><br /> -<br /> -Measures of length, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_21">21</a><br /> -<br /> -Megoa, <i>see</i> <a href="#Hing-hoa">Hing-hoa</a><br /> -<br /> -Mendoza, Juan Gonzales de, sent on an embassy to China by Philip II, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxiii">lxxiii</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its failure, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxvi">lxxvi</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">publication of his work, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxxi">lxxxi</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">various editions of it, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxxii">lxxxii</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his return and death, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxxiii">lxxxiii</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">account of his embassy, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_162">162</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_168">168</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_170">170</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Mercado y Ronquillo, Gonsalo de, governor of the Philippines, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_167">167</a><br /> -<br /> -Mexican Indians, description of the, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_229">229</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their obedience to ecclesiastics, <a href="#Page_ii_230">230</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their cities, <a href="#Page_ii_241">241</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_245">245</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Mexico, the kingdom of described, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_223">223</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">orthodoxy of the Mexicans, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_224">224</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">climate of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_224">224</a>; rains, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_225">225</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">breed of horses, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_225">225</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">cattle, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_227">227</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the Indians of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_228">228</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">price of provisions in, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_231">231</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Military strength of China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_90">90</a><br /> -<br /> -Mines, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_286">286</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_320">320</a><br /> -<br /> -Miracles in Cochin China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_306">306</a><br /> -<br /> -Miranda, Arias G. de, his kindness towards the Spanish missionaries, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_280">280</a><br /> -<br /> -Mirza Shah Rokh, sends an embassy to China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxvii">xxvii</a><br /> -<br /> -Missionaries, their efforts in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_171">171</a><br /> -<br /> -Mogor, the kingdom of the great Tartar, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_336">336</a><br /> -<br /> -Money used in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_17">17</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_82">82</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, 162</span><br /> -<br /> -Monte Corvino, G. di, sent on an embassy to China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxii">xxii</a><br /> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_347" id="Page_ii_347">[347]</a></span><br /> -Mourning apparel, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_61">61</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Mozambique" id="Mozambique"></a>Mozambique, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_337">337</a><br /> -<br /> -Musical instruments, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_140">140</a><br /> -<br /> -Musk, preparation of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_16">16</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_285">285</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Mythology, the Chinese, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_50">50</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Nanking, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxi">xxi</a><br /> -<br /> -Nauala, isle of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_219">219</a><br /> -<br /> -Navy, the Chinese, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxx">lxxx</a><br /> -<br /> -Negapatan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_328">328</a><br /> -<br /> -Neighbours, bound to reveal each others' offences, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_110">110</a><br /> -<br /> -Neoma, a saint, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_43">43</a><br /> -<br /> -New Mexico, account of the discovery of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_231">231</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">expedition of Ruyz, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_232">232</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of Espeio, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_234">234</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Indian towns, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_241">241</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Devil worship there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_242">242</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Nicobar Isles, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_328">328</a><br /> -<br /> -Nikpha, sea of, story told by Benjamin of Tudela concerning the, vii<br /> -<br /> -Nobunanga, king of Japan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_296">296</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sets up his picture to be worshipped, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_297">297</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Nombre de Dios, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_223">223</a><br /> -<br /> -Number of tribute-payers in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_81">81</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Obando, J. de, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_165">165</a><br /> -<br /> -Ochantey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Ocheuty, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_51">51</a><br /> -<br /> -Odialon, a Moorish kingdom, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Officers of state in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_101">101</a><br /> -<br /> -Oktar Khan, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xix">xix</a><br /> -<br /> -Omens, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_263">263</a><br /> -<br /> -Omoncon, a Chinese captain, sent against Limahon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_25">25</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">visits Manilla, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_27">27</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">returns to China with M. de Herrada, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_31">31</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Ontiueros, J. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_235">235</a><br /> -<br /> -Orchon, the river, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_x">x</a><br /> -<br /> -Orion, influence of, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_vii">vii</a><br /> -<br /> -Oromuz, city of, abounds in salt, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Ortega, Francisco de, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxiii">lxxiii</a><br /> -<br /> -Orthodoxy of the Mexicans, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_224">224</a><br /> -<br /> -Ortiz, Stephen, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_133">133</a><br /> -<br /> -Otey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -Othey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Outon, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -Outzim, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Padilla y Meneses, A. de, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_168">168</a><br /> -<br /> -Pagoda of Vishnaga, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_326">326</a><br /> -<br /> -Paguina, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_36">36</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Pahang" id="Pahang"></a>Pahang, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_316">316</a><br /> -<br /> -Painting, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_32">32</a><br /> -<br /> -Palace of the emperor, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_78">78</a><br /> -<br /> -Palma de Cocos, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_266">266</a><br /> -<br /> -Panama, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_224">224</a><br /> -<br /> -Pangasinan, the river, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_18">18</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_21">21</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_32">32</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_34">34</a><br /> -<br /> -Panzon, <i>see</i> <a href="#Pwan-koo">Pwan-Koo</a><br /> -<br /> -Paon, <i>see</i> <a href="#Pahang">Pahang</a><br /> -<br /> -Paper currency in China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xii">xii</a><br /> -<br /> -Paper made of canes, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_123">123</a><br /> -<br /> -Pardo, J. Dias, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_129">129</a><br /> -<br /> -Paris, William of, <i>see</i> <a href="#Bouchier">Bouchier</a><br /> -<br /> -Parke, R., the translator of Mendoza's work, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxxii">lxxxii</a>; i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_1">1</a><br /> -<br /> -Passaguates Indians, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_236">236</a><br /> -<br /> -Patane, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_316">316</a><br /> -<br /> -Peak of Tenerife, description of the, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_210">210</a><br /> -<br /> -Pearls, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_285">285</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">fishery, <a href="#Page_ii_302">302</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Pegu, kingdom of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_320">320</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">war with Siam for a white elephant, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_321">321</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">religion of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_321">321</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Pekin, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xix">xix</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xlvii">xlvii</a><br /> -<br /> -Penance of devotees, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_314">314</a><br /> -<br /> -Pens, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_123">123</a><br /> -<br /> -Pereyra, Galeoti, his account of China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_liii">liii</a><br /> -<br /> -Perez, Bartholomew, his embassy to China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_159">159</a><br /> -<br /> -Persia, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_336">336</a><br /> -<br /> -Persian embassy to China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxvii">xxvii</a><br /> -<br /> -Petitions, presentation of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_103">103</a><br /> -<br /> -Pico de Adan, a mountain of Ceylon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_329">329</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">pagoda thereon, containing an ape's tooth worshipped by the people, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_329">329</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">afterwards destroyed by the Portuguese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_330">330</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Philippines, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_163">163</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">discovered by the Spaniards, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_4">4</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_258">258</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Magalhaens' voyage there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_258">258</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">condition of the natives there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_260">260</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their law of debt, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_261">261</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">religion, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_261">261</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">superstitions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_262">262</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">conversion to Christianity, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_263">263</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">fertility of soil, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_264">264</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">products of the country, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_265">265</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the Palma de Cocos, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_266">266</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Pictures shewn to the dying, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_290">290</a><br /> -<br /> -Pimienta, kingdom of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_333">333</a><br /> -<br /> -Pine trees planted near graves, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_61">61</a><br /> -<br /> -Pintatey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Pinto, F. Mendez, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxvii">xxxvii</a><br /> -<br /> -Pires, Tomas, his embassy to China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxiii">xxxiii</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its failure, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxvi">xxxvi</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Pitch used for ships, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_150">150</a><br /> -<br /> -Pintados, the islands, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_19">19</a><br /> -<br /> -Plague, unknown in China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_284">284</a><br /> -<br /> -Plano Carpini, John de, <i>see</i> <a href="#Carpini">Carpini</a><br /> -<br /> -Play, a Chinese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_88">88</a><br /> -<br /> -Plon, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_114">114</a><br /> -<br /> -Ploughing, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_166">166</a><br /> -<br /> -Poala, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_242">242</a><br /> -<br /> -Polo, Marco, his travels, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xvi">xvi</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">imprisonment at Genoa, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xvii">xvii</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">route to China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xviii">xviii</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of Khambalu, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xix">xix</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">excursion into Southern China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xx">xx</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of Quinsai, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxi">xxi</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Polygamy sanctioned by law, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a><br /> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_348" id="Page_ii_348">[348]</a></span><br /> -Ponchasi, office of the, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_101">101</a><br /> -<br /> -Poor houses, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_67">67</a><br /> -<br /> -Poor laws, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_66">66</a><br /> -<br /> -Porcelain manufacture, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_33">33</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, 287</span><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Pordenone" id="Pordenone"></a>Pordenone, Oderico de, his description of China, xxiii<br /> -<br /> -Portuguese, voyage to China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxxi">xxxi</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_96">96</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">jealousy towards the Spanish missionaries, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_158">158</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Posts, Chinese system of, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxvi">xxvi</a><br /> -<br /> -Prayers for the dead, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_54">54</a><br /> -<br /> -Presents to officers of state prohibited, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_90">90</a><br /> -<br /> -Prestyr John, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_337">337</a><br /> -<br /> -Priest, conversion of a Chinese, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_127">127</a><br /> -<br /> -Printing, art of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_131">131</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its antiquity, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_132">132</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of a Chinese book printed in 1348, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_133">133</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Prisons, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xliii">xliii</a>; i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_116">116</a><br /> -<br /> -Prophecy concerning the fall of the Chinese empire, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xliv">xliv</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">i, 76</span><br /> -<br /> -Provinces of China enumerated, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_22">22</a><br /> -<br /> -Puerto Rico, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_216">216</a><br /> -<br /> -Pumps for ships, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_150">150</a><br /> -<br /> -Punishment of criminals, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxiii">lxiii</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, 276</span><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Pwan-koo" id="Pwan-koo"></a>Pwan-koo, the Chinese Adam, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_50">50</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Quanina, a Chinese saint, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_41">41</a><br /> -<br /> -Quathy, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Quinsai, <i>see</i> <a href="#Hang-cheou">Hang-cheou</a><br /> -<br /> -Quintero, P., ii, <a href="#Page_ii_160">160</a><br /> -<br /> -Quioutey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -Quires, province of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_244">244</a><br /> -<br /> -Quixue, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_274">274</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Rada, M. de, <i>see</i> <a href="#Herrada">Herrada</a><br /> -<br /> -Rains, violent, in Mexico, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_225">225</a><br /> -<br /> -Ramon, Geronimo de, his "Republicas del Mundo", <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxii">lxxii</a><br /> -<br /> -Raxu, a king of Ceylon, persecutes the Christians, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_331">331</a><br /> -<br /> -Red Sea, explanation of its colour, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_337">337</a><br /> -<br /> -Religion, Carpini's account of that of the Chinese, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_viii">viii</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Pereyra's account of it, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxi">lxi</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_10">10</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_35">35</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">similarity between Budhist and Roman Catholic ceremonies, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_37">37</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">doctrine of a future life, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_53">53</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">religion of the Philippine islanders, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_261">261</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Sumatra, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_320">320</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Pegu, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_321">321</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Aracan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_322">322</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Siam, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_314">314</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Persia, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_336">336</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Religious orders in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_56">56</a><br /> -<br /> -Renaudot, Eusebe, his translation of an Arabic MS. relating to China, iii<br /> -<br /> -Revenues of China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_82">82</a><br /> -<br /> -Review of troops, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_102">102</a><br /> -<br /> -Rhinoceros described, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_311">311</a><br /> -<br /> -Ribera, G. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_21">21</a><br /> -<br /> -Ricci, Matteo, letter on China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxvii">lxxvii</a><br /> -<br /> -Roads in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_27">27</a><br /> -<br /> -Roman, Geronimo, observations on China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_lxxvii">lxxvii</a><br /> -<br /> -Romans, China, known to the, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_iii">iii</a><br /> -<br /> -Ronquillo, G., ii, <a href="#Page_ii_268">268</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Rubruquis" id="Rubruquis"></a>Rubruquis, G. de, his mission to Mangu Khan, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_ix">ix</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of the Chinese, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xii">xii</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Ruyz, Austen, expedition into New Mexico, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_ii">ii</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_234">234</a><br /> -<br /> -Rysbroeck, William Van, <i>see</i> <a href="#Rubruquis">Rubruquis</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Sacrifices to idols, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_48">48</a><br /> -<br /> -Salamina, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_290">290</a><br /> -<br /> -Salcete, <i>see</i> <a href="#Salsette">Salsette</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Salsette" id="Salsette"></a>Salsette, island of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_335">335</a><br /> -<br /> -Salutations, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_141">141</a><br /> -<br /> -Salazar, Domingo de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_4">4</a><br /> -<br /> -Salzedo, J. de, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_10">10</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">destroys Limahon's fleet, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_22">22</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Samatra, <i>see</i> <a href="#Sumatra">Sumatra</a><br /> -<br /> -Sancete, <i>see</i> <a href="#Salsette">Salsette</a><br /> -<br /> -Sancheofu, description of the city, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_278">278</a><br /> -<br /> -Sandi, Francisco de, governor of the Philippines, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_126">126</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">opposes Alfaro, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_128">128</a></span><br /> -<br /> -San Francisco, Sebastian de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_134">134</a><br /> -<br /> -Sangley, China so called, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_20">20</a><br /> -<br /> -San Juan de Lua, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_222">222</a><br /> -<br /> -Santo Tome, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_332">332</a><br /> -<br /> -Sarmiento, Pedro, one of Herrada's companions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_29">29</a><br /> -<br /> -Schools, number and excellence of Chinese, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_122">122</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">visitation of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_123">123</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Seclusion of women, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_145">145</a><br /> -<br /> -Seres, Chinese so named by Ammianus Marcellinus, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_iii">iii</a><br /> -<br /> -Serica vestis, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_iii">iii</a><br /> -<br /> -Servants, condition of in Japan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_300">300</a><br /> -<br /> -Sharks, rapacity of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_219">219</a><br /> -<br /> -Shipping, description of Chinese, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_148">148</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">pitch used for, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_150">150</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">pumps, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_150">150</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">great number of ships in China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_284">284</a></span><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Siam" id="Siam"></a>Siam, kingdom of, described, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_313">313</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">war with Pegu for a white elephant, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_321">321</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Sian, <i>see</i> <a href="#Siam">Siam</a><br /> -<br /> -Sichia, a Chinese saint, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_41">41</a><br /> -<br /> -Silk, of common use in China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_286">286</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">trade in, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_287">287</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the "Serica vestis" of the Romans, iii</span><br /> -<br /> -Silvester, a Dominican friar, his efforts in the cause of Christianity, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_312">312</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">honour to which he attained, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_313">313</a></span><br /> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_349" id="Page_ii_349">[349]</a></span><br /> -Sincapura, strait of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_258">258</a><br /> -<br /> -Sinsay, a Chinese merchant, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_24">24</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">sails to China with Herrada, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_31">31</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_37">37</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_41">41</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_83">83</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_97">97</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_115">115</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Slaves, condition of, in Japan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_300">300</a><br /> -<br /> -Sosoc, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Spices, abundance of, in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_17">17</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Sumatra, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_320">320</a></span><br /> -<br /> -St. Borandon, the imaginary island of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_212">212</a><br /> -<br /> -St. Domingo, <i>see</i> <a href="#Hispaniola">Hispaniola</a><br /> -<br /> -St. Helena, isle of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_338">338</a><br /> -<br /> -St. Lorenzo, isle of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_337">337</a><br /> -<br /> -St. Thomas, said to have preached in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_37">37</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">relics of, preserved at Malipur, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_324">324</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Strangers, Chinese jealousy of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_94">94</a><br /> -<br /> -Succuir, <i>see</i> <a href="#Sucheu">Sucheu</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Sucheu" id="Sucheu"></a>Sucheu, visited by Marco Polo, xviii<br /> -<br /> -<a name="Sumatra" id="Sumatra"></a>Sumatra, said to be the Isle of Ophir, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_319">319</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">its mines and productions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_320">320</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Suntien, a great city of China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_56">56</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_77">77</a><br /> -<br /> -Sutey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -Sweynheim, Conrad, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_131">131</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Tael, a Chinese coin, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_82">82</a><br /> -<br /> -Tamos, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_251">251</a><br /> -<br /> -Tanaor, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_334">334</a><br /> -<br /> -Tangoa, <i>see</i> <a href="#Tong-gan">Tong-gan</a><br /> -<br /> -Tanhom, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_50">50</a><br /> -<br /> -Tansuso, visited by Herrada, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_44">44</a><br /> -<br /> -Tantey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Tartars, description of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_9">9</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">religion, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_10">10</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Tartary, singular custom respecting marriage, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_63">63</a><br /> -<br /> -Tea, earliest mention of, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_iv">iv</a><br /> -<br /> -Temples in China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_56">56</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ii, <a href="#Page_ii_91">91</a>; ii, <a href="#Page_ii_274">274</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">at Visnaga, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_326">326</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Tenerife, island of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_210">210</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">the Peak, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_210">210</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Tepyna, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -Teyencom, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_51">51</a><br /> -<br /> -Thieves, punishment of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_119">119</a><br /> -<br /> -Tiguas, province of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_233">233</a><br /> -<br /> -Tinqui, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xx">xx</a><br /> -<br /> -Tituhul, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_37">37</a><br /> -<br /> -Tobosos Indians, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_236">236</a><br /> -<br /> -Tolanchia, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_35">35</a><br /> -<br /> -Tonco, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -<a name="Tong-gan" id="Tong-gan"></a>Tong-gan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_52">52</a><br /> -<br /> -Tordesillas, Augustin de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_131">131</a><br /> -<br /> -Torture of criminals, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_i">i</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_iii">iii</a><br /> -<br /> -Totoc, office of the, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_101">101</a><br /> -<br /> -Touznacaotican, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_9">9</a><br /> -<br /> -Tozo, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -Trade winds, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_253">253</a><br /> -<br /> -Trapovana, the ancient name of Sumatra, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_319">319</a><br /> -<br /> -Trautheyco, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_41">41</a><br /> -<br /> -Triana, John de, one of Herrada's companions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_35">35</a><br /> -<br /> -Tribute paid to the emperor, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_82">82</a><br /> -<br /> -Tripoli, William of, <i>see</i> <a href="#Rubruquis">Rubruquis</a><br /> -<br /> -Troncon, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -Tunis, the Goletta taken by the Turks, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_165">165</a><br /> -<br /> -Tutuan, office of the, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_101">101</a><br /> -<br /> -Tutucurin, kingdom of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_331">331</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">idolatrous rites there, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_332">332</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Tym, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -Tzentzey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Tzintzon, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_28">28</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_71">71</a><br /> -<br /> -Tzintzoum, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -Tzintzuny, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_72">72</a><br /> -<br /> -Tzobu, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -Tzunthey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Tzuyn, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_74">74</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Unguen, a city described by Marco Polo, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxii">xxii</a><br /> -<br /> -University of Mexico, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_227">227</a><br /> -<br /> -Unthey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -Usao, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_51">51</a><br /> -<br /> -Uzon, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Vangala, <i>see</i> <a href="#Bengal">Bengal</a><br /> -<br /> -Vasquez Coronado, Francisco, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_246">246</a><br /> -<br /> -Velas, islands of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_253">253</a><br /> -<br /> -Velasco, Luys de, viceroy of Mexico, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_3">3</a>, <a href="#Page_ii_260">260</a><br /> -<br /> -Vera Cruz, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_222">222</a><br /> -<br /> -Viceroys of Chinese provinces, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_101">101</a><br /> -<br /> -Villa Lobos, commander of a Spanish fleet, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_259">259</a><br /> -<br /> -Villa Roel, Pedro de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_131">131</a><br /> -<br /> -Vintoquian, a pirate, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_7">7</a><br /> -<br /> -Visnaga, city of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_324">324</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of the king, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_325">325</a></span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">ceremonies at his burial, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_326">326</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">temples, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_326">326</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">high priest called Brama, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_326">326</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">his power of dispensation, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_327">327</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">diamond mines, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_327">327</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Vitey, first king of China, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_69">69</a><br /> -<br /> -Vossius, his opinion as to the knowledge of the ancients respecting China, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_ii">ii</a><br /> -<br /> -Vozequixama, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_298">298</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Wall of China, description of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_28">28</a><br /> -<br /> -Walled cities, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_288">288</a><br /> -<br /> -Wealth of China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_286">286</a>, 288<br /> -<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ii_350" id="Page_ii_350">[350]</a></span><br /> -Weapons, use of, forbidden to the people in China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_58">58</a><br /> -<br /> -Witches in the Philippine islands, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_262">262</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">in Japan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_300">300</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Witnesses, examination of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_109">109</a><br /> -<br /> -Women of China, Persian mention of, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxix">xxix</a>;<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">burial of ladies of the imperial family, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xxx">xxx</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">description of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_31">31</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">their small feet, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_32">32</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">concubines of the emperor, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_65">65</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">women forbidden by Vitey to be idle, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_71">71</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">courtesy towards, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_144">144</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">seclusion of, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_145">145</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">courtesans, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_146">146</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">chastity of Chinese women, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_293">293</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">women of Japan, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_300">300</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">of Cochin China, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_310">310</a>;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 1em;">divorces in Visnaga, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_327">327</a></span><br /> -<br /> -Writing, Chinese method of, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xiii">xiii</a>; i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_121">121</a>, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_123">123</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Xavier, Francisco, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_299">299</a><br /> -<br /> -Xactamas, king of Persia, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_336">336</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Yanqui, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_xx">xx</a><br /> -<br /> -Yanthey, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_73">73</a><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -Zaguato, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_248">248</a><br /> -<br /> -Zaitun, a Chinese seaport, xxii<br /> -<br /> -Zaytzon, i, <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/files/39009/39009-h/39009-h.htm#Page_75">75</a><br /> -<br /> -Zubin, isle of, ii, <a href="#Page_ii_258">258</a><br /> -</p> - - -<hr class="tb" /> - - -<p class="trans_notes">Transcriber's Notes</p> - -<p>The hyphenation and spelling of the original document have been preserved.</p> - -<p>Two instances of missing closing parenthesis are -found on Pages 171 and 263. The colon may be a typo for the closing -parenthesis; but they were left as is. On Page 294, the opening bracket -for a quoted passage was missing (as confirmed by comparison with -another copy of this edition on The Internet Archive). This was added.</p> - -<p>The cover image was obtained from The Internet Archive.</p> - -<p>For the Index, links were added to pages in the First Volume which has been -posted to Project Gutenberg.</p> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The History of the Great and Mighty -Kingdom of China, Volume II, by Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KINGDOM OF CHINA, VOL II *** - -***** This file should be named 42551-h.htm or 42551-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/4/2/5/5/42551/ - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper, Tom Cosmas and -the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at - www.gutenberg.org/license. - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 -North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email -contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the -Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/42551-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/42551-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cb0950f..0000000 --- a/old/42551-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/42551-h/images/line_dot.png b/old/42551-h/images/line_dot.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1011710..0000000 --- a/old/42551-h/images/line_dot.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/42551-h/images/txt_Illus.png b/old/42551-h/images/txt_Illus.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6770a66..0000000 --- a/old/42551-h/images/txt_Illus.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/42551-h/images/txt_hakluyt.png b/old/42551-h/images/txt_hakluyt.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e7c7f92..0000000 --- a/old/42551-h/images/txt_hakluyt.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/42551-h/images/txt_situation.png b/old/42551-h/images/txt_situation.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f36a1df..0000000 --- a/old/42551-h/images/txt_situation.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/42551.txt b/old/42551.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b73dd81..0000000 --- a/old/42551.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12797 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The History of the Great and Mighty Kingdom -of China, Volume II, by Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - - -Title: The History of the Great and Mighty Kingdom of China, Volume II - and the Situation Thereof. - -Author: Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza - -Editor: George T. Staunton - -Translator: R. Parke - -Other: The Hakluyt Society - -Release Date: April 16, 2013 [EBook #42551] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ASCII - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KINGDOM OF CHINA, VOL II *** - - - - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper, Tom Cosmas and -the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - - -Transcriber's Notes: - -Italic text displayed as _Text_. -All small caps text was converted to Mixed Case text. - - - - - WORKS ISSUED BY - - The Hakluyt Society. - - - -----+------ - - - MENDOZA'S HISTORIE OF THE - - KINGDOME OF CHINA. - - - VOL. II. - - - NO. XV - - - - - THE HISTORY - - OF THE - - GREAT AND MIGHTY - - KINGDOM OF CHINA - - AND - - The Situation Thereof - - COMPILED BY THE PADRE - - JUAN GONZALEZ DE MENDOZA - - AND NOW REPRINTED FROM THE EARLY TRANSLATION OF R. PARKE. - - EDITED BY - - SIR GEORGE T. STAUNTON, Bart. - - With an Introduction - - BY - R. H. MAJOR, ESQ. - - VOL. II. - - BURT FRANKLIN, PUBLISHER - NEW YORK, NEW YORK - - - - - ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED BY THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY - - REPRINTED BY PERMISSION - - - Published by LENOX HILL Pub. & Dist. Co. (Burt Franklin) - 235 East 44th St., New York, N.Y. 10017 - Originally Published: 1854 - Reprinted: 1970 - Printed in the U.S.A. - - S.B.N.: 8337-23626 - Library of Congress Card Catalog No.: 73-141353 - Burt Franklin: The Hakluyt Society First Series 15 - - - - - THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY. - - - SIR RODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON, G.C.St.S., F.R.S., - Corr. Mem. Inst. Fr., Hon. Mem. Imp. Acad. Sc. - St. Petersburgh, &c., &c., President. - - The EARL OF ELLESMERE. } Vice-Presidents. Capt. C. R. - DRINKWATER BETHUNE, R.N., C.B. } - Rear-Admiral Sir - FRANCIS BEAUFORT, K.C.B., F.R.S. - Captain BECHER, R.N. - CHARLES T. BEKE, Esq., Phil. D., F.A.S. - WILLIAM DESBOROUGH COOLEY, Esq. - BOLTON CORNEY, Esq., M.R.S.L. - The Right Rev. LORD BISHOP OF ST DAVID'S. - Rt. Hon. Sir DAVID DUNDAS. - Sir HENRY ELLIS, K.H., F.R.S. - JOHN FORSTER, Esq. - R. W. GREY, Esq. - JOHN HOLMES, Esq. - JOHN WINTER JONES, Esq. - Sir CHARLES LEMON, Bart., M.P., F.R.S. - P. LEVESQUE, Esq., F.A.S. - Sir JOHN RICHARDSON, M.D. - The EARL SOMERS. - Sir GEORGE STAUNTON, Bart. F.R.S. - - R. H. MAJOR, Esq., F.R.G.S., Honorary Secretary. - - - - - THE SECOND PART - OF THE - HISTORIE - OF THE - MIGHTIE KINGDOME OF CHINA, - THAT IS DIUIDED INTO THREE PARTS. - - -_The first containeth such thinges as the fathers, frier Martin de -Herrada, prouinciall of the order of Saint Augustine, in the Ilands -Philipinas, and his companion fryer Geronimo Martin, and other souldiers -that went with them, did see and had intelligence of in that kingdom._ - -_The second containeth the miraculous voiage that was made by frier -Pedro de Alfaro, of the order of S. Francis, and his companions, vnto -the said kingdome._ - -_The third containeth a briefe declaration by the said frier, and of -frier Martin Ignacio, that went out of Spaine vnto China, and returned -into Spaine againe by the Orientall India, after that he had compassed -the world. Wherein is contained many notable things that hee did see and -had intelligence of in the voiage._ - - - - -THE ARGUMENT OF THE FIRST PART. - - -Wherein is declared the cause that moued frier Martin de Herrada and -frier Geronimo Martin, and such souldiers as went in their companie, for -to passe from the Ilands Philipinas, vnto the kingdome of China, in the -yeare 1577; and of the entrie they made therein, and what they did see -there for the space of foure monethes and sixteene daies that they -remained: and of what they vnderstood, and of al things that happened -vnto them, till they returned againe vnto the ilands from whence they -went: all the which are notable and strange. - - - - - HISTORIE - OF THE - MIGHTIE KINGDOME OF CHINA, - - SECOND PART. - - - - -CHAP. I. - - _The Spanyards departe from Mexico vnto the Ilandes - Phillipinas, where they had intelligence of the - mightie kingdome of China._ - - -Gouerning in the kingdom of Mexico, Don Luys de Velasco, who was -viceroye, and lieftenant in that place for the Catholike king Don Philip -king of Spaine, was commanded by his maiestie to prepare a great armie -in the South Sea, and to leuie souldiers necessarie for the same, and to -send them to discouer the ilands of the west, those which that famous -captaine Magallanes did giue notice of when he did compasse the world in -the ship called the Victorie. - -The viceroy with great care and diligence did performe the kinges -commandement. This fleete and armie being prepared readie (which was not -without great cost), hee caused them to depart out of the port at -Christmas time in the yeare of 1564; and sent, for general of the same -fleet and for gouernour of that countrie which they should discouer, the -worthie Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, who afterwarde died in the said Ilande -with the title of Adelantado, a yeare after that the fathers Fryer -Martin de Herrada and Fryer Geronimo Marin and their companies did enter -into China. - -So after that our Spaniardes hadde discouered the sayde ilandes, and -some of them populared to the vse of his maiestie, but in especiall that -of Manilla, which is fiue hundred leagues in circuit; in the which is -situated the citie of Luson, and is also called Manilla, and as the -metropolitane of all the iland, whereas the gouernours haue ordeined -their place of abiding euer since the first discouery. They haue also -founded in that citie a cathedrall church, and erected a bishopricke. - -And for bishops of the same, his maiestie did ordaine the most reuerend -fryer Don Domingo de Salazar, of the order of preachers, in whom was -comprehended some holinesse, good life, and learning, as was requisite -and necessarie for that prouince: and was consecrated in Madrid the -yeare of 1579. - -At this present there be three monasteries of religious men in that -iland, the one of the order of S. Austen, and were the first that by the -commandement of his maiestie did enter into this iland, preaching the -law of the gospell, which was great profit vnto those soules, yet great -trauaile vnto them, and cost many of them their liues in dooing it: the -other monasterie is of barefoote fryers of the order of S. Francis, of -the prouince of S. Joseph, who haue beene great examples, with great -profit vnto them of those portes. The third are of the order of S. -Dominicke or preachers, who haue done their dutie in all things so well -as the other. These three orders were alonely in those ilands for -certaine yeares, till now of late time haue gone thither Jesuites, which -haue bin a great aide and helpe vnto their religion. - -When these Spaniardes were come vnto these ilands, they had strightwaies -notice of the mightie kingdome of China, as well by the relation of them -of the ilands (who tolde vnto them the maruels thereof), as also within -a fewe daies after they did see and vnderstand, by ships that came into -those ports with marchants, that brought marchandise and other things of -great curiositie from that kingdome, and did particularly declare the -mightinesse and riches thereof: all which haue been declared vnto you in -the first three bookes of this historie. This beeing knowen vnto the -religious people of S. Austin, who at that time were alone in those -ilands, but in especiall vnto the prouinciall, Frier Martin de Herrada, -a man of great valour and wel learned in all sciences, who seeing y^e -great capacitie or towardnesse which the Chinos had more than those of -the Ilandes in all things, but in especiall of their gallantnesse, -discretion, and wit, he straightwaies had a great desire to go thether -with his fellow to preach the gospell vnto those people, of so good a -capacitie to receiue the same: who with a pretended purpose to put it in -vse and effect, he began with great care and studie to learne that -language, the which he learned in a few daies, and did make thereof a -dictionarie. Then afterwards, they did giue great entertainment and -presents vnto the merchants that came from China, for to procure them to -carie them thether, and many other things, the which did shew their -holie zeale; yea, they did offer themselues to bee slaues vnto the -marchants, thinking by y^t meanes to enter in to preach: but yet none of -these diligences did take effect, till such time as the diuine maiestie -did discover a better way, as shalbe declared vnto you in this chapter -following. - - - - -CHAP. II. - - _A rouer of this kingdome of China called Limahon, - doth make himselfe strong at the sea, and doth - ouercome an other rouer of the same countrie called - Vintoquiam._ - - -[Sidenote: Where Limahon was borne.] - -The Spaniards did enioy their new habitation of Manilla in great -quietnesse, voide of all care of any accident that might disquiet them, -or any strange treasons of enimies for to offend them; for that those -Ilandes were in great quietnes, and in obedience vnto the Christian king -Don Phillip, and in continuall traficke with the Chinos, which seemed -vnto them a sufficient securitie for the continuance of the quietnesse -they liued in. And againe, for that they vnderstoode that they had a law -amongst them (as hath bin told you in this historie), y^t it was -forbidden to make any wars out of their owne countrie. But being in this -security and quietnes, vnlooked for, they were beset with a mightie and -great armada or fleete of ships, by the rouer Limahon, of whose vocation -there are continually on y^t coast, the one by reason y^t the country is -full of people, wheras of necessitie must be many idle persons; and the -other and principall occasion, by reason of the great tyranny y^t the -gouernors doo vse vnto the subjects. This Limahon came vpon them with -intent to do them harme, as you shal vnderstand. This rouer was borne in -the citie of Trucheo, in the prouince of Cuytan, which the Portingals do -call Catin. He was of mean parentage, and brought vp in his youth in -liberty and vice: hee was by nature warlike and euill inclined. He would -learne no occupation, but all giuen to robbe in the high waies, and -became so expert that many came vnto him and followed that trade. He -made himself captain ouer them which were more then two thousand, and -were so strong y^t they were feared in all that prouince where as they -were. This being knowen vnto the king and to his councell, they did -straight way command the viceroy of the prouince where as the rouer was, -that with all the haste possible he should gather together all the -garrisons of his frontyers, to apprehende and take him, and if it were -possible to carrye him aliue vnto the citie of Taybin, if not his head. -The viceroy incontinent did gather together people necessarie and in -great haste to followe him. - -[Sidenote: One rouer robbed another.] - -The which being knowen vnto Limahon the rouer, who saw that, with the -people he had, he was not able to make resistance against so great a -number as they were, and the eminent danger that was therein, he called -together his companies, and went from thence vnto a port of the sea, -that was a few leagues from that place; and did it so quickly and in -such secret, that before the people that dwelt therein could make any -defence (for that they were not accustomed to any such assaultes, but -liued in great quietnesse), they were lordes of the port and of all such -ships as were there: into the which they imbarked themselues -straightwaies, wayed anker and departed to the sea, whereas they thought -to bee in more securitie than on the lande (as it was true). Then hee -seeing himselfe lorde of all those seas, beganne to robbe and spoyle all -shippes that he could take, as well strangers as of the naturall people: -by which meanes, in a small time, hee was prouided of mariners and other -things which before hee lacked, requisite for that new occupation. He -sacked, robbed, and spoyled all the townes that were vpon the coast, and -did verie much harme. So he finding himselfe verie strong with fortie -shippes well armed, of those he had out of the port, and other that he -had taken at the sea, with much people such as were without shame, their -handes imbrued with robberie and killing of men, hee imagined with -himselfe to attempt greater matters, and did put it in execution: he -assaulted great townes, and did a thousand cruelties: in such sort, that -on all that coast whereas hee was knowen, he was much feared, yea and in -other places farther off, his fame was so published abroad. So he -following this trade and exercise, he chanced to meete with an other -rouer as himselfe, called Vintoquian, likewise naturally borne in China, -who was in a port voide of any care or mistrust, whereas Limahon finding -opportunitie, with greater courage did fight with the shippes of the -other: and although they were threescore ships great and small, and good -souldiers therein, hee did ouercome them, and tooke fiue and fiftie of -their ships. So that Vintoquian escaped with five ships. Then Limahon, -seeing himselfe with a fleete of nintie fiue shippes well armed, and -with many stout people in them, knowing that if they were taken, they -should be all executed to death: they therefore setting all feare a -part, gaue themselues to attempt new inuentions of euill, not onely in -robbing of great cities, but also in destroying of them. - - - - -CHAP. III. - - _The kinge of China doth arme a fleete of shippes - against the rouer Lymahon, who withdraweth himselfe to - Touzuacaotican, whereas he hath notice of the - Philippinas._ - - -[Sidenote: One hundred and thirtie great ships of warre with fortie -thousand men.] - -The complayntes increased euerie day more and more vnto the king and his -counsell, of the euils doone vnto the Chinos by this rouer Lymahon. For -the which commandement was giuen straightwaies vnto the uiceroy of that -prouince (whereas he vsed to execute his euill), that with great -expedition he might be taken (for to cut off this inconuenience), who in -few dayes did set foorth to sea, one hundred and thirtie great shippes -well appointed, with fortie thousand men in them, and one made generall -ouer them all, a gentle man called Omoncon, for to go seeke and followe -this rouer, with expresse commandement to apprehende or kill him, -although to the executing of the same he put both shippes and men in -danger. - -[Sidenote: They do more esteeme honor than losse of ships or men.] - -Of all this prouision, Lymahon had aduertisement by some secrete -friends, who seeing that his enemies were many, and he not able to -counteruaile them, neither in shippes nor men, determined not to abide -the comming, but to retire and depart from that coast: so in flying he -came vnto an ilande in secrete called Touznacaotican, which was fortie -leagues from the firme land, and is in the right way of nauigation to -the Ilands Philippinas. - -In this iland was Lymahon retyred with his armie a certaine time, and -durst not returne to the firme land, for that he knew that the kinges -fleete did lie vpon the coast to defende the same. And although he did -send foorth some ships a robbing, yet did they not doo any thing of -importance, but rather came flying away from the mightie power of the -kinges. From this ilande they did goe foorth with some of their ships, -robbing and spoyling al such as they met with marchandice and other -things that they carried from one ilande to an other, and from the iland -vnto the firme, and comming from thence amongst them all, they caused to -take two ships of China which came from Manilla, and were bound to their -owne countrie. And hauing them in their power they searched them vnder -hatches, and found that they had rich things of golde, and Spanish -ryalles, which they had in truck of their marchandice the which they -carried to the ilandes. They informed themselues in all points of the -state and fertilitie of that countrie, but in particular of the -Spaniardes, and how many there were of them in the citie of Manilla, who -were not at that present aboue seuentie persons, for that the rest were -separated in the discouering and populing of other ilands newly found; -and vnderstanding that these few did liue without any suspition of -enimies, and had neuer a fort nor bulwarke, and the ordinance which they -had (although it was very good), yet was it not in order to defend -themselues nor offend their enemies, hee determined to goe thither with -all his fleete and people, for to destroy and kill them, and to make -himselfe lorde of the saide ilande of Manilla and other adiacent there -nigh the same. And there he thought himselfe to be in securitie from the -power of the king, which went seeking of him. And so, as he was -determined, he put it in vre[1] with as much expedition as was possible. - -[1] "Use", supposed to be contracted from the Latin word "usura", usage. - - - - -CHAP. IV. - - _This rouer Limahon goeth to the Ilands Philippinas, - and commeth to the citie of Manilla._ - - -This rouer Limahon determining to goe and to take the Ilands -Philippinas, and to make himselfe lord and king ouer them all, but first -to kill the Spaniardes, which hee thought easely to be done, for that -there was so few. And there he pretended to liue in securitie, without -feare that before he had of the kings great fleete, for that it was so -farre distant from the firme lande. So with this determination hee -departed from those ilandes whereas he was retyred, and went to sea, and -sayling towardes the Ilandes Philippinas they passed in sight of the -Ilandes of the Illocos, which had a towne called Fernandina,[2] which -was newe founded by the captaine John de Salzedo, who at that instant -was in the same for lieutenant to the gouernour. Foure leagues from the -same they met with a small galley, which the said John de Salzedo had -sent for victuals. There was in her but 25 souldiers besides y^e rouers, -so that with the one and the other they were but a fewe in number; for -that as they thought they did trauaile in places of great securitie, and -without any suspition to meete enemies. So soone as Limahon had -discouered the galley, hee cast about towardes her, and with great ease -did take her, and did burne and kill all that was in her, and pardoned -one of them. - -[2] The Illocos, Ilocos, Ylocos, or Hilocos, here erroneously called -"islands", is the name of a province on the west side of the Island of -Luzon. - -This being done, he did prosecute his voyage according vnto his -determination, and passed alongest, but not in such secret but that hee -was discouered by the dwellers of the towne of Fernandina, who gaue -notice thereof vnto the lieutenant of the gouernor aforesaide, as a -woonder to see so many shippes together, and a thing neuer seene before -at those ilands. Likewise it caused admiration vnto him, and made him to -thinke and to imagine with great care what it might bee; hee sawe that -they did beare with the citie of Manilla, and thought with himselfe, -that so great a fleete as that was could not goe to the place which they -bare in with, for any goodnesse towardes the dwellers therein, who were -voide of all care, and a small number of people as aforesaid. Wherewith -hee determined with himselfe with so great speede as it was possible, to -ioyne togither such Spaniards as were there, which were to y^e number of -fiftie foure, and to depart and procure (although they did put -themselues in danger of inconuenience) to get the forehande of them, to -aduertise them of Manilla, and to ayde and helpe them to put their -artilerie in order, and all other thinges necessarie for their defence. - -This determination the captayne did put in vse verie speedily, which was -the occasion that the citie and all those that were in it was not -destroyed and slayne: yet they could not eschue all the harme, for that -the shippes that carried them were small, and a few rouers and not very -expert, for that the suddennesse of their departure would not afforde -better choice, as also they went from one place to an other procuring of -victuals: all which was the occasion that they did not come thither in -such time as they desired, and as was conuenient. - -This Lymahon was well prouided of prouision and al other thinges -necessarie, and hauing the wind fayre, he was alwaies in the fore front, -and came in the sight of Manilla vppon Saint Andros Eue, in the yeare -1574, whereas he came to an anker that night with all his whole fleete. -And he seeing that the end of his pretence consisted in expedition -before that they should be seene of those of the citie, or discouered by -them on the coasts: the nightes at that time being very darke, which was -a great helpe vnto them, he chose foure hundred of his best souldiers, -such as hee was fully perswaded of their valour and stout courage, and -put them in small vessels, and charged those that went with them for -captaines, to make such expedition that they might come vnto the citie -before it was day; and the first thing that they did was to set fire on -the citie, and not to let escape one man liuing therein, promising them -that at the break of the day he would be with them to giue them aide and -succour if neede did require, which they did. But for that nothing is -done without the will and permission of God, it went not with Limahon -and his foure hundred souldiers according as he did make reckoning; for -that all that night the winde was of the shoore, and the more the night -came on, the more the wind encreased, which was such a contradiction -vnto their expectation, that they could not by night disembarke -themselues, although they did procure by all meanes possible by policie -and force for to do it. Which of certaintie and without all doubt, if -this had not beene (at great ease), they had brought to a conclusion -their euill pretence, with the spoyle and losse of the citie and all -that dwelt therein: for their pretence was for to destroy and beat it -downe, as it might well appeare by the commandement hee gaue vnto his -captaines. - - - - -CHAP. V. - - _Limahon doth send 400 souldiers before for to burne - the citie of Manilla, and they were resisted by other - men._ - - -For all the contradiction of the winde this same night, the foure -hundred Chinos did put themselues within a league of the citie, vpon S. -Andrewes day, at eight of the clocke in the morning, whereas they left -their boates and went a land, and in great haste beganne to march -forwardes in battaile a raye deuided in two partes, with two hundred -hargabuses afore, and immediatly after them other two hundred pickemen: -and by reason that they were manie and the countrie verie plaine, they -were straightwayes discouered by some of the citie, who entered in with -a great noyse, crying, Arme, arme, arme, the enemies come! The which -aduice did little profite, for that there was none that would beleeue -them: but beleeued that it was some false larum doone by the people of -the countrie for to mocke them. But in conclusion the enemies were come -vnto the house of the generall of the fielde, who was called Martin de -Goyti, which was the first house in all the citie that wayes which the -enemies came. And before that the Spaniardes and souldiers that were -within the towne could bee fully perswaded the rumour to be true, the -enemies had set fire vpon his house, and slewe him and all that were -within, that none escaped but onely the goodwife of the house, whom they -left naked and verie sore wounded, beleeuing that she had beene dead: -but afterwards shee recouered and was healed of her woundes. In the -meane time that they were occupied in their first crueltie, they of the -citie were fully resolued of the trueth, although all of them, with this -successe unlooked for, were as people amased and from themselues; yet in -the end they sounded to armour, and did provide to saue their liues. -Some souldiers went foorth vppon the sandes, but in ill order as the -time did permitte, and slewe all the Chinos that they did meete, and -none escaped: which was the occasion that the rest did ioyne themselues -together, and put themselues in order to make some resistance against -their enemies, who with great furie entred into the citie, burning and -destroying all before them, and crying victorie. - -[Sidenote: A good praise of others.] - -This is the proper resistance of the Spaniardes when they doo finde -themselues in such like perilles: and this was doone with such great -courage, that it was sufficient to stay the furie of those which vnto -that time had the victorie: and to make them to retyre, although there -was great difference in number betwixt the one and the other. - -The Chinos in retyring lost some of their souldiers, but vnto the -Spaniardes no great harme, and in this their defence did notable actes. -This being considered of the Chinos, and that their boates were farre -off, for that time would not giue them place to bring them any nearer, -they did resolue themselues to leaue assault in the state that it was -in, and put themselues in couert, and there to refresh themselues of the -trauaile past, and afterwarde to returne with their generall Captaine -Lymahon, to prosecute their intent, which they thought to bee -comprehended with great ease. So when they came vnto their boates, to -avoyde any danger that might happen, they embarked themselues and -returned vnto their fleete whereas they left them. And not long after -they were departed, they might see them rowe with great furie towardes -their shippes, and when they came vnto their captaine Limahon, they did -aduertise him in particular of all that had happened, and how that by -reason of the contrarie winde, they could not come thether in time as he -had commanded them, and according vnto their desire, which was the -occasion that they could not bring to passe their pretence, and that by -reason of his absence they had referred it till a better occasion did -serue. Their captaine did comfort them, and gaue them great thankes, -for that which they had done, promising them in short time to bring to -effect their euill intent; and straightway commanded to weigh anker, and -to enter into a port called Cabile, which is but two leagues from the -citie of Manilla. Thither they of the citie might plainely see them to -enter. - - - - -CHAP. VI. - - _The gouernour of Manilla purposeth himselfe to abide - the assault of the Chinos, to whom they gaue the - repulse: then Limahon returned and planted himselfe - vppon the plaine nigh the riuer Pagansinan._ - - -At this time, by the order of his majestie, was elected for gouernour of -these Ilandes Philippinas, Guido de Labacares, after the death of Miguel -Lopez de Legaspi, who understanding the great fleete and power of -Lymahon the rover, and the small resistance and defence that was in the -citie of Manilla, with as much speede as was possible he did call -together all their captaynes and dwellers therein: and with a generall -consent they did determine to make some defence for to resist them as -well as they could (for the time that the enemie did remaine in the port -aforesaide): for to the contrarie the Spaniardes should loose great -credite, if that they should forsake and leaue the towne, so long as -their liues did indure. For in no other place in all the ilandes there -about, they could haue any securitie. With this determination they put -this worke in execution, and spared no person, of what qualitie and -degree so euer he was, but that his hande was to helpe all that was -possible, the which indured two dayes and two nightes, for so long the -rouer kept his shippes and came not abrode: for these woorthie -souldiers vnderstoode, that remayning with their liues their labour and -trauaile would soone be eased. - -In which time of their continuall labour, they made a fort with pipes -and bordes filled with sande and other necessaries thereto belonging, -such as the time would permit them: they put in carriages foure -excellent peeces of artilerie that were in the citie. All the which -being put in order, they gathered together all the people of the citie -into that little fort, which they made by the prouidence of God our -Lorde, as you may beleeue, for that it was not his pleasure that so many -soules as were in those ilands, baptised and sealed with the light and -knowledge of his holy faith, should returne againe to be ouercome with -the deuill: out of whose power hee brought them by his infinite goodness -and mercie: neither would hee that the friendship should be lost that -these ilands had with the mightie kingdome of China. By which meanes we -may coniecture that the diuine power had ordained the remedie of -saluation for all that countrie. The night before the enemie did giue -assault vnto the citie, came thether the captayne John de Salzedo, -lieutenant vnto the gouernour of the townes of Fernandina, who, as -aforesayde, came with purpose to ayde and helpe the Spaniardes that were -then in Manilla. Whose comming, without all doubt, with his companions, -was the principall remedie, as well vnto the citie, as vnto all those -that were within it: for considering that they were but fewe, and the -great paines they tooke in making the last resistance, and the labor and -trauaile they had in the ordayning of the fort for their defence, with -other necessaries, against that which was to come, ioyning therewith the -feare that was amongst them of the assalt past: surely they had neede of -such a succour as this was: and surely by the opinion of all men, it was -a myracle of God, doone to bring them thether. So with the comming of -this captaine with his people, they all recouered newe courage, with -great hope valiantly to resist their enemies: for the which incontinent -they did put all thinges in good order, for that the rouer the morning -following, before the breake of the day (which was the second day after -hee gaue the first assalt), was with all his fleete right against the -port, and did put a lande sixe hundreth souldiers, who at that instant -did set vppon the citie, the which at their pleasure they did sacke and -burne (for that it was left alone without people, as aforesayde by the -order and commaundement of the gouernour, which for their more securitie -were retyred into the fort). - -So hauing fired the citie, they did assalt the fort with great crueltie, -as men fleshed with the last slaughter, thinking that their resistance -was but small. But it fell not out as they did beleeue, for that all -those that were within were of so valiant courage, that who so euer of -their enemies that were so bolde as to enter into their fort, did paye -for their boldnesse with the losse of their liues. Which being seene by -the Chinos they did retire, hauing continued in the fight almost all the -day, with the losse of two hundreth men, that were slaine in the assalt, -and many other hurt; and of the Spaniardes were slaine but onely two, -the one was the Ancient bearer, called Samho[3] Hortiz, and the other -was the bayliefe of the citie, called Francisco de Leon. All which being -considered by Lymahon the rouer, who being politike and wise, and saw -that it was losse of time and men, to goe forwardes with his pretence -against the valiauntnesse of the Spaniardes (which was cleane contrarie -vnto that which had proued vnto that day), he thought it the best way to -embarke himselfe and to set sayle, and goe vnto the porte of Cabite from -whence he came. But first hee gathered together all his dead people, and -after did burie them at the ilande aforesaid, where as he stayed two -dayes for the same purpose. - -[3] Misspelt for Sancho. - -That being doone, he straightwayes departed from thence and returned the -same way that he came, till he ariued in a mightie riuer, fortie leagues -from the citie of Manilla, that is called Pangasinan, the which place -or soyle did like him verie well, and where he thought he might be sure -from them, who by the commaundement of the king went for to seeke him. - -There hee determined to remayne, and to make him selfe lorde ouer all -that countrie, the which hee did with little trauaile, and built -himselfe a fort one league within the ryuer, where as he remayned -certayne dayes, receauing tribute of the inhabitants there abouts, as -though he were their true and naturall lorde: and at times went foorth -with his ships, robbing and spoyling all that he met vpon the coast. And -spred abroade that hee had taken to him selfe the Ilandes Philippinas, -and howe that all the Spaniardes that were in them, were eyther slaine -or fledde away: wherewith hee put all cities and townes bordering there -aboutes in great feare, and also how that he had setled himselfe upon -this mightie riuer Pangasinan, whereas they did receiue him for their -lord, and so they did obey him, and paide him tribute. - - - - -CHAP. VII. - - _The generall of the fielde, called Salzedo, doth set - vppon Limahon, he doth burne his fleete, and besiege - his fort three moneths, from whence this rouer dooth - escape with great industrie._ - - -The gouernour vnderstanding by the ilanders, and of those that dwelt in -the citie of Manilla, of the fame that the rouer Limahon did publish -abroad in all places where as he went, howe that he had ouerthrowen and -slaine the Spaniardes; and being of them well considered, that if in -time they did not preuent the same, it might be the occasion of some -great euill, that afterwardes they should not so easely remedie as -presently they might: and those which were their friendes and subiectes -in all those ilandes, giuing credite vnto that which the rouer -declared, might be an occasion that they should rebell against them, by -reason that the naturall people were many and they but a few: for that -vnto that time they had sustained themselues onely by the fame to be -inuincible. With this consideration they entred into counsell, and did -determine to ioyne together all the people they could, and being in good -order, to follow and seeke the rouer, for that they vnderstood of -necessitie he must abide and repayre himself in some place nigh there -aboutes, for that he durst not goe vnto China for feare that he had of -the kings fleete; and fearing that they should vse such policies as hee -hath vsed, they might come on him unwares, and destroy him as he had -done others. And seeming vnto them (that although they could not destroy -him altogether) yet at the least they should be reuenged of the harme -that they had receiued, and thereby to giue to vnderstand that the fame -that he hath giuen out of himselfe was a lie, and should be an occasion -for to remaine in their old securitie, and also had in better estimation -and opinion of the dwellers there abouts, as also to cause great -friendship with the King of China, for that it is against a traytor and -one that hath offended him. - -This determination they put in vre and effect according as the time -would permit: in which time they had certaine newes howe that the rouer -was in the river of Pagansinan, and there did pretende to remaine. These -newes were very ioyfull vnto the Spaniardes. Then the gouernours -commanded to be called together all people bordering there abouts, and -to come vnto the citie where as hee was. Likewise at that time he did -giue aduice vnto such as were lordes and gouernours of the ilandes -called Pintados,[4] commanding them to come thither, with such shippes -and people as they could spare, as well Spaniardes as the naturall -people of the countrie. All this was accomplished and done with great -speede; the people of the countrie came thither with great good will, -but in especiall those of the ilandes of the Pintados. After the death -of Martin de Goyti, who was slaine in the first assault of the Chinos as -aforesayde in the citie of Manilla, the governour did ordaine in his -roome for generall of the field, in the name of his maiestie, John de -Salzedo, who with all this people, and with those that were in the -citie, went foorth (leauing the gouvernor no more ayde then that which -was sufficient for the defence of the citie and the fort that they had -new made, which was verie strong), and carried in his company two -hundred and fifty Spanish souldiers, and two thousand five hundred -Indians their friends. All which went with great good will and courage -to be revenged on the iniurie receiued, or to die in the quarrell. All -which people were embarked in small ships and two foygattes[5] that came -from the ilandes there borderers, for that the shortnes of time would -not permit them to prouide bigger shipping, neyther should they haue -found them as they would, for at such time as the inhabitants therabouts -did see the rouer in assalt against the citie, they did set fire on a -small galley and other bigge ships that were in the same port, and did -rise against the Spaniards, beleeuing that it had not been possible for -them to escape so great and mightie a power: although since the first -entrie of the Spaniardes in those ilandes they were verie subiect. The -generall of the fielde with the people aforesaide, did depart from -Manilla the three and twentieth day of March anno 1575, and arrived at -the mouth of the river Pagansinan vpon tenable[6] Wednesday in the -morning next following, without being discouered of any, for that it was -doone with great aduice, as a thing that did import verie much. Then -straightwaies at that instant the generall did put a lande all his -people and foure peeces of artilerie, leauing the mouth of the riuer -shutte vp with his shipping, inchayning the one to the other, in such -sort that none could enter in, neyther yet goe foorth to give anie -aduice vnto the rouer of his ariuall: hee commaunded some to goe and -discouer the fleete of the enimie, and the place whereas hee was -fortified, and charged them verie much to doo it in such secrete sort -that they were not espied, for therein consisted all their whole worke. -The captaines did as they were commanded, and found the rouer voyde of -all care or suspition to receiue there any harme, as he found them in -the citie of Manilla when he did assault them. - -[4] More correctly, the Islands of Painted Men. Martiniere, in his -"Dictionnaire geographique, historique, et critique," thus speaks of -these Pintados in his article "Philippines":--"Ceux qu'on appelle -Bisayas et Pintados dans la Province de Camerinos, comme aussi a Leyte, -Samar, Panay, et autres lieux, viennent vraisemblablement de Macassar, -ou l'on dit quil y a plusieurs peuples qui se peignent le corps comme -ces Pintados." - -[5] Misspelt for frigattes. - -[6] Ash Wednesday: the Wednesday _to be kept_ holy. - -This securitie that hee thought himselfe in did proceede from the newes -that hee had from his friendes at the China, that although they did -prouide to sende against him, yet could they not so quickly haue any -knowledge where hee was, neyther finde out the place of his abiding: and -againe, hee knewe that the Spaniards of the Phillippinas remained -without shippes, for that they had burnt them as you haue heard, and -that they had more need to repayre themselues of their ill intreatie the -yeare past, then to seeke any reuengement of their iniuries receiued. - -The generall of the fielde being fully satisfied of his negligence and -voide of care, and giuen to vnderstande of the secretest way that was to -goe vnto the fort whereas the rouer was, he commaunded the captayne -Gabriell de Ribera that straightwayes he should depart by lande, and -that vppon a suddaine, he should strike alarum vpon the enimie, with the -greatest tumult that was possible. Likewise he commanded the captaynes -Pedro de Caues[7] and Lorenso Chacon, that either of them with fortie -souldiers should goe vp the riuer in small shippes and light, and to -measure the time in such sort, that as well those that went by lande, as -those that went by water, should at one instant come vppon the fort, and -to give alarum both together, the better to goe thorough with their -pretence: and he himselfe did remaine with all the rest of the people to -watch occasion and time for to ayde and succour them if neede required. -This their purpose came so well to passe, that both the one and the -other came to good effect: for those that went by water did set fire on -all the fleete of the enemie, and those that went by lande at that -instant had taken and set fire on a trench made of tymber, that Lymahon -had caused to be made for the defence of his people and the fort: and -with that furie they slewe more then one hundreth Chinos, and tooke -prisoners seuentie women which they founde in the same trench; but when -that Lymahon vnderstoode the rumour, he tooke himselfe straightwayes to -his fort, which he had made for to defend himselfe from the kinges -navie, if they should happen to finde him out: and there to saue his -life vpon that extremitie, he commaunded some of his souldiers to goe -foorth and to skirmish with the Spaniardes, who were verie wearie with -the trauaile of all that day, and with the anguish of the great heate, -with the burning of the ships and the trench, which was intollerable, -for that they all burned together. - -[7] Chabes in original. - -The captaines seeing this, and that their people were out of order, -neither could they bring them into any, for that they were also weary -(although the generall of the field did succour them in time, the which -did profite them much), yet did they sound a retraite, and did withdraw -themselues with the losse of fiue Spaniards and thirtie of the Indians -their friends, and neuer a one more hurt. Then the next day following -the generall of the fielde did bring his souldiers into a square battle, -and began to march towards the fort, with courage to assalt it if -occasion did serve thereunto: he did pitch his campe within two hundreth -paces of the fort, and founde that the enimie did all that night -fortifie himselfe verie well, and in such sort that it was perilous to -assalt him, for that he had placed vpon his fort three peeces of -artilerie, and many bases,[8] besides other ingins of fire worke. Seeing -this, and that his peeces of artilerie that hee brought were very small -for to batter, and little store of munition, for that they had spent all -at the assalt which the rouer did giue them at Manilla, the generall of -the fielde and the captaines concluded amongst themselues, that seeing -the enimie had no ships to escape by water, neither had hee any great -store of victuals, for that all was burnt in the ships, it was the best -and most surest way to besiege the fort, and to remaine there in quiet -vntill that hunger did constraine them either to yeeld or come to some -conclusion, which rather they will then to perish with hunger. - -This determination was liked well of them all, although it fell out -cleane contrarie vnto their expectation; for that in the space of three -monethes that siege indured, this Limahon did so much that within the -fort he made certaine small barkes, and trimmed them in the best manner -he coulde, wherewith in one night hee and all his people escaped, as -shall bee tolde you: a thing that seemed impossible, and caused great -admiration amongst the Spaniards, and more for that his departure was -such that he was not discouered, neither by them on the water nor on the -lande. What happened in these three monethes, I doo not here declare, -although some attempts were notable, for that my intent is to declare -what was the occasion that those religious men and their consorts did -enter into the kingdome of China, and to declare of that which they said -they had seene: for the which I haue made relation of the comming of -Limahon, and of all the rest which you haue heard. - -[8] In the original Spanish _versete_. A "base" was the smallest piece -of ordnance made. - - - - -CHAP. VIII. - - _Omoncon, captain of the king of China, commeth to - seeke Limahon, and doth meete with Spaniards._ - - -In the meane time that the siege indured at the fort, as you haue -vnderstood, there went and came certaine vessels which brought victuals -and other necessaries from the cittie of Manilla, which was but fortie -leagues from the mouth of that riuer of Pagansinan, as hath beene tolde -you. It happened vppon a day that a shippe of Myguel de Loarcha, wherein -was frier Martin de Herrada, provinciall of the Augustine friers, who -was come vnto the riuer Pagansinan for to see the generall of the -fielde, and in the same shippe returned vnto Manilla to hold Capitulo, -or court, in the saide ilande and port of Buliano. Seuen leagues after -they were out of the mouth of Pagansinan, they met with a shippe of -Sangleyes, who made for the port, and thinking them to bee enimies, they -bore with them (hauing another shippe that followed them for their -defence), and had no more in them but the saide prouinciall and fiue -Spanyards, besides the mariners. This shippe of Sangley, seeing that hee -did beare with them, would haue fledde, but the winde woulde not permit -him, for that it was to him contrarie; which was the occasion that the -two shippes wherein the Spanyards were, for that they did both saile and -rowe, in a small time came within cannon shot. In one of the shippes -there was a Chino called Sinsay, one who had beene many times at Manilla -with merchandise, and was a verie friend and knowne of the Spanyards, -and vnderstoode their language; who knowing that shippe to be of China, -and not to be a rouer, did request our people not to shoote, neither to -doo them any harme, vntill such time as they were informed what they -were in that same shippe. - -[Sidenote: The captaine generall of the king of China.] - -This Sinsay went straight wayes into the fore shippes, and demanded what -they were, and from whence they came: and being well informed, he -vnderstoode that he was one of the ships of warre that was sent out by -the king of China, to seeke the rouer Limahon, who leauing the rest of -the fleet behinde, came forth to seeke in those ilands to see if he -coulde discouer him to be any of them: and the better to be informed -thereof, they were bounde into the port of Buliano, from whence they -came with their two shippes: from whome they woulde haue fledde, -thinking they had beene some of the rouers shippes. Being fully -perswaded the one of the other, they ioyned together with great peace -and friendshippe: the Spanyards straightwayes entred into their boate -and went vnto the shippe of the Chinos, and carried with them the -aforesaid Sinsay for to be their interpreter, and to speake vnto the -Chinos. In the saide shippe came a man of great authoritie who was -called Omoncon, who brought a commission from their king, and shewed it -vnto the Spanyards and vnto the father prouinciall: in the which the -king and his councell did pardon all those souldiers that were with -Limahon, if that forthwith they would leaue him and returne vnto the -kings part; and likewise did promise great gifts and fauour vnto him -that did either take or kill the aforesaid rouer. Then did Sinsay -declare vnto him of the comming of the rouer vnto the ilands, and all -that happened in the siege of the cittie, as aforesaide: and howe they -had him besieged in the riuer of Pagansinan, from whence it was not -possible for him to escape. - -The captain Omoncon reioyced very much of these newes, and made many -signes of great content, and did embrace the Spanyards many times, and -gaue other tokens whereby he did manifest the great pleasure he -receiued, and woulde therewith straightwaies depart vnto the rest of the -fleet. And for that they looked euery day for the death or imprisonment -of the rouer, the better to informe himselfe, hee determined (for it -was so nigh hand) to go and see the generall of the fielde in -Pagansinan, and carry with him Sinsay, one that was knowne both of the -one and the other: by whose meanes they might treate of such things that -best accomplished the confirmation of the peace and friendship betwixt -the Chinos and the Spaniards, as also of the death or imprisonment of -Limahon. With this resolution the one departed vnto Pagansinan, whereas -they arriued the same day, and the others vnto Manilla, whether they -went for victuals. - - - - -CHAP. IX. - - _Omoncon is well received of the generall of the - field, and lodged in Manilla with the gouernor, - whereas they doo conclude the going of the fathers of - Saint Augustine to China._ - - -When that the generall of the field vnderstood wherfore the comming of -Omoncon was, hee did entertaine him with great curtesie; and after that -hee had giuen him to vnderstand in what extremitie he had brought the -rouer (which was a thing impossible for him to escape, except it were -with wings), hee did counsell him, that for the time till hee brought -his purpose to effect (which could not be long) that he would go vnto -Manilla, which was not farre from thence, and there to recreate and -sport himselfe with the gouernor and other Spaniards that were there, -for that hee alone was sufficient to accomplish his pretence, without -the comming thither of the kings fleete, neither for to remoue out of -the port whereas they were in securitie. And for his going thither he -should haue a shippe of his the which did row, and was for to bring -victuals and other prouision; and he shoulde go in the company of the -captaine Pedro de Chaues that was bound vnto Manilla, and promised him -that within few dayes he would giue him the rouer aliue or deade, which -vnto the iudgement of all men coulde not bee long. - -[Sidenote: Omoncon promiseth to carry the friers vnto China.] - -Omoncon, considering that this offer might come well to passe, did put -it straight wayes in vre, and did imbarke himselfe in the company of y^e -captain, and sent his ship wherein he came alone by sea, because it was -big and drew much water: the which was constrained to turne backe againe -into the part from whence he went, by reason of stormie windes and -wether, and was no impediment in the other with ores, for that hee went -alongst the shoare and was shrowded with the land from the force of the -wind, so that in few dayes they arriued in the port of the cittie of -Manilla, whereas they were well receiued and feasted of the gouernor. -Omoncon remained ther certaine dayes, after the which, he seeing that -the siege did long endure, and that his staying might cause suspition of -his death; and againe, that the whole fleete did tarrie his comming to -his intelligence of the rouer, being fully perswaded and certaine that -hee coulde not escape the Spaniards hand, they had him in such a -straight, and that they would without all doubt sende him vnto the king -aliue or dead (as they promised him), hee was determined to returne vnto -China with the good newes that he had vnderstood, with a determinate -intent, to returne againe and carrie the rouer after that they had him -prisoner. With this resolution, in the end of certaine dayes, he went -vnto the gouernor, certifying him of his pretence, whereby he might giue -him license to put it in execution. The gouernor did like wel of his -pretence, and did promise him the same the which the generall of the -fielde did offer vnto him: and which was, so soone as the rouer should -be taken prisoner or slaine, to sende him vnto the king without any -delay, or else to put him whereas he should be foorth comming, and to -giue them aduertisement to send for him, or come himself: and did offer -him, more, that for his voyage he should be prouided forthwith of all -things necessarie, without lacking of anything. Omoncon did give him -great thankes for the same, and in recompence therof did promise vnto -the gouernor, for that he understoode and had intelligence of the -fathers of S. Augustine, that his honor, and his antecessor and the -Adelantado Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, had desired many times to send vnto -the kingdome of China some religious men, to intreat of the preaching of -the gospel, and to see the wonders of that kingdome, and howe that they -neuer coulde put this their desire in execution; for that those Chinos -which came thither, although they did offer them whatsoeuer they would -demand, fearing the punishment that should be executed on them according -vnto the lawes of the kingdome: he did promise him that he would carrie -them with him vnto China, such religious men as his honour would -command, and some souldiers such as would go with them: hoping with the -good newes that hee carried, to runne in no daunger of the law, neither -the vizroy of Aucheo to thinke euill thereof; and for a more securitie -that they should not be euill intreated, hee woulde leaue with him -pledges to their content. - -[Sidenote: A good pretence.] - -[Sidenote: The friers names that went to China.] - -The gouernor reioyced verie much at this his offer, for that it was the -thing that he and all those of the ilands most desired of long time -since, and did straightwayes accept his offer; saying that he did -clearely discharge him of his pledges, for that he was fully satisfied -of his valor and worthines, and that hee would not doo the thing that -should not be decent vnto his person and office. The gouernor being -verie ioyful of these newes, did therewith sende for the prouinciall of -the Augustine friers, who was elected but fewe dayes past: his name was -frier Alonso de Alvarado, a man of a sincere life, and one of them that -was sent by the emperor in the discouerie of the newe Guinea, vnto whome -hee declared the offer that the captaine Omoncon had made vnto him: -whereat he reioyced so much, that being an old man, hee would himself -haue gone thither: to which the gouernor would not consent in respect of -his age, and other particularities, but entred in counsel who were best -to go, and to finde one that were fitte to execute that which they had -pretended (which was, as wee haue saide, to bring in and plant in that -kingdome the holie Catholike faith): they determined that there shoulde -go but two religious men, by reason that at that time there was but a -fewe of them, and two souldiers in their companie. The religious men -shoulde bee frier Martin de Herrada of Pamplona, who left off the -dignitie of prouinciall, and was a man of great learning and of a holy -life: and for the same effect had learned the China tongue, and manie -times for to put his desire in execution did offer himselfe to bee slaue -vnto the merchants of China, onely for to carrie him thither: and in -companie with him should go frier Hieronimo Martin, who also was verie -well learned, and of the cittie of Mexico. The souldiers that were -appointed to beare them companie, were called Pedro Sarmiento, chiefe -sargeant of the cittie of Manilla, of Vilorado; and Miguel de Loarcha, -both principall men and good Christians, as was conuenient for that -which they tooke in hand. These fathers did carrie them for this -purpose, that if they did remaine there with the king preaching of the -gospell, then they shoulde returne with the newes thereof to giue the -gouernour to vnderstande of all that they had seene and happened vnto -them; and likewise vnto the king of Spaine, if neede did so require. - -[Sidenote: A token that fine cloth is esteemed.] - -This offer of the captaine Omoncon, and the appointment which was made -by the gouernour and the prouinciall, was knowne throughout al the -citie; and after that they had made great reioycings and feasts for the -same, it was approued of all men, that those that were named were -principall persons, as aforesaid, and were fully certified that there -should nothing be neglected of that they did commaunde them: neither let -passe any occasion, for that it was that which they did all desire, but -in particular for the seruice and honor of God, and for the benefite and -profite that shoulde redowne vnto them all by the mutuall contractation -betwixt the one nation and the other: and also giue the king to -vnderstande of so good newes as this is. The gouernor did straightwayes -call those persons that were named and appointed to come before the -captain Omoncon, and tolde them what was determined: the which they did -accept with great ioy, and gaue great thankes; and the gouernor in token -of gratitude, did giue vnto the captaine Omoncon, in the presence of -them all, a gallant chaine of golde, and a rich robe of crimson in -graine: a thing that hee esteemed verie much, and much more esteemed in -China, for that it is a thing that they haue not there. Besides this, -they did ordaine a reasonable present for to sende vnto the gouernor of -Chincheo, he that dispatched Omoncon by the commandement of the king to -go and seek the rouer: also another present for the vizroy of the -prouince of Ochian, who was at that present in the citie of Aucheo. - -And for that Sinsay shoulde not finde himselfe agreeued (who was a -merchant well knowne amongst them, and perhappes might bee the occasion -of some euill and disturbance of their pretence), they gaue vnto him -also another chaine of golde, as well for this, as also for that hee was -euer a sure and perfite friend vnto the Spaniards. Then straightwayes by -the commaundement of the gouernor, there were brought togither all such -Chinos as were captiue and taken from Limahon out of the fort aforesaide -at Pagansinan, and gaue them vnto Omoncon to carrie them free with him; -and gaue likewise commaundement that the generall of the fielde, and all -such captaines and souldiers that were at the siege of the forte, -shoulde giue vnto him all such as did there remaine; binding himselfe to -pay vnto the souldiers, to whome they did appertaine, all whatsoeuer -they should be valued to be worth: all the which being done, he -commanded to bee put in a redinesse all that was necessarie for the -voyage, and that in ample manner, the which was doone in a short time. - - - - -CHAP. X. - - _Omoncon departeth with certificate, in what - perplexitie he left Limahon the rouer, and doth carrie - with him the fathers of S. Augustine._ - - -The twelfth day of June, in the yeare of our Lord 1575, being Sunday in -the morning, the aforesaid gouernor and all that were in the cittie did -ioyne and go together vnto the monasterie of saint Augustine, where was -deuout prayers made vnto the Holy Ghost, and after they had all of them -requested of God so to direct the voyage, that it might be to the honor -and glorie of his diuine majestie, and to the saluation of the soules of -that kingdome, whome Lucyfer had so long possessed, Omoncon and Sinsay -did take their leaue of the gouernour, and of the rest, giuing them -thankes for their good entertainment that they made them, and did -promise them, in recompence thereof, to bee alwayes their assured -friends, as shall appeare by his works, and to carry them, whome he did -request of his owne good will, with securitie as vnto himselfe, and that -he would first suffer wrong himselfe, before any should be done vnto -those whom he had on his charge. The gouernor and all the rest did -thankfully accept his new offer, giuing him to vnderstand that they were -fully perswaded that his word and deede should be all one, and therewith -they tooke their leaue of them, and of the religious men with the two -souldiers their companions, not lacking teares to be shed on both parts. - -Then did they al imbarke themselues in a ship of the ilands which was -made readie for the same effect, and went out of the port in the company -of another shippe with merchants of China that were at Manilla, into the -which Sinsay put himselfe with all their victuals, for to carry it -vntill they came vnto the port of Buliano, whereas was the great shippe -of Omoncon, wherin they should make their voyage; which was that which -was forced to returne backe againe by reason of foule wether: they -aryued at the same port the Sunday following, for that the winde was -somewhat contrarie, and had lost the shippe that carried their victuals, -but after founde her at an anker in the port, for that she was the -bigger shippe and sailed better: they founde also in her two Spanish -souldiers, whom the generall of the fielde had sent from Pagansinan, for -that, from the place whereas he was, he did see the saide ship to enter -into the port, with commandement for to carrie them vnto him. This did -cause vnto the religious men and souldiers a suspition that the generall -of the fielde woulde procure to stay them vntill such time as he did see -the ende of the siege of the fort, which euerie day was looked when they -would yeelde, for that they shoulde carry with them Limahon the rouer -aliue or dead. Uppon the which almost euery one gaue his iudgement, that -it were better to depart without obeying his commandement, neither to -take their leave of him, but to prosecute their voyage so much desired, -for they thought euerie houre of their staying to bee a whole yeare: -fearing that euerie thing would be an impediment to disturbe their -intent and purpose: but better persuading themselues, knowing the good -condition and great Christianitie of the generall of the fielde, whom -frier Martin had alwayes in place of his sonne, for that he was the -neuew vnto the Adelantado Legaspi, the first gouernor and discouerer of -the said Philippinas, whom he brought with him from Mexico, being but a -child: they were agreed to go vnto him, and shewe their obedience, and -to take their leaue of him and of all the rest of their friends that -were in the camp. So with this determination they put their shippe into -the river Pagansinan, which was but seuen leagues from the saide port. -They had not sailed three leagues but a contrary winde so charged them, -that they were constrained to returne into the port from whence they -came, and there concluded amongst themselues to send Pedro Sarmiento in -the barke wherein came the two souldiers aforesaid; for that it was -little and went with oares, they might with lesse daunger enter into the -riuer of Pagansinan, rowing vnder the shoore: and that hee in the name -of them all should conferre with the generall of the field, and so take -his leaue of him and of all the rest of their friends, whome they did -request that they would not forget them in their prayers, to commend -them vnto God to bee their aider and helper in this their pretence, so -much desired of them all: and gave him great charge to bring with him -the interpreter that they should carrie with them, which was a boy of -China that was baptised in Manilla, and could speake Spanish very well; -he was named Gernando.[9] This Pedro Sarmiento came thither, and did -accomplish all that was commended vnto him verie faithfully: but the -generall of the field was not therewith satisfied, neither the captaines -and souldiers that were with him, for that the father friers were very -wel beloued of them, for they deserued it: so they determined to send -for them, and to request them to come thither and see them, being so -nigh as they were. They being vnderstood by the friers (not without the -suspition aforesaid), and seeing that they could not excuse to go vnto -them to accomplish their commandement and gentle request, they departed -out of Buliano with a faire wind, for that the storme was done, although -the sea was a little troubled; and therewith they ariued at Pagansinan -whereas they were well receiued of the generall of the fielde, and of -all the rest with great ioy and pleasure. Their suspition fell out -cleane contrarie as they thought, for that the generall of the fielde -would not stay them, but did dispatch them with all speede possible, and -did deliuer vnto them at the instant all such captiues as the gouernor -had commanded, and the souldiers that had them did with a verie good -will deliuer them, seeing to what intent it did extende, and also the -interpreter, with all other thinges that was necessarie and requisite -for the voyage; and writ a letter vnto Omoncon, who remained in Buliano, -that hee would fauour and cherish them as he did not thinke to the -contrarie: and did ratifie that which the gouernour had promised him, -for to sende the rouer aliue or deade, after they had ended their siege -by one meanes or other. He also requested of frier Martin de Herrada -that he would carrie with him one Nicholas de Cuenca, a souldier of his -company, for to buy for him certaine things in China, who did accept the -same with a verie good wil, and promised to intreat him as one of his -owne, and haue him in as great regard: and therewith they departed and -went vnto the port of Buliano from whence they came, taking their leaue -of the generall of the field and of all the rest of the campe, with no -lesse teares then when they departed from Manilla. He sent to beare them -company til they came vnto the port, the sergeant maior, who carried -with him a letter vnto the captaine Omoncon, and a present of victuals -and other things; and other two letters, the one for the gouernor of -Chincheo, and the other for the vizroy of the prouince of Ochian, -wherein he doth giue them to vnderstand how that he hath burnt al the -fleete of Limahon, and slaine many of his companions, and howe that he -hath besieged him so straightly that it is not possible for him to -escape, neither indure long without yeelding of himselfe; and then -either aliue or dead he would send him, as the gouernor of Manilla had -writ and promised. These two letters were accompanied with two presents, -wherein was a basen and an ewre of siluer, and certaine robes of Spanish -cloth, the which the Chinos doo esteeme very much, as also other things -of great valew that they have not in their country, and craving pardon -because he did not send more. The occasion was for that he was in that -place, and all his goods in the cittie of Manilla. The same day with a -faire winde they came vnto the port Buliano, whereas they found Omoncon -abiding their comming, and receiued all such things as the sergeant -maior did carrie him in the name of the generall of the field, and -rendered vnto him great thanks, and made a new promise to accomplish -that offer made vnto the gouernor. - -[9] Misprint for "Fernando." - - - - -CHAP. XI. - - _The Spaniards do depart with the captain Omoncon from - the port of Buliano, and ariue at the firme lande of - China._ - - -[Sidenote: They departed towards China.] - -[Sidenote: Their compasses diuided into 12 partes.] - -The desire was so much of this father frier Martin de Herrada to be in -China, as well for to preach in it the holy gospel, as also for to see -the wonders that haue beene reported to be in that countrie, that -although he was dispatched by the gouernor and generall of the fielde, -yet he thought that their voyage would be interrupted: and therefore to -see himselfe free from this feare and suspition, so soon as he came vnto -the port of Buliano to the captaine Omoncon, hee requested him with -great vehemencie, that he would straightwayes set saile, for that the -winde serued well for their purpose. Then Omoncon, who desired no other -thing, but thought euery houre that he tarried to be a whole yeare, -commanded forthwith the mariners to make all thinges in a redinesse to -set saile, and to bring home all their ankers, and ride apicke, redie to -depart after midnight: the which was done as hee had commanded. So vppon -a Sunday at the break of day, being 25. of June, they took a Spaniard -souldier into their companie, who was called John de Triana, and vsed -him in their seruice, for that hee was a mariner. So at the same time, -after they had praied vnto God to direct their voyage, they set saile -with a prosperous winde. There was with the friers, souldiers, and men -of seruice, twentie persons, besides the Chinos that were captiues, and -the people of the captaine Omoncon. They were not so soone off from the -coste, but the winde abated and they remained becalmed certaine dayes: -but afterwards they had a lustie gale, that carried them forwards. The -Chinos doo gouerne their ships by a compasse deuided into twelue partes, -and doo vse no sea cardes, but a briefe description of Ruter,[10] -wherewith they doo nauigate or saile: and commonly for the most part -they neuer go out of the sight of land. They maruelled very much when -that it was told them, that comming from Mexico vnto Philippinas, they -were three monethes at the sea and neuer sawe land. So it pleased God, -that although it was verie calme and little winde stirring, that we made -but little way, yet, upon the Sunday following, which was the thirde of -July, we had sight of the land of China: so that we found all our voyage -from the port of Buliano, from whence we departed, vnto the firme land, -to be one hundred and fortie leagues; and twenty leagues before they -came in the sight thereof, they had sounding at three score and tenne, -and fourscore fathome, and so waxed lesse and lesse vntill they came to -the lande, which is the best and surest token they haue to be nigh the -land. In all the time of their voyage, the captain Omoncon with his -companie shewed such great curtesie and friendship to our men, as though -they had been the owners of the saide ship: and at such time as they did -imbarke themselues, he gaue his own cabin y^t was in the sterne to y^e -friers, and vnto Pedro Sarmiento and to Miguel de Loarcha, he gaue -another cabin that was very good, and commanded his company in the ship -that they should respect them more then himselfe; the which was in such -sort, that on a day, at the beginning of their voyage, the fathers -founde them making of sacrifice vnto their idols, and told them that all -which they did was a kinde of mockage, and that they shoulde worshipe -but onely one God: and willed them to doe so no more. Who, onely in -respect of them, did leaue it off, and not vse it after in all the -voyage: whereas before they did vse it euerie day manie times. - -[10] More commonly spelt Rutter or Ruttier, a direction book. The word -is derived from "Routier," a road book. - -[Sidenote: They leaue the worshiping of one idol to worship another.] - -Besides this, they would worshippe the images that the friers did carrie -with them, and kneele vpon their knees with great shew of deuotion; who -nowe hauing sight of the firme lande in so short time, and passed that -small gulfe so quietly, which was wont to bee verie perilous and full of -stormes, they did attribute it vnto the orations of the friers, their -companions and souldiers. The like curtesie was shewed vnto them by -Sinsay, who was the seconde person in the shippe, and hee that did best -vnderstande that nauigation and voyage. So, as they drewe nearer the -land, they might discouer from the sea a verie gallant and well towred -cittie, that was called Tituhul, whereas the king hath continually in -garrison tenne thousande souldiers, and is vnder the gouernement of the -prouince of Chincheo. - -So the next day following wee came vnto a watch towre, which was -situated vppon a rocke at the entrie into a bay, who had discouered our -shippe, and knew the standart or flagge to bee the kings: and made a -signe vnto seuen shippes which were on the other side of the point, -which was part of a company ordeined for to keepe and defende the cost, -which were more then foure hundred. Straightwayes the captaine of the -seuen shippes came foorth to knowe what we were, and what chanced shalbe -told you in this chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XII. - - _The captaine Omoncon is come to the prouince of - Chincheo, but before he doth come vnto an anker, he - dooth passe some trouble with another captaine of the - sea._ - - -This captaine Omoncon, when he saw that the ships did make towards him, -hee cast about his shippe and passed alongst by the watch towre, making -his way towards the towne, where he was a natural subiect and nigh at -hand, being but two leagues from the point: which being perceiued by the -generall of that bay which was in a redinesse, who imagined by his -working that it should be some shippe of euill demeanor and their -enimies, without any delation hee issued forth from behind the point -with three ships, that did row with oares verie swift: and gaue them -chase, cutting them off from their pretence: and when he came nigh vnto -them, hee shot at them to make them to amaine: the which Omoncon would -not doo, for that hee supposed (as afterwards hee did confesse) that hee -should be some man of little estimation, and not the generall of the -coste. But as he drew nigher vnto him, hee did know him by the flagge he -bare on the sterne in the foist[11] wherein he was himselfe with his -souldiers, and straightwayes caused to amaine[12] his sailes, and tarried -for him. The generall did the like, and stayed behinde, sending a boate -for to bring the captaine vnto him, and to declare what he was and from -whence he came. Omoncon did forthwith imbarke himself into his boate -without any resistance, but rather with feare that hee should be -punished for that hee did flie from him. The generall, when hee saw him, -did straightwayes know him (and in that the fathers did vnderstand by -signes), hee was verie glad of his comming, and gaue him good -entertainment. - -[11] A small craft: from Fusta--_Span._ - -[12] To let fall or lower at once: from Amainar--_Span._ - -This generall was a goodly man of person, and was verie well apparelled, -and did sit in a chaire in the sterne of his ship, the which was all -couered to keepe away the sunne: hee commanded the Captaine Omoncon to -sit downe by him vpon the hatches, without chaire or any other thing, -who did obey him, although first hee did refuse it with great modestie, -as not woorthie to haue that honour, which was not esteemed a little. -After that he was set, he gaue him to vnderstand in effect of all his -voyage and successe, and in what extremitie he left Limahon, and also -howe that hee carried with him the friers and other Spaniards, which -went to carrie the newes, and to intreate of peace with the vizroy of -Aucheo: vnto whome, and vnto the gouernor of Chincheo, hee carried -presents, sent from the gouernor and generall of the fielde of the -Ilands Philippinas. When the generall had heard this relation, he -commanded the boate to returne and to bring them before him, that hee -might see what manner of men they were of person and the vse of -apparell, and likewise to satisfie himselfe of other desires that came -into his mind by that which Omoncon had saide of them. The fathers and -their companions did obey the commandement, and did imbarke themselues -in the boate (although it were with some feare), and came vnto the -shippe, whereas the generall receiued them with great curtesie after his -fashion, and shewed them a good countenance, and tokens that he very -much reioyced to see them and the vse of their apparell they ware. But -after awhile hee commanded that they shoulde bee put vnder hatches, -which was the occasion to augment the feare they conceiued when they -were sent for: and the more when they saw that they were commanded to be -shut vp in a cabin with the interpreter that they brought with them. - -[Sidenote: They call the Spaniards Castillas.] - -This being done, they were in great care howe they might vnderstand the -generals pretence; and at a close doore that was before the cabin -whereas they were, uppon a sudden they might see that all those that -were in the shippe did arme themselues in great haste, and the Captaine -Omoncon amongst them: then they heard bases and harqubus shot, with a -great noise of people, which did verie much alter them: in such sort -that they looked euery moment when they should come and cut of their -heads. Whilst that our people were in this agonie and great feare, -Omoncon considered of them and of the charge that he had to bring them -thither: therewith he sent one of his seruants to giue them to -vnderstand of all that they had heard and seene, wherewith they did -quiet themselues, and put away al the feare that they had conceiued with -their suddain putting downe in the cabine, and the shooting off of those -peeces. The which the better to giue you to vnderstand, I will first -declare vnto you the occasion (and then after the rest). Limahon had not -so soone taken his course towards the ilands, but straightwaies it was -knowne in the kingdome of China: and the vizroy of Ochian, by the order -that he had from the roiall counsell, did command all gouernors of such -cities that were nigh vnto the coast, to dispatch away shipping for to -go follow and seeke him, with aduertisement that hee who did accomplish -this diligence with the first, should be very wel rewarded and esteemed, -for that they feared that if the rouer should ioine with y^e Castillas -(for so they do cal the Spaniards in that country, of whom they haue had -great notice), might thereby grow some great harme and inconuienence, -which afterwards could not be well remedied: which was the occasion that -they made the more haste, for that if it were possible to take him, or -else to spoile his shipping before that he should come vnto the said -ilands. In accomplishing of this commandement, the gouernor of Chincheo -did prouide shipping, and did sende the captaine Omoncon with them: but -yet he could not prouide them of souldiers and other necessaries till -certaine daies after that he was gone foorth: so he went till hee came -and met with the Spaniards, nigh vnto Buliano (as aforesaid). - -About the same time the general of the bay that was there to defend the -cost, did dispatch another ship for to enquire and know where the rouer -was, and to bring relation therof, that straightwayes they might go and -assalt him with all the whole armie. This ship was the fathers of -Sinsay, he that was friend vnto the Castillas, who came in companie with -the friers from the ilands (as it is said), and he went in the said ship -for pilot; who, although hee went out of the port with great speede, yet -with greater hast hee returned againe without mastes or yardes, for that -they lost them in a great storme and torment that tooke them in the -gulfe, whereas they thought to haue beene lost. - -At the same time that the friers departed from Buliano to Pagansinan, -being requested to come thither by the master of the field (as -aforesaid), there was in the same port a ship of China, that came vnto -the ilands to traficke; and being well informed of all things, as well -in what extremity the Spaniards had the rouer, as also of y^e going of -Omoncon, and how that he carried vnto the firme lande the aforesaide -friers and their companions. The said shippe departed in a morning very -secretly, ten dayes before that Omoncon did make saile, and came to the -firme land the saide ten daies before, and gaue notice thereof vnto the -gouernor of all that they had vnderstood, as wel by relation as by -sight; and how that ther came with Omoncon and the Spaniards, Sinsay, -who was he that in al things touching Limahon was the dooer, and that -whatsoeuer shall happen good in this relation, they ought to giue the -praise and thanks vnto him, and not vnto Omoncon. This he spake for the -good affection he had vnto Sinsay by way of friendship, for that he was -of the same profession, a merchant. - -The gouernour of the bay being verie desirous to haue the rewarde and -thankes of the king, with occasion to say that the sonne of him whom he -sent to follow and seeke Limahon was the chiefe and principall meanes of -that good successe. Straight wayes, so soone as hee heard the newes of -the shippe that ariued there tenne dayes before (as aforesaide), he -commaunded sixe shippes to goe foorth of the baye to the sea, with order -and commission to bring the ship to an anker in the sayd bay, and not to -suffer him to go into any other place: and otherwise they could not, at -least wayes, they would bring with them Sinsay, for that they would send -him post vnto the uiceroy, for to declare vnto him all that had passed -particularly. These sixe ships came verie nigh vnto that wherein was the -generall aforesaid, at such time as our Spaniardes were with the -generall, and they neuer could perceiue it, for that there were many in -the baye, some going and some comming; but when that hee had discouered -them, then he caused our people to be put vnder hatches because they -should not be seene, and commanded those that were in the shippe to arme -themselues for their defence if need required. - -In the meane time that they made resistance with this ship, one of the -sixe ships did borde that shippe wherein came Omoncon, pretending to -take her, and beleeued to doo it with great ease. But it happened vnto -them cleane contrarie, for that the souldiers that were within did -defende their ship valiantly. Sinsay, with a very good will, would haue -suffered the ship wherein his father came to haue carried away the -other, if the souldiers of Omoncon would haue consented therunto. They -did not only misse of their purpose, but also many of them were hurt in -the attempting to enter the ship: the saide ship did fall aborde there -whereas was their captaine Omoncon, who at that instant did call our -Spaniardes in his shippe, out of the generalles shippe whereas they -were; which was doone with such speede, that it was accomplished before -any of the other ships could come vnto them, although they did procure -it. Then did Omoncon arme himselfe to the warre, for to defend himselfe, -his ship, and all that were therein, or to die there. The fryers and -their companions, when they vnderstoode the cause of their strife and -fighting, partly by suspition in that they had seene, as by that which -Omoncon did sende them worde, did offer themselues vnto him, promising -him to die with him if neede did so require, and requested him to -appoint them what they should do, and they would accomplish it with a -very good will. At this time all the ships were about that of Omoncon, -who was not idle, but put foorth his artilerie for their defence, asking -powder of the Spaniardes, for that they had little left: the generall -did not depart from the shippe from the time that the Spaniardes went -vnto him, neither did hee remooue out of his chayre, although all the -rest that were in the ship were armed. - -At this time the captayne of the sixe shippes of Chincheo did put -himselfe in a boate and came towardes the shippe of Omoncon for to haue -commoned with him; but he would not suffer them to come nigh, but shot -at them, and caused them to depart against their willes, and called them -all to naught from the poope of his shippe, with manie reprochfull -woordes, saying that they came to steale the honour that hee with so -great trauayle and perill had gotten. Then the generall, seeing that hee -could not goe through with his purpose, hee determined to leaue him, and -therewith to cast about with his shippes, and returned into the port of -the baye from whence they came. This brought in his shippe a sonne of -Sinsay, to giue occasion vnto his father for to come vnto him, and -likewise his owne father, whome they did straightwayes put in prison, -and his wife and mother: which is a thing commonly vsed in that -countrie, the children to pay for their parentes, and to the contrarie, -the parents for the children. - -Sinsay, who feared the same, woulde not goe vnto his owne house till -such time as he did carrie commandement from the uiceroy, for to deliuer -out of prison those that were put there without desert: the which was -granted by the uiceroy, with other fauours and great honour, as shall -bee declared vnto you. - - - - -CHAP. XIII. - - _Omoncon doth disembarke himselfe with our Spaniardes - in the port of Tansuso, and are verie well receiued by - the justice, and made verie much of by the order of - the Insuanto of that prouince._ - - -Within a little while after that the captayne of the sixe shippes -departed for Chincheo, Omoncon and his companie ariued at the port of -Tansuso,[13] hard by, vpon Wednesday, in the euening, being the fift day -of July. This Tansuso is a gallant and fresh towne, of foure thousand -householders, and hath continually a thousand souldiers in garrison; and -compassed about with a great and strong wall; and the gates fortified -with plates of yron; the foundations of all the houses are of lime and -stone, and the walles of lime and yearth, and some of bricke: their -houses within very fairely wrought, with great courts, their streetes -faire and brode, all paued. Before that Omoncon did come vnto an anker, -they sawe all the souldiers and the people of the towne were gathered -together vpon the rockes that were ioyning vnto the port, all armed -readie vnto the battaile, amongst whom there was a principall captaine, -and three more of his companions, that were sent him by the gouernor of -Chincheo, whom they do call in their language Insuanto, who had -vnderstanding of the comming of Omoncon and his companie by the ship -(aforesaid) he sent them thither before, that in his name should -entertain them and cherish them all that was possible. When the ship -entred into the port, Omoncon did salute the towne with certain peeces -of artilery, and discharged all his argubushes sixe times about, and -therewithal tooke in their saile and let anker fall. Then straightwaies -the captaine whom the Insuanto had sent came abord the ship, who had -expresse commission not to leaue the company of our people after that -they were disembarked till such time as they came whereas he was, but to -beare them companie, and to prouide them of all thinges necessarie: the -which he did accomplish. - -[13] Ganhai. - -[Sidenote: Ensignes to knowe the iustices.] - -All these captaines and ministers of the king doo weare certaine -ensignes for to be knowen from the common people, who are not permitted -to weare any such; and they can not goe abroad in publike without the -same, neyther will they if they might, for that by them they are obeyed -and reuerenced, as well in the streetes as in any other place where they -come: all such generally be called Loytias, which is as much to say in -our language (gentlemen): the particular ensignes which they doo vse, -bee broade wastes or girdles, embossed after diuerse manners; some of -golde and siluer, some of the shell of a Turtuga or turtell, and of a -sweete wood, and other some of iuerie; the higher estates hath them -embrodered with pearles and precious stones, and their bunnets with two -long eares, and their buskins made of satten and vnshorne ueluet, as we -haue declared more at large in the first three bookes. - -[Sidenote: The first landing of the fryers.] - -Then after, so soone as they were come to an anker in the port, the -iustice did send them a license in writing for to come foorth of the -shippe, as a thing necessarie, for that without it the waiters or -guardes of the water side will not suffer them to put foote a land. This -licence was written vpon a borde whited, and firmed by the iustice, -whose charge it is to giue the licence. Then when they came a shoore, -there were the souldiers that were appointed by the Insuanto in a -readinesse to beare them companie, and did direct and leade them vnto -the kinges houses of the sayde citie: the like hath euerie citie almost -throughout all the kingdome, and there they did lodge them. These -houses are very great, and very wel wrought and gallant, with faire -courtes belowe, and galleries aboue: they had in them stanges[14] or -pondes of water, full of fish of sundrie sortes. - -[14] Evidently from Etang, _Fr._, a pond. - -The Insuanto had giuen order vnto the iustice of Tansuso, wherein he had -ordained what hee should giue them to eate, and all other things that -should be done particularly by it selfe, without lacking of any thing, -and appointed the captaine, that hee with his souldiers should not -depart from them not a iot, but alwayes to beare them company -whethersoeuer they went, and not to depart till he had farther order -from him: in accomplishing whereof they remayned with them that night in -the kings house. The iustice of the citie when that he had lodged them, -went himselfe in person to the waters side, and caused all their stuffe -to be vnladen out of the ship, and caused it to be carried with great -care and diligence vnto the fryers whereas they were. - -The people of the citie did presse very much to see these strangers, so -that with the press, as also with the great heate, they were -marueilously afflicted: which being perceiued by the iustice, he gaue -order that they might bee eased of that trouble, and caused sergeants to -keepe the doore, and their yeomen to make resistance against the people. -Yet, notwithstanding, though they did not trouble them so much, they -ranged about the house and clymed vpon the walles to procure to see -them, as a rare thing, for that they came from countries so farre off, -and apparelled verie different from that they do vse or otherwise haue -seene. So when that the night was come, the iustice of the citie did -make them a banket according vnto the fashion of the countrie: and it -was in this manner following. - -[Sidenote: The vse of their bankets.] - -[Sidenote: Wine of a palme tree.] - -They were carried into a hall that was verye curiously wrought, wherein -were many torches and waxe candles light, and in the middest therof was -set for euerie one of the guests a table by himselfe, as is the vse and -fashion of that countrie (which more at large shalbe declared), euerie -table had his couering of damaske or satten very well made, the tables -were gallantly painted, without any table clothes, neither do they vse -any, for they haue no neede of them, for that they do eate all their -victualles with two little stickes made of golde and siluer, and of a -marueilous odoriferous woode, and of the length of little forkes as they -doo vse in Italy; with the which they doo feede themselues so clenly, -that although their victuals be neuer so small, yet do they let nothing -fall, neither foule their hands nor faces: they were set downe at these -tables in verie good order and in gallant chayres, in such sort that -although they were euerie one at his table by himselfe, yet they might -see and talke one with an other; they were serued with diuerse sortes of -cates, and very well dressed both of flesh and fish, as gamons of bacon, -capons, geese, whole hennes, and peeces of beefe, and at the last many -little baskets full of sweete meates made of sugar and marchpanes, all -wrought very curiously. They gaue them wine of an indifferent colour and -taste, made of the palme tree (whereof there is no other vsed in all -that countrie), our Spaniardes did vse it, as that which was made of -grapes. All the time that the supper indured, there was in the hall -great store of musicke of diuers instruments, whereon they played with -great consort, some one time and some another. The instruments which -they commonly do vse are hoybuckes,[15] cornets, trompets, lutes, such as -be vsed in Spaine, although in the fashion ther is some difference. -There was at this banket (which indured a great while), the captaine -that was ordained for their garde, and the captaine Omoncon and Sinsay. -When supper was done, they were carried into very faire chambers, wheras -were faire beddes, where they slept and eased themselues. - -[15] Hautboys? - -The next day following, in the morning, was brought vnto them their -ordinarie victualles, and that in abundance, as well of flesh as of -fish, fruits and wine, to be dressed vnto their owne content, and -according vnto their manner: they would take nothing for the same, for -so they were commanded by the Insuantes. This was brought vnto them -euerie day so long as they were there, and in the way when as they went -vnto Chincheo. The same day ariued a captaine of fortie ships in the -same port, and as soone as hee was a shore, hee went straightwayes vnto -the pallace for to see the strangers: who being aduertised of his -comming, came foorth and receiued him at the pallace gate, where as was -vsed betwixt them great courtesie. The captaine came with great -maiestie, with his guarde of souldiers and mase bearers before him, with -great musicke of hoybuckes, trumpets and drommes, and two whiffelers[16] -or typp staues that made roome, putting the people aside: also there -came with him two executors of iustice, or hangmen, hauing each of them -in their handes a set made of canes, which is an instrument wherewith -they doo whippe and punish offenders, and is so cruell that who soeuer -doth receiue sixtie strokes with the same, although he be a verie stout -man and strong hearted, yet it will kill him, for that hee is not able -to abide it. They doo beate them vppon the thighes and calues of the -legges, causing the offender or patient to lye downe vppon his breast or -stomacke, and commande their heades and legges to be holden. The iudges, -captaines, and loytias haue ordinarily these officers before them, for -to beate such as will not goe out of the way when as they doo passe the -streetes, and such as will not alight from their horse, or come out of -their close chayres when they doo meete with them. - -[16] One who plays on a whiffle or fife. - -When this captayne came vnto the pallace gate whereas the father fryers -and their companions did receiue him, he was brought on the shoulders of -eight men verie richly apparelled, and he in a chayre wrought of iuorie -and golde, who stayed not till they came into the inner chamber, -whereas he did a light from the chayre, and went straight vnder a cloth -of estate, that was there ordinarily for the same purpose, and a table -before him: there hee sate downe, and straightwaies arose vp, and -standing he did receiue the strange guests, who did curtesie vnto him -according vnto their fashion, which is to ioyne their handes together, -and to stoope with them and their heads downe to the grounde: he -gratified them againe with bowing his heade a little, and that with -great grauitie. Within a little while after, he spake vnto them with -great maiestie, bidding them welcome into his kingdome, being glad of -their comming, saying that himselfe was come to see and cherish them, -for that they should receiue no discontent, as y^e proofe shal shew. -These speeches being finished, there was brought foorth certain peeces -of blacke silke of twelue vares[17] long a peece. And his officers did -put on the fryers shoulders each of them two, which was for either -shoulder one, and was brought about their bodies and girt therewith; and -the like was done in order vnto the Spanish souldiers, and vnto Omoncon -and Sinsay, and to their interpreter. But vnto Omoncon and Sinsay was -giuen vnto either of them a branch or nosegay made of siluer, which was -set vpon their heads, which is accustomable honor that is done vnto such -as haue done some great enterprise, or such like. - -[17] Yards, from Vara, _Span._ - -After that this ceremonie was done, they played vpon the instrumentes -afore sayde, which came with the captayne. In the meane time of their -musicke, there was brought foorth great store of conserues, marchpanes, -and thinges made of sugar, and excellent good wine; and so being on foot -standing, hee caused them to eate, and he himselfe from the chayre -whereas he sate did giue them to drinke euerie one in order, without -rising vp, which is a ceremonie and token of great fauour and of loue. - -This being done, hee arose from the chayre vnder the cloth of state, and -went and sate downe in that which was brought on mens backes, and with -declining of his head a little he departed out of the hall and out of -the house, and went vnto his owne house, whereas by the counsell of -Omoncon and Sinsay within an houre after they shoulde goe and visite -him, the which they did: hee receiued them marueilously well and with -great courtesie, who maruelled at his great maiestie and authoritie, for -that Omoncon and Sinsay, when they did talke with him, were vpon their -knees, and so did al the rest: yet that which they did see afterwardes -done vnto the Insuanto and viceroy was much more. - -He gaue them againe in his owne house a gallant banket, of diuerse -sortes of conserues and fruits, and excellent wine of the palme tree, -and did talke and reason with them in good sort, and was more familiar -than at his first visitation, demanding of them many thinges in -particular, and beholding their apparayle and garmentes, with showe of -great content and reioycing. - - - - -CHAP. XIV. - - _The Spaniardes depart from Tansuso to visite the - governour of Chincheo, who awaited their comming: - where they sawe notable thinges by the way._ - - -After that the fathers with their companions had remayned two dayes in -the port of Tansuso, whereas they were marueilously well entertayned and -feasted at the commaundement giuen by the Insuanto, as you haue heard, -the third day they departed in the morning towardes Chincheo, whether -they were commaunded to be carried with great speede and good -intertainement. - -At their going foorth of the towne they were accompanied with a great -number of souldiers, both hargubushes and pikes, and before them a great -noyse of trompets, drommes, and hoybuckes, till such time as they came -vnto the riuers side, whereas was a brygandine prouided and made readie -in all pointes to carrie them vp the riuer: all the streetes alongest -whereas they went, there followed them so much people that it was -innumerable, and all to see them. So when they were embarked, and which -was done with great speede to auoyd the presse of the people, there came -vnto them the captaine of the fortie ships, of whom wee made mention in -the chapter past, with three brygandines, one wherein he was himselfe, -and was marueilously well trimmed, and in the other two were souldiers -that did beare him companie. As soone as he came vnto them, hee straight -wayes entred into the brygandine whereas the religious men were with -three Spaniardes, and brought with him great store of conserues, and -made them a gallant banket, the which did indure so long as he was with -them, which was the space of rowing two long leagues, in which time -their pleasure was such that they thought it but a quarter of a league. -From thence he departed from them and returned, but left many thinges -behinde him for their comfort in their iourney, and made great offers, -with an outwarde showe that it was a griefe vnto him to depart from out -of their companie. - -All alongest the ryuers whereas they went was seated with villages, -verie gallant and fresh, both on the one side and on the other. Some of -them did content our people verie much, who asked the names howe they -were called, and the captaynes answered them and sayde, that those were -villages that did not deserue the honour of a name; but when you doo -come there whereas the king is, you shall see cities that it shall be a -woorthie thing to knowe their names; the which townes haue three and -foure thousande souldiers, such as in Europe are esteemed for reasonable -cities. - -At the end of the two leagues, there whereas the captaine did leaue the -companie of our Spaniardes in the riuer, they came vnto a great baye, -whereas was at an anker a fleete of more than a hundreth and fifte -shippes, men of warre, whose generall was this captaine whom we haue -spoken of, that did beare the fryers and the rest companie. At such time -as the fleete did discouer them they began to salute them, as well with -great peeces of artillerie as with hargubushes and other kinde of -pastimes, which commonly they do vse at such times: and that is doone by -the commandement of their generall. - -At such times as they had made an ende of shooting and other pastimes, -then did he take his leaue of them with the ceremonie aforesaide, and -went out of the brygandine whereas the fryers were and went into his -owne, which carryed him vnto the admiral, wherein he imbarked himself. -Our Spaniardes, after his departure, did trauaile vp the riuer more than -three leagues, hauing continually, both on the one side and on the -other, verie many and faire townes, and full of people. In the ende of -the three leagues they went a lande halfe a league from the towne of -Tangoa,[18] whereas straightwayes all such things as they carried with -them were taken vpon mens backs, and carried it vnto the towne before -them, whereas they were tarrying their comming, for to giue them great -entertaynment. At their going a shore, they founde prepared for the two -religious men little chayres to carrie them vppon mens backes, and for -the souldiers and the rest of their companions was ordayned horse. The -fathers did refuse to be carried, and would haue gone a foot, for that -the way was but short and pleasant, full of greene trees; and, againe, -for humilitie, refusing to be carried in so rich chaires, and vppon mens -backes of so good a vocation as they seemed to be. But Omoncon and the -other captaine would not consent thereunto, saying, that it was the -order giuen by the Insuanto, and that they could not by any meanes -breake, but performe in all points, or else to be cruelly punished for -the same--I meane such captaines as had the charge for to garde and -beare them companie--and that no excuse could serue them; and, againe, -that it was conuenient so to be done, for y^t from that time the Chinos -should respect them and vnderstande that they were principal persons, -for y^t they were carried vpon mens backes as they do their loytias. - -[18] Tong-gan. - -The fathers obeyed their reasons, and entred into the chayres, and were -carried with eight men a peece, and the other their companions with -foure men a peece, according vnto the order giuen by the gouernor. Those -that carried the chaires, did it with so good a will, y^t there was -striuing who should first lay hands to them. This towne of Tangoa hath -three thousand souldiers, and is called in their language Coan: at the -entring in, it hath many gardens and orchards, and a streete, where -through they carried the Spaniards vnto their lodging, they affirmed it -to be halfe a league long; and all the streete whereas they went it was -full of bordes and stalles, where on was laide all kinde of merchandise, -very curious, and things to be eaten, as fresh fish and salt fish of -diuers sortes, and great abundance of foule and flesh of al sorts, -fruits and greene herbs, in such quantitie that it was sufficient to -serue such a citie as Siuell is. The presse of people was so much in the -streets, that although there were many typstaues, and souldiers that did -make way wheras they went, yet could they not passe but with great -difficultie. So they were brought vnto the kings house, which was very -great, marueilously wel wrought with stone and brick, and many halles, -parlers, and chambers; but none aboue, but all belowe. So soone as they -were afoote, there was brought from the captaine or iustice of the -towne, whom they doo call Ticoan, a message, bidding them welcome, and -therewith a present, which was great store of capons, hens, teales, -ducks, geese, flesh of four or fiue sorts, fresh fish, wine, and fruits -of diuers sorts, and of so great quantitie that it was sufficient for -two hundreth men. All the which they would haue giuen for a little coole -aire, by reason that it was than very hoat wether; and againe the great -number of people y^t came thether to see them did augment it the more. - -So in the euening the two Spanish souldiers went forth into the streets -to walk abrode, and left the two fryers within their lodging, vnto whom -afterwardes they did giue intelligence of all things that they had -seene, which did cause great admiration: the wall of the towne was very -brode, and wrought with lyme and stone, full of loope holes and watch -towers. And as they passed through the streetes there came foorth of a -house a very honest man as it seemed, who was very well apparelled, and -stayed them, for that in the same house there were certaine dames, -principall personages, that did see them a farre off, and not content -therewith, they did request them with great curtesie for to enter into -the house that they might the better see them: the which they did -straightwaies accomplish, and entring in they were brought into a court, -whereas was set chayres for them to sit downe, and the ladies were there -a little from them beholding them with great honestie and grauitie. Then -a little after they sent them a banket, with marchpanes and sweet meates -made of sugar, which they did eate without any curiositie, and dronke -after the same. The banket being done, they made signes and tokens vnto -them that they receiued great content with their sight, and that they -might depart when y^t their pleasure was; the which they did after y^t -that they had made great curtesies, with thank e for their friendship -receiued of both parts. - -So after they had taken their leaue they went to see a house of pleasure -y^t was hard by y^e town wall, wrought vpon the water, with verie faire -galleries and open lodges for to banket in, made of masons worke, and -therein many tables finely painted, and round about it sesterns of -water wherein was store of fish, and ioyning vnto them tables of very -faire alabaster, all of one stone, and the least of them was of eight -spannes long: and rounde about them were brookes of running water, that -gaue a pleasant sounde in the meane time they were banketting, and nigh -thereunto many gardynes full of all sortes of flowers. And a little from -that place they sawe a bridge all of masons worke, and the stones verie -well wrought and of a mightie biggnesse; they measured some of them that -were twentie and two and twentie foote long and fiue foote brode, and -seemed vnto them that it was a thing impossible to be layde there by -mans handes. Of this bignesse, yea and bigger, they did see layde vppon -manie other bridges, in the discourse of their voyage going to Chincheo -and Aucheo. In this towne they tarried and rested themselues all that -night, marueiling verie much at that which they had seen. The next day -in the morning, when they were vp and readie, they found in the house -all thinges in a readinesse and in verie good order for their departure, -as well their little chayres[19] and horse, as for men to carrie their -stuffe and apparell, which did not a little make them to marueile, how -that euerie one of them with a waster[20] vpon their shoulders, did -diuide their burden in two partes, sixe roues before and sixe roues -behinde, and did trauaile with the same with so great ease and swiftnes -that the horse could not indure with them. They went vnto the Ticoan his -house, he who sent them the present ouer night, to giue him thankes for -his courtesie, and to take their leaue of him. They found him with great -maiestie, but yet gaue them great and good entertainment, and craued -pardon at their hands, if that he did not giue them the entertainement -and courtesie as they deserued. He did likewise put vpon each of them -two peeces of silke, in the same order as the gouernour of Tansuso did. -So when they had surrendred vnto him thankes, they tooke their leaue and -departed from Chincheo, whereas was the Insuanto or gouernor, by whose -order was showed vnto them all the courtesie as you haue hearde. - -[19] A chariot. In "The Squyer of Low Degree," (see Ellis's "Specimens -of Early English Poetry"), occur the lines: - - "To morrow ye shall on hunting fare, - And ride my daughter in a _chare_." - -[20] A waster is more properly a cudgel: it is here evidently used for a -pole. - - - - -CHAP. XV. - - _The Spaniardes doo prosecute their iourney to - Chincheo, and seeth many notable thinges by the way._ - - -From this towne of Tangoa vnto Chincheo, is thirteene leagues, and so -plaine way that it giueth great content to trauaile it. In all the waye, -they could not see one spanne of ground but was tilled and occupied. The -like they doo saye is of all the grounde that is in the whole kingdome: -it is full of people, and the townes one so neere to another, that -almost you can not iudge them to be maine townes, but one; for that -there was but a quarter of a league distant one towne from another, and -it was tolde vnto them, that in all the prouinces of the kingdome, it is -populared in the same order. All their ground they till is watered, -which is the occasion of the fruitefulnesse thereof, so that they doo -gather fruite all the yeare long, and our Spaniardes did see in all -places whereas they came, that they were gathering of rice, some newe -sprung up, some with eares, and some rype. They doo plough and till -their ground with kine, bufalos, and bulles, which are verie tame, and -although they be great, yet be their hornes but of a spanne long, and -turning backwards to the tayle, in such sort that they can not do any -hurt or harme with them; they do gouerne them with a corde, that is made -fast to a ring that is in their nose, and in like sort do they gouerne -the bufanos.[21] They doo feede them commonly in the fieldes of rice, for -that they have no other grasinges, and all the time that they are -feeding, a boy doth ride on euerie one of them to disturbe them, that -they doo no harme therein, but to eate the weedes and grasse that doo -grow in the rice. In this prouince, and all the rest of the fifteene in -that kingdome, they gather much wheate, and excellent good barley, -peese, borona,[22] millo,[23] frysoles,[24] lantesas,[25] chiches,[26] and -other kindes of graines and seedes, whereof is great abundance, and good -cheape. But the chiefest thing that they do gather, and a victuall that -is most vsed amongest them and the borderers there aboutes is rice. - -[21] Misspelt for buffaloes. - -[22] A sort of grain, resembling maize or Indian corn. - -[23] Millet. - -[24] Kidney beans. - -[25] Lentils. - -[26] Dwarf peas. - -All the hie waies are couered with the shadowe of verie faire orchardes, -which do garnish it verie much, and they are planted in verie good -order; and amongest them there are shoppes, whereas is solde all manner -of fruites, to the comfort of all such as doo trauaile by the way, which -is an infinite number, some on foote, some on horsebacke, and others in -little chayres. Their waters by the hie waies are verie good and light, -although the wether, at that time, was verie hoat, especially at noone -time; yet was the water of their welles and fountaynes verie coole. The -same day, when they had trauayled halfe way, they saw a farre off -comming marching towardes them in verye good order, a squadron of -souldiers, which, at the first, caused them to maruaile, and to be a -fraide, till such time as they drewe nigher; it was tolde vnto them, -that it was the Captayne of the Garde vnto the Insuanto, or Gouernour of -Chincheo, who came by his order to receive them, with foure hundred -souldiers, verie well armed with pickes and hargubushes, and well -apparelled. So soone as the captaine came vnto them, he was mounted on a -bay horse, but of small stature, as they, for the most part, bee in all -that prouince, hee alighted, and came vnto the fathers and his -companions (who likewise did alight from their little chayres), and did -salute the one the other with great courtesie. And the captayne tolde -them, how that the gouernour did sende him with those souldiers for to -receive him, and to beare him companie, and howe that hee was in the -citie tarrying their comming, with great desire to see them; and -commaunded that, with all speede possible, they should shorten the way. - -[Sidenote: A thing to keepe away the sunne.] - -[Sidenote: The people of the countrie weare no weapons, but the -souldiers.] - -The captaine came verie well apparelled, with a chayne of golde about -his necke; a man of a good audacitie and vnderstanding. Harde vnto his -stirryp hee had a page that went with him, and carried a great tira sol, -made of silke, that did shadowe him all over. The bunnett that this -captaine did weare, was like vnto them that before they had seene others -weare; hee had before him great musicke of trompets and hoybuckes, -whereon they played in great concorde. This captaine, with his foure -hundreth souldiers, did continually garde them, till they came vnto the -citie of Chincheo, and never departed from them a iot; the which was -done more for pompe, and to showe their maiestie, then of necessitie; -for that although the people are infinite and without number, yet do -they weare no weapons, for that they are commanded by the lawe of the -countrie to the contrarie, vpon paine of death, of what state or degree -soever he be; but onely the souldiers, such as are in euery towne for -the garde thereof, and the garrisons that the king hath continually -readie to come foorth, when that any occasion shall serue. - -In this hie way continually, there went and came manye packe horses, -laden with marchandice and other thinges; but the most parts of them -were mules. The hie wayes are verie brode, that twentie men may ride -together on a ranke, and one not hinder an other, and are all paued with -great stones, and they say that the wayes throughout all the other -prouinces be in the same order, and was done by a king of that countrie, -who spent vpon the same a great part of his treasure. And it seemeth to -be true, for that our Spaniards trauelling in that countrie, ouer high -and mightie mountaines, yet did they finde the waies plaine, in such -sort as hath been told you. - - - - -CHAP. XVI. - - _Our Spaniardes arived at the citie of Chincheo, - whereas they were received and lodged, and what they - sawe in that citie._ - - -[Sidenote: Chincheo hath seuentie thousand housholds.] - -[Sidenote: A thousand ships in one riuer.] - -Vpon a Saterday, being the eleuenth of July, came our Spaniards vnto the -citie of Chincheo, four houres before it was night. This citie is of the -common sorte in that kingdome, and may haue seuentie thousande -householdes. It is of great traficke, and well prouided of all things, -for that the sea is but two leagues from it: it hath a mightie riuer -running alongest by it, downe into the sea, by which is brought by water -and carried downe all kinde of marchandice. There is a bridge ouer the -sayde riuer, which is supposed to bee the fayrest that is in all the -worlde; it hath a drawe bridge to serue in time of warres, or for any -other necessitie: the bridge is eight hundreth paces long, and all -wrought with stones of two and twentie foote long, and five foote -broade, a thing greatly to bee marueiled at. At the entrie thereof, -there were manie armed souldiers readie to fight, who, when they came -within hargubush-shoote, did salute them in verie good order. There was -nigh vnto the sayde bridge, in the riuer, riding at an anker, more than -a thousande shippes of all sortes, and so great a number of boates and -barkes, that all the riuer was couered, and euerie one full of people, -that had entred into them for to see the Castillas, for so they did call -the Spaniardes in that countrie, for the streetes in the suburbes nor in -the citie could not hold them, the number was so great; yet their -streets are as broade as our ordinarie streetes in anye citie in all -Spaine. - -[Sidenote: They haue no vse of castles.] - -[Sidenote: Earth quake in this countrey.] - -This citie is compassed with a strong wall, made of stone, and is seuen -fadam hie, and foure fadam broade, and vpon the gates many towers, -wherein is placed their artilerie, which is all their strength, for that -they doo not vse in their kingdome strong castels as they doo in Europe. -The houses of the citie are all built after one sorte and fashion, but -faire, and not verie hie, by reason of the earth quakes, which are -ordinarily in that countrie. - -[Sidenote: Rich marchandice.] - -[Sidenote: Triumphant arches.] - -All the streetes (but especially that wherein they passed at their -comming thether), have, on the one side and on the other, sheddes, vnder -the which are shoppes, full of riche marchandice, and of great value, -and verie curious. They have, in equal distance the one from the other, -many triumphant arches, which doo set out the streetes verie much, and -is vsed in euerie principall streete thoroughout all the kingdome, in -the which they have excellent market-places, whereas is to bee bought -all things that you will desire to be eaten, as well of fish as of -fleshe, fruites, herbes, comfits, conserues, and all thinges so good -cheape, that it is almost bought for nothing. - -Their victualles are verie good, and of great substance; their hogges -flesh, whereon they doo feede much, is so holsome and good as the mutton -in Spaine. The fruites that wee did see, some were like vnto them we -haue in Spaine and others neuer the like seene by vs afore, but of an -excellent taste and sauour. But in especiall one kinde of fruite, which -is bigger than a muske million, but of the same fashion, but of -maruellous, excellent, and precious victuall, and pleasant to be eaten; -a kinde of plummes, that is of a gallant taste, and neuer hurteth anie -bodie, although they eate neuer so manie, a thing prooued by our -Spaniardes manie times. The streete that they came in at was so full of -people, that if a graine of wheate had beene throwne amongst them, it -would scarce haue fallen to the grounde, and although they were carried -in little chayres, vpon men's backes, and the captaine (of whom we -speake of) before them making way, yet were they a great while before -they could passe the streete, and be brought vnto a great house, which -was a couent, wherein dwelt religious men of that countrie: thether they -were brought and lodged, beeing verie wearie of the presse of people, -that did trouble them verie much, with desire to take their ease. - - - - -CHAP. XVII. - - _The gouernor of Chincheo doth call the Spaniards - before him, and sheweth vnto them the ceremonies that - they must vse to have audience._ - - -The same day that they came into the cittie (as aforesaide), was a good -while before night, with more desire to take rest, and ease themselues -of their iourney, and of the trauell they had in the streets, by reason -of the great number of people that came to see them, then to make any -visitation that night; but the Insuanto, or gouernor of the cittie, did -send, and commanded that forthwith they shoulde go vnto his house, for -that hee had great desire to see them, the which they did more for -necessitie of the time, then for any good will. They went forth from -their lodging on foote, whether it was for that the gouernor's house was -neere hande, or else per-adventure at his commandment, which they could -not well understande, but did as the captaine that guarded them did -commande. In the midst of the streete, wheras was no lesse number of -people then in the other wherby they entred into the citie, they met -with a loytia that came to entertain them with great maiestie, and had -carried before him manie banners, mase bearers, and tipstaves, and -others which carried settes or whips, which they did traile after them, -made fast vnto long stickes, which were the executioners, the which doo -go alwayes making of way, parting the people before the loytias, as you -haue hearde. The maiestie and company wherewith he came was so great, -that they verely did beleeue him to be the Insuanto: but being -certified, they vnderstoode that it was one of his counsailers that came -from the gouernor's home to his own house, which was in the same street -whereas hee met with them. This counsailor was carried in a chaire of -ivory, garnished with gold and with curtines of cloth of gold, and on -them the king's arms, which are certaine serpents knotted togither (as -hath beane tolde you). But when he came right against the Spaniards, -without any staying, he made a signe with his head, and commanded that -they should returne backe againe vnto his house, which was hard by; the -captains did straightways obey his commandment, and returned with them. -The counsailor entred into his house, which was verie faire; he had in -it a faire court, and therein a gallant fountaine and a garden. After -him entred the Spaniards all alone, the rest remained without in the -street at the loytia's commandment. He entertained them with verie good -words of semblance, and said in conclusion that they were welcome into -that kingdome, with many other wordes of curtesie: vnto the which they -answered with the same curtesie, with signes and by their interpreter -that they carried with them. This loytia commaunded a banquet to bee -brought foorth, and wine to drinke. He began first both to eate and -drinke. Then hee commanded to call in the captaine, vnto whome was -giuen the charge to beare them companie, and did chide with him verie -sharpely and seuerely, because he did carrie them on foote (they coulde -not vnderstande whether it were doone for a policie or of a trueth, -although the effectes wherewith hee did chide seemed of a trueth); hee -straightwayes commanded two rich chayres to bee brought foorth for to -carrie the fathers, and to giue vnto their companions horses; the which -being done he willed them to go and visite the gouernor, who did tary -their comming, and that another time at more leasure he would see and -visite them. - -They followed their way all alongst the streete, which seemed vnto them -to be more fairer then the other wherein they entered, and of more -fairer houses and triumphant arkes; and also the shoppes that were on -the one side and on the other, to bee better furnished with richer -thinges then the others, in so ample sort, that what therewith, as also -the great number of people which they sawe, they were so amased, that -they were as people from themselues, thinking it to be a dreame. To -conclude, after they had gone a good while in that streete, delighting -their eies with newe thinges neuer seene of them before, they came into -a great place whereas were many souldiers in good order with their -hargabushes, pickes, and other armour in a redinesse, apparelled all in -a liuerie of silke with their ancients displayed. At the end of this -place was there a very faire and sumpteous pallace, the gate was wrought -of mason's worke of stone, very great and full of figures or personages, -and aboue it a great window with an iron grate al guilt; they were -carried within the gates, the souldiers and the people, which were -without number, remained without and coulde not be auoyded but with -great difficultie. When they were within the first court, there came -forth a man very well apparelled and of authoritie, and made signes with -his hande unto them that brought the Spaniards, that they should carrie -them into a hal that was vpon the right hand, the which was -straightwayes done. The hall was very great and faire, and at the end -ther of there was an altar, whereon was many idols, and all did differ -the one from the other in their fashion; the altar was rich and very -curiously trimmed with burning lampes; the aultar cloth was of cloth of -gold and the fruntlet of the same. - -After a while that they had beene there whereas the idols were, there -came a seruant from the gouernor, and said vnto them in his behalfe, -that they should sende vnto him the interpreter, for that hee woulde -talke with him, and tell him some things that they ought to obserue if -they would haue any audience of him; they straightwayes commanded him to -go. And the gouernor said vnto him that hee should aduise the fathers -and the rest of his companions, that if they would talke and treate of -such businesse as they came for, that it must be done with the same -ceremonie and respect as the nobles of that prouince do vse to talke -with him, which is vppon their knees (as afterwards they did see manie -times vsed); if not that they shoulde depart vnto the house whereas they -were lodged, and there to tarrie the order that shoulde bee sent from -the vizroy of Aucheo. The Spaniards, when they hearde this message, -there was amongst them diuers iudgementes and opinions, striuing amongst -themselues a good while; but yet in conclusion, the religious fathers -whome the gouernour of the ilandes had ordeined and sent as principalles -in this matter, and whose iudgemente they shoulde followe, saide that -they ought to accept the condition, seeing that by no other meanes they -coulde not come vnto that they pretended, and not to leaue it off for -matters of small importance, for that therein they make no offence vnto -God, and it may bee a meane vnto the conuerting of that mightie -kingdome, whome the divell maketh reckoning to bee his owne, and not -nowe to leaue it off, but rather to procure all meanes that may be, as -they had began to do; and seeing that it is no offence vnto God, as -aforesaide, neither sent as ambassadors from the king of Spaine, I doo -not know to the contrarie, but that we may consent vnto the will of the -Insuant, and in especiall being a thing so commonly vsed in that -countrie. This opinion and iudgement was followed, although the -souldiers that were with them were of a contrarie opinion. So they sent -answere vnto the gouernor with the said interpreter, that they will -observe their accustomed ceremonies and will do all that he will -commande them according vnto the custome of the countrie: otherwise they -could not be permitted to intreat of such things, wherefore they came -thither from farre countries and with so great travell. - - - - -CHAP. XVIII. - - _The Spaniards haue a louing and fauorable audience of - the gouernor of Chincheo, to whom they do giue the - letters they brought from the Ilands Philippinas._ - - -[Sidenote: Great maiestie.] - -When that the Insuanto understood that the Spaniards woulde enter with -the reuerence accustomed, and in such order as was declared vnto them, -hee straightwaies commanded that they should come into the hall whereas -he was, which was a thing to be seene, as well for the bignes as for the -riches that was in it, the which I do let passe because I would not be -tedious. The Spaniards were carried foorth out of that hall whereas they -were first, and after that they had passed the court whereas they came -in, they entred into another hall as bigge as the first, whereas were -many souldiers with their weapons in their hands, in verie good order -and richly apparelled, and next vnto them were many tipstaves and -sergeants, with different ensignes or badges, all apparelled with long -robes of silke, garded and embroidered with gold, and euery one of them -had a helme on his heade, some of siluer and other some of tynne guilt -ouer, which was a gallant thing to see; all had long haire and dyed -yealow, which hong downe behind their eares vpon their backes; they were -placed in very good order, and made a lane that the Spaniards might -passe thorough: then they came into a gallerie, which was ioyning vnto a -chamber where the gouernor was, and there they heard such a noise of -instruments of diuerse sorts, which indured a good while, and was of so -great melodie that it seemed vnto them that they neuer before heard the -like, which caused vnto them great admiration to see so great maiestie -amongst gentiles. When the musicke was ended they entered into the hall -aforesaid, and had not gone many steps, when as they met with the -counsailer that met with them in the streete aforesaid, and with him -other two of his companions, all on foote and bare headed before the -gouernor, and their ensignes of maiestie left off: which is generally -vsed in all the kingdome, the inferior to make anie shewe when that hee -is before his superior. Then they made signes vnto them for to kneele -downe, for that the Insuanto was nigh at hande in a rich tower, vnder a -canopie of great riches, and did represent so great maiestie as the king -himselfe: he did entertaine them with tokens of great loue and -humanitie, and tolde them by their interpreter that they were verie well -welcome, and that he did greatly reioyce to see them, with many other -words of great favour. This gouernor was a man of goodly person, well -fauored, and of a merrie countenance, more then any that they had seene -in all that countrie. He caused to be put upon the shoulders of the -fathers and of the souldiers that were with him, euery one of them, two -peeces of silke, which was crossed about them like skarfes, and likewise -to either of them a branch of siluer: the like curtesie he did vnto the -captaine Omoncon and vnto Sinsay, and commanded to give vnto all their -seruants euery one of them a mantle of cotton painted. This ceremonie is -vsed in that kingdome vnto al captaines and other men that haue done -some valiant exploit (as we haue tolde you before). This being doone, -the fathers did giue vnto him the letters which they carryed from the -gouernor and generall of the fielde, and a note of the present that was -sent him, crauing pardon for that it was so smal, but time and -oportunitie would not serue as then to sende vnto him a thing of greater -price and valor; certifying him, that if the friendship which they -pretended did go forwards, and come to be established, that then all -things should be amended and amplified. He answered vnto their profers -with words of great fauor, and made signes vnto them to arise and to go -and take their rests there whereas they were lodged; the which they did, -and founde all thinges in verie good order and well furnished, as well -of beddes as all other necessaries, which was done by the commandement -of the gouernour. Before they departed out of the pallace, the captaine -of the guard did carrie them vnto his lodging, which was within the -court, and there he made them a banquet with conserues, and fruits in -abundance: the which being doone, hee and other gentlemen of the pallace -did beare them companie vntill they came to their lodgings, which they -greatly desired, for that they were wery of their iourney, and also with -the trouble of the great presse of people that pressed on them in the -streets and otherwise for to see them: the which captaine of the guard -did appoint a company of souldiers for to gard them both night and day, -the which was done more for maiesty then for necessitie or securitie of -their persons. They had a steward appointed to prouide them and all -their company of all thinges necessarie, and that in abundance, and not -to take of them any thing, which was giuen by particular commandement by -the gouernour. - - - - -CHAP. XIX. - - _The Spaniards are visited by the principals of - Chincheo; the gouernor did send for Pedro de Sarmiento - and Myguel de Coarcha, and giueth them particular - audience, and doth wel informe himselfe of all things - touching Limahon the rouer._ - - -[Sidenote: He offered 500 shippes of warre.] - -[Sidenote: Note the Spaniards insolencie.] - -The next day following, which was Sunday the twelfth of July, many of -the gentlemen of the cittie did go vnto the Spaniards to visite them, -vsing many ceremonies according to their custome with fauorable words, -promising to performe it in deeds, when and as neede did so require; and -such as could not go themselues did send their seruants, bidding them -welcome and to knowe of their good healthes, and howe they did like of -their citties and country. The Spaniards did make answere, and gratified -them all, as well those that came in person as the other that sent their -seruants; in the which visitation they spent all the whole day, hauing -great admyration to see the good behauiour, nurture, and gallant -demeanure of those gentlemen, and the great discreation they had in the -demanding of anie thing they would knowe, as also in their answers made -to our requests. The next day the Insuanto sent a commandement wherein -he willed two fathers to remaine in their lodgings and take their ease, -but the two souldiers, Pedro Sarmiento and Miguel de Loarcha, should -come and speake with him, and that they should bring with them their -interpreter, for that hee had one there with him who was a Chino, and -vnderstood the language of the Philippinas, but so badly that they -coulde not by his interpretation talke of any matter of importance. So -when they came thither, they were brought whereas hee was, but with -lesse ceremony then on the first day, but yet they found him with the -like maiestie as before. He asked of them how the fathers did, and they -themselues, and if they were refreshed of the travell in the iourney, -and howe they did like of the countrie, and other things which did -demonstrate great affabilitie. Being by them satisfied of his demands, -he requested them to declare vnto him the whole circumstance of the -comming of Limahon the rouer vnto the ilands, and how the Spaniards -dealt with him; that although hee had beene informed particularly in all -thinges by the captaine Omoncon and Sinsay, yet he was in a ielousie -that they tolde him not the trueth. Hee was nothing deceiued in that hee -suspected, for after that our souldiers had made a true relation of the -comming of the rouer vnto Manilla, and of all the rest as you have heard -in the discourse thereof in this booke, he found that they differed very -much the one from the other, for that they did attribute it wholly vnto -themselves to get honor and benefite: but the Insuanto, like a wise man, -straightwayes vnderstood their pretence. But when that he perceiued that -Limahon was neither dead nor prisoner, but only besieged, he offered -vnto them that if they would returne againe vnto Pagansinan vpon him -whereas he was, hee would giue vnto them fiue hundred ships of warre, -with people sufficient to serue both by sea and lande, and more if they -would request. They answered him, that all such cost and labour were but -in vaine, for that the generall of the fielde who hath him in siege, -with the people and ships that he hath, are sufficient to ende that -enterprise, and to send him hither alive or deade, and that long before -that their fleete should come thither. And besides this, their ilands -were poore of victuals, and could not sustaine so great an armie many -dayes. Being satisfied with these reasons, he gaue place that the -interpreter which they brought should come in where as they were, for -hee remained at the doore without, for that he would be fully certified -to auoid the suspitious doubt he had before he come in presence, yet he -did help them very much. So when their interpreter was come in, the -Spaniards seeing good occasion and opportunitie for to declare that -which passed the day before betwixt them and the fathers, touching the -speaking vnto him on their knees: and seeing as it seemed vnto them that -he was at that time in a good mind for to heare them, they did vtter -vnto him all the whole contention; after that they had declared many -reasons of great consideration, to giue them to vnderstand that it was -not conuenient to do it, but especially to religious men, who were there -as principals ouer the rest, vnto whom the king of Spaine (their lord) -himselfe both stand on foote, when as they do intreat of any matter, -although it be but of small importance; for that they are priests and -ministers of God, whom he doth worship and reuerence. - -The Insuanto with a merry countenance did answere them, that vnto that -time he vnderstood no more of them then in that he was informed by the -captaine Omoncon, and did not acknowledge them to be any other but -Castillas; without knowing wherefore they came, nor from whom, for lacke -of the letters sent from their gouernor and generall of the fielde the -first time that he spake with them; neither had he any knowledge of the -custome of their countrie, yet, notwithstanding that which hath passed -heere, without any exception of person, if they would take it in good -part, in that which is to come shall be amended: and from that day -forwards, at al times whensoeuer it were their pleasure to come of -themselues, or at such time as they were sent for, for to talke with him -as they doo vse in Castilla or Spaine, vnto such of their dignitie and -vocation, the which he granted with a very good will; although hee [did] -not grant vnto any that preheminence, no not vnto a vizroy, except he -were an ambassador sent from some king. With this resolution, and with -many other good wordes they tooke their leaue of him, and went ioyfull -and content vnto their lodgings, wheras they found the friers wearie -with entertaining of such as did visite them, and with great desire to -see them, to knowe wherefore the Insuanto did send for them, with whome -they had beene so long time. But after that they vnderstoode the effect -of the whole, and how that the gouernor did permit that they should -talke with him after their owne fashion, they were maruellously glad -thereof, and had a very good hope to conclude their pretence, wherefore -they went, and praised God for the good successe of that which they -pretended. - - - - -CHAP. XX. - - _The gouernor doth banquet the Spaniards, and - afterwards make all thinges in a redinesse for to go - vnto Aucheo, whereas the vizroy tarieth their - comming._ - - -The next day following the gouernor called a gentleman of his house vnto -him, and commanded him to go and visite the Spaniards, and to informe -himselfe of them if that they lacked any thing, as well in their -victuals as in their lodgings, and to know if they did require any thing -particular to themselues to aduise him therof, and he would furnish them -forthwith for the loue that hee bare vnto them, for their good -contractation, and for the great seruice that they had done vnto the -king in the businesse of Limahon. And also that he should in his name -inuite them for the next day folowing to dine with him in his house. -This gentleman went vnto them and accomplished his message, and the -Spaniards answered, kissing his hande for the great care hee had of -them, saying that they were furnished in all thinges aboundantly (as in -trueth they were), and how they were maruellously well lodged, cheered, -and lacked nothing, and that the great care hee had of them was -agreeable vnto the hope they had of his good presence and gentlenesse, -accepting the inuiting for the next day, the which was giuen them, and -accomplished in this forme following. - -The next day when they went vnto the pallace, which was at dinner time, -they were caried into a hall that was below in the second court, whereas -were many chaires of velvet and tables that were painted with their -frontals before; they had no table clothes on them, for that they doo -not vse any in that countrie, as hath beene told you in the first part -of this historie, neither is it needfull for their manner of feeding. In -the first chaires they caused the friers to sit downe, euery one at a -table by himselfe, and each of them other sixe tables, placed in order, -compassing rounde like a circle; then were the Spanish souldiers set in -the same manner, and each of them had fiue tables, and next vnto them -the captaine of the guard belonging vnto the gouernor, and two other -captaines, and euerie one of them had three tables; for that it is the -custome of that countrie to make a difference in the qualitie of the -guests by the number of the tables. All these were placed in circle or -compasse (as aforesaide) that they might see one another. In the midest -betwixt them there was a round compasse whereas was represented a -comedie with much pastime, and indured all the dinner time, and a good -while after. There was also great store of verie good and excellent -musicke, accompanied with gallant voyces, also iesters, with puppets and -other thinges of great pastime, to drive the time away. - -On the first table was set, to euery one of the guestes, little baskets -wrought with golde and siluer wyre, full of sweete meates made of sugar, -as marchpanes, castels, pitchers, pots, dishes, dogges, bulles, -elephants, and other things verie curious, and all guilt: besides this -there were many dishes full of flesh, as capons, hennes, geese, teales, -gamons of bacon, peeces of beef, and other sortes of flesh wherewith all -the tables were replenished, sauing that whereat they did sit to dine, -which was replenished with victuals that was dressed (for all the other -was rawe), and was of so great aboundance that there was at times more -than fiftie dishes, and they were serued with great curiositie. They had -wine of diuers sorts, and of that which they doo make in that countrie -of the palme tree, but of so great excellencie, that they founde no -lacke of that which was made of grapes. The dinner endured foure houres, -and according vnto the aboundance and diuersitie they had in victuals, -it might have indured eight houres, for it was in so good order that it -might haue beene giuen vnto any prince in the world. - -Their seruants and slaues that they brought with them at the same time, -did dine in another hal nigh vnto the same, with so great abundance as -their masters. When dinner was done, the gouernor commanded the people -to come vnto him, with whom he did talke and comon with great friendship -and good conuersation, and would not consent that they shoulde kneele -downe, neither to bee bare headed. So after that hee had made vnto them -tokens of friendshippe, and detained them a while in demaunding of many -thinges, lastly he told them that there was an order come from the -vizroy of Aucheo, that they shuld go thither with great speede, so that -it did require that they shoulde depart the next day following, for the -which they were veri glad and ioyfull, for that they had great desire -the one to see the other; and againe with him they might treate and -comon touching their comming into that countrie, and for what intent, -and for all other things needful, for that he was a man fit for their -purpose, and one wellbeloved of the king. So hee tooke his leaue of vs -with great friendship and curtesie, who did surrender the same after our -custome, putting of our cappes, and making reuerence, for the which hee -made shewe that it greatly contented him. - -At their going foorth out of the hall they found the captaine that did -dine with them, and with him many other gentlemen that tarried their -comming for to beare them company vnto their lodging; going before them -many seruants, that did carie the raw meate that was vpon the other -tables ouer and aboue that which they did eate on, the which was done -for great maiestie, and a ceremony verie much vsed in that kingdom, so -many times as they do make any banquet. - -So when they came vnto their lodging they founde that the Insuanto had -sent them a very good present, in the which was for euery one of them -four peeces of silke, and counting chestes with other thinges, and -certaine painted mantels for the seruants and slaues. So after they had -taken their leaue of the captaines and gentlemen that did beare them -companie home, they beganne with great ioy to put all thinges in order -for their iourney the next day following. - - - - -CHAP. XXI. - - _The Spaniards departe from the citie of Chincheo, and - commeth to that of Aucheo, whereas the vizroy did - tarrie their comming._ - - -The next day in the morning, before that the Spaniards were stirring, -there was within the house all thinges necessary for their iourney, as -well of little chaires as of horses and men for to carrie them and their -stuffe, the which they did with so good a will (as aforesaid) that they -did fall out and striue amongst themselues who should be the first that -should receiue their burthen. So all things being in good order they -departed, hauing in their companie the same captaine and souldiers, that -vnto that time had beene their guard, vntil they came vnto the cittie of -Aucheo whereas the vizroy was. This iourney was vnto them ioyfull, as -well for to entreate of matters touching their comming, and to be -resolued what they shuld do, as also to depart out of Chincheo whereas -they passed much trouble, by reason of the great number of people that -came for to see them, who neuer would be satisfied, and y^t was in such -extremity that some dayes at tenne of the clocke in the night the -streetes round about their lodging were full of people, and onely to see -them, which caused great trouble and heate with their rumor and presse -amongst them. This day, by reason they vnderstood that they should -depart, the prease and multitude of the people was so great, that -although they had tip staues before them to beate the people away and to -make roome, yet was it almost night before they could get out of the -citie, so that they were constrained to remaine in a towne there hard by -all night, where as by the commandement of the gouernour they were verie -well lodged, and their supper made readie in verie good order, as it was -in seauen dayes together, till such time as they came vnto Aucheo, -without taking for the same, or for anie other thing necessarie for -their sustentation, anie price or value. There went continuallie before -them a post with a prouision from the gouernour, written in a great -borde wherein was declared who they were and from whence they came, and -commanding that there should bee prouided for them all things necessarie -in abundance, vppon the king's cost, which was the occasion that so much -people came for to see them, that in the high waies they were many times -disturbed; so with great trouble, the thirde day they came vnto a citie -which was called Megoa,[27] which was sometimes the head gouernement, the -which was of fortie thousand housholds, but a great part thereof was -dispeopled; the occasion thereof they told vs (and was), that about -thirtie yeares past the Iaponese, who brought for their guides three -Chinos, who doo nowe dwell in Manilla and are become Christians, and -came vpon that cittie (to reuenge themselues of an iniurie that was done -vnto them), the which they put in execution with so great secrecie and -policie, that they made themselues lords of the citie without any -daunger or hurt vnto themselues; for that fiftie Iapones, men fit for -that purpose, did apparell themselues in Chinos apparell without being -knowne, and came vnto a gate of the cittie, whereas the souldiers that -had the charge thereof were voide of all suspition of any enimies that -woulde come, which was the occasion that their armor and weapon was not -all in a redinesse. And within a little while after that followed two -thousand, that did disembarke themselues in a secreat and vnknowne -place, and came in verie secret order because they would not be -discouered, and did beset that gate of the cittie whereas their -companions were which they sent before; who so soone as they saw them -nigh at hande, drewe out their weapons the which they caried hid vnder -their apparell, and set vpon the souldiers (that were voide of feare and -vnarmed) with so great furie and force that they being amazed were -easilie slaine, so that they were lords of the gate, whereas they left -verie good guard, and followed their victorie and made themselues lordes -of the cittie without any daunger vnto their persons, and did possesse -the same certaine dayes, and did sacke the same in spite of them all, -with great harme and losse vnto the inhabitants thereof, vntill such -time as the vizroy of Aucheo did leuie an armie togither of three score -and tenne thousande men, and went vpon them with courage for to be -reuenged on the iniurie receiued with the death of all the Iapones; but -they seeing that they coulde not defend themselues against so manie, in -one night they left the cittie and went vnto their shippes, whereas they -had left them in verie good order, and carried with them the spoile of -the cittie, leauing it beaten downe and dispopulared the greater part -thereof, in which sort the Spaniards founde it, and the iniurie receiued -so fresh in their minds as though it had beene doone the day before. - -[27] Hing-hoa. - -In this citie they were lodged in the king's house, the which was of -verie great and faire buildings; there was giuen them to dine and suppe -in very good order, and with aboundance. So soon as they came thither, -the friers remained in their lodgings, but Pedro Sarmiento and Miguel -de Loarcha went to visite the gouernor, vsing the Spanish curtesie with -him, and he receiued them with great ioy and curtesie. After they had -taken their leaue and returned vnto their lodgings, the gouernor sent to -visite them El Tyu, who is the auncientest of his counsaile, who was -with them a good while verie friendly, and offered his seruice in all -thinges that were needfull, and so departed to his house maruellously -well accompanied. - -The gouernor sent vnto the two souldiers that went to visite him, ech of -them two peeces of silke. - -At their departure from this cittie, trauelling towards Aucheo, they -passed ouer a mightie great ryuer, by a bridge all made of stone, the -goodliest and greateste that euer they had seene, whose greatness did -cause wonderful admiration, so that they stayed and did measure it from -one end to another, that it might be put amongst the wonders of that -country, which they tooke a note of. They found that it was one thousand -and three hundred foote long, and that the least stone wherewith it was -built was of seuenteene foote, and many of two and twentie foote long -and eight foote broad, and seemed vnto them a thing impossible to be -brought thither by man's art, for that all round about so farre as they -could see was plaine ground without any mountaines; by which they iudged -them to be brought from farre. When they were passed that bridge, they -trauelled al the rest of the day till night vpon a causie that was very -broad and plaine, and on both sides many victualling houses, and the -fieldes sowed with rice, wheate, and other seeds; and so full of people -as in the streetes of a good towne or cittie. - -So when they came into the suburbes of the citie of Aucheo, they founde -order and commandement from the vizroy what should be done, as more at -large shalbe declared vnto you in the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XXII. - - _The entrie of the Spaniards into the cittie of - Aucheo, and how the vizroy did entertaine and receiue - them._ - - -After they had travelled more then halfe a league in the suburbs of the -cittie of Aucheo, they met with a post that came from the vizroy, who -brought order that they should remaine in a house that was appointed for -them in the said suburbs, and there to be lodged for that night, for -that it was late and they could not come vnto the house appointed in the -cittie for them, or else peraduenture to giue content vnto many that had -great desire to see those strangers, for that they must passe thorough -the cittie, and better to bee seene in the day then in the night. So -soone as they were alighted, there came a gentleman to visite them, sent -from the vizroy to bidde them welcome, and to know howe they did with -their iourney, and also to see that they were well prouided for that -night of all things necessarie, and that in aboundance. After all the -which being done, he told them that the viceroy did verie much reioyce -of their comming; and for that it was late, and the cittie farre off, it -was his pleasure that they shoulde bee lodged that night in the suburbes -vntill the next day, then will he giue order that they may enter into -the cittie with the authoritie conuenient vnto their persons. After this -gentleman came other captaines to visite them, and brought with them -great store of conserues, wine, and fruit; which is a common custome -amongst them when that they go in the like visitation, and it is carried -by their seruants in little baskets very curiously wrought, or else in -barrels made of earth all guilt. Within two houres after their comming -thither, there came another messenger from the vizroy, with many men -laden with capons, hens, geese, teales, gamons of bacon, and conserues -of diuers sorts, and of great abundance, sufficient for one hundreth men -to sup that night and for their dinner the next day. - -The next day in the morning very early, there came much people vnto -their lodging, sent by the vizroy, and brought with them two rich -chaires for to carrie the fathers in, and the curtines tied up that they -might the better be seene, and for their companions verie good horses, -sadled after the fashion which they doo vse. They forthwith made haste -for to depart, and although they made great speed, yet were they a good -houre and a halfe before they coulde come vnto the gates of the citie, -and seemed vnto them that they had trauelled two leagues in the -suburbes; the which was so well peopled, so faire houses, and many -shoppes full of merchandise, that if it had not beene told them, they -would not haue beleeued it to be the suburbes but the cittie it selfe. - -Before they came vnto the gates, they passed a mightie riuer three -times, ouer bridges that were great and verie faire, and the riuer so -deepe that great shippes came vp the same, but their mastes stooping -downe to passe vnder the bridges. This cittie is the richest and the -best prouided that is in all the kingdome; it is the heade cittie of all -the prouince, verie rich and fertill, and manie townes belonging vnto -it, and but eight leagues from the sea, and hath mightie riuers wherein -great shippes come vp to it as aforesaide. At the enterie of the citie -they founde many gentlemen that were there at the gate tarrying their -comming, who after they had saluted the one the other after their -fashions, without anie staying they trauelled forwards on, thorough a -great and broad street that went directlie vnto the vizroy his pallace; -vpon both sides of the streete, from the gate forwards, was placed one -by another full of souldiers with their officers and ancient, euerie one -with his weapon in his hands, as pickes, hargabuses, swords and target, -all apparelled in one liverie of silke, and a bunch of fethers vppon -their crestes. They all stoode still and kept their places, and would -not consent that any should crosse the way in the streete, whereas they -went accompanied with the gentlemen. - -They had no leasure to tell the souldiers; but they sawe that from the -gate vntil they came vnto the vizroye's pallace on both sides, which was -a good way, to be full of them, and all richly apparelled and of one -colour. The people that were at the windowes and in the streete, betwixt -the houses and the soldiers, were so great a number that it seemed to -bee doomes day, and that all the people in the worlde were there ioyned -together in that streete. - -So when they came vnto the pallace, which was two houres after day, the -gentlemen that were their guides did cause the Spaniardes to enter into -a roome which was hard by, till such time as the gate was open, for that -it is open but once a day, and so continue no longer time then the -audience endureth, which is done by the uiceroy once euerie day, and -that is but a small time. But first before he doth enter into audience, -there is shot off foure peeces of artilerie, with a great noyse of -trompettes, drommes, and waites; and there is no day that passeth -without audience, as our people did see by experience so long as they -were there, and were likewise informed of others. The houre being come, -and the ceremony doone as aforesaide, the gates were opened, and there -was in the court many souldiers apparelled in the same liuerie that -those were of in the streete. - -From the middest amongst them came forth a gentleman, who was, as it was -told them, the captaine of the garde of the viceroy, who came with great -grauitie and authoritie towards the place whereas our people were, and -after they had saluted the one the other, he made signes vnto them that -they should go towardes the gates of the pallace. When they were within -the first court, the which was great and wrought with mightie pillers, -there was a great number of souldiers, and many sergeants that entred -into an other great covrt, and mounted vp a paire of stayres that was on -the one side, whereas all the people were with great silence, sauing the -captaine of the garde, who went with our people till they came to the -gates of the hall whereas was the viceroy, at which gate he staied with -his head discouered, and made signes vnto ours that they should doo the -like, and to tarrie there till such time as hee had aduised the viceroy -of their comming, and he to command them to enter. - - - - -CHAP. XXIII. - - _The Spaniardes haue audience of the viceroy of - Aucheo, and are visited of some of the principall - officers, who declare vnto them certaine thinges of - that citie._ - - -Then straightwayes came foorth of the hall a man apparelled in a long -robe, of good personage, and asked of the Spaniards if they would speake -with the viceroy, and they answered, yea: then asked he again from whom -they came and by whom they were sent; they answered y^t they were sent -by the gouernor of Philippinas, who was seruant vnto the mightiest king -in all Christendome. When he had this answere he returned againe into -the hall, and within a little while after he came forth and bad them -come in, but gaue them to vnderstand that in entring into the hall -wheras the viceroy was y^t they should kneele downe, and talke with him -in that order till he commanded to the contrarie; if they would vse this -ceremony that then they should come in, if not that they shold returne -back againe. They who were certified thereof by the gouernor of Chincheo -did not stand therein, but saide y^t they would observe the order giuen -vnto them. Therewith he went in, who seemed to be the master of -ceremonies, making a signe that they should follow after him and doo -that which he willed them to do. - -At the entring in at the doore they stayed a little, and then kneeled -downe right oueragainst there whereas the uiceroye sate in a chaire -verie high like vnto a throne, with a table before him, and was in so -darke a place that almost they coulde not see his face verie well. On -the one side of him there were some like unto heraldes of armes, with -sceptres in their handes, and on the other side two men of a gallant -comlinesse armed with corselets made of skales of golde downe to the -cafe of their legges, with bowes in their handes of golde, and quiuers -at their backes of the same. Both the one and the other were vpon their -knees. There was vpon the table before him paper and all thinges -necessarie to write, which is an ordinarie vse amongest them at all -times when there is anye publike audience, and on the one side of the -borde a lion made of blacke woode, which was (as after they vnderstoode) -the armes of that prouince. So straightwayes he made signes unto them to -drawe neare, which they did, and kneeled downe a little from the table -which was whereas the master of ceremonies did will them. In this sort -they beganne to talke with him by their interpreter, and tolde them the -occasion of their comming into that citie and kingdome, and from whom -and vnto whome they were sent. But hee made signes vnto them that they -should arise, the which they did with a verye good will, and did -perseuer in their intent. But the uiceroye did cut them off before they -coulde make an ende, and asked if they had brought any letter from their -king vnto the king his lorde, whome they would goe to see and talke -with? but when they answered no, hee straightwayes took his leaue of -them, saying that they were welcome, and that they should depart vnto -their lodginges and to take their ease, for that afterwardes they should -haue occasion to declare their minds vnto him, and hee would giue them -their answere, for that the king was farre of, and it requireth a long -time to come whereas he is, but he would write vnto him, and according -vnto his commandement he would make them answere. And therwith he tooke -the letter, and the memoriall of the present, and commanded in his -presence to put about the neckes of the friers, in manner of a scarfe, -to eyther of them sixe peeces of silke, and vnto the souldiers their -companions, and vnto Omoncon and Sinsay, each of them foure peeces, and -to euerye one of their seruantes two a peece, and to giue vnto the two -fryers and the souldiers, Omoncon and Sinsay, euerie one of them two -branches of siluer, which is a thing vsed in that countrie vnto them -that haue doone some woorthie deede, as hath beene tolde you before. - -So with the silke about their neckes, and with the branches in their -hands, they returned out of the hall and downe the staires the way they -came, and so through the court into the streetes, from whence they saw -them shut the court gate with so great a noyse as when they did open it. -From thence, at the request of Omoncon and Sinsay, they went vnto the -house of Totoc, who is the captaine generall of all the men of warre, -and vnto the house of Cagnitoc, who is the chiefe standard bearer: their -houses were nigh the one the other, very faire and great. They found -them with as great maiestie as the viceroy, and in the same order, with -a table before them, and had on ech side of them armed souldiers -kneeling on their knees. Yet did they not vse our men with the curtesie -that the viceroy vsed, to cause them to stand vp, which was the occasion -that straightwayes they made a showe that they would depart and be gone, -complayning of Omoncon and Sinsay for that they did carrie them thether, -and tolde them with anger that the gouernour of Manilla did intreate -them in a different sort, who was there resident for the mightiest -prince in all the worlde, and they but easie marchants; neither was -their going thether to be equalled vnto the benefite that they came -thether for. This discontent the which they receiued, was the occasion -that they would not go to make any more visitations, although the sayde -Omoncon and Sinsay, for their owne interest, would haue carried them to -the houses of other officers and gentlemen of the court. But they made -signes vnto those that were their guides to direct their way vnto their -lodgings, for that they would goe to eate somewhat and to take their -ease, the which was ordayned in a great house of the kinges, there -whereas ordinarily the iudges doo sit to heare matters of iustice. - -[Sidenote: A citie of three hundred thousand housholds.] - -[Sidenote: A citie bigger then the other, and requireth three daies to -go from one gate to an other.] - -[Sidenote: Seuentie leagues compasse.] - -So at their comming thether they founde all their stuffe in good order, -and their dinner marueilous well prouided, and the whole house hanged -and trimmed as though it had beene for the kings owne person, with many -wayting men and souldiers, those which did gard them both day and night, -and hanging at the doore two tables or bordes (commanded by the -viceroy), wheron was written who they were that were there lodged, and -from whence they came, and wherefore, and that none whosoeuer should be -so hardie as to offer them any wrong or disturbance, vpon paine to be -for the same offence seuerely punished. In this house they were more in -quiet than in anie other place whereas they had been, neyther did the -people giue them so much trouble, by reason of the great care which the -iudges had in putting order for the same, by the commandement of the -viceroy; yet was it the greatest towne and most populed of all that -prouince (although in other prouinces there be that be much bigger), and -is affirmed that the citie of Taybin or Suntiem (there whereas the king -and his court is resident) hath three hundreth thousande housholds, and -yet there is a bigger citie in the kingdome, called Lanchin, which -requireth three dayes to go from one gate to an other, and is in -compasse more then seuentie leagues, the which is not far distant from -Canton, that which the Portingalles hath great notice of. But of -certaine there is very much spoken of the mightinesse of this citie, and -I my selfe haue heard reported and affirmed to bee of a trueth, by men -of authoritie that haue beene in the citie of Canton, religious fryers -of the order of Iesus or Iesuites, to whom ought to be giuen credite. - -[Sidenote: The wall of the citie is fiue fadam high and foure broad.] - -This citie of Aucheo hath a verie faire and strong wall made of stone, -which is fiue fadam high and foure fadam brode, the which was measured -many times by our people, for that they had a gate out of their lodging -that did open to the same. This wall is all couered ouer with tiles to -defende the rayne water fro hurting of it, which could not to the -contrarie but receiue damage, for that there is no lyme vsed in the -whole wall. They haue not one castle in all this citie, neyther is there -any vsed in all that kingdome; for all their force and strength is in -their gates, the which be made very strong, with a double wall within -verie broade, betwixt the which are continually many souldiers, such as -do keepe watch and ward both day and night. - -[Sidenote: The citie double mooted.] - -Upon these gates they haue much ordinance, but verie ill wrought (I -meane such as were seene by our men); yet they do say that in other -places they haue excellent good and verie curiously wrought. The whole -wall is full of bartilmentes, and thereon written the names of such -souldiers as are bound to repayre thether in the time of necessitie. At -euerie hundreth paces they haue lodginges, the which are very huge and -great: there whereas in the time of necessitie doo remaine and dwell -their captaynes, so long as their troubles doo indure. All the wall is -fortified with two great mots or ditches, the one within and the other -without, the which they doo fill at all times when they please by -sluces, which they haue from the riuer for the same purpose, and doo -serue of water almost all the houses in the citie, whereas they haue -their stanges for the most part full of fish. This mightie citie is -situated in a great plaine, and compassed round about with mightie -rockes and mountaines, which is the occasion that it is not so -healthfull; and the inhabitants saye, that it is by reason of the -mountaines, and many times it is ouerflowen in the winter by spring -tides from the riuer. And in that yeare that this doth happen, it doth -destroy and ruinate a great part of the city, as it was at that time -when our people did see it, for y^t in the winter before they were -troubled with these great tides, which did them much harme. - -Now to returne to our purpose, you shall vnderstand that in the kinges -house aforesaide, our people remained all the time that they were in -this citie, wheras they were made much of, and visited by the principall -of the same, but in especiall of the viceroy, who the verie same day did -send to inuite them for the next day following, who made vnto them a -famous banket, as you shall vnderstand in this chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XXIV. - - _The viceroy doth banket our people in his owne house - two daies, one after the other._ - - -[Sidenote: A strange ceremonie.] - -The next day after that our people came into the citie, the uiceroy did -sende to inuite them to dinner to his owne house, whereas he made them a -great banket in the forme following. At their comming vnto the pallace -there came foorth a great number of gentlemen, seruantes vnto the -viceroy, to bid them welcome, with great store of musicke and tokens of -mirth. Being entred into the first court, they brought them into a -mightie hall that was marueilously well trimmed, wherein was a great -number of tables, set in such order as they were in the banket that was -made them by the gouernour of Chincheo (as hath beene tolde you), -although in the number and furniture did far excell the other. But -before they did sit down, there came vnto them two captaines, principall -men, vnto whom the viceroy had committed the charge of the banket, to -doo all things in his name, for that it is a custome in that kingdome, -that noble men must not be present in their bankets they make. So the -charge was giuen vnto them to make them be mery, and to bid his guests -welcome. When they came vnto them they vsed great curtesie, and passed -away the time in gallant discourses, till it was time to go to dinner, -and that they began to bring in their victuals. Then before they did sit -downe, the captaines did take ech of them a cup in his hande, in maner -of a sorlue,[28] as they do vse, and being full of wine they went -together whereas they might discouer the heauen, and offered it vnto the -sunne and vnto the saints of heauen, adding thereunto many words of -prayers: but principally they did request that the comming of their newe -guestes might be profitable vnto them all, and that the friendship which -they did pretende to establish, might be for good both vnto the one and -to the other. This their oration and prayer being done, they did spill -out the wine, making a great courtesie; then were they straightwayes -filled againe, and making reuerence vnto their guestes euerie one by -himselfe, they set the cuppes downe vpon the tables whereas the fathers -should dine, whereas they were set euerie one by himselfe. This being -doone, the first seruice was set vppon the bordes, and the captaines -were set at other tables, which were not so many in number, nor so well -furnished nor dressed as the other: the dinner was famous and of manie -diuersities of meates, exceeding verie much that which was made them by -the gouernor of Aucheo. - -[28] We have not met with this word elsewhere, the Spanish word is -_salva_, occasionally, and probably here, used for _salvilla_, a saucer. - -The time which the banket indured (which was verie late) there was great -store of musicke of diuers instrumentes, as of vials, gitterns, and -rebuckes, and with them many iesters, did make them merry at their -dinner. The which being done, the saide captaines did beare their guests -companie out of the pallace, whereas they did anew inuite them to dinner -for the next day in the same hall: they obeying their request did come, -wheras was made vnto them a banket more famous than the first. - -[Sidenote: Comedies vsed amongest them.] - -[Sidenote: Tomblers.] - -[Sidenote: The argument of their comedie.] - -This day at the banket was present the Totoc, hee whome they visited the -first day, came in his owne house, and founde with so great maiestie. -Likewise there dyned with them the captaynes that were at the first -banket. In this seconde banket they had, as the day before, verie much -musicke, and a comedie that indured long, with manie pretie and merrie -iestes: there was also a tombler, who did his feates verie artificially, -as well in vauting in the ayre as vppon a staffe that two men did hold -on their shoulders. Before the comedie did beginne, was tolde them by -their interpreter the signification thereof, that the better they might -content themselues in the conceiuing, whose argument was, that in times -past, there was in that countrie manie mightie and valiant men. But -amongest them all, there was in particular three brethren that bid -exceede all the rest that euer were in mightinesse and valiantnesse. The -one of them was a whiteman, the other was ruddish or hie coloured, and -the third blacke. The ruddish being more ingenious, and of better -industrie, did procure to make his white brother king, the which -iudgement was agreeable vnto the rest. Then they altogether did take -away the kingdome from him that did at that time raigne, who was called -Laupicono, an effeminate man and verie vicious. This they did represent -verie gallantly, with garmentes verie meete for those personages. - -The banket and play beeing finished, according as they did the day -before, the captaynes did beare them companie till they were out of the -pallace, and from thence they went vnto their lodgings, with their -ordinarie companie appointed by the viceroy, which was that captaine -that we haue spoken of, with his souldiers, who neither night nor day -dooth not depart from their garde. - - - - -CHAP. XXV. - - _The Spaniards do carie their present vnto the - viceroy, who, hauing receiued it at the hands of - Omoncon, doth seale it and sende it vnto the king: our - men bee forbidden to goe foorth of their houses to see - any thing in the citie: and it doth intreat of other - particular things._ - - -The same night our men did common amongst themselues, to see if it were -good presently to giue order to put in vre the thing they came for: -seeing that they might treat therof with the uiceroy, he being a man -that shewed vnto them so much fauour and good will. So in conclusion -they were all resolued, that straightwayes the next daye in the morning, -shoulde goe vnto him Michaell de Loarcha and Peter Sarmiento, and carrie -vnto him the present which they brought, and to haue with them to beare -them company Omoncon and Sinsay; and being presented, to request that -hee would appoint a day when they might goe and talke with him about -principall matters. - -This accorde they put in execution according vnto their determination, -and the two souldiers went and carried the present as it was agreed. So -they came vnto the pallace, and hauing tarried till such time as they -opened the gates of the audience (which was with the ceremony spoken of -in the 22. chapter), it was tolde vnto the viceroy that the Castillos -were there and had brought a present, who incontinent saide that as then -he could not talke with them; but that the captaine Omoncon and Sinsay -should enter in with the present, and that they should returne vnto -their lodginges, for that he had a care to call them when that -opportunitie did serue, to intreat of all things to their pleasure. They -did as they were commaunded, and those who carried the present in, did -afterwarde giue our people to vnderstand all that had passed with them; -saying that in opening the present, there was a note thereof taken -before a notarie, and straightwayes commanded to bee put in againe, -where it was taken out before the sayde notarie and other witnesses; the -which being done he sealed it vp, and sent it vnto the citie of Taybin -vnto the king and his counsell, and therewith that which the gouernour -of Chincheo did sende him, as shall be tolde you: for that they haue a -rigorous lawe in that kingdome, that dooth prohibite all such as haue -any office of gouernement to receiue any present, of what qualitie so -euer it be, without lycence of the king or of his counsell, vpon paine -to be depriued of bearing anie office all the dayes of their liues, and -to bee banished and condemned to weare red bonnets (as wee haue declared -the effect thereof). - -This is conformable vnto that which the gouernor of Chincheo did, in the -presence of our people, at such time as they went to take their leaue of -him for to goe vnto Aucheo, which was, that in their presence they -commanded to take foorth all that they brought him in present; and -shewing it vnto them peece by peece, he asked if it were that which they -had brought, and they aunswered that it was the same (although it was -with troubled mindes), beleeuing that it was to checke them because it -was so small in respect of their mightinesse: he asked them if there -lacked any thing? they answered, No: then straightwayes he commanded to -put it againe where as it was taken out in their presence, and before a -notarie and witnesses: the which being doone, was mailed and sealed and -so sent vnto the viceroy of Aucheo in their companie, and saide that hee -could not receiue it without the licence aforesaid. - -So our souldiers seeing that they could not be suffered to enter in -with the present, they tooke it for a great discourtesie and disfauour, -and therewith departed vnto their lodging, to giue the fathers to -vnderstande thereof, who liked not well thereof; but yet they concluded -amongest themselues to suffer for a while, and to commit vnto God the -direction thereof, as it best may be for his holy seruice. - -The next day following, the viceroy did send to visite them, and to aske -of them a sword, a hargubush, and a flaske; for that he would cause -others to be made by them; the which they did send, and afterwards -vnderstood that they had counterfeited the same, although not in so -perfect manner. - -[Sidenote: All things good cheape.] - -Then after a time, our people seeing that their beeing in that citie -seemed to be long and like to be longer, they did procure to driue away -the time in the best manner they could, and went abroad into the citie -and did buy eyther of them that which they thought best. Whereof they -found great abundance, and of so small price that they bought it almost -for nothing. - -They bought many bookes that did intreat of diuerse matters, which they -brought with them to the ilands (as appeareth more at large in the -chapter for the same). - -[Sidenote: 111 idols in one chappell.] - -The next day they went to see the gates of the citie, and all such -curious thinges as were to be seene so farre as they could learne or -vnderstande, which were many. But amongst them all they sawe a sumptuous -temple of their idolles, in whose chiefe chappell they counted one -hundred and eleuen idols, besides a great number more that were in other -particular chappels; all were of carued worke, verie well proportioned -and gilted, but in especiall three of them that were placed in the -middest of all the rest, the one had three heads proceeding out of one -bodie, the one looking on the other in full face. The second was the -forme of a woman, with a childe in her armes; the third, of a man -apparelled after the forme and fashion that the Christians doo paint -the Apostles. Of all the rest, some had foure armes, and some had sixe, -and other eight, and other some marueilous deformed monsters. Before -them they had burning lamps, and many sweete parfumes and smelles, but -in especiall before the three aboue specified. - -But when that the viceroy did vnderstande that our people did go viewing -the citie gates and temples (and perceiueth that they that gaue him the -notice did suspect it that it was to some ill intent), therewith he -straightwayes commanded that they should not goe foorth out of their -lodging without his licence: and likewise commanded the captaine that -was their garde not to consent thereunto as he had done, and likewise -that none should carrie them any thing for to sell, for he that did it -should be punished with whipping. Yet notwithstanding, they had euerie -day verie sufficient necessaries for their personages, in such ample -wise that there did alwayes remaine, and not lacke. - -In this closenesse and keeping in they suffered many dayes with much -sadnesse, and oppressed with melancholick humors, to see that their -purpose wherefore they went thether seemed to be long, and euerie day -was worse and worse. Yet notwithstanding they did passe it ouer in the -best wise they could, in committing it with heartie zeale vnto God, for -whose honor and glorie they did attempt that voyage, and prayed vnto him -for to mooue their hearts to consent that the religious fathers might -remeine in that countrie for to learne the language (as they had begun -many daies before), by which meanes their soules might be saued, and -clearely deliuered from the tyrannie of the diuell, who of truth had -them in possession. So after many dayes that they had remained in that -close estate as aforesaide, they determined for to goe and talke with -the viceroy, and to bee fully resolued either to tarry or returne from -whence they came. They straightwayes did put it in vre, and what ensued -thereof you shall vnderstande in the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XXVI. - - _The Spaniardes talke with the viceroy, and not being - svffered, they do write to him a letter, and he doth - answere it by word of mouth, with other particular - matters._ - - -It hath been declared vnto you, that the same day y^t the Spaniardes did -talke with the viceroy, he asked them if they had brought any letter for -their king, they answered, No: he told them that he would write vnto the -court, and hauing answere, they should be fully satisfied of their -pretence and demaund. - -But they seeing that his answere was long a comming, and great delaye -made therein, and that they had them as halfe prisoners, they determined -to go and speake with the viceroy to be fully satisfied of his -determinate will and pretence, and to haue some order eyther to goe vnto -the court, or to remaine in that citie, or else to returne vnto the -ilands, and there to tarrie the time till it pleased God to open a gate -in that kingdome, wherein might enter his holy gospell. - -With this then pretended purpose, they did perswade with their captaine -to permit them so much libertie as for to go and speake with the -viceroy, who for that hee bare them loue and good will did consent -therevnto. So they went, but when they came thether they that kept the -gates would not consent y^t they should enter, which was the occasion -that they returned vnto their lodgings verie sad and sorrowfull, and -almost without any hope to bring their matter to passe, for the which -they went thether; for that it seemed vnto them, although they did -plainely declare vnto them their pretence, yet did they worke in such -order for to cause them to depart. In this order they remained in the -citie certaine daies, and for to conclude either to stay there or depart -the kingdome they were resolute; and determined to write a letter vnto -the viceroy, and therein to giue him to vnderstand particularly that -their comming thether into y^e countrie was to intreat that betwixt them -and the Castillos there should be peace and friendship, and being -concluded that their souldiers should with that newes depart vnto the -islandes from whence they came, to giue the gouernor to vnderstand -therof, and they to remaine in that countrie preaching y^e holy gospell. -They could finde none that would write this letter for them, although -they would haue payed them very well for their paines. Till in the end, -by great request and prayings, the captaine Omoncon did write it for -them, and straightwaies departed vnto the citie of Ampin that was not -farre off, making an excuse for to go and see the visitor of the -prouince, whom they doo call Sadin: he would very faine haue carried -with him two of our people, y^t he might haue seene them, but none would -go with him. This iourney which Omoncon made, hee did it to put away the -suspition they might conceiue that he did write the letter, if that -peraduenture the viceroy would take it in ill part. - -[Sidenote: People in great subiection.] - -Their letter being written, they found great difficulty in the sending -the same, for that there was none that would carrie it, neyther would -they consent that our men should enter into the pallace to deliuer it. -But in conclusion, what with requestes and giftes, they perswaded their -captayne of their gard to carrie it, who did deliuer the same vnto the -viceroye, in name of the Castillos, saying that hee tooke it of them to -bring it vnto him, for that they did certifie him that it was a thing -that did import verie much. Hauing read the letter, hee answered that he -would giue the king to vnderstande thereof, as he saide at the first -time. And in that touching the fryers remayning in that countrie to -preach, at that time he could make them no answere, for that in such -matters it was first requisite to haue the good will of the royall -counsell. Yet would hee make answere vnto the letter they brought from -the gouernour of Manilla, and that they might depart, and returne againe -at such time as they brought Limahon, prisoner or dead; the which being -done, then shall the friendshippe be concluded which they doo pretende, -and to remaine and preach at their will. With this answere they remained -without all hope to remayne there, and did incontinent prepare -themselues for to depart from Manilla, and bought manie bookes to carie -with them, wherein was comprehended all the secrets of that kingdome; by -reason whereof they might giue large notice vnto the royall maiestie of -King Phillip. The which being vnderstoode by the viceroy, who had set -spies to watch their doings, did sende them worde that they should not -trouble themselues in the buying of bookes, for that hee would giue them -freely all such bookes as they would desire to haue: the which -afterwardes he did not accomplish: whether it was for forgetfulnesse or -other occasion, as wee haue more at large declared vnto you, we know -not: yet did the uiceroy send and demanded to see some of those bookes -that the fryers had bought; who after that he had seene them, did -returne them againe, and requested of them some writing of their owne -handes, who did accomplish his request, and sent them written in Spanish -and in their own language, the Lords Prayer, the Aue Maria, and the Ten -Commandements, who according vnto the relation of him that did carrie -the same, saide, that after hee had reade it, he made showes that he -receiued great content therewith, and said that all which was there -written was good. - -In the time that they stayed in this citie, amongst all other things -that they vnderstoode to driue away the time was one, it was giuen them -to vnderstande that in one of the prisons, there was a Portingale -prisoner, who was taken in a shippe of the Iapones with others of his -nation, who were all dead in the prison, and none left aliue but he -alone. Our people being verie desirous for to see him, and to learne of -him some secrets of that countrie, for that he had beene there a great -while, they did procure to talke with him, asking licence of the supreme -iudge and lieutenant vnto the viceroy, who did not onely refuse to grant -it them, but did make diligent inquirie who they were that did giue them -to vnderstande thereof, for to punish them, which without all doubt -should be executed with sharpe and seuere punishment. Yet our people -would neuer tell them of whom they had it, although it was demanded of -them diuerse times, and with great intreatie. They had so great desire -to know it, that they did vse all meanes possible as it appeared in the -boldnesse of their demandes. - - - - -CHAP. XXVII. - - _There came newes vnto Aucheo that there was a rouer - vpon the coast of Chincheo, which did much harme, and - had sacked a towne. The viceroy doth suspect him to be - Limahon, and how that our people, with Omoncon and - Sinsay, had not declared vnto him the truth._ - - -[Sidenote: Suspition of euill.] - -The Spaniards remained in the citie of Aucheo twentie days, in the order -as hath been told you, without any hope that the religious fathers -should remaine in that countrie for to preach the holy gospell, which -was the principall occasion of their going into that kingdome. Upon a -suddaine there came newes vnto the citie that the rouer Limahon was vpon -the coast of Chincheo, vsing his olde accustomed cruelties, and how that -he had spoiled and robbed a towne vpon the sea coast. This newes was -throughout all the citie, and appeared to be true, touching the effect -of the dead: yet false touching the person, for that the rouer was -called Taocay, an enimie and contrarie vnto Limahon, but a friend vnto -Vintoquian, of whom we haue spoken of. But thereupon the viceroy and -all them of the citie were conformable in the suspition that they had -receiued, which was, that our people were come into that kingdome vpon -some euill pretence, and to see the secrets thereof, to some euil end, -which was the occasion y^t from that time forwards they shewed them not -so good countenance as they did before. - -These newes was not so soone come, but straightwayes the viceroy did -send for Omoncon (who was then returned from his visiting) and Sinsay, -vnto whom he had done courtesie, and giuen them the title of loytias and -captaynes, and he did reprehende them verie sharpely for that they had -brought ouer people thether, and sayde that they had tolde him a lye in -saying that Limahon was besieged in such sort that hee coulde not -escape, neither had the Castillos burnt his shippes, and howe that all -was but a made matter amongest themselues, and howe that the captaines -which they brought, and sayde that they had taken from Limahon, they had -robbed from other places, with other wordes in the same order, and said -that the Spaniardes were spyes that came to discouer the secretes and -strength of the kingdome, and how that they had brought them thether by -force of giftes that they had giuen them. - -They answered him with great humilitie in saying that in all that which -they had sayd they did speake the trueth, and that it should appeare at -such time as the newes of the rouer should be better knowen, the which, -if it shall appeare to be contrary, they were there readie for to suffer -whatsoeuer punishment y^t shold be giuen them. The viceroy being -somewhat satisfied with this their iustification, bad them to depart, -remitting all things vnto time for the true declaration thereof. Then -Omoncon and Sinsay came straightwayes to giue y^e Spaniards to -vnderstand of all that had passed with the viceroy, and what they -vnderstoode of him, which caused in them so great feare, y^t for the -time which it endured (which was till such time as they vnderstoode the -truth as aforesaide) they paied very well for their feasts and bankets -the which they had made them. All this happened in the time that Omoncon -and Sinsay were at variance, and spake many iniurious words the one of -y^e other, discouering their intents and deuises, whereby it plainely -appeared that in al y^t which they had tolde vnto the viceroy, they -lied, but in especiall Omoncon. Sinsay did dissemble, for hee sayde and -tolde vnto all people, that by his order and industrie our people did -fire the shippes of Lymahon, and beseiged him, with other speeches in -the like sort; yet twentie dayes before his comming thether, all was -ended and doone, as appeared. The occasion of their enimitie and falling -out, was for that the viceroy had giuen vnto Omoncon a title and charge -of more honor then vnto Sinsay, hauing made betwixt them a consort that -the reward or dignitie should be equally deuided betwixt them, and that -the one should speake of the other the best they could, because the -viceroy should do them friendship. This condition and consort (as -appeareth) was euill performed, by Omoncon being addicted vnto selfe -loue, and seemed vnto him that Sinsay did not deserue so much as he did, -for that hee was a base man, and of the sea, and he of the more -nobilitie, and had the office of a captaine. All this which I haue said, -was the occasion y^t the truth came to light betwixt them, and to cause -the viceroye to suspect, that as they lyed in this, they might also -fable in the burning of the ships and besieging of Limahon. - - - - -CHAP. XXVIII. - - _The gouernours of the prouince do assemble together, - to intreat of the Spaniardes business, and are - resolved that they should returne vnto the ilandes. - They do see many curious thinges before their - departure._ - - -With this griefe and care remained the Spaniards certaine daies, kept -close in their lodgings, and were not visited so often as they were when -they first came thether, which did augment verie much their feare, till -such time as they vnderstoode that the viceroy, eyther of his owne good -will or else by some particular order from the king and his counsell, -had called together all the gouernours of that prouince of Aucheo to -intreat of matters touching Limahon, as also in particular why and -wherefore the Spaniardes came thether, and to resolue themselues wholly -in all things requisite for the same. So when that they were all come -together, which was in a short time, and amongst them the gouernor of -Chincheo, who by an other name was called Insuanto, they had particular -meetings together with the uiceroye, in the which they were all agreed -to haue a generall meeting, whereunto should bee called the Castillos, -and to demande of them in publike audience the cause of their comming -(although notwithstanding they had giuen to vnderstand thereof vnto the -Insuanto and vizroy), and being hearde, to giue them their answere -according as they had determined: for the which vppon a day appointed -they met all togither (but not the vizroy) in the house of the Cagontoc, -and commanded to come before them the Castillas, who did accomplish -their request with a great good will, for that they vnderstoode that -they were called to entreat of their matter, either to tarry or depart. -So when they came thither, they were commanded to enter into a mighty -hall, whereas they were all set in verie rich chaires, with great -grauitie and maiestie. The Insuanto seemed to bee the chiefest among -them, but whether it was for that hee was the principallest next vnto -the vizroy (or as it was tolde them), for that it was he that sent -Omoncon in the chase of the rouer Limahon, they knew not; but so soone -as they were entred into the hall, they were commanded to drawe nigh -there whereas they were all placed, without bidding them to sit downe, -neither did they vse any particular circumstances or curtesie. - -The Insuanto tooke vpon him the charge, and demanded of the Spaniards -(by meanes of the interpreter) what was the occasion of their comming -into that country, and to declare their pretence, for that they would -giue vnto them the resolute will of the vizroy, at whose commandment -they were called and there assembled togither. The Spaniards answered -vnto their request, and said that their comming thither was to treat -with them peace and friendship, by the order of the gouernor of y^e -Philippinas, who had his authority from the king of Spaine, with a -particular charge euer since the said islands were discouered, who in -all thinges that possible hath beene, haue shewed themselues, not onely -in words but in deedes, as vnto this day the gouernor dooth accomplish -the same, in ransoming all such Chinos as they can finde, or come vnto -their powers, and send them home free into their countrie with giftes, -and not in this only, but in other matters, which is not vnknowne vnto -them: and more, that which lastly had happened in the destruction of the -fleete, and the besieging of the rouer Limahon, with which newes they -came thither to intreate and conclude betweene them and the Castillas a -perpetuall friendship: this was the principall occasion of their -comming, the which if they coulde bring it to passe (as a thing that did -accomplish both the one and the other), they would with y^e same newes -send word with the souldiers (who came with them for the same effect) -vnto the gouernor of Manilla, who sent vs thither for that he might -send the good successe thereof to the king of Spaine, and there to -remaine in such place as they woulde appoint them to studie the learning -of the language, and to preach and declare to them y^e holy gospell, -which was the right way vnto the salvation of their soule. Unto all the -which they gaue attentiue eare, although with little desire to see the -experience, as appeared; for that the chiefest matter in effect they did -let passe, and asked of them in what order they left the rouer Limahon, -and whether hee might escape or not, and other questions touching the -same matter, which endured a good while without touching of anie other -matter in effect. The Spaniards answered as they thought, and supposed -that at that time it could not be, but that he was either taken prisoner -or slaine. - -Then did the Insuanto conclude his speech in saying vnto them, that they -should returne vnto their owne country to the ilands; and at such time -as they did bring Limahon, they woulde conclude all things touching the -friendship they requested, as also for the preaching of the gospell. - -So with this last resolution they tooke their leaue and went vnto their -lodging, with pretence not to speake more of that matter, for that they -sawe it booted out: after they had giuen their censure: and againe, as -they vnderstood it was by speciall order from the king and his -counsaile; and therewith they beganne to put all thinges in good for -their departure, the which they greatly desired, for that they saw -little fruite to proceede of their great labour and trauell, as also to -see themselues cleare of that manner of prison in the which they were, -not to go forth of their lodgings without express licence. - -So from that day forwards they did procure with all haste for to depart, -and gaue the vizroy to vnderstande thereof; who answered them and saide, -that they should comfort themselues and receiue ioy and pleasure, and -that he would dispatch them so soone as the visitor of that prouince -was come to Aucheo, which would be within tenne dayes, for that hee had -written vnto him that he should not dispatch them vntil his comming, for -that he would see them. - -From that day forwards hee commaunded that sometimes they should let -them go forth abrode to recreate themselues, and that they should shew -vnto them some particular pleasure or friendship. So one of them was -carried to see the mustering of their men of warre, which they haue in a -common custome throughout all the kingdome to doo at the first day of -the newe moone, and is sure a thing to be seene: and they doo it in the -field which is ioyning vnto the wals of the citie, in this manner -following. - -[Sidenote: The vse of their mustering.] - -[Sidenote: Souldiers are punished.] - -There were ioyned togither litle more or less then 20 thousand -souldiers, pickemen and hargabus shot, who were so expert, that at the -sounde of the drum or trumpet, they straightwayes put themselues in -battle aray, and at another sound in a squadron, and at another the shot -doo deuide themselues from the rest, and discharge their peeces with -very gallant and good order, and with a trice put themselues againe into -their places or standings: this being doone, the picke men came foorth -and gaue the assalt altogether with so good order and consort, that it -seemed vnto the Spaniards that they did excel al the warlike orders vsed -in all the world: and if it were so that their stomacks and hardinesse -were equall vnto their dexteritie and number of people, it were an easie -thing for them to conquer the dominion of all the world. If it so chance -that any souldier should lacke in his office, and not repaire to his -place appointed, he is straightwayes punished very cruelly, which is the -occasion that euerie one of them hath a care vnto his charge. - -[Sidenote: Their mustering is one throughout the whole kingdome.] - -This their muster endured foure houres, and it was certified vnto the -Spaniards that the same day and houre it is done in all cities and -townes throughout all the whole kingdome, although they are without -suspection of enimies. - -Fiue and twentie dayes after that the Insuanto had giuen the resolute -answere vnto the Spaniards, came the visitor thither: and the whole -citie went forth to receiue him, who entred in with so great maiestie, -that if they had not knowne who hee was, they could not haue beene -perswaded but that he had beene the king. - -So the next day following the Spaniards went to visite him, for dueties -sake, as also for that he had a desire to see them. They found him in -his lodging, where he began to make visitation of the cittie. - -In their courtes were an infinite number of people, which came thither -with petitions and complaintes, but in the halles within, there was none -but his seruants and sergeants. When that any came for to present his -petition, the porter that was at the entrie made a great noise, in -manner of an o. est.,[29] for that it was a good way from the place -whereas the visitor did sit; then commeth forth straight wayes one of -his pages, and taketh the petition and carrieth it vnto him. At this -time it was told him how that the Castillas were there: hee commaunded -that they should enter, and talked with them a few words, but with great -curtesie, and all was touching the imprisonment of Limahon, without -making any mention of their departure or tarrying. So after a while that -he had beholded them and their apparel, hee tooke his leaue of them, -saying, that by reason of the great businesse he had in that visitation, -he could not shewe them any curtesie, neither to vnderstande of them -what their request and desire was; but gaue them great thankes for their -curtesie shewed, in that they woulde come to visite him. Hee was set in -the same visitation after the same manner and order as they founde the -gouernor of Chincheo, and the vizroy, with a table before him, with -paper, ynke, and other thinges readie to write, the which, according as -it was giuen them to vnderstand, is a common vse in all y^e kingdome, -vsed with all iudges, whether it be for sentence of death, or other -matters of iustice, as hath beene told you many times before. - -[29] These words, "in manner of an o. est," are supplied by the -translator, and would seem to be intended for the crier's exclamation of -"Oyez." - -Three dayes after the visitor was come thither, the Insuanto departed -for his owne house, with order that with all speede possible he should -ordaine shippes wherin the Castillas should returne vnto the -Philippinas. - -[Sidenote: Superstition.] - -Likewise the same day, all those that were there assembled by the order -of the vizroy departed vnto their owne houses. And the Spaniards were -commanded for to stay vntill the full of the moone, which should bee the -twentieth of August, and that day they shoulde take their leaue of them: -for on that day amongst them it is holden for good to beginne any thing -whatsoeuer. Wherein they do vse great superstition, and doo make many -banquets, as vppon new yeares day, as hath beene tolde diffusedly. - -The day before y^e departure of y^e Spaniards, there came some in -behalfe of the vizroy to inuite them, and made them banquet in the order -and fashion as at first: although this (for that it was at their -departure) was more sumptuous, wherein was represented a comedie which -was very excellent and good, whose argument was first declared vnto them -as followeth. - -There was a young man newly married, and there chanced difference -betwixt him and his wife; hee determined to go vnto certaine warres, the -which was ordained in a countrie not farre from that whereas he dwelled: -whose acts and deeds was therein so valorous, that the king did shewe -him great fauour, and being fully certified of his worthinesse, he sent -him for chief captaine of the most importunate enterprises that might -bee offered, who did accomplish his charge with conclusion thereof with -great content and satisfaction to the king and his counsailers: for the -which he made him his captaine generall, and in his absence did commit -vnto his charge his whole campe, with the same authoritie that he had -himselfe. - -The warres being doone, and hee hauing a desire to returne vnto his owne -countrie and house, there was giuen vnto him three cart loads of golde, -and many iewels of an inestimable price, with the which hee entered into -his owne countrie with great honour and riches, wheras they receiued him -with great honour. - -All the which they did represent so naturally, and with so good apparell -and personages, that it seemed a thing to passe in act. There was not in -this banket the vizroy, but those captaines which were there the first -time: and another captaine, vnto whome was giuen the charge to bring the -Spaniards vnto Manilla, who was called Chantalay, a principall captaine -of that prouince. - -[Sidenote: To keepe away the sun.] - -So when the banquet was ended, they were carried with great company from -the hall whereas the banquet was made, vnto the house of the Cogontoc, -who was the kings tresuror and dwelt there hard by, of whom they were -maruellously wel receiued, with louing words and great curtesie: in -saying that he hoped very shortly to see them againe, at such time as -they shall returne with Limahon, and that as then their friendship -should be fully concluded, and would intreat with them in particular of -other matters. This being doone, he gaue vnto them a present for to -carrie vnto the gouernor of Manilla, in recompence of that which was -sent vnto the vizroy: the present was fortie peeces of silke and twentie -peeces of burato,[30] a litter chaire and guilt, and two quitasoles of -silke,[31] and a horse. Likewise he sent the like present vnto the -generall of the fielde, and to either of them a letter in particular: -these things were put in chestes, which were very faire and guilt. -Besides this, hee gaue other fortie peeces of silke of all colours, for -to bee parted amongest the captaines and other officers that were at -the siege of Limahon, with three hundred blacke mantles, and as many -quitasoles, to be parted amongst the souldiers. Besides all these, hee -gaue vnto the friers ech of them eight peeces of silke, and vnto the -souldiers their companions foure peeces of ech of them, and to euery one -his horse and a quitasol of silke; their horse were verie good to -trauell by the way. This being done the Cogontoc tooke his leaue of -them, and willed them to go and take leaue and licence of the vizroy and -the visitor, that they might depart, for that all thinges were in a -redinesse for their voyage: the which commandement they did -straightwayes accomplish, being very well content and satisfied of the -great fauours and curtesies the which they receiued, both of the one and -the other: likewise of the Totoc, who is captaine generall, whome they -also did visite and tooke their leaue. These visitations and leaue -taking being doone, they returned vnto their lodging with great desire -for to take their ease, whereas they remained til the next day -following, wherin they departed vnto the port of Tansuso, after they had -remained in Aucheo seuen and forty daies. - -[30] A light kind of silk stuff used for veils by the ladies in Spain. - -[31] Parasols. - - - - -CHAP. XXIX. - - _The Spaniards departe from Aucheo, and come vnto - Chincheo, wheras the Insuanto was: he commanded them - to depart vnto the port of Tansuso, whither he went - himself for to dispatch them: at whose departure he - sheweth great fauor and maketh them great feastes._ - - -The Spaniards departed from the citie of Aucheo vpon a Tewsday, being -the 23 of August, in the sight of all the people of the citie, who came -foorth to see them with so great presse and thronge, as they did when -they first came thither into the countrie: they were al carried in -litter chayres, yea their verie slaues, for that it was so commaunded by -the vizroy; the friers were carried by eight men a peece, and the -souldiers by foure men a peece, and all their seruants and slaues were -caried by two men a peece. Looke so many men as was to carrie them, -there went so many more to help them when they waxed weary, besides -foure and twentie that carried their stuffe. There went alwayes before -them a harbinger for to prouide their lodgings, and with him went a -paimaster, whose charge was to ordain and prouide men for to cary their -litter chaires, and to giue them for their trauell that which is -accustomed, and to pay all costs and charges spent by the Spaniard. -After that they departed from Aucheo they made of two daies iourney one, -which was the occasion that they came to Chincheo in foure daies. At -their entring into the citie they found a seruant of the Insuanto, with -order and commandement that they shuld proceed forwards on their -iourney, and not to stay in the citie, but to go vnto the port of -Tansuso, whither he wil come the next day following. They obayed his -commandement, and made so much haste that in two dayes they came vnto -the village of Tangoa, wheras they had bin before, and particular -mention made thereof. In the same village they were lodged, wel -entertained, and had great good cheere: from thence they went in one day -to Tansuso, which was the first port wheras they did disembarke -themselues, when as they came from the ilands vnto that firme land: the -iustice of the town did lodge them in the same house whereas they were -first lodged, and did prouide for them of all things necessary and -needfull, and that in aboundance, til the comming of the Insuanto, which -was within foure dayes after; for that he could not come any sooner -(although his desire was) for that it was very foule weather. - -The next day after his comming thither, which was the thirde of -September, he sent and commanded the Spaniards that they should embarke -themselues, for that it was that day the coniunction of the moone -(although at that time the ships were not fully in a redines). They -obayed his commandement, and the Insuanto himself went to the water -side, in whose presence came thither certain religious men of their -maner, and after their fashion they made sacrifice with certain orations -and praiers, in the which they craued of the heauens to giue good and -faire weather, and a sure voyage and fauorable seas vnto al those that -saile in those shippes. - -This ceremony being done (which is a thing very much vsed in that -countrie) the Spaniards went vnto the Insuanto, who was there with great -company and maiestie: hee entertained them very friendly and with -cheerful wordes, making an outward shew that hee bare them great loue, -and that their departure was vnto him a great griefe. Then hee requested -them to giue him a remembrance of such thinges as was necessarie and -needful for their prouision for the sea, for that hee woulde giue order -for the prouiding of the same; the which he did, and was with so great -aboundance, that they had for the voyage and remained a great deale to -spare. Hee then commaunded to bee brought thither cates to eat, and -drink, and gaue it them with his owne hands, as well the one as the -other; hee himselfe did eate and drinke with them, which is the greatest -fauour that can be shewed amongst them. - -The banquet being ended, he commaunded them in his presence to go abord -their shippes, because that was a luckie day, and also to accomplish -that which the vizroy had commaunded, which was that they should not -depart from thence vntil they had first seene them imbarked. The -Spaniards obeyed the commandement, and tooke their leaue of the Insuanto -with great curtesie and reuerence, and with outward shewes that they -remained indebted for the great curtesie and good will that they had -receiued: and therewith they departed to the waters side, towards the -boat which was tarrying for them. - -[Sidenote: Strange sacrifices.] - -As they passed by the religious men (that before we spake of) they saw a -great table set, and vppon it a whole oxe with his throte cut, and hard -by the same a hogge and a goate, and other thinges to bee eaten: the -which they had ordained for to make sacrifice, which they do vse in the -like affaires. - -They being imbarked in the boate, they were carried aborde the Admirall, -which was the shippe appointed for them to go in: then presently they -beganne to stirre the shippe from one place unto another, with certain -boates and cables which they had there readie for the same purpose. The -shippe did not so soone begin to moue, but the religious men a shore did -beginne their sacrifice, the which did indure vntill night, ending their -feastes and triumphes in putting forth of the cittie and vppon their -gates, many cressets and lights. The souldiers shot off all their -hargabushes, and the ships that were in the port shot off all their -artilerie, and on the shore a great noise of droms and bels: all the -which being ended and done, the Spaniards went a shore againe vnto their -lodging; but first the Insuanto was departed vnto his owne house, with -all the company that hee brought with him. - -The next day the sayd Insuanto did inuite them vnto a banket, which was -as famous as any which had bene made them vnto that time. He was at the -banquet himselfe, and the captaine generall of all that prouince. There -was aboundance of meates, and many pretie deuises to passe away the -time, which made the banquet to indure more then foure houres; the which -being done, there was brought forth the present which the Insuanto did -sende vnto the gouernor of Manilla, in returne of that which was sent to -him. The present was fourteene peeces of silke for the gouernor of -Manilla, and tenne peeces for the generall of the field: hee also -commanded to be giuen vnto the friers each of them foure peeces, and -vnto their seruants and slaues certaine painted mantels, and therewith -he tooke his leaue of them very friendly, and gaue vnto them letters, -the which hee had wrote vnto the gouernor, and vnto the general of the -field, answere vnto those the which they had wrote vnto him, and said -that all things necessarie for their departure was in a redinesse, with -victuals for ten monethes put a bord their ships, so that when as winde -and wether did serue they might depart. Also that if in their voyage it -should so fall out, that any of the Chinos that went in their shippes -shoulde do vnto them any euill, either abrode or at the ilands, that the -gouernor therof should punish them at his pleasure, and how that the -vizroy will thinke well thereof: in conclusion he saide vnto them, that -hee hoped to see them there againe verie shortly, and to returne againe -with Limahon, and then hee woulde supplie the wantes which now they -lacked. The Spaniards did kisse his hands, and said, that they had -receiued in curtesie more then they deserued, and that in all thinges -there did abound and not lacke, that they remained greatly indebted vnto -him for their friendship, and would giue their king notice thereof, that -whensoeuer occasion shoulde bee offered, to repay them with the like: -and therewith the Insuanto departed to his owne house, leauing in the -companie of the Spaniards fiue captaines, those which should go with -them in their company to sea, and also Omoncon and Sinsay, who were that -day in the banquet, with the habite and ensigne of loytias, for that the -day before it was giuen vnto them by the Insuanto. - -Upon Wednesday, which was the fourteenth of September, the wind came -faire, wherewith they hoised vp their sailes and went to sea; at their -departure there was at the waters side the Insuanto and the iustice of -Chincheo to see them saile, the which Insuanto had conceiued so great -loue and friendship of the Castillas, that when he sawe them depart he -shedde great aboundance of teares, as was affirmed by diuers Chinos that -saw it; to which the Spaniards gaue credit vnto, for that they knew him -to be a maruellous louing person, and humaine, of a good condition, and -of a gallant personage, and did exceede all other that they had seene in -all the time of their being in that prouince. - - - - -CHAP. XXX. - - _The Spaniardes departe from the port of Tansuso - towardes the Ilandes Philippinas, and euery day they - doo harbor themselues in ilands by the way; declaring - what they saw in them._ - - -Being departed out of the port as aforesaide, the Spaniards deuided -themselues into two shippes, to wit, the two friers and Michael de -Loarcha, Omoncon and three other captaines in one shipp. And Peter -Sarmiento, Nicholas de Quenca, and Iohn de Triana, Sinsay, and all their -souldiers, in another ship, with eight other ships of warre, which went -with them for their safegard: they sailed forwards, directing their -course towards a small iland that was not farre off, with determination -there to take water for their ships, for that it had in it many riuers -of very sweete water. Within a smal space they ariued there, and it had -a very faire and sure port, wherein might ride in securitie a great nauy -of ships. All Thursday they were there recreating and sporting -themselues, for that it was a pleasant ilande, and full of fresh riuers. -Uppon Friday, being the sixteenth of September, the day being somewhat -spent, they made saile and tooke port foure leagues from that place, in -another ilande called Laulo, for to put themselues in a newe course -different and contrary vnto that which they brought when as they came -vnto that kingdome, for that the Chinos had by experience prooued, that -in those monethes the windes were more fauourable then in other -monethes, and for the most part north and northeast windes. Al that -night they remained in that iland, and the next day following they -sailed vnto another iland which was called Chautubo, not farre distant -from that of Laulo. This ilande was full of little townes, one of them -was called Gautin, which had fiue sortes of towers made of lime and -stone, verie thicke and strongly wrought: they were all foure square, -and sixe fatham high, and were made of purpose for to receiue into them -al the people of those little townes, to defend themselues from rouers -and theues that daylie come on that coast. These fortes were made with -battlements, as we do vse, with space betwixt them: and for that the -forme and fashion of their building did like them verie well, they were -desirous to see if that within them there were anie curious matter to -bee seene; wherewith they bent their artilerie towards them, and went a -shore. But when they which had the garde and keeping off did see their -comming, they did shut the gates, and woulde not consent that they -shoulde satisfie their desire, for any intreating or promises that they -could make. - -[Sidenote: Mine[32] kine and horse.] - -[32] Query misspelt for _maine_, from the old French word -_maint_,--many. - -They verie much noted, that although this ilande were rocke and sandie, -yet was it tilled and sowed full of rice, wheate, and other seedes and -graine. There was in it great store of kine and horse, and they -vnderstoode that they were gouerned, not by one particular man, to whom -they were subject, neither by any other amongst themselues, nor of -China, but in common: yet notwithstanding they liued in great peace and -quietnesse, for that euerie one did content himselfe with his owne. -Uppon Sunday, in the afternoone, they departed from this ilande, and -sailed their course all that night, and the next morning they ariued at -another iland called Corchu, which was twentie leagues from the port of -Tansuso, from whence they departed. The Spaniards seeing what leasure -they tooke in this their voyage, they requested the captaines to -commaunde the marriners that they shoulde not enter into so many portes -or harbors, for that they had no certaintie of the weather, and not to -detract the time, but to take opportunitie before that contrarie weather -do come: for to saile in that order it seemed more for recreation then -to achiue or obtaine a voyage. The captaines answered, and requested -them to haue patience, for that in making their iournies as they did, -they doo accomplish and follow the order set downe by the vizroy and -Insuanto, who did expressely commaunde them with great charge for to -direct their nauigation by those ilands with great deliberation and -consideration, because they might in safetie and health ariue at -Manilla. - -[Sidenote: The Chinos are fearefull of the sea.] - -The same day the north winde beganne to blowe verie strongly: in such -sort, that they thought it not good to go forth of that harbor (as well -for that aforesaid, to be commanded to the contrarie), as also for that -the Chinos are very fearefull of the sea, and men that are not -accustomed to ingulfe themselues too farre, neither to passe anie -stormes. - -Neere vnto this iland there was another somewhat bigger, which is called -Aucon, wholly dispeopled and without anie dwellers, yet a better -countrie and more profitable for to sowe and reape then that of Corchu. -The Spaniards being at an anker there, vnderstood by the Chinos that in -times past it was very well inhabited, vnto the which ariued a great -fleete belonging to the king of China, and by a great storme were all -cast away vpon the same: the which losse and destruction being -vnderstood by another general that had the guard of that cost, -suspecting that the dwellers thereof had done that slaughter, he came to -the shore and slew many of the inhabitants, and caried all the rest in -their ships vnto the firme lande, who afterwards would neuer returne -thither againe, although they gaue them licence after that they -vnderstoode the truth of that successe: so that vnto that time it -remained dispeopled and full of wilde swine, of the broode that remained -there at such time as they were slaine and caried away as you haue -heard. - -This iland and the rest adioyning thereunto (which are very many) haue -very excellent and sure ports and hauens, with great store of fish. -These ilands[33] endured vntill they came vnto a little gulfe, which is -fiue and fortie leagues ouer, and is sailed in one day, and at the ende -thereof is the port of Cabite, which before we haue spoken off, and is -neere vnto Manilla. - -[33] The names of the various islands mentioned in this chapter are not -now recognizable. - -So when that winde and weather serued their turne, they departed from -the ilande of Aucon, and sailed til they came vnto another ilande called -Plon, whereas they vnderstoode by a shippe that was there a fishing, -howe that the rouer Limahon was escaped, wheras he was besieged at -Pagansinan: the manner and forme of the policie hee vsed therein shalbe -tolde you in the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XXXI. - - _They haue newes how that the rouer Limahon was - escaped, and howe that he was in an ilande there hard - by: some gaue iudgement to go and set vpon him, but - they resolued themselues to the contrarie, and follow - the voyage to Manilla._ - - -Being at an anker in the iland of Plon, tarrying for a wind to followe -their voyage, with great desire to come thither whereas they might -vnderstande what had happened vnto Limahon, at the same time entred into -the saide harbor a shippe with fishermen; they beleeuing that hee had -beene one of the ilands,[34] they went vnto him and asked of whence they -were, and from whence they came, and what newes they coulde say of -Limahon (who was knowne vnto them all, either by some harme that they -had receiued, or else by report of others that had receiued hurt). These -fishermen gaue them particular and whole relation, by the which they -vnderstoode that Limahon was fledde and not perceiued by the Spaniards: -he escaped in certaine barkes, the which he caused to be made very -secretlie within his forte, of such timber and bords as remained of his -shippes that were burnt, the which was brought in by night by his -souldiers, on that side of the fort which was next vnto the riuer, and -were not discouered by the Castillas, which were put there with all care -and diligence to keepe the mouth, that no succour might come in to helpe -them. And towards the land there whereas he might escape, they were -without all suspection (they were so strong), and did not mistrust that -any such thing shoulde bee put in vre, as afterwards did fal out, the -which was executed with so great policie and craft, that when they came -to vnderstande it, the rouer was cleane gone and in sauegard, caulking -his barkes at the iland of Tocaotican, the better for to escape and saue -himselfe, and they saide that it was but eight dayes past that hee -fledde. - -[34] Islanders. - -With this newes they all receiued great alteration, but in especiall -Omoncon and Sinsay, who returned vnto the Spaniards and saide, that the -escaping of the rouer is not without some misterie, and that it coulde -not bee done without the will and knowledge of the Spaniards, and that -the rouer had giuen vnto the generall of the fielde some great gifts for -to let him go, for that otherwise it were a thing impossible for him to -escape, being besieged as hee was, although the Spaniards had slept: the -Spaniards did giue their discharge in such prouable maner, that the -captaines of China were satisfied of the false opinion they had -receiued, as afterwards they were fully perswaded when they came to the -cittie of Manilla, and heard the generall of the fielde and other -captaines and souldiers that were at the siege. This iland of -Tocaotican whereas the rouer was mending and caulking of his barkes, was -distant from the iland of Plon, whereas the Spaniards were, onely twelue -leagues, and being by sea it seemed to be lesse, for that very plainely -you might see the one ilande from the other. The which with the great -cholor that Omoncon and Sinsay had for the escaping of the rouer, as -also with the feare they receiued in that which might happen vnto them -by reason hereof at their returne vnto China, which at the least might -bee to take away (to their great shame) the titles of loytias, which was -giuen them in that respect, did cause their stomakes and mindes to rise, -and to seeke occasion to go and fight with him, for that it seemed vnto -them they should get victorie with great ease, for that hee was -vnprouided and wearied with the long time of his siege. Being in this -determination there came vnto them the captaine that was appointed -generall ouer them, and saide that the vizroy of Aucheo and the gouernor -of Chincheo had sent them onely to carrie those Spaniards vnto Manilla, -and to bring with him aliue or deade the rouer Limahon, if they woulde -giue him vnto them, and that hee woulde not digresse from this order by -no manner of meanes, neither could they, if that they were so disposed, -for that the shippes were pestered with the horses: and againe, their -people they had brought with them, was more for to saile and gouerne -their shippes then for the fight. Moreouer the fight would be verie -dangerous, for that it was euident that the rouer and his companions -would rather be al slaine then to yeelde themselues in any respect, and -for to put such an enterprise in effect, it were requisite to haue both -ships and men, and not to go so vnprouided and pestred as they were. All -which reasons being considered, they were all conformable vnto the -opinion of the generall, and determined that so soone as winde and -weather did serue, to set saile and to passe the gulfe for to go vnto -Manilla, whither as they were bound, and not to come vnto the ilande of -Tocaotican whereas the rouer was. - -So after they had remained three weekes in that harbour detained with a -mightie north winde, that neuer calmed night nor day in all that time, -the eleuenth day of October, two houres before day, they set saile and -went to sea. By reason of this great wind, there was not one shippe of -all those that were in the port of Plon coulde go foorth to giue any -notice vnto the rouer of the going of the Spaniards, neither of the -captaines of China. Sixteene leagues from the port, sailing towards the -south, they discouered a mightie iland, verie high land, which was -called Tangarruan, and was of three score leagues about, all inhabited -with people like vnto those of the Ilands Philippinas: they passed hard -by it in the night, with a stiffe norwest winde, which was the occasion -that the shippe wherein the friers went was constrained to go to sea; -and the other nine, which were in their companie for their safegarde, -shrowded themselues hard vnder the iland; by reason whereof they were so -farre separated the one from the other, that in the morning they coulde -not see them. They were in great danger, because that night there was a -great storme of winde, in the which they lost the rudder of their -shippe, and almost without any hope to escape the fury thereof. - -Being in this extremitie, they commended themselues with contrite hearts -vnto almightie God, and put their shippe before the sea, vntill such -time as they had supplied their rudder, the which they did, although -with great trauell and labour: then straightwayes it was the will of God -that this contrary wind was somewhat calmed and his furie abated, and a -prosperous wind fauoured them, so that vppon Sunday, in the morning, -being the seuenteenth day of October, they discouered the iland of -Manilla, of them greatly desired, yet could they not reach vnto it -vntill Saint Simon and Judes day: by reason that they returned backe -vnto the riuer of Pagansinan to seeke the other nine shippes, for that -it was concluded amongst them, that if it should so fall out, they to be -separated in any storme, that they should come vnto that riuer, and to -meete togither as they did. - -So they departed from thence vnto the port of Buliano, and not entring -therin, the captaine Omoncon did set a man on shore, one that could -speake the language of that iland, and gaue him charge to informe -himselfe of all that had happened with the rouer Limahon, for at that -time he could not beleeue that which had beene told him. Untill such -time as he returned, the shippes being without at the sea, did play -vnder fore sailes, who did declare vnto them the verie same thing, the -which was tolde them at the ilande of Plon, without faultring any point: -the which caused Omoncon and Sinsay to receiue much more griefe then -they did when they heard the first newes, for as then they were -doubtfull of the truth. The Spanyards as then suspected that they would -haue returned vnto the firme land, and not haue gone vnto Manilla, but -to haue left them there all alone vpon that iland. But it fell not out -as they suspected: for although that Omoncon and Sinsay did make an -outward shew to doo it, and sayde that they would sende the Spaniards in -a shippe, for that as then they were out of all danger, and in sight of -Manilla: yet was the generall of a contrarie opinion, and sayd, that for -no manner of occasion that might happen, hee would not differ one point -from the order which was giuen vnto him; and therewith they sayled -towards the iland that they so long desired to see, and came thither the -twentie eight day of October, as aforesaid. - -[Sidenote: From the Philippinas to the China is two hundred leagues.] - -So that from the port of Tansuso, which is the first part of China till -they came vnto the iland of Manilla, they were fiue and fortie dayes, -and is not in all full two hundred leagues, which may bee made with -reasonable wether in tenne dayes at the most. - - - - -CHAP. XXXII. - - _The captaines Chinos ariued with the Spaniardes at - the citie of Manilla; the gouernor and those of the - citie doo receiue them with great ioy and triumphes, - and after they had remained there certaine dayes, they - returned vnto the firme land, being instructed and - satisfied of many things touching our holy Catholike - faith, with great desire to receiue the same._ - - -After that it was knowen vnto the gouernor of the citie of Manilla and -vnto the generall of the fielde, as also vnto the rest of the captaines -and souldiers, of the ariuall of the Spaniardes, whom they with great -care desired to heare of; as well for the particular loue they beare -vnto them, as also for to vnderstand and heare the newes from that -mightie kingdome of China, to be declared by witnesses of so great faith -and credite, they altogether went foorth to receiue them with great ioye -and pleasure, and likewise all such captaynes and souldiers as came in -their companie. - -They were straightwaies conueighed vnto their lodginges to rest -themselues of their long iourney which they had by sea, for it was -requisite and needefull: for the which afterwardes there was great -feastes and bankets, which was made by the gouernor, the generall of the -field, and other particular persons, vnto the Chinos, in recompence of -that which was done vnto the Spaniards in their countrie. - -All which feastes did giue them little content when as they did remember -the flying and escape of the rouer; but in especiall Omoncon and Sinsay, -who continually and euery moment did call vpon the generall of their -fleete to make haste and to shorten the time that they might depart from -the firme land, where giuing notice vnto the gouernor of Chincheo of the -estate of Limahon, he might giue order that before he had reedified and -repayred himselfe they might take him (which is a thing most desired in -all that kingdome). The generall was verie glad and reioyced of their -good intertainment, and answered vnto Omoncon and Sinsay, saying that by -reason of the great storme and foule weather past, their ships had great -neede of reparation, and likewise the mariners to ease themselues, the -which being done he would with all his heart depart. - -The generall of the fielde was verie sorrowfull and much greeued for -that the rouer Limahon was so escaped, and the more when he vnderstoode -that he was suspected that hee did consent vnto his departure: for which -occasion, if that the captaynes had not beene verie much wearied with -the long siege, and euill weather which happened in that time, without -all doubt he would haue followed him, and neuer to haue left him till he -had taken or slaine him. - -Although they were fully perswaded that Limahon was so terrified with -the great perill and danger in the which he was, and againe with so -small number of people, that rather hee would desire to put himselfe in -securitie then to offende or doo any harme, neyther to put himselfe in -any place whereas hee might receiue damage of any of them to whom hee -had doone so open wrong (who were so much desirous to be reuenged), who -for to preuent all that might happen (as after we vnderstoode), hauing -made readie his barkes and boates which he ordayned in his fort, and put -in them victualles for their iourney, he departed with his small number -of people vnto an ilande farre off and unknowen, there whereas he -vnderstoode that none would goe to seeke him, and there hee remayned a -time whereas he fell sicke of a melancholike infirmitie, which grewe by -an imagination that hee had to remember in what state he was at that -time, and howe he had seene himselfe at other times feared throughout al -the kingdome of China, which was an imagination sufficient for to bring -him to his ende: his companions were dispersed abroad, so that we neuer -heard more of them. - -Now returning to our purpose, after that the China captaines had -recreated them selues with the feastes and sportes that was made vnto -them, and taken recreation many dayes, and tarryed, hoping that the -weather would proue fayrer to prepare themselues to depart. In the same -time they did intreat of many thinges in particular touching Christian -religion, whereof with great care they did informe themselues of our -religious men, and tolde them some secret things that were unknowen vnto -them of their countrie, for that they were strangers. - -So when as time and weather did serue, they did take their leaue, with -many signes and tokens of griefe for to depart and leaue the -conuersation of so good companions, and did promise vnto them to procure -all that was possible that the friendshippe begunne betwixt them and the -Chinos should continue and perseuer, for that it was a thing that did -content them all. - -Their generall himself did take this particular charge vnto himselfe, -with a determinate purpose for to declare in effect to the gouernour of -Aucheo (whose private seruant he was) the good meaning of the Castillos; -and what principall people they were, and the ceremonies they vsed, with -the which hee was marueilously in love. Likewise hee would giue him to -vnderstande of the flying of the rouer Limahon, how and in what manner -and order it was, and how that the generall of the field and the other -captaines were in no fault thereof. This he would do, in respect that if -it should so fall out that Omoncon and Sinsay, for their owne credite, -should declare any thing against the Spaniardes that was not true, that -they might not be beleeued. - -[Sidenote: The Papists and the Infidels ceremonies much alike.] - -Besides all this he tolde the gouernour certaine thinges in secret, how -they might with great ease purchase the friendship they pretended. And -amongest them all, one was, that hee should make a supplication vnto the -Catholike king in requesting him to write a letter vnto their king, and -sende him embassador, and such as shoulde giue vnto them the light of -the Catholike and Christian faith, with the which diligence there was no -doubt that not onely the friendshippe betwixt the kinges and their -subiectes shoulde bee established, but also the king and all his -kingdome would receiue the Catholike faith, for that there are manye -ceremonies vsed amongest them which doo much resemble those of our -Christian religion; and againe in their liuing morally, they doo obserue -in manie thinges the Tenne Commandements of Gods lawe, of the which in -particular he did informe himselfe: so that the greatest difficultie was -in the entring in of the preaching of the holy gospell, and beeing by -this meanes ouer come, in a short time all the whole kingdome would -turne Christians. And considering that in their worshipping, as they doo -worship all thinges in the seconde essence, with great facilitie they -would change their adoration and giue it vnto the first, as most -worthie, and vnto whom it is their duties. The generall did adde more -thereunto, and saide that he was so much affectioned vnto the faith of -the Christians, that if it were not that he should be banished and loose -his countrie, house and landes, without all doubt he would haue beene -baptised: the which he could not doo without loosing of all, for that -they haue a law in their countrie, the which is obserued and kept -inuiolably, by the which it is forbidden that none whatsoeuer can -receiue any strange religion differing from theirs vpon paine of death, -without the consent of the king and his counsell. - -This law was made to take away nouelties, and to liue all in one -vniformitie of religion, with one manner of rites and ceremonies. - -This only was the occasion that certaine marchants of China, being -affectioned vnto the law of the gospell, were baptised at the -Philippinas, and there do dwell at this day in the citie of Manilla -amongest the Spaniardes, and are become verie good Christians. So with -these offers, and with promises to be great friendes vnto the -Spaniardes, the generall departed from Manilla to goe vnto the firme -lande, and with him the other captaynes Omoncon and Sinsay, with great -hope that verie shortly they should be all of one faith. So the one -tooke their leaue of the other with reasons of great affection and -tokens of great loue, signifying that in any thing that should be -offered they should finde them friendly. - -They being departed, the Spaniardes remayned verie carefull in praying -vnto the diuine maiestie, desiring of Him to direct all thinges in this -their request, that it might be to his holy seruice, and also to inspire -the Catholike maiestie of King Phillip their lorde for to sende his -embassador vnto the king of China, offering his friendship, and to -admonish him to receiue the faith of Christ, the which according vnto -the report of the Austen fryers that entred into that countrie (of whom -we haue made mention manie times in this booke with their companions), -and also the generall of China tolde them that there was no other means -but only that for to bring their purpose to effect. - -This counsell with all the speede possible they put in vre, and sent -vnto his maiestie one of purpose, and in the name of all them of those -ilandes to request him, and to declare how much it did import. They sent -vnto him this relation, with manie particular persons, for to mooue his -most Christian minde for to sende an embassador, as in effect hee did, -in that sort as hath beene tolde you in the last chapter of the thirde -booke of this historie, whereas it is declared in particular, and in -what estate it doth remaine vnto this day. God for his mercies sake -direct all thinges, that it may be to his seruice and glorie, and the -saluation of so many soules. - - -THE END OF THE FIRST BOOKE OF THE SECOND PART. - - - - - THE SECOND BOOKE - OF THE - SECOND PART - OF THE - HISTORIE - OF THE - MIGHTIE KINGDOME OF CHINA, - - IN THE WHICH IS CONTAINED THE VOYAGE THAT WAS INTO THAT KINGDOME IN - THE YEAR 1576, BY THE FATHERS FRYER PETER DE ALFARO, COSTODIO IN - THE ILANDES PHILIPPINAS, OF THE ORDER OF SAINT FRANCIS, OF THE - PROUINCE OF S. JOSEPH, AND OTHER THREE RELIGIOUS MEN - OF THE SAME ORDER, AND THEIR MIRACULOUS ENTRING - INTO THAT KINGDOME, AND WHAT HAPPENED VNTO - THEM FOR THE SPACE OF SEUEN MONTHES THAT - THEY THERE REMAINED, AND WHAT THEY - DID SEE AND VNDERSTAND OF: ALL - THE WHICH ARE NOTABLE - AND VERIE RARE. - - - - -CHAP. I. - - _The fryers of Saint Francis came vnto the Ilandes - Philippinas, and procured to passe vnto the firme - lande of the kingdome of China, with zeale to preach - the holy gospell._ - - -The day of the visitation of our Ladie, in the yeare 1578, there came -out of Spaine to the citie of Manilla, in the Ilandes Philippinas, the -father Fryer Peter de Alfaro, who went for Costodio of that prouince, -and fourteene more other religious persons of the same order in his -companie, and were sent by the king of Spaine and his royall counsel of -the Indias, for to be ayders and helpers of the Austen fryers, who -vntill that time had beene there alone in those ilandes, occupied in the -conuerting of the people in that countrie, and were the first ministers -of the gospell, preaching the same with great zeale, vnto the profite of -their soules: of the which people those fryers had baptised (when the -others ariued) more then one hundred thousande, and the rest prepared -and cathecised to receive the like. Because that at the first occasion -that might be giuen, they might enter into the kingdome of China to -preach the holy gospell. The which Fryers, when that they had been there -the space of one yeare occupying themselues in the same exercise in -preaching and conuerting the people of that countrie, in the same time -they were giuen to vnderstande by the relation of the selfe same Austen -fryers, as also by many marchants of China which came vnto them with -marchandice, of things to be wondred at of that mightie kingdome, and of -the infinite number of soules which the diuell had deceiued and brought -vnto his seruice with false idolatrie. The which being by them well -vnderstood, they did burne with great zeale and desire of their -saluation, and to goe and preach the gospell, although it were to put -their persons in whatsoeuer hazarde or danger. - -So with this their great desire, they did many and diuerse times -communicate with the gouernor that was there at that time for his -maiestie, who was called the Doctor Francisco de Sandi, desiring his -fauour and licence for to goe vnto China in the companie of certaine -marchants of that countrie, that were at that present in the port with -their ships, offering themselues to get their good will, although it -were to offer themselues to be slaues or otherwise whatsoeuer. And -seeing that at all such times when as they did intreat of that matter, -they found him but luke warme, and that he did (as it were) but to -detract the time, and feed them with hope: then they calling to minde -that the chiefest intent and cause of their comming out of Spayne, was -to enter into that kingdome, caused a newe desire to grow in them, what -with the contractation they had with the sayde Chinos, as well in -conuersation as in talke, and finding them to be a people of great -abilitie and discretion, and of verie good iudgements, the which did -greatly content their desire, they did perswade themselues that it was -an easie matter to make them to vnderstande the things appertaining vnto -God. So that they determined to put other remedies in practise, because -that which they required with the good will of the gouernor, seemed to -be a large and long matter. So it happened that vpon a time intreating -of this matter, and hauing requested of God with great instance for to -direct them the readie way which was best for his seruice, and for the -profite of those soules, there came to the Ilandes Philippinas a Chino, -who, according as they did vnderstand, was one of the priests and -religious men of that kingdome (of the which priests there are a great -number in euerie towne): this priest went diuerse times vnto the -monasterie of the Fryers, and did common with them of the creation of -the worlde and other things, which did open the way that they might -declare vnto him thinges appertayning vnto God, vnto the which he did -hearken with great good will. And after that hee had declared vnto them -in particular the mightinesse and secretes of this mightie kingdome of -China (whose conuersion they so greatly desired), he very inquisitiuely -asked of them matters touching the Christian faith, of whome within a -fewe dayes after he desired to be baptised, for that he would be a -Christian, being instructed before in many matters touching our -Catholike faith. - -Our religious men did accomplish his desire, the which was an incredible -ioy vnto all the dwellers of the citie, and a content vnto himselfe. - -[Sidenote: The Spaniards rise at their midnight mattens and whip -themselues.] - -So after that he was made a Christian hee remayned in the monasterie -amongest the other, but yet would he neuer eate any other thing but -colde herbes: and he seeing that all the religious men did arise vp at -midnight to mattens and discipline themselues, spending the greatest -part of the night in prayer before the holy sacrament, hee did not faile -one point, but did imitate them in all their dooings, with outwarde -showes of a verie good will. All the which did incyte the Fryer Costodio -and all the rest of his companions to put in execution their great -desire they had, according as it hath beene tolde you. Whereupon he went -once againe vnto the gouernour to intreat him by faire meanes that which -before they had comoned with him of, and that he would procure some -order or meanes, that those religious men might go to the kingdome of -China to preach the lawe of God, offering himselfe to be one of them, -with protestation that if he would not giue them leaue, they would -procure to go without it, with that authoritie the which hee had of God -and of his superiors, for to teach and instruct these poore infidels -their neighbors: and this should be done with the first opportunitie -they might finde or haue. - -But neither this, nor yet the example of that good Chino, which was newe -christened, was sufficient to perswade the gouernor to consent vnto -their request; but perseuering in his first opinion, he answered and -said, that it was too timely, and that the friendship which they had -with the Chinos as yet was very small, and how that the fathers of S. -Austen had manie times attempted the entrie into that kingdome, and yet -neuer could obtaine their desire. And howe that the Chinos that did -carrie them did deceiue them, and left them in certaine ilands, till -such time as they heard farther newes of the rouer Limahon, and of the -returne of the captaine Omoncon, who did carrie them with the good newes -of the straight siege in the which they had the rouer: and yet for all -that they commanded them to returne from Aucheo, without giuing them -anie licence to remaine in the countrie to preach the holy gospell; and -nowe to attempt the same, was but to giue occasion vnto the Chinos -euerie day to mocke and make a iest of the Spaniardes, and willed them -to staye till such time as it were the will of God to giue way vnto the -same, which could not be long. - -This Fryer Costodio vnderstanding the answere of the gouernour, -perseuering still in his first opinion, and did not goe about to seeke -any meanes to accomplish their desire for the entring into the firme -lande, hee straightwayes beganne secretly to procure by all meanes -possible to attempt and accomplish that iourney, although it were -without the order and consent of the gouernour (when that it might not -be doone otherwise), the which incontinent they beganne to put in vre, -for that the Fryer Costodio and Fryer Steuen Ortiz (who was a religious -man, that for the great desire he had did learne the China tongue, and -at that time did speake it resonablie), they both together did giue to -vnderstande of their desire and pretence vnto a deuout souldier of their -religion, and one that they made great account of, who was called Iohn -Dias Pardo, who often times had made manifest vnto them and saide, that -he had a great desire to do some especiall seruice vnto God, although it -were to hazarde his life in the same, who at that instant did accomplish -his desire, and did promise them to beare them companie vnto the death. - -So with this conformitie they went straightwayes altogether to speake -with a captaine of China that was in the same port, in a shippe of his -owne, who many times did repayre vnto their conuent, to aske of them -thinges appertayning vnto God, and the heauens, with showe of a very -good vnderstanding, who vnto their iudgement did consent and accept all -with great pleasure and delight. - -Unto this captayne they did giue to vnderstande the effect of all their -desire, requesting him of his ayde and helpe in the prosecuting of the -same. Who straightwayes did offer himselfe to accomplish their request -and to carrie them vnto China, so as they woulde then giue him some -thing for to bestowe amongest his marriners. The souldier Iohn Diaz -Pardo did promise to giue them all that they would aske, and gaue them -in earnest certayne ryalles of plate. And for that all thinges shoulde -bee doone in good order, and in such sort that the gouernour nor any -other shoulde haue any suspition or knowledge, it was ordayned amongest -them that the captaine of China should with all speede dispatch himselfe -and depart to the port of Bindoro, which is twentie leagues from the -citie of Manilla, and there to tarrie for them, and to carrie in his -companie the Chino that was new baptised as aforesaid. - -The captaine made haste, dispatched himselfe, and departed vnto the port -appointed, and within a fewe dayes after the father Costodio and his -company, with the souldier his friend, did followe them. But when they -came thether they found the captaine Chino in an other mind, in such -sort that neyther gifts nor faire intreatie was sufficient to perswad -him to performe that which he had promised in Manilla, but returned vnto -them their earnest before receiued, affirming that for any thing in al -the world he would not carrie them, for that he knewe very well, if hee -should so doo, it would cost him his life and goods. - -The newe baptised religious Chino seeing that, wept bitterly, with -discontentment to see how the diuell had changed the minde of the -captaine, for that in that kingdome the holie gospell should not be -preached. The father Costodio did resolue himselue to returne vnto -Manilla, and there to abide a better oportunitie, as in effect they did, -whereas they remayned certaine dayes, till such time it happened as -followeth. - -Upon a day the gouernour sent and called vnto him the father Costodio, -and requested of him that he would let him haue some Fryer for to sende -vnto the riuer of Cagayan, whether not long before he had sent certaine -Spaniards for to inhabite. - -The Fryer Costodio promised him one, and that he should go with him in -companie till he came to the prouince of Illocos whether he went, and -that from thence he would dispatch him vnto the riuer of Cagayan, -according vnto his worships commandement, requesting of him to haue in -his companie, to keepe watch and warde in that iourney, the ensigne -Francisco de Duennas, and Iohn Diaz Pardo the souldier, his friend as -aforesaide, with pretence to depart from thence vnto China, as in effect -they did, as shall be tolde you. The gouernor being very willing for to -pleasure him, did grant his request. So with great speede he departed, -and carried with him the foresaide souldiers, and for companion a -religious man called frier Austin de Tordesillas (he who afterwards did -put in memorie all thinges that passed with them in China), out of the -which hath beene taken this small relation.[35] So when they came vnto -the Illocos, they found fryer Iohn Baptista and fryer Sebastian, of S. -Francis, of his owne order, occupied in the teaching and instructing the -people of that prouince, which was the fourth day of Iune. - -[35] The friar Augustin de Tordesillas was one of the founders of the -province of St. Gregory in Luzon. His narrative seems never to have been -printed elsewhere. See Sbaralea's _Supplement_ to Waddington, and N. -Antonio's _Bibliotheca Hispana Nova_. - -The next day following they called a counsell, where it was concluded -that all those that were there present would venture themselues for to -go vnto China, to conuert those gentiles, or else to die in the -quarrell. And the better to bring their purpose to passe, they thought -it good to speake vnto an other souldier that was there with them, -called Pedro de Villa Roel, not telling vnto him their pretence, because -they would not be discouered (but asked him in this manner) if he would -beare him companie, and the other two souldiers, who altogether went -about a business of great honour and seruice of God, and the benefite -and sauing of manye soules; and that he would declare vnto them whether -he would go or not, without asking whether nor from what place, for that -as then they could not giue him to vnderstand, till time did serue. His -answere was, that straightwaies he would beare them companie, and would -neuer leaue them to death. - -So foorthwith they altogether with singular ioy went to the ship wherin -the father Costodio and his companion, with the other two souldiers, -came in from Manilla to that place with a reasonable frigat, although -with but fewe marriners, and they not verie expert. So being altogether -in the shippe, with all such thinges as they could get together in that -small time for their prouision in that iourney, they made all thinges in -a readinesse to set sayle the same day, which was the twelfth day of the -said moneth of Iune. So after they had sayde masse and commended -themselues vnto God, requesting Him to direct their voyage that it might -be to His glorie and seruice, they set sayle vppon a Fryday, in the -morning, with intent to goe foorth of that port; but they could not by -no meanes possible, for that the sea went verie loftie vpon the barre, -and contending with the sea for to get foorth they were in great danger -to haue beene cast away, which was the occasion that with great sorrow -they returned into the port, whereas they remayned all day. - - - - -CHAP. II. - - _The fryers and their companions depart from the port - of Illocos, after they had committed vnto God the - direction of their voyage. They passe great daungers - and troubles, and do ouercome them all with the - confidence they haue in God, and came vnto the - kingdome of China miraculously._ - - -[Early in the morning of the following day (being the festival of St. -Antony of Padua), they said mass and returned to the frigate to take -their departure; but the sea was still so boisterous and rough that it -took the ship on her broad-side, and she leaked very much, until at -length it pleased God that she drove on the shore, where, striking on -the sand several times, it was a most evident miracle that she did not -go to pieces, and that all in her were not drowned. It was their firm -belief that God had done this through the intercession of the blessed -St. Anthony, whose day it was, and to whom they had with sincere -devotion commended themselves. They then put back from the river which -they had left, and this they accomplished, but with great exertion and -danger, insomuch that the Father Stephen Ortiz became so terrified, that -no persuasion could induce him to continue the voyage which they had -started upon: He replied that he would not further tempt God, since the -signs which they had seen were sufficient to show that it was not His -holy will that they should prosecute that journey at that time, the -which proved a trouble and stumblingblock to all the rest. The Father -Costodio concealed his vexation and put a good face on the matter, -telling them all to keep up their courage, for that great difficulties -attended every good work at the commencement, but that these easily -yielded to perseverance and patience, as experience had often shown. In -this manner he talked with them until the day of the Trinity, when, -after the priests had said mass and confessed the laymen, and -administered the sacrament to them, they all returned with good will to -go on board, except the above-mentioned Father Ortiz, who remained at -home in his old obstinacy, and with him the Chinese who had been -baptized, the latter having fallen very ill, which caused great grief to -all.][36] - -[36] The commencement of the chapter, here inserted between brackets, is -not given in Parke's translation. - -So the next day, after they had committed themselues to God with great -deuotion, they embarked themselues and made sayle, and by the will of -God they went out of the harbour, although with great danger; and they -carryed with them an other barke a sterne their ship, in the which they -did determine for to set a lande such Indians as they carried with them -from the Esquipazon,[37] to helpe them out of the harbour: the which they -did not for feare they should be drowned. So when they were out of that -riuer, they sayled towards the little iland that was but one league from -that place, and there they put the Indians a shore, and with them a -young man, a Spaniard, that they brought from Manilla to serue them. So -those which should go on that voyage remayned there the same night, who -were the frier Costodio; frier Peter de Alfaro, borne in Siuel; frier -Iohn Baptista, borne in Pesaro in Italy; fryer Sebastian de San -Francisco, of the citie of Boecia;[38] and frier Augustin de Tordesillas, -of the same towne whereof he hath his name; all these foure were -priestes of the masse. - -[37] This word (thus given by Parke with a capital letter) means the -equipment or rigging of a vessel, evidently put for the vessel itself. - -[38] Misspelt for Baeza, in the province of Jaen, in Andalusia. - -The fryer Costodio would with a very good will haue carried more of -them, but he durst not for two causes; the one for that hee would not -haue beene discouered, and the other (which was the principal occasion), -because he would not leaue that prouince of the Illocos without such as -shold instruct them, whereas were many baptized: for which respect he -left some behind him, which afterwarde hee would have beene very glad -that they had beene in his companie. There were three Spaniards -souldiers that did beare them companie, the one was called the ancient -Francisco de Duennas, of Velez Malaga--the other John Diaz Pardo, of -Saint Lucas de Barameda, the third Pedro de Villa Roel of the citie of -Mexico. Besides these they had a boy of China who could speak the -Spanish tongue, and was one of them that were taken at the siege of -Limahon the rouer, and other foure Indians of Manilla. - -[Sidenote: They were in great perill.] - -They departed from this little islande upon a Munday, the first quarter -in the morning which was the fifteene day of the said moneth of June, -and sayled that way so nigh as they could gesse to be the way vnto -China, without pilot or any other certaintie, more than that which God -did shewe and put into their minds with their great desire, which seemed -vnto them to comprehende and bring it to passe. This day the winde was -contrarie and against them, which was the occasions that they sayled but -little. Towardes the evening, the winde changed and blewe at the north -(the which winde vppon that coast is very dangerous), which made them -greatly afrayde; yet was that feare driven away by an other feare much -greater than that, which was that they should be discovered, and that -they should be pursued by the commandemente of the governour of Manilla, -for which occasion whereas they should have throwed themselves under the -land, they wrought contrary and cast about vnto the sea in great danger -to have beene cast away; but it was the will of God that when as night -came, the winde did calme (which commonly falleth out to the contrary), -but the sea remayned very rough and loftie, that they thought verily to -have beene drowned with the furie thereof, for it tossed the frigetta in -such sort, that it seemed a whole legion of diuels had taken holde on -both sides of the shippe, forcing the one against the other that it -rowled in such sort that many times the halfe decke was in the water, so -that the mariners could not stand upon their feete, but were driven to -sustaine themselves by the ropes and cables. But the religious men -trusting in God, whose zeale had caused them this great trouble, did -pray and desire him with many tears, that hee would deliver them out of -the same daunger, and not to give place vnto the diuell for to disturbe -them of their voyage and enterprise. - -[Sidenote: The Fryers vsed certaine coniurations for that S. Antonie was -a sleepe.] - -These their orations and prayers did so much prevaile, with certaine -coniurations which they made against the diuels, (who they thought they -did see visibly), that after midnight the north winde ceased and began -to blowe at the north east, with the which the sea began to waxe calme; -so that they might make their way to be east north east, for that they -had intelligence that that course was the shortest cut to the firme -land. This winde which was so favourable vnto them, did increase so much -in two hours that the sea waxed loftie and caused them to forget the -sorrowe past, and constrained them (for that the shippe was but small) -to cut their mast ouer borde, and to put themselves vnto the courtesie -of the sea with little hope to escape the danger. But our Lorde whose -zeale did moove them to attempt that iourney, did direct their voyage in -such sort, that the next day following it came to be calme in such sort -that they might set up a newe mast, in the place of that which was cut -ouer borde in the storme, and therewith to nauigate forwardes with their -begunne voyage. So upon the Fryday following at the break of the day -they sawe lande, and thinking that it had beene the firme land of China -they gave thanks unto God, and rejoiced, in such sort that they had -cleane forgotten the troubles of the stormes and foule weather passed, -so they made towards it and came thither about noone, but when they were -a shore, they found that it was but a small island and situated foure -leagues from the firme land; and for that it was so nigh, a farre off it -seemed to be all one thing. But when they came unto this ilande they did -discover many ships which were so many in number that it seemed all the -sea to be covered with them. The friers, with the great desire they had -for to knowe in what port they were, they comanded to gouerne their ship -towards whereas they were, who when they saw them, and could not know -them by the strangenes of their ship and sailes, they did fly from them -all that ever they could. The which our men perceiving and could not -imagine the cause thereof, they were very much agrieued and sorrowful, -and the more for that they could not learne nor vnderstand where they -were. But seeing nigh vnto them to the lewarde three ships, they made -towards them, and when they were somewhat nigh they put themselves as -the others did. In this sort they spent all the rest of the day in going -from one port to an other vnto those ships, for to informe themselves -where they were; but all this diligence prevailed them nothing at all -till it was almost sunne set. They entred with their frigat into a gut -vnder the shore, whereas fell from a high rocke which was more than one -hundredth fatham by estimation, a stream of water which was as bigge as -the bodies of two men together. - -In this gut there was three other ships, and they came to an anker in -the middest amongest them, the which beeing done they asked of them what -countrie that was, but they answered nothing, nor made any semblance, -but looked the one upon the other; and in beholding of the Spaniards -they gave great laughters. In this gut they remained all that night, -almost amased to see how those people were, as though they were -enchanted; and they without any light of their desire, which was to -knowe where they were. So the next day folowing (which was Saterday), -very early in the morning they set sayle, and went amongst a great sort -of islandes, always bearing vnto them, which they thought to be the -firme lande, being greatly amarueiled to see the infinite number of -shippes both great and small that they sawe; some were a fishing, and -some under sayle, and other some ryding at an anker. The same day about -noon there happened unto them a strange and miraculous thing, and it -was, that passing through a straight that was but a quarter of a league -of bredth, which was betwixt the firme lande and a small islande, in the -which was continually four score ships of warre set there for watch and -warde; they passed through the thickest of them and were never seene, -for if they hadde, without all doubt they had sonke them or slain them. -Their order and commission is so straight given them by their generalles -of the sea, in the which they are commanded, that whatsoever kinde of -people of strange nations that they do meete upon the coast, for to kill -them or sinke them, except they do bring licence from some governor of -such cities as be upon the coast; for that such as doo meane to have -traficke doo sende to demand the same, leaving their ships a great way -at sea. - -This lawe for to watch and warde was made and ordayned (as they do say), -in respect of the Japones who did enter into certain of their portes, -dissembling themselues to be Chinos; being apparelled as they were, and -speaking their language, they did vnto them great and strange hurtes and -damages, as is declared in the booke before this. So when they were -passed this straight, they sayled almost sixe leagues forwardes into a -verie fayre and great bay, following other shippes that went before -them; for that it seemed that they would enter into some port, and there -they might informe themselues where they were, which was the thing that -they most desired. When they had sayled about two leagues in this bay, -they overtook one of the three shippes, and asked of the people that -were within her (by the intrepreter they had with them), whether they -sayled, and what lande that was which they sawe before them. - -Then the principall that was in that ship, did put himself into his boat -the which hee had at sterne, and came vnto the ship where the Spaniards -were, the better to vnderstande what they did demand; for they before by -reason that they were somewhat farre off the one from the other, could -not vnderstande the Spaniards demand but by signes. So when that he -vnderstoode their request, he answered them that it was the country of -China, and how that he came laden with salt from the citie of Chincheo, -and went to make sale thereof vnto the citie of Canton, which was so -nigh hand that they might ariue there before night. But when that he was -entred into the Spanish ship and saw the friers and the rest that were -in their companie, and saw that their apparell and speech was strange -vnto him, he asked of them what they were and from whence they came, and -whether they went? (and when that he vnderstood that they were -Castillos, and of the islands Philippinas, and came from the said -islands and were bound vnto China, with intent to preach the holy -gospell), he asked them whose licence they had to conduct them vnto the -firme lande? But when he vnderstood that they had none, hee asked them -howe they passed and escaped the fleete of ships that was in the -straight aforesayde? The Spaniards answered, that they found no -impediment nor let. So he being greatlie amazed as well of the one as of -the other, entered into his owne boate, and with great furie departed -from their shippe and went into his owne; but at his departure the -Spaniards did request him that he would conduct them vnto the citie, who -gave them to vnderstande by signes that he woulde, although he feared -the rigorous punishment that in that kingdom is executed vppon all such -as doo bring into the same any man of a strange nation (as hath been -tolde you in the first part of this historie.) So hee fearing that if -hee shoulde enter with him into the port, the fault would be imputed -unto him, therefore at such time as hee came within halfe a league of -the riuer's mouth, he cast about his shippe and sailed to sea, and went -so farre that in a short time the Spaniards had lost the sight of them; -who when they saw that they had no guide, they followed the course of -another shippe that they had discovered before the other did cast about -to sea, for which occasion the other two ships that we spake off before -were departed. So a little before the sunne set, they discouered the -mouth and entrie of a great and mightie brode riuer, out of the which -came two great streames or armes, and in them many ships entering in and -going forth; and considering how they had the winde which serued them -well they entered into the same. But when they had sailed forwards a -quarter of a league, they discouered so great a multitude of barkes that -it seemed vnto them a grove, or some inhabited place, and as we drew -nigh vnto them, they not knowing our shippe, all began to flie and run -away with so great noise, as though they should haue beene all set on -fire or smoke in that place. The Spaniards seeing that they were the -occasion of this feare amongst them, they withdrew themselves into the -middest of the riuer, whereas they strooke saile and came to an anker, -and there they did ride all that night, and it was in such a place that -none of al the other barks and boats came nigh them by a great way. - -The next day following, which was Sunday, the one-and-twentieth day of -June, they weighed anker, and went vnder their foresaile vp that arme of -the riuer, the which within a little while they had sailed did ioine -with the other arme aforesaide, and was in that place of so great -widenesse that it seemed to bee a sea; there sailed in and out many -shippes, barkes, and boates, of whom the Spaniards demaunded how farre -the port was off from that place, but they answered nothing at all, but -with great laughter and wonder to see the Spaniards and their kind of -attyre, they departed. But when they had sailed two leagues up the -riuer, they discouered a high towre and very faire, vnder the which were -at an anker a great number of shippes; thither they sailed right on. So -when as they came right ouer against the towre, they saw on shore a -great mighty crane, to discharge merchandize withal, whereat lay many -ships; but when they came to the point, fearing that some ordinance -would be shot at them, they strook all their sailes, according vnto the -vse and custom in the ports of Spain. They, after a while that they had -remained in that sort, and saw that neither the towre nor the ships did -make any motion towards them, they turned and hoised up again their -sailes and went wheras al the ships were, and when they came amongst -them they let fall their anker; wheras they did ride, looking when they -would come to demand of them anything. - - - - -CHAP. III. - - _The fryers and their companions came vnto the cittie - of Canton, they went on shore, and praised God for - that it had pleased Him to let them see their desire - fulfilled. There comes a iustice to visite them, and - hath with them great communication._ - - -The Spaniards seeing that they were there at an anker a good while, and -that there was none that came vnto them to demand any question, they -hoisted out their boate, and went in it on shore, wheras they al kneeled -downe upon their knees, and with great deuotion did say _Te Deum -laudamus_, giuing thankes to God for that he had so myraculously brought -them into the kingdome of China, of them so much desired, without any -pilot or other humane industrie; the which being doone, they began to -walke along by the crane aforesaid, nigh unto the which were certaine -houses wheras were kept ropes and tackling belonging vnto the shippes; -so they proceeded forwards with intent to seek the gates of the citie, -the which after they had gone the space of foure hargabus shot, they -found the gate, which was verie great and sumptuous of a strong and -gallant edifice. The people of the country seeing them at their comming -a shore how they did kneele downe, and how that their manner of attire -was different from the people of the same, and not knowing from whence -they did come, did cause in them great admiration, and to ioyne togither -a great troope of people, and followed them with great desire to see the -end of their enterprize. - -This great multitude of people was the occasion that they entered in at -the gates of the cittie without being discouered of the guards and posts -that were put there for that purpose, neither were they disturbed of the -entry by reason of the great throng of people and strangenesse of the -matter. So after they had gone a while in the streete, the people -increasing more and more to see them, they staied in the porch of a -great house there, where as the iustices of the sea, or water bailies, -do keepe their courts of audience; and in the meane time that they -remained there, which was a pretty while, the guardes of the gate -understood that amongst the presse and throng of the people, did enter -certaine strangers, contrary to the precept given them vpon great -penalties; they straightway, with great fear that their ouersight should -be discouered, ran and laid hands vpon the Spaniards, and carried them -backe againe and put them out of the gate of the citie, without doing -any evil or harme vnto their persons, and willed them to stay there in -that place till such time as they had given the gouernor of the cittie -to vnderstand thereof, and he to send them licence that they may enter -in againe. So after a good while that they had remained there wheras the -guards had set them, there came vnto them a man who was a Chino, called -Canguin, and could speake Portugal, who knowing them to be Christians by -their faces and attire, did aske them in the Portugal toong, what they -sought? the Spaniards answered him, that their comming into that kingdom -was for to shew and declare to them the way to heaven, and to give them -to vnderstand and know the true God, the creator of heaven and earth, -and that they would very faine talke with the gouernor to entreat -therof. This Chino by and by brought to them a man that could speak very -good Portuges, who as after they did vnderstand, both he, his wife and -children were christened; and although they were borne in China, yet did -they dwel thre years with Portugals that were inhabited in Machao, which -is twenty leagues from that cittie of Canton. This did demande the same -question of them that the other did, and wherefore they came into that -countrie? They answered him the same as they did the other; hee replied, -and asked them who was the pilot that brought them thither? they -answered, the will of God; they not knowing howe, nor from whence: but -after they had sailed at the sea certaine dayes, they came vnto that -place that according as it was given them to vnderstande, is the cittie -of Canton, of the which they have heard declared many straunge thinges. -The Chino asked how the guardes of the sea, and shippes that were in the -straight aforesaid, did let them passe? they answered that they saw no -guards nor any other that did trouble them their passage. This last -answere did cause the christian Chino greatly to admire, who being moued -with a good zeale, said vnto them, that they should returne againe vnto -the shippe, and not to come forth untill such time as he had giuen -aduice of their comming vnto the mandelines of the sea, which be -certaine iudges appointed to giue aduice of all such matters to the -governor, that he may command what is to be done therein. - -So the Spaniards returned vnto the shippe, wheras they remained a good -while, and passed great heate, for that it dooth exceede in that port. -So after a while, they sawe come vnto a house which was neere vnto the -gate of the cittie, a man of great authoritie, who was brought in a -litter chaire, and much people came with him; he stayed at that house, -and from thence sent to call vnto him the religious men and all the rest -that came in their company; before them all came one that carried a -table, all whited, and thereon was written certain great letters, with -blacke ynke, the which (as after they understood) was the licence that -the gouernor of the cittie gaue them for to come a shoore, without the -which there is no stranger permitted. The fathers did straightwayes obey -it, and came forth of their shippe with more companie than they desired, -of such as came to see them, who were so many in number, that although -the sergeants and officers of the iudge that sent for them, did beate -them for to make way, yet was it a good while before they coulde come -vnto the house wheras the iudge was, although the way was but short. So -when they approched nigh, one of the sergeants bad them kneele down -before the iudge, the which they did with great humilitie without any -replication. Hee was set in a verie rich chaire with so great maiestie -that they were greatly astonyed to see it, and the more when that they -understood by the christian Chino that he was not the gouernor, neither -of the supreme iudges; hee was apparelled in a robe of silke, close from -aboue down to the foot, with the sleeues very wide, and a girdle -imbossed, and on his head a bonnet full of brooches, such as bishops doo -use on their mytres. Before him was set a table, whereon was paper and -inke, and on the one side and on the other, two rankes of men, as though -they were to guard him, yet without weapons. They had al of them in -their hands, long canes of foure fingers brode, with the which (as after -they did vnderstand), they do beat such as are offenders, vpon the -calues of their legges, with great crueltie, as hath been told you in -the first books of this historie. All these had vppon their heads a -manner of helmet, made of blacke leather, and on them great plumes of -pecocks' feathers, with brooches made of mettal, a thing vsed to be -worne in that countrie of such as are executioners or ministers of -iustice. - -[Sidenote: Marke the Friers confession of images.] - -The iudge had the interpreter to aske them of what nation they were, and -what they sought in that countrie, and who was their guide to bring them -into that port: the which being vnderstood by the religious men, -answered that they were Spaniards, and subject vnto the king Philip of -Spaine, and came thether to preach the holy gospel, and to teach them to -know the true God, creator of the heauen and earth, and to leaue off the -worshiping of their idols (who haue no more power of themselues, then -that which is giuen them by him that doth make them): the which worship -is knowne and receiued by his holie law, and declared by the mouth of -his only begotton Sonne, and confirmed with diuine tokens from heaven, -in whose guarde doth consist the saluation of all soules. And to the -last, touching who was their guide vnto that kingdome: they answered, -That it was God, vnto whose will all creature are subiect, as vnto the -true creator: all the which (as afterward it did appeare) the -interpreter did not truely interpret of the interpretation of the -Spaniards: vnderstanding, that if hee should truely interpret what they -saide, the iudge would forthwith sende them away, which would be the -occasion that he shuld get nothing of them. So that he made his -interpretation as at best seemed for his purpose, fearing (as after he -did confesse) that if he shuld declare the truth of that which the -Spaniards had said, it would haue beene verie odious to the iudge, and -afterward both vnto them and to himselfe might be the occasion of some -great euill: but to conclude, he answered and told the iudge that they -were certaine religious men, who liued in common a sharpe and asper -life, much after the manner of those of that kingdome: and that going -from the Iland of Luzon vnto the Ilands of the Illocos, in a great -storme and tempest that chanced them, the ship wherin they were was cast -away, and al their people cast away, sauing they, who escaped by vsing -great diligence, and put themselues in that small ship, which came in -company with another greater shippe, without pilot or mariner, for that -they were almost all drowned; and setting saile in the best manner they -could or knewe, being holpen and constrained by necessity, they let -their ship saile, and go whither as fortune did cary them. So after many -dangers and stormes at the sea, according to the will of the heauens -they came vnto this port, whose name as yet they knew not. The iudge -asked them where they had that Chino that they brought in their company -for an interpreter. They answered that he was in Luzon, and captiue vnto -a Spaniard: they tooke him and set him free, and hee vnderstanding that -they were bound vnto the firme land of China, which was his naturall -countrie, he requested them to carrie him thither; the which they did -with a very good will, for that they had neede of him to vtter their -desire, if neede did so require. All the which the other interpreter -fearing, that if he should tel vnto the iudge how that he was captiue -vnto the Christians, hee would bee offended, and therefore hee did -falsifie the same and saide, that comming vnto an iland to take in fresh -water, they found the boy there, where he was captiue eight yeares -before, and came thither forced with a great storme, in the which was -drowned a merchants shippe that was bound to Luzon, and he alone escaped -by swimming; and so hee came aborde the shippe in the which were the -fathers, not knowing whither they went. All these vntruthes he did -inuent for to dissemble and go forwards with his knavish pretence, and -would not declare the true intent of the friers: the which he had -decreed with himselfe how to doo before the iudge did sende to call -them. Moreouer, the iudge did aske them what they brought in their small -shippe; they answered that they brought nothing but one chest and two -little fardels of bookes, and an ornament for to say masse. This did the -interpreter declare truely vnto the iudge, for that experience might be -made thereof. So the iudge forthwith commanded that it should be brought -before him, the which being done, he caused it to be vndone, and he -perused euery thing by it selfe, the which being strange vnto him, for -that he neuer saw the like, he made signes vnto them that he receiued -great contentment in the seeing of them, but specially of the images -they brought: but that which did best please him was an ara or -sopra-altar, of a blacke stone, the which did shine so bright that they -might see themselues therein, as well as in a glasse. These friers did -bring the same with them out of the kingdom of Mexico, whereas you haue -great aboundance, but specially in the prouince of Mechuacan. So after -that hee had seene all, and sawe that it was drie, without any signe or -token that it had beene in the sea, hee called to remembrance the wordes -of the interpreter in the name of the fathers, touching the storme -wherein their shippe was cast away, and howe that they escaped by -swimming, and put themselues in that small shippe in the which they -came: and considering of the same, it seemed vnto him that they did -fable in that which they had saide: so that he did replie and asked if -it were true that which they had before declared, and howe it shoulde -bee that their bookes and other things were not wet at the sea, which -was an euident token and plainely to be vnderstood that they had fabled -and told lies, and so he belieued they did in all the rest. The -interpreter, fearing least by that argument his falshod would be -discouered, he fel in talke a while with the friers, asking and -answering things very different to that which the iudge had commanded -him. Then he with a strange and sharpe boldnes answered to the -difficulty proponed by the iudge, and said, That as all merchants at -such time as their shippes are readie to sinke and to be lost, they doo -procure first to saue such thinges as are of most estimation, forgetting -all the rest: euen so these religious men did procure with great care -and diligence to saue those books and that ornament, which is all their -treasure, and yet for all their diligences done they lost a great number -mo. All these fables and lies, after many dayes, the religious fathers -came to haue the knowledge of. - -The iudge did aske them if they brought any armor or weapons in their -shippe? they answered that they were no men to bring them, neither -according vnto their profession, they could not wear nor use them, for -that they were religious, and professed other matters contrary vnto the -vse of armor or weapon, promising and auowing unto God perpetual -povertie and chastitie, and vnto their superior prelates obedience all -the dayes of their liues. The iudge returned and asked them if they had -any monie, and where withall they did eate and apparell themselues, and -bought those bookes and ornaments? they answered, that all that which -they had was giuen them by secular christians for God's sake whome they -did serue, for that they should pray for them, and for the saluation of -their soules. - -The iudge, when he heard this, was greatly astonied, for that the -interpreter did declare the truth, and made signes that he recieued -griefe and had pittie on them, although he gaue not full credite to that -which he heard, but said that he would go aborde their shippe, to see if -they did say the truth, in not bringing anie armor or weapon, neither -silver nor merchandize. This did hee straightwayes put in ure, and -commaunded them that brought him in the litter chaire vpon their -shoulders to go thitherward. All those people did beare him companie, as -also a great number that were there ioyned togither to heare the -examination of those strangers, and also the Spaniards he commanded to -go next vnto him. - -So that when he was in their shippe, set in his chaire, his ministers -began to search the shippe in all places, both aboue and below, and -could finde nothing but a little rice, which was left of that which they -brought with them: they gaue the iudge to vnderstand thereof, who -looking vpon the Spaniards, said that all they that were in the shippe -might heare him. These do speak the truth, and they doo seeme vnto me to -bee good people, and without any superstition, and without all doubte -they doo come and will be after the manner of our religious men, -according as is to be seene in the vniformitie of their apparell, as -also in their heads and beardes. Then he beganne to demaunde of them -certaine thinges, more of curiositie then of suspection; who answered -him, casting up their eies vnto heauen, (for that their talke was -thereof), and they saw that the iudge did greatly reioyce and had -pleasure therein, for that it seemed that they had the heauens for their -God, as they haue, by reason they did so much looke upwards. After this -the iudge came foorth of the shippe, but the religious men remained -behind at his commandment with his companions; and likewise hee -commaunded certaine of those officers that came with him, to remaine -about their ship at the water's side, for their guard, more for that -none should doo to them any harme, then for any euil suspition they had -of them. - -Al that day that the Spaniards were in their ship the countrie men came -downe to the water side to see them, and that in so great number that -they did woonder to see them; and on the other side they were greatly -reioyced to see so many soules there ioyned togither, hoping that when -it should bee the will and pleasure of God to giue them oportunitie, to -baptise them all. - -The next day following, in the morning, they sawe another mandelin or -judge, comming towards their shippe, accompanied with much people, and -with little less maiestie than the other had, who entered into their -shippe and commaunded to search both aboue and belowe, to see whether -they brought any armour, weapon, or any other kinde of merchandize; and -seeing that they could finde nothing else but their bookes and their -ornament aforesaide, he commaunded it to be brought before him, who did -peruse the same peece by peece with great admiration, and shewed great -contentment that hee received to see their bookes and images, although -that which did most content him was to see the ara of blacke stone, as -was said before. Then hee commanded one of the fathers for to reade in -one of the said bookes, and for to write, the which was done before him -with so great facilitie, that the judge receiued great contentment to -see it. Then hee asked them if that with the said letters they could -write any other language that were different vnto theirs. The fathers -answered yea, that they coulde write any language; and for a plainer -proofe they wrote on a piece of paper, certaine reasons in the iudges -language, the which did cause him greatly to maruell, and said (turning -his face to some of them that came with him), these men are not -barbarous, nor of any euill condition, so farre as I can see. - -With this he departed out of their shippe, and went to giue the -gouernour (who sent him), to vnderstand of that he had seene and coulde -vnderstande of the Spaniards in this his visitation, who straightwayes -did sende them a licence vpon a table, that they shoulde come on shore, -and be suffered to enter into the cittie freely at their will. - - - - -CHAP. IV. - - _The Spaniards go forth of their ship, and go into the - citie unto the christened Chinos house, and are - carried before another superior judge in common - audience, and manie other passe with them._ - - -So soone as they had their licence, they went forth of their ship and -entred in at the gate of the cittie, although with great trouble by -reason of the great number of people that came to see them, as a thing -neuer seen before. Then they went to the christened Chinos house (hee -that serued for their interpreter), who made very much of them, and -giuing them to vnderstand that hee had made a true report of all that -they had commanded him, and did offer himselfe to do so much with the -justices, that he would procure to get licence of the gouernor for them -to remain in the countrie, and to giue them a house wherein to remaine -and dwel; and did admonish them that at that time they should not deale -for to make the Chinos christians, vntil such time as they were better -knowne, and coulde speake the language, and then should they doo it with -a great deale more ease. All these promises, with the falsifying of that -the Spaniards spake before to the iudges, was to content the friers (as -in discourse of time they did vnderstande), and onely to get monie from -them, for that it seemed vnto him that it could not be but that they -shoulde have good stoore, for that they came from a rich countrie -whereas it was; and againe to come about businesse of so great -importance, about the which they shoulde remaine there a long time (as -aforesaide), as they afterwarde did more at large vnderstande. If that -interpreter had declared in fidelitie all that which they had spoken, -without al doubt they woulde not have suffered them to have come on -shoare, else have put them in some prison for that they came on land -without licence; and to have shewed them the most fauour they woulde -haue caused them to returne from whence they came; whereas the guardes -of the straight (of whom we have spoken of before), woulde either in -secrete or publike sinke them at the sea, for that they were all greatly -in hatred against them; the reason was that the Aytao, who is (as is -declared in the first booke of this historie), the president of the -counsell of warre, had vnderstanding howe that they passed thorough the -fleete and were not seene, which was a thing that they all wondred at. - -This Aytao did forthwith make secret information of the same, and found -it to be true, whereuppon hee did iudge the captaines to perpetuall -prison where they were well whipped, and did secrest[39] all their goods; -for the which all their kinsfolkes and the rest of the guards had great -indignation against the Spaniards, and would with great ease have beene -reuenged on them, but that they did feare the punishment that should bee -doone on them after that it should be knowne. In the which they doo -execute their iustice in this kingdom more then in any place in all the -world. - -[39] Sequester. - -In the house of this christened Chino they dined that day, as they did -many more afterwarde, but every night they returned to their fregat to -bed, for that they durst not leave their things alone, neither to lie -out of their shippe, for that one of the iudges had so commanded. - - - - -CHAP. V. - - _The Spaniards are called before a iudge, who doth - examine them, and offer them great favour; he dooth - write vnto the vizroy, giuing credit vnto the persons - who sendeth commission vnto a iudge called Aytao, for - to examine their cause. The chiefe captaine of Machao - dooth accuse them in saying that they were spies, and - doth intreate of other strange matters._ - - -Vpon Saint John baptist day they were called before a iudge, who (as -after this did vnderstand), was a superiour vnto the other past; but -when they came whereas he was in place of audience, his ministers did -straight wayes commande them to kneele downe at such time as they came -in sight of the iudge, which was vnto the religious men no small -torment. He demanded of them the same that the others did, and they -answered in briefe, that they came to preach the holy gospell, and -requested him to giue them licence to execute the same, and to remain in -that cittie of Canton for to learne the China tongue, whereby they might -giue them to vnderstande and knowe the trueth of the heauen. The -interpreter did falsifie their wordes as hee had doone vnto the other -iudges, and said no more but for so much that fortune and foul weather -had driuen them into that port, they would liue amongst them, although -it were to serue them as slaves; for that if they woulde returne vnto -the ilande of Luzon, or by another name called Manilla, they could not -for that they knewe not the way, neither had they anie pilot to conduct -them. - -The iudge had pittie on them, and commanded that such thinges as they -had in their shippe should be brought on land, for that he woulde see -them; amongst the which, the thing which caused him most to maruell at -was when hee sawe the images, and ara (or alter stone), of blacke -jasper stone (of the which we have made large mention.) Hee requested -of the Spaniards that they woulde giue them two images, which when they -had given them they made shew to esteeme greatly of the present, for -that they were things that they have not amongst them. He talked with -them very friendly, and caused them to arise from the ground whereas -they did kneele, and to shewe them the more fauour he caused to be giuen -them to drinke, in his presence, a certaine beurage which they do vse -made of certaine hearbs, and vse it for a comfortable thing for the -heart, and is commonly vsed amongst them although they are not dry, and -amongst the Chinos is a shew of particular fauour. - -[Sidenote: The Chinos most vpright in all their iudgements and in -execution of iustice.] - -This iudge did more vnderstande the intent of the Spaniards than any of -the other past, for their interpreter had tolde unto him that they -woulde remaine in the countrie for to cure sicke persons and to bury the -dead, the which they could do excellent well. When the iudge heard these -wordes hee gaue with his hande a great stroke vppon the table that was -before him, and said with showes of great wonder unto other inferior -judges that were with him: Oh! what good people are these as it seemeth; -it would be vnto mee a great ioy, if that I coulde of mine owne -authoritie accomplish that which they do desire, but our lawes do forbid -the same and that with great rigour. All this did their interpreter tel -them afterward. At this time there entred into the place of audience -whereas they were, a man of China, one of the common sort, al imbrewed -with blood, crying out and making a great noise without any consort, who -prostrating himselfe upon the ground did complaine of other Chinos with -whom he had fallen out, and was beaten and buffeted in cruell sort. The -iudge when he saw him, did straight wayes command his officers to bring -the offenders before him, the which was done with a trice, and they -returned with the plaintife, bringing three other Chinos bound together -by the armes, and as it seemed they were men of base sort. The judge -incontinent made information wholly of all that passed, and condemned -them without writing any letter, in twenty sotes[40] or strokes a peece. -The officers forthwith took them with so great cruelty as though they -had bin diuels, and threwe them vpon the ground with their bellies -downwards to execute the sentence giuen by the iudge; and when they had -pulled off their hose, they began to whippe them vpon the calues of -their legges with a sot made of canes, in manner as hath beene told you -before. The religious people who were present all this while, and taking -pity on these condemned men fell downe at the feet of the iudge, and by -signes and tokens did craue of him for the love of God, that his -sentence might not be executed, who straightwayes commanded the -executioners to cease, condiscending vnto the petition of the friers, -and did pardon the offenders fifteene sottes or strokes of the twentie, -wherein they were condemned. - -[40] The translator seems to have made this word himself from the -Spanish, "azote", a scourge. - -The iudge did very much woonder at the pouertie of these religious men, -and at the sharpe and asper apparell that they weare: but the chiefest -thing that they did maruell at, was when that he vnderstoode howe they -had passed the fleete of ships that were put in the straight for to -defende and keepe the coast, and were neuer seene, which seemed vnto him -a thing impossible, except it were by permission of the heauen. - -So when this examination and talke was finished, he commanded them to -returne unto their shippe, promising them for to write vnto the vizroy -(who was thirtie leagues from that place), and to giue him to vnderstand -that they were men without any suspection, and that he might wel giue -them licence for to come to his presence: vpon which relation hee woulde -commaunde what shoulde bee doone, either to tarrie or to go vnto him. - -Within few dayes after they vnderstood that the iudge had accomplished -his promise, for that the vizroy had committed the matter vnto another -iudge called Aytao, whose office is for to examine and inquire the -causes of strangers: the wordes of the commission were as followeth. - -[Sidenote: The vizroies commission.] - -"I am written vnto from Canton, howe that there are come thither -certaine men apparelled very sharpe and asper, after the fashion of our -religious men in the wildernesse, who bringe no weapons, neither any -other thing that might seeme to pretend any euill intent: and for that -they are thy charge, examine them with care and diligence, and prouide -to doo therein that which shall be most requisite and conuenient: giuing -vs to vnderstand the large and true relation of that which shall -happen." - -[Sidenote: A sacred thing no doubt of it.] - -The verie same day of Saint Iohn, the Spaniards being verie merry and -vnmindfull of any thing, for that they had all that day receiued the -Sacrament: there came vnto them abord their shippe or frigat the -interpreters, and did euidently declare their euill purpose and intent, -(saying) that it was apparent what they had done for them, and in what -perill they did euery day put themselues in for their matters, and that -it was reason that they shoulde pay them for the same, and if not, they -would not helpe them any more, neither interpret or take paines in their -businesse: certifying them that if they did faile to satisfie them, that -they should not finde any that would doo it with so great good will and -diligence (as they should finde by experience); and how that they had -beene put in prison if they had not beene, for entring into that -kingdome without licence; and for that they enterpreted for them with -great curtesie and fauour, they had also been commaunded to returne back -againe from whence they came, which by their meanes was the cause that -the iudges did entreat them so friendly as they did. The father Costodio -when he vnderstoode their intente, and did evidently see that it was -wholly grounded vppon gaine; considering also the vrgent necessitie that -they had of them, and not satisfying them, it was difficult to find any -for to help them in that their necessitie, of two euils he chose the -best, and deliuered vnto them a pawne for their contentemente, one of -the two challices they brought with them, giuing them great charge to -vse and keep it as a sacred thing and dedicated for to consecrate the -blood of Christ. The principall interpreter did take it with great -content, and presently gaue it a newe master, in selling it vnto a gold -smith for as much as it was woorth, who did melt it, and made things -thereof according to his trade: yet they not being content therewith, -and that it seemed vnto them that those fathers could not but bring with -them much riches, they inquired of the China boy whom they brought to -bee their interpreter, with faire words to know if they had any golde or -siluer, or pretious stones, or any other thing of valure; but when they -vnderstoode that they brought none of those things but onely their -bookes and some other ornaments to say masse, they straightwayes -imagined in their mindes, and that with great care and diligence, to -procure some way to get from them the other challice which they had -seen; and the better to put it in execution, they repeated againe vnto -the friers that which before hath been told you, augmenting thereunto -many wordes and reasons, affirming that they had spent vpon them in -giuing them to eate twelue taes[41] more then the challice which they had -giuen them did weigh or amount to, which was twelue ducats of Spaine; -hauing before giuen them to vnderstand at such time as they did eate -they did it of almes and for God's sake, and with so great content, that -many times it happened when they saw the Spaniards would not eate any -dainty thing, but woulde feed and content themselues with base victuals, -he would say vnto them they shoulde eate without any grief or care, that -when it should so fall out that his subtance did fail him, hee woulde -then pawne one of his sonnes to buy victuals. - -[41] Tael, Tale, or Taes, is the Portuguese word for Leang, the Chinese -word for ounce, usually ounce of silver, and about one-third more than -an ounce avoirdupois. - -The father Costodio plainly seeing and vnderstanding that their intent -and purpose was wholly grounded for to get from him the other challice, -he answered that he had not for to giue them, and how that he had giuen -the other challice in pawn of that which they had spent in victuals, and -for their trauell that they had taken for them. The interpreter did -replie, saying, that if they had nothing, that they shoulde seeke it, -seeing that they ought it for their victuals which they had eaten; and -it was the vse of that countrie, that when any man did owe any thing, -and hath not for to pay the same, for to sell their children, or else to -become slaues vnto their creditor; they demanded the other challice that -remained, for that the other which they had giuen them did weigh but -sixteene taes, which was but a small matter in respect of their desert, -onely for their trauel in their enterpretations. This frier Costodio did -pacifie them in the best maner hee coulde, promising to pay both the one -and the other, hauing oportunitie for the same, and that they woulde -procure it with as great care as was possible, and requesting him for to -keepe the challice, that he had given him in pawne, in great veneration, -for that hee did esteeme it much more for the consecration and -dedication vnto the deuine Colto,[42] then for the value of that it -wayed, and more, promised him upon his worde to write vnto the Portugals -that were in Machao, signifying unto them their necessitie and to -demande their almes and charity, and looke whatsoever they did send -them, being little or much, should be giuen him. Then the interpreter, -who had his eyes fixed vppon gaine, saide, that they shoulde forthwith -write, and that hee woulde giue him a messenger for to carrie the -letter, and to bring answere of the same, as he had doone the like not -many dayes before. The father Costodio did write vnto the bishoppe that -was in Machao, giuing him to vnderstande of his comming and of his -companions vnto the cittie of Canton, and howe that his comming thither -was onelie to procure for to preach the holy gospel, and for to conuert -and turne to God those blinde idolaters. The which letter being receiued -by the bishop, he made answere, praysing their intent and purpose, -animating them with godly wordes of exhortation, and therewith did sende -and demand the copie of such authoritie as they brought from the holy -father touching that the which they pretended. This hee did for that all -the sayde countrie vnto the lande of Iapon was committed vnto him by the -holy father. - -[42] Worship. - -Unto this letter, the father Costodio answered, that hauing oportunitie, -he woulde obey his commandement, and shew vnto him the facultie he -brought, and also woulde him selfe in person go thether for to kisse his -handes, and to satisfie all the inhabitants of that towne, for that it -was giuen him to understande that they reported euill of them, and sayde -that they were vacabondes and lost men, and not true religious men, -neither sacerdotes nor priests; and how that they had requested certaine -Chinos, which at that time came vnto Machao, that at their returne -againe vnto Canton they should tell the iudges and aduertise them with -good aduisement, how that there were certaine Castillos come into their -cittie, whom they did certainely know not to be of their nation, but of -an other, and subiects vnto a different and strange king, whom they did -beleeue to come thether for some ill intent and purpose in counterfeit -attire, and came for spyes from the Castillos of Luzon, and that they -did beleeue that after them did come some armie to do hurt in some part -of that countrie, and that they should prevent it in time, for that if -so be that any thing should happen, the fault should not be imputed vnto -them. - -All this the Portingales did (as afterwards they did plainely -vnderstande) for feare that the Castillos should take from them their -contractation and gaine which they had in that city; by which occasion -their intente did so proceede forward, that they did certifie the -Chinos, that the chiefe captaine of Machao, who was put there by the -king of Portingale, had presented a petition vnto a citie that was -ioyning to Canton, aduertising the iudges of that before spoken of, and -protesting that if any harme or damage should come to that country in -admitting the Castillos, that it should not be imputed vnto them. - -But the iudge vnderstanding their euill intent, and that their -accusations were more vppon malice and enuie then of any trueth, he -answered vnto the same, that he was particularly informed of those -religious persons, against whom they did complaine, how that they were -men of whom they needed not to feare, and without any suspition; as it -did plainely appeare when they did visite their ship, wherein they came, -where they found nothing, but onely a fewe bookes and some other thinges -which did more signifie deuotion than to make any warre. This iudge -(notwithstanding the answere he made), for that afterwards the chiefe -captaine should not raise vp some inuention, tooke the originall -petition, and sent it with great securitie vnto the viceroy of the -prouince of Aucheo, that he might see and peruse it; who when that he -had easily perceiued it, and vnderstood the intent of him that presented -the same, and the innocencie of them that were therein complained of, he -sent and commanded the gouernor of Canton for to giue them good -intertainment, and not to permit any harme or hurt to be done vnto them, -and that he should send them vnto the city of Aucheo, for that he would -see them, for that it was tolde him that they seemed to be holy men, and -although that they had their apparell in the same forme, of the Austin -friers, (whome he had seene), yet their garments were of an other colour -and more asper. - -The chief captaine seeing that his intent fell not out well with the -iudges of China, he commanded to be proclaymed publicke in Machao that -none should write vnto them, nor communicate with them vpon paine of -banishment, and to pay two thousande ducats. All this was not sufficient -for to coole the mindes of some deuout persons of the religion of the -glorious Saint Francis, but were rather incyted to offer their fauour -and helpe seeing they had neede thereof; but in particular the bishop -did helpe tham alwaies with his almes, and also an honorable priest -called Andres Cotino, who making small account of the proclamation did -write vnto them diverse times, although secretly, and sent their letters -with almes and many exhortations to proceed forward with their holy -zeale and intent. Besides this they sent vnto them a Spaniard called -Pedro Quintero, who had dwelt there many years amongest the Portingals, -and hauing oportunitie they sent him many times with comfortable things -and letters, but not signed, for if happily they should be met with all, -they might denie them to be theirs. - -Now returning to our purpose, the interpreter, with desire to be payed -of that which hee saide he had spent and laide out, did bring the -messenger that he promised them to go vnto Machao to carrie their -letters vnto such religious men as they knewe; in the which he craued -their almes and helpe for to pay their interpreter, and praying them for -the love of God to sende them likewise so much as should redeeme their -challice (who at this time knew not how it was solde and broken). - -This messenger went with all diligence and secrecie, and returned with -the like, and brought with him that which they sent for and other -iunkets of great content, the which came in very good season, for that -one of the sayde friers, called frier Sebastian, of S. Francis, was very -sick of a strong ague, whereof in few daies after he died, very wel and -with a strange desire to suffer martyrdome for God's sake. When this -messenger came, there was come thither the Aytao who is iudge of the -strangers, and was without the citie, vnto whom was committed the -examination of the Spaniards, who after that he had concluded other -matters, commanded them to be brought afore him with great love and -gentlenesse, for so the viceroy of Aucheo had commanded him. - - - - -CHAP. VI. - - _The Spaniards seing themselues in great necessitie, - hauing not to maintaine themselues, they go into the - streets to ask almes: the gouernor vnderstanding - thereof commandeth to giue them a stipend out of the - king's treasure: the interpreter goeth forwardes with - his couetousness and deceit: they be carried before - the iudges of the citie, with whom they do intreat of - diuers matters: they do aduise the viceroy of al, who - commandeth to send them to Aucheo._ - - -Because they would not see themselues in the like danger with the -interpreter, as that which was past, they would not go any more to eate -at his house, but rather to giue an example vnto those of the citie, -they went foorth every day by two and two to aske almes; and although -they were infidels, yet they gaue them with great contentment and ioie, -because it was a rare thing in that kingdome to see them begge in the -streetes, by reason, as hath been tolde you, that they haue no poore -folk, neither are they permitted, if there be any, to aske in the -streetes nor in their temples. When that the gouernor vnderstoode -thereof, and how that they did it for pure necessitie, and had no other -waies to maintaine themselues, hee commanded to be giuen them euerie -day, a certaine stipend vpon the kinges cost, the which was with so -great abundance, that mainteining the souldiers that came with them, and -all the rest, yet had they to spare, for that their stipende was giuen -them in money, which was sixe mayesses[43] of siluer, whereof they had -to spare, for that all thinges in that countrie is so good cheape, as -hath been told you in many places. - -[43] Mace or mayes is the Portuguese word for Tsien, the tenth of an -ounce. These words mayes, tayes (see page 156), belong to the same class -as mandarin, bonze, joss-house, etc., all of which have been invented by -the Portuguese. - -Their interpreter, seeing the good newes that was brought from Machao -for the Spaniardes, by a bill that a certayne deuout man had sent him in -secret, whereupon would be giuen vnto him all that was needeful, with -protestation to pay all that should be giuen vnto them although it -should amount vnto a great summe (with the which hee wrote a letter vnto -the Fryer Costodio of great comfort, in strengthening him and all the -rest to perseuer in their intent which God had put in their mindes for -the saluation of those soules), the Interpreter (I say) beganne to -imagine, that for to profite himselfe it was conuenient for to delate -and detract the departure of the Spaniardes, and did exact vpon them -euery day, in the buying of their uictuals, the halfe of the money that -was giuen them. - -[Sidenote: A prophesie.] - -So vpon a day he came verie much out of order, and fayned that the aytao -had commanded that they should forthwith depart out of the kingdome; but -yet notwithstanding he would present a petition in their name, saying, -that for as much as time did not serue them to nauigate, neither was -their shippe in plight for to make their iourney, that it would please -them to get them a house whereas they might remaine three or four -monethes, in the which time they might prouide them of all thinges -necessarie for their voyage; and possible it may so fall out that in -this time, they seeing their manner of liuing to bee good, and to shew -good examples, they may let them to remaine in the countrie liberally -and to learne the language, and then beginne to preach and declare the -right way vnto heauen. All this he spake with great dissimulation for -to profite himselfe, for he knewe verie well that the aytao had willed -him to tell them, that they could not remaine in that countrie with the -pretence they had; for that there was a lawe ordained to the contrarie, -without expresse licence from the king, the which will last of all be -granted vnto the Spaniardes or Portingals, for that there is a prophesie -amongest them, spoken by the mouth of the diuell, and esteemed amongest -them for a very truth, for that other thinges which he spake when that -was spoken hath beene verified, in the which he doth pronounce that a -time shall come, that they shall be subiect vnto a nation whose men -shall haue great beardes and long noses, and sharpe broade eyes (as we -would say cats eyes), in the which they do differ from them. For it is a -great maruaile to finde a man amongst them with more then twentie heares -in his beard, little more or lesse, flat noses, and their eyes very -little, so that when they will mocke a man, or doo him any iniurie by -word, they will call him "cats eyes". - -Now for that the desire of the Spaniardes was nothing else but to -remaine in that countrie, for to bring to effect their good zeale, they -did gratifie the interpreter for the great fauour hee shewed them, and -did earnestly entreat him for to present the petition, thinking thereby -their desire should be vnderstood, and Gods cause iustified, so that -they first would enter into them by the way of preaching. He presented -the petition when that all the iudges were together, who had great pitie -and compassion ouer the Spaniardes, and willed that they should come -before them, for that they would see and vnderstande the roote and -foundation of their will. They obeyed their commandement with great ioy, -and when they were come into the hall, one of the iudges, who was -superior ouer all the rest, and a man of great authoritie, did aske of -them by way of the interpreter, what was their pretence in that they did -aske a house to dwell in, the Frier Costodio did answere, that he did -desire it for to learne the language well, by which meanes they might -the better learne them to know the true God, and to set them in the true -way to goe and glorie with him, because it was his office and his -profession. - -The interpreter tolde all this truely, the which fewe times before he -had done, as hath beene tolde you. Then the iudge, in name of all the -rest, sayde, that in that their demand they could not grant, neyther had -they any such authoritie to giue licence. - -This being spoken, the interpreter replyed, without tarrying to heare -what the Spaniardes would say, and said, that at least wayes they would -giue them licence to remaine there till such time as the Portingals did -come thether for to lade their marchandice, which would be within few -daies, with whom they would go, for that they were all of one law and -faith. The iudge did againe aske them if that the Portingals and -Spaniards were al one. The father Costodio answered, that in religion -and lawes there was no difference, but the one were subiects to one king -and the other to another, although they were kinsmen and that very nigh. -This last petition seemed to the iudge to be more reasonable and iust -than the first, and that they might grant it them with lesse -difficultie, although he answered them and said, that he could not grant -it vnto them, but he would write vnto the viceroy for to grant it them. -For that the Portugals would bee there at the farthest within foure or -fiue monethes, and that in the meane time he would giue them a prouision -that they may go freely abroad, and none to hurt nor harme them. - -So the next day following, which was the second of August, he did -accomplish his word and promise, and sent vnto the viceroy their -petition, and therewithall his iudgment and of all the rest that were -there with him, what they thought touching that matter. The answere -staid many daies after and came not, but in the ende there came a -commandement from the viceroy vnto the gouernor of Canton, in the which -hee willed that the Spaniards should be sent vnto Aucheo whereas he was, -and that there should be carried with them all such thinges as they -brought with them, which was their bookes and ornaments. - -The iudge did straightwaies send and gaue them to vnderstande of this -new order, because they should make themselues readie for to trauaile: -the which they did with great ioy and diligence, as you shall vnderstand -in the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. VII. - - _The Spaniardes take their iourney towardes Aucheo, - and declare what happened in the way thitherwarde._ - - -The next day following, which was the sixteenth day of August, the -Spaniards departed from Canton towards Aucheo to see the viceroy, with -great hope and confidence that he would giue them licence for that which -they pretended. But at their departure, they would have left there two -Indians for to keepe their ship or frigat; but the iudges that were -present said, that it was not needefull for them to haue any such care, -for that they would take the care vppon them to see all thinges in good -order. So presently they sent certaine writing in papers, and commaunded -them to bee glewed vppon the hatches of their shippe, in such sort that -they could not bee open but they must be perceiued. Then presently was -brought for the Spaniardes foure barkes, verie gallant and wide, with -verie fayre galleries and windowes; and beeing imbarked, they charged -them verie much to make all haste possible to accomplish the -commandement of the viceroy; and sent with them conuenient persons for -to be their guides, and to giue them all thinges necessarie for their -iourney. They traueiled continually in a mightie riuer against the -current, in the which they did see many thinges woorthie to be noted for -the space of foure daies that their iourney indured. - -There was alongest the riuer side manie cities and townes verie great, -which were so many in number that they could not make any memorie of -them, by reason that they passed manie of them by night, to obserue the -tides, and to auoid the heate, which was great vppon the water. Alongest -the riuer side (whereas it was not inhabited) was full of corne fieldes, -whereas they sawe them go to plough with many bufalos, much different -vnto the vse of Spaine; for that one alonely buffe did drawe the plough, -with one vpon his backe, who did gouerne and guide him with great ease -whether hee would they should go, with a corde made fast to a ring at -his nose, which serued in steede of a bridle. - -They sawe also flockes of geese, in the which were more then twentie -thousand; with whom they did weede, and tooke away the grasse which did -growe amongst the rice and other graine and seedes, driuing them in the -middest of their fieldes; and it seemed that they had the vse of reason, -considering how they did separate and make a distinction betwixt the -good seede and the bad, and the great care they had to feede and do no -harme, neither to plucke vp the good plant, which was a thing that they -wondred at aboue all the rest. All the countrie is verie populous, and -the townes one so neere an other, that it may better be sayde to be all -one towne and not manie, and might with more propertie be called the -citie of China, and not the kingdome of China. In all the whole countrie -there is not one foot of ground vnoccupied, by reason of the great -abundance of people that there is; and they permit amongest them no idle -people (as more at large it hath beene declared vnto you); and the -countrie beeing fertile, is the occasion that they have all thinges in -great abundance and at a lowe price. - -Now to returne to their voyage, the which they made verie well and with -great recreation, as well in the townes alongst the riuer side, as vpon -the riuer, whereas they were cherished with great care: in the end of -foure dayes, which was the twentieth day of August, they entred into the -suburbes of the citie of Aucheo, but so late that they were constrayned -to remaine there till the next day: whereas they found all thinges -necessarie and in good order, aswell for their bedding as for their -supper, to passe away the night. The next day, very early in the -morning, he that was their conduct and guide, made great haste for to -goe and see what the viceroy would command. - -They trauailed through a great and long streete, which seemed vnto them -to be more than a league, and thought that they had gone through the -citie. So when they had passed that street they came vnto the gate of -the citie, and there they vnderstoode that the rest which they had gone -and passed was the suburbes. The mightinesse of this citie, and the -great admiration they had, with the multitude of people, and a -wonderfull great bridge the which they passed, with many other thinges -of the which they made mention, we do let passe, for that it is declared -vnto you more at large in the relation giuen by the Augustin friers, in -the booke before this, at their entrie into the sayd citie. - -So when they came to the pallace of the viceroy, he was not stirring, -neither was the gate open, for as it hath beene tolde you, it is open -but once a day. Their guide seeing that it would be somewhat long before -that they would open it, he carried the Spaniardes into a court of an -other house, which was ioyning vnto that of the viceroy. - -In the meane while they were there, came all the iudges to sit in -audience, but when they vnderstoode of the comming of the strangers, -they commanded that they should be brought before them; who greatly -marueiled at the aspernesse of their apparell, and not at any other -thing, for that they had seene there before the Austin fryers. -Straightwayes the gate of the pallace was open with great noyse of -artilerie and musicall instruments, as trumpets, bagpipes, sackebuttes -and hoybukes, with such a noyse that it seemed the whole citie would -sincke. At the entrie in the first court, there were many souldiers -armed, and had hargubushes and lances, and in a very good order. In an -other court more within, which was very great, and railed round about -with timber, painted blacke and blew, which a far off seemed to be yron, -and was in height a mans stature; there they sawe also many other -souldiers, placed in the same order, and in liuerie as the others were, -but they seemed to be men of a gallanter disposition. When they came -into this court, there was brought vnto them a commandement from the -viceroy, in the which they were commanded to returne and come thether -againe in the after noone, for that he could not speake with them -before, by reason of certaine businesse he had with the lords of the -counsell, which could not be deferred. With this answere they departed -out of the pallace, and returned againe in the after noone, as they were -commanded, and into the same court aforesaide, out of the which they -were carried into a mightie great hall, very richly hanged and adorned; -at the ende thereof was three doores, that in the middest was great, but -the other two but small, the which did correspond vnto other three -doores that were in an other hall more within, wherein was the viceroy, -right over against the doore in the middest, in at the which there is -none permitted to enter nor go foorth. Hee was set in a marueilous rich -chayre wrought with iuorie and gold, vnder a canopie or cloth of state -all of cloth of gold, and in the middest was embrodered the kings armes, -which were (as we haue said) certaine serpents woond in a knot together. -He had also before him a table whereon were two candles burning, for -that it was somewhat late, and a standish with paper. Right before the -viceroy the wall was verie white, whereon was painted a fearce dragon, -who did throwe out fire at his mouth, nose, and eyes, a picture (as was -giuen them to vnderstand) that all the iudges of that countrie commonly -hath it painted before their tribunall seates whereas they sit in -iustice, and is there to the intent to signifie vnto the iustice, the -fearcenesse that he should haue sitting in that seat for to do iustice -vprightly without feare or respect to any. The order they haue in giving -audience is with the ceremonies in all points as it hath beene shewed -you in the relation of the fathers of S. Augustin. All people when they -talke with the viceroy are kneeling on their knees, although they be -iudges or loytias, as the fryers did see them many times. - -This day, they seeing the Spaniardes remained looking alwaies, when they -should be commanded to enter in, the viceroy gaue audience vnto the -scriueners or notaries, to certifie himselfe if they did their offices -well, and commanded fiftie of them at that present to be sotted or -beaten for that they were found culpable in their detayning of matters, -and others the like for that they had receiued giftes and bribes of -their clyents, the which is prohibited and forbidden vnder greeueous -penalties, for that the king doth giue vnto them all sufficient stipend -for their maintenance, for that they should not incroch nor demand any -thing of their clyentes. The sots or stripes which were giuen them were -with great crueltie, and executed with certaine canes, and in that order -as in other places it hath beene told you. The viceroyes gard were in -number more than two thousand men, placed all on a ranke, all apparelled -in one liuery of silke, and on their heads helmets of yron very bright -and glystering, and euerie one his plume of feathers. These souldiers -made a lane from the gate of the hall there whereas the viceroy was, -vnto the principal gate of the pallace wheras they did first enter. -Those which were in the hals and vpon the staires had swords girt vnto -them, and they in the courtes had lances, and betwixt euery one of them -a hargubusher. All this gard (as was giuen them to vnderstand) were -Tartaros and not Chinos: but the reason wherefore they could not learne, -although they did inquire it with diligence. - - - - -CHAP. VIII. - - _The Spaniards are brought before the viceroy: he - asketh of them certaine questions, and doth remit them - vnto the Timpintao his deputie, who receiueth them - well, and giueth them good speeches._ - - -At that present came forth a seruant of the viceroyes, a man of -authoritie, and made signe vnto the Spaniards to enter into the hall, -instructing them that at the first entry they should kneele downe on -their knees: the which they did presently: from that place vnto the seat -of the viceroy was more than a hundreth foot in length, yet did the -viceroy himself make signes with his hand that one of the religious men -should come nearer him, the which the father Costodio did, and kneeled -downe againe when he drew nigh vnto the table that was before him. The -viceroy did consider and beholde him a good while, and that with great -grauitie and maiestie, and then asked him of whence he was, and what he -came to seeke in that kingdome, into the which none might come vpon -paine of death, without expresse licence of some of the iudges alongst -the sea coast. The father Costodio answered, that he and the rest of his -companions were Spaniards, and that they were come into that kingdome -mooued with the zeale of God, for the saluation of their soules, and -for to preach the holy gospell, and show them the way vnto heauen. -Hauing declared the interpreter this (although they did not vnderstand -whether he did vse fidelitie in the declaration or not, but rather, by -that which the viceroy did forthwith demand, it is to be beleeued that -he did it with falshood as he had done many times before; for that -without replying vnto that which he had saide of the preaching of the -gospel, he asked them what marchandice they brought with them: the said -father answered, That they brought none, for that they were not men that -did deale in any marchandice, but in declaring of things appertaining to -heauen, and to direct their soules to that place. Hearing this answere -(or that which the interpreter would imagine to be better for his -purpose) the viceroy did bid them depart, and commanded them to returne -againe the next day and to bring with them their images, and the other -things wherof he was certified from Canton that were founde in their -frigat, for that he would see it all. They did accomplish his -commandement, and returned the next day in the morning, at such time as -it was tolde them that the pallace gates would be opened: the which was -done in the same maner and order as the day before, with the noyse of -musicke and artillerie as aforesaid. So when that the viceroy was giuen -to vnderstande how that the Castillos were come, he commanded that one -of them with alonely the interpreter should enter there wheras he was, -and to bring in such thinges as he had commanded to be brought, the -which was presently accomplished. Hee straightwaies began to looke vpon -the images euery one by it selfe, and the bookes: and made a stay -betwixt euerie one to consider well thereof, and made a showe of great -content he receiued in the sight of them. Although, aboue all the rest, -the ara of black iaspar did most content him, and caused a marueilous -strangenesse in the rest of the iudges that had seene it. All this while -was the father Costodio vpon his knees, and the interpreter by him, and -hee neuer asked of them any question, neyther did they say any thing. -They that did bring those thinges vnto them for to see them, seemed to -be principall and ancient men, who, when they gaue it him into his -handes, they did it kneeling. - -So after that he had seene them al at his pleasure, he commanded to put -them againe in the place that they were taken out, and made signe vnto -the father Costodio and to the interpreter that they should depart, and -to carry with them al those things which they had brought. One of the -ancient men that were with him, did go foorth with the Spaniards, and -told them when they came into the second hall, that the viceroye did -reioyce much to see them, and all those which they brought, and said -that they should repaire vnto the Timpintao, who was his deputy, and he -would dispatch al such matters as were asked of the viceroy by petition, -following the same till it was concluded, and that he would consult with -the viceroy, who would set down such orders as shold be obserued. They -straightwaies did put in execution this order, and comming vnto the -house of the deputie vnto the viceroy, the which was very great and -faire, they found that he had a garde very little lesse than that of the -viceroy, and almost with as much maiestie. So after they had remained in -the court a good while, abiding his commandement (to whom it was giuen -to vnderstand that the viceroy had sent them vnto him), he commanded -them to ascend into the place wheras he was, which was into a hall very -well dressed, in the which was almost al such things as they had seene -in the hall of the viceroy, and he himselfe in the same manner sate in a -rich chaire, with a table before him. He commanded to take out those -things which they brought in their chestes, and did behold them with -great consideration peece by peece, as the viceroy had done, and -reioysing much to see the images, he did demande of them with curiositie -the signification of some of them, but in especiall a crucifix, that -after that he had considered with great attention, he asked what man was -that which was vppon the crosse, and what those letters did signifie -that were tituled ouer his head. But when the father Costodio had -declared it vnto him, he beganne to laugh thereat, as though he had -heard some foolish fable. Hee came and feeled the habites of our -religious men, and made signes of great woonder to see the aspernesse -thereof. - -The father Costodio seeing his affabilitie, and as it seemed by outwarde -showe that he did very much pitie them, he requested to helpe and fauour -him with the viceroy, and that he would aske licence that they might -remaine and dwell in that countrie, in any place where his pleasure was -to appoint, for that they were men without any hurt, and would put all -their care and diligence to do workes of charitie, and to procure that -men might go to inioy the happie estate to the which they were borne. - -The interpreter dealt here in his office with as great fidelitie as at -other times, in saying that which the fathers did request of him, was -that he should be a meanes vnto the viceroy that he would let them to -remaine in that countrie two or three moneths, for that as then it was -an ill time to nauigate the sea, and that without great danger of their -liues they could not returne vnto the Ilands Philippinas. The iudge -answered that they should not feare, but remaine with content, for that -he would procure that there should be giuen them a house for those three -or foure moneths, with a commandement that none whatsoeuer should do -them any harme. The interpreter tolde them that the deputie to the -viceroy was very glad that they would remaine in that countrie, for that -they seemed vnto him men of good example and necessarie in their common -weale, and that they might freely learne the language (as they sayd) for -to shew and instruct them the way vnto heauen. The Spaniards hauing -heard this, it made them very much to maruaile, and from that time -forwards they had good hope to prosecute that which they did pretend. So -with this and with great spirituall and corporal ioy they tooke their -leaue of the iudge, and went vnto their lodging, wheras they gaue thanks -vnto God for the good directing of their busines, and did pray vnto him -to helpe them, that they might see a finall conclusion of their desire. -All this falsenes that the interpreter did vse, was by the diuine -permission (as afterwards they did gather), when that by himselfe they -were put out of all doubt, and did declare what he did pretend by the -way and order he tooke. For without all doubt, if that the iudges had -plainely vnderstood that they would haue there remained, they would not -haue suffered them to haue entred and seene the countrie. And the -viceroy being aduertised thereof, would haue caused them to depart in -that troublesome wether, whereas possibly they should haue beene all -drowned, for that the moneths of July, August, and September in that -countrie, are ordinarily full of stormes and tempestes. - - - - -CHAP. IX. - - _The Spaniards remained certaine daies in Aucheo: they - go to visite the beautie of that citie, but in - especiall the captaine generall of the sea, who was so - affectioned vnto the ara of blacke stone they brought, - that hee did with all care and diligence procure it of - gift._ - - -All the time that they remained in Aucheo, they did occupie themselues -in visiting of the principals of the court, amongst whom he that did -most reioice to see them was the captaine generall of the men of war of -that prouince, who after that he had intreated them very friendly and -louingly, he desired them that they would returne the next day to -uisite him, and to bring with them the ara of blacke stone, which they -had shewed vnto the viceroy, that he might see it, for that he had -praised it very much: and to bring also of their painted images. They -did obey his commandement, and came vnto him when that he was at dinner -with great maiestie. Then so soone as he had dined, he commanded that -they should enter into the hal there where he was. The interpreter when -he drew nigh vnto him did kneele down, and made signes vnto the -Spaniards to follow him and do the like; but the captaine commanded them -to arise and to couer their heads, and did very much behold the ara or -(altar stone), making a showe of great admiration to beholde it: hee -demanded of the fryers many things of great curiositie, and asked them -if they would sell him that stone, and he would giue them for it what -they would demande. The father Costodio answered, saying that they sold -nothing, and much lesse that, for that it was consecrated and dedicated -to the diuine colto (or sacrifice). The captaine replied and saide, that -if they would not sell it, that they should giue it him, and hee would -be gratefull vnto them in some other thing, that they should thinke well -of. - -The father Costodio answered, that by no manner of meanes he could not -do it, for that vpon the same they did celebrate and say masse, at such -time as they did sacrifice vnto the true God. At that instant the -captaine did put his handes vppon it to feele it, and the father -Costodio made signes vnto him to take away his handes, for that he -sinned greatly therein. Then he seeing that they would not giue it him, -he tooke his leaue, saying, that they should leaue it there with him, -for that hee would looke vpon it more at leasure, promising to returne -it them againe afterwardes. The father Costodio did consent thereunto, -but first he requested him not to touch it with his handes. - -So after that he had satisfied himselfe in the beholding of it, his -affection was then much more to remaine therewith: and for to -accomplish the same, not fayling of his word and promise that he had -made, hee deuised with himselfe a certaine slight and policie, and sent -for the father Costodio, who came vnto him with great content, thinking -verily that he would haue returned their ara. When he came vnto him, he -did intertaine him verie ioyfully, and said that he was vpon his iorney -to certaine warres by the commandement of the king, and that amongest -those seruants that he carried with him for his seruice, there were two -christened Chinos, which had beene captiues vnto the Portugales of the -citie of Machao, from whence they ran away, of whom he had had -vnderstanding in all thinges of the ceremonies of the Christians, and -that their comming thether was to baptise such as would receiue the -same: and hee being fully certified in many thinges touching the same, -he liked well thereof and gaue great content, and hoped to be one of -them that first should receiue the faith when the king should grant -licence for the same. - -All this (as it seemed) was that they should let him haue the ara, vnto -the which he was so affectioned, as aforesaid. But the father Costodio -vsed the matter in such sort that hee got it out of his fingers, which -was no small matter. Within a few dayes after, the captaine being readie -to imbarke himselfe for to make his iourney, he sent vnto the Spaniardes -that two of them should come vnto him, and that they should bring with -them the blacke stone, for there were certaine friendes of his that -would see it. - -The father Costodio did straightwayes accomplish his commandement, and -carried with him the ara (or altar stone), for that he durst not do -otherwise, yet they did beleeue that in giuing him some pretie or -curious thing, they should content him and quiet his mind: they carried -also with them the image of Marie Magdalen, made of feathers, which was -more woorthie than the ara (setting apart the consecration). So when -the religious fathers came wheras he was, he went foorth to meete them -more then tenne paces, with signification of great ioy: and carrying -them aside, he saide vnto them once againe, that the captiues had told -him so many things of their vertuous maner of liuing, and of other -things touching the heauen, that he had great affection vnto them, and -desired that they might remaine in the countrie for to baptise the -inhabitants therof, and that he wold be the first: but the cause -wherfore he did delay the time is for to eschew the paines that is -pronounced against all those that do receiue any law or strange -ceremonie without particular licence of the king. And for that he went -in hast to go and inhabite a certaine prouince, and that he was ready to -depart; in the which, so soone as it was possible, he would do so much -that al they should become Christians; and for as much as he tolde him -that the blacke stone (vnto the which he was affectioned) was -consecrated, that he would let him haue it to carry with him, that he -might put it in the first church that the baptised should edifie, being -made Christians: the which would be very shortly, for that he was -determined before many daies to send to Machao for two friers such as -were there, to be fully informed of them in thinges touching the -Christian faith. Then the father Costodio sayde, if that which he had -spoken came from his heart, that hee would foorthwith depart and goe -with him and all his companie. - -The captaine answered that as then hee could not doo it, till such time -as the church was built, and licence had for the same of the king or -vizroy, the which at that time he coulde not demande, for the great hast -that he had to depart. The father Costodio replied and said, that his -church being built, he would promise him of his worde to sende it him, -and not to giue it to any other; and in pledge and token of the same, he -should carry with him the image of Marie Magdalene made of feathers. The -captaine receiued the same with great content: greatlie maruelling at -the subtill and fine worke wherewith it was wrought: and after did so -much, that almost perforce he remained also with the ara: and commanded -to bee brought foorth two rich peeces of damaske, and to giue them vnto -the father Costodio for to make an ornament in truck and ful -satisfaction for the same; but the father Costodio woulde not receiue -them, but was very much greeued to see howe that hee did remaine -therewith, and with the image of feathers. The captaine did contende -with him for to take the dameske, but hee would not. - -Afterward they vnderstood that the interpreter was bribed by a seruant -of the captaines, for to alter the friers words and to offer the -captayne the ara, and any thing els that hee would desire. For to the -contrary he durst not by any meanes to take it against the will of the -fathers. To conclude he did imbarke himselfe vpon his voyage, and caried -with him the ara and the image, with great ioy to himselfe: but vnto the -fathers and their companions discomfort and sorrow, for they had lost -the two thinges that they so much esteemed. The captayne at his -departure did vse great thinges and curtesie, taking his leaue of them -with signes, that signified he bare them great loue and good will, and -that it greeued him to depart, and could not carie them with him as they -requested. - -The interpreter did comfort the Spaniardes, and sayd that they should -not be sorrowful that the captaine had taken those two pieces; for that -he was a mightie prince, and that he would fauour and helpe them with -the vizroy, and that hee was certaine that he would accomplish that -which he promised, that is, to become a Christian, for that he did beare -great good will and affection vnto them: in the which the interpreter -did not lie, for that it was told them by the seruants of the captaine, -that were christened, as I told you before. - -The frier Costodio remained so sad and sorowfull for the carrying away -of the ara and Madlin of feathers, as though he had lost a great -treasure: and being desirous to recouer them againe, he did recommend -the same vnto S. Antonio de Padua, who, for thinges that were lost, they -knew by experience to bee the onely saint for aduocate, and did promise -(the better to obtaine their desire) for to celebrate vnto him certaine -masses, when they should come into place fit for the same. - -Straightwayes it so fell out that the chiefe and principall interpreter -did fall out with the other that did helpe him, about certaine profite -that was comming to him, and did threaten him that he would tell the -gouernor howe that they had giuen him much siluer for to conclude the -matter about the ara, for that the fathers had giuen it them more by -force then any good will. The interpreter fearing that hee shoulde bee -for the same greeuously punished, and finding himselfe culpable in the -things that the other threatned him for, he went vnto the captain, who -was imbarked and readie to depart, tarrying onely for wether, and tolde -him the falling out in all points as it passed, and of his threatnings: -who likewise fearing what might succeede or happen, if it shoulde come -to the vnderstanding of the aytao of the cittie of Canton, as could not -be by any meanes excused: hee called vnto him one of his seruants and -commanded him to take the ara and the image, and to carry them vnto the -fathers, who accomplished his commande, and they receiued them with -great comfort, and gaue great thankes vnto God for the same, and S. -Antonio de Padua: by whose intercession they beleeued that they were -restored. - - - - -CHAP. X. - - _The Timpintao dooth call the Spaniards before him, - and dispatcheth them for to go to Canton; they tooke - their leaue of him, and goeth from Aucheo: and at - their comming to Canton, they are commaunded to make - themselues readie to departe the kingdome._ - - -The next day following, which was the thirde day of September, the -timpintao did sende to call the Spaniards before him, who as we haue -said was deputie vnto the vizroy, and he gaue them certaine dispatches, -in saying, that there was in them all that they did aske, and gaue -commandement to the gouernor of Canton that he should not neglect, but -accomplish al things therin comprehended, so that they might depart when -they pleased. When hee tooke his leaue of them, hee did intreate them -verie curteously with words of great curtesie. The Spaniards departed -his presence with incredible ioy: beleeuing that he had agreed and -granted all that they did aske, and to remaine in the countrie to -preach, so that the next day following they made all thinges in a -redinesse to take their voyage, the which they finished in short time, -by reason of their great contentment they had with themselues, as also -for the good intertainement and good cheere they had by the way, which -was made and giuen them by the commandement of the timpintao. So when -they came vnto Canton, they went straightwayes to visite the gouernour, -and to giue him the dispatches which they brought, who after that he had -read the same, he bad them welcome, and saide that hee was very glad -that the vizroy had shewed them so much fauour, and that the same was -committed to his charge, for the execution of his commission, that they -should perswade themselues that hee would performe it according vnto his -commandement, without failing anie thing. And for to beginne the same, -hee shewed vnto them a house of the kings which should be for their -dwelling, which was in the suburbs halfe fallen downe, and there they -were lodged, with a commandement that they should not go foorth, neither -enter into the cittie without particular licence. Heere they remained -many dayes being deceiued of their purpose, and maruelled very much that -the gouernor would not giue them licence for to reedifie a monastery, -neither for to enter into the cittie for to giue order in that which -they beleeued was granted them by the vizroy, til such time as they -vnderstood what was done by their interpreters, and relation giuen by -the Chino boy which came with them from the Philippinas, who declared to -them the truth in all things: how that the interpreters had neuer told -the iudges how that they would remain in the countrie, neither made any -mention thereof, but that they came thither as lost men, and that their -request was to remaine in the country til it were faire wether, or the -comming of the Portugall shippes. And this was that which the vizroy and -his deputie had granted, and no other thing. But when the father -Costodio and his companions (who verely beleeuing that their desire -woulde take effect) vnderstoode the craft and wile of the interpreters, -and the great falshood that they had vsed, they were very sadde, and -beganne amongst themselues to remedie the same: so they determined to -seeke a new interpreter, one that should faithfulle and truely declare -their will vnto the gouernor. And although they did finde some that -could doo it, for that they did reasonably vnderstande the Portugall -tongue, yet there were none that woulde accept it, for any request or -giftes that they did promise them. - -The father Costodio seeing this, and that the time appointed did passe -away without doing of any thing, one day hee and the rest of his -companions did ioine togither, and entred in counsell to see what was -best to be done, according vnto the necessitie in the which they were -driuen. There was amongst them diuers opinions, for that of the father -Costodio and of another religious man was, that they woulde go vnto -Machao, which was not farre off, and there would administer the -sacraments, and preach the holy gospel vnto the christened Chinos, and -to learne the China language, and to tarrie there and abide the first -occasion that should bee offered, or else they themselues to procure it, -for, hauing the language, it were an easie thing to doo it: and they -should not haue neede of any interpreter, neither feare to be deceiued -as they had beene before. And besides this, they put the Portugals out -of all doubt of the false opinion that the captaine generall had -published abroade of them, and of other matters of like effect and -purpose. The other two religious men and souldiers were of a contrarie -opinion: which was, that they should returne vnto the Ilands -Philippinas, and not vnto Machao, and saide, that they had departed -without licence of the gouernor, and did aduenture themselues into the -harme and damage that might happen vnto them by that enterprise, and all -for to plant the faith of Christ in that kingdome. And now seeing that -by the iust iudgement of God wee cannot put it in execution, wee are -greatly bounde to returne againe vnto him, of whome we doubt not but -with ease to get our pardon for the error passed, representing the zeale -wee had to the honour of God, and the saluation of so manie soules, who -did incite vs to giue that great enterprise: with the which we shall -remaine blamelesse with them that had giuen wrong iudgement of vs, and -accomplish our bounden duetie and obedience which wee doo owe vnto the -gouernor. And in going vnto Machao wee shall runne in great danger to be -holden and iudged for traitors to the king: and the intent wherewith wee -went vnto China, euery one wil construe and interpret thereon at his -pleasure. - -The resolution of these contrary opinions, was by a common consent -delated certaine dayes, in the which they prayed vnto God to put into -their hearts that which was best for His deuine seruice. So in the end -the father Costodio, and the religious man, who was of his opinion, did -determine to go forwards with their pretence, and to go vnto Machao, as -aforesaid, and the rest to returne vnto the ilands with the first -oportunitie they might finde: but when it should come to effect, one of -the religious friers that shoulde haue gone vnto Manilla was deade of an -infirmitie that chanced him. They staid there longer then they did think -they should, by reason that the iudges of the cittie were occupied with -the examinations of students, the which is accustomed euery three -yeares, and is in that manner and order as hath beene tolde you in the -proper chapter for the same: the which examinations endured more then -fiue and fortie dayes, with great feastes and banquets, without medling -in any other particular businesse. - - - - -CHAP. XI. - - _The Father Costodio sendeth a messenger vnto Machao; - he writeth vnto the bishop and vnto a priest for to - bestow their almes on them for their departure. The - captaine generall doth vnderstand therof, and - commandeth them not to aid nor succour the Spaniards: - and other matters appertaining unto them._ - - -In the meane time of this their examination, the father Costodio did -sende a messenger vnto the bishop of Machao, declaring vnto him his -determination, and he also did write vnto the deuout priest, of whome we -haue made mention before, and craued of them their almes wherewith they -might make prouision for them that would depart for the Ilands -Philippinas, and how that he and his companyon would go and see his -lordship. This was not done so secretly, but it came vnto the -vnderstanding and knowledge of the captaine generall of the Portugals, -who with great choller went and demanded the letters of the priest, -those that were giuen him by the Chino: threatning him that if hee did -not, hee woulde punish him with great rigor, and banish him out of the -countrie as a suspected person. He answered him, that of truth he had -receiued certaine letters, but that at the very instant hee sent them -vnto the bishoppe vnto whom they were directed: about the which there -was great holde and keepe, vntill it came to effect that the captaine -did lay holde vppon the priest for to apprehende him: but when the -bishop vnderstood thereof, hee with all speede possible went to remedy -the danger that might insue, and to take him out of his power. - -The captaine seeing that hee could not perseuer with his intent and -purpose, he made many notifications vnto the bishop, requiring that he -would not permit that any letters shoulde bee receiued from those -religious Spaniards, for that he knew by very certaine relation that -they were spies, and no friers; and if so be that any damage should -happen vnto them, by their order, that hee woulde lay the whole fault -vppon him as a consenter and a helper. The bishoppe answered that he was -fully perswaded and certified that they were true religious men, and -seruants of God, and that he with a very good will would take vpon him -the burthen of any damage that should happen to the country by their -meanes, or vnto the king of Portugall. With this the captaine was -somewhat quieted, but not so much but that continually hee did not let -to imagine newe matters against the poore fathers, to haue occasion to -apprehend them, and imagined in his minde for to write a letter vnto the -interpreters, in the which hee did offer them great quantities of money, -if that they would do so much as giue order that the iudges woulde sende -the religious men and Spanish souldiers that were in Canton vnto the -cittie of Machao, aduertising them howe and which way they shoulde vse -the matter to put it in effect, and was, that he should tell the iudges, -that the first time when as they went to speake with the gouernor, -whereas they did aske and say that they would depart for the Ilands -Philippinas, that they did interpret it contrary, for that their demand -was for to go vnto Machao. - -The interpreters straightwayes (with the desire of gaine) did take the -charge vppon them, and did vse the matter in such sort that the iudges -did sende them vnto Machao, whether it were with or against their -willes. But God, who woulde not permit those his seruantes and -Christians to bee deceiued, remedied the same at such time as it should -haue beene put in execution, in the manner as you shall vnderstande in -the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XII. - - _A Portugall of the cittie of Macheo doth discouer the - euill intent of the captaine general: he giueth the - Spaniards warning thereof by a letter without seale, - by the which they remedie the danger that was so nigh - at hand: they are called before the Aytao of the - cittie, and he declareth vnto them such matters as - haue passed with him, and the licence that was - graunted for some of them to go vnto Machao, and the - other vnto Luzon._ - - -Being vnderstood by a Portugall, a good Christian of the towne of -Machao, of such things as the captaine generall did imagine against the -poore religious fathers that were in Canton, and their companions the -souldiers, of whose holy zeale he was fully certified, and being greeued -at the very soule that one Christian shoulde hurt and harme another: and -more in the disturbing of the saluation of soules, hee determined with -himselfe to giue them aduice therof with all speed that was possible, as -in effect hee did by sending them a letter without anie name: wherein he -gaue them to vnderstand that the captaine generall, by meanes of the -interpreters, did pretende that they should be sent thither wheras he -might apprehend them, and send them vnto the king of Portugall, or else -to doo some hurt vnto their person, with some false information, and -willed them to be wel aduised, and to keepe themselues from the deceit -ordained. - -The letter being seene, and wel aduised of all that was therein -contained, they determined to giue notice thereof vnto a Chino, a verie -friende of theirs, and perfite in the Portugall tongue: whome diuers -times they proued by experience, and founde him a very honest man, and -one that had doone them friendshippe: who promised them that before many -houres, he would bring al things to light, and to know whether that were -true or not. - -So with this desire he went there whereas the iudge did sit in audience, -and was there as one that knew nothing, vntill such time as he saw come -thither one of the interpreters with a petition in his hand, and -presented it vnto the supreme iudge, who was the Aytao, and which being -read by a scriuener, hee prouided that all things should be granted and -doone, that was therein contained. This petition the Chino aforesaid -saw; and after that the interpreter was departed with contentment, and -found that in the same petition he did request (in the name of the -Spaniards) of the iudge to giue them leaue for to go vnto Machao, which -was more for their purpose then to go vnto the Ilands Philippinas, which -was granted by the iudge, and lacking nothing but to seale or signe the -petition, but was delated vntil the euening, by reason of certaine -businesse that chanced at that present: but sure it was the ordinance of -God, for that if it had beene signed, they must needs of force haue -accomplished the same, without any replication. So with this certaintie -he went straightwayes vnto the Spaniards, to whom the interpreter had -told that by petition he had asked licence for them to go to the Ilands -Philippinas from whence they came; but the iudge woulde not graunt vnto -that, but for to go vnto Machao, which was neerer hand, who commanded -them to accomplish the same without any replication, vppon paine that -they should be carried thither perforce. - -The Spaniards asked councell of the Chino their friende, what meanes -might be taken to auoide the danger that the interpreter had begun to -bring them in, and was alredie gone to conclude the same. The Chino said -that he was fully perswaded that the Aytao loued them well, and that he -vnderstood hee did them great fauour and courtesie to graunt vnto the -petition the which the interpreter did present in their name. But -notwithstanding for so much as it was not signed, there was remedie to -bee had, if that they woulde present another which hee would giue them, -and go presently vnto the Aytao and present the same, and say when they -giue it him, that they woulde go vnto Luzon and not vnto Machao, and -that he himselfe would go with them for the good will he bare vnto them, -if it were not for the great paine that is put vppon all them whosoeuer -that shall speak for any stranger, without licence of the iustice, or is -called and ordained for the same. So they being fully perswaded in this -conclusion, with the petition made and all ready, there entred in at the -gate wheras they were, a seruant to the Aytao, who in the behalfe of his -master came to cal the Spaniards to come before him, for that he would -see and talke with them before their departure. They straightwayes went -forth in his company, and came vnto the gates of the cittie, after they -had gon a good wayes in the suburbs: and there they were staied till -such time as another came and brought their licence, written vpon a -table (in such sort as in other places it hath beene told you). So when -they had passed the gate, they passed thorough a long street, in the -which they saw so great riches, and of so great curiosity, that the -father Costodio with great admiration said, I haue beene in the -principallest citties of all Flanders and Italie, and in all them I haue -not seene so great curiositie and riches as in this streete alone: and -according vnto the report of them all, hee had great reason to maruell -thereat. So they comming vnto the end of this streete, and in sight of -another gate, they sawe that the souldiers which kept and garded the -same, did shut them in their presence with great hast, and let fall a -percullis of yron before the gate, and demanded to see their licence at -a window out of the saide percullis: and when they had it, although they -saw with them the seruant of the Aytao and the interpreter, yet would -they not open the gate vntill such time as it was acknowledged and newe -firmed by another iudge; the which being done, they presently did open -the gates and did conduct them vnto the house of one which is to be -compared to a iudge of the court, and called in their language Tequisi, -that he might go with them to the Aytao, for so it was commanded and -ordained. Unto this Tequisi they gaue their petition that they had made, -without giuing the interpreter to vnderstand therof, requesting him by -signes and some words which they had learned of the language that he -woulde giue it to the Aytao, and to procure that hee might accept and -grant that which by the same they did demand. But when they gaue it him, -it caused great alteration in the interpreter, for that they told the -iudge that he was a theefe and a traitor, and how that he had sold them -to the captaine general of Machao, and how that hee had presented a -petition in their name: howe that they would go thither, and not to the -iland of Luzon, where all their desire is to returne, and this hath he -done by gifts that the saide captaine general hath promised to giue him, -if that he do accomplish his desire. The Tequisi when he heard this, he -forthwith departed with vs from his owne house, towards the house of the -Aytao which was hard by, and as he went by the way he read their -petition, and sawe that it was different to that which the interpreter -had giuen before vnto the Aytao, he being present: whereat he made a -stay and began to consider of the same, as also of that which the -Spaniards had said vnto him at such time as they gaue him their -petition, for by the signes and tokens they made, as by their semblant -in speech, it seemed to him that they were marvellouslly indigned -against the interpreter; but he did not wel vnderstand them, for that -they could not plainly declare it in their language, till such time as -hee found the contrarietie that was in the petitions, and the turbation -of the interpreter, whom presently hee called vnto him, and asked him -what the matter was? Hee trembling for feare, answered and saide, that -hee vnderstood that the father Costodio (whome all the rest doo obey as -their head, and with whom he alonely did communicate), that it was his -pleasure, and gaue order to go vnto Machao, and that hee was certaine -that all the rest were of that opinion, wherein he thought he had done -well, and therefore he presented that petition in asking licence, -whereby they might doo it liberallie, with this discharge. And againe -the Spaniards seeing how he was terrified, and how that he requested -them so humblie they would not proceed any farther with their complaint, -wherewith the Tequisi was satisfied, who said vnto the Spaniards being -in the gallerie of the Aytao his house, that they shoulde tarry there, -and hee entred in with the petition in his hand. So within a while after -they were commanded to enter into the hall there whereas the iudges -were, and had seene the petition and had comoned about the same. And at -their entring into the hall whereas the Aytao was, there were signes -made vnto them that they should kneele downe, the which they did almost -twenty paces before they came to the table that was before him: hee had -in hande the petition that Tequisi had giuen vnto him, and although that -he had read it before, yet did he returne and looked againe vppon it, -and asked which were they that would go vnto Machao. The father Costodio -signified himselfe and frier Iohn Baptista his companion; and said, that -they, for that they were old and timorous of the sea, they would go -thither for that it was nearer hande, and howe that the rest that were -not of such yeares, neither so timorous, they woulde returne vnto the -iland of Luzon from whence they came, and there dwell with other of -their brethren and friends that were there. The interpreter, whose euill -conscience did accuse him for the euils which he had done, was so -timorous, that all men might see plainly his default, and without al -doubt the iustices are so right in executing the same, that if their -complaint had gone forwards, they would haue punished him and his -companion, and that very cruelly: but the religious friers woulde not -consent that the souldiers shoulde declare against them, although their -will was good, but thought it a sufficient punishment to see in what -affliction the poore men were in, and tooke pittie on them. - -The Aytao was desirous to see their images and book, which was the -chiefest occasion wherefore hee sent to call them; and when he saw them -he receiued great content, and called the father Costodio to come nigh -vnto him, and asked the signification of some of them, such as seemed -vnto him most strangest, and being satisfied thereof, hee commanded the -frier Costodio to reade on one of these bookes, hee harkening vnto it -with great attention, and as one amased to see those letters, and the -forme of them so farre different vnto theirs, which are all in manner of -caractes, as hath beene told you. So after that they had passed away the -time a while in this, hee saide, that those which woulde go vnto Machao -shoulde put themselues on the one side, and they that woulde go vnto -Luzon on the other: the which being doone hee tooke his leaue of them -verie louinglie, and saide that hee would giue them the licence which -they did aske at all times whensoeuer they woulde, and although hee -coulde not grant it them without first to consult with the vizroy of -Aucheo, yet he would doo it within tenne dayes, and then those which -woulde go vnto Macheo might presently depart, and those which would go -vnto Luzon, he would send them vnto Chincheo, that from thence the -gouernour shoulde cause them to be sent in the first passage that goeth -with merchandice. - -This Aytao was very peaceable and humaine, who hauing compassion on the -Spaniards, for that they seemed vnto him to be good men, he commanded to -bee giuen to them, ouer and aboue the kings alowance, a hogge, and rice, -and other kind of victuals. So herewith they went vnto their lodgings -with content, and also the interpreter, who thought that hee was newe -borne againe that day. - - - - -CHAP. XIII. - - _The Spaniards remaine certaine dayes in Canton, - whither came certaine Portugals from, Machao: at the - first they feared them, but afterwards they were - assured, by the contractation they had the one with - the other, that they were friendes: the vizroy of - Aucheo commeth to Canton, and dispatcheth the - Spaniards, and giueth them good prouision and - intertainment._ - - -After that the ten daies were past appointed by the Aytao, and some -more, and seeing that no more mention was made them, but as though they -had neuer seene them, they were very sorowfull, and in ielousie that the -captaine general of Machao aforesaide had knowledge howe that his craft -and subtiltie was discouered, and thereupon to begin and frame some -other: procuring for an instrument in the performing of the same, some -iudge or some other person of power and authoritie. So they being with -this care and discontent, there came vnto the cittie of Canton foure -Portugals to buy and sell merchandice, with a safe conduct which they -had for the same, which was the occasion that their sorow and trouble -increased, suspecting what might happen conformable to the aduise which -they had from thence: but for that they did comon and visit them many -times, with intent to discouer their minds the one vnto the other, they -presently did forget the euill suspection that they had of them, and not -onely that, but they did giue them great almes and charitie, helping and -aiding them in all things, as it was meete and reason amongst -Christians. So being void of their first care, they put all their -diligence and care in their departure: and seeing that there was no -mention made thereof, by reason that the iudges were occupied in -mustering the souldiers of that circuit in a great and mightie field, -whereas they were trained vp in military exercises, some shooting in -bowes, some with hargabushes, tossing the pike, running of horses, and -many other exercises more: and after that they had many different -proofes, as well of thinges past as at that present, they ordained -captaines, such as were aduanced aboue all the rest, and most worthy: -all which being finished, the Spaniards determined to put the Aytao in -remembrance of his promise; and the better that they might doo it, and -with most breuitie, they ordained a petition, and went with the same -vnto the house of the Aytao, therewith to aske licence to put it in vre. -The first iudge they met withall was the Tequisi aforesaid, who made -signes that they should come vnto him, and asked of them what they would -haue. The father Costodio answered, nothing but onely to present that -petition vnto the Aytao, to put him in minde of their departure: the -Tequisi did take the petition, promising them to giue it vnto him -presently, the which he did accomplish in a short space. So being read -by the Aytao, he made answere by the same petition, that he had a -particular care of them, and tarried onely for order from the vizroy, -which could not tarrie long: the receiuing whereof hee woulde aduertise -them; the which hee did accomplish in fewe dayes, which came with great -content vnto the Spaniards, for that he commanded that they should be -sent away in verie good order, and to giue them all that was needfull -for their iourney, and that in aboundance. The same day that this -commission came, there came also newes that the vizroy would come vnto -the cittie of Canton, and that within few dayes hee would bee there: the -which did so much trouble the Aytao and the rest of the iudges, that day -and night they neuer rested, but were occupied in the preparing al -things necessary to receiue him, which were so many and with so great -maiestie as though the king in person should come thither: with great -and mighty triumphall arkes, rich hangings, with other things, the which -I do not here make mention of, although they were very curious, because -I would not be tedious, for that I haue a great desire to conclude this -little historie: and if I should declare all that passed therin, it were -requisite for the same alone to make a great volume. - -Foure dayes after the comming of the vizroy, by his order there was -giuen both to the one and to the other a prouision, in the which he -commanded all iudges and gouernors to receiue the Spaniards into their -iurisdictions whereas they should passe, and not to permit any to do -them harme or iniury, but to giue them free passage with securitie till -such time as they should come to the place appointed in the said -prouision, which was vnto Machao and vnto Luzon: and iointly therewith -he commanded two captaines to beare them company til such time as they -had brought them out of all danger. And to giue vnto them that went vnto -Machao (which was three daies iourney) sufficient prouision requisite -for fiue dayes: and to them that went to Luzon their prouision for forty -dayes, although the voyage is to be made in fifteene dayes, and in -twentie dayes at the most. He also commanded them that had the charge to -carry them, that they shoulde haue a special care vnto their healthes, -in trauelling not too fast, but little and little. Likewise the Aytao -gaue order vnto the interpreters for to sell the frigat, in the which -the fathers came thither, and to giue vnto them the price that shoulde -bee made thereof, to bestow it at their pleasure: the which they did, -but kept still the halfe of that which they solde it for: and with many -other things more, which by the commandement of the vizroy was giuen -them for their iourney, and thought it well bestowed on them, for to see -themselues free of their lyings and crafts. At the departure of the -father Costodio, one of the souldiers mind was altred, who was called -Pedro de Villa Roel, and was very desirous to go with him vnto Machao, -the which hee did accomplish by apparelling himself in the habite of a -Portugal, because he had no licence to go otherwise. So all things being -in a redinesse for their iourney, they tooke their leaue the one of the -other, in shedding many teares with the griefe of minde. - -The father Costodio and his companions came safely and in health to -Machao in foure dayes, as himselfe did afterwards write thereof, and -were very well receiued of the bishop, and of all the rest: and within -fewe dayes after they gaue them a place for to build a monasterie, -wherein he and his companion might liue, and all such as should take the -habite of that order. They came thither the fifteenth of Nouember. - -And those which went vnto Luzon departed out of the cittie of Canton in -a great barke, of the which there are many in all that kingdome, very -well tilted and dressed, with many roomes and galeries and painted -windowes, as hath beene told you: in the which they were very much made -of by the patron of the said barke and of the passengers, which were -many, and went vnto diuers partes with merchandice: some thinges that -they saw by the way till they came vnto Chincheo, shal be told you in -the chapter following. - - - - -CHAP. XIV. - - _They that were determined to go vnto Luzon, doo - departe for the cittie of Chincheo: in which voyage - they see many riuers and townes: and other particular - things._ - - -The Spaniards depart out of the riuer of Canton, and after they had -sailed by sea the space of three leagues, they entred into another -mighty riuer, in the which they trauelled four daies. And sure the great -number of citties and townes that they saw alongst the riuers side is -incredible, and so nigh the one vnto the other, that they seemed to be -al one: so in the end of foure dayes they landed at one of the cities, -where came so much people to see those strangers, that it seemed al the -kingdome were there assembled together, and were so many in number, that -before they could get to the inne wheras they should be lodged, there -passed more then foure houres, and was in distance but a quarter of a -league: but when they came thither, they were verie faint with the great -thrust and throng of the people. They stayed in this cittie one day, and -the next day, very early in the morning, was brought vnto them horse, -for to trauel by land other two daies, the which was almost continually -in villages and townes; and the third day they were imbarked in a smal -barke, wherein they passed a riuer which had but litle water, the space -of two houres; then after they were shipped in a bigger barke, and -entred into another riuer, which seemed to be an arme of the sea, in the -which they sailed fiue dayes, and sawe sailing vp and downe the said -riuer so many barks and boats, that it made them to be greatly amased. -These riuers were as wel replenished of cities and townes, as the other -riuer whereof we haue spoken. Al which is a helpe to beleeue that which -hath been said of the mightinesse and the great number of people that -are in that mighty kingdom. Concluding this riuer they entred into -another, but not so broade as the last, but a swifter current, and beset -with mightie trees both on the one side and the other, and were so thick -that almost they could not see the sunne thorough them: and although the -country was very asper there alongst the riuers side, yet was there many -walled citties, and an infinite number of townes and vilages, in such -sort that the suburbs did almost ioyne the one vnto the other. So when -they were disembarked out of this riuer, they trauelled by land other -foure dayes, and greatly maruelled to see the great fertilitie of the -country, and many other things more, which they do passe ouer, for that -in the relation of the Augustine friers it hath beene declared vnto you. -In the ende of those foure daies they came to a cittie ten leagues from -Chincheo, and were lodged in the suburbs of the same, whether resorted -so much people to see them, that although they did shut the gates to -defend themselues from the prease, yet could they not be disturbed of -the entry, for that they broke the gates, and climed vp the wals and -windowes to see them. The host of the house whereas they were lodged, -when he saw that the people did spoile and destroy his house, he -requested the Spaniards to go forth into a greene fielde which was there -harde by, placed amongst a company of orchards, the which they did to -satisfie them, and also to satisfie the multitude of people that were -come thither only to see them. The noise of the people was so great, -that the gouernor feared there had bin some other matter, and commanded -a iudge to go and examine the cause and know the truth: but when that -hee was certified thereof, hee commaunded the Spaniards to come vnto his -house, for that hee was desirous and would see them. They presently did -accomplish his commandement, and went their way, and as they passed -thorough the streete, there were certaine representing a comedie, but so -soone as the people that were there did see the Spaniardes, they left -the players all alone and followed them. They entred into the gouernors -house, and found him with great maiestie of seruants and souldiers of -his gard: he entertayned them with great loue, and asked them who they -were, and from whence they came. The interpreter presently showed the -prouision they brought from the viceroy, which was, in summe, their -licence giuen by him for them to go vnto Chincheo, and that none should -disturbe them in their iourney, but to ayde and giue them all fauour -possible, and that which was needefull for their iourney. And when that -he had read the same, he saide that thereby he did vnderstand that which -he desired to know, and how that the viceroy did command all gouernors, -and him as one of them, they should offer to do all that lay in them: -the which he did accomplish, and shewed them great fauour and -friendship. - -The next day following, they departed out of this citie by land, being -giuen vnto them by the gouernor very good prouision for the way. The -same day they came vnto a towne that was very fresh, and fiue leagues -from the place they departed, they were determined to tarrie all that -night, fearing the passage through a citie which was but a league -before, suspecting that they should be as much troubled with the people -as they were in the other citie the day before. And although this was -but a small towne, yet was there so great a concourse of people that -came from the villages there abouts, that it caused them to depart the -next morning more early than they thought, and all the night they could -not sleepe, because of the great noyse of the people. - -So within a while after they departed from that towne, they came vnto -the citie aforesaide, the which for situation and gallant buildings, was -the fairest in all that province. Through the midst thereof ranne a -mightie riuer, ouer the which were many bridges very great and most -faire. Here were they so oppressed with much people that came to see -them, that they were detayned in the presse a good while before they -could enter into the citie: and after they were within they were -compassed about in such sort, that they could not goe to seeke to eate, -but were constrained to enter into a barke and go downe the riuer and -shroud themselues amongst a company of trees, and although they did vse -this policie, yet the number of people were so great that leapt into the -same barke that they were readie to sinke, till such time as they who -had entred the barke, to auoid that perill, returned and lept a shoore, -leauing them all alone with the barkemen and marriners that did rowe, -who went to seeke and bring them to eate, and they remained in the barke -all that night. - -So the next day in the morning, before the people could come to disturbe -them, they rowed towards the great and huge citie of Chincheo, and -entred into the same vppon a Sunday, in the morning, being the sixt day -of December. - -They remained still in the barke for their owne quietnesse and security, -and sent their interpreter with their prouision vnto the Gouernour, that -he might ordaine at his pleasure that which was therein commanded. The -Gouernour when he had receiued commission he said vnto the interpreter -that he should tell the Spaniards that he was very glad that they were -come thither in safetie and in good health, and that hee should receiue -great ioy to see them, and to shew them the courtesie that was commanded -him by the viceroy, in their prouision or commission. But by reason that -the great number of people that would come to see them, should not be -troublesome vnto them, he would passe ouer his content in seeing them, -and for their better comoditie they shall depart in the same barke -wherein they came, vnto the port of Aytim, whereat were certain ships -that were bound vnto Luzon, and that he would command they should be -receiued into the said ships, and to be carried with as much speede as -was possible: and for the accomplishing of the same hee kept the -commission of the viceroy, and gave an other commission vnto the -gouernor of the port, whether as hee sent them, in the which he -commanded to be accomplished all that he had promised. - -The Spaniards, although they would very gladly have seene the citie of -Chincheo and the mightinesse thereof, yet did they accomplish that which -the gouernor did command without anie reply, for that they considered -that it should come then better to passe. So they came vnto the said -port the next day folowing in the morning, whereas they did remaine in -the barke, doing as they did at Chincheo, and sent their interpreter -with the commission vnto the gouernor, who presently after he had read -the same, sent and commanded that the Spaniards should come a shore and -come and see him: who did accomplish the same, although with no lesse -trouble than in other places, by reason of the people that came to see -them. The gouernor intertained them with great loue and faire words, and -before they departed from him, he sent to call a captaine of one of the -ships that was there bound unto Luzon, and asked of him when he would -depart from that place, who answered within ten daies: then the gouernor -commanded that he should carrie them in his ship, and to giue them the -best intertainement that was possible, who promised him to accomplish -the same, and therwith he tooke his leaue of them, and sent them with -the said captaine, who offered them all the fauour and friendship that -was requisite. He presently carried them vnto his ship, who after he had -shewed them the whole commoditie therof, he made them a colation or -banket with great friendship. - -They remained in this port more than fifteene daies, wheras they -suffered very much colde, and seeing that the ship wherein they were -appointed to go was not redie, neither any order for them to depart in -many daies, considering the great desire they had to be amongst their -own nation and to take their ease, and hauing knowledge of another ship -that was ready and would depart, they altogither went vnto the gouernor -(who was set in audience), and said vnto him with a loud voice (as is -vsed in al that countrie), that the captaine whom he had commanded to -carrie them vnto Luzon, was not readie to depart, neither any signe that -he would in many daies, and that he would giue them licence, and command -a captaine of an other ship that was there readie to depart, and went -vnto the same Iland of Luzon, that he might carrie them, because they -were so ill at ease, and suffered so much colde that they felt great -griefe. - -When the gouernor heard this he was very angry, and with great choler he -commaunded one of his officers that was there with him, to go presently -and bring before him that captaine vnto whom he had committed the -carriage of the Spaniards: the which was accomplished, and that in so -short time that it caused great wonder: who when he came before the -gouernor had so great feare, that he knew not whether he was in heaven -or in earth. The gouernor straightwaies asked him what was the occasion -that he did not depart within the tenne daies as he had sayde? The -captaine answered, that they had had no wether, neither at that present, -wherewith they might nauigate. He asked him againe and saide, seeing -that the weather and time would not serue, how is it that there is an -other ship readie to depart. The captaine at this demand did faulter in -his speech, and answered friuolous wordes, wherefore the gouernor -commanded that he should be whipped in his presence for the lie which he -had tolde; and as they were pulling off his appareil for to execute the -commandement, the Spaniards hauing pitie and compassion of him, for that -he seemed to be an honest man, they fell all vpon their knees at the -gouernors feete, and requested him to pardon his offence, who did -presently consent therunto with a good will, and commanded to let him -alone; but he spake vnto him very sharpe wordes, such as, so farre -foorth as the Spaniardes could perceiue by the semblance both of the one -and of the other, that was as much griefe vnto him as though he had -beene whipped. Then presently he commanded to call the captaine of that -ship that was readie to depart, and deliuered vnto him the commission -that he had giuen vnto the other, with a great penaltie, and charged him -to carrie the Spaniards vnto the Ilande of Luzon, and charged him to -bring a testimoniall from thence, how that he had carried them in very -good order and saftie, and left them at the place that they desired. -This captaine vnderstanding what had passed with the other, and because -he would not see himselfe in the like perplexitie, did accept the -commandement, and thought the time long of his departure from thence, -and did promise them more than they did demand, and made hast to depart -out of the hauen because hee would not be called backe againe. - - - - -CHAP. XV. - - _The Spaniards depart from China and go to Luzon, they - do passe some stormes at the sea: the mariners do call - vpon the diuell, by lots: the religious men do - reprehend them: in the end they come to their desired - port, whereas they are received with much ioy._ - - -The second day of Januarie, departed out of the porte of Aytim, with a -prosperous wind, the shippe wherein was imbarked the Spaniardes, and two -other which were their safe conduct: but by reason it was winter, the -faire winde indured but a while, yet came they that day vnto the islande -of Amoy, which was sixe leagues from the firme lande, and there they -stayed one day. The next day following they went to sea, to prosecute -their voyage, whereas they were taken with so terrible and foule -weather, that the ship did driue they knew not whither, and many times -in daunger to be drowned. This storme indured four dayes, although more -stronger at one time than at an other: in the which storme was separated -the three ships, the one from the other, in such sort, that euery one -tooke his way, procuring to saue themselves, as commonly in such cases -is vsed, without hauing any care the one of the other; and God was so -pleased that the ship wherein the Spaniardes were, and one of the other -two, entered into a sure port, although with great trouble and with so -great a leake, that they could scarce keepe her aboue water; but in -especiall that which came in their safe conduct. And afterwarde they -understood that the other ship had taken port fiftie leagues from that -place, with the like perill and danger. In this port they remained -certaine dayes trimming their ships, and tarrying for a faire winde. So -they departed from thence the three and twentie day of Januarie, and to -their iudgementes with a settled and good winde, with the which they -sayled fiue dayes, in the end whereof they discouered the iland of -Luzon, with a singular ioy unto them all, for which the Spaniards gaue -thanks vnto God, by whose fauour they had escaped the storme past. - -But it so fell out, as they were going alongest the coast of the iland -for to enter into the port of Manilla, and being within fiue leagues of -the entrie thereof, vpon a soddaine there arose the north wind with so -great furie, and caused so great a sea, that they found themselues in a -great deale more daunger than in the other storme past, in such sort -that they sponed[44] before the winde with their foresayle halfe mast -hie, shaking it selfe to pieces, and in euerie minute of an houre readie -to be drowned. The Chinos, for that they are superstitious and witches, -beganne to inuocate and call vpon the diuell, for to bring them out of -that trouble (which is a thing commonly vsed amongest them, at all -times when they finde themselues in the like perplexitie); also they doo -request of him to showe them what they should doo to bring themselues -out of trouble. - -[44] Incorrectly written for "spoomed." To spoom a ship is to put her -right before the wind. - -But when the Spaniards vnderstoode their dealinges, they did disturbe -them that they shoulde not perseuer in their lottes and inuocations, and -beganne to coniure the diuells, which was the occasion that they would -not answere vnto the inuocation of the Chinos, who did call them after -diuerse manners (as hath been declared in the first part of this -historie); yet they heard a diuell say, that they should not blame them -because they did not answere vnto their demaunde, for they could not doo -it for that they were disturbed by the coniuration of those Spanish -fathers which they carried with them in their shippe. - -So presently, when the night was come, God was so pleased that the -storme ceased, and became, in fewe houres, very calme, although it -indured but a while; for, as they beganne to set sayle to nauigate -towardes the port, and almost at the point to enter into the same, a new -storme seised on them, and with so great force, that they were -constrayned to returne vnto the sea, for feare to be broken in pieces -vpon the shore. - -At this time they wanted both water and victualles, which was vnto them -a newe torment; and they were brought into so great extremitie, that for -ninetie and sixe persons that were in the shippe, there was not left -victuals for two dayes. - -The Chinos beganne a newe to inuocate the diuels by writing, which is a -way that they neuer let but doo answere them, as they did at this -instant, and were not disturbed by the coniurations of the fathers; yet, -notwithstanding they lyed in their answere, for that they saide, that -within three dayes they should be within the citie of Manilla, and after -it was more then four dayes. - -In conclusion, having by the fauour of Almightie God ouercome all their -trauayles by the sea, and the necessitie of the lacke of water and -victualles, they arriued at the desired port the second day of -Februarie, anno 1580; whereas they were receiued by the gouernour, and -of all the rest, with great ioy, in pardoning them the offence they had -committed in going without licence, and shewed vnto them particular -fauours, and were very sorrowfull that the father Costodio and his -companions remained in Machao, for that hee was wellbeloved of all, and -that with great desert, for his vnderstanding, learning, and holy life. -Who, within fewe dayes after, did write a letter vnto the rest of the -religious men in Manilla, aduertising them how that in a short time they -came vnto Machao in good health; and how that the bishoppe and the -captaine generall, with all the rest of the towne, were verie glad and -ioyfull of their comming, and fully resolued to the contrarie of the -false opinion that they had conceiued of them, and that he was in great -hope to see his desire accomplished, for that he was daily in place -whereas they did see and comon with the Chinos, whom, so soone as he can -speake the language, he doth pretend to instruct them in matters -touching the faith. Also he wrote, that he vnderstood by good originall -or information (although it was comitted in secret), that the kingdom or -province of Cochin China, which is four daies iourney from Machao, -whereas the Portingals hath contraction, and port for all their ships -that come from the Indias, hath sent vnto the bishop of Machao, and doth -demand of him priests for to baptise them, with such determination and -good will to be Christians, that in some portes they haue alreadie -timber cut downe for to edifie churches. This you may belieue, for that -the bishop himselfe hath tolde him, and in the latter end of his letter -was written as followeth: They have inuited me to this enterprise, and -(for to put my selfe therein) I would gladly haue with me many -companions, which is the treasure that we go to seeke. It is a firme -lande, there whereas God hath prepared a great haruest. They are -politike people, and more easie to be conuerted then the Chinos, for -that the diuell hath not put so manie disturbances against the gospel of -Christ as in China, although it doth ioyne vpon it; and once entering -the faith therein, with the fauour of God, their great and difficult -doings which now they haue among them, will be broken with great ease; -for they are not so many nor so great, whereby wee should be -discomforted to see them ouercome, and principally they being men of so -good wisedome and vnderstanding, as we haue seene by experience in the -time that we haue beene amongest them; and so full of mercie and pitie, -that although wee entred into the lande without licence, and for dooing -of the same wee ranne in great daunger of our owne liues, they did -intreat vs well, and gaue vs all that was needefull, and also did suffer -vs to preach, if we could the language; the which, with the fauour of -God, we will quickly learne, for that we are whereas continually we doo -common and talke with the Chinos; wee doo verie earnestly commit it vnto -our Lord to direct and guide the same, that his holy name may bee -exalted, and the soules of these blinde Gentiles may knowe and beleeue, -and beleeuing, may be saued. - -This was the substance of the letter, with the which it seemeth vnto me -great reason to conclude this second relation, and to begin the third, -the which I do beleeue will be pleasant to the reader, and is intituled, -_A Commentarie of the New World_; in the which is contayned many curious -matters, as you shall perceive after the reading thereof, and is -declared in substance and effect by the relation of the father, that did -passe and see them all, who was named fryer Martin Ignacio, a religious -man, of the order of S. Francis, who, after that he had compassed the -whole worlde, came hither to Rome with Martin Simion, bishop of the -Iland of Pepper, in the orientall or East Indias, with whom I haue had -communication diuers times, and is a Chalde borne, and of the citie of -Ninivie in Babylon, and made bishop by the patriarke of Babylon. - -THE END OF THIS BOOKE. - - - - - COMMENTARIE, - - OR - - SHORT DISCOURSE, - - OF ALL SUCH NOTABLE THINGES AS BE BETWIXT SPAINE TILL YOU COME VNTO - THE KINGDOME OF CHINA, AND FROM CHINA VNTO SPAINE, RETURNING BY - THE ORIENTALL OR EAST INDIAS, AFTER THAT THEY HAD ALMOST - COMPASSED THE WHOLE WORLD. WHEREIN IS CONTAYNED - ALL THE RITES, CEREMONIES, AND CUSTOMES OF - THE PEOPLE, THE RICHES, FERTILITIE, AND - STRENGTH OF MANY KINGDOMES: AND THE - DESCRIPTION OF THEM. - -_Made and set fourth by the Author of this Book, as well by that which -he hath seene; as also by true relation that he had of the religious and -barefoot Fryers of the order of Saint Francis, who trauailed the same -the yeare 1584._ - - - - -CHAP. I.[45] - -_A Commentarie of the New World._ - - -[45] Nearly the whole of this chapter is entirely different from the -original Spanish, and is translated by Parke from the French of Luc de -la Porte. The following is translated from the original Spanish of -Mendoza. - - "The itinerary of Father Martin Ignatius, guardian of the order - of the blessed S. Francis, who went to China with others of the - same order, and of the province of S. Joseph, by command of our - lord, King Philip, with his return by the East Indies and other - realms, making the circuit of the world; wherein are treated of - the most remarkable things that he heard and saw in the journey, - with the rites, ceremonies, and customs of the people, the - riches, fertility, and strength of many kingdoms through which he - passed, and the description drawn up according to the notice he - took of them. - - - "CHAP. I. - - _"Of the reason of his Majesty's commanding these friars to - proceed to the kingdom of China; of their embarkation and arrival - at the Canary Islands._ - - - "Our sovereign, King Philip, having been informed of the matters - relating to the great kingdom of China by certain friars of the - order of the blessed Doctor, S. Augustine, who came to his court; - and having seen the two accounts which they brought him from - thence, of the entry of the Augustine and Franciscan fathers (as - may be seen more largely in those accounts), and the letters of - his governors of the Philippine Islands, and of the provincials - of the Orders, in which they begged him, as has already been said - in the first account, to send his embassy to the sovereign of - that great kingdom, with friars and ministers for the conversion - of the natives of the islands already discovered, and of the many - others which were being discovered every day; and that, by the - king of China giving opportunity for the preaching of the Gospel, - they might be enabled easily to succour and assist the Augustine - fathers, who were the first who entered those islands; his - Majesty having sent forty friars of the said order of Augustine, - and many others of the order of the blessed S. Francis: and - moreover, the embassy (which they had begged of him with so much - earnestness), in order that there might be no want of ministers, - in the year eighty, he determined to send forty barefooted friars - of the province of S. Joseph, whose commissary was Miguel de - Talavera, with instructions and orders to proceed to New Spain, - thence to the Philippine Islands, and thence to the great kingdom - of China, in case there should be an opportunity of introducing - the Holy Gospel. According to the order of his Majesty, there - were to have been fifty of these friars; but from the prevalence - of the plague of universal catarrh in Spain, not more than - thirty-four could be assembled. These then were despatched and - set forward by the order of the royal council of the Indies, and - of Monsignor Sega, the Apostolic Nuncio. And arriving at Seville - without the requisite licence to depart for the Indies, his - Majesty's commercial officers, who were about to despatch the - fleet, would not allow them to embark for want of the document; - they had been told at Madrid that it would be sent without fail. - On account of this carelessness they found themselves in a most - unpleasant position; for the fleet was departing, setting its - sails, and leaving the bar of S. Lucar, and they could not go in - it for want of the licence; nor could they return to their - convents, because in Castile, whence they had come, they refused - to admit any one from Seville, which was infested by the plague. - The ships having got beyond the bar, there arose a sudden storm, - in which one of the largest vessels of the fleet was lost, and - another had its main-yard broken. The commander of the fleet, - seeing that the damage could not be remedied in a short time, - sailed in three days, leaving the ship which had its yard broken - to refit, with orders to follow immediately. During this time, - his Majesty's licence for the passage of the friars arrived at - Seville, with an order to the officers that, at all events, they - were to be furnished and despatched with the greatest possible - celerity. This order arrived at 10 o'clock at night; and the - friars were immediately informed that they were to embark in the - said ship, which was ready to sail, having procured another yard. - They appointed the day, immediately following which was Sunday, - at three o'clock in the morning, and twenty-eight friars - embarked, all preachers. God granted them such favourable weather - that they overtook, at the Canary islands, the fleet which had - sailed from S. Lucar some days before them. This course was - always southwest; and, although the distance is two hundred and - thirty leagues from S. Lucar to the islands, they reached them in - seven days. These islands are in nearly twenty-eight degrees - latitude, and are seven in number, all well provided with the - necessaries of life: there is much corn and wine, and various - kinds of pulse, with abundance of sugar, sheep, fowls, and - camels, and all at much less prices than in Spain. They are all - inhabited by Spaniards, who live comfortably. In one of them is a - bishop, with prebendaries, a cathedral church, and convents of - friars. In short, there is but little difference between these - islands and Spain." - -[Sidenote: Canarias.] - -Saint Lucas de Barrameda, and the citie of Cadiz, from whence ordinarily -goeth foorth all such fleetes and shippes that go vnto the occident, or -West Indias, are distant the one from the other onely fiue leagues, and -in thirtie seuen degrees of altitude; from whence vnto the ilandes -called the Canarias is two hundred and thirtie leagues, and alwayes doo -rut to the southwest, and is ordinarily sailed in eight or ten dayes. -The seas are rough, which causeth great waues; for which cause it is -called the gulfe of the Jeguas. - -[Sidenote: Fortunadas.] - -[Sidenote: The names of the Canarias.] - -These ilands, which in ancient time were called Fortunadas, are at this -day called by the Spaniards the Canarias, which is derived of _canes_, -or dogs; for that there was in them at such time as the Spaniardes did -discouer them, great quantitie of dogges, very bigge, fierce, and braue. -There are of them seuen ilands, which are called Gran Canaria, Tenerife, -Palma, Gomera, Yerro, Lancarote, and Forte Ventura; and are in altitude -twentie-eight degrees, lacking very little, and haue in them many -particular thinges, of which I will declare some of them in briefe. - -[Sidenote: Much snow.] - -[Sidenote: Great quantitie of brimstone.] - -In the Iland of Tenerife, at the farther part thereof, towards the -northwest, there is a mountain called El Pico de Tereyra, which, unto -the iudgement of them who haue seene it, is the highest in all the -worlde, and is plainely seene before you come to it three score leagues: -so that a ship going from Spaine vnto those ilandes, doth discouer that -mountaine first. None can ascende or go vp that mountaine but in the -moneths of July and August, for that all other moneths of the yeare -there is very much snow on it, although in all those ilandes it doth -neuer snowe, and to mount the height thereof is three daies worke; on -the top of the same there is a round and plaine place, and being thereon -at such time as it is faire weather, and the seas calme and in quiet, -you may see all the seuen ilands, and euerie one of them will seeme but -a small thing in respect; yet some of them are distant from that more -than fiftie leagues, and it hath as much more in compasse as that. In -the two monethes aforesaid, they do gather in the toppe thereof all the -brimstone that is brought from that iland vnto Spaine, which is much in -quantitie. This mountaine belongeth to the Duke of Maqueda, by -particular gift of the king. - -[Sidenote: The dropping from a tree doth serve the whole iland with -water.] - -In one of these seuen ilands aforesaid, called the Hierco,[46] there is a -continuall woonder, which in my iudgement is one of the greatest in all -the worlde, and worthie to be knowen amongest all men, whereby they may -exalt the mightie providence of God, and giue him thankes for the same. -This iland being the greatest amongest the seuen, is a countrie very -asper and vnfruitfull, and so drie that there is no water to be found in -all the iland, but on the sea side, and that in fewe places, but very -farre distant from the inhabitance of the ilande. But there naturall -necessitie is remedied by the diuine prouidence of heaven (as -aforesaide), and by a strange meanes, which is, there is a great and -mightie tree (vnknowen, and the like hath not beene seene in any part of -the whole world), whose leaues are narrowe and long, and are continually -greene like iuie, vpon the which tree is seene continually a small -cloud, which neuer augmenteth nor diminisheth, with the occasion that -the leaues continually, without ceasing, doth distill drops of water, -very cleere and fine, which doth fall into certaine sesternes, which the -inhabitantes of the townes haue made for the conseruation thereof, to -remedie their necessities, and to sustaine thereby not onely themselues, -but also their cattell and beastes, and is sufficient for them all: yet -doo they not knowe the originall and beginning of this continuall and -strange miracle.[47] - -[46] Misspelt for Hierro, the Spanish form for Ferro. - -[47] The following is a translation of what Leopold von Buch says of -this tree in his "Description Physique des Isles Canaries, traduite de -l'Allemand, par C. Boulanger." Par., 1836, 8vo., fo. 122. - - "There was formerly in the Island of Ferro a gigantic til - (_Laurus F[oe]tens_), whose pulpy leaves extended their thick - foliage to a great distance. Every day, two or three hours after - sunrise, the leaves of this tree began to condense the water, - which falling from leaf to leaf, like drops of rain, collected - together at the foot of the tree, in a very pure stream. The - inhabitants of the island, being altogether destitute of spring - water, used to go towards midday to draw this water, and return - to their homes in the evening with their pitchers full. The tree - being regarded as sacred passed for a wonder of the world: a - keeper appointed by the inhabitants had it in charge to collect - the water in cisterns, and presided at its distribution among all - those who came to draw. This remarkable tree was still existing - in 1689, and was situated to the east, above the little town of - Valverde. Father Galindo, who saw it, has given its description - in detail. It survived long after that period; but its leaves - were diminished, and it lost its beneficent properties. Necessity - compelled the inhabitants to find some other means of supplying - themselves with water, and the tree was forgotten. Meanwhile, - travellers going to the new continent of America, never forget - (whatever may be the number or variety of objects that strike - their imagination in those countries) to speak of the tree of the - Isle of Ferro. It has therefore preserved a great reputation in - Europe." - -[Sidenote: Opinions of this iland.] - -One hundreth leagues distant from these ilandes, towards the right hand, -there is an other thing of little lesse admiration then the other that -we haue spoken of, which is, that many times there is seen an iland, -which they cal S. Borandon. Many being lost at the sea haue chaunced -vpon the same iland, and do say that it is a very fresh and gallant -iland, with great abundance of trees and sustinence, and inhabited with -Christian people, yet can they not say of what nation or language. The -Spaniards many times haue gone with intent to seeke it, but neuer could -finde it, which is the occasion that there be diuers opinions touching -the same. Some doo say that it is an inchanted iland, and is seene but -certaine daies assigned or appointed: and others say that there is no -other let or impediment for the finding therof, but because it is so -little, and is continually couered with great cloudes, and that there -runneth from it riuers which haue so great a current that it maketh it -difficult to come vnto it. My opinion is (if it be any thing worth) that -being true, that which so many haue spoken of this iland, according vnto -the common opinion which they haue in all the seuen ilands of Canaria, -it can not be without some great mysterie: for he which can cause it to -be all in a cloud, and the swift current of the riuers to be an -impediment to the finding therof, can find remedie for the inhabitants -to come forth (if it be so for them that be without at the sea not to go -into it), yet can it not be for them within the iland, but at some time -there should haue some come foorth by chance, and haue bin seene of some -there abouts, and declared vnto them the secret of that mysterie: from -whence I do gather, that either this iland is imagined or inchaunted, or -else there is in it other some great mysterie, for the which to giue -credite vnto it, or to varie from the truth, it shal be wisdome not to -proceed any further, but to conclude in that which toucheth the Ilandes -of Canarias aforesaid.[48] - -[48] For a very interesting chapter on this imaginary island, see No. 23 -of the Appendix to Washington Irving's "Life and Voyages of Columbus." - -[Sidenote: Camelles.] - -The clyme and temperature of them all is excellent good, and hath -abundance of al necessary sustenance for mans life. There is gathered in -them verie much wheate and other seedes, and wine: there is also made -verie much sugar: there is nourished and brought vp great store of -cattel, and that verie good. But in especiall camelles, whereof there is -great store. Also all kinde of sustenance is better cheape there then in -Spaine. - -All these ilandes are inhabited with Spaniardes, whereas they doo liue -verie pleasantly, amongest whome, at this day, there be some that be -naturall of the Guanchas aforesaid, who be verie much Spaniarde like. -The principall of all these seuen ilandes is the Gran Canaria, in the -which is a bishoppe and a cathedrall church, and counsell of the -Inquisition and royall audience, from the which dependeth the -gouernement of all the other sixe ilands. - - - - -CHAP. II. - - _They do depart from the Ilands of Canaria for the - Ilande of Santo Domingo, otherwise called Hispaniola, - and do declare of certaine things in the way - thitherward._ - - -[Sidenote: The Iland called Desseado.] - -After that the fleetes or shippes had taken refreshing in the Ilandes of -Canarias aforesayde, they departed from thence, sayling by the same -rutter, vntill they come vnto an ilande called the Desseado, which is -fifteene degrees from the Equinoctiall, eyght hundreth and thirtie -leagues from the Canarias: all which is sayled without seeing any other -land: they are sayling of the same ordinarily eight and twentie and -thirtie dayes. - -[Sidenote: The Iland Dominica.] - -This Iland Desseado was called by that name by reason that the gulfe is -great, and so many daies sayling, that when they do see it, is that -after that they haue verie much desired the same, so that Desseado is as -much to say, as "desired." This iland hath nigh and about it many other -ilandes, one of the which is that which is called La Dominica, which is -peopled and inhabited by certaine Indians who are called Caribes, by -such as do nauigate that way, which are a kind of people that doo eate -humaine flesh: they are very expert archers, and very cruell: they do -anoint their arrowes with a deadly earth, and so ful of poison, that the -wound the which is made therewith can not be healed by any humaine -remedie. This ilande is in fifteene degrees. It is verie little and not -of much people, yet notwithstanding it hath beene the death of many -Spaniardes both men and women: such as haue come thither in shippes, not -knowing the daunger thereof, haue gone a shore for fresh water, or else -to wash their lynnen, and vppon a soddaine vnlooked for, haue beene be -set by the Indios, who haue slaine them, and after eaten them: and they -say that it is very sweete flesh and sauorie, so that it be not of a -fryer, for of fryers by no meanes they will eate, nor would not after -that happened vnto them as hereafter followeth. - -[Sidenote: They which did eate friers flesh did die madde.] - -There was a ship that was bound vnto the firme land, and did arriue at -that ilande, in the which went two religious fryers of the order of -Saint Francis, and hauing no care as aforesayde, but very desirous to be -a lande, they went a shore without any feare or suspition of any harme -that might happen vnto them; and being at a riuer side sporting -themselues with great recreation, by reason of the freshnesse thereof, -easing themselues of the long and painefull nauigation which they had -comming from the Ilandes of the Canarias vnto that place, when the -Caribes did see them, without any feare, vpon a soddaine they descended -from a mountayne, and did kill them all, without leauing any person -aliue. Many dayes they made great feastes and bankets, eating of those -bodies which they had slaine, some sodde and some roasted, as their -pleasure was. So on a day they would amongest them eate one of the -fathers, who was very faire and white; but all that did eate of him in a -little space did swell marueilously, and did die madde, with great -gaspings that it was woonderfull to see: so that from that time, they -remaine as warned neuer for to eate any more of the like flesh. - -Of these euils they haue committed an infinite number, and haue at this -day with them many Spaniardes both men and women, whose liues they -pardoned for to serue their vses or euilles, because they were verie -young, of the which they say that some haue fled away. They go naked -like vnto the Indians, and doo speake their language, and are almost -conuerted vnto their nature. This great inconuenience might be remedied, -if that it did please his maiestie to command some generall that were -bound vnto the firme land, or vnto the New Spaine, to make abode there a -fewe dayes, and to roote out and make cleane that ilande of so euill and -wicked people, which were a good deede, and they doo well deserue it, -and to giue libertie vnto the poore Christians that are there captiue, a -great companie of them. And it is saide of a truth that some of them be -of good calling. There can none goe a lande on this ilande, but -straightwayes they are discouered by such ordinarie spyes as they doo -put to watch. And if they do see that those which doo come a land are -many in number, and that they can not hurt them, they doo remaine in the -highest part of the mountayne, or else amongest the thickest of woods -and bushes, till such time as the shippes do depart, which is so soone -as they haue taken fresh water or fire wood. They are great traytors, -and when they see oportunitie they giue the assalt, in the manner as -hath beene tolde you, and doo very much harme. - -[Sidenote: Much kine, sugar, and ginger: wheat and gold.] - -Nigh vnto this Ilande Dominica, towardes the northwest, is the Ilande -of S. John de Puerto Rico, the which is in eighteene degrees: it is -fortie and sixe leagues long and fiue and twentie leagues brode, and in -compasse about an hundred and fiftie leagues. There is in it great store -of kyne, verie much sugar and ginger, and yeeldeth very much wheate. It -is a lande of verie much golde, and is not laboured nor taken out of the -earth for lacke of people; it hath verie good hauens and portes towardes -the south, and towardes the north onely one, the which is sure and good, -in respect whereof the Spaniardes did giue the name vnto the whole -ilande, Puerto Rico, taking the name of the port or hauen. In it there -is foure townes of Spaniardes, a bishoppe and a cathedrall church, and -he that is prelat at this day is the reuerend father Don fryer Diego de -Salamanca, of the order of S. Austin. - -[Sidenote: Of sixe hundreth thousand Indians there remaineth none.] - -When the Spaniardes went first vnto this ilande, according vnto the -report of the reuerende father de Las Casas, bishop of Chiapa, was in -the year 1509. This iland was so full of trees and fruite that they gaue -it the name of the Guertas;[49] and there were in it sixe hundredth -thousande Indios, of the which at this day there remaineth not one. - -[49] Orchards. - -From this ilande vnto the ilande of Santo Domingo, is foure score -leagues; I say, from one port vnto an other, and from poynt to point, -but twelue leagues. They doo ordinarilie go from one port to an other in -three dayes; but to returne they are more than a moneth, for because the -winde is contrarie. - - - - -CHAP. III. - - _Of the Iland of Santo Domingo, called Hispaniola, and - of their properties._ - - -[Sidenote: The Iland Hispaniola or Santo Domingo.] - -[Sidenote: Mightie riuers in Spain.] - -[Sidenote: A peece of virgin gold so bigge as a twopennie wheaten loaf.] - -[Sidenote: Cannafistola.] - -[Sidenote: Gold and pearles.] - -[Sidenote: Bread of a roote called Casaue.] - -The Iland Hispaniola, which by an other name is called Santo Domingo, by -reason that it was discouered as that day, it is in eighteene degrees, -and was the first that way discouered in the Indias, by the captaine -Christopher Colon, worthie of immortall memorie; it was inhabited in the -yeare of 1492. This iland is in compasse more than sixe hundredth -leagues; it is diuided into fiue kingdomes, the one of them is now -called the Vega, which, at the time that it was discouered was called -Neagua; it hath foure score leagues in compasse, and stretcheth all of -them from the north vnto the south; out of the which sea, as doth -testifie the reuerende of Ciapa in his booke, doth enter onely into the -kingdome, thirtie thousand riuers and running brookes, twelue of them as -great as Ebro, Duero, and Guadalquiuer in Spaine. The foresaide bishop -doth also speake of an other maruaile, which is, that the most part of -these riuers, those which do distil and run from the mountaines, which -is towardes the west, are very rich of gold, and some of it very fine, -as is that which is taken out of the mynes of Cibao, which is very well -knowen in that kingdome, and also in Spaine, by reason of the great -perfection thereof: out of the which myne hath been taken out a piece of -virgin golde, so bigge as a twopennie wheaten loafe, and did weigh three -thousand and sixe hundred castillianos,[50] the which was sonke and lost -in the sea, in carrying of it into Spaine, as doth testifie the -aforesaid reuerend bishop. In this Ilande there is greater quantitie of -cattell than in the other Ilande of Puerto Rico; and there is made much -sugar, and gathered much ginger and cannafistula, and also manie sortes -of fruits, such as is in Spaine, as others different of the countrie, -and that in abundance: there are also great store of hogs, whose fleshe -is as holesome and as sauorie as is mutton in Spaine, and is verie good -cheape: a heyfor is bought for eight ryalles of plate, and all other -thinges of that countrie after the rate, although that the marchandice -of Spaine is verie deere. It is a countrie of very much golde, if there -were people for to take it out: and manie pearles. In all this ilande -they gather no wheate, but in the bishopricke of Palensuela; although in -many other places the ground would yeeld it very well if they would sowe -it. But nature, which was woont to supplie necessities, dooth accomplish -the lacke of wheate to giue them in steede thereof a roote, which dooth -growe in that iland in great quantitie and abundance, and dooth serve -them for bread, as it did vnto the naturall people of that countrie, -when the Spaniards went thither. It is white, and is called casaue, the -which being grinded and brought into meale, they doo make bread thereof -for their sustinence, the which, although it is not so goode as that -which is made of wheat meale, yet may they passe therewith and sustaine -themselues. - -[50] The castellano, which is still used in Spain and its dependencies -as a weight for gold, is equivalent to 71 grains English. - -This countrie is verie hoat, by reason whereof their victuals are of -small substance. The principall citie of that iland is called Santo -Domingo, (for the reason abouesaid), in the which is an archbishop and a -royall audience, or chaunoerie. This citie is built on the sea side, and -hath to it a great riuer, the which dooth serue them for their port or -hauen, and is verie secure. There is in it three monasteries of -religious friers, and two of nunnes. - -[Sidenote: Of three millions of men not two hundred left.] - -[Sidenote: Tiburones.] - -In this ilande (as saith the reuerende bishop of Chiapa in his booke) -there were, when as the Spaniards came first thether, three millions of -men naturall Indians, of the which at this day there is not two hundred -left, and yet the most part of them be sonnes vnto Spaniardes, and -blacke mores borne of the Indians women. All their sugar milles and -other places are inhabited with negros, of the which there may be in -that ilande about twelue thousand. It is a holsome countrie vnto them -that dwell therein. The sea is ful of whales, and that in abundance, -which are seene by such as do come in their ships, and many times they -are in feare of them. But aboue all other, there is an infinite number -of great fishes called tiburones,[51] and are in great skuls:[52] they are -marueilously affected vnto humaine flesh, and wil folow a shippe fiue -hundred leagues, without leauing of it one day. Many times they haue -taken of the fishes, and do finde in their bellies all such filth as -hath beene throwne out of their shippe in many dayes sailing, and whole -sheepes heads with hornes and all. If they chance to finde a man in the -waters side he wil eat him all: if not, all that he doth fasten on he -doth sheare it cleane away, be it a legge or an arme, or half his body, -as many times it hath beene seene, and they doo it very quickly, for -that they haue many rowes of teeth in their heads, which be as sharpe as -rasers. - -[51] Sharks. - -[52] Schools. - - - - -CHAP. IV. - - _Of the way and the Ilandes that are betwixt this - Iland of Santo Domingo and the kingdome of Mexico._ - - -[Sidenote: The Ilande of Nauala.] - -[Sidenote: The Iland of Iamayca.] - -[Sidenote: Vracans.] - -[Sidenote: The Iland of Cuba and the Port Hauana.] - -The first ilande, that is after you are departed from Santo Domingo, is -that which ordinarily is called Nauala,[53] the which is one hundred and -twelue leagues from the cittie of Santo Domingo, and is seuenteene -degrees, and is but a small iland: and nigh vnto that is another, which -is called Jamayca, of fiftie leagues in longitude, and fourteene in -latitude: there was wont to be about them many vracanes,[54] which are -spowts of water, with many blustering winds. This word _vracan_, in the -Indian tongue of those ilands, is as much to say, as the ioyning of all -the foure principall winds togither, the one forcing against the other: -the which ordinarily dooth blow vppon this coste, in the monethes of -August, September, and October, by reason whereof such fleetes as are -bound vnto the Indies doo procure to passe that coast, before these -three monethes or after, for that by experience they haue lost many -ships in those times. From this iland they go vnto the ilande of Cuba, -which is in twenty degrees, in the which is the port of Hauana, which is -called the Cape of San Anton: they doo put two hundreth and fiue and -twentie leagues of longitude, and of latitude sixe and thirty; it is -inhabited with Spaniards, who conuerted all the rest vnto the faith of -Christ: there is in it a bishop, and monasteries of religious friers. - -[53] More properly Navaza. - -[54] Hurricanes. - -When that any ships do go vnto Noua Espania, they haue sight of them, -and likewise when they doo returne: all those which do come from the -Peru do enter into the foresaid port of the Hauana, which is a very good -port and sure, and there is to be had all kind of prouision necessary -and belonging vnto the fleetes and ships, some which the ilande dooth -yeeld it selfe, and other some brought from other places: but in -particular, there is great store of very good timber, as wel for the -repairing of ships as for other thinges, with the which they do -ordinarily balest their ships that come for Spaine. The kinges maiesty -hath in this a gouernor and a captaine, with very good souldiers for the -defence thereof, and of a fort which is in the same harbor, the best -that is in all the ilands. - -This iland of Cuba was discouered in the yeare 1511, and was in it -(being of the bignesse aforesaid) a great number of naturall people, -and now but a very fewe: it hath a riuer wherein is very much gold, -according vnto the opinion of the natural people, and was tolde by the -fathers vnto their children, the which was cast into that riuer by the -natural people, in this order following. - -[Sidenote: The Spaniards god is gold.] - -[Sidenote: The Indians throwe all their gold and iewels into the riuer.] - -There was a casique, called Hatuey, who, for feare that hee had of the -Spaniards, came from the Iland Hispaniola, vnto this iland with many of -his people, and brought al their riches, with much golde amongst them, -who by the relation of other Indians of Santo Domingo (wheras he had -been king), vnderstood that the Spanyardes were comming vnto that iland, -whereupon he gathered togither all his people, and many of that iland, -and made a parley vnto them, saying: It is said of a certeintie, that -the Christians doo come into this iland, and you doo well vnderstand by -experience, what they haue done by the people of the kingdome of Aytim -(which was the Ilande Hispaniola), the like will they doo here by vs; -but do you know wherfore they doo it? They answered and saide, because -they were of their owne nature cruel. The casique saide No, that they -did it not therefore; but because they had a God whom they did worship, -and because they will haue him from vs, they doo kil vs: and in saying -these words he tooke forth a basket with golde and iewels which he -brought thither in secret, and shewed it vnto them saying, This is their -God that I spake off; let vs make vnto them areytos, the which are -sports and dances, and possible we shall please them, and then wil they -command their people not to do vs any harme. For the accomplishing and -furnishing of the same, euery one of them brought that which they had in -their houses, and made therof a great mountaine of wheate, and danced -rounde about the same till they were werie: when the casique saide, I -haue thought with myselfe whilst we were dancing, that howsoeuer it be, -these that do come wil kil vs: for whether we do keep our treasure or -giue it vnto them, with couetousnes to seek more from vs, we shall die; -therefore let vs throw it into this riuer. The which they did with a -common consent and good will. - -[Sidenote: The Port of Saint Iohn de Lua.] - -[Sidenote: The Iland of Campeche.] - -[Sidenote: Honey and waxe.] - -[Sidenote: The citie of Vera Cruz.] - -From this point or cape of Sant Anton, they saile to the port of San -Juan de Lua, which is on the firme land of Mexico, two hundreth and -thirtie leagues from the said point: in all that bay there is great -fishing, but in especial of one kind of fish which is called _mero_, the -which are so easie to be taken, that in one day they may lade not -shippes but whole fleetes; and many times it happeneth that they bring -so many to their ships that they throw them again into the sea for lack -of salt to salt them with. They passe in sight of an iland, called -Campeche, the which is a gallant and fresh country, and nigh vnto the -kingdom of Mexico: in it is great store of victuals, but specially hony -and waxe, and is three hundreth leagues compasse; al the people of that -iland are conuerted unto the law of our Lord Jesus Christ. There is in -it a bishop and a cathedrall church, a gouernor for his maiestie, and -monasteries of friers. Within few dayes after they depart from this -ilande, and come unto the port of Saint John de Lua, in the which, by -reason that it hath many flats, it is requisite to be carefull for to -enter into it: his maiestie hath in it a fort which is good and strong. -Fiue leagues from this port is the cittie of the Vera Cruz, whereas is -the whole trade and traficke, and there is resident the king's officers: -it is a hot country by reason that it is in the nineteene degrees, but -well replenished of all kinde of victuals: it was wont to be -vnwholesome, but now they say it is not so much; they know not what -shoulde bee the occasion, whether it bee by the moouings of the heauens, -or by the good gouernement and discretion of them that do dwel in it. -This cittie is from the citie of Mexico, the which is metropolitan of al -that kingdom, and by whom al the rest is gouerned, seuentie leagues, al -the way inhabited and ful of townes, both of Indians, Spaniards, and so -great store of prouision that it seemeth to be the land of promision. -It is maruellous temperate, in such sort that almost throughout al the -whole yeare it is neither whot nor cold, neither dooth night exceede the -day, nor the day the night, but a very little, by reason that it is -almost under the equinoctiall line. The mightinesse of this kingdome, -and some particularities, you shall vnderstand of in the chapter -following. - - - - -CHAP. V. - - _Of the bignesse of the kingdome of Mexico, and of - some particular and notable things that are in it._ - - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Mexico.] - -[Sidenote: New Mexico.] - -This kingdome of Mexico is the firme land: on the one side it hath the -north sea, and on the other side the south sea: it is not possible to -declare the bredth and length thereof, for that vnto this day it is not -all discouered. Euery day they doo finde and discouer new countries, as -in the yeare of fourescore and three, you may perceiue by the entry -which was made by Antonio de Espeio, who, with his companions, did -discouer a countrie, in the which they found fifteene prouinces, al ful -of townes, which were full of houses of foure and fiue stories high, the -which they did name Nuevo Mexico, for that it doth resemble the Old -Mexico in many thinges. It is towards the north, and they do beleeue -that that way, by inhabited place, they may come vnto that country which -is called of the Labrador (of which shal be spoken more at large -hereafter). - -[Sidenote: Peru.] - -[Sidenote: Nombre de Dios.] - -[Sidenote: Acapulco.] - -[Sidenote: Panama.] - -[Sidenote: The Straites of Magellanes.] - -This kingdome towards the orient dooth ioyne vnto the country of Peru, -and so running by the north sea, and reacheth vnto Nombre de Dios, which -is a port of the saide kingdome, and from thence vnto Acapulco, which is -a port in the kingdome of Mexico: and in the south sea it reacheth vnto -Panama, a port of the said Peru; and in the same sea it extendeth nigh -vnto the Straights of Magellanes, and not farre from the river of Plata -and Brasill. - -To conclude, this kingdome is so great that vnto this day they cannot -find the end thereof: but euery day doth discouer new countries, whereas -all the Indians that they do finde are verie easie to bee reduced vnto -the Catholike faith, for that they are people very docible, ingenious, -and of a good vnderstanding. There is amongst them diuers languages, and -verie different climes; although all generally doo vnderstande the -Mexican tongue, which is most common. There are many prouinces inhabited -by Indians and Spaniards, that euery one of them is as bigge as a -reasonable kingdome; yet the greatest and most principall is that of -Mexico, whereas are many Indians and Spaniards, which doo exceed all the -rest in number: the names of them are Honduras, Guatimala, Campeche, -Chiapa, Guaiaca, Mechuacan, Nueua Galicia, Nueua Viscaya, Guadiana, and -others more, which I leaue out because I woulde not be tedious: in all -the which, they haue either a royall audience and gouernors, or other -justices, all Spaniards. - -The naturall people whereof, neuer since they were conuerted haue beene -found in any heresie, nor in any thing contrarie vnto the Romish faith. -All these prouinces are subject and doo acknowledge that of Mexico as -the principall: there whereas his maiestie hath his vizroy, an -inquisition, an archbishop, and a royall audience or court of Chancerie. - -[Sidenote: It rayneth almost euery day.] - -This cittie of Mexico is one of the best that is in all the whole world, -and is situated vpon water after the manner and fashion of Venice in -Italie: in all this kingdome almost you cannot know when it is winter, -or when it is summer, for that in al the whole yeare, there is smal -difference betwixt the daies and the nights, by reason of the -temperature of the countrie; the fieldes are greene almost all the -whole yeare, and trees beare fruit also almost all the whole yeare: for -when it is winter in Europa, then doo there fall dewes from heauen which -dooth cause all things to budde and floure; and in the summer it doth -ordinarily raine, but especially in the monethes of June, July, August, -and September, in the which monethes it is a maruel when it raineth not -euery day; and it is to bee wondred at, for that almost it neuer rayneth -but from noone forwards, and neuer passeth midnight, so that it neuer -troubleth them that doo trauell by the way, for that they may beginne -their iourney at midnight, and trauell vntill the next day at noone. It -raineth vnreasonably, and with so great furie and force, that the time -that it dooth indure, it is requisite to flie from the showers; for that -many times they are so hurtfull, that one sole shower taketh away the -life of a man. - -[Sidenote: The best horses in all the world.] - -[Sidenote: An infinite number of siluer mines.] - -Almost all the whole yeare in this kingdome they do sowe and gather as -wel wheate (wherof they haue great abundance) as maiz, which is the -ordinary sustentation of al the Indians, blacke moores and horse, of the -which they haue great abundance very gallant and good, both to the eye, -and indeed, as in any kingdom in al the whole world that is knowne vnto -this day. The brood of them was carried out of Spaine thither, when -first they did discouer that country, and for that effect were chosen -the best that could bee found: and for that they doo eate all the whole -yeare greene grasse and maiz, which is wheat of the Indians, is the -occasion that they do deserue to haue the praise aboue all other. In -fine, this kingdome is one of the fertilest of victuals of al that ever -we haue heard off, and of riches, for that there is in it an infinite -number of siluer mines, out of the which is taken great abundance, as it -is to be seene euery yeare when as the shippes doo come vnto Syuell. It -is vnder the Torrida Zona, yet notwithstanding it is of the temperature -as I haue said, contrarie vnto the opinion of ancient philosophers, who -said that it was not inhabited. But now to excuse them, it shal not be -from our purpose to declare the cause wherefore they were deceiued, and -is, that in the foure monethes aforesaide, wherein the sunne hath his -most force, it doth continually rayne, which is the occasion that the -country is so temperate: and besides this, God doth prouide that it is -visited with fresh windes, which come both out from the South and North -Sea, and is so ordinarie a thing, that it is a maruell to see it calme, -by reason whereof the whole kingdome is of that propertie; and although -the sunne be very strong and causeth great heate, yet putting himselfe -vnder any shadowe, although it bee but little, they straightwayes feele -a fresh and comfortable winde, by reason of the temperature of the -heauen in the manner aforesaid. - -The inhabitants of this kingdome throughout al the whole yeare, neede -not to augment nor diminish their apparell, neither their beddes. Also -the aire and clime is so holesome, that you may lie and sleepe in the -fieldes without any thing vppon you, as in any house, be it neuer so -well hanged and close. - -[Sidenote: An universitie in Mexico.] - -All that is discouered of this kingdome (except it be the lande of the -Chichimecos, which is a kind of Indians that liueth as the Alarbes[55] do -in Africa, without any house or towne)--all the rest, I say, are in -peace and quietnes baptised and doctrined, and furnished with many -monasteries of diuers orders of religious men, as of the order of S. -Dominicke, of S. Francis, of S. Austen, and of Iesuits, besides a great -number of priests that are reparted in al parts of that kingdome, so -that the one and the other are continually occupied in doctrining of the -naturall people and other Spaniards that are in that kingdome, of whome, -although they be but a few in respect of the Indians, yet do they -surmount in number more then fiftie thousand. In the principall citie of -this kingdome, which is that of Mexico as aforesaid, there is a -vniuersitie, and in it be many schooles, whereas is red any facultie, as -is in Salamanca, and that by men of great sufficiencie, whose trauell is -gratified with great rentes and honor. There bee also in it many great -hospitals as well of Spaniards as of Indians, wheras the sicke men are -cured with great charitie and comfort, for that euery one of them haue -great rents and reuenues. I do not intreat of the churches and -monasteries, both of friers and nunnes, which are in that cittie, nor of -other particular thinges, for that thereof there is written a large -historie, and my intent is to declare by way of a comentary that which -the said father Costodio and frier Martin Ignacio did comon with me by -word of mouth, and that I saw written and vnderstood of him at his -returne from trauelling almost the whole world, and of other things that -I my selfe haue experimented in certaine parts of it: so that this my -discourse may more properly be called an epitome or itinerario then a -historie. In this kingdome there are bred and brought vp more cattell -then in any other parts knowne in all the world, as wel for the good -climate and temperature of the heauen, as also for the fertility of the -country. The kine and sheepe many times bring foorth twise a yeare, and -the goates ordinarily thrise a yeare: so that because they haue many -fields in that countrie, and much people that doo giue themselues vnto -that kinde of gettings (as grasiers) is the occasion that there is so -great abundance, and solde for a small price; and manie times it -happeneth that the bringers vp of them doo kill tenne thousand head of -them onely to profite themselues with the skinnes, in sending of them -into Spaine, and leaue the flesh in the fieldes to feede the foules of -the ayre, without making any more account thereof. - -[55] Arabs? The word seems to have been misprinted in the original -Spanish. - -[Sidenote: A strange kind of tree.] - -There is great aboundance of many sorts of fruites, some of them very -different from those which are gathered in our Europa, and the most part -of them: but amongst all notable things which are to be considered off -in that kingdome (which are manie), one of them is a plant called -maguay, and an ordinarie thing in all those prouinces and townes, of the -which they make so many things for the seruice and vtilitie of them that -do dwel therin, that it is hard to be beleeued of them that haue not -seene it (although in al places you haue many witnesses to it). They -take out of this plant wine, which is that which the Indians doo drinke -ordinarily, and the negros: also excellent good vinegar, honie, a kinde -of thride or yarne, wherewith they doo make mantels to apparel the -naturals, and for to sow the same apparell: the leafe haue certaine -pricks whereof they do make needels wherewith they sow their apparel, -their shooes, and slippers. The leaues of that plaint, ouer and aboue -that they are medicinal, they do serue to couer there in the place of -tyles, and being dipped in the water, they make thereof a certaine thing -like hempe which serueth for many thinges, and make thereof repaue; and -the trunke of this plant is so bigge and strong, that it serueth for -ioystes and beames whereon they doo build their houses, which commonly -is couered with strawe, or else with brode leaues of trees, as is that -of this plant.[56] All this, although it seemeth much, yet in respect it -is nothing considering the great profite that is made of this plant: as -shalbe declared vnto you when we come to intreat of the Ilands -Philippinas, where as there is great aboundance of them, as I refer it -vnto the iudgment of the reader. - -[56] This is evidently a palm, and probably the mocaya, macauba, or -macaw-tree. - - - - -CHAP. VI. - - _This chapter doth prosecute in the things of the - kingdom of Mexico._ - - -[Sidenote: Properties of the Indians.] - -[Sidenote: Pictures made of fethers.] - -The Indians of this kingdome are maruellous ingenious, and doo see -nothing but they imitate the same, whereof commeth that they are very -good singers and plaiers vpon all sorts of instruments, yet their voices -doo heale[57] them nothing. They are very much affectioned vnto matters -touching ceremonies of the Church, and giuen vnto the diuine culto, and -therein they doo very much exceede the Spaniardes. In euery towne there -are singers appointed, which repaire euery day vnto the church to -celebrate the offices vnto our Lady, the which they do with great -consort and deuotion. Touching the dressing and adorning of a church -with flowers and other curiosities, they are maruellous politike: they -are reasonable good painters in some places: they make images of the -feathers of small birdes, which they call in their language Cinsones,[58] -which haue no feete, and feede of nothing else but of the dewe that -falleth from heauen, and is a thing greatly to be seene, and was wont in -Spaine to cause great admiration; but in especiall vnto such as were -famous painters, to see with what curiositie and subtiltie they did make -their pictures, in applying euery colour of the feathers in his place. -They are people of great charitie, but in especiall vnto the -ecclesiasticals, which is the occasion that one of them may trauell from -sea to sea (which is more then fiue hundred leagues) without the -spending of one riall of plate in victuals, or in any other thing, for -that the naturals doo giue it them with great good will and affection: -for the which in all their common places of resort, which is an inne for -strangers, they haue men appointed for to prouide for all -ecclesiasticall men that doo trauel, of all that they haue neede, and -likewise vnto the common people, for their money. They doo not onely -receiue great content with them, but they themselues doo go and request -them to come vnto their townes, at the entrie whereof they make them -great entertainement: they go all foorth of the towne both small and -great in procession, and manie times more than halfe a league, with the -sounde of trumpets, flutes, and hoybuckes. The principallest amongst -them go forth with bowes and nosegayes in their hands, of the which they -doo make a present vnto such religious as they doo receiue: and -sometimes they cast them more flowers then they woulde willingly they -shoulde. Generally, they doo reuerence all ecclesiasticals, but in -particular those of such religious houses, which in that kingdome were -the first that did conuert them and baptise them; and they do it in such -sort, that if the religious man will for any offence punish or whippe -any of them, they do it with such facilitie, as a master of a schoole -doth beate his schollers that he doth learne. - -[57] Misprinted for "help". - -[58] Probably humming-birds are meant. - -[Sidenote: Hernando Cortes.] - -This great reuerence and subjection was planted amongst them by the -worthy captaine Hernando Cortes, marques Del Valle, hee who in the name -of the Emperor Charles the fift of famous memorie, did get and made -conquest of that mightie kingdome. He who amongst other vertues that be -spoken of him (and doo indure vnto this day in the memory of the -naturall people of that countrie, and as I do beleeue his soule is -mounted many degrees in glory for the same), hee had one that surmounted -the other in excellency, which was, that he had great reuerence and -respect vnto priestes, but in especial vnto religious men, and his will -was that the same should bee vsed amongst the Indians: at all times when -hee did talke with any religious person, he did it with so great -humilitie and respect, as the seruant vnto his master. If he did at any -time meete with any of them in the streete, he being on foote, a good -space before hee came vnto them, hee woulde put off his cappe, and when -hee came vnto them he would kisse their handes: and if hee were on -horsebacke, he had the like prevention, and woulde alight and doo the -like. By whose example, the naturall people of that countrie doo remains -with the same custome, and is obserued and kept in all that countrie -vnto this day, and with so great devotion, that in what towne so euer -that any ecclesiasticall or religious man doth enter, the first that -doth see them before they enter therein, doo runne vnto the church and -ring the bell, which is a token knowne amongst them all that a religious -man is comming, so that foorthwith all the women go foorth in the -streete whereas they do passe, with their children in their armes, and -bringe them before the religious men, that they should blesse them, -although he be on horseback, and do passe a long thorow the towne. - -[Sidenote: Medicinall hearbes.] - -[Sidenote: They vse no compounds.] - -In all this countrie there is great aboundance of victuals and fruit, -that the mony being of so small estimation (by reason they haue so -much), a ryall of plate is no more woorth there then a quartillo in -Spain: you shall buy there a verie faire heafor for twelue rials of -plate, and fiftie thousand if you will at the same price, and a calfe -for sixe or eight rials of plate, a whole sheepe for foure rials, and -two hennes, such as you haue in Spaine for one riall, and of Guiny -hennes, otherwise called Turkey cockes,[59] and in Spanish Pavos, you -shall haue an hundred thousande (if you please) for a riall and a halfe -of plate a peece, and after this rate all other sortes of victuals -whatsoeuer you will buy, although they be neuer so good: wine and oyl is -very deare, for that it is brought out of Spaine, not for that the -countrie will not yeeld thereof, and that in great aboundance (as hath -beene seene by experience), but they wil not consent to it for diuers -respectes. There be thorough out all the whole kingdome many hearbes -that are medicinall, and the Indians very much experimented in them, and -do always cure with them, in such sort that almost there is no -infirmitie but they haue a remedy for the same, and do minister it, by -reason whereof they do liue very healthfull, and do die verie seldome, -but of leanenes, or when the radicall moistnesse is consumed. They vse -little lettings of bloode, and lesse of compounded purgations, for that -they haue amongst them other simples which they bring out of the fielde, -wherewith they do euacuate their humors, applying them vnto the pacient. -They bee for little trauell, and doo passe with little meate, and verie -seldome sleepe but on a matte vpon the ground, but the most part in the -fields in the open aire, which as wee haue saide hurteth not, neither -themselues nor yet the Spaniards. - -[59] The word "Guiny" has been inserted here by the translator; the -expression in Spanish is, "hens from the Indies, which in Spain are -called Pavos," meaning Turkeys. - -But now to speake in few words that which requireth a great discourse -and many words, and yet notwithstanding not expresse well that which -might be said of this mightie kingdome: I will conclude in comparing it -vnto the most greatest and richest of all that is now knowne in all the -world, except that of China, of the which in this historie hath beene -mentioned so many thinges, and shall be more spoken off, when as we -shall come to intreate of it; for that wee will intreate of the New -Mexico, as I haue promised in the fifth chapter, and because it is a new -thing, I do beleeue it wil be of great content. - - - - -CHAP. VII.[60] - - _Of the New Mexico, and the discouering thereof, and - what they do know of it._ - -[60] This and the three following chapters are supplied by Parke from -the French of De la Porte. - - -[Sidenote: New Mexico.] - -[Sidenote: The prouince of Tiguas] - -In the said chapter I said that in the yeare 1583 there was discouered -fifteene prouinces, the which the discouerers therof doo call the New -Mexico, vppon the firme lande of Nueua Espania, and I did promise to -giue notice of the discouering thereof, the which I will do with as much -breuitie as is possible, for that if I shoulde difusely declare all -that they did see and knowe, it were requisite to make of it a newe -historie: the substance thereof is, that in the yeare of our Lord 1581, -hauing notice there of a religious man, of the order of Saint Francis, -who was called frier Austen Ruyz, who dwelt in the valley of Saint -Bartholomew, by the relation of certaine Indians called Conchos, who did -communicate with others their neighbors called Pasaguates, who said that -towards the parts of the north (trauelling continually by lande) there -were certaine ilandes very great, and neuer knowne nor discouered by the -Spaniards, who being moved with great zeale of charitie for the -saluation of those soules, did aske licence of the Counte of Corunnia, -vizroy of the saide Nueua Espania, and of his owne superiors for to go -togither, and to procure to learne their language: and knowing it -necessarie to baptise and preach vnto them the holie evangelist, hauing -obtained the licence of the aforesaide persons, taking with him other -two companions of the same order, with eight other souldiers, who of -their owne good wil would beare them company, he departed to put in -execution his Christian zeale and intent: who after a few dayes that -they had trauelled, they came into a prouince which was called the -Tiguas, distant from the mines of Saint Bartholomew (from whence they -began their iourney) two hundred and fiftie leagues towardes the north, -in the which by a certaine occasion the naturall people thereof did kill -one of the friers companions: who, as also the souldiers that went with -him, seeing and perceiuing the successe,[61] and likewise fearing that -thereof might happen some other greater danger, they determined with a -common consent to returne vnto the mines from whence they departed, with -consideration that the company which went with him were very fewe to -make resistance against such successes as might happen, being so farre -distant from the dwellings of the Spaniards, and from their necessarie -succour. The two religious men which remained did not onely refuse their -determination, but rather seeing good occasion to put their good desire -in execution, and so much ripe mies[62] or dainties for the Lordes table, -and seeing they could not perswade the souldiers to proceed forwards in -the discouering thereof: they alone remained in the saide prouince with -their Indian boyes, and a Mestizo that they carried with them, thinking -that although they did remaine alone, yet were they there in securitie, -by reason of the great affabilitie and loue wherewith the naturall -people did intreat them. - -[61] This word is evidently coined from the Spanish word "suceso", an -event or occurrence. It is used in the same sense a few lines further -on. - -[62] We do not find this word. The literal translation is, "so great a -harvest ripe and ready to offer at the table of God." - -So when the eight souldiers came vnto the place that they desired, they -straightwayes sent the newes of al that happened vnto the cittie of -Mexico, vnto the vizroy, which is distant from the mines of Saint -Barbora one hundred and three score leagues. But the friers of S. -Francis were very much agreeued for the remaining there of their -brethren, and fearing least they should be slaine, for that they were -there alone, they began to moue the hearts and minds of other souldiers, -that were in the company of another religious frier of that order, -called Frier Bernardino Beltran, for to returne to the said prouince, to -deliuer the aforesaide two religious men out of danger, and from thence -to prosecute and go forwards with their enterprise begun. - -At this time there were at the said mines by a certaine occasion, an -inhabitant of the cittie of Mexico, called Antonio de Espeio, a very -rich man, of great courage and industrie, and verie zealous in the -seruice of the maiestie of King Philip: hee was naturally borne of -Cordoua, who, when that he vnderstood the great desire of the saide -friers, and howe much it did import, did offer himselfe to go on that -iournay, and to spend thereon part of his substance, besides the -venturing of his life. So licence being granted vnto him to prosecute -the same, by some that did represent the king's person, and was procured -by the saide friers, there was appointed and giuen him for captaine, -John de Ontiueros (who was chiefe bayley for his maiestie, in the townes -which are called the foure Cienegas, which are in the gouernement of the -new Biscay, seuenty leagues from the aforesaid mines of S. Barbora), and -he to go with him, and gather togither men and souldiers, such as he -could, for to accompany him, and helpe to follow their Christian intent. - -[Sidenote: The prouince of Conchos.] - -[Sidenote: Great store of conies, hares, and venison.] - -[Sidenote: Passaguates.] - -[Sidenote: Mines of siluer.] - -[Sidenote: Tobosos.] - -The saide Antonio de Espeio was so earnest in this matter, that in a few -dayes he had ioyned togither souldiers, and made prouision necessarie -for the iourney; and spent therein a great part of his substance, and -departed altogether from the valley of Saint Bartholomew the tenth of -Nouember, 1582, and carry with him (for whatsoeuer should happen) one -hundred and fifteene horses and mules, great stoare of weapons and -munition, with victuals, and certaine people of seruice in this iourney -necessarie. He directed his iourney towards the north; and at two dayes -iourney they came whereas were a great companie of Indians, of those -which he called Conchos: they were in raches[63] and in houses made of -straw, who, when they vnderstoode of their comming, by relation of long -time before, they went forth and entertained them with shewes of great -ioy. The feeding of these people, and of al the rest of that prouince, -the which is great, is of conyes flesh, hares, and venison, of the which -they haue great aboundance. They have great store of maiz, which is -wheat of the Indians, pompines and mellons, very good and in aboundance. -They haue many riuers full of fish, very good and of diuers sorts: they -go almost al naked; and the weapons that they doo vse are bowes and -arrowes; and liue vnder the gouernement and lordship of caciques as they -of Mexico: they found no idols amongst them, neither could they -vnderstande that they did worship any thing; for the which they did -easilie consent that the Spaniards should set vp crosses, and were very -well content therewith, after that they were informed by the Spaniards -the signification thereof; the which was done by interpreters that they -carried with them, and by whose meanes they vnderstood of other -inhabitances, whether as the said Conchos did conduct them, and did -beare them company more then foure and twenty leagues; all which way was -inhabited with people of their owne nation: and in al places whereas -they came, they were receiued with peace, by aduice that was giuen by -the caciques from one towne to another. So hauing passed the foure and -twenty leagues aforesaide, they came vnto another nation of Indians -called Passaguates, who liue after the manner and fashion of the other -aforesaid Conchos, their borderers, who did vnto them as the others did, -conducting them forwarde other foure dayes iourney, with aduice of the -caciques as afore. The Spaniards found in this iourney many mines of -siluer (according to the iudgement of them that vnderstand that -faculty), and of very rich mettall. One iourney from this they came to -another nation called the Tobosos, who, when they discouered the -Spaniards, they fled vnto the mountaines, and left their townes and -houses void: but more after they vnderstood that, certain yeares past, -there came vnto that place certaine souldiers for to seeke mines, and -carried with them captiue certaine of the natural people of that -country, for which occasion they remaine as scared and feareful. The -captain forthwith gaue order, that they should be called backe again, -with assurance that there should be no hurt done to them; and did so -much that many of them returned, of whom they made much on, and gaue -them giftes, declaring vnto them by the interpreter, that they came not -thither to do hurt to any; with the which they all returned and were in -quiet, and consented that they should set vp crosses, and declare the -mysterie of them, and they made shew that they were content therewith; -and did accompany them, as the other their borderers did, vntil they had -brought them into the inhabitance of another different nation, which was -distant from them twelue leagues. They vse bowes and arrowes, and do go -naked. - -[63] Rushes for thatching. See Halliwell's _Dictionary of Archaic and -Provincial Words_. - - - - -CHAP. VIII. - - _Here he doth prosecute the discouering of the New - Mexico._ - - -[Sidenote: Iumanos.] - -[Sidenote: Good salt.] - -The nation that the saide Tobosos did conduct them to is called Jumanos, -who, by another name are called by the Spaniards, Patara Bueyes; their -prouince is very [large] and full of townes, with much people: their -houses made of lime and stone, and their townes traced in very good -order: al the men and women haue their faces raced,[64] and their legs -and armes: they are corpulent people, and more decent then any that they -had seene vntil that time: they haue great store of prouision, and hunt -both of beasts and foules; great store of fish, by reason of mightie -riuers that commeth from the north, and some of them as big as -Guadalquiuer, the which doth enter into the North sea: they haue many -lakes of salt water which, in certaine times of the yeare, do congeale, -and they do make thereof good salt. They are warlike people, and made -shew thereof presently; for the first night that the Spaniards had -placed themselues, with their arrowes they slew fiue horse, and hurt as -many more, and would haue left not one aliue if they had not been -defended by the guarde. When they had done this mischiefe, they left the -town, and went to a mountain which was hard by; whether as presently in -the morning went their captaine with other fiue souldiers, well armed, -with an interpreter called Peter, a naturall Indian borne, and with -faire words and perswasions he quieted them and made peace, and caused -them to descend into their towne and houses; and perswaded them to giue -aduice vnto their neighbours, that they were men that would hurt no -bodie, neither came they thither to take away their goods; the which he -obtained easely by wisedome, and in giuing vnto the caciques certaine -glasse beades and hartes[65] which they carryed for that purpose, and -other trifles: so with this, and with the good intretement done vnto -them, there went many of them in the company of the Spaniardes many -dayes, alwayes trauelling alongst the riuer side aforesayde, whereas -were many townes of Indians of this nation, the which indured twelue -dayes iourney: in all the which, the caciques gaue aduice from one towne -to another, out of the which they came forth and entertained the -Spaniards without their bowes and arrowes, and brought with them -victuals and other prouision and giftes; but in especiall hides and -shamway skins, very well dressed, so that those of Flanders do nothing -exceed them. These people are all clothed; and they found that they had -some light of the holy faith, for that they made signe vnto God, looking -vp vnto heauen, and they do cal him in their language _Apalito_, and doo -acknowledge him for Lord, by whose mightie hand and mercie they confesse -to haue receiued life, and to be a natural man, and al temporall goods. -There came many of them with their wiues and children to the religious -frier (that came with the captaine and souldiers, of whom we haue spoken -off), for to crosse and blesse them; of whom being demanded, from whence -and of whom they had the knowledge of God: they answered, that of three -Christians and one negro that passed that way, and remained there -certain daies amongst them, who, according to the signes and tokens they -gaue them, should be Aluar Nunnez Cabesa de Vaca and Dorantes, and -Castillo Maldonado, and one negro, the which escaped out of the fleete -wherewith Panfilo de Naruaz entred into Florida; and after that they had -bin many dayes captiue and slaues, they escaped and came vnto these -townes, whereas God by them did shew many myracles in healing (by the -onely touching with their handes) many diseases and sicke persons, by -reason thereof they left great fame in all that countrie. All this -prouince remained in peace and quietnesse; by which demonstration they -did accompanie and served the Spaniardes certaine dayes, trauelling -alongest the riuer side aforesaide. - -[64] Streaked. See Minsheu's _Ductor in Linguas_. - -[65] Misspelt for "hats", De la Porte mentioning "chapeaux" among the -presents. - -Within few dayes after they came vnto a great inhabitation of Indians, -where they came foorth to receiue them, by newes that they had of their -neighbours, and brought with them many curious thinges made of feathers -of different colours, and many mantles made of cotton, barred with blewe -and white, like vnto them that are brought from China to truck for other -thinges. All of them, as well the men as women and children, were -clothed with shamway skins, very good and well dressed; yet could the -Spaniardes neuer vnderstande what nation they were, for lacke of an -interpreter that vnderstood their language. They dealt with them by -signes; and they shewed vnto them certaine stones of rich metall, and -being demaunded if they had of the same in their countrie: they answered -by the same signes, That fiue dayes iourney from thence, towardes the -northwest, there was great quantitie thereof; and howe that they would -conduct them thither and showe it vnto them, as afterwardes they did -performe, and did beare them companie two and twentie leagues, the which -was all inhabited with people of the same countrie. - -So following the saide riuer they came vnto an other inhabitance of much -more people than the other past, of whom they were well receiued, and -welcomed with many presents, especially of fish; for that they haue -great store by reason of certaine great lakes not farre from thence, -wherin is bred great abundance. They were amongest these people three -dayes; in the which, both day and night, they made before them many -dances, according vnto their fashion, with a particular signification of -great ioy. They knew not how this nation was called, for lacke of an -interpreter: but yet they vnderstoode that it extended very farre and -was very great. Amongest this nation they found an Indian, a Concho by -nation, who tolde and made signes that fifteen iourneys from thence, -towardes the northwest, there was a lake which was verie broad, and nigh -vnto it very great townes, and in them, houses of three and four stories -high; the people well apparelled, and the countrie full of victuals and -prouision, who did offer himselfe to bring them thether; whereat the -Spaniards reioyced, but left to giue the enterprise, only for that they -would accomplish their intent and begon voiage, which was to go to the -north to giue ayde vnto the two religious men aforesaide. The chief and -principall thing that they noted in this prouince was, that it was of a -good temperature, and a rich countrie, great store of hunt, both of foot -and wing, many rich metals, and other particular thinges of profite. - -From this prouince they folowed their iourney for the space of fifteene -daies without meeting any people: they trauelled amongst high and -mightie pine trees, like those of Spaine; at the end wherof, after they -had traueiled to their iudgments four score leagues, they came vnto a -small village of very few people, very poore, and their houses made of -strawe: they had great quantity of deere-skins, as well dressed as those -that are brought out of Flanders; great store of excellent white and -good salt. They gaue them good intertainment for the space of two daies -that they remained there; after the which they did beare them companie -twelue leagues, vnto certaine great habitations, always trauelling -alongst the riuer side towarde the north, as aforesaide, till such time -as they came vnto the countrie which is called the New Mexico. All -alongst this riuer side was planted full of white salow trees;[66] and in -some place it was foure leagues brode. Likewise there was many -walnut-trees and peare-trees, like vnto those in Spaine. - -[66] Willows. - -In the ende of two dayes trauaile amongest these trees, they came vnto -tenne townes, the which were situated alongst this riuer side on both -partes, besides others that appeared, but farther distant. It seemed -vnto them to haue much people, and as appeared to be more than tenne -thousande soules. - -[Sidenote: Houses of 4 stories high.] - -In this prouince they did receiue them courteously, and carried them -vnto their townes, whereas they gaue them great store of prouision and -hennes of the countrie, with many other things, and that with a great -good will. In these townes were houses of foure stories high, verie well -wrought and gallant chambers, and most of them had steuues or hote -houses for the winter. They are all apparelled with cotton and of deares -skinnes; the manner and apparell both of the men and of the women, is -much like vnto the Indians of the kingdome of Mexico. But that which did -cause them most for to woonder was, to see both men and women to weare -both bootes and shooes of very good lether, with three sooles of neates -leather: a thing which they haue not seene but onely there. The women go -without any thing vpon their heades; but their haire trimly kembed and -dressed. Euerie one of these townes had caciques, by whom they were -gouerned, as amongest the Indians in Mexico, with sergeantes and -officers to execute their commandement, who goe through the streetes of -the towne, and declare with a loude voice the will of the caciques, the -which is straightwayes put in vre. - -[Sidenote: They worship the diuell.] - -In this prouince the Spaniardes founde many idolles that they -worshipped; and in euery house they had a temple wherein they do worship -the diuell, whereas, ordinarily, they do carrie him to eat. Likewise, as -amongst Christians, in the high wayes they doo put crosses; so have they -chappelles, whereas they say, the diuell doth recreate and rest -himselfe, when as he trauelleth from one towne to another; the which -chappelles are maruellously well trimmed and painted. - -In all their tyllages and ploughed groundes, of the which they haue many -and very great, they haue on the one side of them, a portall or shedde -built vppon foure pillers, whereas the labourers do eate and passe away -the heate of the day, and are people verie much giuen to labour, and doo -continually occupie themselues therein: it is a countrie full of -mountaynes and woods of pine trees. Their weapons are strong bowes and -arrowes, with their heads or pointes made of flint stone, wherewith they -will pierce and passe a shirt of mayle or plate coate. They vse also -macans, the which is a staffe of half a yeard long, made of flint, and -verie smoth, wherewith they may cut a man a sunder in the midst; they -vse also bucklers and targets made of rawe hides. - - - - -CHAP. IX. - - _Still doth hee prosecute the New Mexico, and - declareth of such things as were there seene._ - - -So after they had beene four dayes in this prouince, they departed; and, -not farre distant from the same, they came vnto another, which was -called the prouince of the Tiguas, in the which they found sixteene -townes; in the one of the same, called Poala, they vnderstood that the -Indians had slaine the two friars, Francisco Lopez and Frier Augustine, -whome they went to seeke: and with them, three boyes and a Mestizo. But -when they of this towne and their neighbours vnderstoode, being pricked -in conscience, and fearing that the Spaniards came to plague them, and -to be reuenged for the death of the saide fathers, they durst not abide, -but left their houses voide and fled vnto the mountaines that were -nighest hande, from whence they could neuer cause them to descende, -neither by giftes nor policie. They founde in their houses great store -of victualles, and an infinite number of hennes of the countrie, diuers -sortes of metals, and some of them seemed to be very good: they could -not perfectly vnderstande the number of people that were in that -countrie, for that they were fled vnto the mountaines, as aforesaid. - -Being fully certified of the death of them that they went to seeke for, -they entred into counsell to determine whether they should returne vnto -New Biscaya, from whence they came, or to proceede forwarde; in the -which there were diuers opinions. But by reason that they vnderstoode -there, that towardes the port of the orient from that place, and not -farre distant from that prouince, there were very great townes and rich, -and finding themselues so nigh them, the captaine Antonio de Espero,[67] -with the consent of the religious fryer aforesaide, called Bernardino -Beltran, and the most part of his souldiers and companions, determined -to proceede forwardes in the discouerie thereof, till such time as they -did see to what end it would come, that they might the better giue -perfect and iust notice thereof unto his maiestie, as witnesses that had -seene it. - -[67] Misspelt for Espeio. - -So being in conformitie they determined, they remayning there sentenela, -or royall companie, the captaine, with other two companions with him, -should go forwardes in the demand of their desire, which foorthwith they -put in execution. So, at the end of two dayes of their trauaile, they -came vnto a prouince where they discouered aleuen townes [sic], and -much people in them, which, in their iudgement, did passe fortie -thousand soules. It was a countrie very well replenished and fertile, -whose confines are ioyned vnto the lands of the Cibola, whereas as is -great store of kyne, of whose skins they do apparell themselues and with -cotton; hauing the vse of gouernement amongest them as their neighbours -haue. There are signes and tokens of many rich mynes, and found in their -houses certaine metalles; these Indians do worship idols: they received -the Spaniardes with peace, and gaue them to eate. Seeing this, and the -disposition of the countrie, they returned vnto their sentenela from -whence they departed, to giue notice vnto their companions of all that -hath beene saide. - -So when they were come vnto their companions aforesaide, they had notice -and vnderstanding of an other prouince, called the Quires, which was vp -the riuer on the north, sixe leagues distant. So they departed -thitherwardes; and when they came within a league of the place, there -came foorth in peace a great companie of Indians, and requested that -they would goe with them vnto their townes; the which they did, and were -verie well entertayned, and had great cheare. In this prouince they sawe -but onely fiue townes, in the which there was a great number of people, -which, vnto their iudgement, did passe fifteene thousand soules; and doo -worship idolles as their neighbours doo. They found in one of these -townes a pye in a cage, as is the vse in Spaine; and tirasoles, as those -which are brought from China, and painted on them the sunne and the -moone, with many starres: and taking the altitude thereof, they founde -it to be in seuen and thirtie degrees and a halfe vnder the north poole. - -[Sidenote: Rich metals.] - -They departed from this prouince, and trauelling by the same course or -rutter, fourteene leagues from thence, they came to another prouince -called the Cunames, whereas they discouered other fiue townes: and that -which was the principal and biggest of them is called Cia, which was of -such huge bignesse that it had in it eight places: their houses be -plastered with lyme, and painted with diuerse colours, much better than -they had seene in any prouince past. It seemed that the people that were -there did passe in number twentie thousande soules. They gaue presentes -vnto the Spaniardes with many curious mantelles, and of victualles to -eate maruellously well dressed, and iudged the people to be more -curious, and of more estimation of themselues, than any that thitherto -they had seene, and of greater gouernement. They shewed vnto them rich -metalles, and the mountaines that were hard by whereas they did take it -out. Here they had notice of an other prouince which was towards the -northwest, and determined to go thither. - -So after they departed from thence, and had trauailed sixe leagues, they -came to the said prouince, which was called Ameias, in the which was -seuen great townes, and in them, according to their iudgment, thirtie -thousand soules: they said that one of these seuen townes was very great -and faire; the which they would not go to see, for that it was situated -behinde a mountaine, as also they feared some euil successe, if that -they should be deuided the one from the other. They are people after the -fashion of the other prouince their neighbours, with as much prouision, -and as well gouerned. Fifteene leagues from this prouince, trauelling -continually towards the northwest, they came to a great town, called -Acoma; it had in it more than sixe thousande soules. It was situated and -placed upon a high rock, the which was more than fiftie fadam in height, -and had no other entry but by a payre of staires, the which was made and -cut out of the same rocke, a thing the which did cause great admiration -vnto the Spaniardes: all the water that they had in this towne was in -cesternes. The principallest hereof came with peace for to see the -Spaniards, and brought them many mantles, and shamwayes very well -dressed, and great quantitie of prouision: they haue their corne-fields -two leagues from that place, and for to water them they take water out -of a small riuer there harde by. Upon the saide riuer side they sawe -many fields with roses, like vnto those that are in Spain. There are -many mountaines which shewe to haue mettals, although they went not vp -to see it, for that the Indians be many, and very warlike people. - -The Spaniards remained in this place three daies, in one of the which -the naturall people thereof did make vnto them a solemne dance, and came -foorth in the same with gallant apparell and with maruellous ingenious -pastimes, with the which they reioyced exceedingly. So four and twentie -leagues from this place, they came vnto a prouince called in their -naturall language Zuny, and the Spaniards do call it Cibola, there is in -it a great number of Indians. In the which was Francisco Vazquez -Coronado, and left there erected many crosses and many other signes and -tokens of Christendome, which continually did remaine standing. They -found there three christened Indians, which were left there at that -time, whose names were, Andres de Cuyoacon, Gasper de Mexico, and -Antonio de Guadalaiara, who had almost forgotten their own language, and -could speake very well that of this countrie: yet with a little vse -after they had talked with them they did easily vnderstand them. Of -these they vnderstood, that three score iourneyes from thence was there -a lake, very great, about the which was situated many excellent good -townes, and that the natural people thereof had very much gold, and it -seemed to be true for that they did all weare braslets and eareringes of -the same. The foresaide Francisco Vazquez Coronado hauing certaine -intelligence of the same, he departed from this prouince of Cibola, and -went that way: and hauing trauelled twelue iourneyes, his water did -faile him, so that he determined to returne backe againe as he did, with -pretence to returne an other time, when better oportunity should be had: -the which afterwards he did not put in execution, for that by death all -his determinations and pretences were cut off. - - - - -CHAP. X. - - _Still doth he prosecute the discouery of the New - Mexico._ - - -Vpon the newes of this great riches aforesaide, the sayde captaine -Antonio de Espeio determined to go thether, where were of his opinion -the most part of his companions: but the religious fryer was of the -contrarie opinion, and sayd that it was high time to returne vnto New -Bizcaya from whence they came, for to giue notice of all that they had -seene, the which they did put in execution within few daies after, the -most part of them, and left the captain with alonely nine companions -that would follow him. Who, after that hee had fully certified himselfe -of the riches aboue said, and of the great quantitie of good metals that -were there, he departed out of this prouince with his companions, and -trauelled towardes the northwest. - -So after that they had trauelled eight and twentie leagues, they came -into an other prouince, the which was very great, in the which to their -iudgment were more than fifty thousand soules: whose inhabitants, when -they vnderstood of their comming, they sent them a messenger, which -said, that if they would not be slaine of them, that they should not -approch any nearer vnto their townes. Unto the which the said captaine -answered, that they came not thether to do them any harme, as they -should well perceiue, and also did request them that they would not -disturbe them in the prosecuting of their pretence, and gaue vnto the -messenger certaine things such as they carryed with them, who did praise -so much the Spaniardes, that he did appease the troubled minds of the -Indians, in such sort, that they did of their owne good wil grant them -licence for to enter into their townes. The which they did with one -hundreth and fiftie Indians their friends, of the prouince of Cibola -aforesaide, and with the three Indians of Mexico of whom we made -mention. - -Before they came vnto the first towne by a league, there went foorth to -meete and receiue the Spaniards more than two thousande Indians laden -with victualles and prouision, vnto whome our captaine did giue thinges -of small price: yet it seemed vnto them to be of great estimation, more -than golde. So when they came nigher vnto the towne called Zaguato, -there came foorth to receiue them a great number of Indians, and -amongest them their Caciques, and made a great showe of mirth and ioy, -and threw vppon the ground much flower of maiz that their horse might -tread vpon it. With these feastes, ioy, and pleasure, they entred into -the towne, whereas they were very well receiued, lodged, and made much -of: the which the captaine did partly recompence, in giuing vnto all the -principallest amongest them, hattes, and glasse beades, and many other -thinges more, which they carried with them to serue the like -oportunitie. - -The Caciques did forthwith dispatch and send aduise vnto all those of -that prouince, giuing them to vnderstande of the comming of their new -guestes, and how that they were verie curteous men, and did no harme. -Which was occasion sufficient to cause them all to come laden with -presentes vnto the Spaniardes, and did request them for to goe vnto -their townes to sport and recreate themselues: the which they did, but -alwaies with great care and respect of what soeuer might happen. For the -which the captaine did vse a policie with them, which was, that he tolde -vnto the Caciques, that for so much as his horse were verie fierce and -furious, and that they had told them that they would kill them, -therefore for to shunne the damage and harme that might happen vnto the -Indians, it were requisite to make a fort with lyme and stone, to put -them in. The Caciques did giue such credite vnto his words, that in a -few houres they had ioyned together so much people, that they made a -fort according as the Spaniardes did request, and that with an -incredible breuitie. Besides this, when the captaine sayd that he would -depart, they brought vnto him a present of fortie thousand mantles of -cotton, some white, and some painted, and a great quantitie of hand -towels with tassels at the corners, and many other thinges, and amongst -them rich metals, which shewed to haue much siluer. Amongst these -Indians they had great notice and knowledge of the lake aforesaide, and -they were conformable vnto the other, in that touching the great riches -and abundance of gold. - -[Sidenote: Rich metals.] - -The captaine hauing great confidence in this people and of their good -dispositions, he determined after certaine daies that he had bin there, -to leaue fiue of his companions and the rest of the Indians his friends, -that they might returne vnto the prouince of Zuny with all their bagage: -and hee himselfe, with the other four that remained, would go more at -quiet to discouer certaine very rich mynes, of the which he had true -notice. So according vnto his determination he departed with the guides -he had, and hauing trauelled toward the northwest fiue and forty -leagues, he came vnto the sayde mynes, and tooke out of the same with -his owne hands rich metals, and very much siluer: the mynes had a great -and brode veine, it was vpon a rocke whereas they might go vp to it with -great ease, for that there was a way open to that effect: nigh thereunto -were certain townes of Indians amongst the mountaines, who shewed -friendship vnto them, and came foorth to receiue them with crosses in -their hands, and other signes and tokens of peace: nigh vnto the same -they saw two reasonable riuers, vppon whose bankes there were many vines -full of excellent good grapes, great walnut trees, and very much flaxe, -like vnto that of Spaine, and it was tolde them by signes, that on the -other side of the saide mountaines there was a riuer of 8 leagues brode. -But they could not vnderstand how nigh it was, yet did they make -demonstration that it did run his course towards the North Sea, and vpon -both sides thereof was situated many townes, and of so huge bignes, that -in comparison those wherein they were, were but suburbes in respect. - -So after the captaine had taken all this relation hee departed towardes -the prouince of Zuny, whither he had commanded his other companions to -goe, and at their comming thether in health, which was by an other -excellent way, he found therwith his other fiue companions: the father -fryer Bernardino with the souldiers that were determined to returne -backe againe (as aforesayde), for as yet they were not departed from -thence for certayne occasions. Unto whom the naturals of the countrie -had giuen good intertaynement and all thinges necessarie, and that in -abundance: and afterwardes did the like vnto the sayde captaine and vnto -them that came with him, and went foorth to receiue him with -demonstration of great ioy, and gaue them great store of prouision for -their iourney pretended, requesting him to returne againe with breuitie, -and to bring with him many Castillas (for so they doo call the -Spaniardes), and they would giue them all to eate: for the which (the -better to accomplish the same) they had sowed that yeare more wheate and -other graine, then they had done in any other yeare past. - -At this present the sayde religious fryer and the rest of the souldiers -did ratifie their first determination aforesaide, and concluded to -returne vnto the prouince from whence they came, with the pretence -before spoken of, and there ioyned with him in that iourney, Gregorio -Hernandez, who was standert bearer in that attempt. - -So when they were departed, the captain, who remained but with eight -souldiers, did fully resolue himselfe to prosecute his begun pretence, -and to take his course vp alongst the north riuer: which being put in -execution, and hauing trauelled about sixty leagues towards the prouince -of Quires aforesaid, twelue leagues from thence towards the orient they -came vnto a prouince called Gubates, whereas the Indians receiued them -with peace, and gaue them great store of prouision, and also notice that -not far from thence there were certayne rich mynes, the which they -founde, and tooke out of them glystering metals and very good, with the -which they returned to the towne from whence they departed. - -They iudged this prouince to haue nigh vpon fiue and twentie thousande -soules, all well apparelled with painted mantles of cotton, and -shamwayes skins very well dressed. There are many mountaynes and woodes -of pine cedar trees, and their houses of foure and fiue stories hie. -Heere had they notice of an other prouince that was but one daies -iourney from thence, which was called of the Tamos, in the which was -more than fortie thousand soules, but when they came thether the -inhabitants would not giue them any victuals, neyther permit them to -enter into their townes; for the which, to auoyde the danger wherin they -were, being but a few souldiers (as aforesaid) and some of them sicke, -they determined to depart thence towardes the countrie of Christians, -the which they put in execution the beginning of Iuly in the yere 1583, -and were conducted by an Indian that went with them, who carried them by -a contrarie way and different from that they came, downe alongest the -riuer side, which they called of the Vacas, by reason that there was -great store of kine all alongest the same. By the which they trauelled -one hundred and twentie leagues. From thence they came vnto the riuer of -the Conchos there whereas they first entred, and from thence vnto the -vale of S. Bartholomew, from whence they departed to begin this -discouerie. And when they came thether they vnderstood that many dayes -before were arriued there in health, frier Bernardino Beltran and his -companions, and were gone from thence vnto the village of Guadiana. In -this towne the captaine Antonio de Espeio made a certaine and true -information of all this aforesaide, the which presently he sent vnto the -Earle of Corunnia, viceroy of that kingdome: and he sent it vnto his -maiestie, and vnto the lords of the royall counsell of the Indians, that -therin they might ordaine that which seemed them best, the which they -haue done with great care. I beseech the Lord God, if it be his pleasure -that it may go forwardes in such order, that so many soules redeemed by -his precious bloud be not condemned: whose wits and vnderstanding do -farre exceed those of Mexico and Peru, as by the information of those -that haue delt with them appeareth, wherby we may presume that with -great facilitie they will imbrace the law of the gospell, and leaue the -idolatrie that the most part of them do vse, which God for his mercies -sake permit, so it may be for his glorie and exalting of the Catholike -faith. - -I haue bin tedious in this relation, more than a commentarie doth -require, but I haue doone it by reason it is a newe thing and little -abrode as yet, and it seemeth to mee not to giue discontent vnto the -reader. And now me thinketh it shall bee well that I doo returne vnto my -matter first begunne, and to proceede and go forwardes in the voyage and -description of the new worlde, returning vnto the citie of Mexico, there -where as I did digresse for to declare the discouerie of the Newe -Mexico. - - - - -CHAP. XI. - - _Departing from the citie of Mexico, they go vnto the - port of Acapulco in the South Sea, whereas they doo - imbarke themselues from the Ilandes Philippinas; they - passe by the Ilandes of Theeues, and do declare the - rites and condition of that people._ - - -From the citie of Mexico they go to imbarke themselues or take shipping -at the port of Acapulco, which is in the South Sea, and is eleuated from -the poole nineteen degrees, and ninetie leagues from the citie of -Mexico: in al which way there be many townes inhabited with Indians and -Spaniards. - -[Sidenote: The sea of Ladies.] - -Being departed from this port, they sayle towards the southwest, till -they come into twelue degrees and a halfe, to seeke prosperous wind to -serue their turne, which the mariners do cal Brizas, and are northerly -windes, which are there of such continuance and so fauourable that, -being in the moneths of Nouember, December, and Januarie, they haue no -neede to touch their sayles, which is the occasion that they do make -their voyages with so great ease. So that for that, and for the few -stormes that happened in that passage, they do cal it the Mar de Damas -(which is the sea of Ladies). They sayle alwayes towards the west, -following the sunne when as she departeth from our hemispherie. In this -South Sea they sayle fortie daies without seeing anie lande: at the end -whereof they came to the ilandes of Velas, which by another name are -called De los Ladrones; there are seuen or eight of them; they doo lye -north and south, and are inhabited with much people, in the order as you -shall vnderstand. - -These ilands are in 12 degrees, but there are different opinions of the -leagues that are betwixt the port of Acapulco and those ilands; for vnto -this day there is none that hath vnderstood the certaintie thereof, for -that their nauigation lieth from the east vnto the west, whose degrees -there haue bin none that euer could measure. Some say, this iourney hath -a thousande and seuen hundred leagues, others a thousand and eight -hundred; but the opinions of the first we vnderstand to be most -certaine. - -[Sidenote: White people as bigge as gyants.] - -All these ilands are inhabited with white people, of comely faces, like -vnto those of Europa, but not of their bodies, for that they are as -bigge as gyants, and of so great force and strength: for one of them -hath taken two Spaniardes, of a good stature, the one by one foot, and -the other by the other, with his handes, and hath lifted them both from -the grounde with so great ease, as though they had bin two children. -They go naked from top to toe, as well women as men; yet some of them -were woont to weare an aporne made of a deares skinne before them of -halfe a yeard long, for honesties sake, but they are but a fewe in -number, in respect of those that weare nothing before them. The weapons -which they do vse be slinges, and darts hardened in the fire, and are -with both the one and the other very expert throwers. - -They do maintaine themselues with fish which they do take on the coast; -and of wild beasts which they do kill in the mountaines, in ouertaking -of them by swiftnesse of foot. - -In these ilands there is one the strangest costume that euer hath bin -heard of or seene in all the whole world, which is, that vnto the young -men there is a time limited for them to marrie in (according vnto their -custome), in all which time they may freely enter into the houses of -such as are married, and be there with their wiues, without being -punished for the same, although their proper husbands should see them: -they doo carrie in their handes a staffe or rodde, and when they do -enter into the married mans house they do leaue it standing at the -doore, in such sort, that if any do come after they may plainly see it: -which is a token that, although it be her proper husband, he cannot -enter in till it be taken away. The which custome is obserued and kept -with so great rigour and force, that whosoeuer is against this lawe, all -the rest do kill him. - -[Sidenote: Without king or gouernor.] - -In all these ilands there is not as yet knowen neyther king nor lord, -whom the rest should obey; which is the occasion that euery one do liue -as he list and at his pleasure. These ilandes were woont to haue warre -the one with the other, when occasion did force them. As it happened at -such time as the Spaniardes were there in the port of the said iland, -there came abord their ships to the number of two hundred small barkes -or botes, in the which came many of the inhabitants thereof to sell, -vnto them of the ships, hens, and nuts called cocos, patatas, and other -thinges of that iland; and to buy other such things as our people did -carrie with them, but in especiall yron (vnto the which they are very -much affectionated), and vnto things of chrystall, and such like of -small estimation. But there grew a great contention amongest them, which -people of what ilande should first come vnto the shippes, and was in -such order that they fell vnto blowes, and wounded the one the other -maruellously, more liker beastes than men; of the which there were many -slaine in the presence of the Spaniards, and would neuer leave off their -contention a good while, till in the end, by way of peace, they -consented a conclusion amongest themselues, but with a great noyse, -which was, that those of one iland should go to the larbord of the ship, -and those of the other iland should go to the starbord; with the which -they were pacified, and did buy and sel at their pleasure. But at their -departure from our people, in recompence of their good intertainment, -they threw into the ship of their dartes hardened with fire, with the -which they did hurt many of them that were aboue hatches: yet went they -not away scotfree, for that our people with their hargabushes did paye -them in readie monie their bold attempt. - -[Sidenote: Iron more esteemed than siluer or gold.] - -These people do more esteeme yron than siluer or golde, and gaue for it -fruites, nnames,[68] patatas, fish, rise, ginger, hennes, and many -gallant mattes very well wrought, and all almost for nothing. - -[68] The Spanish word is "names", in all probability meant for "yams". - -These ilandes are verie fertile and healthfull, and very easie to bee -conquered unto the fayth of Christ, if that at such time as the ships -doo passe that way vnto Manilla, they would leaue there some religious -men, with souldiers to garde them till the next yeare, and might be -doone with small cost. It is not as yet known what ceremonies and rites -they do obserue; for that there is none that doo vnderstande their -language, neither hath any beene on those ilandes, but onely as they -haue passed by, which is the occasion that they cannot be vnderstood. -The language which they doo vse, to any mans iudgement, is easie to be -learned, for that their pronunciation is verie plaine; they call ginger -_asno_, and for to say Take away your hargabush, they say, _arrepeque_. -The pronunciation of their wordes is neither in the nose nor in the -throte. It is vnderstood that they be all Gentiles, by certaine signes -and tokens that our people haue seene them do, and that they doo worship -idols, and the diuell, vnto whom they do sacrifice such as they do take -in the warres of their borderers. It is thought that they doo descend of -the Tartares, by some particularities that is found amongst them, the -which do draw very nigh vnto some that they do vse. - -These ilandes are south and north with the land of Labrador, which is -nigh vnto the new found lande, and not farre distant from the ilande of -Japon. It is knowen for a trueth that they do deale with the Tartares, -and that they do buy yron for to sell it vnto them. The Spaniards did -giue name vnto these ilandes as they passed by, the ilandes of Ladrones -(which is of theeues), for that they are very bolde and subtile in their -stealinges, in the which facultie the Egyptians, that are in our Europa, -may go to schoole with them for the verie facultie thereof. I will -declare vnto you one thing that happened in the presence of many -Spaniardes, the which did cause them greatly to maruaile, which -is,--there was a marriner commanded by the captaine of the ship to keepe -the sterneborde side, and not to suffer any of them to enter therein; -and being as one amased to see so many canoas that came thether (the -which be small barkes or botes made all of one peece) one of them diued -downe vnder the water, till he came there whereas the marriner was -(vnmindfull of any such matter should happen) and vpon a soddaine, -without seeing the other, he snatched his sword out of his hand, and -went vnder the water againe therwith; the marriner made a noise, and -declared the knauerie that the ilander had done vnto him, whervpon there -were certaine souldiers that made their hargubushes ready to shoot at -him when he appeared from vnder the water. This ilander perceiuing it, -came foorth and swimmed aboue the water, shewing his handes, and made -signes that he had nothing in them, which was the occasion that they did -not shoot at him. - -So after a while that he had beene there resting of himselfe, he -returned and diued vnder the water againe, and swam so farre as he -thought that the bullet of the hargubush could not reach to hurt him, -and finding himselfe in securitie, he tooke the sword from betwixt his -legges whereas he did carrie it in secret, and beganne to florish with -the same, mocking our people whom he had so easily deceiued. - -This kind of stealing, and many others which they had done, and that -with great subtiltie, is the occasion that they beare the names of -theeues, and all the ilandes whereas they doo dwell doo beare the name -thereof, the which they will easily pardon, if they might ordinarily -finde where as they might execute their inclination. - - - - -CHAP. XII. - - _They departe from the Ilandes of the Ladrones, and - come vnto them of Luzon, or Philippinas by an other - name, and doo declare the particular thoughts of those - ilandes._ - - -[Sidenote: Archipelago.] - -[Sidenote: The Island of Luzon, and citie of Manilla.] - -[Sidenote: Great mountains of pepper, cloues, and ginger.] - -From this Iland of Ladrones nauigating towards the west, almost two -hundred leagues, till they came to a mouth called of the Holy Ghost, -they straightwaies doo enter into the Archipelago (which is an infinite -number of ilands), almost all inhabited with their own naturall people; -but many conquered by the Spaniardes, eyther by force of warre or -friendship. Four score leagues from this is the citie of Manilla, which -is vpon the Iland of Luzon, there whereas ordinarily dwelleth the -gouernor of all those ilandes, and the officers of his maiestie: therein -is a bishop and a cathedrall church. This citie standeth in fourteen -degrees and a quarter, and round about the same there are so many -ilandes, that vnto this day there is none that euer could number them: -they do extend all of them northwest and southwest, and north and south, -in so much that the one part stretcheth vnto the Straight of Sincapura -which is fiue and twentie leagues from Malaca, and the other part vnto -the Malucos, and other ilandes, whereas they gather a great number of -cloues, pepper, and ginger, of the which there are great mountaines -full. The first that discouered these ilands were Spaniards, which came -to them in the company of the famous Magellanes, and made no conquest of -them, for that they knew better to nauigate then to conquer; by reason -whereof, after they had discouered and passed the straight (which vnto -this day beareth the title of his name) and came vnto the Ilande of -Zubu, whereas they did baptise certaine of the inhabitance, and -afterwards in a banket, the same ilanders did kill him and other forty -of his companions, which was the occasion that Sebastian de Guetaria, a -naturall Biskin borne,[69] for to escape with his life, did put himselfe -in a shippe that remained of the voyage (which afterwards was named the -Victorie), and in her and with a few people that helped him, with the -fauour of God he came vnto Siuell, hauing compassed the whole world, -from the Orient vnto the Ponient, a thing which caused vnto all men -great admiration, but in particular vnto the Emperor Charles the Fift of -famous memorie, who after he had giuen many gifts and fauours vnto the -said Sebastian de Guetaria, hee gaue order that a new armie should be -made ready, and to returne againe in demande of the said ilands, and to -discouer that new world. - -[69] A native of Biscay. - -So when all things were in a readinesse for to depart on their voyage -(the which was done with great breuitie) they ordained for generall of -all that fleete one Villa Lobos, commanding him to go by the Nueua -Espania. This Villa Lobos arriued at the Ilands of Malucas, and at those -of Terrenate, and at other ilands ioyning vnto them, the which ilands -were laid to gage by the aforesaid emperor vnto the crowne of Portugal. - -In these ilands they had great wars by meanes of the Portugals, and -seeing themselues with little helpe and small resistance for to go -forwards with their conquests, they left it off, and went to the most -part of them with the aforesaide Portugals vnto the India of Portugall, -from whence afterwards they sent them as prisoners unto the said king of -Portugall, as offenders that had entred his ilands without his licence: -who did not onely leaue to do them any harme, but did intreate them very -well and sent them vnto their owne country of Spaine, and gaue them al -thinges necessary for their iourney, and that in aboundance. - -Then certaine yeares after, Don Philip king of Spaine being very willing -that the discouering shoulde go forwards, which the emperor his father -had so earnestly procured, sent and commanded Don Luys de Velasco, who -was his vizroy of the Nuoua Espania, that he would ordaine an army and -people for to returne and discouer the said ilands, and to sende in the -said fleete, for gouernor of all that should bee discouered, Miguel -Lopez de Legaspi, who did accomplish all that his maiestie had -commanded, and made the discouerie thereof in such order, as in the -first relation of the entrie of the fathers of the order of Saint Austen -into the China dooth more at large appeare. - -Of ancient time these ilands were subiect vnto the king of China, vntill -such time as hee did deliuer them vp of his owne free will, for such -reasons as were spoken off in the first part of this historie: and that -was the occasion that when the Spaniards came vnto them, they were -without lorde or heade, or anie other to whome they shoulde showe -duetie, but hee which had most power and people did most command: so -that this (and that there were so many of equal power) was the occasion -that ciuill warres continued, without any respect of nature, kinred, or -any other duety, but like vnto brute beastes, killing, spoiling, and -captiving one another, the which was a great helpe vnto the Spaniards -for to subiect that countrie with so great ease vnto the king, and -called them the Ilands Philippinas in respect of his name. They did vse -amongst them to make captiues and slaues such as they did take in -vnlawfull wars, and for trifling matters, the which God did remedie by -the going thither of the Spaniards: for you should haue a man with -fortie or fiftie other friends in his company, or seruants, that vpon a -sodaine would go and set vpon a small village of poore people and -vnprouided, and take and binde them all, and carrie them away for slaues -without any occasion or reason, and make them to serue them all the -dayes of their life, or else sell them to other ilands. And if it so -chanced that one did lende vnto another a basket or two of rice (the -which might bee woorth a ryall of plate), with condition to returne it -againe within ten dayes; if the debter did not pay it the same day, the -next day following he should pay it dooble, and afterward to double it -euery day so long as he did keepe it, which in conclusion the debt would -grow to be so great, that, to pay the same, he is forced to yeeld -himselfe for captiue and slaue. - -But vnto all such as were captiued in this order, or in such like, the -king of Spaine hath commanded to giue libertie; yet this iust -commandement is not in euery point fulfilled and accomplished, because -such as should execute the same haue interest therein. All these ilandes -were gentiles and idolaters, but now there is amongest them many -thousands baptised, vnto whom the king hath shewed great mercie, in -sending vnto them the remedie for their soules in so good time: for if -the Spaniards had stayed any more yeares, they had beene all Moores at -this day, for that there were come vnto the Ilande of Burneo some of -that sect that did teach them, and lacked little, for to worship that -false prophet Mahomet, whose false, peruerse, and corrupt memory, was -with the gospell of Christ easily rooted out. - -[Sidenote: The diuell was worshiped.] - -In al these ilands they did worshippe the sunne and moone, and other -second causes, figures of men and women, which are called in their -language Maganitos, at whose feastes (which they do make very sumptuous, -with great ceremonies and superstition) they doo call Magaduras. But -amongst them all, they have in most veneration an idoll whome they -called Batala, the which reuerence they had for a tradition; yet can -they not say what should be the occasion that he should deserue more -then any of the rest to bee had in so great estimation. In certaine -ilandes not farre off, called the Illocos, they did worship the diuell, -and made vnto him many sacrifices, in recompence of a great quantitie of -gold hee had giuen vnto them; but nowe by the goodnesse of God, and the -great diligence put and done by the fathers of the order of Saint Austen -(who were the first that passed into these parts, and liued worthely) -and also by the friers of Saint Francis, which went thither tenne yeares -after, all these ilands or the most part of them are baptised, and vnder -the ensigne of Jesus Christ: and the rest which doo remaine and are not, -is more for lacke of ministers and preachers, then for any obstinacie of -their parts. There is nowe gone thither certaine fathers of the order -called Iesuits, who will be a helpe vnto them with their accustomed -zeale and labour. And nowe goeth thither many other religious men, very -well learned and apostolike, of the order of Saint Dominicke, who will -doo their indeuour to conuert them vnto Christ, as it behooueth -Christians to do. - - - - -CHAP. XIII. - - _Here is declared of some notable things that are, and - haue beene seene in these Ilands Philippinas._ - - -[Sidenote: Witches.] - -[Sidenote: The Indians would not go into heauen because there were -Spanish souldiers.] - -They of these ilandes were accustomed to celebrate their feastes -aforesaid, and to make sacrifices vnto their idols, by the order of -certaine women which were witches, whome they do call in their language -Holgoi, that were had in as great estimation amongst them, as be the -priests amongst Christians. These did talke ordinarily with the diuell, -and many times in publike, and do diuellish witchcrafts both in words -and deeds: into whom it is to be beleeued that the diuell did enter, for -that straightwayes they did answere vnto all things that were demanded -of them, although for the most part they woulde tell a lie, or els such -wordes that might be giuen diuers interpretations of, and of diuers -vnderstandings. They did also vse to cast lottes, in such sorte as hath -bene declared in the first part of this history: they were great -Agorismers[70] or observers of times: in so much that if they begin any -iourney, and at the beginning they meete with a cayman, or lyzarde, or -any other sauage worme, they knowe it to be a signe of euill fortune, -whereupon they would straightwayes leaue off their iourney, although it -did import them very much, and returne vnto their houses, saying, that -the heauen will not that they shoulde go forwards on that iourney: but -all these lies and falsenes which beene taught them, and they perswaded -to, by the diuell, is ouerthrowne and taken away by the law of the -gospel (as aforesaide), and haue now amongst them many monasteries full -of religious men, of the order of Saint Austen, Saint Francis, and of -Iesuits. According vnto the common opinion, at this day there is -conuerted and baptised more then foure hundred thousand soules, which is -a great number: yet in respect of the quantitie that are not as yet -conuerted, there are but a few. It is left vndone (as aforesaid) for -want of ministers, for that, although his maiesty doth ordinarily send -thither without any respect of the great charge in doing the same, yet -by reason that there are so many ilands, and euerie day they doo -discouer more and more, and being so far off, they cannot come vnto them -all, as necessitie requireth. Such as are baptised, doo receiue the -fayth with great firmenesse, and are good Christians, and would be -better, if that they were holpen with good ensamples: as those which -haue beene there so long time are bounde to doe: that the lacke thereof -doth cause some of the inhabitantes so much to abhorre them, that they -would not see them once paynted vpon a wall. For proofe whereof (and for -to moue such as haue power and authoritie to put remedie in the same, I -will declare vnto you here a strange case, the which royally did passe -of a trueth in one of these ilandes, and is verie well knowne amongst -them: that is, there chanced to die an ilander, a principall man amongst -them, a few dayes after that he was baptised, being very contrite for -his sinnes the which hee had done against God before he was baptised; -and after hee died. So after by the diuine permission of God he -appeared vnto many of that ilande, whom he did perswade forthwith to -receiue the baptisme, with reasons of great efficacie, and declared vnto -them (as one that had experiencd the same) the rewarde of that good -deede which without all doubt shoulde bee giuen vnto them, if they would -receiue the same, and liue after conformable and according vnto the -commandements of Christ; for the which he told them and said, that -forthwith so soone as he was dead, he was carried by the angels into -glorie, there whereas all things were of delite, pleasure, and content, -and did communicate onely in the sight of God, and that there was none -that entred therein, neither coulde enter, except hee were baptised, -according vnto the preaching of the Spaniards, of whome and of others -that were like vnto them, there was infinite number. Therefore if so be -that they would go and inioy of those benefites and delights, it is -necessarie that first they should be baptised, and afterwards to obserue -and keepe the commandements that be preached vnto them by the fathers, -that are amongst the Castillas, and therewith he vanished away, and they -remained treating amongst themselues concerning that which they had -hearde, and was the occasion that some of them forthwith receiued the -baptisme, and that others did delay it, saying, that because there were -Spaniard souldiers in glory, they would not go thither, because they -would not be in their company. - -[70] The Spanish word is "agoreros", soothsayers or superstitious -persons, from _aguero_, an omen. - -All this hurt is done by one peruerse or impious man, and with one euill -ensample, the which amongst many good, as you haue in those parts; but -in especiall amongst them in particular, it ought to bee reprehended and -punished seuerely with rigour. - -[Sidenote: Siuit.] - -[Sidenote: Honie.] - -[Sidenote: Sinamum.] - -[Sidenote: Linseed oile.] - -These ilands, at the first discouery of them, had the fame to bee _mal -sanos_, or vnholesome, but since experience hath shewed and prooued it -to the contrarie. It is a countrie maruellous fertill, and yeeldeth very -much rice, wheate, goates, hennes, deere, buffes, kine, and great -stoare of hogges, whose flesh is so sauorie as the mutton they haue in -Spaine: there be also manie cattes that yeelde siuet, great stoare of -fruites, which be very good and sauorie: great aboundance of honie, and -fish, and all solde at so small price, that almost it is solde for -nothing. Also there is great stoare of synamon, but no oile of oliues, -but that which is carried thither out of the Nuoua Espania: they haue -much oyle of algongoli[71] and of flaxe seede, the which they doo spende -ordinarily in that countrie, so that the oyle of oliues is not missed -with them. - -[71] More properly spelt "ajonjoli", the Spanish name for "sesamum -orientale", or oily-grain. - -[Sidenote: Cloues, saffron, pepper, nutmegs, cotton, and silke.] - -[Sidenote: Powder, saltpeter, iron, steele, quicksiluer, brasse, -copper.] - -There is great stoare of cloues, saffron, pepper, nutmegges, and many -other drugges: great stoare of cotton and silke of all colours, the -which is brought vnto them by merchants of China, euerie yeare a great -quantitie, from whence commeth more then twenty shippes laden with -peeces of silkes of all colours, and with earthen vessell, powder, -saltpeter, iron, steele, and much quickesiluer, brasse, copper, wheate, -flower, walnuts, bisket, dates, linnen cloth, counting chestes[72] very -gallantly wrought, calles of networke, buratos, espumillas,[73] basens -and ewres made of tinne, parchment lace, silke fringe, and also of -golde, the which is spunne and twisted after a fashion neuer seene in -all Christendome, and manie other of great curiositie, and all this -aforesaide is solde verie good cheape. Likewise such things as the -ilands do yeelde are sold very good cheape, for you shall haue foure -roues[74] of wine which commeth of the palme tree for foure rials of -plate (the which for lacke of that made of grapes is very good), twelue -haneges of rice for eight rials of plate, three hennes for one rial, a -whole hogge for eighteene rials, a whole buffe for foure rials, a deere -for two rials, and yet it must be both great and good, foure roues of -sugar for sixe rials, a botiia[75] of oile made of algongoli for three -rials, two baskets of saffron for two rials, sixe pounds of pepper or -cloues for one riall, two hundred nutmegs for one rial, a roue of -synamum for sixe rials, a kintal[76] of iron or steele for tenne rials, -thirtie dishes of very fine earth foure rials, and all other things -after this rate. - -[72] Escritoires. - -[73] These words are both used for a fine gauze or muslin, of which -ladies' veils are made in Spain. - -[74] The original word is _arroba_, containing from three to four -gallons. - -[75] A jar. - -[76] Quintal, a hundredweight. - -But amongst all other notable thinges that these Spaniards haue seene in -those ilands, and in the kingdome of China, and other places whereas -they passed, there is one thing which hath caused them most to maruel -at, and to haue it most in memory; which is a tree, ordinarily called -palma de cocos, but doth differ from that which beareth the dates, and -with great reason, for that it is a plant so full of mysterie and -profite, that there hath come a ship vnto these ilands, and the said -ship, and all that was in her to be sold, with ropes, cords, masts, -sailes and nailes, were made of this tree, and the merchandice that she -brought was mantels made of the rind of the saide tree, with great -subtiltie and fine works. Likewise all the victuals that was in the said -ship for the sustentation of thirtie men that came in her, yea their -water was of the same tree. - -The merchants that came in this ship did certifie of a truth, in all the -Iland of Maldiuia from whence they came, they haue no other sustainment, -but onely that which this tree yeeldeth: they do make houses hereof, and -tyles for to couer the same, the fruit doth yeeld a meollio or curnell, -which is very sauory and healthfull, the sauor thereof is much like to -greene hasell nuts, and if you do cut the branch there whereas the coco -commeth forth is the principall fruite, and euery one of them hath -ordinarily a pinte of water, the which is very sweet and delicate: al -the said substance doth returne into the trunke of the tree, whereas -they doo bore a hole, and thereat they do draw out all that water, which -is much: and mingling it with other thinges they make thereof good wine, -the which is drunk in al those ilands and in the kingdome of China. Of -the same water they make vineger, and of the meollio kernell aforesaide, -oile verie medicinall, milke like vnto almon milke: hony and suger very -sauorie. These and many other vertues hath this palme, whereof I haue -declared part, for that they are notable, and do cause admiration vnto -all men that passe into those partes: I doo leaue to declare the rest -because I would not be tedious. Nigh to the cittie of Manilla, on the -other side of the riuer, there is a towne of Chinos that be baptized, -such as haue remained there to dwell to inioy the libertie of the -gospel. There are amongst them many handicrafts men, as shoomakers, -taylors, goldsmiths, blacksmiths, and other officers, and some -merchants. - - - - -CHAP. XIV. - - _The barefoote friers depart from the Iland of Luzon - vnto China, and is declared such as was there seene._ - - -For that the principall intent of these religious men, when they went -out of Spaine, was for to go vnto the mightie kingdome of China for to -preach the holy gospell, and did perseuer continually with that desire, -they woulde neuer intreat of any other thing, but onely to put it in -execution: and for the accomplishing of the same, they sought many -meanes and waies, sometimes in requesting the gouernor of his aide and -helpe to procure the same, for that it was an easie thing to be -performed, hauing continually ships of the merchants of China in the -port of Manilla. - -The gouernor did driue them off with many reasons, but principally he -laid before them that rigorous lawe, which they knew was established -against such as did enter into that kingdome without particular licence; -yet notwithstanding, all this was not sufficient to abate the louing -desire of those friers, which was only setled in their mindes for to go -and preach the holy gospel in that kingdome by one meanes or other, -although it were to put their liues in hazard: and for the prosecuting -hereof, the comissary of those ilands, who was frier Geronimo de Burgos, -did elect sixe religious men for the same purpose: amongst them was the -father Ignatio, of whome I (as I haue said) vnderstood by writing and -relation many thinges, the which is declared in these [sic] itinerario -or comentarie: so that there was with him seuen religious men, all -seruants of God, and very desirous of the saluation of soules, which was -the occasion that they put themselues in so long and tedious a iourney, -leauing their owne countrie and quietnesse. These seuen, with the good -will of the gouernor Don Gonsalo Ronquillo and of the bishop, whom they -did ouercome and winne with requests and perseuerance, and carried in -their company a Spaniard their friende, called Iohn de Feria, of -Andolozia, and other two souldiers that went with pretence to become -friers, one Portugall, and sixe Indian ilanders: all the which, the -eight day after Corpus Christi, which was the one and twentie day of -Iune, in anno 1582, they departed from the port of Cabite, whereas they -did imbarke themselues in a barke of the saide Iohn de Feria, and making -saile at fiue of the clocke in the afternoone, in the morning betimes -they founde themselues twentie leagues ouerthwart the port that is -called Dol Fraile, whereas they determined to go to sea, leauing the -coast of the Ilande of Manilla, which lieth north and south with China: -from the which cittie, which is (as I haue saide) in fourteene degrees -and a halfe, vnto the Cape of Boxeador, which is in nineteene, it is one -hundreth leagues sailing, and from this cape to the firme land of China, -they count it scarce fourescore leagues. And God was so pleased, -although they had two dayes calme, the seuenth day, which was the day -before the apostle Saint Peter and Saint Paule, at eight of the clocke -in the morning, they discouered the firme lande of China: then -straightwaies vpon the sight thereof, the comissarie commaunded to bring -foorth the habites which hee carried readie made for to put vpon the -friers, for that when the Chinos shoulde see that they were all friers, -they should be voide of all suspition, to thinke them to be spies, as -they thought when the first friers went thither (as hath beene tolde -you); and not contented herewith, hee threw all the souldiers apparell -into the sea, and one hargabus of Iohn de Feria, with the flaske wherein -he carried his powder, and all other thinges such as he thought woulde -be a hurt and hindrance vnto them, if it should so fall out that they -shoulde erre out of the port whereas the Portugals doo vse, and fall -vppon the coast, as afterwards it so fell out: they left nothing but a -match, which they forgot, which lacked very little to haue cost them -full deere. But when they had sight of the lande, they did not well -knowe it, for that they had neuer seene it before, and were also -ignorant of the ports; although they were very neere to the bay of -Canton, they tooke their course vnto the northwest, wheras they should -haue gone to the southwest, which was the occasion that they came vnto -the prouince of Chincheo. This day, at fiue a clocke in the afternoone, -they discouered a port that was not farre from them, whither they sailed -and entred in, and came to an anker on the outmost side, yet with great -feare and dread, for that they knew not the securitie thereof, neither -the trouble that might happen. - -They were not so soone at an anker, but they saw come forth of the said -port many barkes, both small and great, and in them many souldiers with -hargabusses, lances, swordes, and targets, and in their foreshippe some -small peeces of ordinance. And when they came nigh vnto the barke -wherein the Spaniards were, within musket shot, they stayed and -discharged great stoare of hargabus shot. But they, who carried no armor -to offende others, neither to defende themselues, the answere that they -gaue vnto the shot, was making of many signes of peace, calling them -with their handes to come nearer vnto them, that they might see and -vnderstand that they came not thither with any pretence to do harme: yet -all was not sufficient to cause them to leaue off their shooting, -neither to come any nearer vnto their barke. At this present there was -amongst the souldiers one Chino, that had beene at Luzon, and did knowe -the Spaniards, being of God inspired: hee made signes vnto the rest to -leaue off their shooting, which presently they did: and hee came with -his brigantine vnto their barke, and after him all the rest: who, when -they sawe that they had neyther armour nor weapon, neither will to flie -from them, they entered into the barke, and with their naked swordes in -their handes flourishing with them ouer the heads of the Spaniards, with -a great noise and tumult, they carried them into the port, which was -called Capsonson, whereas was a generall of a great armie of shippes -that were at an anker in the saide port, who straightwaies commanded -that there should be carried on borde his admirall foure of the -Spaniards, the which they vnderstoode was doone to take their liues from -them: for the which, by reason they did not name any person, foure -religious men did offer themselues to goe, and after they had confessed -themselues, they tooke their leaue of their companions, and carried -euery one of them a crosse in his hande, and his breuiarie, without any -other thing else. - -So when they came before the captaine, they founde him more meeker and -milder than they thought to haue done (surely a worke done by God, in -recompence of the great perill that those his seruants did put -themselues in to doo his seruice and commandement). He asked of them, -from whence they came, and wherefore? with many other questions in -effect; but when that hee was certified of the truth, hee commanded them -to returne againe vnto their barke, without doing vnto them anie other -harme; yet with a straite precept that they should not go forth without -his expresse licence. - -So with this commandement they remained in their barke three dayes, -guarded with many barkes and souldiers: and the last of them, the -captaine sent for two of the religious men; and when they came before -him, he commanded them to be carried before a iustice, a friend of his -there hard by. These iustices did talke with them with so great -grauitie, and signes of cruelty, that euery time they came before them -they thought verely that forthwith they would command them to be carried -to be executed: and without all doubt, either they had wil to do it, or -else to put them in great feare of death, for that it was plainely seene -in diuers things they commanded: but especially in one day there came -vnto them a iudge, with many armed men, and compassed their barke round -about with a great number of brigandines, with plaine signes to giue -them assalt, or else to sinke them: but within a little while they were -all in quiet, and the iudge entred into a shippe that was thereby at -anker, and being set in a rich chaire, guarded with many souldiers about -him, hee commanded the rest that were in the brigandines forthwith to go -to visite and search their barke, and sent with them an interpreter, one -of Chincheo, who did a little vnderstande the Portugall tongue. These -souldiers carried in their handes blacke banners, and other heauie and -sorowfull signes (which is vsed in that kingdome, when at any time they -doo execute anie person). So after they had made their visitation, -although they founde in their barke not anie prohibited thing, but onely -the match which I haue spoken off, they commanded that they shoulde -forthwith bee imbarked two and two into the brigandines, whereas the -armed souldiers were, who did direct their foreshippes towardes a towre, -which was a prison, wherein was put all such theeues as were taken vpon -the coast, out of the which there commeth none forth but vnto execution. -But when the Indians of the ilands saw it, they wept bitterly, which -moued the Spaniards vnto great compassion; although they were themselues -in the same trance and perill, and as nigh their death, and made no -other reckoning; insomuch that two of the religious men seeing them so -nigh the towre (although when as they were farre off, they made shewe as -though they cared not for it), yet at that time they were so farre from -all reason and vnderstanding, that al the night one of them knewe not -what he did, without any knowledge of the people wherein he was, but lay -as a deade man: and the other with pure imagination and melancholike -humour fel into a great infirmitie, whereof within a few dayes after he -died in the cittie of Canton. But in conclusion, the stowtest of them -all had feare enough, and would haue giuen his life for a small matter, -for that he was without all hope, and thought verely that they carried -them vnto execution: which was the occasion that a Spaniard, one of them -that went with pretence to be a frier, and the habite on, hauing in his -power a thousand and sixe hundred rials of plate, he threw them into the -sea, saying, Seeing that I am going to dye, I wil that it be in the -habite of S. Francis, with the pouerty in which the glorious saint liued -and died, for to follow him in his steps aright. With this feare -aforesaid they were carried towards the tower: but when they came nigh -to it, there followed after the souldiers that carried them, a skiffe -with many oares, in great hast, and called a loud vnto them, saying, -that the captaine general commanded that they should bring backe againe -those prisoners to his shippe, the which forthwith they accomplished: -and after he had demanded of them certain questions, he commanded to -carry them to the said tower; the which was done, as they could -perceiue, for to put them in more feare. So after they had feared and -scared them with this rigorous temtation, the saide captaine himselfe -went into one of the brigandines, and went with them on land; whereas -presently when he came on shoare, hee carryed the Spaniards into a -temple of their idols, vnto whome hee did his accustomed reuerence; yet -the religious men, although they were with great feare of death as -aforesaide, they woulde not imitate him, but turned their faces from -their idols and did spit at them, giuing the captaine to vnderstande by -signes, that he should not worshippe them, for that they had no more -goodnesse in them then was giuen by man; so that, by good reason to the -contrary, those idols should giue reuerence vnto men, because they made -them; and to whome they ought to giue their true worship is vnto the -true God, the Creator of heaven and earth. - -By this act it is plainely to bee seene the gift of strength, the which -the Holy Ghost doth giue vnto his baptized Christians, as in these -religious men that were at deathes doore, yet had they strength and -spirit for to resist and reprehende them that could take away their -liues. The captaine, although he made a shew that he was offended with -that which hee had seene them do, yet he did them no harme, but -presently brought them out of the temple, and commanded the souldiers to -remaine there and guard them all that night: the which they passed lying -vpon the grounde, and yet thought themselues happie, and gaue thankes to -God for that he had deliuered them from the death that was so nigh vnto -them. - - - - -CHAP. XV. - - _Here hee doth prosecute in things which the saide - Fathers did see, and vnderstand, the second time they - entred into the kingdome of China, and of the troubles - they passed._ - - -The next day in the morning, the priest of the idols did open the -temple, whereas presently they put in the Spanish religious men, who -sawe him and his ministers lighting of little candels, and making -perfumes vnto their idols, with manie superstitious ceremonies; the -which being done, they cast certaine lottes (a thing much vsed amongst -them), as they vnderstoode it was done for to consult with the diuell -(who was within those idols) to know what they should do with them, yet -this they could not perfectly vnderstand; but straightwaies they were -carried out of the temple, and brought by the souldiers before a iudge, -who was the chiefe and principall of all the sea of that prouince, and -was sixe leagues from the place in a cittie called Quixue: the way -thither was very plaine and brode, and paued, and vpon both sides there -were fields both of corne and flowers. So with the helpe of God the -Spaniards came before the presence of this general in eight days, -although it was with great trauell, by reason they had neither force nor -strength for to trauell, for that they had lost it with the heauie and -sorowful newes as aforesaid. - -Yet notwithstanding, at their comming to the citty Quixue, the souldiers -had them in continuall guard and keeping till the next day following; -then they were carried before the generall, where he was in a very great -and faire house, the which had two courts, one of them was next vnto the -doore of the streete, and the other was towards the farther partes of -the house; both of them were railed round about in manner of grates: -they were planted full of diuers sortes of great trees, wherein did -feed a great number of deere and other wilde beasts, but yet as tame as -sheepe. Right ouer against the inwarde court there was a gallerie, -whereon was many souldiers which did guarde and keepe the person of the -generall, who was in a mightie great and gallant hall, set in an iuorie -chaire with great maiestie. Before they entred into the seconde court, -there was discharged within, both artilerie and hagabus shot, and played -vpon a drum, which was as bigge as those which they vse in Spaine: that -being doone, there was a great sounde of hoybuckes and trumpets, and of -many other instrumentes: the which being doone, they straightwayes -opened the gates of the innermost court, whereas the gallerie was -aforesaide, from whence they might see the throne whereas the generall -was set. There was before him a table whereon was paper and other -necessaries for to write (a thing commonly vsed in all that countrie): -the souldiers that were his guarde were all in one liuerie of silke, and -were in so gallant consort, and had so great sylence, which made the -Spaniards greatly to maruell: the first order was of the hargabushes, -and the seconde were pikes, and betwixt the one and the other was placed -a sworde and a target; there might be about foure hundred souldiers. -Behinde them were placed the officers of iustice, or executioners, with -their instruments for to whippe and punish offenders: and in the midst -of them were the scriueners and proctors. - -About thirtie paces, more or lesse, from the chaire where the generall -was set, was placed certaine gentlemen, and to the number of a dozen -pages, bare headed, verie gallantlie apparelled in silke and golde. In -the middest amongst these souldiers were the Spaniards carried, and -before them such tokens and shewes as they doo vse when as they doo -present before the iudges such as bee condemned vnto death. A good way -before they came nigh vnto the place whereas the general was, they -caused them to kneele downe: at which instant there was brought foorth -certaine Chinos, that were prisoners, to be iudged; and so soone as -their inditement was read, and iudgement giuen, the executioners did -execute the rigour of the sentence in the presence of the Spaniards, -first pulling off their apparell, and then making fast their hands and -feete verie fast with cordes, in such sort, that they shriked that the -noise reached vnto heauens: they kept them so bounde vntil they sawe -farther what the iudge woulde commaunde, who, when hee had heard his -inditement, if hee woulde that hee should be whipped, hee striketh a -blow with his hand vppon the table that is before him: then the -executioners doo strike fiue blowes vppon the calues of the legges of -the offender with a broad cane, in the order as hath beene saide, and is -so cruell that none can suffer fiftie of them but he dieth. The blowe -being giuen vppon the table by the generall, straightwayes one of the -proctors maketh a crie or noise, whereat presently commeth the -executioner for to execute his office. And if the offender dooth deserue -more, then the iudge dooth strike another blowe vppon the table: then is -there giuen him other fiue blowes, and in this sort dooth the iudge so -manie times as his offence dooth deserue. At the lamentations and -shrikes that these miserable offenders doo giue, the iudges shewe no -more signe of pittie then if they were stroken vppon a stone. So the -audience being concluded and doone with the naturals of the countrie, -the generall commaunded that the Spanyardes shoulde come a little -nearer, and looked and searched their garments and all the rest, as also -their breuiarios and books: that being done, they were informed by those -that brought them, how and in what order they were apprehended, and of -all other thinges touching their comming into that kingdome: -vnderstanding thereof, he commaunded them to be carried vnto prison, -where they were put in sure holde, and with great watch and guard for -certain dayes, in the which time they passed incredible trouble, as well -of hunger as of thirst and heat, which was the occasion that the most -part of them fell sick of agues, and of the laske.[77] - -[77] From "laxitas", an immoderate looseness of the bowels. - -So after these dayes that they were in prison, they were carried once -againe to the audience, and many other more were brought forth to be -uisited, all people beleeuing that the Spaniards should no more returne, -but bee executed, for the which they receiued great content, to be -cleared by one death, of so many as dayly they had before their eyes. In -the conclusion of this audience the generall did decree, that they -should be carried by sea vnto the cittie of Canton, whereas was the -vizroy of that prouince, and he to commande them to be executed or -punished according as hee thought best, according vnto the penalty put -vppon whatsoeuer straunger that should enter into that kingdome without -licence (as they did enter). But when they saw that they were carried -out of the prison vnto the sea, they verelie beleeued that it was to -drowne them therein; for the which (having a newe confessed themselues, -and commended themselues vnto God) they did animate one another with the -representation of the reward which was prepared for them: but when they -came vnto the barre whereas they should imbarke themselues, vppon a -suddaine the sea beganne to waxe verie loftie and troublesome, that it -seemed almost a myracle, and it increased in such sort that the -souldiers and mariners said, that neuer before they had seene the like -torment, the which endured the space of tenne dayes: the which was the -occasion that they did not imbarke themselues, and that the generall did -change his pretence, and determined that they shoulde be carried by -lande vnto the great cittie of Sancheo-Fu, the which was presently put -in vre: they were manie dayes on this iourney, with fiftie souldiers -that did guarde them: in the which they sawe so manie curious thinges, -and of so great riches, that they iudged it to bee the best countrie in -all the world. - -So when they came vnto the citty, with no small trouble and werinesse, -by reason of their long iourney and euill intreatings by the souldiers, -they were presently carried (as might be sayde) from Herode to Pylate, -and escaped not one day, but they were carried to the publike audience, -or else before some particular iudge. This citie was very fresh both -within and without, and full of many orchards, whereas were an infinite -number of fruite, with gardens, stanges of water, and other thinges of -great recreation. This citie is three times so bigge as Siuell, and -compassed about with a mightie strong wall, their houses are verie great -and well wrought, their streets are exceeding faire, brode and long, and -so straight, that from the one end vnto the other they may see a man. In -equall distance the one from the other, there are built triumphall arkes -(which is an ordinarie and common thing vsed in the cities of that -kingdome): vpon their gates there are little towers, whereon is planted -all the artilerie that they haue for the defence of the citie (as hath -been said), all the which is inuironed and compassed about with a riuer -which is great and faire, on the which is ordinarily sayling an infinite -number of barkes and brigandines, and is of so great depth, they may -come and lye harde vnto the wall, yea, ships of great burden. On the one -side of the citie there is a little iland of great recreation, vnto the -which they do passe by a very faire bridge, the one halfe made of stone -and the other of timber, and is of a great length; that on the part that -is made of stone, the father Ignacio did tell thirtie innes, or -victualling houses, whereas was to be bought, not only flesh and fish, -but also great store of marchandice, of great estimation and valure, as -amber, muske, peeces of silke, and cloth of golde. - - - - -CHAP. XVI. - - _The Spaniardes are sent vnto the citie of Hucheofu, - and doo declare what happened there vnto them._ - - -From the citie of Sancheofu they were sent vnto Hucheofu, the which is -more principall and greater than the first, alwayes hauing with them in -companie and garde the number of souldiers aforesaid: sometimes they -trauailed by lande and sometimes by water, whereas they saw so many rich -thinges, which in respect to them, all that they had seene vnto that -time was nothing. Of the which, although I haue had particular relation -of many of them, I leaue off here the declaring thereof, for that of an -itinerario or commentarie I will not make a historie. But principally -for that many of them doo seeme to be incredible, and will be more vnto -those that haue not had any notice of the mightinesse of this kingdome. - -In the discourse of this their iourney, the cities and townes they sawe -were many and verie bigge, and all compassed with strong walles: and at -one of them there was a mightie riuer, on the which was edified more -than five hundreth engynes or wheeles, and they were made with so much -art, that alonely with the violence of the streame of the riuer that -dooth force them, they water all the groundes there abouts for the space -of two leagues and more, without any other helpe or humaine force. - -In this citie they were certaine daies in visiting and complementes, -after the which they were commaunded to goe vnto Canton, of the which in -the two relations before, is made particular mention. So when they came -vnto the citie they were carried vnto the prison of the Thequixi, which -is whereas are put such as are condemned to die, the which they plainely -perceiued. There they remayned verie manie dayes, and the most part of -them were carried vnto the tribunall seate of the iudges, in companie -with others that were condemned to die. - -At this time there was in the citie the Tutan, who was the viceroye of -the prouince, and the Chacu, who is the generall visitor, and that was -at such time as was doone great iustice for to cleare the prisons, -whereas were thousandes of men, and some that had beene there more than -tenne yeares. There was some day at that time that in the presence of -our people were brought foorth to be iudged, two thousand prisoners, -some to the death, and others to be whipped, and other to be banished, -with other kinde of penalties, according vnto the disposition and rigor -of their lawes. That day wherein they make capitall audience, they vse -particular ceremonies, as shooting of certaine peeces of artilerie, and -to shut the gates of the citie, not permitting anie to enter in, neither -go foorth, till such time as that act and iustice be finished, and many -other thinges, as hath beene declared in the first part of this -historie. - -The Spaniards being in the citie at this time of so great calamitie, it -so fell out that the same time there was a gentleman of Portingall -called Arias Gonsalo de Miranda, chiefe captaine of the citie of Machao -(very deuout vnto religious men, and a friende vnto Spaniardes), who -vnderstanding the great trouble and danger wherein they were, hee tooke -order by all meanes possible to set them at libertie, and had so great -care therein, that hee went through with his intent, in such sort that -they were deliuered out of pryson, and from the great feare in which -they were, and all by the intercession of this gentleman, who did vse so -good persuasions for the loue he did beare vnto them, that he made voyde -the euill opinion they had against them, and with compulsion to reuoke -the rigorous sentence of death pronounced against them. I do not here in -particular treate of such thinges as happened vnto these religious men -the servants of God, as well in the prison as on their iourney, for -that they were many, and to declare them is requisite a long time, and -to make a new historie. - -And although in the bookes before, haue been declared the riches of that -kingdome, and all thinges in particular, yet for the better -certification, I thought it good (and not without purpose) to declare in -the chapter following some of those which the father fryer Martin -Ignatio did communicate with me, vsing in the treating thereof so much -breuitie, that it shall seeme rather an epilogo then a new relation. And -for a more verification of the truth, whereby better credite may be -giuen therevnto, seeing that the persons who did see it doo agree in -that which shall be here declared; and again, for that the saide father -and his companions did see more thinges than the others, whose relations -be alreadie set downe. The occasion wherefore they put confidence in -them, and to let them see and vnderstand many secretes, was for that -they were sentenced and condemned to die: for without all doubt if they -had vnderstood that they should haue returned out of the kingdom, they -should neuer haue seene them, for they haue great care that any other -nations should know their secrets, their manner of gouernement, and -liuing. - - - - -CHAP. XVII. - - _Here it doth intreat of the mightinesse, goodnesse, - riches, and fortitude of the kingdome of China._ - - -[Sidenote: Sixe months trauaile from Ierusalem vnto China.] - -This kingdome is vnder the tropike of Capricorne, and stretcheth foorth -on the sea coast, south west and north east, more than fiue hundreth -leagues: it hath on the partes south west the kingdome of Cochinchina, -and on the north east, it dooth confine on Tartaria, a kingdome which -dooth compasse the most part of the lande; on the other part of the -northwest there is an other mightie kingdome of white people, which is -beyonde the kingdome of Persia, it is called Catay: there be in it -Christians, and the king thereof is called Manuell. It is sayd of a -truth, that from the furthest part of this kingdome vnto Ierusalem, is -sixe moneths trauaile by lande, the which they vnderstoode by certaine -Indians which came from that kingdome by Persia, whose testimonials were -made in Ierusalem sixe moneths before, wherein was declared how that -they had trauelled by Arabia Felix, and passed the Red Sea. The other -fourth part of this kingdome is compassed with a verie asper and high -mountaine, which is fiue hundreth leagues vpon a right line: but nature -had left certaine places open towards the northwest, which might be -fourscore leagues, little more or lesse, towards the Sea of Iapon, which -is towards the Septentrion. The great riches of this countrie, and the -great number of people that be therein, did supplie the same (as in the -first part of this historie is more at large declared). And for that the -king of this countrie seeing himselfe oppressed and troubled by the -mightie Tartaro, and seemed that easily he might defende himselfe from -him, in shutting vp of those gates which nature had left open betwixt -the mountaines, he did shut it vp with the death of many thousande of -people, for that hee vsed therein great tyrannie, which afterwardes was -the occasion of his owne death. - -This mountaine, with the supply by man, is the famous wall of the -kingdom of China, that is of fiue hundred leagues long; yet you must -vnderstande it in the manner aforesaide, the better to giue credite -thereunto, for alonely foure score leagues were made by mans handes with -great industrie, and there is vpon it an infinite number of bulwarkes, -which maketh it the more fayrer and stronger, but yet not so strong as -is the other four hundreth and twentie leagues which were made by -nature. - -[Sidenote: Great ditches and lakes.] - -Nigh vnto the same there is a great desert full of ditches and lakes of -water, which is the occasion that this kingdome hath been conserued for -more than two thousand yeares, as doth appeare by their owne histories, -which they holde to bee verie true. - -[Sidenote: A mightie lake.] - -All is imparted into fifteene prouinces, with that of Aynao,[78] and -euerie one of them hath a principall citie, of the which it beareth the -name. In the middest of this kingdome there is a great lake, out of the -which proceedeth many great and mightie riuers, which runne through all -the kingdome, and are so big that there sayleth vp and downe in them -barkes, fregats, brigandines, and many other vessels of an other kinde -of making. This great abundance of water is the occasion that it is so -fertile, and so well prouided of all thinges; and againe, the most part -of their cities and townes are situated on the riuers side, so that by -them the one prouince doth communicate with an other, carrying the one -vnto the other great store of marchandice and other thinges of great -curiositie, and is done with little cost, for that all things are done -very good cheape. - -[78] The island of Hainan. - -This sea cost of this kingdome is the biggest and the best that is -knowen in all the world; there is vpon it fiue prouinces, which be -these: of Canton, Chincheo, Liampon, Nanquin, and that of Paquian, which -is the furthest towardes the northwest, in the which is resident the -king and his counsell with all his court ordinarily, and the most part -of the men of warre that it hath, for that this prouince doth confine -vpon the Tartaros their enemies. Some will say, that the kings ordinarie -dwelling there, is for that it is the best and most fertilest of all the -kingdome. But I beleeue (according to the saying of some of the Chinos) -that he doth it not but because it is so nigh vnto Tartaria, and to -finde himselfe there whereas hee may supply all necessities which might -happen vpon a soddaine by his enimies. In these riuers there are -certaine ilandes, the which are very profitable vnto all the kingdome, -for that there is nourished and brought vp in them great store of deare, -hogges, and other beasts, which is the occasion that the cities are so -well prouided and serued. - -[Sidenote: More ships in one port than in all Spaine.] - -But one of the things which causeth most admiration to them that go to -this kingdome, is to see so infinite a number of ships and barkes that -be in euerie port thereof, and are so many, that there hath beene a man -in the citie of Machao that hath layde a wager, that alonely in the -riuer of Canton there be more ships and vessels than in all the cost of -Spaine. - -[Sidenote: They neuer had the plague.] - -One thing I may affirme, that I haue heard declared by persons of great -credite, that haue beene in that kingdome (but in especiall of the -father Ignacio, whom I do follow in this Itinerario) that it is an easie -thing in any one of these fiue prouinces that be vpon the sea cost, to -ioyne together a thousande ships of warre, and all of them (as they say -in Spaine) dedicated for that purpose. The occasion why there be so -many, is alreadie declared in his proper chapter. There are diuers -opinions touching the greatnesse of this kingdome, but the most are -conformable with the father fryer Martin de Herrada, who, like a good -geometrician and mathematician, went nighest the pricke. This opinion is -declared in the first part of this historie whereunto I referre me, and -in that which toucheth in particular things of that kingdom, for that it -is there declared at large as it was taken out of their bookes. But one -thing I cannot let passe but declare, for that it seemeth woorthie to -make thereof a particular memorie: and I vnderstood it by the mouth of -the said father Ignacio, which is that he doth affirme it to bee -certaine true and approued, that euery day in the yeare one with an -other (besides wars and the plague, the which in this countrie they -remember not to haue any, neither do they finde written in their -histories for 2,000 yeares, neither by famin nor any other accidentall -occasions to consume the people) yet doth there die many thousands of -people both smal and great, in al the fifteen prouinces of this -kingdome: which is no small griefe vnto them, who with a Christian zeale -doth consider this heauie tribute of so many soules that the diuell doth -recouer euerie day, and carrie them vnto his mansion or dwelling. - -All this kingdome is so fertile, as well for the ordinarie watring as -also for the temperature of the heauen, that almost all the whole yeare -they do gather fruits, but in especiall of wheat and rice: so that both -the one and the other are very good cheape, that our people in the -discourse of their trauaile or pilgrymage did buy one pyco of rice or of -wheate meale, which is fiue roues of Spaine, for one ryall and a halfe; -and according vnto this rate al other thinges beare their prices, as -hath beene before declared. They say that in this countrie there be many -elephants, lyons, tygres, ownses, and other brute beastes, of the which -these fryers sawe verie few aliue, but manie skins of them, which is a -signe that it is of truth. There are many beasts whereof come the muske, -the which are of the tygres, and like vnto a litle dogge, the which they -do kill and put them vnder the ground certaine dayes, and after that it -is putrified and rotten, the flesh and bloud is conuerted into that -sweete powder. There be also many cyuet cats and little worth, a great -number of horse, and although those which the said friers did see were -litle, yet is it a common voice and fame that in some of the fifteene -prouinces there are very good: but they were not there, so that they -cannot say they had seene them. But the hens, geese, duckes, and other -poultrie that are in all partes of this kingdome are without number, -which is the occasion that they are of small estimation: the abundance -of fish is no lesse, as well of the sea as of the riuers, in the which -they are conformable. All they that do declare of the thinges of this -countrie, and the small price that it is solde for, is such, that the -saide frier doth affirme, and others that haue bin in that kingdome, -that for the value of sixe marauadies (which is a pennie) may four -companions eat very wel of flesh, fish, rice, and fruits, and drinke -good wine of that countrie. - -[Sidenote: Mynes of golde and siluer.] - -[Sidenote: Siluer for his value more esteemed than gold.] - -In all this kingdome there are many mynes both of gold and siluer, and -all verie rich: but the king will not let them be labored but with great -lymitation (saying) that which is in those mynes be in his house, and -that they should procure to bring it from other kingdomes: yet -notwithstanding the abundance is so great both of the one and the other, -and so common, that there is no man, although he be of an occupation, -but hee hath in his house things both of gold and siluer, and other very -rich iewels. They do esteeme for his value more the siluer than the -golde: and they say the cause is, for that the prices of golde are -variable, as in Italie: but the siluer is alwaies at one staye and -price. - -[Sidenote: Amber gryce.] - -There are great store of pearles, but in especiall in the Iland of -Aynao; and great abundance of quicksiluer, copper, yron, steele, -laton,[79] tyn, lead, salt peter, brimstone, and other things which were -woont to beautifie a kingdome, but aboue all, there is very much muske -and amber gryce. - -[79] Latten, iron covered with tin. - -[Sidenote: Wonderfull treasure.] - -[Sidenote: Fleetes may be laden with silke.] - -The king of this kingdome, besides the great rent the which he hath, it -is saide that he hath great treasories in all the principall cities, -those which are the head cities of the prouinces; for the confirmance -thereof, it was affirmed vnto the saide fryer for a verie certaintie, -that in the citie of Canton, all the money that hath entred into the -same for the space of fiue hundred yeres (as well by way of the -Portingals, as by those of the kingdom of Cyan,[80] and others their -borderers, and all the tributes of that prouince) is altogether in the -king's treasure house of that citie, which amounteth vnto, by good -account, many more millions than may be well numbred for to giue credite -thereunto. It is as common for the people of this countrie to weare -silke, as in Europe to weare lynnen; yea, they doo make their shooes -thereof, some of satten, and many times of cloth of golde, of verie -gallant colours: the cause is by reason of the great abundance that they -haue thereof, and is of so great quantitie, that it is carried from the -citie of Canton vnto the Portingall Indians more than three thousand -kintals euery yeare, besides a great quantitie which is carried vnto -Japon, and ordinarily more than fifteene ships laden for the Ilandes of -Luzon. The Sianes, and other nations, doo also carrie away a great -quantitie: and although there are carried away ordinarily as afore -saide, yet there remaineth so great quantity in that kingdome, that many -fleetes may be laden therewith. - -[80] Siam. - -[Sidenote: Sugar, hony, and waxe.] - -There is also great store of flax, cotton, and other kinde of -webstrie,[81] and al so good cheape that the aforesaide fryer dooth -affirme that he hath seene solde a canger,[82] which is fifteene fadom, -for foure ryals of plate. The fine earthen dishes that are in this -countrie, cannot be declared without many wordes. But that which is -brought from thence into Spaine is verie course; although, vnto them -that hath not seene the finer sort, it seemeth excellent good: but they -haue such with them, that a cubbard thereof amongest vs would be -esteemed as though it were of golde. The finest cannot be brought foorth -of the kingdome vpon paine of death; neyther can any haue the vse -thereof, but onely the loytias, which be there gentlemen (as hath been -tolde you). There is great quantitie of sugar, honie, and waxe, and -verie good cheape as aforesaide. And in conclusion I say, that they liue -with so great abundance, that all things do flow so that they lacke -nothing necessarie for their bodies: but for their soules, which is the -principallest, they do lack (as you haue vnderstoode in the discourse of -this historie): God remedie the same at his pleasure. - -[81] Articles for weaving. - -[82] The original word is "canga", probably a local word for the measure -referred to. - -[Sidenote: A riuer that yeeldeth a million and a halfe euery yeare in -salt.] - -The rent which the king of this kingdome hath, is declared vnto you in a -proper chapter of it selfe; so that in this I will declare that which -the sayde fryer tolde me, and is onely of one riuer, which is called the -riuer of the salt, and is in the prouince of Canton, and is worth vnto -him, euerie yeare, a million and a halfe. And although the ordinarie -rent, the which he hath euerie yeare, dooth exceede the greatest king -that is nowe knowen in all the world in quantitie; yet, in his -treasories which he gathered together and kept (if it be true that the -Chinos do say), in euery principall citie of these fifteene prouinces, -is more than a great number of kings togither haue or can procure, no, -nor come nigh vnto it by a great deale. - -[Sidenote: All cities are walled.] - -All the cities and townes of this kingdome are walled about with stone -walles, and at euerie fifteene paces a bulwarke; and without the wall -commonly all of them haue a riuer, or else a great deepe moote, wherein -they may bring water at all times, with the which they are very strong: -they doo vse no fortes, neyther haue they any, but onely ouer the gates -of the cities, towers (as hath been declared), and in them is put all -the artilerie, the which is for the defence of that citie or towne. - -[Sidenote: They vse hargabushes, bowes, and lances.] - -[Sidenote: Englande, France, Spaine, and the Turke hath not so many -souldiers as this kingdome.] - -[Sidenote: Captaines of few and many souldiers.] - -They vse many sortes of weapons, but in especiall hargabushes, bowes, -lances of three or foure manners, swords like vnto faunchers, and with -them targets. All the souldiers when they go to fight, they weare long -garments down to their knees, very wel stuffed with cotton wooll, the -which doth resist the thrust of a lance, or a stabbe: all such souldiers -as haue the king's ryall pay weare, in token thereof, red and yellowe -hats, of the which there is so great a number, as well horsemen as foot -men, that almost it is impossible to number them. And it is a common -opinion of all them that haue bin in this kingdome, and haue seene them, -that all Spaine, France, and the Great Turke, hath not so many as this -kingdome hath. They haue amongst them captaines of ten souldiers, some -of a hundreth souldiers, some of a thousand, of ten thousand, of twentie -thousand, and in this sort to a hundred thousand. The number of -souldiors that these captains do leade, are knowen by certain ensignes -that they beare. They muster and make show of their people euery new -moone; and the same day they do pay them royally, and their pay must be -in siluer, and in no other money. It is saide by such as have seene this -pay, but especially the aforesaid father, Fryer Ignacio, that they giue -them a peece of siluer, which may weigh so much as a ryall and halfe of -Spaine, and is as much worth there as foure crownes amongest vs, in -respect of the value of all things. But both in the one and in the other -kingdom, that day that they do receiue their pay, euery one must make a -show of some act in armes, the which is done in the presence of viewers -or muster-masters: and such as are found that doo not his exercise with -dexteritie, they are reprehended and cruelly punished: they doo skirmish -with great consort, and in that which toucheth obedience to their -captaines, and vnto the ensignes, the which they do vse in their wars, -they may compare with all nations of the world. - - - - -CHAP. XVIII. - - _This Chapter doth treat of certaine rites and - ceremonies, and other signes and tokens which be - found, and do show that they haue had notice of the - holy law of the Gospel._ - - -[Sidenote: Salamina where S. Thomas was martred.] - -Such ceremonies as vnto this day haue bin seene amongst the people of -this kingdom, are gentilicas,[83] without any mixture with the Moores, -nor with any other sect: yet there is found amongst them, that is a -sufficient indition,[84] that they haue had in some time past, some -particular notice of the euangelical law, as is plainly seene by -certaine pictures which haue beene found and seene amongest them, -whereof we haue made particular mention, the which they beleeue was -knowen by the preaching of the Apostle S. Thomas, who passed through -this kingdome when as he went vnto the Indians, and from thence to the -city of Salamina,[85] which, in their language, is called Malipur, -whereas he was martyred for the name and faith of Jesus Christ: of whom, -at this day, they do remember in that kingdome, by the tradition of -their antecessors, who said, that many yeares past there was in that -kingdome a man that did preach vnto them a new law, whereby they might -goe vnto heauen: who, after that hee had preached certaine daies, and -saw little fruit thereof (for that they were all occupied in ciuill -wars) he departed from thence vnto the Indians. But first he left -certaine disciples behind him that were baptised and well instructed in -matters of faith, that they might preach vnto them whenas occasion did -serue for the same. In many places they do worship the diuell, only for -that he should do them no harme; and so the said fryer did tell me, for -that hee was diuers times in presence whereas they did obsequies of -certaine Chinos that lay a dying: and he saw that they had painted -before the dead man a furious diuell, having in his left hand the sunne, -and in his right hand a dagger, with the which he made a show as though -he would strike him. This picture was put before him at the point that -hee should yeelde vp the ghost, strengthening him that he should put -great trust thereon. - -[83] The original Spanish word, meaning "pagan", left untranslated. - -[84] From the Spanish _indicio_, "proof". - -[85] More properly Calamina. Tillemont upon this subject says: "Les -Portugais pretendent qu'il y a une ancienne inscription a Maliapur dans -les Indes, ou l'on apprend entre autres choses que Saint Thomas fut -perce d'une lance au pie d'une croix pres de cette ville. C'est peutetre -ce qui fait dire aux auteurs nouveaux que Calamine est la meme ville que -Maliapur." - -And as the fryer did demand of them what reason they had to do the same, -some of them answered and saide, because the diuell should do no harme -vnto the dead man in the other world they put his picture before him, -that he might knowe him, and take him for his friend. - -That which is vnderstood of these Chinos is, that although they haue -amongst them many errors of the Gentiles; yet with great ease they would -be reduced vnto our faith, if they might haue libertie for to preach, -and they to receiue it. - -[Sidenote: Giuen to delights.] - -When as the sunne and the moone is in eclypse, they beleeue verily that -the prince of the heauen will destroye them, and for verye feare they -put them selues in that colour: the people generally doo worshippe vnto -them, and beleeue verily that the sunne is a man, and the moone a woman. -And therefore, when as they beginne to bee eclypsed, they make great -sacrifices and inuocations unto the prince afore said, desiring him not -to kill nor destroy them, for the great necessitie they haue of them. -All generally beleeue the immortalitie of the soule; and that in the -other world they shall be rewarded or punished according as they liued -in this worlde, in company of the bodie. And therefore they do vse to -make in the fields sepulchres, wherein they command themselues to be -buried after they bee dead. When they should be buried, they command to -kill all their seruants or their wiues, those that best he loued in his -life, saying, that they do it that they should go with them to serue -them in the other world, whereas they beleeue they shall liue eternally -and die no more. They put with them into their sepulchres things to be -eaten and great riches, beleeuing that they do carry the same into the -other world, and there to serue their necessities. In this error were -the Indians of the Peru of old antiquity, as the Spaniards haue seene by -experience. There is in this kingdom many vniuersities and colleges, -wherein is taught philosophie, both naturall and morall, and the lawes -of the countrie, for to learne to gouerne by them; vnto the which the -king doth send ordinarily visitors to see and vnderstand the order that -is amongst them, and to reward or punish the students according vnto -the desert of eyther of them. They are greatly ashamed when they see any -euil thing committed, although they bee not punished for the same, and -are people that do permit with ease correction, as the father Ignacio -and his companions did see by experience; who going alwayes as condemned -men to die, yet at all times when they did see them do reuerence vnto -their idols or vnto the diuell, or any other euill thing, they did -reprehend them with great liberty, who did not onely seeke to hurt them -for the same, but did greatly reioyce to heare their reasons wherewith -they did prohibite or forbid them. The said frier did tell me that, one -day, passing by an hermitage, whereas dwelled an hermite who had, vpon -the altar in the same, an idoll for his saint: before whom was there a -Chino, a principall man, worshipping the same; the saide father, without -any feare, went vnto him, and began to reprehende him, and to spit at -the idoll, and caused him therewith to leaue off his worshipping, -whereof he was greatly amazed, both he and all the rest of his companie, -to see with what boldnes it was done, and no harme done vnto him for the -same, eyther they supposed that the Chino did thinke him to be a mad -man, or else (which is most to be beleeued) that God did worke with his -seruant whereby he would giue him his reward for that which he had done, -in returning for his honour, in mittigating the furie of that man, and -to giue him vnderstanding that he was reprehended with reason. There are -many Chinos conuerted to the faith as well in the Ilands Philippinas, as -in the citie of Machao, and they baptise of them daily, who giue tokens -and outwarde showes to bee good Christians, and say that the greatest -difficultie for to conuert all the whole kingdome, will be in them that -doo gouerne in the same, for they had neede of a particular ayde and -helpe of the mercie of God to bring them vnto the faith; for that they -are had in reuerence and obeyed as Gods vpon the earth. Besides this, -they do giue themselues to all delightes that any humaine creature can -imagine, for that they put all their felicitie therein, and doo it with -so great extremitie, that it is supposed there is no people in all the -worlde that may be compared vnto them. - -[Sidenote: Their women are chast, but their men are vicious.] - -For besides that they are alwayes carried in little chayres, and vpon -mens shoulders, which are covered with silke and golde; yet are they -giuen much vnto bankets, wherein they haue so many different sortes of -meates as their appetites doo require. And it is greatly to be maruailed -at, that the women of this kingdome are marveilous chast and secret as -any whatsoeuer; and to the contrarie the men are as vicious, but in -especiall the lords and gouernors: and for that our faith do reprehend -with rigor and terror the excesse of these thinges, it is to be beleeued -that it will be a great impediment to the entrie of the Gospel amongst -them: yet God may so touch them, and in such sort, that there will be no -difficultie. Amongest the common people there will be no such -impediment; but rather they will embrace with great content our holy -law, for that it will be an occasion to cleare and set them at libertie -from the tyrannie of the diuell, and from their iudges and lords, who do -intreate them as slaues. This is the opinion of all them that haue -entred into this kingdome, and haue intreated of this matter with the -Chinos. They haue amongest them some good thinges, and woorthie to be -imitated and folowed, of the which I will here set downe two, which are -thinges of great purpose to my iudgement. The one is, that vnto none -they do giue the office to gouerne, by no manner of wayes nor meanes, -although they be suborned by friendship, but onely by his owne merites -and sufficient abilitie. The seconde, that none can be viceroy, -gouernours, nor iudge of a prouince or citie, in the which hee is -naturall borne, the which they say is done to take away the occasion of -dooing any iniustice, beeing carried away or led by parentes or -friendshippe. All other thinges of this kingdome I do remit vnto that -which hath bin before declared, for to passe vnto the rest, the which -in this Itinerario is promised to be mentioned and declared. - - - - -CHAP. XIX. - - _This Chapter doth treate of the Islands of Japon, and - of other thinges in that kingdome._ - - -[Sidenote: Iapon is 300 leagues from China.] - -The Ilands of Japon are many, and altogether make a mightie kingdome, -that is divided amongest many lords: it is distant from the firme land -of China, three hundred leagues, and in the middest betwixt both -kingdoms is the prouince of Lanquin, which is one of the fifteene afore -named; although going from Machao, a city of the Portingals, and ioyning -vnto Canton, which is of the Proper China, they do make it but two -hundred and fiftie leagues, trauelling towards the north, and commonly -they do account the same leagues from the Ilands of Luzon or -Philippinas, vnto the said Ilands of Japon: whereunto they may go by -Noua Hispania, for that it is better and surer nauigation, and shorter -voyage, for according vnto the reckoning of the pylots that do nauigate -those seas, they make it no more then 1750 leagues, which is not halfe -of that which the Portingalls make in their nauigation. - -These ilands are many (as aforesaid), yet are they populared with much -people, who in their bodies and faces differ very little from the -Chinos, although not so politike: [by the which it seemed to be true, -that which is found written in the histories of the kingdom of China, -saying, that these Japones in old time were Chinas, and that they came -from that mightie kingdome vnto these ilands, whereas they do now dwell, -for this occasion following. A kinsman of a king of China, a man of -great countenance and valour, hauing conceiued within his brest for to -kill the king, and thereby to make himselfe lorde of the countrie, the -better to put this in execution, he gaue to vnderstand of his euill -intent vnto others of his friends, requesting their fauour to execute -the same, promising that he would do his best. This being done, and -hauing them alwaies for his especiall friends, unto whom it seemed no -difficult thing, and againe moued with ambition, they did promise him: -and for the better confirmation thereof, they began to prepare -souldiers, and to haue them readie against the day appointed. And for -that this their pretence could not be brought to effect with such -secrecie as the matter required, their treason came to be discouered -vnto the king, at such good oportunitie that he might very well seeke -remedie for his owne safegard at his pleasure, vnlooked for of his -kinsman and the rest of his followers, who were all taken with great -ease. - -[Sidenote: The first inhabiting of the Iapon.] - -Then was it determined by those of the royall councell, that all the -traitors should haue their throts cut according vnto the lawes of the -countrie: but when their sentence was carried vnto the king to be -confirmed (he vnderstanding that they much repented, and were sorie for -their sin and treason that they had pretended against him), he -determined to remedie the same with less damage, fearing what might -happen by their deaths, so that he comanded they should not die, but be -banished for euer out of the kingdome, with precise band, that they, -their wiues and children, and al that should come of them, should for -euer liue on those ilands that are now called Iapon, which were at that -time desert and without people. This sentence was executed, and the -offenders did accept the same for mercie. So they were caried to the -said ilands, wheras when they saw themselues out of their naturall -countrie, and without any possibility euer to returne againe, they -ordained their comon wealth as a thing to last for euer: directing all -their lawes which were for their conseruation and gouernment, contrarie -vnto the Chinos from whence they came. But in particular they made one, -wherin they did prohibite for euer their descendants to haue any -frindship with the Chinos, and did admonish them to do them all the -euill that was possible, which is obserued and kept vnto this day -inuiolable, shewing themselues their contraries in all they may, euen in -their apparell, speech, and customes: for the which there is no nation -so abhorred of the Chinos as is the Iapones, so that they are payd their -hatred with the like. And although at that time the said Iapones were -subiectes and tributaries vnto the king of China, and so continued long -time after, now at this day they are not, but do all harme that may be -vnto those of that kingdome.][86] - -[86] The whole of the passage included in brackets is inserted from the -French of De la Porte. - -[Sidenote: In the Iapones are 66 kingdomes.] - -They haue much siluer, but not so fine as that is of our Indians, -likewise great abundance of rice and flesh, and in some parts wheate: -and although they haue all this, with many fruits, and hearbs, and other -things which be their ordinary victuals, yet are they not so well -prouided as are their confines or neighbors, and no default in the -lande, for that it is verie good and fruitefull. But that the naturall -people do giue themselues verie little vnto the tilling and sowing -thereof, for that they are more affectioned vnto the warres then vnto -that: and this is the reason that many times they do lack prouision and -victuals, which is the verie same reason that the naturall people and -others do report of them. There be in these ilandes three score and sixe -kingdoms or prouinces, and many kings, although it may be better said, -rulers or principals, such as the Spaniardes found in the Ilands of -Luzo: for which cause, although they be called kings, yet are they not, -neither in their contractation nor rent, for they haue verie little in -respect of the multitude of people. The king Nobunanga, who died in the -yeare 1583, was the most principall and greatest lord amongst them all, -as well of people as of riches: who was slaine by a captaine of his, and -punished by God by this meanes for his luciferine pride, for that it -did farre exceede that of Nebuchadonozor, and was come vnto that point -that he would haue beene worshipped for a god: for the which he -commanded to make a sumptuous temple, and to put in it thinges that did -well declare and showe his follie: of the which that you may see how -farre it did extend, I will declare here onely that which he did promise -vnto them that did visite his temple. - -[Sidenote: A luciferine pride.] - -First, the rich men that came vnto the saide temple, and did worshippe -his picture, should be more richer: and those that were poore, should -obtaine great riches: and both the one and the other, that had no -successors to inherite their goods, should also obtaine them, and also -long life for to enioy the same, with great peace and quietnesse. - -The second, that their life should be prolonged to eighty yeares. - -The third, that they should bee hole of all their infirmities and -diseases, and shall obtaine full accomplishment of all their desires -with health and tranquillitie. And the last he commanded that euery -month they should celebrate a feast for his birth day, and therein to -visite his temple, with certification that all those that did beleeue in -him, and in that which hee promised, should without all doubt see it -accomplished, and those which in this life were faultie and did not doo -in effect his commaundement, in the other they should goe the way to -perdition. And the better to accomplish this his will, he commaunded to -be put in this temple, al the idols in his kingdomes that were most -worshipped, such as to whom frequented most pilgrimes: the which being -done, he presently forbad that not one of them all should be worshipped, -but he onely that was the true Fotoque and vniuersall god, the author -and creator of nature. - -[This foolishnesse did this proud king a little before his miserable -death, and many other more, that I do leaue out, for feare that I should -be too tedious in this itinerario. There did succeed this proude king in -the kingdome his sonne, called Vozequixama, who for that he is very -yong, at this day it is gouerned by a worthy captaine called -Faxiuandono.][87] - -[87] The whole of this paragraph included in brackets, is inserted by -the translator from the French of De la Porte. - -All men that are borne in this land are naturally inclined to warres and -robberies, and it is vsed ordinarily amongst themselues, alwayes he that -hath most power and strength doth carry away the best part; and yet he -doth enioy it with little securitie, for that as the prouerbe saith "he -findeth a last for his shoo, or the length of his foote is found," and -another commeth (when he thinketh least off) and carrieth away their -spoile with victorie, reuenging iniuries the one for the other, without -being requested thereunto: which is the occasion that they are neuer -without ciuill warres, and that seemeth to bee the influence of the -clime of that land. This, and the continual exercise in armes and in -robberies, hath giuen them the name of warriers, and do terrifie all -their borderers and neighbors. - -They vse many weapons, but especially hargabusses, swords, and lances, -and are very expert in them. On the firme land of China they haue done -many suddaine robberies and thefts, and haue gone thorough therewith at -their pleasure: and would haue done the like at the Ilands of Luzon, and -vsed for the same all meanes possible, but yet it fell out contrary vnto -their meanings, and returned their backes full euill against their wils, -with their hands vpon their owne heads. - -On a time they came vnto the Illocos, who with the fauour of the -Spaniards (whose vassals they are) did defende themselues worthily: that -the Iapones thought it best to returne vnto their houses and to leaue -their begun pretence, with determination neuer to put themselues in the -like perill, for that they had lost many of their companie. Not many -yeares since there happened vnto them the like disgrace in China: there -went tenne thousande of them to robbe and steale, and at their going on -lande, they did sacke a cittie with little hurt and smal resistance, who -with the content of that pray, forgot themselues and did not preuent the -harme that might chance vnto them: the Chinos being offended did -compasse them about in such sort, that when the Iapones remembred -themselues, they were in that case that they were constrained to yielde -vnto their enimies, who at their willes did repay themselues very well -of the iniurie receiued, and a very good warning vnto all those that -shall heare thereof, to flie from putting themselues into the like -trance: so the Chinos were very wel reuenged of the iniury by them -receiued. - -The faith of Christ is very well planted in some of these ilands, by the -good diligence and trauell of the fathers and Iesuites, but in -particular by that which was doone by Master Francisco Xabier, one of -the tenne companions of the father Ignacio de Loyola, a founder of the -saide religion: hee trauelled with great zeale in the conuerting of the -saide Ilands, and that which was a great helpe vnto the same was his -holy doctrine and apostolike life, as vnto this day the Iapones doo -confesse, attributing vnto him (next vnto God) the goodnesse that hath -come vnto them by receiuing the baptisme, whome the fathers of that -companie haue followed in all pointes, such as remained after his death, -as also such as haue gone thither since that time. - -So that vnto them may be attributed the thankes for the mollifying of -such adamantine hearts, as are those of the natural people of these -ilandes, whose wittes (although they be good and subtil) are naturally -knowne to be inclined vnto warres, robberies, and doing of euill: and at -this day, being Christians, they do followe their euill inclinations, -yet notwithstanding, by the good doctrine and ensample of the saide -fathers, they are much better Christians then those of the Orientall or -East Indians. - -I do not set downe here the number of those that are baptised in these -ilands, for that there are therein diuers opinions, as also for that the -fathers of the name of Iesus or Iesuits doo distinctly declare in their -letters. The Portugals say that in respect of the number of people that -are to bee conuerted, the number that are baptised are very fewe, and -that there are many that are not, for lacke of ministers and preachers; -the which may easily be remedied, in commaunding to go thither more -religious men of other orders, for to aide and helpe the saide Iesuites, -the which shoulde be vnto them a particular content and comfort as I doo -beleeue, as hath beene seene by experience in all partes of the Indians, -whereas haue come religious men vnto places of their doctrine, for that -the quantitie of people is so great that are in these ilandes, that -although there shoulde go thither many laborers of the gospell, and all -the orders of religious men, the one should not be a let or hindrance -vnto the other, and they shoulde all of them finde enough to occupie -themselues, especially if that the successor of Nobunanga were conuerted -with his subjectes. All the men of these ilands are well set and well -proportioned, and go well apparelled, although not in so good order as -those of China: they liue verie healthfully and long, by reason that -they doo vse verie few diuersities of meates: they doo not suffer -amongst them any phisitians, and doo not cure themselues but with -simples. - -[Sidenote: Many witches.] - -They haue amongst them many priests of their idols, whom they do call -Bonsos, of the which there be great couents. Likewise they haue amongst -them great witches, who do ordinarily talke with the diuell, and are not -a small impediment for them to receiue the lawe of God in that kingdome. -The women or wiues of these Iapones do keepe themselues very close, and -very seldome go forth of their houses, in the which they do resemble -those of China much (as hath beene said), yet haue they many wiues, for -that by their lawes it is lawfull for them to haue as they please and -can sustaine; yet are they so prudent, that they do restraine -themselues, and liue in great peace. Both men-seruants and -women-seruants do serue their masters, as though they were slaues, and -they may kill them at their pleasure without incurring any penalty of -their lawes, a thing far different from any good policie. Many other -things more could I declare of this kingdome, the which I do let passe, -for the reason aforesaid: and again, for that the fathers of the company -of Iesus haue intreated thereof at large and vere truely. - -[Sidenote: Ilands of Amazones.] - -Not farre from these Ilands of Iapon, they haue discouered of late -certaine ilandes which are called of the Amazones, for that they are all -inhabited by women, whose ordinary weapons are bowes and arrowes, and -are very expert in the same: they haue their right brest drie, the -better to exercise their bow. Unto these ilands, in certaine monethes -euery yeare, goeth certaine shippes from Iapones with merchandice, and -they bring from thence such as they haue there: in the which time the -men do deale with the Amazones as with their own proper wiues, and for -to auoide dangers that might happen amongst themselues they deale in -this order following. - -[Sidenote: A strange custome.] - -After that their shippes are aryued, there goeth on shore two messengers -for to giue aduice vnto the queene of their arriuall, and of the number -of men that are in their shippes, who dooth appoint a day when they -shall all come on shoare: the which day shee doth carrie to the waters -side the like number of women, as they bee of men, but the saide women -doo first come thither before the men doo disembarke themselues, and -euery one of them dooth carry in their hande a paire of shooes, or a -paire of slippers, and on them their own seuerall marke, and do leaue -them on the sands at the waters side, without any consort or order, and -presently departe from thence. Then the men come on shoare, and euery -one take the first paire of shooes that he commeth vnto, and put them -on: then presently the women come forth, and euery one of them carryeth -with her him who hath fallen vnto her by lot, to put on her shoes, and -maketh him her guest, without any other particularitie, although it -chanceth unto the most vilest of them all to meete with the queenes -shooes, or otherwise to the contrarie. - -So when the monethes are expired set downe by the queene, in the which -are permitted the men aforesaid, they doo depart, euerie one leauing -with his hostis his name, and the towne where hee dwelleth, for that if -it so fall out that they bee with child, and be deliuered of a sonne, -that hee may bee carried the yeare following vnto his father, but the -daughters do remaine with them. - -This is very doubtfull to bee beleeued, although I haue bin certified by -religious men, that haue talked with persons that within these two -yeares haue beene at the saide ilands, and haue seene the said women; -and that which causeth me more to stand in doubt, is for that the -fathers of the companie that dwell at the Iapones, haue not in their -letters made any particular mention of them: therefore let euery one -giue credite to this as liketh him best. - - - - -CHAP. XX. - - _They haue notice of certaine kingdomes borderers vnto - these Ilands of Iapon, and it treateth of some thinges - of them, according vnto the truest intelligence that - hath come from those parts, and of certaine miracles - that happened in the kingdome of Cochinchina, that - were notable._ - - -[Sidenote: Great fishing of pearles.] - -From the cittie of Machao, which is inhabited by Portugals, and situated -on the skirt of the firme lande of China, in two and twentie degrees, -the aforesaide father Ignacio did trauell for Malaca, passing by the -gulfe of Aynao, which is an ilande and prouince of China, and fiue -leagues from the firme lande, and from the Philippinas one hundreth and -foure score. It is a very rich prouince and of great prouision, and in -the straight that is betwixt them and the firme lande, there is great -fishing of pearles and aliafar,[88] and those which are there founde do -in many killats[89] exceede them that are brought from Baren, which is on -the coast of Arabia, or those that are brought from Manar, which is -another kingdome from whence is brought many vnto that of China. - -[88] More correctly _aljofar_, a corruption from the Arabic "seed -pearls". - -[89] From the Spanish _quilate_, a carat. - -[Sidenote: Parias is a duetie for the kinges owne person.] - -This prouince of Aynao is very good and strong, and the people thereof -very docible and well inclined. From this ilande to the kingdome of -Cochinchina, is fiue and twenty leagues, and from Machao, one hundreth -and twentie fiue: it is a mightie kingdome, and is in sixteene degrees -of altitude, and the one part therof is ioyned with the firme land of -China. The whole is deuided into three prouinces. The first dooth enter -forty leagues into the lande, and hath in it a mightie king. The second -is more farther within the land, and he that is lord thereof is a king -of greater power than the first; and ioyning vnto the sun, more towards -the Septentrion, is the thirde, the which is more greater and of more -riches, whose king in respect of the other two is an emperor, and is -called in their language Tunquin, which doth signifie the same. Unto him -be subiect the other two kings: yet notwithstanding his mightinesse, and -called emperour, hee is subiect vnto the king of China, and dooth pay -him tribute and parias.[90] It is a countrie well prouided of victuals, -and as good cheape as in China. There is great stoare of a wood called -palo de Aguila, and of another woode called Calambay, and both of them -are verie odoriferous.[91] - -[90] Spanish. An acknowledgment or tribute from one prince to another. - -[91] The following is from a notice by the late T. H. Colebrooke, Esq., -appended to a paper by Dr. Roxburgh, which will appear in the -forthcoming part of the "Linnaean Transactions." "It may be remarked by -the way, that the Portuguese _pao de aguila_, as noticed by Rumphius, is -an undoubted corruption, either of the Arabic _aghaluji_, or of the -Latin _agallochum_, and it is from a ludicrous mistake, that from this -corruption has grown the name of lignum aquilae, whence the genus of this -plant now receives a botanic appellation, and which many authors have -vainly attempted to distinguish from the lignum aloes and Calambac. The -latter is a Malay name of the aloe wood, derived, according to the -conjecture of Rumphius, from the Chinese Kilam." - -[Sidenote: Aboundance of silke and gold.] - -Great aboundance of silke and gold, and of other things very curious: -all these kingdomes are at a very point to be reduced vnto our faith, -for that the principall (he whom they giue title of emperor) hath sent -diuers times to Machao, and vnto other parts whereas are Christians, and -haue requested to send them persons both learned and religious, for to -instruct them in the law of God, for that they are all determined to -receiue it and be baptised: and doo desire it with so great -feruentnesse, that in manie citties they haue the timber ready to build -and edifie churches, and in a redinesse all other kind of necessaries -for the same. - -There was in Machao a religious man of the order of barefoote friars of -S. Francis, who, vnderstanding the great and good desire of this king, -did sende him by certaine Portugal merchants that did trade into his -countrie, a cloth whereon was painted the day of iudgement and hell, and -that by an excellent workeman; and also a letter, wherein hee did -signifie vnto him the great desire he had with some other of his -companions to go into his kingdome to preach the gospel. The which being -receiued by the said king, and informed the signification of the -picture, and of the religious man that sent it him, he reioyced very -much with the present; and did send in returne of the same an other that -was very good, vnto the same religious man, and a letter of great -curtesie, and did accept the offer that hee sent in his letter, and did -promise that all that went thither shoulde haue good entertainement, and -that he would presently make them a house next vnto his. - -This religious man, although he had a desire to put in execution the -kings will, yet at that time hee coulde not, by reason that he had but -few companions: the which the king did vnderstande, and caused him to -sende vnto the bishoppe of Machao three or foure letters, requesting him -to send him the saide religious men, with certification that hauing them -there, both hee and all the rest of his kingdome woulde receiue the -faith of Christ and the holy baptisme: vnto the which letters they did -alwaies make answere with promises that he would send them vnto him: but -after, because they did not accomplish the same, the king did complaine -of him vnto certaine Portugall merchants with great griefe, saying, this -your bishop of Machao doth greatly lye; for that I haue requested him by -foure letters to send me religious men for to preach the law of the -gospell, and he consenting vnto my wil, did neuer accomplish nor -performe his word. Unto this day they haue not accomplished this desire, -for the great lacke they haue of such ministers as they doo demande, and -are requisite in those parts, and cannot supply their want and -necessitie, except they should leaue them vnprouided that bee already -baptised. They doo driue them off with faire words and promises, that -with as great breuitie as is possible, their desire shal be satisfied. -And this was the answere that was giuen in Machao vnto certaine -messengers or ambassadors that were sent by the aforesaid king, for the -same demand, the which was required with great instance. The which -messengers for their comfort, and for his who sent them, did carry with -them al such images as they might haue, but specially that of the -crosse, in which form and likenes (as hath bin informed) they haue made -in the kingdome an infinite number, and set them in all their streets, -highwayes, and houses, whereas they are worshiped and reuerenced with -great humilitie, as well for that it is in an ensigne of Christ, whose -faith they do desire to receiue, as also for a notable miracle which -happened in that kingdome worthy to make thereof a particular mention, -the which I will set downe here, in such sort as the ambassadors -aforesaide did declare in publike before the inhabitants of Machao, -when as they came to demande religious men for to instruct them in the -gospel. - -[Sidenote: A myracle.] - -There was a man naturally borne in this kingdome, who, for certaine -occasions went forth of the same, and came and dwelt amongst the -Portugals, who, seeing the Christian ceremonies, and being touched with -the hand of God, was baptised, and remained certain yeares in the same -towne, giuing outwarde shewes to bee a good Christian, and one that -feared God; at the end thereof he changed his minde, and determined to -returne vnto his owne countrie, and there to liue according vnto that -which he had learned of the Christians, the which he beleeued to doo -with ease, without any gaine-saying or contradiction. Whereas when hee -came thither, hee did obserue all such things as a Christian was bounde -to doo: but amongst other signes and tokens of the same, he made a -crosse and set it by the door of his house, whereunto he did reuerence -at all times, when he passed by the same, with great devotion. His -neighbours when as they saw that signe, a thing of them neuer seene -before, and howe that that Christian did make particular reuerence, they -beganne to mocke and scorne him and the crosse, and pulled it downe from -the place whereas it was set, and did other things in dispite thereof, -and of him that had set it there in that place, whose hatred and -discourtesie was so much that they determined in their minds to burne -it, and to put the same in execution, who, at the same instance, did all -miraculously die; I say those that would haue burnt the same, the which -was seene of many other, who haue giuen sufficient testimony thereof. -And within fewe dayes after, all the whole linage of those dead persons -did follow the same way, and not one escaped. This miracle being spread -throughout all the kingdome, the naturals thereof did set vp many -crosses in all parts. - -[Sidenote: Another myracle.] - -This they say was the principall motion that God put into their hearts -for to moue them to demande for such as shoulde baptise them, and preach -the holy gospell. Likewise, a great helpe vnto the same was the -declaration of the painted cloth, which the aforesaid religious man did -send to the king. Since that time, there hath gone vnto the cittie of -Machao certaine naturals of that kingdome, who, being affectioned vnto -our faith, were baptised there: with the which, and with the hope -aforesaid, they are all sustained, till such time as it is the pleasure -of God to send them the remedie for their soules, the which hee hath -caused them to desire, which cannot be long, according vnto that which -hath beene seene, and the miracles that God doth worke, the more for to -kindle their desire, as the myracle of the crosse before spoken off, and -others the which certaine Cochinchinos did declare in the cittie of -Machao, in anno 1583, and happened the same yeare, and was very fresh in -the memorie of all those of the saide kingdome. The one of them was, -that one of the Christians aforesaid went to visite a principall man -that had the palsie, and kept his bed many yeares before: and conferring -with his long sicknesse, he told of certaine myracles, such as he had -vnderstanding that was done by Christ our Redeemer, when that he was man -amongst men whome hee redeemed: but in particular those which he did in -the healing of the like infirmities, such as he lay sicke of: alonely -with his deuine vertue, in touching of them with any part of his -garments or shadow. The iudge hearing this, hee had a particular faith -and devotion to him that had doone these myracles that the Christian had -told him, and asked what his name was, and what signes and tokens he -had: he told him that his name was Jesus of Nazareth, Redeemer of the -worlde, the Sauiour and glorifier of men. And the better to declare vnto -him his signes, he shewed to him an image or picture that he had of his, -the which was giuen him such time as he was baptised, printed in paper: -and of Iesu Christ when he ascended vp into heauen, the which, for lacke -of churches and other of greater volume, hee should haue continually -with him, and make his praiers thereunto. This sicke man tooke it, and -fixed his eies thereon with so great deuotion and faith, in requesting -him to giue him his health, and that he would presently beleeue in him -and bee baptised. At the same instant, in the sight of them all, he felt -himselfe whole of the infirmitie that he had suffered so many yeares -before, and neuer could find any humaine remedy for the same, although -he had prooued an infinite number. He straightwayes willed the Christian -to baptise him, vnto whome hee gaue a great summe of monie, the which -hee receiued against his will, and spent it in workes of mercie; and -with part thereof he bought a bigge barke, in the which at this day he -dooth passe people thorough a riuer, whereas they were wont to passe -great perill and danger, and hee doth it for Gods sake, and receiueth -nothing for the same. - -A fewe dayes after, in another part of this kingdome, there happened -another myracle of no lesser substance then the first, that is, there -was a Cochinchina in the said citie of Machao, who did aske to bee -baptised of a barefoote frier, which after that hee had catechised -sufficiently, hee gaue it vnto him: and after a great time that hee had -beene in his company, and had experience of his Christianitie and -deuotion, he gaue him licence for to returne vnto his country, with a -good token, that at his comming thither he would procure to augment the -desire of Christianitie, the which God had begunne to kindle in their -brest. This good neu Christian did procure the same with so great care, -that he did profite very much (being holpen with the fauor of God, who -made him his instrument), hee healed certaine infirmities, in shewing -vnto the patients an image of our ladie, the which he had continually -about his necke, and had therunto great deuotion, and woulde declare to -them with great zeale the Lords Prayer or Pater Noster. His fame was so -much spread abrode in all parts of this prouince, wherein he dwelled, -that it came vnto the ears of a mandarin, or principall iudge of the -same, who was many dayes in his bedde a leaper, both of handes and -feete, and neuer coulde finde any phisition nor medecine that could giue -him his health, nor any other humaine remedie: who being verie desirous -to bee healed, hee sent for the saide Christian, and asked if hee would -take vppon him to heale him of that infirmitie, as it was affirmed that -hee had done by others of greater importance. The Christian saide hee -would; then the iudge did promise vnto him for the same great giftes and -rewardes, but hee made no account thereof, but onelie requested of him -for reward, that after hee should bee hole, that he would be baptised -and become a Christian: the which he did accept, and principally he -shewed vnto him the image that hee had of our lady, saying: If thou wilt -beleeue in this lady, that is heere ingraued, and in her most holy sonne -Iesus Christ, the Redeemer of the whole world, thou shalt presently be -made hole. This mandarin or iudge did beholde the same with great -attention, and thought on the words which he had heard spoken, and in -determining with himselfe to beleeue the same, at the very point that he -did put it in execution, he was healed of al his infirmitie, a thing -which caused great admiration in all that prouince. - -These myracles and that of the crosse, in a short time being knowne -abrode, haue caused such a desire vnto the inhabitants of that kingdome -to become Christians, that by all manner of meanes possible they do -procure the same: the which is not followed for lacke of ministers, as -aforesaid, and is no smal griefe vnto them that Christianly doo put -themselues to consider how the diuel our aduersary doth carry vnto his -infernal mansion those soules which seeme to bee well disposed for to -enioy the benefite of God, and his eternal goodnesse: all the which is -for lacke of ministers, and not for any other default. God remedie the -same for his mercies sake. - -The said father Ignacio (whom, as I haue said, I do follow in many -things of this itinerario) did tell me, that as he passed by this -kingdome for to go vnto Spaine, he saw the deuotion of the people -thereof, and the great desire they had to bee Christians, and how that -the people were ready and bent for to receiue the holy gospell, very -humble and of good vnderstanding. Hee would haue tarried for to baptise -them, and would haue done it onely for charity and compassion, seeing -with what deuotion they did demand the same, and the great number of -soules that were condemned; but hee was constrained by force to go vnto -Malaca, and againe it seemed vnto him, that amongst so many people his -smal force might do little good: and that it were better for him to go -vnto Spaine, and to procure more companions to helpe him, as he did, and -returned with him, and with many other rewards, of Pope Gregory the -thirteenth receiued: and he also receiued great fauours of the king of -Spaine, and with great hope, that his maiestie will giue his particular -aide, for to go thorow with this enterprise, which will not be of small -effect. I do beleeue of a truth, that in small time all that kingdome -shall be subiect vnto the Catholike faith of Rome, and to be the gate -whereby to enter the lawe of the gospell into the mightie kingdome of -China, for that this of Cochinchina is vpon the same firme land, and -their language and customes are almost in one manner. - -[Sidenote: Their womenn are honest and shamefast.] - -They are verie white people of this kingdome, and are apparelled like -vnto those of China: their women are verie honest and shamefast, and -their apparell is very curious and gallant. The men weare their haire -dispersed, and doo combe and trim it with too much care. In all the -countrie almost, all of them are apparelled in silke, for that they haue -there verie much, and excellent good: the countrie is verie holesome, -and full of old folkes and children, which is a sufficient proofe for -the goodnesse thereof. - -[Sidenote: They neuer had plague, pestilence, nor hunger.] - -They say that they neuer had amongst them neither pestilence nor -hunger, which is the like as we haue said of the kingdome of China. - -Let him that can, do it in such sort that so great and infinite number -of soules that at this day are vnder the tyranny of the diuell, may see -them in the Christian libertie, and in the other life inioy their -creator. - - - - -CHAP. XXI. - - _In this chapter is declared of such kingdomes as are - adioyning vnto that of Cochinchina, and of some - notable thinges in them, with the rites and customes - of the inhabitants._ - - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Champa rich of drugs.] - -Nigh vnto this kingdome of Cochinchina there is another called Champa, -that although it be poore of gold and siluer, yet is it verie rich of -drugges and gallant wood, and great stoare of prouision. This kingdome -is very great and full of people, and they some what whiter than those -of Cochinchina; they are as nigh and as willing to become Christians as -their neighbors, but for the performance thereof they doo lacke that -which the other doo. They haue the same lawes and ceremonies as well the -one as the other, and are all idolaters, and doo worship the second -causes, in the same order as the Chinos do, vnto whome likewise they do -make one manner of acknowledging. - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Camboia.] - -From this iland you may go with ease vnto Malaca, leauing on the right -hand a kingdome which is called Camboia, the which is great and very -full of people, and all of them affectioned to go to sea, and -nauigation, by reason whereof they haue an infinite number of vessels. -It is a very fertill country, with great stoare of prouision: there are -elephants in great number and abadas,[92] which is a kind of beast so -big as two great buls, and hath vppon his snowt a little horne. At this -day there is one of them at Madrid, the which was brought out of the -Indians to his maiesty, and many do go to see it for a strange thing, -and neuer the like seene in Europe, whose skinne is so hard (according -vnto the report) that no man, although he be of great force and -strength, can passe it with a thrust. Some haue saide that it is an -unicorne, but I take it for the contrarie, and they are of my opinion -almost all those that haue beene in those partes, and haue seene the -true unicorne. - -[92] The Spanish word for the rhinoceros. - -In this kingdome there is a religious man of the order of S. Dominicke, -called frier Siluester, whome God did carrie into those parts for to -remedy the soules that are therein: hee dooth imploy himselfe to learne -their natural language, and to preach the holy gospell in the same -tongue, and hath them likewise prepared, that if he had any companions -for to help hym, they should obtayne much fruite for the heauens: he -hath sent and requested for some vnto the India of Portingall, but they -would neuer send him anie, peraduenture by some sinister information, by -men which the diuell doth marke as instruments, for to stay and let the -saluation of those soules for euer to remayne in his tyrannicall power. -This fryer did write a letter vnto Malaca vnto fryer Martin Ignacio, and -vnto other religious men, intirely requesting them for the loue of God -to giue such order that hee might be holpen with some religious men, of -what order soeuer, with certification that therein they shall doe great -seruice vnto God, and put remedie in those soules whome he dare not -baptise, for feare that after lacking the euangelical refreshing, to -water and cherish them, they returne to bring forth that euill fruit of -idolatrie. This petition did not take effect according to his desire, -for that there was not to serue his turne, nor any that was vnoccupied. -They vnderstood of him that brought this letter, that the king of that -kingdome had in great veneration the sayd father Siluestro, in so ample -manner, as was the patriarck Ioseph in Egypt: hee had in all that -kingdome the seconde place, and euery time that the king would speak -with him, he gaue him a chaire: and gaue him great priuiledges, and -licence for to preach the holy gospell throughout all the kingdome -without any contradiction, and for to edifie the churches and all other -thinges whatsoeuer he thought necessarie: this king himselfe helping -thereunto, by giuing of great gifts and charitie: he said also that in -al the kingdome there were erected many crosses, and were had in great -reuerence. And for the confirmation of the truth hereof, the aforesaid -frier Ignacio did see in Malaca a present that the king of this kingdome -of Camboia did send vnto another friend of his: and amongst many things -contained therin of great riches and curiositie, there were two crosses -very great and wel made, of a gallant wood and very sweete, and all -garnished very richly with siluer and gold, with their titles enamiled. - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Sian.] - -[Sidenote: The mother of idolatrie.] - -[Sidenote: Faint hearted people.] - -Nigh vnto this kingdome is that of Sian, in the hight of fourteene -degrees from the pole artike, and three hundred leagues from Machao, -wheras the Portugals do go to trade: it is the mother of all idolatrie, -and the place from whence hath proceeded many sectes, vnto Iapon, China, -and Pegu. It is a flourishing countrie, and well replenished of all such -things as be requisite for to merite the name to be good. There be in it -manie elephants and abadas, and other beasts that are nourished in that -countrie: besides this, it is very rich of mettals, and gallant sweete -woode. The people of this kingdome for the most part are faint-hearted -or cowards, for which occasion, although they are infinite in number, -yet are they subiect vnto the king of Pegu, who ouercame them long time -since, in a battell (as afterwards shall be declared): and they doo pay -him ordinarily great and heauy tributes. They would be conuerted very -easily unto the faith of Iesu Christ, and would leaue their idols, if -they had any to preach vnto them: yea and would subiect themselues vnto -any king or lord that woulde fauour them, and not vnto this whom now -they do obey, for that hee dooth intreate them tyrannously. They haue -amongst them many religious men after their fashion, who doo liue in -common, and leade an asper and sharp life: for the which they are had of -al the rest in great veneration. The penance which they do is wonderfull -and strange, as you may iudge by some things that I will declare here: -amongst a great number that be tolde of them, there are none of them -that can marrie, neither speake to any woman, and if by chance he do, -they are without remission punished by death. They go alwayes barefoote, -and very poorely apparelled, and do eate nothing but rice and greene -herbes, and this they do aske for charitie euery day, going from doore -to doore with their wallet at their backes, alwayes with their eyes -looking on the ground, with such modesty and honesty, that it is to be -wondred at: they doo not craue their charity, neither take it with their -hands, nor do any other thing but cal or knocke, and stand still, till -such time as they giue them their answer, or put something into their -wallets. It is told of them for a truth, that many times for penance -they do put themselues starke naked in the heate of the sunne, which is -there very great, for that the country is in twenty sixe degrees of the -equinoctiall, whereas they are much troubled there with gnats, whereof -there is an infinite number, and is a thing that if they did passe it -for Gods sake, it is a kinde of martyrdome of great desert. God for his -mercy lighten them with his grace, that this which they do smally vnto -the profite of their soules, may bee the occasion that after they are -baptised, they may deserue for the same many degrees of glory. - -Likewise in secrete they doo great penance, and doo rise vp at midnight -to praie vnto their idols, and they do it in quiers, as is vsed amongst -vs Christians. It is not permitted them any rentes, nor any other kinde -of contractation: and if they bee seene to deale in any, they are -detested and hated, as an heretike is amongst vs. - -For this kind of asper liuing, the which they do, according vnto the -report, for the loue of heauen, and that with great zeale, they are -respected of the common people for saints, and for such they do -reuerence them, and do commit them vnto their praiers, when they are in -any trouble or infirmity. These and many other things more be declared -of them in like order, which may serue for to confound vs, that -confessing we do not obserue and keepe, hauing for the same our sure -reward, not of humain interest, but that which God hath prepared for the -good in heauen. - -The law of the gospell in this kingdome would bring foorth much fruite, -for that the people are charitable, and louers of vertue, and of them -that haue it. This experience had the father Ignacio and his companions -in China, at such time as they were prisoners, where there were in a -city certain ambassadors from the king of Syan, who were bound to the -court, and there they vnderstood that the Spaniards were sentenced to -death for entring into that country without licence: they went to visite -them, and when they saw them with their asper habites and very poore, -and did resemble very much the habit of their religious men, they had so -great affection vnto them, that ouer and aboue they sent them good -charity, the which was two bags of rice, much fish and fruits: they did -offer to them al the money they would desire, and to ransome them in al -that the judges would demand for them: in recompence of this good wil -they shewed vnto the Spaniards, they did verifie that aforesaide, that -they are great louers of vertue. - - - - -CHAP. XXII. - - _Of many other kingdomes that are in this new world, - and of their names and properties, but in especiall of - that famous cittie of Malaca._ - - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Lugor and that of Patane.] - -[Sidenote: Gold, pepper, and drugs.] - -Nigh vnto this kingdome of Syan there are two kingdomes togither, the -one of them is called Lugor, and the other Patane; they belong both vnto -one king, who is a Moore and of the linage Malaya, yet notwithstanding -the people of these kingdomes are gentiles, and doo vnderstande in them -to haue great good will to become Christians, if they had anie to preach -vnto them the gospell. The lande is very rich of golde, pepper, and of -drugges, but the people faint hearted and cowards, and for little: for -which occasion they are more giuen vnto thinges of contentment and -pleasure, then vnto wars or brawlings. - -[Sidenote: The kingdomes of Paon and Ior.] - -At the ende of this kingdome is the straite of Malaca, in the which -there are two small kingdomes, the one of them is called Paon[93] and the -other Ior:[94] the people of the first are the most traiterous that are -in all the whole worlde, as the Portugals haue many times experimented; -and those of the second kingdome, sometimes they are in peace, and -sometimes in warre with the said Portugals. They will haue peace when -they do see themselues in necessity of the same, but war ordinarily. -These two kingdomes are halfe Moores, by reason whereof it seemeth that -with an evil wil they wil be reduced vnto the law of the gospel, if that -by the help of God they be not mollified of their hearts. - -[93] Pahang. - -[94] Johore. - -[Sidenote: The Straight of Malaca is vnder the line.] - -This straight of Malaca is vnder the equinoctiall line, and is accounted -from the kingdome of Cochinchina vnto it three hundred and seuenty-six -leagues: this is an euill straight and very dangerous for ships that -passe thorough it, for very few times it is without stormes or some -other greater danger, as it happened vnto a verie great shippe in the -mouth of the straight, in the presence of frier Martin Ignacio, the -which in verie little space was swallowed vp with the sea, and in it -more then three hundred thousand ducats in merchandice that was within -her, although the successe thereof our people did attribute it more vnto -the iust iudgement of God than vnto the storme, for that according as -they were informed, they had committed grieuous offences, at the time -when she sanke: for being very nigh with his shippe in the which he -went, and many other more, they felt not, neither had any suspition of -any danger. From this straight to go vnto Malaca, you coast alongest the -sea, fiue and twentie leagues: all which coast is full of great, -mightie, and thicke woods, by reason whereof, as also for that it is not -inhabited, there are many tygers, elephants, and mightie great lysards, -and other furious beastes. - -[Sidenote: A daintie kind of meat.] - -[Sidenote: A tree of wonderfull effect.] - -[Sidenote: Two contraries in one subiect.] - -The citie of Malaca, in our pole articke, is eleuated from the -equinoctiall onely one degree: of ancient time it was the most -principallest citie of all these kingdomes, and resident therein a -mightie king, a Moore, but after it was conquered by the Portugals, who -in these wars did wonderfull things of great force and courage: they did -driue foorth all the Moores out of the same, and out of all the borders, -and made of their Mezquita or temple (which was a singular peece of -worke) a high church, as it doth remaine vnto this day: there are also -three monasteries of religious men, one of S. Dominicke, an other of S. -Francis, and the third of the companie of Iesus, or Iesuites. It is a -verie temperate countrie, being so nigh the equinoctiall line: the -reason is, for that euery weeke ordinarily it rayneth three or foure -times (which is the greatest cause of health in all that countrie), and -thereby is made woonderfull fruitfull, and with great abundance of -prouision; but particularly of fruites, for there is great store, and -some sortes neuer seene in Europe, amongst the which there is one that -is called in the Malaca tongue _durion_,[95] and is so good that I haue -heard it affirmed by manie that haue gone about the worlde, that it doth -exceede in sauour all others that euer they had seene or tasted: it is -in forme like vnto a mellon, whose ryne is somewhat harde, and hath vpon -it little white prickes which seemeth like haire, and within the fruite -be partitions, which be of the colour like vnto _maniar blanco_,[96] and -of so good sauour and tast is it. Some do say that haue seene it, that -it seemeth to be that wherewith Adam did transgresse, being carried away -by the singular sauour. The leaues which this tree yeeldeth are so bigge -that a man may couer himselfe with one of them, which mee thinketh is -but coniecture or defining: but there is cannafistola[97] for to lade -fleetes, very bigge and good, and of a singular effect, one of the -notablest things in this kingdome, and is a maruellous tree of an -admirable vertue, the which putteth foorth so many rootes of so -contrarie vertue, that those which grow towards the orient be good -against poyson, agues, and many infirmities that do war against humaine -life; and those rootes that growe towards the west be ranke poyson, and -in effect, all cleane contrarie vnto the first. So that it seemeth here -to be founde two contraries in one subiect, a thing which, in -philosophie, they were woont to count impossible. - -[95] The Durio Zibethinus of K[oe]nig. - -[96] Blanc mange. - -[97] From the name the cassia fistula is probably meant, although the -author is silent respecting the purgative properties for which that -plant is so remarkable. - -This citie is of great contractation, for that there come thether all -the kingdomes that we haue spoken of, and from many other more that are -nigh thereabouts: but in particular a great number of great ships from -the Indians, Canton, Chincheo, and from many other places, likewise the -Iapones carry thether their siluer to sell, and those of the kingdome of -Syan carry many things very curious, but especially cloues, and pepper -of the Iland Malucas, and those of Burneo bring much sanders and -nutmegs, and those of Iaba and Pegu bring the wood of Aguila, and those -from Cochinchina and Cham bring great store of wrought silke, drogges, -and spicerie; and those of Samatra, or Trapouana, much golde and wrought -things, and fine cloth of Vengalas and Coromandel. All these, and other -thinges, make this citie famous and plentifull, as also very much -enlarged of the Portingals that go thether ordinarily euery yeare and -traficke there. - - - - -CHAP. XXIII. - - _Of some kingdomes of the newe worlde, and of - particular things that haue beene seene in them; and - treateth of the citie and riuer of Ganies._ - - -[Sidenote: The Iland of Samatra supposed to be the Iland of Ophir.] - -[Sidenote: The richest iland in the world.] - -Ouer against this famous citie, of which so many thinges may be spoken -of, is that mightie kingdome and Iland of Samatra, called by the ancient -cosmogrofers Trapouana, which is (as some say) the Iland of Ophir, -whether the fleet which King Solomon sent, of which there is particular -mention made in the Scripture, in the third Booke of the _Kings_,[98] -cap. 9 and 10, and in the _Paralipomenon_,[99] cap. 9, that went and -returned again laden with gold and rich tymber for to adorne the temple -of Ierusalem, and of many other curious things, whose memorie doth -remaine vnto this day amongst the naturall people, although diffusedly, -but not so much as those that haue it out of the Holy Scripture, neither -so true. This iland is vnder the equinoctial line, so that the one halfe -doth extend vnto the pole artick, and the other halfe vnto the poole -antarticke. It hath in longitude 230 leagues, and in latitude three -score and seuen leagues: and is so nigh vnto Malaca, that in some parts -it is less than ten leagues. In this kingdom there are many lords and -rulers, yet he that hath the greatest part thereof is a Moore, and is -called Achan; it is one of the richest ilands in al the world, for that -it hath many mynes of fine golde, of the which (although there is a law -that they cannot take out of them more than is necessarie) yet there is -great abundance carried from thence to Malaca, Turkie, and many other -places. There is gathered vpon this iland great abundance of pepper and -beniewyn[100] of Boninas, in great quantity, out of whose trees (whereof -there is great woods) there come foorth so sweet a smel that it seemeth -an earthly paradice, and was wont to be smelled twenty leagues at sea, -for which respect the ships that saile that way do come so nigh the -lande as they may to haue the comfort of that smell. There is also much -camphora, and all kinde of spices; by reason wherof there commeth vnto -this kingdome to traficke, many Turkes that come in ships and foystes[101] -out of the Red Sea. Also there doth traficke thether those of the -kingdom of Sunda, Iaua the great, and Ambayno, and others that are there -nigh vnto them. Vnto this iland came certaine Portingals to buy and -sell, whereas they were all slaine, and some for the profession of the -faith; for the which they are holden for martyrs of Iesu Christ, by the -opinion of Christians that doo dwell nigh, when they vnderstood the -cause. The most part of this kingdome are Moores; and therefore they do -abhor the Christians, and do make with them all the warre they can, but -in especiall with them that dwell in Malaca, whom many times they haue -put in great danger of their liues, and losse of their goods. - -[98] The first book of Chronicles. - -[99] Chronicles,--the second book is here referred to. - -[100] Benzoin. - -[101] A small boat, from "fusta", Spanish. - -[Sidenote: An armie of a million and sixe hundred thousand men.] - -Running from this kingdome of Malaca by the north and northwest cost is -the mightie kingdome of Pegu, the which is in bignes greater then -Samatra, and equall in riches, especially of pearls and al sorts of -stones, and very fine christall: there is great store of prouision, and -an infinite number of people, and the king thereof is mightie: to whom -(as we haue said) the king of Cyan doth pay tribute, because he ouercame -him in a battaile which he had with him in the yeare 1568, according -vnto the common opinion: the occasion was, that, vnderstanding how that -the saide king of Syan had in his power a white elephant (whome those of -the kingdome of Pegu do worship for god), the king sent to buy the same, -and to giue for it so much as he would esteeme or value it: but he -utterly denied the same, and saide that he would not let him haue it for -all that he had in his kingdom: the which caused so great anger vnto the -king, that hee called together all the souldiers that he could make, -with determination to get by force of armes that which he could not by -faire meanes and great ritches: in the which he did so great diligence, -that in a fewe dayes hee had ioyned together an armie of a million and -sixe hundreth thousande of men of warre, with whome hee departed vnto -the saide kingdome of Syan, which was from his kingdome two hundreth -leagues, and did not onely performe his pretence in bringing away the -white elephant, but did also make the king tributarie, as he is vnto -this day, as hath bin declared vnto you. - -The rites of the people and priestes of this countrie, doo resemble much -those of the kingdome of Syan: they haue amongst them many monasteries -of men that liue honestly, solitarie, and with great penance, and people -verie apt to receiue the holy gospell. For ouer and aboue that they are -docible and of a good vnderstanding, they are men which do studie -philosophie, and are well inclyned and charitable, and haue a particular -affection vnto vertue, and vnto such as they do knowe that haue vertue, -and very friendly to remedie the necessitie of their poore neighbours. - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Arracon.] - -Going from this kingdome towardes the north is the kingdome of Arracon, -verie plentifull of prouision, but few things of contractation or -marchandice, which is the occasion that it is not well knowen to the -Spaniardes, for that they haue not gone thether. They doo vnderstand of -the naturall people and of their customes, that they are very apt to -receiue the holie gospell. - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Vangala.] - -From this kingdome alongst the same coast, you came vnto the kingdome of -Vangala,[102] through the which doth passe the riuer Ganges, one of the -foure that comme foorth of paradice terrenall, the which being -vnderstood by a certaine king of this kingdome, he determined to cause -some to ascend vp that riuer till such time as he had found the head -spring or head thereof, and therewith paradice: for the which effect he -commanded to be made diuers sortes of barkes, both small and great, and -sent in them vp the riuer certaine men (of whose diligence hee had long -experience), and were prouided with victuals for many daies, and gaue -commandement that presently after that they had discouered that which -hee desired, that they should return with great speede, for to giue him -particular and true relation, with pretence foorthwith to go himselfe to -inioy the things which he thought necessarie to be seene, and woorthie -to be desired, of his trauaile, and in a place so delightfull. - -[102] Bengal. - -These men did nauigate vp the riuer many monethes, and came vnto a place -whereas the water came foorth so softly and with so small noyse, which -gaue them to vnderstande that they were not farre from the first head -thereof, which should be paradice, that which they went to seeke. They -gaue to vnderstand that in this place, after they had seene so many -tokens, and comforted themselues with maruellous sweete smels, and aires -of great delight, they thought verily that they had bin in the paradice -terrenall. And more, when as they came vnto that place, where as the -riuer did runne so peaceable, and the ayre so delicate and sweet, there -entred into the hearts of them all, so great and extraordinarie ioy, -that they seemed to be in the true paradice, and forgot all the trauaile -that they had passed for to come thether, and of any other thing that -did signifie paine or griefe. But when they did intend to go forwardes -with this their pretence and intent, and thereunto did put all diligence -possible, they found by experience that all their trauaile was in vaine, -and howe that they remained alwaies in one place: and coulde not -vnderstande from whence did come or proceede that contradiction, they -could not find in the waters by reason of the peaceablenesse thereof. - -This experience being done, attributing it vnto a miserie because they -could not get a shore, they returned backe againe by the same riuer, -till they came to their owne kingdome, whereas they arriued in a very -short time, and gaue their king to vnderstand (who sent them) all as -aforesaide, and many other thinges more, the which I do leaue out for -that I do take it _apocripha_. They hold it for a certaintie that the -riuers Eufrates and Tygris are not far from this riuer Ganges; and it -seemeth to be true, for both of them doo discharge their currents, or -water, into the Persian sea, the which is not farre distant from this -kingdome. - -The people of this kingdome haue this riuer in great reuerence, which is -the occasion that they neuer enter into the same but with great respect -and feare. And when they doo washe or bath themselues in it, they haue -it for a certaintie that they remaine cleare from all their sinnes. -Likewise this kingdome, with great ease, might be conuerted vnto the -Catholike faith as it seemeth, for that they haue amongst them many -morall rites, ceremonies, and vertues. - - - - -CHAP. XXIV. - - _Of the kingdome of Coromandel and others his - borderers, and of the citie of Salamina, whereas was - and died the glorious apostle S. Thomas; and of the - power and riches of the king of this kingdome, and the - order of their buryinges, and other thinges of great - curiositie._ - - -Running alongest the coast from Vengala, is the kingdome of Masulapatar, -and certaine other kingdomes nigh vnto the same: they be all gentiles, -as the rest of their borderers, yet it is vnderstood, with great -facilitie they would leaue their opinions. It is a kingdome that hath -great abundance of prouision, and lacke of things of contractation or -marchandice, which is the occasion that they are little knowen. - -Trauailing a little forwardes, is the kingdome of Coromandel, whose -chiefe citie is called Calamina, and nowe vulgarly Malipur,[103] and is -there whereas was martyred the happie apostle S. Thomas. And they say -that at this day there remaineth some of his relickes, by whom God did -many myracles. The naturall people therefore haue a particular memory -vntill this day of that saint. - -[103] See note, p. 290. - -This citie at this day is populared with Portingals and with the -naturall people: there is in it a church, wherein is comprehended the -house whereas was, and died, the holy apostle: this countrie belongeth -vnto the king of Visnaga, who although he be a gentile, he hath great -reuerence and respect vnto the house of the holy apostle, and for -particular deuotion he doth giue euerie yeare a certaine charitie. There -is in this citie two couentes of religious men, the one of the companie -of Iesus, and the other of the order of S. Francis. - -From this citie of Calamina to that of Visnaga there wheras the king is, -it is fiue and thirtie leagues by land. This king is mightie, and his -kingdome very great and full of people, and hath great rentes. They say -that onely the rent he hath of fine gold, is worth vnto him three -millions, of the which he spendeth but one onely, and doth keepe euerie -yeare two millions in his treasorie, the which according vnto the report -and fame, is at this day with many millions. He hath twelue principall -or chiefe captaines, and euerie one of them hath the gouernement of an -infinite number of people and hath great rent for the same, for he that -hath least rent hath sixe hundred thousand ducats yearely. Euerie one of -them are bound to giue the king to eate, and all the people of his -house, one month in the yeare; so that by this account the twelue -captaines which are the lordes of the kingdome (and as wee might say) -dukes, doo beare his cost all the whole yeare. The million the which he -doth spend, is in giftes and in extraordinarie thinges. The king hath in -his house, what with wiues, seruants, and slaues, nigh about fourteene -thousand persons, and in his stable ordinarily a thousand horse, and for -his seruice and garde eight hundreth elephants, of whom he doth spend -euerie day eight hundreth ducats. The garde of his person is foure -thousand horsemen, to whom he giueth great wages. He hath also in his -house three hundreth wiues, besides a great number of concubines: they -goe all gallantly apparelled, and with rich iewels, of the which there -are of great estimation in that kingdome, they do almost euerie three -daies change newe colors of apparell. They do ordinarily vse colors of -precious stones, such as are called in Spaine _ojo de gato_, cats eies. -They haue great store of saphires, pearles, diamonds, rubies, and many -other stones, that are in that kingdome in great abundance. - -Amongest all these wiues there is one that is as legitimate, whose -children doo inherite: and if it so fall out that she is barren, the -first that is borne of any of the other doth inherite: which is the -occasion that they neuer lacke a successor in that kingdome. - -When the king of this kingdome doth die, they do carrie him foorth into -a mightie fielde, with great sadnesse and mourning apparell, and there -in the presence of those twelue peeres afore saide, they do burne his -bodie with wood of sandalo, which is of a great smell, with the which -they do make a great fire. - -After that the bodie of the king is burned and consumed, they throwe -into the same the wiues that hee best loued, with seruants and slaues, -those that he most esteemed in his lifetime: the which they do with so -great content, that euery one dooth procure to be the first for to enter -into the fire, and they that are last do thinke themselues vnhappie. All -these do say that they go to serue the king in the other life, whereas -they shalbe with great ioy. This is the occasion that they goe with so -good a will to die, and carrie with them the most richest and festiuall -apparell they haue. Of this is gathered that they do beleeue the -immortalitie of the soule, for that they doo confesse there is another -life, and that thither they do returne and liue for euer without ende. -They are people that would be conuerted with the like facilitie vnto the -holy gospell as their neighbours, if there went any thether to preach. - -Three score and tenne leagues from this citie, there is a pagode or -temple of idols, whereas is a rich faire euery yeare: it is a very -sumptuous building, and edified in a place so high, that it may be seene -many leagues before you come vnto it. - -[Sidenote: A strange custome.] - -It hath ordinarily foure thousande men of garde, who are paid with the -rent of the temple, the which is rich and verye good. There is nigh vnto -the same many mynes of golde and precious stones, and that is taken out -of them is rent vnto the temple. There is in it a priest of the idolles, -whom they call in their language Brama, and is as the high priest in -that countrie. All the people of the land do come vnto him, to -vnderstand the doubtes of their manner of liuing, and he doth dispence -with them in many things that be prohibited by their lawes, the which he -may do according vnto the sayd lawes, and manie times he doth dispence -certaine of them. But here one to be laughed at, which is, that when a -woman cannot suffer the condition of her husbande, or is wearie of him -for other occasions, she goeth vnto this Brama, and giuing vnto him a -peece of golde, which may be to the value of a ducat in Spaine, he doth -vnmarry them, and setteth her at libertie that she may marry with an -other, or with many if she please: and in token of this she is giuen a -marke with an yron vpon her right shoulder, so that with that alone she -remaineth at libertie, and her husband cannot do vnto her any harme for -the same, neither compell her to returne againe to his company. - -[Sidenote: A diamond sold for a million of gold.] - -There are in this kingdome many mynes of verie fine diamonds, and are -had in great estimation, and very well knowen in Europe. There hath -beene found in them a stone of so fine and of so great value, that but -few yeares past, the king did sell the same vnto an other mightie king -his borderer, called Odialcan, for a million of golde, besides other -thinges of value that hee gaue him ouer and aboue.[104] It is a healthfull -countrie, with very good and fresh ayres, rich of prouisions, and of all -other necessaries, not only for the humane life, but also for curiositie -and delightes that be therein. It is in fourteene degrees towardes the -pole artico. All the people therein are faint-hearted and cowards, and -for little trauaile, which is the occasion that they are nothing -affectionate vnto warres, and is vnderstoode with great facilitie they -would receiue the gospell. - -[104] This is in all probability the great diamond mentioned by -Tavernier, vol. ii, p. 249, as being in the possession of the Great -Mogul. It was found in the washings near Caldore, to the east of -Golconda, about the year 1550. Professor Tennant, in his lecture on -"Gems" before the Society of Arts, expresses his opinion that the -Koh-i-noor formed a portion of this large diamond. - -Nigh vnto the same there is an other little kingdome called Mana, in -the which there is a towne with Portingals, the which is called in their -language Negapatan; there is in the same a conuent of the order of S. -Francis, whose religious friers, although they are but few, do occupie -themselues in the converting of the naturall people thereof, and it is -to be beleeued that they shall reape much fruite and doo good, for they -haue giuen showes of the same: for that about three yeares past the -prince of that countrie was conuerted by the preaching of the same -fryers, who went now to receiue the holy baptisme with great and -incredible ioy vnto the Christians. All the rest of the kingdoms (as it -is beleeued) will shortly imitate him. In this iland there are many -pearls and aliofar, al very good, round, and fine. - - - - -CHAP. XXV. - - _This chapter treateth of manie kingdomes of that newe - worlde, the rites and customes of the inhabitants, and - of some curious thinges._ - - -[Sidenote: Ilandes of Nicobar.] - -The afore saide father Martin Ignacio, departed with his companions from -this cost, and went towards the Ilands of Nicobar, whereas are many -Moores and gentiles, al mingled the one with the other. They did not -stay there, but presently passed to the town of Cuylan, which is -inhabited with Portingals, and from Malaca foure hundred and sixteene -leagues. This iland is situated from sixe vnto ten degrees vnder our -pole, and hath in longitude three score and sixe leagues, and nine and -thirtie of latitude. Of old time it was an iland much celebrated, and in -those partes had in great reuerence, for that it is saide that there -dwelt and died there in times past, men, whose soules are in heauen, and -are celebrated and honoured by them of the countrie as though they were -gods, with many sacrifices and orations, the which they do ordinarily. -There come from other kingdomes bordering thereupon, vnto this ilande, -many pilgrimes; but our people could neuer vnderstand the ground and -occasion thereof, neither how they liued, whom they doo hold for saints. -There is vpon the same iland a very high mountaine, which is called Pico -de Adan, which father Martin did see, and did heare the naturall people -thereof say, that it had that name, for that by the same Adam went vp -into heauen; but what Adam it was they could not declare. - -[Sidenote: An apes tooth for a god.] - -There is on this Pico like a monasterie, the which the naturall people -doo call pagode: at one time they had therein an apes tooth, the which -they did worship for their God: and there came thither vnto that effect -some two hundred and three hundred leagues. [It so happened, in the -yeare 1554, the vizroy of India, called Don Pedro Mascarenas, sent an -army vnto this kingdome, with many Portugals, with intent to reduce them -vnto the obedience of the king of Portugall, all of that country, as -they were before, who few yeares past did rise against them, and tooke -away and denied their fewter.[105] The souldiers did sack that pagoda or -monastery, and thinking to finde some treasure therein, they broke it, -and beat it downe vnto the foundation: and there they found the -aforesaid apes tooth, the which they did worship, put in a chest of -golde and stones, and carried it vnto Goa, vnto the said vizroy. When -that this was vnderstood and knowne to other kings their borderers, and -vnto him of Pegu, of this losse (the which of them was iudged to bee -great) they sent their ambassadors to the said vizroy, that they might -in the name of them all, demaunde the saide tooth, the which they did -worship, and to offer for the ransome thereof seuen hundred thousand -ducats of gold. The viceroy would haue giuen it them for that quantitie -of gold which they did offer, and would haue done it in effect, if it -had not bin for the archbishop of Goa, who was called Don Gaspar, and -other religious men, who did disturbe him, putting great scrupulositie, -and laide vnto his charge the hurt that come by their idolatrie, in -giuing them the same, of the which he should giue a straight account -vnto God. The which did so much in him, that he dispatched away the -ambassador, without any regard of the gold that they would haue giuen -him in their presence: he did deliuer the same vnto the said archbishop -and religious men, and they before their eies did break it, and burnt -it, and threw the dust thereof into the sea, which was not a little -woonder vnto the said embassadors, to see how little they did esteeme so -great a quantitie of golde, and for a thing which they esteemed not, but -threw it into the sea with so great liberalitie.] - -[105] The passage inserted between brackets is supplied by the -translator from the French of De la Porte. The clause of the sentence -thus strangely translated is as follows: "pour le reduire a l'obeyssance -de la couronne de Portugal, comme il estoit auparavant et de la quelle -il s'etoit soustrait depuis peu d'annees par une rebellion generale." - -[Sidenote: A brutish vse.] - -This ilande is fertile, peaceable, and healthfull, and all full of -woods, and there are mountaines very thicke of orange trees, siders, -limas, plantanos, and palmas, and many synamon trees, which be the best -in all the world, and of most strength and effect, for the which they go -to buy, for to bring it vnto Europe, and they giue it for a small price. -Likewise there is pepper, but the naturall people did pull vp certaine -hils that were ful of it, and of synamon, because they saw there came -from farre to buy these two commodities, and fearing that it would be an -occasion that their country would be taken from them. It is a countrie -of great prouision, and doth bring foorth mightie elephants, and they -say that there is many mynes of diamonds, rubies, and other stones that -are called girasolis. In no part of this Orientall Indies, there was -none of so good a beginning in the conuersion of the soules, as was in -this iland: for that certaine religious friers of the order of S. -Francis did labor very much, and did baptise in a few daies more than -fiftie thousand soules, which gaue to vnderstand that with a verie good -will they did receiue the law of the gospell, and had edified many -churches, and fourteene monasteries of the same religion: but few yeares -past, a king of that kingdome, being weary of certaine things, which in -all that Indians are very publicke, he forsooke the religion and faith -he had receiued, and did raise and destroy many Portingals that were -there inhabited, thrusting forth all the religious men that did baptise, -and minister the sacraments. This euill king was called Raxu. Many of -them that were christened, and content with the faith of Iesus Christ -they had receiued, detesting that which this tirannous king had done, -they went and dwelt in the company of the Portingals, and others did -build a town, the which is called in their language Columbo, whereas is -a great number of them: vnto this day do indure throughout al that -kingdom the crosses, in token of their ancient Christianitie: alongst -all the coast they doe vse many galiotas or gallyes, and goe with them, -robbing and spoyling al thereaboutes. The naturall people doo say, that -with a good will they would againe returne and receiue the law of the -gospell, if they had it there preached. From this iland, after they had -passed a little gulfe, they came vpon the coast of a kingdome called -Tutucurin, and ran all alongest the cost of the same, running from the -cape of Comerin to Cuylan. Here there is a pagode or temple of their -gods very great and rich, thether come all the gentiles of that kingdom, -at certain feasts in the year with great deuotion: there is in it a -triumphant chariot, so great that twentie horse cannot mooue it, they -bring it foorth in publike vpon their festiual daies, and is carried by -elephants, and by an infinite number of men, who voluntarily do hale and -pull at certaine roapes that are made fast therunto. Upon the highest of -this chariot is made a tabernacle very richly adorned, and within the -same an idol, whom they do worship: then immediately vnder the same are -the kings wiues that go singing. They doo bring it forth with much -musicke and reioysings, and do carry it a good way in procession, and -amongest many thinges of honor that they doo vnto it, they do vse one so -brute and beastly as the reader may well iudge thereof, which is, that -many of them doo cut peeces of their owne fleshe and doo throwe it vnto -the idoll, and the other, not contented with this, doo throwe themselues -on the grounde that the chariot may passe ouer them, and there they -remaine all to peeces. Those that do die in this sort, they account them -for great saints, and are had in singular veneration. Many other maners -and fashions of idolatrie is declared of this kingdome, and more beastly -than this we haue spoken of, the which I let passe because I would not -be tedious in this itinerario. All the people of this kingdom be very -bad and ill inclined, for which cause the fathers of the company of -Iesus, that are in certaine townes nigh vnto the same, cannot as yet -bring them out of their errors, although they haue put therein great -care and diligence. - -Upon the same cost, and a little distant from this kingdom, there is a -towne of Portingals called Coulan, and twentie-fiue leagues further a -citie which is called Cochin, in the which there are religious men of -St. Francis, of S. Dominicke, and of S. Austin, and of the companie of -Iesus, who haue there a very good studie or seminarie, whereas they do -bring foorth much fruite. Nigh vnto this citie is Santo Tome, whereas -are many baptised and good Christians, very abstinent and chast, vnto -whom the patriarkes of Babylon doo prouide them of bishops: the -authoritie where with they do it is not knowen, nor whence they haue it, -for that as I do vnderstand, seat apostolicke did neuer giue it them. -About the same matter, at this present there is in Rome a bishop of this -kingdome, and one of the kingdome of Pimienta, with whom I haue talked -diuers times, and is come thether to giue his obedience vnto the pope, -and to knowe of him the order that his pleasure is should be obserued, -in receiuing of those bishops which come thether by the commandement of -the patriarke. In this kingdome there are many kings, but the -principallest of them is he of Cochin, and next vnto him, he of Coulan, -and nigh vnto them are many petie kings, as is hee of Mangate and -Cranganor, and are all gentils, although amongst them there are mixed -many Moores. There hath bin found in this kingdome certaine Iewes, that -haue gone from Palestina and those parts. There is in this countrie -vniuersally, a lawe verie strange and little heard of, which is, that -the sonnes doo not inherite after their fathers, but his brothers sonne, -and the reason they giue for the same is, for that they haue no -certaintie of their children, for that they haue no wiues proper nor -appointed to themselues, I promise you it seemeth to me, their reason to -be as barbarous as their law, for that the like inconuenience doth folow -their brothers children. They haue many rites and blindnes amongst them, -but one aboue all the rest, which is, that in certaine feastes amongst -them, they do vse bathes, and after that they are bathed, they say that -they remaine free and cleare from all their sinnes. They haue many -augorismes, of whom I will not intreat, for that they are not worthy of -memorie. In this country is gathered most of the pepper that is brought -into Europe, for which cause this kingdome is called that of the -Pimienta. - - - - -CHAP. XXVI. - - _The chapter doth treate of many kingdomes of the Newe - World, and of the particular and curious things of - them._ - - -[Sidenote: The kingdome of Cananor, Tanaor, and Calicart.] - -The aforesaid father went from Cochin to the kingdome of Cananor, and -passed by Tanaor and Calicut, which is called of the naturall people -Malabar, they are like kingdomes, but in them much people. In that of -Cananor, there are inhabited many Portingals and religious men of the -order of S. Francis: it is a countrie in all things like vnto Cochin, -for which cause, and for that they obserue and keepe one maner of -customs and rites, I remit the touching of this kingdome to the other -aforesaide. - -Then forwards on there are other two small kingdoms, the one is called -Barcelor, and the other, Mangalor; there be in them some Christians: it -is a good countrie and rich, and hath it for certaine, that within a -little time they will be all baptised. From this kingdome they went vnto -Goa, a principall citie, and inhabited with Portingals, and is as the -metropolitan of all those kingdomes: it is in fifteen degrees of height, -and is set from Cochin vnto it a hundreth leagues, this citie is -situated in a little iland, compassed round about with water, and in -compasse but onely four leagues, and is diuided from the firme land of -Odialcan by a mightie riuer. It is a good countrie and peaceable, and -doth inioy a very faire and pleasant riuer. In this citie ordinarily is -resident the viceroy of the India and the archbishoppe: there are many -churches and conuents; and besides the high church, there are fourteene -parish churches, besides fifteen hermitages that are within and without -the citie: there be four conuents, all very sumptuous, of S. Dominicke, -of S. Austin, of S. Francis, and of the company of Iesus. And without -the cittie there is another of _Recoletos Franciscanos_, reformed -Francis friers. - -[Sidenote: Ilandes Salcete and Bardes.] - -Nigh vnto this iland are those of Salcete and Bardes, there whereas the -religious men of S. Francis, and the companie of Iesus haue certaine -Christian townes. Few yeares past, the Gentiles of Sancete[106] did kill -certaine fathers of the company of Iesus, in abhorring the faith, who -died with great spirite and strength: so that I beleeue they went into -ioy with God. - -[106] Misspelt for Salcete--Salsette. - -[Sidenote: The towne of Chaul, Basayn, Damaun, Cambaya.] - -[Sidenote: The cittie of Diu.] - -Beyond Goa, on the same coast towardes the north, is in eighteene -degrees and a halfe from the towne of Chaul, and beyond that Basayn, and -nigh thereunto Damaun; all these three townes are inhabited with -Portugals; and the farthest is the prouince of Cambaya, subiect vnto the -grand Tartar, or Mogor, by an other name. Two and fortie leagues beyond -that is the cittie called Diu, whereas is a very faire and good -fortresse of Portugals, with a very great hauen and sure, whose name -doth extend throughout all Turkey. - -[Sidenote: The cittie of Oromuz.] - -Two hundred and seuentie leagues beyond that is the citie of Oromuz, on -the coast of Persia, and in the same hath the saide Portugals an other -fortresse, much better then that of Diu, and more inexpugnable: it is -the biggest in al the Indians, but not of so great name as that of Diu. -In this cittie of Oromuz they gather nothing else but salt, and that in -great aboundance; yet, notwithstanding, it is replenished of all that -may be imagined, for that there is brought thither from Persia and -Arabia great prouision, and many other curiosities. They say, that from -this place they may easily go to Venice, taking their way to Aleph, and -to Tripoli in Soria. - -[Sidenote: Odialon.] - -[Sidenote: Mogor.] - -[Sidenote: Persia.] - -All this coast of the Indias vnto Persia is inhabited with many and -mightie kingdomes, in which there are an infinite number of people: one -of them is that of Odialon, the which is very rich, and of much people, -and all Moores. Nigh vnto this is another called Disamaluco, harde by -the kingdome of the great Tartar, which, in their language, is called -Mogor, the which, next vnto that of China (I doo thinke), is the -greatest in all the world, as may be collected in that which is declared -of the mightinesse thereof, both in ancient and latter histories. On the -other side of Oromuz is the kingdome of Persia, whose king is Xactamas, -or Ismael Sophi, great Soldan of Egypt, descending by lyneall desent -from the Soldan, Campson Guario, whom Selim, emperor of the Tartaros did -ouercome in battell, nigh vnto Damasco, in the yeare 1516. - -All those of this kingdome are Moores, although they and the Turkes are -as the Christians and heretikes, for that the Persians do follow the -interpretation of the lawe of Mahomet of certain alies, or doctors. And -the Turkes go a different way, and do follow others. This contractation -and different interpretation of the lawe, is the occasion that betwixt -the one and the other there is ordinarily cruell warres: and it is the -great mercy of God, for that the Turke may not haue any space to come -and do euil vnto his Christians; or if he do come, he shall be ouertaken -with the Persians, his enimy the Sophi, and intrapped with all the euill -that they can do vnto him: who that although he be a Moore, and of the -sect of Mahomet, yet he is a friend vnto Christians. - - - - -CHAP. XXVII. - - _Of other kingdomes and notable things that are vntill - you come into Spaine, and to conclude, the compassing - of the world._ - - -[Sidenote: Arabia Felix.] - -[Sidenote: The Red Sea.] - -[Sidenote: The land of Abexin that of Prester Iohn.] - -[Sidenote: Mazanbiqua.] - -Neere unto the straite of Oromuz is Arabia Felix, where as all the -inhabitants are of the sect of Mahomet, and doo follow the same -interpretation that the Sophi doth. So running a long by Arabia, you -come straight vnto the Red Sea, or Arabico, the which hath foure hundred -and fiftie leagues of longitude, and in some partes it is of a mightie -depth: the water thereof seemeth to bee red, although taking it out -thereof it is white: the cause thereof is for that the ground vnder the -water is of the same colour. By reason whereof, when as the sun doth -shine thereon it seemeth red, and thereby it hath got the name the which -it hath vnto this day. By this sea, and by that of Basora, the great -Turk doth carrie much spicerie, silkes, and cloth of golde, and all -riches out of the orientall Indias, the which may easily be disturbed, -but the way how is not for this place nor time. On the other side is the -land of Abexin, which is that of Prester John, a kingdome although it is -very great, yet it extendeth very litle on this coast. From this -kingdome or poynt, going to the southwest, is six hundreth leagues to -Mazanbique, whereas there is inhabitance of Portingals. All this coast -is black people, gentiles, and idolaters, and is in fifteene degrees in -altitude towardes the south, and in the same maner are all the rest that -are inhabited from Mazanbique vnto the Cape of Buena Esperansa. They are -without memorie of the preaching of the gospel; if that God for his -mercy doe not take pitie on them, and put into the heartes of some to -goe thither, and to procure the remedie of so infinite number of soules. - -[Sidenote: The Ilands of Maldivia.] - -[Sidenote: The Ilands of S. Lorenso.] - -[Sidenote: The Cape of Buena Esperansa.] - -[Sidenote: The Iland of S. Elena.] - -So after the sayd father had informed himselfe of all that is sayde, and -of many other thinges more, which is left out for to euitate tediousnes, -till such time as of them may bee made a particular historie, hee -departed from Goa and Cochin towardes Portingall, and passed by the -Ilandes of Maldivia, which are many, and all are inhabited with Moores, -nigh vnto the which they doe enter the poole Antartico, crossing the -equinoctiall from the coast of Arabia; from thence they sayled with a -faire winde till they came right against the Iland of Saint Lorenso, -which is very great, for that it hath two hundreth seuentie and fiue -leagues of longitude, and fourescore and tenne of latitude; all -inhabited with much people, very quiet and ciuile: the faith of Christ -was neuer preached amongest them; yet I doo belieue that if it were, -they would quietly receiue the same. Passing from this ilande, they came -vnto the Cape of Buena Esperansa, the which is another very good iland, -whose inhabitants and dwellers are much like to those of Saint Lorenzo: -it is in the temperate zona, and nigh vnto the straights of Magellanes. -This Cape of Buena Esperansa is called by another name, the Cape -Tormentorio: it is fiue and thirtie degrees large from the pole -antartico. And from Cochin vnto this cape they put one thousand three -hundred fiftie and eight leagues, that way which they do ordinarily -nauigate. When they doo passe by this cape, they were wont to have great -and strong winds. They go from thence to the Iland of S. Elena, which is -beyond the cape forwards, fiue hundred and seuentie leagues. It is not -inhabited with people, but full of swine, goats, and great aboundance of -partriges, and in all the coast is great store of fish, the which is -taken with great ease; it is but a little iland, and hath circuit no -more than fiue leagues. - -[Sidenote: Guinea.] - -From this ilande they do nauigate foure hundred leagues vntil they come -vnder the equinoctiall, vpon the coast of Guinea, returning unto the -pole artike, in foure and forty degrees in altitude (which was almost at -the same place from whence he departed at his gooing forth) after hee -compassed the world. They passed in sight of the lande, and from thence -they sayled forwards and sawe other land, vntill they came vnto -Lisborne, hauing (after they had crossed the equinoctiall) sayled a -thousand foure hundred and fiftie leagues. So that after the aforesaid -father, Frier Martin Ignacio, had made his account of all that he had -trauelled from the time he departed from Siuel, til he returned vnto -Lysborne, in compassing the world, he found that it was nine thousand -and forty leagues by sea and by lande, besides many other leagues that -he trauelled in China and in other parts, of the which hee dooth make no -account. All these leagues are full of mightie kingdomes, and al, or the -most part of them, are subiect vnto the tyranny of Lucyfer. God, for his -infinite mercy, conuert them, and take pittie on them, as hee did when -that he came from heauen vppon the earth to die for all, and put into -the heart of the king of Spaine, that, amongst other good workes, the -which, with his most Christian zeale dooth intend and do, for to procure -this, which will be so much vnto the glory of God, and great desert of -honor vnto himselfe, the which he may do very commodiously, being, as he -is at this day, Lord of all the Indies, and of the biggest part of all -that newe world. - -This petition is worthy, that all we Christians doo desire of God, for -that his holy name in all the world may be praised and exalted; and the -sonnes of Adam, who for their sinnes are so dispersed and forgotten of -God, and first beginning, they may go and inioy the happy and glorious -kingdome for the which they were created. - - -FINIS. - - - - -INDEX. - - - Abexin, the kingdom of Prestyr John, ii, 337 - Abulfeda, i; - ignorance of, respecting China, vi - Acapulco, ii, 223, 253 - Adultery, law respecting, i, 63 - Agriculture, ii, 56 - Aguizi, i, 72 - Aguila, an odoriferous wood, i, 58; ii, 303 - Alazan, i, 51 - Alfaro, Pedro de, visits China as a missionary, lxxiv; - arrives at Manilla, ii, 125; - his desire to visit China, ii, 126; - conversion of a Chinese priest by, ii, 127; - opposition of the governor to his proposal, ii, 128; - his unsuccessful attempt to reach China, ii, 129; - his second attempt, ii, 132; - his companions, ii, 134; - they meet with a storm, ii, 135; - arrive at an island, ii, 136; - their escape from the Chinese guardships, ii, 137; - they reach Canton, ii, 140; - enter the city, ii, 141; - an interview with a judge, ii, 144; - the interpreters' version of their story, ii, 145; - they are examined again, ii, 149, 152; - treachery of the interpreters, ii, 155; - jealousy shown by the Portuguese at Machao, ii, 158; - necessitous condition of their party, ii, 161; - a stipend allowed them by the viceroy, ii, 161; - they are sent to Aucheo, ii, 165; - their arrival, ii, 167; - reception by the viceroy, ii, 168; - they return to Canton, ii, 180; ill - feeling of the captain-general of Machao towards them, ii, 184; - his plans defeated, ii, 185; - Alfaro and some of his party arrive at Machao, ii, 194; - the others go to Chincheo, ii, 198; - and return to Manilla, ii, 204 - Alvarado, A. de, ii, 28 - Amazons, island of the, ii, 301 - Ambassadors, reception of, i, 157 - Ameias, province of, ii, 245 - Anchasi, office of the, i, 102 - Anchosan, i, 72 - Andrade, F. Peres d', his voyage to China, xxxi - Andrade, Simon d', sent to China with a Portuguese fleet, xxxiv - Animals of China, ii, 285 - Annals of China, sketch of the early, i, 69 - Anthey, i, 73 - Anthrey, i, 72 - Antoninus, embassy to China sent by the emperor, iii - Ape's tooth, worshipped in Ceylon, ii, 329; - its destruction by the Portuguese viceroy, ii, 330 - Arab merchants, early account of China by, iii - Arabia Felix, ii, 336 - Aracan, kingdom of, ii, 321 - Archipelago, ii, 258 - Arms used by the Chinese, ii, 288 - Army of China, weakness of, lxxviii, lxxx; - description of, i, 90; - reviews of, ii, 102; - its numbers, ii, 288; - its pay, ii, 289 - Arracon, _see_ Aracan - Artillery, early acquaintance of the Chinese with the use of, i, 129 - Artreda, letter by, on the arms of the Chinese, i, 130 - Atzion, i, 51 - Aucheo, ii, 75, 78, 85, 167 - Auchin, i, 75 - Aucon, ii, 113 - Augury by lot, i, 46; ii, 262 - Ayas, xvi. - Aynao, _see_ Hainan - Aytao, office of the, i, 102 - Aytim, ii, 201, 221 - - Banbosa, _see_ Barbosa - Banquets, i, 137 - Barba, a Tartar chief, xv - Barbosa, Duarte, i, 33 - Barcelor, ii, 334 - Bardes, islands of, ii, 335 - Basayn, ii, 335 - Batala, an idol, ii, 261 - Bausa, i, 74 - Beads, used in praying, i, 57 - Begging, prohibition of, i, 66 - Bells, ringing of, i, 57 - Bemthey, i, 73 - Bengal, kingdom of, ii, 322 - Benjamin of Tudela, his reference to China, vii - Bindoro, ii, 130 - Blind persons, constrained to work, i, 68 - Boneg, i, 75 - Bonze, a word of Portuguese origin, ii, 162 - Books obtained by Herrada, i, 134 - Bouchier, G., Mechanical apparatus constructed by, xi - Boxeador, cape of, ii, 268 - Brama, chief priest in Visnaga so called, ii, 326; - his power of dispensation, ii, 327 - Bridges, lvii - Buena Esperansa, cape of, ii, 338 - Buliano, ii, 31 - Burgos, G. de, ii, 268 - Burial of the dead, i, 59; ii, 291; - of the kings of Visnaga, ii, 326 - Burneo, isle of, ii, 261 - - - Cabile, ii, 15 - Cabite, ii, 268 - Cagayan, river of, ii, 131 - Calamina, _see_ Malipur - Calicut, ii, 334 - Camels used in the Canaries, ii, 214 - Cambaya, province of, ii, 335 - Camboia, kingdom of, ii, 311; - crosses erected in, 313 - Campeachy, ii, 222 - Cananor, ii, 334 - Canary Isles, derivation of their name, ii, 209; - description of, ii, 209, 213 - Canasia, _see_ Hang-cheou - Canfu, vi - Cannafistola, a Malay fruit, ii, 318 - Cannibals, effect of a friar upon, ii, 215 - Canton, vi; ii, 140 - Capital punishment, i, 119 - Capsonson, ii, 270 - Caraci, city of the, x - Caribs, their cannibal propensities, ii, 214; - effect of a Spanish friar upon them, 215 - Carpini, John de Plano, Chinese described by, viii - Cassava, bread made of, ii, 218 - Cattle, abundance of in Mexico, ii, 227 - Cavalry, description of Chinese, i, 88 - Cavendish, T., the navigator, R. Parke's letter to, i, 1 - Ceremonies at a deathbed, ii, 290; - at burials, 291 - Ceylon, ii, 328; fertility of, 330; - progress of Christianity there, 331 - Chabes, P. de, ii, 21 - Chacon, L., ii, 21 - Champa, kingdom of, ii, 311 - Characters used in Chinese writing, i, 121 - Chaul, ii, 335 - Chautubo, ii, 112 - Cheapness of provisions in China, ii, 285 - Chichimecos Indians, ii, 226 - Chimbutey, i, 73 - China, known to the Romans, iii; - early account of by two Arab merchants, iii; - observations of Edrisi on, vi; - reference to by Benjamin of Tudela, vii; - visited by Marco Polo, xvi; - by G. de Monte Corvino, xxii; - by O. de Pordenone, xxiii; - by Ibn Batuta, xxvi; - the embassy sent to Cathay by Mirza Shah Rokh, xxvii; - voyage thither of a Portuguese fleet, xxxi; - failure of the Portuguese embassy, xxxvi; - visit of F. Mendez Pinto to China, xxxvii; - account of the customs and laws of the empire in 1555, xxxix; - visited by G. da Cruz, li; - described by G. Pereyra, liii; - visited by Spanish missionaries, lxix; - described by Herrada, lxxii; - Alfaro's voyage there, lxxiv; - observations on the empire by M. Ricci, lxxvii; - by G. Roman, lxxix; - Mendoza's description of China, i, 8; - its climate, i, 11; - fertility, i, 12; - productions, i, 14; - antiquity of the kingdom, i, 18; - its extent, i, 20; - provinces, i, 21; - cities, i, 23; - the great wall, i, 28; - sketch of the early annals of China, i, 69; - account of the Emperor Vitey, i, 70; - the royal palace, i, 77; - number of payers of tribute, i, 80; - amount of tribute paid, i, 82; - the army, i, 86; - military strength of the empire, i, 90; - law against undertaking foreign wars, i, 92; - against leaving the kingdom, i, 93; - against the admission of strangers, i, 94; - the royal council of state, i, 96; - the chief officers of state, i, 101; - how chosen, i, 106; - ministers of justice, i, 107; - legal proceedings, i, 109; - tortures, i, 111; - watch kept over the conduct of the judges, i, 112; - rewards and punishments awarded them, i, 115; - Mendoza's embassy to China, i, 162; - expedition of M. de Herrada to China, ii, 29; - his arrival, ii, 37; - he visits Tansuso, ii, 44; - Tong-gan, ii, 53; - Chincheo, ii, 59; - Aucheo, ii, 78; - their return to Manilla, ii, 111; - expedition of Alfaro and other Augustines to China, ii, 132; - they arrive at Canton, ii, 140; - are sent to Aucheo, ii, 165; - they return to Canton, ii, 180; - some of the party go to Machao, ii, 194; - the rest return to Manilla, ii, 204; - expedition of Martin Ignatius and other Franciscan friars - to China, ii, 207; - they leave Spain, ii, 208; - arrive at the Canaries, ii, 209; - Desseado and Dominica, ii, 214; - two of the party killed by the Caribs, ii, 214; - they reach Puerto Rico, ii, 216; - and Hispaniola, ii, 217; - description of Cuba, ii, 220; - of Mexico, ii, 223; - they visit the Ladrone Isles, ii, 254; - the Philippines, ii, 258; - they sail for China, ii, 268; - their arrival, ii, 269; - they are taken to Quixue, ii, 274; - examined there, ii, 276; - sent to Saneheo-fu, ii, 277; - to Hucheofu, ii, 279; - return of Ignatius home, ii, 310 - Chincheo, ii, 59 - Chinese, described by Carpini, viii; - by Rubruquis, xii; - account of their laws and customs, related in the College of Jesuits, - Malacca, in 1555, xxxix; - by G. Pereyra, liii; - their houses, xl; - prisons, xliii; - feasts, xlv; - costume, l; - bridges, lvii; - religion, lxi; - punishments, lxiii; - origin of the name of China, lxiv; - hospitals, lxv; - their cowardice, lxviii; - the navy, lxxix; - complexion of the Chinese, i, 11, 29; - their dwellings, i, 27; - dress, i, 30; - description of the Chinese women, i, 31; - the porcelain manufacture, i, 33; - the currency, i, 34; - the idols, i, 36; - the principal saints, i, 41; - augury by lots, i, 46; - devil-invocation, i, 49; - Chinese mythology, i, 50; - doctrine on the immortality of the soul, i, 53; - the temples and religious orders, i, 54; - their beads and bells, i, 57; - funeral rites, i, 59; - mourning apparel, i, 61; - marriage customs and ceremonies, i, 62; - law of inheritance, i, 63; - punishment of adulterers, i, 63; - singular marriage custom in Tartary, i, 63; - marriage of the emperor, and princes of the blood, i, 65; - maintenance of the poor, i, 67; - condition of the blind, i, 68; - payers of tribute numbered, i, 81; - no subjects allowed to travel without a license, i, 93; - jealousy of foreigners, i, 94; - legal proceedings, i, 107; - tortures, i, 111; - prisons, i, 116; - punishment of criminals, i, 119; - characters used in writing, i, 121; - the same characters common to different languages, i, 121; - schools, i, 122; - knowledge acquired by all classes, i, 122; - paper and pens, i, 123; - examination for the degree of Loytia, i, 125; - how it is conferred, i, 126; - early use of artillery in China, i, 129; - art of printing early practised there, i, 131; - books obtained by Herrada, i, 134; - banquets, i, 137; - festivals, i, 139; - modes of salutation, i, 141; - courtesy to women, i, 144; - seclusion of their women, i, 145; - courtesans, i, 146; - shipping, i, 148; - fishing boats, i, 151; - breeding of ducks, i, 153; - birds used for fishing, i, 155; - reception of ambassadors, i, 156; - compasses used in China, ii, 37; - use of chopsticks, ii, 47; - carriers of baggage, ii, 55; - agriculture, ii, 57; - highways, ii, 58; - fruits, ii, 60; - a Chinese entertainment, ii, 72, 87; - a Drama, ii, 88, 104; - presents to public officers forbidden, ii, 90; - idols, ii, 91; - a review of the troops, ii, 102; - presentation of petitions, ii, 103; - jealousy of strangers, ii, 139, 142; - administration of justice, ii, 153; - physiognomy, ii, 163; - ploughing, ii, 166; - invocation of devils, ii, 203; - method of irrigation, ii, 279; - shipping, ii, 284; - mines, ii, 286; - silk, ii, 287; - arms and army, ii, 288; - religious ceremonies, ii, 289; - funeral rites, ii, 291; - character of the people, ii, 293 - Chop sticks, ii, 47 - Christianity, conversion of Chinese to, ii, 122; - of the Philippine islanders, ii, 126; - said to have been introduced by St. Thomas, ii, 290 - Chyley, i, 73 - Cia, ii, 245 - Cibao, mines of, ii, 217 - Cibola, ii, 246 - Cincoan, i, 73 - Cinsones, ii, 229 - Cities of China enumerated, i, 23 - Climate of China, i, 11 - Coanty, i, 72 - Cochin, ii, 332 - Cochin China, description of, ii, 303; - picture sent to king by a friar, ii, 304; - desire of king of to embrace Christianity, ii, 305; - miracles wrought there, ii, 306 - Cochin Chinese, description of, ii, 310 - Columbo, in Ceylon, ii, 331 - Comedy in China, ii, 88, 105 - Compass used by Chinese, ii, 37 - Compulsary marriage in Tartary, i, 63 - Concham, i, 75 - Congreve, his mention of F. Mendez Pinto, xxxvii - Conjurations against devils, ii, 135 - Conversion of Philippine islanders, ii, 263; - of Japanese, 299 - Copper money, i, 35 - Corchu, ii, 112 - Cormorants, fishing with, i, 155 - Coromandel, kingdom of, ii, 324 - Cortes, Hernando, his reverence for priests, ii, 230 - Cosmos, an intoxicating liquor described by Rubriquis, xiii - Costume of the Chinese, 1; - of state officers, i, 102; ii, 144 - Cotey, i, 74 - Cotino, A., ii, 160 - Coulan, ii, 332 - Council, the royal, i, 96 - Courts of justice, ii, 276 - Courtesans, i, 146 - Cowardice of the Chinese, lxxviii - Cranganor, ii, 333 - Cripples, laws for maintenance of, i, 67 - Crosses, erected by Mexican Indians, ii, 242; - also in Cochin China, ii, 306, and in Camboia, ii, 313 - Cruz, Gaspar da, visits China as a missionary, li - Cuba, ii, 220; - treasures thrown into the sea by the natives of, ii, 221 - Cubun, i, 72 - Cuenca, N. de, ii, 34 - Cumdan, vi - Cuntey, i, 72 - Cuylan, _see_ Ceylon - Cyan, _see_ Siam - - - Damaun, ii, 335 - Debt, law of, in the Philippines, ii, 261 - Debtors, law against, i, 111 - Desert beyond the wall of China, ii, 283 - Desseado, island of, ii, 214 - Devil worship in China, i, 41, 48; ii, 26; - in Mexico, 242 - Devotees, penance of, ii, 314 - Diamond mines of Visnaga, ii, 327 - Dignitaries of state, i, 101 - Disamaluco, ii, 335 - Diu, ii, 335 - Divorce, law of in Visnaga, ii, 327 - Dogs, great numbers of, found in the Canary isles, ii, 209 - Dominica, island of, ii, 214; - ferocity of the natives, ii, 215 - Dowry given by the husband in China, i, 62 - Drama, description of a Chinese, ii, 88, 104 - Ducks, breeding of, i, 153 - Duennas, F. de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, 134 - Durion, a Malay fruit, ii, 318 - - - Eclipses, Chinese explanation of, ii, 291 - Eden, Richard, his History of Travayle in the West and East Indies, ii - Edrisi, the Arabian geographer, his observations on China, vi - Education of the poor, i, 122 - Elephant; war between Pegu and Siam for an, ii, 321 - Emperor of China, seldom seen in public, i, 79; - his concubines marry on his death, i, 65; - lord of the entire soil of the empire, i, 79 - Entertainment, description of a Chinese, ii, 72, 87 - Espeio, A. de, his expedition into New Mexico, ii, 234 - Examinations in learning, i, 125 - Executions, i, 119 - Extirpation of the natives of Hispaniola, ii, 218 - Ezoulom, i, 51 - - - Faxiuandono, ii, 298 - Feather pictures of the Mexicans, ii, 229 - Feria, J. de, ii, 268 - Fernandina, ii, 10 - Ferro, the water-distilling tree of, ii, 210, 211, _note_ - Fertility of China, i, 12; ii, 285 - Festivals, i, 139 - Fires, precautions against, i, 104 - Fishing, xxiv, lxvi - Fishing vessels, i, 151 - Fontey, i, 74 - Forster, J. Reinhold, his opinion concerning the site of Karakorum, xix - Fruits of China, ii, 60; - of Malacca, ii, 318 - Fucheo, i, 27 - Fuco, described by O. de Pordenone, xxiii - Funeral rites on the death of an Emperor's wife, xxx - Futey, i, 72 - - - Gahai, ii, 44 - Ganges, account of an attempt to discover the source of the, ii, 332; - reverence paid to its water, ii, 323 - Gaspar, Archbishop of Goa, ii, 330 - Gautin, ii, 112 - Geese, flocks of, ii, 166 - Giuzza, xvi - Goa, ii, 329, 334 - Gombu, i, 75 - Goyti, M. de, ii, 13 - Guanser, i, 73 - Guansian, i, 73 - Guardships, ii, 137 - Gubates, ii, 251 - Guertas, ii, 216 - Guetaria, S. de, ii, 259 - Guinea, ii, 338 - Guntey, i, 72 - Gutemberg, J., i, 131 - - - Hainan, isle of, ii, 283, 303 - Hang-Cheou, described by Marco Polo, xxi; - by O. de Pordenone, xxiv - Hatuey, ii, 221 - Havanna, ii, 220 - Hermit, a Chinese, ii, 292 - Herrada, Martin de, his account of China, lxxi; - books obtained by, i, 134; - his desire to visit China, ii. 5; - meets Omoncon, ii, 25; - is sent to China with H. Martin, ii, 29; - their voyage, ii, 31; - arrival at Tituhul, ii, 37; - adventures there, ii, 40; - first landing, ii, 45; - they leave Tansuso, ii, 50; - reach Tangoa, ii, 53; - Chincheo, ii, 59; - audience with the governor, ii, 65; - arrival at Aucheo, ii, 78; - their difficulties, ii, 92; - examination, ii, 101; - return to Manilla, ii, 119 - Highways, xli; ii, 59 - Hilocos, the, ii, 10, 31 - Hing-hoa, seized by the Japanese, ii, 75 - Hispaniola, island of, described, ii, 217; - extirpation of the natives of, ii, 218 - Holgoi, witches so called, ii, 262 - Horses, excellence of Mexican, ii, 225 - Hortiz, Sancho, ii, 17 - Hospitals, lxv; i, 67 - Houses, description of Chinese, xl; i, 26 - Hucheofu, ii, 279 - Huntzui, i, 51 - Hurricanes in the West Indies, ii, 220 - Huy Hannon, i, 72 - - - Ibn Batuta, his account of China, xxvi - Idols of China, i, 36; ii, 91; - of the Philippine isles, ii, 261 - Ignatius de Loyola, a Spanish Franciscan; - his expedition to the East, ii, 207; - he leaves Spain, ii, 208; - reaches Mexico, ii, 223; - the Philippines, ii, 258; - China, ii, 269; - his treatment there, ii, 270, 281; - he returns by Cochin China, ii, 310; - Malacca, Ceylon, ii, 328; - Cape Comorin, ii, 331; - Malabar, ii, 334; - Goa, ii, 337; - the Cape of Good Hope and Guinea, ii, 338; - back to Lisbon, ii, 338. - Ignorance considered infamous in China, i, 122 - Illocos islands, _see_ Hilocos - Imaginary island of St. Borandon, ii, 212 - Immortality of the soul, Chinese belief in the, i, 53; ii, 291 - Indians, treasures thrown into the river by those of Cuba, ii, 221; - their objection to meeting Spaniards in Paradise, ii, 264 - Industry of the Chinese, i, 13 - Inheritance, law of, in China, i, 63; - singular custom concerning it in Pimienta, ii, 333 - Insuanto, office of the, i, 101 - Invocation of devils, ii, 203 - Irrigation, method of, ii, 279 - - - Japan, said to have been peopled from China, ii, 294; - reason of the migration, ii, 295; - Chinese hated by Japanese, ii, 296; - kings of, ii, 297; - warlike nature of the people, ii, 298; - an unsuccessful expedition to China by them, ii, 299; - progress of Christianity there, ii, 299; - priests, witches, and women of, ii, 300; - slaves in, ii, 301 - Jor, _see_ Johore - Johore, ii, 316 - Josshouse, a Portuguese word, ii, 162 - Judges in China, laws concerning, i, 107; - diligence of, i, 109; - their conduct investigated, i, 112; - punishment of unjust, i, 115; - ii, 169, ii, 275 - Jumenos Indians, ii, 237 - Justice, courts of, procedure in the, i, 107; ii, 153 - - - Kampion, xviii - Kancheu, xviii - Karacosmos, a Tartar beverage, xiv - Karakorum, a Tartar city described by Rubruquis, x - Khambalu in China, xix - Khamchu, xxviii - Koh-i-norr, ii, 327 - Kublai Khan, xv, xvi, xix - - - Labacares, Guido de, governor of the Philippines, ii, 15 - Labrador, ii, 256 - Ladrone islanders, singular custom of the, ii, 254; - their knavery, 256 - Laulo, isle of, ii, 111 - Laupy, i, 73 - Laws, of marriage, i, 61; - inheritance, i, 63; - the poor, i, 67; - tenure of lands, i, 79; - against leaving the kingdom, i, 93; - against admitting foreigners, i, 94; - a law of frankpledge, i, 110; - concerning debtors, i, 111; - on torture, i, 111; - concerning courtesans, i, 146 - Le, a Chinese coin, i, 82 - Leachis, visiting justices, i, 113 - Legal proceedings, i, 109 - Legaspi, M. Lopez de, lxvii; ii, 3, 260 - Leon, F. de, ii, 17 - Letters, the writing of, i, 123; - common use of, i, 124 - Limahon, a Chinese corsair, lxviii; - account of, ii, 6; - his first attempt on Manilla, ii, 11; - its failure, ii, 14; - he burns the city, ii, 17; - his fleet destroyed by the Spaniards, ii, 22; - his escape, ii, 23, 115 - Lincheon, i, 70 - Linthey, i, 73 - Lotzitzam, i, 51 - Loyola, Martin Ignazio de, _see_ Ignatius - Loytia, a title of honour, lx; - examination for, i, 125; - how conferred, i, 127 - Lugor, ii, 316 - Luzon, ii, 258 - - - Mace, a Chinese coin, i, 82, _note_ - Macheo, ii, 158, 183, 191, 194, 302 - Magalhaens, Fernando, his discoveries and death, ii, 259 - Maguay, or Macaw-tree, ii, 228 - Mahomet, ii, 261 - Malabar, ii, 334 - Malacca, city of, taken by the Portuguese, ii, 317; - provisions and fruits there, ii, 318; - its commerce, ii, 319 - Malacca, straits of, dangerous navigation in the, ii, 317 - Maldivia, islands of, ii, 337 - Malipur, ii, 290; - relics of St. Thomas at, ii, 324 - Mana, ii, 328 - Mandarin, a Portuguese word, ii, 162 - Mangalor, ii, 334 - Mangate, ii, 333 - Mangu Khan, court of, ix, x - Manilla, founded by the Spaniards, lxvii; ii, 4; - Limahon's attack upon, ii, 17; ii, 258 - Manju, or Southern China, described by Marco Polo, xx - Manuel, king of Cathay, ii, 282 - Maqueda, duke of, ii, 210 - Marriage, ceremonies and laws of, i, 61; - singular law in Tartary of, i, 63; - marriages of the princes, 65 - Martin, Hieronimo, accompanies Herrada to China, ii, 29 - Martin Ignatius, _see_ Ignatius - Mascarenhas, Don Pedro, viceroy of India, ii, 329 - Masulapatar, ii, 324 - Mattheusi, Oderico, _see_ Pordenone - Mazanbique, _see_ Mozambique - Measures of length, i, 21 - Megoa, _see_ Hing-hoa - Mendoza, Juan Gonzales de, sent on an embassy to China by - Philip II, lxxiii; - its failure, lxxvi; - publication of his work, lxxxi; - various editions of it, lxxxii; - his return and death, lxxxiii; - account of his embassy, i, 162, 168, 170 - Mercado y Ronquillo, Gonsalo de, governor of the Philippines, i, 167 - Mexican Indians, description of the, ii, 229; - their obedience to ecclesiastics, 230; - their cities, 241, 245 - Mexico, the kingdom of described, ii, 223; - orthodoxy of the Mexicans, ii, 224; - climate of, ii, 224; rains, ii, 225; - breed of horses, ii, 225; - cattle, ii, 227; - the Indians of, ii, 228; - price of provisions in, ii, 231 - Military strength of China, i, 90 - Mines, ii, 286, 320 - Miracles in Cochin China, ii, 306 - Miranda, Arias G. de, his kindness towards the Spanish - missionaries, ii, 280 - Mirza Shah Rokh, sends an embassy to China, xxvii - Missionaries, their efforts in China, i, 171 - Mogor, the kingdom of the great Tartar, ii, 336 - Money used in China, i, 17, 34, 82; ii, 162 - Monte Corvino, G. di, sent on an embassy to China, xxii - Mourning apparel, i, 61 - Mozambique, ii, 337 - Musical instruments, i, 140 - Musk, preparation of, i, 16; ii, 285 - Mythology, the Chinese, i, 50 - - - Nanking, xxi - Nauala, isle of, ii, 219 - Navy, the Chinese, lxxx - Negapatan, ii, 328 - Neighbours, bound to reveal each others' offences, i, 110 - Neoma, a saint, i, 43 - New Mexico, account of the discovery of, ii, 231; - expedition of Ruyz, ii, 232; - of Espeio, ii, 234; - Indian towns, ii, 241; - Devil worship there, ii, 242 - Nicobar Isles, ii, 328 - Nikpha, sea of, story told by Benjamin of Tudela concerning the, vii - Nobunanga, king of Japan, ii, 296; - sets up his picture to be worshipped, ii, 297 - Nombre de Dios, ii, 223 - Number of tribute-payers in China, i, 81 - - - Obando, J. de, i, 165 - Ochantey, i, 72 - Ocheuty, i, 51 - Odialon, a Moorish kingdom, ii, 335 - Officers of state in China, i, 101 - Oktar Khan, xix - Omens, ii, 263 - Omoncon, a Chinese captain, sent against Limahon, ii, 25; - visits Manilla, ii, 27; - returns to China with M. de Herrada, ii, 31 - Ontiueros, J. de, ii, 235 - Orchon, the river, x - Orion, influence of, vii - Oromuz, city of, abounds in salt, ii, 335 - Ortega, Francisco de, lxxiii - Orthodoxy of the Mexicans, ii, 224 - Ortiz, Stephen, ii, 133 - Otey, i, 74 - Othey, i, 73 - Outon, i, 75 - Outzim, i, 75 - - - Padilla y Meneses, A. de, i, 168 - Pagoda of Vishnaga, ii, 326 - Paguina, i, 36 - Pahang, ii, 316 - Painting, i, 32 - Palace of the emperor, i, 78 - Palma de Cocos, ii, 266 - Panama, ii, 224 - Pangasinan, the river, ii, 18, 21, 32, 34 - Panzon, _see_ Pwan-Koo - Paon, _see_ Pahang - Paper currency in China, xii - Paper made of canes, i, 123 - Pardo, J. Dias, ii, 129 - Paris, William of, _see_ Bouchier - Parke, R., the translator of Mendoza's work, lxxxii; i, 1 - Passaguates Indians, ii, 236 - Patane, ii, 316 - Peak of Tenerife, description of the, ii, 210 - Pearls, ii, 285; - fishery, 302 - Pegu, kingdom of, ii, 320; - war with Siam for a white elephant, ii, 321; - religion of, ii, 321 - Pekin, xix, xlvii - Penance of devotees, ii, 314 - Pens, i, 123 - Pereyra, Galeoti, his account of China, liii - Perez, Bartholomew, his embassy to China, i, 159 - Persia, ii, 336 - Persian embassy to China, xxvii - Petitions, presentation of, ii, 103 - Pico de Adan, a mountain of Ceylon, ii, 329; - pagoda thereon, containing an ape's tooth worshipped by - the people, ii, 329; - afterwards destroyed by the Portuguese, ii, 330 - Philippines, i, 163; - discovered by the Spaniards, ii, 4, 258; - Magalhaens' voyage there, ii, 258; - condition of the natives there, ii, 260; - their law of debt, ii, 261; - religion, ii, 261; - superstitions, ii, 262; - conversion to Christianity, ii, 263; - fertility of soil, ii, 264; - products of the country, ii, 265; - the Palma de Cocos, ii, 266 - Pictures shewn to the dying, ii, 290 - Pimienta, kingdom of, ii, 333 - Pine trees planted near graves, i, 61 - Pintatey, i, 72 - Pinto, F. Mendez, xxxvii - Pires, Tomas, his embassy to China, xxxiii; - its failure, xxxvi - Pitch used for ships, i, 150 - Pintados, the islands, ii, 19 - Plague, unknown in China, ii, 284 - Plano Carpini, John de, _see_ Carpini - Play, a Chinese, ii, 88 - Plon, ii, 114 - Ploughing, ii, 166 - Poala, ii, 242 - Polo, Marco, his travels, xvi; - imprisonment at Genoa, xvii; - route to China, xviii; - description of Khambalu, xix; - excursion into Southern China, xx; - description of Quinsai, xxi - Polygamy sanctioned by law, i, 63 - Ponchasi, office of the, i, 101 - Poor houses, i, 67 - Poor laws, i, 66 - Porcelain manufacture, i, 33; ii, 287 - Pordenone, Oderico de, his description of China, xxiii - Portuguese, voyage to China, xxxi; i, 96; - jealousy towards the Spanish missionaries, ii, 158 - Posts, Chinese system of, xxvi - Prayers for the dead, i, 54 - Presents to officers of state prohibited, ii, 90 - Prestyr John, ii, 337 - Priest, conversion of a Chinese, ii, 127 - Printing, art of, i, 131; - its antiquity, i, 132; - description of a Chinese book printed in 1348, i, 133 - Prisons, xliii; i, 116 - Prophecy concerning the fall of the Chinese empire, xliv; i, 76 - Provinces of China enumerated, i, 22 - Puerto Rico, ii, 216 - Pumps for ships, i, 150 - Punishment of criminals, lxiii; ii, 276 - Pwan-koo, the Chinese Adam, i, 50 - - - Quanina, a Chinese saint, i, 41 - Quathy, i, 73 - Quinsai, _see_ Hang-cheou - Quintero, P., ii, 160 - Quioutey, i, 74 - Quires, province of, ii, 244 - Quixue, ii, 274 - - - Rada, M. de, _see_ Herrada - Rains, violent, in Mexico, ii, 225 - Ramon, Geronimo de, his "Republicas del Mundo", lxxii - Raxu, a king of Ceylon, persecutes the Christians, ii, 331 - Red Sea, explanation of its colour, ii, 337 - Religion, Carpini's account of that of the Chinese, viii; - Pereyra's account of it, lxi; i, 10, 35; - similarity between Budhist and Roman Catholic ceremonies, i, 37; - doctrine of a future life, i, 53; - religion of the Philippine islanders, ii, 261; - in Sumatra, ii, 320; - in Pegu, ii, 321; - in Aracan, ii, 322; - in Siam, ii, 314; - in Persia, ii, 336 - Religious orders in China, i, 56 - Renaudot, Eusebe, his translation of an Arabic MS. relating to China, iii - Revenues of China, i, 82 - Review of troops, ii, 102 - Rhinoceros described, ii, 311 - Ribera, G. de, ii, 21 - Ricci, Matteo, letter on China, lxxvii - Roads in China, i, 27 - Roman, Geronimo, observations on China, lxxvii - Romans, China, known to the, iii - Ronquillo, G., ii, 268 - Rubruquis, G. de, his mission to Mangu Khan, ix; - description of the Chinese, xii - Ruyz, Austen, expedition into New Mexico, ii, 234 - Rysbroeck, William Van, _see_ Rubruquis - - - Sacrifices to idols, i, 48 - Salamina, ii, 290 - Salcete, _see_ Salsette - Salsette, island of, ii, 335 - Salutations, i, 141 - Salazar, Domingo de, ii, 4 - Salzedo, J. de, ii, 10; - destroys Limahon's fleet, ii, 22 - Samatra, _see_ Sumatra - Sancete, _see_ Salsette - Sancheofu, description of the city, ii, 278 - Sandi, Francisco de, governor of the Philippines, ii, 126; - opposes Alfaro, ii, 128 - San Francisco, Sebastian de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, 134 - Sangley, China so called, i, 20 - San Juan de Lua, ii, 222 - Santo Tome, ii, 332 - Sarmiento, Pedro, one of Herrada's companions, ii, 29 - Schools, number and excellence of Chinese, i, 122; - visitation of, i, 123 - Seclusion of women, i, 145 - Seres, Chinese so named by Ammianus Marcellinus, iii - Serica vestis, iii - Servants, condition of in Japan, ii, 300 - Sharks, rapacity of, ii, 219 - Shipping, description of Chinese, i, 148; - pitch used for, i, 150; - pumps, i, 150; - great number of ships in China, ii, 284 - Siam, kingdom of, described, ii, 313; - war with Pegu for a white elephant, ii, 321 - Sian, _see_ Siam - Sichia, a Chinese saint, i, 41 - Silk, of common use in China, ii, 286; - trade in, ii, 287; - the "Serica vestis" of the Romans, iii - Silvester, a Dominican friar, his efforts in the cause of - Christianity, ii, 312; - honour to which he attained, ii, 313 - Sincapura, strait of, ii, 258 - Sinsay, a Chinese merchant, ii, 24; - sails to China with Herrada, ii, 31, 37, 41, 83, 97, 115 - Slaves, condition of, in Japan, ii, 300 - Sosoc, i, 73 - Spices, abundance of, in China, i, 17; - in Sumatra, ii, 320 - St. Borandon, the imaginary island of, ii, 212 - St. Domingo, _see_ Hispaniola - St. Helena, isle of, ii, 338 - St. Lorenzo, isle of, ii, 337 - St. Thomas, said to have preached in China, i, 37; - relics of, preserved at Malipur, ii, 324 - Strangers, Chinese jealousy of, i, 94 - Succuir, _see_ Sucheu - Sucheu, visited by Marco Polo, xviii - Sumatra, said to be the Isle of Ophir, ii, 319; - its mines and productions, ii, 320 - Suntien, a great city of China, i, 56, 77 - Sutey, i, 74 - Sweynheim, Conrad, i, 131 - - - Tael, a Chinese coin, i, 82 - Tamos, ii, 251 - Tanaor, ii, 334 - Tangoa, _see_ Tong-gan - Tanhom, i, 50 - Tansuso, visited by Herrada, ii, 44 - Tantey, i, 73 - Tartars, description of, i, 9; - religion, i, 10 - Tartary, singular custom respecting marriage, i, 63 - Tea, earliest mention of, iv - Temples in China, i, 56; ii, 91; ii, 274; - at Visnaga, ii, 326 - Tenerife, island of, ii, 210; - the Peak, ii, 210 - Tepyna, i, 75 - Teyencom, i, 51 - Thieves, punishment of, i, 119 - Tiguas, province of, ii, 233 - Tinqui, xx - Tituhul, ii, 37 - Tobosos Indians, ii, 236 - Tolanchia, i, 35 - Tonco, i, 74 - Tong-gan, ii, 52 - Tordesillas, Augustin de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, 131 - Torture of criminals, i, iii - Totoc, office of the, i, 101 - Touznacaotican, ii, 9 - Tozo, i, 75 - Trade winds, ii, 253 - Trapovana, the ancient name of Sumatra, ii, 319 - Trautheyco, i, 41 - Triana, John de, one of Herrada's companions, ii, 35 - Tribute paid to the emperor, i, 82 - Tripoli, William of, _see_ Rubruquis - Troncon, i, 74 - Tunis, the Goletta taken by the Turks, i, 165 - Tutuan, office of the, i, 101 - Tutucurin, kingdom of, ii, 331; - idolatrous rites there, ii, 332 - Tym, i, 74 - Tzentzey, i, 72 - Tzintzon, i, 28, 71 - Tzintzoum, i, 75 - Tzintzuny, i, 72 - Tzobu, i, 74 - Tzunthey, i, 73 - Tzuyn, i, 74 - - - Unguen, a city described by Marco Polo, xxii - University of Mexico, ii, 227 - Unthey, i, 73 - Usao, i, 51 - Uzon, i, 75 - - - Vangala, _see_ Bengal - Vasquez Coronado, Francisco, ii, 246 - Velas, islands of, ii, 253 - Velasco, Luys de, viceroy of Mexico, ii, 3, 260 - Vera Cruz, ii, 222 - Viceroys of Chinese provinces, i, 101 - Villa Lobos, commander of a Spanish fleet, ii, 259 - Villa Roel, Pedro de, one of Alfaro's companions, ii, 131 - Vintoquian, a pirate, ii, 7 - Visnaga, city of, ii, 324; - description of the king, ii, 325 - ceremonies at his burial, ii, 326; - temples, ii, 326; - high priest called Brama, ii, 326; - his power of dispensation, ii, 327; - diamond mines, ii, 327 - Vitey, first king of China, i, 69 - Vossius, his opinion as to the knowledge of the ancients - respecting China, ii - Vozequixama, ii, 298 - - - Wall of China, description of, i, 28 - Walled cities, ii, 288 - Wealth of China, ii, 286, 288 - Weapons, use of, forbidden to the people in China, ii, 58 - Witches in the Philippine islands, ii, 262; - in Japan, ii, 300 - Witnesses, examination of, i, 109 - Women of China, Persian mention of, xxix; - burial of ladies of the imperial family, xxx; - description of, i, 31; - their small feet, i, 32; - concubines of the emperor, i, 65; - women forbidden by Vitey to be idle, i, 71; - courtesy towards, i, 144; - seclusion of, i, 145; - courtesans, i, 146; - chastity of Chinese women, ii, 293; - women of Japan, ii, 300; - of Cochin China, ii, 310; - divorces in Visnaga, ii, 327 - Writing, Chinese method of, xiii; i, 121, 123 - - - Xavier, Francisco, ii, 299 - Xactamas, king of Persia, ii, 336 - - - Yanqui, xx - Yanthey, i, 73 - - - Zaguato, ii, 248 - Zaitun, a Chinese seaport, xxii - Zaytzon, i, 75 - Zubin, isle of, ii, 258 - - - * * * * * - - -Transcriber's Notes: - -Although not written in currently standard English, spelling was -standardized for several words where the majority of instances were -shown one way and only one instance was shown differently. There are -also many words which have two or more alternate spellings [example, -aforesaid (58x); aforesaide (53x) and aforesayde (8x)] which were NOT -standardized. - -All sidenotes were placed above the paragraph in which they appear in -the printed version. Two instances of missing closing parenthesis are -found on Pages 171 and 263. The colon may be a typo for the closing -parenthesis; but they were left as is. On Page 294, the opening bracket -for a quoted passage was missing (as confirmed by comparison with -another copy of this edition on The Internet Archive). This was added. - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The History of the Great and Mighty -Kingdom of China, Volume II, by Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KINGDOM OF CHINA, VOL II *** - -***** This file should be named 42551.txt or 42551.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/4/2/5/5/42551/ - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper, Tom Cosmas and -the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at - www.gutenberg.org/license. - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 -North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email -contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the -Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/42551.zip b/old/42551.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6521351..0000000 --- a/old/42551.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/readme.htm b/old/readme.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 06f5db2..0000000 --- a/old/readme.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html> -<html lang="en"> -<head> - <meta charset="utf-8"> -</head> -<body> -<div> -Versions of this book's files up to October 2024 are here.<br> -More recent changes, if any, are reflected in the GitHub repository: -<a href="https://github.com/gutenbergbooks/42551">https://github.com/gutenbergbooks/42551</a> -</div> -</body> -</html> |
